As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 17 March 2022
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
☐ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended 31 December 2021
OR
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
☐ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission File Number: 1-15040
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
England and
(Jurisdiction of Incorporation)
1 Angel Court, London EC2R 7AG, England
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
Rebecca Wyatt, Director of Group Financial Accounting & Reporting
+44 20 7220 7588, rebecca.wyatt@prudentialplc.com
1 Angel Court, London EC2R 7AG, England
(Name, telephone, e-mail and/or facsimile number and address of company contact person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class |
| Trading Symbol |
| Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered |
American Depositary Shares, each representing 2 Ordinary Shares, 5 pence par value each | PUK | New York Stock Exchange | ||
Ordinary Shares, 5 pence par value each | PUK/D | New York Stock Exchange* | ||
3.125% Senior Notes due 2030 | PUK30 | New York Stock Exchange |
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
The number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of 31 December 2021 was:
2,746,412,265 Ordinary Shares, 5 pence par value each
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
☒ Yes ☐ No
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
☐ Yes ☒ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
☒ Yes ☐ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
☒ Yes ☐ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ☒ Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected to not use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
☒
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP ☐ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☒ Other ☐
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:
☐ Item 17 ☐ Item 18
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
☐ Yes ☒ No
* | Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares. |
† | The term "new or revised financial accounting standard" refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012. |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
iii | |
1 | |
2 | |
4 | |
4 | |
5 | |
6 | |
6 | |
7 | |
8 | |
23 | |
23 | |
24 | |
Summary Consolidated Results and Basis of Preparation of Analysis | 25 |
26 | |
33 | |
36 | |
51 | |
51 | |
53 | |
72 | |
72 | |
73 | |
74 | |
79 | |
80 | |
80 | |
81 | |
87 | |
88 | |
95 | |
101 | |
109 | |
114 | |
114 | |
116 | |
121 | |
122 | |
154 | |
155 | |
156 | |
156 | |
173 | |
173 | |
174 | |
174 | |
174 | |
175 | |
175 | |
180 | |
181 | |
181 | |
182 | |
Purchases of Equity Securities by Prudential plc and Affiliated Purchasers | 182 |
183 | |
Limitations on Enforcement of US Laws Against Prudential, Its Directors, Management and Others | 183 |
184 | |
184 | |
276 | |
285 | |
297 |
ii
CROSS REFERENCES TO FORM 20-F REQUIREMENTS
Item | 20-F Form Requirements | Section in this Annual Report on Form 20-F | Page |
---|---|---|---|
Item 1 | Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers | n/a | |
Item 2 | Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable | n/a | |
Item 3 | Key Information | ||
Capitalisation and indebtedness | n/a | ||
Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds | n/a | ||
Risk Factors | Risk Factors | 156 | |
Item 4 | Information on the Company | ||
History and development of the company | ·Our business at a Glance | 2 | |
·Company Address | 4 | ||
Business overview | ·Strategic and Operating Review | 8 | |
·Competition | 6 | ||
·Sources | 7 | ||
·Supervision and Regulation of Prudential | 72 | ||
·Investments | 51 | ||
· EEV Basis, New Business Profit and Free Surplus Generation | 6 | ||
Organisational structure | ·Our strategy | 3 | |
·Significant Subsidiaries | 173 | ||
Property, plants and equipment | Note C11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements | 259 | |
Item 4A | Unresolved Staff Comments | n/a | |
Item 5 | Operating and Financial Review and Prospects | ||
Operating results | ·Strategic and Operating Review | 8 | |
·IFRS Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates | 24 | ||
· Summary Consolidated Results and Basis of Preparation of Analysis | 25 | ||
·Explanation of Movements in Revenue and Charges | 26 | ||
·Determining Adjusted Operating Profit of Operating Segments | 33 | ||
· Explanation of Performance and Other Financial Measures | 36 | ||
Liquidity and capital resources | ·Explanation of Performance and Other Financial Measures | 36 | |
·Additional Information on Liquidity and Capital Resources | 51 | ||
·Note D5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements | 265 | ||
Research and development, patents and licenses, etc | n/a | ||
Trend information | ·Strategic and Operating Review | 8 | |
· Explanation of Performance and Other Financial Measures | 36 | ||
Item 6 | Directors, Senior Management and Employees | ||
Directors and senior management | Board of Directors | 81 | |
Compensation | Compensation and employees: | 122 | |
·Our Executive Directors’ remuneration at a glance | 122 | ||
·Annual report on remuneration | 127 | ||
· Summary of current Directors’ remuneration policy | 124 | ||
·Additional remuneration disclosure | 152 | ||
Board Practices | ·Board Practices | 88 | |
·Governance Committees | 95,101,109 | ||
Employees | Employees | 155 | |
Share ownership | Share ownership | 154 | |
Item 7 | Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions | ||
Major shareholders | Major Shareholders | 173 | |
Related party transactions | Note D4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements | 265 | |
Interests of Experts and Counsel | n/a |
iii
Item | 20-F Form Requirements | Section in this Annual Report on Form 20-F | Page |
Item 8 | Financial Information | ||
Consolidated statements and other financial | ·Financial Statements | 184 | |
information | ·Intellectual Property | 174 | |
·Legal Proceedings | 174 | ||
Significant changes | n/a | ||
Item 9 | The Offer and Listing | Listing Information | 181 |
Item 10 | Additional Information | ||
Share capital | Memorandum and Articles of Association | 116 | |
Memorandum and Articles of Association | Memorandum and Articles of Association | 116 | |
Material contracts | Material contracts | 174 | |
Exchange controls | Exchange controls | 175 | |
Taxation | Taxation | 175 | |
Dividends and paying agents | n/a | ||
Statement by experts | n/a | ||
Documents on display | Documents on Display | 180 | |
Subsidiary information | n/a | ||
Item 11 | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk | ·Risk Review | 53 |
·Note C6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements | 250 | ||
Item 12 | Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities | Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities | 182 |
Item 13 | Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies | n/a | |
Item 14 | Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds | n/a | |
Item 15 | Controls and Procedures | Controls and Procedures | 181 |
Item 16A | Audit Committee Financial Expert | Audit Committee Financial Expert | 114 |
Item 16B | Code of Ethics | Code of Ethics | 121 |
Item 16C | Principal Accountant Fees and Services | Principal Accountant Fees and Services | 183 |
Item 16D | Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees | n/a | |
Item 16E | Purchases of Equity Securities by Prudential plc and Affiliated Purchasers | Purchases of Equity Securities by Prudential plc and Affiliated Purchasers | 182 |
Item 16F | Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant | n/a | |
Item 16G | Corporate Governance | Differences between Prudential’s Governance Practice and the NYSE Corporate Governance Rules | 114 |
Item 16H | Mine Safety Disclosure | n/a | |
Item 16I | Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections | n/a | |
Item 17 | Financial Statements | n/a | |
Item 18 | Financial Statements | Financial Statements | 184 |
Item 19 | Exhibits | Exhibits | 297 |
As used in this document, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms ‘Prudential’, ‘Prudential Group’, the ‘Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ each refer to Prudential plc together with its subsidiaries, while the terms ‘Prudential plc’, the ‘Company’ and the ‘parent company’ each refer to ‘Prudential plc’.
This 2021 Annual Report may include references to our website. Information on our website or any other website referenced in the Prudential 2021 Annual Report is not incorporated into this Form 20-F and should not be considered to be part of the Form 20-F. We have included any website as an inactive textual reference only.
iv
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report may contain ‘forward-looking statements’ with respect to certain of Prudential’s (and its wholly and jointly owned businesses’) plans and its goals and expectations relating to its future financial condition, performance, results, strategy and objectives. Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about Prudential’s (and its wholly and jointly owned businesses’) beliefs and expectations and including, without limitation, statements containing the words ‘may’, ‘will’, ‘should’, ‘continue’, ‘aims’, ‘estimates’, ‘projects’, ‘believes’, ‘intends’, ‘expects’, ‘plans’, ‘seeks’ and ‘anticipates’, and words of similar meaning, are forward-looking statements. These statements are based on plans, estimates and projections as at the time they are made, and therefore undue reliance should not be placed on them. By their nature, all forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty.
A number of important factors could cause Prudential’s actual future financial condition or performance or other indicated results of the entity referred to in any forward-looking statement to differ materially from those indicated in such forward-looking statement. Such factors include, but are not limited to, the impact of the ongoing Covid-19 pandemic, including adverse financial market and liquidity impacts, responses and actions taken by governments, regulators and supervisors, the impact on sales, claims and assumptions and increased product lapses, disruption to Prudential’s operations (and those of its suppliers and partners), risks associated with new sales processes and technological and information security risks; future market conditions (including fluctuations in interest rates and exchange rates, inflation (including interest rate rises as a response) and deflation, the potential for a return to a sustained low-interest rate environment, the performance of financial markets generally and the impact of economic uncertainty (including as a result of geopolitical tensions and conflicts), asset valuation impacts from the transition to a lower carbon economy and derivative instruments not effectively hedging exposures arising from product guarantees); global political uncertainties, including the potential for increased friction in cross-border trade and the exercise of executive powers to restrict trade, financial transactions, capital movements and/or investment; the policies and actions of regulatory authorities, including, in particular, the policies and actions of the Hong Kong Insurance Authority, as Prudential’s Group-wide supervisor, as well as the degree and pace of regulatory changes and new government initiatives generally; given its designation as an Internationally Active Insurance Group (“IAIG”), the impact on Prudential of systemic risk and other group supervision policy standards adopted by the International Association of Insurance Supervisors; the physical, social and financial impacts of climate change and global health crises on Prudential’s business and operations; the impact of not adequately responding to environmental, social and governance issues (including not properly considering the interests of Prudential’s stakeholders or failing to maintain high standards of corporate governance); the impact of competition and fast-paced technological change; the effect on Prudential’s business and results from, in particular, mortality and morbidity trends, lapse rates and policy renewal rates; the timing, impact and other uncertainties of future acquisitions or combinations within relevant industries; the impact of internal transformation projects and other strategic actions failing to meet their objectives; the availability and effectiveness of reinsurance for Prudential’s businesses; the risk that Prudential’s operational resilience (or that of its suppliers and partners) may prove to be inadequate, including in relation to operational disruption due to external events; disruption to the availability, confidentiality or integrity of Prudential’s information technology, digital systems and data (or those of its suppliers and partners) including the Pulse platform; any ongoing impact on Prudential of the demerger of M&G plc and the demerger of Jackson Financial Inc.; the increased operational and financial risks and uncertainties associated with operating joint ventures with independent partners, particularly where joint ventures are not controlled by Prudential; the impact of changes in capital, solvency standards, accounting standards or relevant regulatory frameworks, and tax and other legislation and regulations in the jurisdictions in which Prudential and its affiliates operate; and the impact of legal and regulatory actions, investigations and dissputes. These and other important factors may, for example, result in changes to assumptions used for determining results of operations or re-estimations of reserves for future policy benefits. Further discussion of these and other important factors that could cause actual future financial condition or performance to differ, possibly materially, from those anticipated in Prudential’s forward-looking statements can be found under the ‘Risk Factors’ heading of this annual report, as well as under the ‘Risk Factors’ heading of any subsequent Prudential Half Year Financial Report furnished to the US Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 6-K. These factors are not exhaustive as Prudential operates in a continually changing business environment with new risks emerging from time to time that it may be unable to predict or that it currently does not expect to have a material adverse effect on its business.
Any forward-looking statements contained in this annual report speak only as of the date on which they are made. Prudential expressly disclaims any obligation to update any of the forward-looking statements contained in this annual report or any other forward-looking statements it may make, whether as a result of future events, new information or otherwise except as required pursuant to the UK Prospectus Rules, the UK Listing Rules, the UK Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, the Hong Kong Listing Rules, the SGX-ST Listing Rules or other applicable laws and regulations. Prudential may also make or disclose written and/or oral forward-looking statements in reports filed with or furnished to the US Securities and Exchange Commission, the UK Financial Conduct Authority, the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and other regulatory authorities, as well as in its annual report and accounts to shareholders, periodic financial reports to shareholders, proxy statements, offering circulars, registration statements, prospectuses, prospectus supplements, press releases and other written materials and in oral statements made by directors, officers or employees of Prudential to third parties, including financial analysts. All such forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by reference to the factors discussed under the ‘Risk Factors’ heading of this annual report as well as under the ‘Risk Factors’ heading of any subsequent filing Prudential makes with the US Securities and Exchange Commission, including any subsequent Half Year Financial Report on Form 6-K.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS
This annual report does not constitute or form part of any offer or invitation to purchase, acquire, subscribe for, sell, dispose of or issue, or any solicitation of any offer to purchase, acquire, subscribe for, sell or dispose of, any securities in any jurisdiction nor shall it (or any part of it) or the fact of its distribution, form the basis of, or be relied on in connection with, any contract therefor.
1
Company Address
Prudential plc is a public limited company incorporated on 1 November 1978 and registered in England and Wales. Refer to the ‘Memorandum and Articles of Association’ sub-section of the ‘Governance’ section of this report for further information on the constitution of the Company.
Prudential’s registered office is 1 Angel Court, London EC2R 7AG, England (telephone: +44 20 7220 7588).
Selected Historical Financial Information
The following table sets forth Prudential’s selected consolidated financial data for the years indicated, which is derived from Prudential’s audited consolidated financial statements. This table provides a five year summary overview of the Group and demonstrates trends in the Group’s financial results over the period. This table is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with Prudential’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this document.
In the table below, continuing operations reflect the Group’s insurance and asset management businesses in Asia and Africa and central operations. Discontinued operations represent the Group’s US business (Jackson) demerged in September 2021 and the Group’s UK and Europe business (M&G) demerged in November 2019.
IFRS basis results
Income statementnote (i) |
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 $m |
| 2019 $m |
| 2018 $m |
| 2017 $m |
|
Continuing operations: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Gross premiums earned |
| 24,217 |
| 23,495 |
| 23,855 |
| 22,039 |
| 20,255 | |
Outward reinsurance premiums |
| (1,844) |
| (1,625) |
| (1,116) |
| (771) |
| (850) | |
Earned premiums, net of reinsurance |
| 22,373 |
| 21,870 |
| 22,739 |
| 21,268 |
| 19,405 | |
Investment return |
| 3,486 |
| 13,762 |
| 14,961 |
| (2,723) |
| 11,687 | |
Other income |
| 641 |
| 615 |
| 639 |
| 465 |
| 457 | |
Total revenue, net of reinsurance |
| 26,500 |
| 36,247 |
| 38,339 |
| 19,010 |
| 31,549 | |
Benefits and claims and movement in unallocated surplus of with-profits funds, net of reinsurance |
| (18,911) |
| (28,588) |
| (29,171) |
| (11,690) |
| (23,588) | |
Acquisition costs and other expenditure |
| (4,560) |
| (4,651) |
| (5,908) |
| (5,793) |
| (5,823) | |
Finance costs: interest on core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses |
| (328) |
| (316) |
| (496) |
| (525) |
| (527) | |
(Loss) gain attaching to corporate transactions |
| (35) |
| (30) |
| (142) |
| (57) |
| 83 | |
Total charges, net of reinsurance |
| (23,834) |
| (33,585) |
| (35,717) |
| (18,065) |
| (29,855) | |
Share of profits from joint ventures and associates net of related tax |
| 352 |
| 517 |
| 397 |
| 319 |
| 233 | |
Profit before tax (being tax attributable to shareholders’ and policyholders’ returns)note (ii) |
| 3,018 |
| 3,179 |
| 3,019 |
| 1,264 |
| 1,927 | |
Tax charges attributable to policyholders’ returns |
| (342) |
| (271) |
| (365) |
| (107) |
| (321) | |
Profit before tax attributable to shareholders' returns |
| 2,676 |
| 2,908 |
| 2,654 |
| 1,157 |
| 1,606 | |
Tax credit (charges) attributable to shareholders’ returns |
| (462) |
| (440) |
| (316) |
| (235) |
| (186) | |
Profit from continuing operations |
| 2,214 |
| 2,468 |
| 2,338 |
| 922 |
| 1,420 | |
(Loss) profit from discontinued US operations |
| (5,027) |
| (283) |
| (385) |
| 1,959 |
| 328 | |
(Loss) profit from discontinued UK and Europe operations |
| — |
| — |
| (1,161) |
| 1,142 |
| 1,333 | |
(Loss) profit for the year |
| (2,813) |
| 2,185 |
| 792 |
| 4,023 |
| 3,081 | |
Basic earnings per share (in cents)note (i) |
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 |
| 2018 |
| 2017 | |
Based on (loss) profit for the year attributable to the equity holders of the Company: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Continuing operations |
| 83.4 | ¢ | 94.6 | ¢ | 90.0 | ¢ | 35.6 | ¢ | 55.3 | ¢ |
Discontinued US operations |
| (161.1) | ¢ | (13.0) | ¢ | (14.9) | ¢ | 76.1 | ¢ | 12.7 | ¢ |
Discontinued UK and Europe operations |
| — |
| — |
| (44.8) | ¢ | 44.3 | ¢ | 52.0 | ¢ |
Total |
| (77.7) | ¢ | 81.6 | ¢ | 30.3 | ¢ | 156.0 | ¢ | 120.0 | ¢ |
Dividend per share (in cents) excluding demerger |
| ||||||||||
dividend |
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 |
| 2018 |
| 2017 | |
Dividends paid in reporting period | 16.10 | ¢ | 31.34 | ¢ | 63.18 | ¢ | 64.34 | ¢ | 59.32 | ¢ |
Statement of financial position at 31 Decnote (iii) |
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 $m |
| 2019 $m |
| 2018 $m |
| 2017 $m |
Total assets |
| 199,102 |
| 516,097 |
| 454,214 |
| 647,810 |
| 668,203 |
Total policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus of with-profits funds |
| 157,299 |
| 446,463 |
| 390,428 |
| 541,466 |
| 579,261 |
Core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses |
| 6,127 |
| 6,633 |
| 5,594 |
| 9,761 |
| 8,496 |
Total liabilities |
| 181,838 |
| 493,978 |
| 434,545 |
| 625,819 |
| 646,432 |
Total equity |
| 17,264 |
| 22,119 |
| 19,669 |
| 21,991 |
| 21,771 |
4
Other financial information
At 31 Decnote (i) |
| 2021 $bn |
| 2020 $bn |
| 2019 $bn |
| 2018 $bn |
| 2017 $bn |
Eastspring funds under managementnote (iv) |
| 258.5 |
| 247.8 |
| 241.1 |
| 192.7 |
| 187.9 |
Group shareholder GWS capital surplus (over GMCR)note (v) |
| 13.2 |
| 9.4 |
| — |
| — |
| — |
Notes
(i) | The comparative income statements for 2017 to 2020 have been re-presented from those previously published, to reflect the demerger of the Group’s US operations (Jackson) in September 2021, which have been reclassified as discontinued operations. |
(ii) | This measure is the formal profit (loss) before tax measure under IFRS. It is not the result attributable to shareholders. |
(iii) | The comparative statements of financial position for 2017 to 2020 include the discontinued US operations as originally published. Furthermore, the 2018 and 2017 comparatives also include the Group’s discontinued UK and Europe operations as originally published. The total assets and total equity as of 31 December 2021 include $683 million in respect of the Group’s 18.4 per cent retained economic interest in Jackson. |
(iv) | Eastspring total funds under management comprise funds from external parties, including funds managed on behalf of M&G plc as well as funds for the Group’s insurance operations. |
(v) | The 2021 Group shareholder GWS capital surplus (over GMCR) reflects the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules as set out in the GWS Framework which became effective for Prudential in May 2021, 2020 comparative information has been re-presented on a GWS basis. The 2020 shareholder GWS capital surplus (over GMCR) is presented on a Group excluding Jackson basis and before including the value of the Group’s retained interest in Jackson. |
Dividend Data
Under UK company law, Prudential plc may pay dividends only if sufficient distributable reserves of the Company are available for that purpose and if the amount of its net assets is greater than the aggregate of its called-up share capital and non-distributable reserves (such as the share premium account) and the payment of the dividend does not reduce the amount of its net assets to less than that aggregate. ‘Distributable reserves’ are accumulated, realised profits not previously distributed or capitalised less accumulated, realised losses not previously written off, on the applicable GAAP basis. For further information about the Company, please refer to the section headed Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Schedule II).
The retained profit of the Company is principally generated from dividend and interest income received from subsidiaries. Many of its insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulations that restrict the amount of dividends that they can pay to the Company. These restrictions are discussed in more detail in notes C10 and D6.2 to Prudential’s consolidated financial statements. Further information on the Group’s 2021 dividends is provided in note B5 to Prudential’s consolidated financial statements.
Subject to the restrictions referred to above, Prudential plc’s directors have the discretion to determine whether to pay an interim dividend and the amount of any such interim dividend but must take into account the Company’s financial position. The directors also have the discretion to recommend payment of a final dividend, such recommendation to be approved by ordinary resolution of the shareholders. The approved amount may not exceed the amount recommended by the directors.
The following table shows certain information regarding the dividends per share of Prudential plc relating to the years indicated. Prior to the second interim ordinary dividend in 2019, the dividends were declared in pence sterling and converted into USD at the noon buying rate in effect on each payment date. First interim dividends for a specific year now generally have a record date in August and a payment date in September of that year, and second interim dividends now generally have a record date in the following March/April and a payment date in the following May.
US cents per share |
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 |
| 2018 |
| 2017 |
First Interim Ordinary Dividend |
| 5.37 |
| 5.37 |
| 20.29 |
| 20.55 |
| 19.50 |
Second interim Ordinary Dividend |
| 11.86 |
| 10.73 |
| 25.97 |
| 42.89 |
| 43.79 |
Reflecting the Group’s capital allocation priorities, a portion of capital generation will be retained for reinvestment in the business, and dividends will be determined primarily based on the Group’s operating capital generation after allowing for the capital strain of writing new business and recurring central costs. Dividends are expected to grow broadly in line with the growth in the Group’s operating free surplus generation net of right-sized central costs, and will be set taking into account financial prospects, investment opportunities and market conditions. Accordingly, the Board has approved a 2021 second interim ordinary cash dividend of 11.86 cents per share (2020: 10.73 cents per share). Combined with the first interim ordinary cash dividend of 5.37 cents per share (2020: 5.37 cents per share), the Group’s total 2021 cash dividend is 17.23 cents per share (2020: 16.10 cents per share), an increase of 7 per cent.
5
EEV Basis, New Business Profit and Free Surplus Generation
In addition to IFRS basis results, Prudential’s filings with the Financial Conduct Authority, the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong, the Singapore Stock Exchange and Group Annual Reports include reporting by Key Performance Indicators (‘KPIs’). These include results prepared in accordance with the European Embedded Value (‘EEV’) Principles and Guidance issued by the European Insurance CFO Forum in 2016, as well as new business profit and operating free surplus generation measures, which are alternative performance measures.
The EEV basis is a value-based method of reporting in that it reflects the change in the value of in-force long-term business over the accounting period. This value is called the shareholders’ funds on the EEV basis which, at a given point in time, is the value of future cash flows expected to arise from the current book of long-term insurance business plus the net worth (being the net assets on the local regulatory basis with adjustments) of Prudential’s life insurance operations. Prudential publishes its EEV results semi-annually in the UK, Hong Kong and Singapore markets.
New business sales are provided as an indicative volume measure of transactions undertaken in the reporting period that have the potential to generate profits for shareholders. New business profitability is a key metric for the Group’s management of the development of the business. New business profit reflects the value of future profit streams which are not fully captured in the year of sale under IFRS reporting. New business margin is shown by reference to annual premium equivalent (APE) which is calculated as the aggregate of regular new business amounts and one-tenth of single new business amounts. The amounts are not, and are not intended to be, reflective of premium income recorded in the IFRS income statement. EEV basis new business profit and margins are also published semi-annually.
Operating free surplus generation is used to measure the internal cash generation by our business units. For the insurance operations, it represents amounts maturing from the in-force business during the period less investment in new business and excludes other non-operating items. For the asset management operations, it equates to IFRS post-tax adjusted operating profit for the period.
Competition
There are other significant participants in each of the financial services markets in which Prudential operates. Our competitors include both mutual and stock financial companies. In addition, regulatory and other developments in many of Prudential’s markets have blurred traditional financial service industry lines and opened the market to new competitors and increased competition. In some of Prudential’s markets, other companies may have greater financial resources, allowing them to benefit from economies of scale, and may have stronger brands than Prudential does in that market.
The principal competitive factors affecting the sale of Prudential’s products in its chosen markets are:
– | Price and yields offered; |
– | Financial strength and ratings; |
– | Commission levels, charges and other expenses; |
– | Range of product lines and product quality; |
– | Brand strength, including reputation, quality of service and use of technological advances; |
– | Distribution channels; |
– | Investment management performance; and |
– | Historical bonus/contract enhancement and bonus interest levels. |
Prudential offers different products in its different markets in Asia and Africa and, accordingly, faces different competitors and different types of competition in each market. In all of the markets in which Prudential operates, its products are not unique and, accordingly, it faces competition from market participants who manufacture a varying range of similar and identical products.
The competitive landscape across Asia and Africa differs widely by geographical market, reflecting differing levels of market maturity and regulation. Prudential’s competitors include both the subsidiaries of global life insurers and local domestic (including state-owned) entities. The majority of local domestic life insurers in Asia and Africa remain focused on their core home markets. The developed and liberalised markets of Hong Kong and Singapore are dominated by subsidiaries and branches of global life insurance groups. The developing markets in South East Asia such as Indonesia, Vietnam and the Philippines also see a high level of participation by global life insurance groups. The large and relatively mature markets, such as Taiwan, are dominated by local domestic insurers. In certain countries, the life insurance markets are dominated by local domestic insurers or by joint venture entities between global insurance groups and local companies.
Prudential’s principal competitors in Asia and Africa include global life insurers together with regional insurers and multinational asset managers. In most markets, there are also local companies that have a material market presence.
6
Sources
Throughout this annual report, Prudential describes the position and ranking of its overall business and individual business units in various industry and geographic markets. Such data comes from a variety of conventional sources generally accepted as relevant business indicators by members of the financial services industry and which we believe to be reliable. These sources include information available from China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission, Insurance Commission of Philippines, the Asia Asset Management Magazine, Asosiasi Asuransi Jiwa Indonesia (Indonesian Life Insurance Association), Association of Investment Management Companies (Thailand), Association of Vietnamese Insurers, Fitch, Hong Kong Federation of Insurers, Hong Kong Office of the Commissioner of Insurance, Hong Kong Insurance Authority, HSBC Global Research, Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India, Insurance Services Malaysia Berhad, Life Insurance Association of Malaysia, Life Insurance Association of Singapore, Life Insurance Association of Taiwan, Lipper, Morningstar, Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s, Thai Life Assurance Association, Association of Mutual Funds in India, The Asset Benchmark Research and UBS.
7
STRATEGIC AND OPERATING REVIEW
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with Prudential’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes for the year ended 31 December 2021 included in this document.
A summary of the critical accounting policies which have been applied in preparing Prudential’s financial statements is set forth in the section below titled ‘IFRS Critical Accounting Policies and estimates’.
The results discussed below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future periods. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based on current expectations, which involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of certain events may differ significantly from those projected in these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those set forth in the ‘Risk Factors’ section and elsewhere in this document.
Use of alternative performance measures
The table below explains how the Group’s profit before tax and the supplementary analysis (alternative performance measure) of adjusted IFRS operating profit based on longer-term investment returns (adjusted operating profit4) each are reconciled to profit after tax on an IFRS basis. Adjusted operating profit is management’s primary measure of profitability and provides an underlying operating result based on longer-term investment returns and excludes non-operating items. Further explanation on the determination of adjusted operating profit is provided in the section headed ‘Determining Adjusted Operating Profit of Operating Segments’.
Operating segments
The Group’s operating segments for financial reporting purposes are defined and presented in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ on the basis of the management reporting structure and its financial management information.
In the first quarter of 2021, the Group reviewed its operating segments for financial reporting under IFRS 8 following changes to the business and financial management information provided to the Group Executive Committee (GEC). As a result, performance measures for insurance operations are now analysed by geographical areas for the larger business units of the CITIC-Prudential Life Insurance Company (CPL), Hong Kong, Indonesia, Malaysia and Singapore, with Eastspring, the asset management business, also analysed separately. All other Asia and Africa insurance operations are included in the ‘Growth markets and other’ segment alongside other amounts that are not included in the segment profit of an individual business unit, including tax on life joint ventures and associates and other items that are not representative of the underlying segment trading for the period. The 2020 and 2019 comparatives have been re-presented to show the new segments for comparison. On 13 September 2021, the Group completed the demerger of the US operations (Jackson Financial Inc.) from the Prudential plc Group. Accordingly, the US operations do not represent an operating segment at the year end. The results of US operations have been reclassified as discontinued in these consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’, and have therefore been excluded in the analysis of performance measure of operating segments.
Operations which do not form part of any business unit are reported as ‘Unallocated to a segment’ and comprise head office functions in London and Hong Kong.
Joint ventures and associates
Under IFRS, the Group accounts for its investments in joint ventures and associates by using the equity method of accounting. The Group’s share of profit or loss of its joint ventures and associates is presented in a single line in the income statement and its share of movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income, on a net of related tax basis.
For the purpose of segmental reporting on the Group’s other performance metrics such as APE new business sales and adjusted operating profit, the Group’s proportionate share of the results of the joint ventures and associates are included within total Group results and on a pre-tax basis for the segmental analysis of adjusted operating profit, with related tax charges included separately within the Growth markets and other segment.
8
Currency volatility
Our approach to evaluating the financial performance of the Group is to present percentage growth rates before the impact of the fluctuations in the value of the US dollar against local currencies in our operating markets. In a period of currency volatility this approach allows a more meaningful assessment of underlying performance trends. This is because our businesses receive premiums and pay claims in local currencies and are therefore not exposed to any cross-currency trading effects. To maintain comparability in the discussion below the same basis has been applied. Growth rates based on actual exchange rates (AER) are also shown in the financial tables presented for IFRS measures and adjusted operating profit in this report. Consistent with previous reporting periods, the assets and liabilities of our businesses are translated at year-end exchange rates so the effect of currency movements has been fully incorporated within reported shareholders’ equity.
The table below presents the results on both an actual exchange rate (AER) and constant exchange rate (CER) bases so as to eliminate the impact of exchange translation.
The Group reports annual premium equivalent (APE) as a measure of new policies sold in the year, which is a key metric for the Group’s management of the development of the business. APE is calculated as the aggregate of regular premiums and one-tenth of single premiums on new business written during the year for all insurance products, including premiums for contracts designated as investment contracts under IFRS 4. The use of the one-tenth of single premiums is to normalise policy premiums into the equivalent of regular annual payments. This measure is commonly used in the insurance industry to allow comparisons of the amount of new business written in a period by life insurance companies, particularly when the sales contain both single premium and regular premium business. This differs from the IFRS measure of gross premiums earned as shown in the table below from continuing operations.
Reconciliation from Gross premiums earned to Annual premium equivalent (APE)
Further explanation of the differences is provided in note II(viii) of the section headed ‘Additional unaudited financial information’. A discussion of the year-on-year movement of gross premiums earned is provided in the ‘Explanation of Movements in Revenue and Charges’ section.
9
In the remainder of this section, every time we comment on the performance of our businesses, we focus on their performance measured in local currency (presented here by reference to percentage growth expressed on a CER basis) unless otherwise stated. In each such case, the performance of our businesses on an AER basis is explained by the same factors discussed in the comments below, together with the impact of currency movements.
Overview
During 2021 we completed the planned strategic re-positioning of our business, while at the same time delivering a resilient financial performance, despite the challenges posed by the continuing Covid-19 pandemic.
Over the course of the year, we completed the reshaping of our business into one focused entirely on the long-term opportunities we have identified in Asia and Africa. In the fourth quarter, we carried out a successful $2.4 billion1 equity raise in Hong Kong. In December 2021 and January 2022 cash from this issuance was deployed in deleveraging our balance sheet in a $2.25 billion debt redemption programme. These actions, together with the associated reduction in interest costs, have enhanced our financial flexibility in light of the breadth of opportunities to invest for growth in Asia and Africa.
In 2021, despite ongoing disruption, our digitally-enabled, multi-channel and geographically diversified platform delivered 8 per cent growth2 in APE sales3 (10 per cent on an AER basis). Sales in Hong Kong continued to be constrained by the ongoing closure of the border with Mainland China. However, excluding Hong Kong, APE sales were 16 per cent2 higher (19 per cent on an AER basis). Eight markets in Asia and our Africa business saw double-digit growth including Mainland China, India, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore and Thailand. Business mix saw a shift into more profitable shareholder-backed business, particularly in Hong Kong.
The total IFRS loss after tax for 2021 was $(2,813) million (2020: $2,231 million profit after tax on a CER basis, $2,185 million profit after tax on an AER basis), which comprised a $2,214 million profit after tax from continuing operations (2020: $2,514 million profit after tax on a CER basis, $2,468 million profit after tax on an AER basis) and a $(5,027) million loss after tax from discontinued operations (2020: $(283) million loss after tax on a AER and CER basis). This loss from discontinued operations is due to the write-down of Jackson to its fair value upon demerger, as required by accounting standards. The decrease of $(254) million in profit after tax from continuing operations on an AER basis primarily reflected a decrease in the profit before shareholder tax of $(232) million from $2,908 million to $2,676 million, together with a $(22) million increase in shareholder tax charge from $(440) million to $(462) million. Profit before shareholder tax comprised of $3,233 million in adjusted operating profit (2020: $2,757 million on an AER basis; $2,790 million on a CER basis) and $557 million in non-operating losses (2020: $151 million on an AER basis; $174 million on a CER basis). Our adjusted IFRS operating profit based on longer-term investment returns (adjusted operating profit4) for 2021 from our continuing operations increased by 16 per cent on a CER basis (17 per cent on an AER basis), reflecting the geographic, product and distribution channel diversification of our Asia and Africa-focused business model. The Group’s financial performance for the year is further discussed in the Financial Review later in this document.
The Covid-19 pandemic has had an ongoing impact on the markets in which we operate and the lives of our customers, and has caused continuing personal and working challenges for all our colleagues. Our people have not only risen to the challenges posed by Covid-19, but have also continued to deliver to the highest standards for our customers and our business.
Our purpose is to help people get the most out of life, and both our strategic steps and our service to our customers are enabling us to fulfil that purpose. Our strategy of focusing on our markets in Asia and Africa enables us to devote our resources to serving customers in markets where there are substantial growth opportunities and to be aligned with broader public policy and societal needs. Our range of products, our digitally-enabled multi-channel distribution and the dynamic capabilities of our operations mean that not only can we seek to meet those needs but also to help prevent, postpone and protect customers from threats to their health and wellbeing, as well as support them to achieve their savings goals.
Alongside our key strategic steps, during 2021 we supported our key stakeholders in many different ways, particularly in the face of the challenges created by Covid-19. For our customers, we have developed and tailored our range of products, in particular in health and protection, to allow these products to be suitable for a wider range of income groups such as through our ‘bite-sized’ insurance products. These are already offered in a number of markets including Malaysia, the Philippines, Cambodia and Vietnam, and are designed to cater for the specific needs of under-insured consumers and first-time buyers. For our agents, we have delivered significant training and productivity tools, enabling them to continue to retain client contact and accelerate the lead referral process. For our employees, we have paid salaries and wages of $1.0 billion in the year5, as well as providing significant support in terms of wellness, flexible working and helping them to manage their mental health. We have recognised the efforts that our staff have made during the year and have granted $1,000 of Prudential shares to each full-time employee. For our regulators, we have participated in multiple engagements on industry developments including enhanced risk management, monitoring customer outcomes and risk-based capital. The Group continues to make significant tax contributions in the jurisdictions in which it operates, with more than $1 billion remitted to tax authorities in 2021. We have funds under management of $258.5 billion6 and are significant investors in Asia and Africa economies.
10
In the near term, our corporate activity is expected to include the reduction of our stake in Jackson to less than 10 per cent and the securing of additional central cost savings of $70 million7 from the start of 2023. We will continue to ensure our central functions remain resilient and compliant.
We are ending this historic year of change and development ideally positioned to take advantage of the opportunities in our chosen markets. Through our continually improving range of products, our wide-ranging, digitally-enabled multi-channel distribution and our execution capabilities, we are well placed to continue to build for our customers across our markets well into the future.
Group strategy
Our strategy is aligned with the supportive structural trends in Asia and Africa. Despite the rapid rise in prosperity in Asia, people still have low levels of insurance cover, with 39 per cent of health and protection spend still paid out-of-pocket8, and an estimated 80 per cent of the population of Asia still without insurance cover9. Combined with rising prosperity and ageing populations, this creates a large and growing health and protection gap that has been estimated at $1.8 trillion10.
These long-term trends underpin rising demand for savings and protection across both Asia and Africa, and create significant opportunity for growth and value creation. By delivering products and services that are specific to consumer segments and markets, we are well positioned to meet the growing health, protection and long-term savings needs of customers in these geographies.
We are developing the capacity to serve up to 50 million customers by 2025 through investing in our multi-channel distribution capabilities, applying digital capabilities to increase the efficiency of our operations and introducing products and services that allow us to develop more diverse customer bases in our markets. We continue to invest in our people and systems to ensure we have the resources to deliver on our long-term growth strategy and to evolve our operating model to keep pace with our opportunities as an exclusively Asian and African business. We seek to achieve this by:
- | Delivering profitable growth in a socially responsible way; |
- | Digitalising our products, services and experiences; and |
- | Humanising our company and advice channels. |
We have significant investment appetite that is based on the absolute size and demographic characteristics of each economy and our ability to build competitive advantage, leveraging our scale and expertise. We will continue to build on our leading positions in Hong Kong and South-east Asia, and we see the greatest growth opportunities in the largest economies of China, India, Indonesia and Thailand. At the same time, we are continuing to develop our businesses in Africa, where our investment gives us exposure to a growing, under-served continent whose population is expected to double to more than two billion people by 205011.
Delivering the strategy
Our strategy is pursued through providing a wide range of products which are then refined through continued innovation and iterative enhancements driven by customer needs. These products and services are then offered to those customers through our multi-channel distribution suite of channels – agents, bancassurance, digital and other. Increasingly customers are seeking to interact with us through a combination of digital channels and in-person agents. We are adapting our capabilities to match customers’ preferences for engagement during both purchase and servicing of our policies. Our product mix and multi-channel distribution capability have been the key drivers of new business profitability and growth in embedded value.
Our products are tailored to the developing requirements of local markets and the fast-changing needs of individual customers. Our focus is on health and protection and savings products with the rest provided by savings products including participating, linked and other traditional products.
We have responded to the changing needs of our customers by broadening coverage for new risks and adding innovative features to existing products. For example, during 2021, we introduced or enhanced more than 200 new products, including more than 90 digital and protection products. Further details are given below in the operational performance by market section.
Our product and other initiatives helped attract over 2.5 million customers in 2021 who were not existing policyholders of Prudential. This contributed to an increase in our total life customer base to 18.6 million (2020: 17.4 million excluding Jackson). New business policies sold to both new and existing customers rose to 3.9 million, an increase of 16 per cent over the prior year and included 109,000 polices which were sold direct to the consumer through digital systems, including Pulse. These new policies included 2.2 million health and protection cases, an increase of 41 per cent when compared with the prior year, reflecting our customers’ increased focus on this area in light of the pandemic.
11
To ensure that customers have the best access to our products, we have a multi-channel and integrated distribution strategy that is able to adapt flexibly to changing local market conditions. We have an extensive distribution network encompassing agency, bancassurance and non-traditional partnerships, including digital.
Our agency channel is a key component of our success, given the high proportion of high-margin protection products sold through this channel. We have over 540,000 licenced tied agents12 across our life insurance markets. The productivity of our active agents increased by 3 per cent during 202112, based on APE sales per active agent as we, and our customers, focus increasingly on standalone protection products.
Our continued support for our agency channel positions us well for sustainable growth. We have recruited circa 123,000 agents during the year12 and continue to move our recruitment, training and management of agents on-line. The use of virtual sales tools has enabled us to deliver 45 per cent of agency new cases in 2021 virtually, compared with 28 per cent from April to December in 2020, demonstrating our embedding of these processes and building resilience for the future.
Agent professionalism and career progression are extremely important to us, and we provide tailored training programmes that share our agents’ experience and best practice across different markets. At the same time, we continually upgrade the tools available to our agents to assist them during the sales process and enhance productivity. Agents that qualified for the Million Dollar Round Table (MDRT) award during 2021 contributed 40 per cent of APE sales in the relevant markets13 in 2021 (2020: 34 per cent13).
We have a leading bancassurance franchise, providing access to over 26,000 bank branches through our strategic partnerships with over 160 multinational banks and prominent domestic banks. Sales made virtually accounted for around 30 per cent of new business cases made through the bancassurance channel in 2021 (2020: 27 per cent from July 2020).
Alongside our agency and bancassurance channels, we also have Pulse by Prudential, our digital platform and ecosystem. Our aspiration is that Pulse facilitates customer acquisition at scale, provides an enhanced customer experience and acts as a platform for the business, with scope for delivering future operational efficiency.
Our pan-Asia asset manager, Eastspring, is one of the largest pan-Asia asset managers, managing $258.5 billion in assets across 11 markets in Asia14, and is a top-10 asset manager in six of those markets. We continue to diversify Eastspring’s product set and intend to accelerate its development as a leader in Asia by broadening its investment strategies and making wealth services more accessible at lower levels of individual contributions. Eastspring is playing an important role in supporting our commitment to carbon reduction in our insurance company asset portfolio, allowing us to deliver profitable growth alongside a positive social impact. Further details are set out in the operational performance by market section.
Pulse and our digital offerings
Prudential’s Pulse digital platform is designed to connect with customers and potential customers on key elements in their lives, namely their health and wealth. As well as offering our own products it provides a number of other features to engage and support customers in this area. We work with partners to deliver these additional services and features and to date we have entered into 56 key digital partnerships. We continue to expand our collaboration with new partners helping us widen access to new customer segments and deepen our engagement with our users. Prudential’s widely recognised brand and Pulse’s geographically diverse platform means that we can attract and work with multiple ‘best-in-class’ partners across numerous fields of expertise and sectors.
Pulse is active in 17 markets in Asia and Africa and we utilise AI technology to offer users a selection of services, ranging from health assessments, risk factor identification, telemedicine and wellness to digital payment capabilities. Health features such as AI Symptom checker and Digital Twin have been launched in Pulse to most markets in which Pulse is available. These features are paired with health experts online (where available) and fitness communities to help Pulse users stay healthier.
Pulse has now been downloaded more than 32 million15 times. Download growth has moderated more recently given that Pulse has now been rolled out to most of the markets we operate in. The focus now is on customer segmentation and engagement campaigns on the installed base so that Pulse now supports all of our distribution channels. APE sales associated with Pulse increased by 73 per cent2 to $364 million in 202116. These sales represented circa 11 per cent of our total APE sales in markets where Pulse is available. This percentage contribution has increased steadily over the second half of the year, ending the last quarter of 2021 at 13 per cent.
We believe Pulse provides a wide range of benefits to Prudential, including:
● | Efficient model to acquire, engage and serve users at scale, widening access to new customer segments for Prudential. This includes attracting a new, younger generation of customers. |
● | Reduces marginal customer acquisition costs through targeted marketing campaigns. |
12
● | Aggregated data on Pulse helps deliver greater customer insights and supports improved productivity for Prudential’s distribution channels by serving those customers that require a more personal/advice led approach which are often higher margin more complex products. |
● | Promotes better customer retention characteristics via stronger engagement and frequent contact, particularly for digital-savvy customers or customers who prefer virtual interactions. |
Pulse is intended to become in due course a common platform across our markets to provide end-to-end processing, with all policy sales and servicing conducted within the platform for digital products. In addition, it is intended to provide an integrated business solution for our agency sales force, which should assist in creating a future-ready sales force capable of serving technology-savvy customers, as well as customers who prefer to meet virtually or a combination of both. Over the longer term this also has the potential to enhance our current operating model by removing some of the diverse technology systems and manual processes across our markets.
Pulse supports the agency channel and its use is demonstrated by the number of leads recorded on Pulse, which totalled 4.3 million in 202117.
As an example, our Philippines business saw over 1.9 million leads distributed to agents in 2021. These leads were provided to agents via PRULeads (within Pulse), where agents are provided with lead and campaign details derived from data generated from Pulse. The agents are also provided with suggested introductory discussion points to engage and develop dialogue with customers. Lastly, product information materials specific to the campaign are tagged in PRULeads, allowing agents access to those materials should that be necessary.
Pulse also supports our bank partners in bringing digital solutions to customers. In the Philippines for example, Prudential has teamed up with CIMB Bank Philippines (CIMB PH) to make digital financial products and service more accessible. CIMB PH is one of the fastest growing banks in the Philippines, adopting and offering digital banking products to its more than five million customers. We are the first bancassurance partner for CIMB. Pulse products will be made available on CIMB’s platform and vice-versa.
It is intended that Pulse will broaden Prudential’s customer reach, improve our channel productivity and generate efficiencies as we scale. Prudential continues to evaluate options for the development of Pulse in India and Mainland China. Our operations there already have sophisticated digital offerings provided by our respective joint venture partners in these technologically advanced multi-channel businesses.
Capital allocation
We apply a disciplined approach to capital allocation by applying the framework discussed in the Financial Review both to organic investment in new business and to considering inorganic growth options.
We aim to deliver ongoing capital generation by investing capital to write products with high rates of return and short payback periods. We expect to generate attractive returns on our new business driven particularly by the focus on health and protection and regular premium products. This creates new capital, which can be reinvested into writing more profitable new business.
The operation of our approach to capital management is demonstrated by our delivery of return on shareholders’ equity as set out below:
Operating return18 on shareholders’ equity (%) | ||||
|
| |||
| 2021 |
| 2020 | |
Operating return18 on IFRS shareholders’ equity19 |
| 18 |
| 20 |
Leadership developments
During 2021, a number of leadership changes took place. Our Group Chief Digital Officer retired and was succeeded by his deputy. In Indonesia, Malaysia and the Philippines, new CEOs were appointed following retirements and in all three cases the new appointees brought in additional skill sets including Sharia finance and technology. The CEOs in all our major segments have many years of experience of working in the markets they oversee and are all local to their markets.
Environmental, Social and Governance
During 2021, we have strengthened our focus on Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) matters, building on the new ESG strategic framework which we developed in 2020.
13
Across Prudential, inclusivity runs as a common theme in all of our ESG activity. Within our core business activity of making health accessible, we seek to make our products as inclusive as possible and during 2021, we developed a campaign, We DO Family, to support the development of more inclusive products that recognise the evolution of nuclear families; our approach to climate change is underscored by our commitment to an inclusive transition in our markets; and, we further progressed our diversity and inclusion activity including the launch of PRUCommunities, a safe place for our people to share identities, interests, goals, and the changes they would like to see at Prudential. We consider this focus on inclusivity, both internally and externally, to be pivotal to meeting our purpose.
We recognise the importance of targets in evidencing our commitment to progress on ESG topics. As a significant asset manager and asset owner in regions forecast to be impacted severely by climate change, we have a distinctive role to play in the inclusive transition to a low-carbon economy. Recognising this, in May 2021, we set a target to be net zero by 2050 for our insurance assets supported by a 25 per cent reduction in emissions from the portfolio by 2025. In addition, we have established targets for a 25 per cent reduction in Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions per employee by 2030.
The Group publishes an ESG report that sets out in more detail our ESG activities during the year, including our progress towards these targets. The ESG report is available on the Group’s website.
Outlook
We enter 2022 with a strong balance sheet and capital position. The timing of the opening of the Hong Kong border remains uncertain and Covid-19 will continue to have an impact. The current conflict in Ukraine could have wider implications for global economic and market conditions as well as geopolitical relations. However, we believe our multi-channel approach and focus on quality business and operating efficiency is the right strategy for dealing with volatile operating conditions. We are confident that our investment in new business, distribution and product enhancements will continue to meet the needs of our customers and build value for our shareholders over the long term.
Operational performance by market
The following commentary provides an update on the operational capabilities and performance for each of the Group’s segments. Discussion of the financial performance of the Group and its segments is contained separately in the Financial Review section of this document. Unless otherwise stated, the APE discussion in the following commentary is provided on a CER basis.
Mainland China – CITIC Prudential Life (CPL)
Mainland China continues to present significant opportunities for Prudential, driven by the low levels of insurance penetration, conducive regulatory proposals for the long-term development of insurance markets as well as favourable demographics such as an ageing population, emerging middle class and rapid urbanisation. These factors support further growth both in health and protection as well as pension products and services.
Prudential’s life business in Mainland China, CPL, is a 50/50 joint venture with CITIC, a leading Chinese state-owned conglomerate. CPL benefits from a balanced distribution network with strength in agency and bancassurance and a well-diversified product range. CPL has a substantial opportunity to expand and deepen its presence across its nationwide footprint of 20 branches covering 99 cities. Our Mainland China business has a particular focus on areas with the greatest economic growth potential, a strategy aligned with the Chinese government’s ‘City Cluster Model’, centred on Beijing, Shanghai and the Greater Bay Area, a region which, if it was a separate economy, would be one of the 10 largest economies in the world45. CPL customises solutions for various customer segments and targets the high net worth individuals and families with inter-generational insurance and wealth solutions incorporating legacy planning. It also tailors protection and education solutions to the needs of the younger generation, which it combines with healthcare and childcare services. Its group life and health solutions are popular with business owners and their employees.
New business performance during 2021
CPL’s APE sales grew by 25 per cent2 to $776 million. Its solid and resilient growth has been underpinned by its diversified distribution strategy, with both agency and bancassurance channels delivering double-digit APE sales growth at 25 per cent2 and 28 per cent2 respectively in 2021.
CPL continues to outgrow the overall sector. In 2021, CPL increased its overall market share to 0.86 per cent20, from 0.74 per cent20 in 2020.
14
Delivering customer-led solutions
Our Mainland China business presents solutions that address the financial security and wellbeing of our customers at different life stages, with built-in related services enriching the overall customer propositions. Its solutions and services are combined in an ecosystem that provides an integrated experience, meets the full demands of customers and strengthens our relationships with them.
During 2021, CPL upgraded its award-winning critical illness solution (‘Hui Kang Zhi Cheng’) by enhancing benefit coverage conditions and reducing waiting periods for certain recurrent claims such as cancer. Beyond protection, it offers a health concierge service that provides preventive healthcare, a panel of specialists for consultation on treatment options, priority hospital access and mental health rehabilitation services.
To meet customers’ desire for a more digital experience, engagement, fulfilment and servicing with customers and distributors are carried out through its mobile first Xin Yi Tong app. Its ‘Virtual Lounge’ leverages technology to humanise connection between the agent and the customer. Digital media recognised the technology’s customer useability. In fact, the CPL business continues to report one of the highest virtual sales rates amongst our business units of over 80 per cent despite the near-normalisation of the Covid-19 situation.
Multi-channel distribution
CPL continues to focus on building a professional, high-quality agency force, with suitable knowledge of health and protection products. Its 17,800 agents serve customers across the country and agency productivity has improved markedly, with APE sales per active agent rising 61 per cent and over 1,100 agents qualifying for the MDRT award in 2021. The total agency force reduced during the year in the context of the industry going through a period of rationalisation and its own focus on quality. CPL is empowering agents with tools and techniques that help engage customers in order to provide customer-centric solutions. Over time, as the agency force continues to mature and build experience, we expect this to result in further enhancement in productivity, providing additional support to our growth trajectory in CPL.
Meanwhile, CPL also continues to build out its bancassurance distribution. It has a network of 48 bancassurance partners with access to over 6,000 branches across Mainland China, supported by over 3,000 insurance specialists catering to the customers of the banks. This has resulted in higher levels of new business from the bank channel.
Hong Kong
Our Hong Kong business, established over 57 years ago, offers domestic Hong Kong residents and mainland visitors sophisticated critical illness, medical benefits and life insurance protection business, as well as investment products in a UK-style with-profits structure.
We continue to refresh and upgrade our offerings with comprehensive protection and wealth accumulation propositions for the affluent customers, while leveraging our strengths in affordable healthcare products such as VHIS and wellness services via Pulse which appeal to the mass market. For small and medium enterprises (SMEs), we are leveraging our digital Business@Pulse platform to provide group solutions as well as wellness programs aimed at improving employees’ well-being beyond work. Meanwhile, Mainland China customers remain an important customer segment for the Group’s Hong Kong business, although APE sales have been severely curtailed following the closure of the border between Mainland China and Hong Kong implemented in late January 2020. Based on its own and third-party surveys, the Group believes there is latent demand from Mainland China customers for its Hong Kong product suite, driven by the sophistication of the products offered and the high level of medical care available in Hong Kong. As a result, the Group expects to see the return of this important source of new business when the border between Mainland China and Hong Kong reopens and visitor arrivals normalise.
Additionally, supportive regulatory developments such as Wealth and Insurance Connect between the Greater Bay Area and Hong Kong will further enhance the Hong Kong business’s ability to serve Mainland China customers. We are well placed to capture the longer-term opportunities in the Greater Bay Area given our solid foothold in Hong Kong and presence in all domestic cities in the Greater Bay Area and our pending application for a licence to operate in Macau.
New business performance during 2021
Overall APE sales declined by (27) per cent2 in the year as border closure continued to prevent Mainland China visitors from buying insurance products in Hong Kong. In the domestic segment, we further strengthened our focus on regular-premium health and protection products and also shifted towards higher margin savings solutions. This strategy helped improve the protection mix by 7 percentage points2 and grow protection APE sales by 12 per cent2, although the resultant lower case size led to a 15 per cent2 fall in overall APE sales for the domestic segment.
15
Delivering customer-led solutions
The business fulfils customer needs via its wide range of protection, savings and investment product offerings. In addition to comprehensive critical illness solutions catering to affluent and high net-worth customers, we also extend access to affordable healthcare by offering a full range of Voluntary Health Insurance Scheme (VHIS) products. The APE sales of VHIS almost tripled in 2021 following the launch of our mid-tier VHIS product. Meanwhile, we have fully embraced the government’s ‘Qualified Deferred Annuity Plan’ (QDAP) for retirement, making us one of the leading players21 in the market.
Our investment proposition provides access to international equities and bonds. Our with-profits product offering pools the investments of policyholders and allocates returns based on long-term investment performance (similar to that used historically in the UK). This is a distinct, capital-efficient structure benefiting from significant scale, enabling Prudential to provide differentiated products while generating attractive margins.
Multi-channel distribution
We operate a digitally enabled multi-distribution platform and provide customers choice on how they prefer to be served. We have the largest agency force of 21,579 agents in the Hong Kong market, and this channel accounted for more than 60 per cent of our APE sales in the year. Despite a challenging operating backdrop, overall agent activity has been broadly stable thanks to intensified agent training and development, enhanced customer engagement tools such as Pulse and PRULeads, as well as broadened product offerings.
On the bancassurance side, we have a long-standing strategic alliance with Standard Chartered Bank which has grown from strength to strength for more than 20 years.
Indonesia
In Indonesia, we are one of the market leaders in the overall life insurance market with 10 per cent market share by weighted new premium in 202122. We are also the market leader with a 29 per cent market share in the fast-growing Sharia segment in Indonesia22, which has the largest Muslim population in the world. Our main strategic objectives are to secure new bancassurance partners for the mass market, improving capabilities to serve our customers better through digitalisation and operational advancements, as well as preparing new propositions to cater to our target segments in anticipation of the post-Covid-19 economic rebound and upcoming new regulation on investment-linked products.
We have upgraded our offerings for the affluent segment where customers seek broad insurance and savings products supported by value-added services. We have also launched simpler, lower ticket-size standalone protection solutions serving the insurance needs of mass segments. Our Pulse digital platform appeals to digitally-savvy younger customers. For SMEs, we have created a comprehensive suite of group health and life solutions which are provided alongside related services through our digital Business@Pulse platform. We also strengthened our market leadership in the fast-growing Sharia segment through our inclusive Sharia offerings.
New business performance during 2021
Overall APE sales fell by (7) per cent2 with Covid-19-related social movement restrictions disrupting sales activity throughout much of the year. The pandemic, which caused over four million23 infections nationally by the end of 2021 in a population of circa 270 million24 has resulted in higher than expected claims. It is estimated that Indonesia accounted for over 60 per cent of total Covid-19-related claims across Asia of our policyholders. Movement restrictions were particularly severe in the third quarter of 2021, before easing towards the end of the year as Indonesia emerged from its latest Covid-19 wave. During the year, there was an increasingly effective rollout of the vaccination programme with the percentage of population vaccinated increasing from circa 11 per cent at the end of June to about 60 per cent at the end of December. APE sales in the fourth quarter were 29 per cent25 higher than those in the third quarter, with sales in the second half of the year 15 per cent25 higher than the first half of 2021.
Despite the fall in absolute APE sales amounts year-on-year, we have seen a growth of over 37 per cent in the number of standalone protection policies sold over the period, which contributed to over 70 per cent of total policies sold and 43 per cent of total APE sales (2020: 29 per cent of APE sales). Our strength in the Sharia segment also added resilience to the business with a 19 per cent increase in new Sharia policies. We did however experience a worsening of persistency exacerbated by the financial hardships of our policyholders.
Delivering customer-led solutions
We have executed well in difficult market conditions through innovating our product offerings, as well as increasing digital capability to mitigate the restrictions of Covid-19 on face-to-face agency sales. Total new policies grew 7 per cent driven by our strategy of expanding low ticket-size standalone protection policies to low and mid-income customers.
16
We continue to lead in the Sharia segment, with a commitment to expand inclusive product offerings to the mass market segment. For example, we have launched PRUCerah, the first Sharia-compliant education participating product in the market, and continue our PRUCinta (traditional Sharia product) offering. Together PRUCerah and PRUCinta contributed 13 per cent of total APE sales. To realise the potential of the Indonesian Sharia life market, we are setting up a dedicated Sharia business with the establishment of Prudential Sharia Life Assurance. This will enable full product vetting by the Sharia religious authorities and the use of specialist distribution techniques. In the Enterprise Business space, we achieved APE sales growth of 33 per cent2 in 2021, and, supported by our digital capabilities, positioned ourselves as the choice for start-up, fintech and financial institutions as their Employee Benefit provider.
Multi-channel distribution
The quality and productivity of our agency channel continued to improve. Thanks to ongoing agency reform initiatives and the broadening of our product offerings, the number of active agents increased by 4 per cent. We remain as one of the market leaders in the agency segment with 25 per cent26 of total market share. In the Sharia segment, we maintain one of the largest agency forces with almost 143,000 agents, which was 11 per cent higher than the prior year.
Development of our bancassurance channel also gathered pace with new higher-margin products in the traditional, funds and retirement space. We have also started to offer Sharia products through our bank partners, which contributed 4 per cent of total bancassurance APE sales in 2021.
Malaysia
In Malaysia, the Group has leading market positions in both the conventional and Takaful markets27 and has been serving customers for more than 97 years. The Takaful segment has substantial opportunities for growth, and we are the largest player with a 30 per cent market share28. We continuously upgrade our saving and protection solutions to serve the affluent segment, and have supplemented these recently by launching more simple, flexible solutions to serve the mass market. We also continue to broaden our Islamic wealth and protection solutions to strengthen our leadership in the fast-growing mass affluent Takaful segment.
New business performance during 2021
APE sales increased by 31 per cent2, driven by growth of 45 per cent in agency production despite the tightening of Covid-19-related movement restrictions at several points throughout the year. The Takaful business achieved APE sales growth of 61 per cent2 fuelled by an increase in active agents.
Delivering customer-led solutions
With a total of 2.7 million customers, our Malaysia business is focused on providing holistic health and wealth solutions. Customer retention is high in both conventional and Takaful segments with 95 per cent and 87 per cent of customers respectively staying with the business. Most products are regular premium, which accounted for 98 per cent of APE sales in 2021. PruAllCare was launched in the last quarter of 2021 that provides comprehensive critical illness coverage and covers up to 190 conditions. Leveraging our Pulse platform, the business is also reaching out to the underserved communities and providing affordable and accessible healthcare services and wellness awareness to all Malaysians including the Muslim Community.
Multi-channel distribution
Our Malaysian business benefits from a growing agency force, with over 1,200 MDRT qualifiers, contributing to 36 per cent of total Agency APE sales29. The number of total active agents is up 20 per cent on the prior year. In the Takaful segment, we have one of the largest agency forces with over 18,000 agents, which was 18 per cent higher than the prior year.
We also continue to benefit from our established bancassurance partnerships with Standard Charted Bank and UOB.
Singapore
In Singapore, we are one of the market leaders in protection, savings and investment-linked plans30. We have been serving the financial needs of Singapore for more than 90 years, delivering a suite of product offerings and professional advisory through our network of more than 5,000 financial consultants and our bank partners. We see significant prospects to increase our presence in the high net-worth segment by further upgrading our suite of health and legacy planning products, as well as strengthening our position in the affluent segment with flexible health and retirement solutions. We are building capabilities on Pulse to offer simpler insurance products, including our Shield offerings. We also grew our presence in the SME space by leveraging our Business@Pulse platform.
17
New business performance during 2021
Our new business momentum in Singapore continued despite the tightening of Covid-19-related movement restrictions at several points throughout the year. APE sales were 19 per cent2 higher, supported by 10 per cent2 growth across our agency channel and 30 per cent2 growth across our bancassurance channel.
Delivering customer-led solutions
We saw diversified growth across our wide product offerings in 2021. On the protection side, PRUShield, our MediSave-approved integrated Shield plan, saw APE sales growth of 50 per cent2. On the savings side, investment-linked APE sales increased by 100 per cent2 while participating products achieved 16 per cent2 growth in APE sales. We continued to penetrate the high net-worth segment, which saw 109 per cent growth in APE sales, via our comprehensive product offerings. Our Enterprise Business also delivered good growth with APE sales increasing by 16 per cent2.
Multi-channel distribution
The diversity of our distribution has been instrumental to new business growth in the year. In particular, bancassurance growth was supported by our deeper penetration of the high net-worth segment, successful focus on retirement solutions and a shift towards higher-margin products with an expected longer policy term.
In the agency channel, the quality of productivity of our agency force continues to improve significantly. Top-tier agents grew at pace as demonstrated by the more than 9 per cent increase in the number of MDRT qualifiers to over 1,000 in 2021. We continue to rank first31 by regular premium APE sales in our agency channel, with overall active agents increasing by 4 per cent. Productivity as measured by APE sales per active agent rose 6 per cent, supported by higher case counts and also larger case size.
Growth Markets and Other
The Group’s growth markets and other segment incorporates its businesses in India and Thailand, as well as Vietnam, the Philippines, Cambodia, Laos, Taiwan and Myanmar, and its businesses in Africa. The Group sees the opportunity for rapid growth through the roll-out of its efficient and scalable business model, multi-channel distribution networks and the provision of digital products and services through Pulse.
In India, our business primarily consists of a 22.1 per cent holding in the Indian Stock Exchange listed life insurance business, ICICI Prudential Life, and 49 per cent of the asset manager, ICICI Prudential Asset Management (included as part of our Eastspring segment). Both businesses boast a top-three position in their respective market32. ICICI Prudential Life intends to grow the business by deepening penetration of under-served customer segments, enhancing distribution footprint and tailoring solutions to the different customer needs across saving, protection and retirement, including developing new propositions for the mass market in the Tier 2 cities.
In Thailand, we are focused on delivering the strategic benefits of recent investments and upscaling the business significantly through our bank partnership with TTB and UOB. This has resulted in our higher-than-industry average APE sales growth33 in the bancassurance channel as well as for the overall business in 2021. As a result, our market share in the bancassurance channel increased from 10.1 per cent to 14.1 per cent34. We offer a diversified portfolio of segment-led solutions, including integrated wealth and retirement solutions for the affluent segment, alongside simpler digital propositions via the apps of our bank partners. We also work with our bank partners to unlock SME opportunities through our Business@Pulse platform.
In Vietnam, we will continue to strengthen our presence in the rural areas while we expand our geographical coverage in the urban cities via our agency, bancassurance and new digital channels. We serve the affluent segment with flexible health, investment and education-orientated savings solutions. We also cater to the needs of mass market with simple and affordable health and savings solutions.
The Philippines currently has very low levels of life insurance penetration. However, with rising GDP per capita, and supported by Prudential’s proven expertise and market-leading positions35, Prudential is confident of delivering significant new life insurance APE sales growth in this market. We continue to build on our core strengths in the affluent and mass-market segments, alongside leveraging our digital assets to cover more Millennials and Gen Z’s. For Cambodia and Laos, our intention is to build multi-channel capabilities with highly digital infrastructure for these high potential markets.
18
In Africa, we have built a rapidly growing multi-product business since 2014, with operations in eight countries across the continent. Our business is well-positioned to accelerate its growth as we seek to meet the growing health and savings needs of a rapidly growing working-age population and growing number of middle-class consumers. We are introducing comprehensive health and wellness propositions to serve the growing affluent segment. Regional leadership including senior members of Asian businesses has relocated from London to Nairobi to accelerate knowledge transfer, innovations and best practice sharing with the Group’s other operations.
New business performance during 2021
The businesses comprising our Growth markets and other segment saw APE sales up 12 per cent2 compared with 2020. Cambodia, India, Myanmar, the Philippines, Thailand and Africa all had double-digit growth despite the difficulties associated with Covid-19.
In India, APE sales grew 29 per cent2 supported by diverse growth across all distribution channels, with both agency and bancassurance channels achieving APE sales growth in 2021, as well as an increased focus on annuity products.
In Thailand, APE sales rose 22 per cent2 helped by the expansion of bancassurance sales in 2021.
In Vietnam, sales volume slightly increased despite nationwide Covid-19 lockdowns impacting the agency market. The bancassurance channel performed well despite Covid-19, with APE sales up 17 per cent2, as banks were allowed to remain open as essential services during the lockdown. Prudential also benefited from the expansion of bancassurance agreements and remained the leader in the bancassurance channel with 19.4 per cent market share36.
In the Philippines, 2021 APE sales were up 26 per cent2, primarily from the agency channel, and Prudential remains the largest player in the market35.
In Africa, APE sales have grown by 24 per cent2 year-on-year, with growth in all eight countries. The East and Central Africa business (comprising Kenya, Uganda and Zambia) performed particularly well with an APE sales growth of 43 per cent2.
Delivering customer-led solutions
In Thailand, we have developed a portfolio of segment-led insurance solutions that emulate the needs of our bank partners’ customers. For example, we provided affordable credit life solutions to the banks’ mortgage and personal loan customers; we delivered packaged solutions that combine bank products with insurance offerings including savings and protection products; and we expanded our investment-linked offerings the sales of which, through the bancassurance channel, increased by 88 per cent2 in 2021 as compared with the previous year. Leveraging our Business@Pulse ecosystem, our Employee Benefit business has also gained traction achieving 76 per cent2 growth in APE sales and covering more than 140,000 members.
In Vietnam, we launched an innovative digital Personal Accident product (‘PRUGuard 24/7’) as well as a low-cost digital Critical Illness solution (‘PRUCare’) via various digital platforms thereby increasing our penetration into the younger segment of the Vietnamese population. Since launch in late December 2020 and April 2021, we have sold over 42,00037 PRUGuard policies and 3,00037 PRUCare policies respectively.
In Cambodia, we introduced our first-in-the-market digital solutions in Dengue and Malaria protection as well as Road Safety protection.
In Africa, we continue to pursue customer-led insurance initiatives, particularly with our partners where we have launched a digital ‘Diaspora Funeral Cover’ product with Centenary Bank in Uganda and a degree insurance digital product with MTN in Cameroon.
Multi-channel distribution
In India, ICICI Prudential Life’s growth ambitions will be driven by enhancing its multi-channel distribution capability. In the agency channel, they have recruited over 27,000 new agents during the year. Outside agency, they have added about 100 new partnerships bringing total partnerships to around 700 including 23 banks.
In Thailand, the strategic partnership with TTB, which commenced on 1 January 2021, significantly strengthens our distribution capability in Thailand’s fast-growing life insurance sector, giving us access to an expanded network of 636 branches. We have launched a refreshed set of propositions encompassing the high net-worth, retail, commercial and SME segments and rolled out a new e-POS system. These developments have enabled us to advance our overall market share to 6.5 per cent from 5.1 per cent34 in 2020 and become the third largest player34 in the bancassurance channel in 2021.
19
In the Philippines, we are partnering with CIMB Bank Philippines to help bring more financial products and services to the country’s consumers. Under this partnership, we will provide CIMB’s customers with easy access to our life insurance products through CIMB’s app, and CIMB’s deposit savings and credit products will be made available on our Pulse app.
In Africa, we have sought to deepen our health and protection offering, complementing an increasing portfolio of corporate protection across many of our countries. In our agency and bancassurance business we have increasingly equipped our agents and sales people with the skills required to advise their customers on their protection requirements. Compared with the first quarter of 2021, agency protection productivity had increased by 40 per cent by the fourth quarter with an over 20 per cent increase in the number of agents who sold a protection case in the same period. Sales people have been supported in their careers in many markets through earlier training on protection products, creating opportunities to help them serve this significant gap in the market.
In other high-potential markets, agent quality and productivity continued to improve. In Vietnam the contribution to APE sales by our MDRT qualifiers increased by 7 percentage points to 45 per cent. Cambodia agency development was encouraging with both number of active agents and APE sales per active agent rising significantly in 2021.
Eastspring, leading asset manager in Asia
Eastspring Investments (‘Eastspring’), the asset management arm of the Group, is a global asset manager with Asia at its core, offering innovative investment solutions to meet the financial needs of clients. Operating in Asia since 1994, Eastspring has built an unparalleled on-the-ground presence in 11 Asian markets14 as well as distribution offices in North America and Europe. Eastspring’s shared purpose – Experts in Asia. Invested in your future – clearly guides the business. Beyond investing, Eastspring aims to help its stakeholders secure a better and more sustainable future.
As of 31 December 2021, Eastspring managed a total of $258.5 billion of assets across equity, fixed income, multi asset, quantitative and alternative strategies on behalf of institutional and retail investors globally. It is one of the largest pan-Asian asset managers and is a top-10 asset manager in six of the markets where the firm operates38.
As the main investment partner to Prudential’s insurance business, Eastspring focuses on enhancing its investment solutions for Prudential. At the same time, it continues to grow its third-party business globally. This is underpinned by Eastspring’s four-pillar strategy: first, to strengthen its existing business; second, to diversify its investment capabilities and range of products; third, to accelerate its ESG agenda; and fourth, to broaden its distribution channels. Through the year, Eastspring has achieved progress in each of these areas.
Increasing funds under management and enhancing returns
In what was largely a volatile market, existing and new clients turned to Eastspring for advice. Eastspring grew its assets under management by 4 per cent25 in 2021, reflecting favourable investment returns and net inflows from the Group’s insurance businesses and from third-party clients. Third-party business39 saw net in-flows from retail clients, driven by a strong demand for equity products, partially offset by institutional net outflows. The outflows across the businesses were predominantly due to profit taking and asset rebalancing amid generally strong equity market conditions. The redemptions of funds managed on behalf of M&G plc in 2021, net of inflows, totalled $(4.0) billion, with a further $(0.9) billion of outflows anticipated in 2022. The overall asset mix has remained stable and is well diversified across both clients and asset classes.
Eastspring continued to perform well for clients, with 61 per cent of assets under management outperforming benchmarks over the past year40. Significant ‘alphas’ have been generated by the value-style equity teams, in addition to positive relative and absolute performance by teams focusing on quantitative strategies and multi-asset solutions.
Eastspring is proud to be named the ‘Asset Management Company of the Year, ASEAN’ in The Asset Triple A Sustainable Investing Awards. Across 2021, Eastspring won twenty-six industry awards across a wide range of investment categories, a testament to the firm’s success and investment excellence.
Diversifying capabilities, driving future growth
Eastspring saw significant progress in seeking to diversify its investment capabilities, increase the number of products marketed to clients, and develop new and innovative solutions. Over the year it attracted $5.3 billion of assets through the launch of 75 new products41.
Notably, in the consumer and private wealth segment, the firm worked with its intermediary clients to achieve several successful fund IPO launches in Thailand and Taiwan and similarly in other markets across the region. Other recently launched strategies including the Asia Multi Factor and Global Emerging Markets excluding China Equity attracted new customers.
20
Leveraging on third-party partnerships, Eastspring enhanced its mix of products and solutions across partners’ platforms, an example being the launch of several foreign investment funds (FIF) in Thailand. Eastspring also offered new solutions for both the Group’s insurance businesses and external partners to meet the demand for regular saving and retirement solutions such as RiCh in Malaysia, TTB Smart Port in Thailand and discretionary investment advisory mandates in Taiwan.
Meanwhile, Eastspring continued to expand its footprint in India and Mainland China.
In India, ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company broadened its product suite across active and passive strategies for retail and high net-worth clients, introducing new strategies such as the ICICI Prudential NASDAQ 100 Index Fund and ICICI Prudential Strategic Metal and Energy Equity Fund of Fund. These in turn drove a 15 per cent increase in the Group’s share of funds under management to $30.9 billion42.
In Mainland China, we operate through CITIC-Prudential Fund Management Company Limited, a 49 per cent-owned joint venture with CITIC with the Group’s share of assets under management of $12.4 billion, as well as through our wholly-owned private fund manager operationalised in 2019 within Eastspring, which now has sourced and sub-advised assets under management of $931 million. 2021 saw it build a portfolio of credible China A Equity growth style funds and China bond funds, which attracted demand from international clients, validating their confidence in the firm’s products. Our Chinese life insurance joint venture has established its own asset management company in 2020, Prudential-CITIC Asset Management Co, which further strengthens our capabilities in savings and retirement products. During the year CITIC Prudential Fund Management Company achieved a successful IPO with the launch of the Fengyu Hybrid fund, achieving assets under management of over RMB 10 billion (approximately $2 billion) through a partnership with CITIC Bank. It achieved strong fund performance with 7 of its 15 equity funds achieving top-decile fund performance, leading to a 27 per cent43 growth in their total assets.
Across the Asia region and beyond, Eastspring’s commitment to delivering superior investment outcomes for our investors and clients over the long term has made us a trusted partner, as evidenced in 2021, and the firm will continue to focus on investment excellence going into 2022.
Accelerating responsible investing, invested in your future
In line with its purpose, Invested in Your Future, Eastspring continued to reinforce its ambition as a leading Asia-based asset manager rooted in ESG and sustainability. To meet client demand for responsible investment portfolios, Eastspring launched its second ESG-focused product, the US ESG Beta Fund in October 2021, followed by the Eastspring IDX ESG Leaders Plus Fund in January 2022. It is in the process of developing several other ESG-focused funds for both Prudential and third-party clients. These include China All Shares Sustainable Fund, China Offshore Sustainable Bond Fund and Japan Sustainable Value Fund.
Broadening distribution, increasing digitalisation
Eastspring has strengthened its institutional business, winning new mandates with top asset owners, alongside expanded recommendation ratings from investment consultants, both in local markets and globally. Apart from reinforcing its position as Experts in Asia, Eastspring also gained traction outside of Asia, as it continued to build its footprint and relationships in North America and Europe, leveraging on partnerships with third-party distributors.
In the retail segment, Eastspring expanded its digitalised distribution capabilities through partnerships with multiple new age digital wealth managers, such as Stashaway, Endowus and Moduit. Promising progress has also been made in its own digitalisation capabilities; as an example, the upgrade of Eastspring Malaysia’s own digital platform with a new ‘Do-It-Yourself’ feature, enabling new and existing retail investors to Buy, Regularly Invest, Sell and Switch transactions directly on the platform.
As part of Eastspring’s commitment in advancing financial knowledge for its stakeholders, it produced over 50 thought leadership and insight articles over the year enabling clients to stay on top of financial trends, outlook and knowledge. It also adopted new channels of communication – social media channels (Instagram, Whatsapp and TikTok) and a new podcast, on top of its regular expert webinar series. Eastspring’s brand presence is also amplified through Prudential’s Pulse app via thought leadership content and knowledge sharing.
The focus on financial literacy starts from the grassroots level. To this end, Eastspring launched the #MoneyParenting campaign across Asia to empower parents to coach their children towards a financially successful future. This initiative was recognised by the Malaysia Financial Education Network44.
21
Notes
1 | After deduction of underwriting fees and other estimated expenses connected with the equity raise. |
2 | On a constant exchange rate basis. |
3 | APE sales is a measure of new business activity that comprises the aggregate of annualised regular premiums and one-tenth of single premiums on new business written during the year for all insurance products, including premiums for contracts designated as investment contracts under IFRS 4. It is not representative of premium income recorded in the IFRS financial statements. See note II of the Additional unaudited financial information for further explanation. |
4 | ‘Adjusted operating profit’ refers to adjusted IFRS operating profit based on longer-term investment returns from continuing operations. This alternative performance measure is reconciled to IFRS profit for the period in note B1.1 of the IFRS financial statements. |
5 | To employees of the continuing business. |
6 | Full year 2021 total funds under management, including external funds under management, money market funds, funds managed on behalf of M&G plc and internal funds under management, reported based on the country where the funds are managed. |
7 | Based on full year 2021 exchange rates. |
8 | Source: World Health Organisation: Global Health Observatory data repository (2019). South-East Asia, out of pocket expenditure as percentage of current health expenditure. |
9 | Prudential estimate based on number of in-force policies over total population. |
10 | Source: Swiss Re Institute: The health protection gap in Asia, October 2018. |
11 | Source: The Economist, Special report, 28 March 2020 edition. |
12 | Including India and CPL. |
13 | Percentage of APE sales in Asia markets, excluding India and including CPL and Malaysia Takaful on a 100 per cent basis. |
14 | Mainland China, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Japan, Malaysia, Singapore, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam. |
15 | As at 31 December 2021, in the markets where Pulse is offered. |
16 | APE sales involving Pulse are sales completed by agents on leads from digital campaigns captured within the Pulse customer management system or on leads from Pulse registrations, together with a small number of policies purchased via Pulse online. |
17 | Leads that originate from a digital platform, digital campaign or partner; and other leads, including leads from agents, recorded on PRUleads, part of the Pulse platform. |
18 | Operating return on average shareholders’ equity from continuing operations. |
19 | See note II of the Additional unaudited financial information for definition and reconciliation. |
20 | Source: based on life insurance sector gross written premiums data from the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission. |
21 | Source: based on analysis of newsclips and information collected from the informal market network group. |
22 | Source: based on weighted new premiums for 2021 from Indonesian Life Insurance Association. |
23 | Source: Our World in Data: Cumulative confirmed Covid-19 cases. |
24 | United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division, World Population Prospects 2019 Revision (2020 estimates). |
25 | On an actual exchange rate basis. |
26 | Source: based on weighted new premiums from Indonesian Life Insurance Association. |
27 | Source: based on new business APE from the Life insurance association of Malaysia. |
28 | Source: based on new business APE from the Insurance Service Malaysia Berhad. |
29 | Including Malaysia Takaful on a 100 per cent basis. |
30 | Source: based on weighted new business premiums reported within the Singapore Life Insurance Association for full year 2021. |
31 | Source: based on regular premium APE data from the Singapore Life Insurance Association. |
32 | Source: India Life insurance business: based on calendar year 2021 retail weighted premium of private insurers operating in India; India asset manager: based on Association of mutual funds in India. |
33 | Source: based on APE sales in the first 11 months of 2021. |
34 | Source: based on weighted new business premiums from the Thai Life Assurance Association. |
35 | Source: based on weighted first year premiums from the Insurance Commission. |
36 | Source: based on full year 2021 APE from the Actuarial Network Data Sharing. |
37 | As at October 2021. |
38 | Sources: Singapore and Hong Kong (Morningstar), Malaysia (Lipper), Thailand (Association of Investment Management Companies), Korea (Korea Financial Investment Association), India (Association of Mutual Funds in India), Japan (Investment Trusts Association, Japan), Taiwan (securities Investment Trust & Consulting Association of R.O.C), China (Wind), Indonesia (Otoritas Jasa Keuangan), Vietnam (State Securities Commission of Vietnam). All markets as of June 2021. Eastspring joint ventures include Hong Kong, India, China. Japan reflects Publicly Offered Investment Trusts market presence. China reflects public mutual funds presence. Vietnam reflects open-ended mutual funds market presence only. Market presence based on whether the AMCs offer onshore domiciled mutual funds. Market ranking based on 100 per cent shareholdings. |
39 | Excluding money market funds and funds managed on behalf of M&G plc. |
40 | The value of assets under management at 31 December 2021 in funds which outperform their performance benchmark as a percentage of total assets under management at 31 December 2021, excluding assets in funds with no performance benchmark. |
41 | As of December 2021, excluding joint ventures. |
42 | Group’s share of total assets under management. |
43 | Growth from end of 2020 to end of Q3 2021. |
44 | The Financial Education Network (FEN), an initiative by the Malaysian government, is an inter-agency platform comprising of institutions and agencies committed to improving the financial literacy of Malaysians. |
45 | Source: based on GDP data sourced from the World Bank and www.bayarea.gov.hk websites. |
22
FINANCIAL REVIEW
Overview
2021 saw Prudential grow its continuing business organically across the Group’s key measures of financial performance. This performance, as in prior years, reflects the benefit of our digitally-enabled, multi-channel and geographically diverse platform as well as our focus on writing quality business at attractive margins. Despite the ongoing Covid-19-related disruption, the Group has delivered a robust financial performance as management and staff continued to focus on delivering for our customers.
We successfully completed the demerger of Jackson and restructured the Group’s financing through an equity raise and debt redemption programme. As a result, we start 2022 with materially enhanced financial flexibility, with our leverage ratio at the lower end of our medium-term target range and strong levels of regulatory capital. Going forward, we will benefit from lower interest costs following the redemption and refinancing of debt to date, and by the start of 2023 from a further $70 million1 reduction in annual central expenses. We continue to seek increases in the efficiency of our central operations by delayering, de-duplicating and speeding up processes through automation and consolidation of suppliers, while redirecting discretionary spend on IT to support high growth initiatives. Prudential is well placed to profit from the growth opportunities in its Asia and Africa markets on it which it is now entirely focused.
2021 saw continued and varying Covid-19-related disruption in many of our markets. This, and the related continued closure of the Hong Kong-Mainland China border, impacted our overall APE sales performance. The growth of our other markets has, however, mitigated the impact on APE sales and our continued focus on high customer retention and health and protection products has allowed us to continue to grow adjusted IFRS operating profit based on longer-term investment returns (adjusted operating profit2). Over the course of 2021, global equity market performance varied; the MSCI Asia excluding Japan equity index fell (4) per cent, the HKSI fell (14) per cent while the S&P 500 index increased by 27 per cent. Government yields in many of our markets ended the year higher with the US 10-year yield increasing by 59 basis points to 1.53 per cent. During the year, interest rates were volatile as various geopolitical and Covid-19-related economic impacts developed, most importantly the emergence of material inflationary trends.
The 2021 IFRS results include Jackson up to the date of demerger (13 September 2021) and for financial reporting purposes Jackson is classified as a discontinued operation, with its results excluded from all of our Group KPIs that are focused entirely on the continuing part of our business. At 31 December 2021 our residual 18.4 per cent interest in Jackson is carried at fair value and was valued at $683 million at this date.
The total IFRS loss after tax for 2021 was $(2,813) million (2020: $2,231 million3 profit after tax), which comprised a $2,214 million profit after tax from continuing operations and a $(5,027) million loss after tax from discontinued operations. This loss from discontinued operations is due to the write-down of Jackson to its fair value upon demerger, as required by accounting standards. Further discussion on the loss from discontinued operations is included in the section headed ‘Loss from discontinued operations – Jackson’ which appears later in this report. As a consequence of the demerger of Jackson, IFRS shareholders’ equity fell from $20.9 billion4 at the end of 2020 to $17.1 billion at 31 December 2021. The remainder of this summary will focus on the Group’s continuing operations.
As in previous years, we comment on our performance in local currency terms (expressed on a CER basis) to show the underlying business trends in periods of currency movement, unless otherwise noted.
In 2021, despite on-going disruption, our digitally-enabled, multi-channel and geographically diversified platform delivered 8 per cent growth3 in APE sales5. Excluding Hong Kong, where border restrictions with Mainland China remained in place, APE sales were 16 per cent higher3, with particularly encouraging growth in key markets such as Mainland China, India, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore and Thailand. The adjusted operating profit of our life insurance businesses increased by 8 per cent3 despite higher Covid-19-related claims, and reflects the high quality of our in-force portfolio. Asset management adjusted operating profit increased 10 per cent3 driven by higher average funds under management following sustained net inflows from our life businesses and improved asset mix. Eastspring’s overall funds under management reached $258.5 billion6 at 31 December 2021. The Group’s overall adjusted operating profit increased 16 per cent3 reflecting higher life and asset management results and reduced central expenses.
Our regulatory capital position and central liquidity positions remain robust. After allowing for the effect of planned high-coupon debt redemption in January 2022, the Group’s GWS shareholder surplus7 was $11.5 billion and cover ratio was 408 per cent. The increase in surplus and cover ratio over 2021 largely reflects the impact of organic capital generation, the proceeds from our equity raise and other positive non-operating movements. The Group’s liquidity position remains very sound with $3.6 billion of holding company cash at the end of the year, of which $1,725 million was utilised in January 2022 to redeem debt, and $2.6 billion of undrawn committed facilities.
23
All our major segments, other than Indonesia, delivered growth, with the biggest percentage increase seen in CITIC Prudential Life (CPL). Earnings in the second half of the year were dampened by higher claims costs in Indonesia following a surge of Covid-19 cases in the third quarter, and as medical reimbursement costs continued to trend back to pre-pandemic levels. After allowing for a 20 per cent3 reduction in central expenditure (before restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs), total adjusted operating profit before tax increased to $3,233 million, a 16 per cent3 increase compared with the prior period.
We provide a discussion of our operating results and financial review in this section, which is organised as follows:
● | IFRS Critical Accounting Policies |
● | Summary Consolidated Results and Basis of Preparation of Analysis |
● | Explanation of Movements in Revenue and Charges |
● | Determining Adjusted Operating Profit of Operating Segments |
- | Performance measure |
- | Determination of adjusted operating profit for investment and liability movements |
- | Reconciliation of profit from continuing operations attributable to shareholders to adjusted operating profit |
● | Explanation of performance and other financial measures |
● | Group overview |
● | Segment discussion |
● | Other financial commentary based on management’s view |
- | Long-term insurance business adjusted operating profit drivers |
- | Non-operating items from continuing operations |
- | Effective tax rates, total tax contribution and tax strategy for continuing operations |
- | Loss from discontinued operations |
- | Shareholders’ equity |
- | New business performance |
- | Dividends |
- | Group capital position |
- | Financing and liquidity and cash remittances |
● | Investments |
● | Additional Information on Liquidity and Capital Resources |
2020 compared with 2019 results commentary
The discussion of the Group’s financial performance in 2020 compared with 2019 has been re-presented from the commentary published in the Group’s prior year 2020 Annual Report on Form 20-F to reflect the new operating segments of the Group as described in the ‘Summary Overview’ section under ‘Strategic and Operating Review’. The 2019 CER results referred to in the commentary were calculated using the 2020 average exchange rates as included in the Group’s prior year 2020 Annual Report on Form 20-F.
IFRS Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Prudential’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations are based upon Prudential’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Standards as issued by the IASB.
The preparation of Prudential’s consolidated financial statements requires the Group to make estimates and judgements that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, which are both recognised and unrecognised (eg contingent liabilities) in the primary financial statements. Prudential evaluates its estimates, including those related to long-term business provisioning and the fair value of assets as required.
Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgements and uncertainties, and that can potentially give rise to different results under different assumptions and conditions. Prudential believes that its critical accounting policies are limited to the policies referenced below which are described further in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Critical accounting policies | Reference to the disclosure |
Measurement of policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus of with-profits funds | A3.1(a) |
Presentation of results before tax attributable to shareholders | A3.1(b) |
Segmental analysis of results and earnings attributable to shareholders | A3.1(b) |
24
The critical accounting policies referenced above are critical for those businesses that relate to the Group’s shareholder-financed business and not critical in respect of the Group’s with-profits business. This distinction reflects the basis of recognition of profit and accounting treatment of unallocated surplus of with-profits funds as a liability, as described in our financial statements.
In determining the measurement of the Group’s assets and liabilities and in preparing financial statements more generally, estimates and judgements are required. Our critical accounting estimates and assumptions are those set out below, with a reference to the detailed discussion in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
Critical accounting estimates and assumptions | Reference to the disclosure |
Measurement of policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus of with-profits funds | A3.1(a) and C3.4 |
Deferred acquisition costs for insurance contracts | A3.1(c) and C3.4 |
Carrying value of distribution rights intangible assets | A3.1(c) |
Financial investment – Valuation | A3.1(c) |
Financial investments – Determining impairment of the “available-for-sale” retained interest in Jackson | A3.1(c) |
Summary Consolidated Results and Basis of Preparation of Analysis
The following table shows Prudential’s consolidated total revenue and consolidated total charges for the years presented:
* | The comparative results have been re-presented from those previously published to reflect the Group’s US operations as discontinued in 2021. |
Under IFRS, the pre-tax GAAP measure of profit is profit before policyholder and shareholder taxes. This measure is not the result attributable to shareholders principally because total corporate tax of the Group includes those taxes on the income of consolidated with-profits and unit-linked funds that, through adjustments to benefits, are borne by policyholders. These amounts are required to be included in the tax charge of the Company under IAS 12. Consequently, the IFRS profit before tax measure is not representative of pre-tax profit attributable to shareholders as it is determined after deducting the cost of policyholder benefits and movements in the liability for unallocated surplus of with-profits funds after adjusting for tax borne by policyholders.
25
Accordingly, Prudential has chosen to explain its consolidated results principally by reference to profits for the year, reflecting profit after tax. In explaining movements in profit for the year, reference is made to trends in profit before shareholder tax and the shareholder tax charge. The explanations of movement in profit before shareholder tax are shown below by reference to the profit analysis applied for segmental disclosure as shown in note B1 to the consolidated financial statements. This basis is used by management and reported externally to the holders of shares listed on the London, Hong Kong and Singapore exchanges and to those financial markets. Separately analysis of movements in profits before shareholder tax is provided by nature of revenue and charges in the ‘Explanation of Movements in Revenue and Charges’ section.
Explanation of Movements in Revenue and Charges
CPL, our life business in Mainland China that forms one of our operating segments, is a joint venture accounted for using the equity method under IFRS. The Group’s share of its results, net of related tax, is presented in a single line within the Group’s profit before tax and therefore not included in the explanation of movements in revenue and charges line items below.
(a) | Gross premiums earned |
Gross premiums earned reflect the aggregate of single and regular premiums of new business sold in the year and premiums on annual business sold in previous years.
2021 compared with 2020
Gross premiums earned, totalling $24,217 million in 2021, saw an increase from $23,495 million in 2020. The increase of $722 million is mainly driven by higher earned premiums in most business segments partially offset by a reduction in Hong Kong and Indonesia.
In Hong Kong, the decrease in gross premiums earned of $(1,059) million or (10) per cent from 2020 to 2021 was primarily driven by a fall in renewal premiums in the with-profits fund as some policies reached the end of the premium-paying term in the year. We continue to earn profits on these policies in-line with bonus declarations. Renewal premiums from shareholder-backed business increased by 3 per cent when compared to the last year on an AER basis.
In Indonesia, gross premiums earned were marginally lower than last year, with falls in both new business and renewal premiums being offset by positive foreign exchange effects. Overall, new business on an APE basis were down by 6 per cent on an AER basis.
In Malaysia, gross premiums earned grew by $117 million or 7 per cent from 2020 to 2021, primarily due to growth in renewal premiums reflecting the recent growth of its in-force protection business. The contribution to the gross premiums earned from new business also increased in the year with a higher proportion of new business being regular premium business.
In Singapore, gross premiums earned increased by $1,211 million or 24 per cent from 2020 to 2021 due to an increase in new business and renewal premiums. Both regular and single new business premiums increased leading to an increase in APE sales on AER basis of 22 per cent. This increase in sales benefitted from a re-pricing of with-profits products and saw a favourable shift in product mix towards newly launched, higher margin investment-linked products.
In the Growth markets and other segment, gross premiums earned increased by $467 million or 12 per cent from 2020 to 2021 primarily due to an increase in regular premiums from new business across the markets despite the difficulties associated with Covid-19 and increase in renewal premiums across Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam and the Philippines reflective of in-force growth. In Thailand and Vietnam, sales growth was supported by the expansion of bancassurance sales in 2021.
2020 compared with 2019
Gross premiums earned in 2020 of $23,495 million saw a decrease of $(360) million from $23,855 million in 2019, mainly driven by lower new business premiums, reflecting the impact of Covid-19 related disruption and restriction across the region during 2020, particularly in Hong Kong, partially offset by higher renewal premiums in the in-force books. The impact of Covid-19 related disruption varied materially in terms of severity and duration across the region.
26
In Hong Kong, gross premiums earned decreased by $(873) million from 2019 to 2020 driven primarily by a reduction in the premiums from regular and single premium new business, where the border with Mainland China was closed for much of 2020. There was a partial offset by higher renewal premiums from shareholder-backed business as the in-force book grew.
In Indonesia, gross premiums earned decreased by $(153) million from 2019 to 2020, driven in part by a decrease in single premiums new business, which fell as a result of Covid-19 related disruptions, and the introduction of new policies in the year including new protection products that tend to have a lower premium case size.
In Malaysia, gross premiums decreased by $(71) million from 2019 to 2020, mainly as a result of a decline in single premiums from new business during the year, which more than offset the higher regular premium new business and growth in renewal premiums.
In Singapore, gross premiums earned increased by $503 million from 2019 to 2020 reflecting increases in both new business and renewal premiums. The increase in new business premiums was driven by an increase in single premiums despite the negative impacts of Covid-19 related restrictions in the first half of 2020. Renewal premiums were higher backed by strong customer retention.
In Growth markets and other segment, gross premiums increased by $234 million, reflecting the net impact of varying increases and decreases in premiums across the markets with increased sales of new regular premium products across Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam and the Philippines, partially offset by lower single premium sales. Thailand saw an improved performance from the bancassurance channel following investment in bancassurance partnerships in that market.
(b) | Investment return |
Investment return principally comprises interest income, dividends, investment appreciation and depreciation (realised and unrealised gains and losses) on investments designated as fair value through profit and loss and realised gains and losses on the Group’s retained interest in Jackson post its demerger in 2021, which has been accounted for on an IAS 39 available-for-sale basis, as discussed further in note A3.1 of the consolidated financial statements.
Allocation of investment return between policyholders and shareholders
Investment return is attributable to policyholders and shareholders. A key feature of the accounting policies under IFRS is that the investment return included in the income statement relates to all investment assets of the Group, irrespective of whether the return is attributable to shareholders, policyholders or the unallocated surplus of with-profits funds, the latter two of which have no direct impact on shareholders’ profit. The table below provides a breakdown of the investment return attributable to each type of business.
Further explanation of the features of policyholder returns and shareholder returns is provided in note B1.2 of the consolidated financial statements.
27
Reasons for year-on-year changes in investment returns
All investments in the Group’s continuing operations are carried at fair value in the statement of financial position with fair value movements, which are volatile from year to year, recorded in the income statement, except for loans and receivables, which are generally carried at amortised cost (unless designated at fair value through profit or loss) and the Group’s retained interest in Jackson and certain centrally held debt securities, which are designated as available-for-sale and therefore the changes in unrealised fair value are booked in other comprehensive income.
Subject to the effect of the exceptions, the year-on-year changes in investment returns primarily reflect the generality of overall market movements for equities and debt securities. In addition, foreign exchange rates affect the US dollar value of the translated income. Consistent with the treatment applied for other items of income and expenditure, investment returns for operations not using US dollars as functional currency are translated at average exchange rates.
Total segment investment return
The table below provides an analysis of investment return attributable to the Group’s operating segments for the years presented:
* | Investment appreciation (depreciation) comprises net realised and unrealised gains and losses on the investments and foreign exchange gains and losses. |
† | The 2020 and 2019 investment returns by segment have been re-presented from those previously published to reallocate foreign exchange gains and losses from ‘Interest/dividend and other income’ to ‘Investment appreciation (depreciation)’. |
In Prudential’s Asia and Africa operations, debt securities account for 59 per cent of the total investment portfolio in 2021 (2020: 58 per cent; 2019: 57 per cent), of which 70 per cent (2020: 69 per cent; 2019: 67 per cent) were held by the with-profits and unit-linked funds. Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes account for 37 per cent (2020: 38 per cent; 2019: 40 per cent) of the total investment portfolio, of which 90 per cent (2020: 91 per cent; 2019: 93 per cent) were held by the with-profits and unit-linked funds. The remaining assets in the investment portfolio primarily comprise of investment properties, loans and deposits with credit institutions.
The year-on-year movements in investment return mainly reflected the cumulative impact from the changes in interest rates on bond asset values and in the performance of the equity markets. Over the course of 2021, global equity market performances varied: the Hong Kong’s HSI fell (14) per cent (2020: down (3) per cent; 2019: up 9 per cent), the Singapore’s FSSTI rose 10 per cent (2020: down 12 per cent; 2019: up 5 per cent) while the US S&P 500 index rose by 27 per cent (2020: up 16 per cent: 2019: up 29 per cent). Government bond yields generally ended the year higher with the US 10-year yield increasing by 59 basis points to 1.5 per cent (2020: down 99 basis points to 0.9 per cent; 2019: down 78 basis points to 1.9 per cent) and increases in most Asia markets, leading to losses on fixed income assets, while interest rates fell in most Asia markets in 2020 and 2019.
2021 compared with 2020
Overall, the total investment return decreased from $13,739 million in 2020 to $3,483 million in 2021 mainly reflecting decreases in Hong Kong, Singapore and Growth markets and other.
28
In Hong Kong, the decrease in investment returns from $8,785 million in 2020 to $1,670 million in 2021 arose primarily from lower investment appreciation in the year as gains from US equity securities were largely offset by bond losses from higher interest rates compared with equity securities and bond gains in 2020.
In Indonesia, investment returns improved from $(11) million in 2020 to $195 million in 2021 mainly due to equity market gains arising during the year compared with large equity market losses in 2020. Equity movements are largely borne by the policyholders as they arise principally within the unit-linked funds.
In Malaysia, the decrease in investment return from $678 million in 2020 to $80 million in 2021 is primarily due to unrealised bond losses and lower returns from equity securities principally within its with-profits and unit-linked funds as a result of higher interest rates and less favourable equity market movements in 2021 compared with bond gains due to lower interest rates and stronger equity market performance in 2020.
In Singapore, the decrease in investment return from $2,856 million in 2020 to $1,184 million in 2021 primarily reflects favourable equity returns being offset by unrealised bond losses driven by higher interest rates compared with equity and bond gains in 2020. The vast majority of the equity return and a large proportion of the bond losses generated in the year arise within the with-profits and unit-linked funds and so, as described above, do not directly impact profit in the year. The shareholder exposure is largely due to bond losses in the period.
In Growth markets and other, the decrease in investment returns from $1,400 million in 2020 to $343 million in 2021 was mainly driven by investment depreciation in the year due to bond losses in Taiwan, Thailand and the Philippines from rising interest rates, compared with bond gains in 2020 from falling interest rates.
2020 compared with 2019
Total investment return in 2020 decreased from $14,992 million in 2019 to $13,739 million in 2020 mainly driven by decreases in Singapore, Indonesia and Growth markets and other segment partially offset by increases in Hong Kong and Malaysia.
In Hong Kong, the increase in investment return from $8,058 million in 2019 to $8,785 million in 2020 arose primarily from higher investment income resulting mainly from a change in investment strategy during 2020 to invest more in directly held securities. Investment appreciation also rose driven by realised and unrealised gains in debt securities from lower interest rates, coupled with gains in equity securities albeit at a lower level due to less favourable movements in the equity markets in 2020 compared with 2019.
In Indonesia, 2020 saw a net investment loss of $(11) million compared with a gain of $438 million in 2019, mainly driven by losses in equity securities primarily in its unit-linked fund due to negative equity market movements in 2020, compared with positive movement in 2019, resulting in investment depreciation.
In Malaysia, the increase in investment return from $481 million in 2019 to $678 million in 2020 was mainly driven by higher level of unrealised bond gains principally within the unit-linked fund from lower interest rates.
In Singapore, the decrease in investment return from $3,695 million in 2019 to $2,856 million in 2020 primarily reflected lower level of gains from equity securities, following unfavourable market movements, mainly in the with-profits and unit-linked funds.
In Growth markets and other, the less favourable movement in investment return from $2,316 million in 2019 to $1,400 million in 2020 was mainly driven by lower level of gains from debt securities in Thailand and the Philippines where interest rates did not fall as much as 2019.
(c) | Benefits and claims and movement in unallocated surplus of with-profits funds, net of reinsurance |
Benefits and claims represent payments, including final bonuses, to policyholders in respect of maturities, surrenders, deaths and other claim events, plus changes in technical provisions (which primarily represent the movement in amounts owed to policyholders) net of any associated reinsurance recoveries. The movement in unallocated surplus of with-profits funds represents the transfer to (from) the unallocated surplus each year through a charge (credit) to the income statement of the annual excess (shortfall) of income over expenditure of the with-profits funds, after declaration and attribution of the cost of bonuses to policyholders and shareholders.
29
The underlying reasons for the year-on-year changes in benefits and claims and movement in unallocated surplus in each of Prudential’s insurance operations are changes in the incidence of claims incurred, movements in policyholders’ liabilities and movements in unallocated surplus of with-profits funds, net of reinsurance.
Additionally, the movements in policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus of with-profits funds represent the amount recognised in the income statement and therefore exclude the effect of foreign exchange translation differences on the policyholder liabilities of subsidiaries not using US dollar as a functional currency and the movement in liabilities arising on acquisitions and disposals of businesses in the year, together with other items that do not pass through the income statement as described in note C3.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
The movement in policyholder liabilities recognised in the income statement includes reserving for inflows from premiums net of upfront charges, release of liabilities for claims paid on surrenders, withdrawals, maturities, deaths and other claim events, changes due to investment return, to the extent it is allocated to policyholders or reflected in the measurement of the policyholder liabilities, and other changes in the liability measurement.
The principal driver for the year-on-year variations in the movements in policyholder liabilities is the investment return element due to the inherent nature of market fluctuations. These variations are driven by changes to investment return reflected in the statement of financial position measurement of liabilities for Prudential’s with-profits and unit-linked policies. In addition, for those liabilities under IFRS where the measurement involves discounting future cash flows at current interest rates, the year-on-year changes in interest rates also contribute significantly to variations in the measurement of policyholder liabilities. The principal driver for variations in the change in unallocated surplus of with-profits funds is the value movements on the investment assets of the with-profits funds to the extent not reflected in policyholder liabilities.
An analysis of the statement of financial position movements in policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus of with-profits funds is provided in note C3.1 to the consolidated financial statements. The policyholder liabilities shown in the analysis in note C3.1 are gross of reinsurance and include the full movement in the year of investment contracts without discretionary participating features (as defined in IFRS 4). Further, the analysis in note C3.1 has been prepared to include the Group’s share of the policyholder liabilities of the joint ventures and associate that are accounted for on an equity method basis in the Group’s financial statements.
The principal variations in the movements in policyholder liabilities and movements in unallocated surplus of with-profits funds for each of the Group’s insurance operations are discussed below.
In general, the increase in policyholder liabilities over the years shown above reflects the combined growth of new business and the in-force books of the continuing insurance business operations.
30
The variations in the movements in policyholder liabilities in individual years are, however, primarily due to movement in investment returns. This is as a result of asset value movements that are reflected in the unit value of the unit-linked policies and the fluctuations of the policyholder liabilities of the with-profits policies with the funds’ investment performance. All discussions below are on a net of reinsurance basis.
2021 compared with 2020
Overall, total benefits and claims decreased by $9,677 million from $(28,588) million in 2020 to $(18,911) million in 2021 reflecting decreases across all segments except Indonesia.
In Hong Kong, total benefits and claims decreased from $(16,241) million in 2020 to $(8,025) million in 2021 primarily reflecting a lower increase in policyholder liabilities over 2021 as a result of lower investment returns attributable to policyholders, as compared with 2020. Furthermore, the movement in 2021 was impacted by an increase in discount rates used to measure policyholder liabilities following rises in interest rates as opposed to the negative effects seen in 2020 when interest rates fell, as discussed further below.
In Indonesia, total benefits and claims increased from $(682) million in 2020 to $(1,017) million in 2021 reflecting, in part, an increase in claims incurred during the year due to the high numbers of Covid-19 cases seen in Indonesia in the second half of the year.
In Malaysia, total benefits and claims decreased from $(1,740) million in 2020 to $(1,227) million in 2021 primarily due to a smaller increase in policyholder liabilities than was seen in 2020 reflecting the depreciation of investments primarily held within the with-profits and unit-linked funds as discussed above partially offset by higher claims incurred during the year.
In Singapore, total benefits and claims decreased from $(6,618) million in 2020 to $(5,893) million in 2021 reflecting a smaller increase in policyholder liabilities as compared with 2020 partially offset by higher claims incurred during the year. The movement in policyholder liabilities was driven by the effect of higher discount rates used to measure policyholder liabilities following rising interest rates in 2021, together with reduced investment returns attributable to policyholders as discussed above. The increase in claims incurred was mainly due to higher maturities on with-profits savings products.
In Growth markets and other, total benefits and claims decreased from $(3,307) million in 2020 to $(2,749) million in 2021 primarily as a result of the increase in policyholder liabilities in 2021 being smaller than that in 2020 as higher increase rates both increase the discount rates used to measure policyholder liabilities and reduce the value of bonds that are attributable to policyholders.
2020 compared with 2019
Total benefits and claims decreased by $583 million in 2020 from $(29,171) million in 2019 to $(28,588) million in 2020, mainly driven by decreases in Indonesia and the Growth markets and other segment, partially offset by increases in the Hong Kong segment. These movements are discussed further below.
In Hong Kong, total benefits and claims increased from $(15,823) million in 2019 to $(16,241) million in 2020 primarily reflecting a larger increase in policyholder liabilities in 2020 as a result of falling interest rates in the year. Under the local reserving basis, the fall in interest rates leads to a lower discount rate used to measure policyholder liabilities, the negative effect of which was not fully offset by the corresponding higher unrealised gains on bond assets. This net increase to benefits and claims from the fall in interest rates was partially offset by a lower charge for investment returns attributable to policyholders following lower equity gains in 2020 compared with 2019 as discussed under investment returns above.
In Indonesia, total benefits and claims decreased from $(1,272) million in 2019 to $(682) million in 2020 reflecting lower level of claims incurred in 2020 following Covid-19 related movement restrictions in 2020, and a decrease in policyholder liabilities particularly in the unit-linked funds due to investment depreciation in 2020 as compared with investment appreciation in 2019 as discussed above.
In Malaysia and Singapore, the year-on-year movement in total benefits and claims in 2020 were broadly in line with 2019.
In the Growth markets and other segment, the year-on-year decrease in 2020 compared with 2019 was primarily as a result of a lower increase in policyholder liabilities following lower investment appreciation in 2020 as compared to 2019.
31
(d) | Acquisition costs and other expenditure |
In general, acquisition costs and other expenditure comprise acquisition costs incurred for insurance policies, changes in deferred acquisition costs (DAC), operating expenses and movements in amounts attributable to external unit holders of consolidated investment funds. Movements in amounts attributable to external unit holders reflect the change in the overall returns in these funds in the year that are attributable to third parties, which is treated as a liability under IFRS, and will vary from year to year as the underlying investments change value.
2021 compared with 2020
Total acquisition costs and other expenditure for the Group’s continuing operations decreased by $91 million from $(4,651) million in 2020 to $(4,560) million in 2021, reflecting a decrease primarily in Singapore and central operations, partially offset by increases mainly in Hong Kong and Eastspring. The acquisition costs and other expenditure in other segments were broadly in line with the prior year.
In Hong Kong, the increase of $284 million was primarily due to the non-recurrence of $770 million ceding commission received in in 2020 due to a reinsurance transaction. Offsetting this increase in costs were lower acquisition costs net of deferral in 2021 as a result of lower new business sales and lower renewal commissions.
In Singapore, the decrease of $265 million in 2021 compared with 2020 was mainly due to a decrease of $508 million in the movements in amounts attributable to external unit holders of consolidated investment funds. This represents the third party interest in our consolidated investment funds. Excluding this movement, underlying expenses increased by $(243) million mainly as a result of an increase in acquisition costs incurred following higher sales.
The increase of $52 million in Eastspring’s costs reflected an increase in operating expenses driven by both higher staff costs and investments made in strengthening the capabilities of the business across dimensions including footprint, distribution, investment strategies and customer experience.
The net expenditure that was unallocated to a segment included head office expenditure and elimination of intra-segment items. The decrease of $148 million reflected the benefit of the delivery of activity to right-size head office costs, partially offset by higher restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs and the costs incurred by Prudential plc in connection with the demerger of Jackson.
2020 compared with 2019
Total acquisition costs and other expenditure decreased by $1,257 million from $(5,908) million in 2019 to $(4,651) million in 2020 mainly driven by a decrease in Hong Kong.
In Hong Kong, the decrease of $1,511 million in 2020 compared with 2019 was primarily driven by the inclusion of a ceding commission received of $770 million in respect of the reinsurance transaction entered into in 2020, and lower acquisition costs net of deferral as a result of lower level of new business sold in the year.
In Singapore, the increase of $181 million in 2020 compared with 2019 was mainly due to an increase in the movements in amounts attributable to external unit holders of consolidated investment funds.
The net expenditure that was unallocated to a segment of $(421) million in 2020, compared with a charge of $(537) million in 2019, was mainly due to the non-recurrence of one-off costs in 2019 in relation to the M&G plc demerger and lower head office costs, partially offset by increased costs associated with the Group’s substantial and ongoing IFRS 17 project and other restructuring activities.
32
Determining Adjusted Operating Profit of Operating Segments
Performance measure
The performance measure of operating segments utilised by the Group is IFRS operating profit2 based on longer-term investment returns (adjusted operating profit), as described below. This measurement basis distinguishes adjusted operating profit from other constituents of total profit or loss for the period as follows:
– | Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed business; |
– | Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments arising on the purchase of business; and |
– | Gain or loss on corporate transactions, as discussed in note D1.1. |
Determination of adjusted operating profit for investment and liability movements
(i) With-profits business
For with-profits business in Hong Kong, Singapore and Malaysia, the adjusted operating profit reflects the shareholders’ share in the bonuses declared to policyholders. Value movements in the underlying assets of the with-profits funds only affect the shareholder results through indirect effects of investment performance on declared policyholder bonuses and therefore, do not affect directly the determination of adjusted operating profit.
(ii) Assets and liabilities held within unit-linked funds
The policyholder unit liabilities are directly reflective of the underlying asset value movements. Accordingly, the adjusted operating profit reflects the current year value movements in both the unit liabilities and the backing assets, which offset one another.
(iii) Other shareholder-backed long-term insurance business
In the case of other shareholder-financed business, the measurement of adjusted operating profit reflects that, for the long-term insurance business, assets and liabilities are held for the longer term. For this business the Group believes trends in underlying performance are better understood if the effects of short-term fluctuations in market conditions, such as changes in interest rates or equity markets, are excluded. In determining the profit on this basis, the following key elements are applied to the results of the Group’s shareholder-financed businesses.
(a) Policyholder liabilities that are sensitive to market conditions
Under IFRS, the degree to which the carrying values of liabilities to policyholders are sensitive to current market conditions varies between business units depending upon the nature of the ‘grandfathered’ measurement basis. Taiwan and India apply US GAAP, whose policyholder liabilities are not sensitive to market movements as they are locked in at policy inception.
Movements in liabilities for some types of business do require bifurcation between the elements that relate to longer-term market condition and short-term effects to ensure that at the net level (ie after allocated investment return and charge for policyholder benefits) the adjusted operating profit reflects longer-term market returns.
For certain non-participating business, for example in Hong Kong, the economic features are more akin to asset management products with policyholder liabilities reflecting asset shares over the contract term. Consequently, for these products, the charge for policyholder benefits in the adjusted operating profit reflects the asset share feature rather than volatile movements that would otherwise be reflected if the local regulatory basis (as applied for the IFRS balance sheet) was used.
For other types of non-participating business, expected longer-term investment returns and interest rates are used to determine the movement in policyholder liabilities for determining adjusted operating profit. This ensures assets and liabilities are reflected on a consistent basis.
(b) Assets backing other shareholder-backed long-term insurance business
Except in the case of assets backing liabilities which are directly matched (such as unit-linked business) adjusted operating profit for assets backing shareholder-financed business is determined on the basis of expected longer-term investment returns. Longer-term investment returns comprise actual income receivable for the year (interest/dividend income) and longer-term capital returns, determined for debt and equity-type securities on the basis described below. The difference between the actual investment returns in the reporting period and the longer-term investment returns is recognised within short-term fluctuations in investment returns.
33
Debt securities and loans
As a general principle, for debt securities and loans, the longer-term investment returns comprise the interest receivable for the year and the amortisation of interest-related realised gains and losses to the date when sold securities would have otherwise matured (or a suitable proxy for this period). All unrealised gains and losses are treated as a component of short-term investment fluctuations. Consideration is given to the need to recognise an expected longer-term level of defaults for the securities within the longer-term investment returns, based on past performance and having regard to the credit quality of the portfolio, with any difference with actual credit-related realised losses arising in the year being included in short-term fluctuations. If, under this analysis, realised gains and losses are principally considered to be interest related with no significant credit-related losses based on past performance, then all realised gains and losses to date for these operations are treated as interest related and amortised to adjusted operating profit over the period to the date those securities would otherwise have matured and no separate charge to longer-term investment returns for credit defaults is made.
For Group debt securities at 31 December 2021, the level of interest-related realised gains and losses on previously sold bonds that had yet to be amortised to adjusted operating profit from short-term investment fluctuations was a net gain of $515 million (2020: net gain of $525 million; 2019: net gain of $272 million).
Equity-type securities
For equity-type securities, the longer-term rates of return are estimates of the long-term trend investment returns for income and capital having regard to past performance, current trends and future expectations. Different rates apply to different categories of equity-type securities.
For continuing insurance operations, investments in equity-type securities held for non-linked shareholder-backed business amounted to $6,073 million as at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: $4,963 million). The longer-term rates of return applied in 2021 ranged from 5.5 per cent to 16.9 per cent (2020: 5.1 per cent to 16.9 per cent) with the rates applied varying by business unit. These rates are broadly stable from year to year but may be different between regions, reflecting, for example, differing expectations of inflation in each local business unit. The assumptions are for the returns expected to apply in equilibrium conditions. The assumed rates of return do not reflect any cyclical variability in economic performance and are not set by reference to prevailing asset valuations. The longer-term investment returns for the insurance joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method are determined on a similar basis as the other insurance operations described above.
Derivative value movements
Generally, derivative value movements are excluded from adjusted operating profit. The exception is where the derivative value movements broadly offset changes in the accounting value of other assets and liabilities included in adjusted operating profit.
(iv)Other non-insurance businesses
For these businesses, the determination of adjusted operating profit reflects the underlying economic substance of the arrangements. Generally, realised gains and losses are included in adjusted operating profit with temporary unrealised gains and losses being included in short-term fluctuations. In some instances, realised gains and losses on derivatives and other financial instruments are amortised to adjusted operating profit over a time period that reflects the underlying economic substance of the arrangements.
34
Reconciliation of profit from continuing operations attributable to shareholders to adjusted operating profit
The following tables reconcile Prudential’s total profit (loss) from continuing operations attributable to shareholders to adjusted operating profit.
| 2020 $m | |||||||||||
| AER |
| CER* | |||||||||
Total | Total | |||||||||||
Total | Unallocated | continuing | Total | Unallocated | continuing | |||||||
| segment |
| to a segment |
| operations |
| segment |
| to a segment |
| operations | |
Profit (loss) for the year from continuing operations | 3,375 | (907) | 2,468 | 3,442 | (928) | 2,514 | ||||||
Tax charges attributable to shareholders | 440 | — | 440 | 450 | — | 450 | ||||||
Profit (loss) before tax from continuing operations |
| 3,815 |
| (907) |
| 2,908 |
| 3,892 |
| (928) |
| 2,964 |
Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed businesses |
| 607 |
| (28) |
| 579 |
| 582 |
| (28) |
| 554 |
Other non-operating items |
| (760) |
| 30 |
| (730) |
| (758) |
| 30 |
| (728) |
Adjusted operating profit (loss) |
| 3,662 |
| (905) |
| 2,757 |
| 3,716 |
| (926) |
| 2,790 |
Adjusted operating profit (loss) analysed into: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CPL |
|
|
| 251 |
|
|
|
|
| 269 | ||
Hong Kong |
|
|
| 891 |
|
|
|
|
| 889 | ||
Indonesia |
|
|
| 519 |
|
|
|
|
| 529 | ||
Malaysia |
|
|
| 309 |
|
|
|
|
| 313 | ||
Singapore |
|
|
| 574 |
|
|
|
|
| 589 | ||
Growth markets and other |
|
|
| 835 |
|
|
|
|
| 841 | ||
Eastspring |
|
|
| 283 |
|
|
|
|
| 286 | ||
Unallocated to a segment: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Other income and expenditure (central operations) |
|
|
| (743) |
|
|
|
|
| (759) | ||
Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs |
|
|
| (162) |
|
|
|
|
| (167) | ||
Adjusted operating profit (loss) |
|
|
| 2,757 |
|
|
|
|
| 2,790 |
35
* | For 2020, the CER results were calculated using the 2021 average exchange rates. |
† | For 2019, the CER results were calculated using the 2020 average exchange rates. |
Explanation of Performance and Other Financial Measures
| AER | CER* | AER |
| CER† | |||||||||
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 $m |
| Change | % | 2020 $m |
| Change | % | 2019 $m |
| 2019 $m | |
CPL |
| 343 |
| 251 |
| 37 | % | 269 |
| 28 | % | 219 |
| 219 |
Hong Kong |
| 975 |
| 891 |
| 9 | % | 889 |
| 10 | % | 734 |
| 742 |
Indonesia |
| 446 |
| 519 |
| (14) | % | 529 |
| (16) | % | 540 |
| 525 |
Malaysia |
| 350 |
| 309 |
| 13 | % | 313 |
| 12 | % | 276 |
| 272 |
Singapore |
| 663 |
| 574 |
| 16 | % | 589 |
| 13 | % | 493 |
| 487 |
Growth markets and other8 |
| 932 |
| 835 |
| 12 | % | 841 |
| 11 | % | 737 |
| 739 |
Eastspring |
| 314 |
| 283 |
| 11 | % | 286 |
| 10 | % | 283 |
| 278 |
Other income and expenditure: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment return and other income |
| 21 |
| (15) |
| n/a |
| (15) |
| n/a |
| 30 |
| 30 |
Interest payable on core structural borrowings |
| (328) |
| (316) |
| (4) | % | (316) |
| (4) | % | (496) |
| (498) |
Corporate expenditure |
| (298) |
| (412) |
| 28 | % | (428) |
| 30 | % | (466) |
| (469) |
Other income and expenditure |
| (605) |
| (743) |
| 19 | % | (759) |
| 20 | % | (932) |
| (937) |
Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs |
| (185) |
| (162) |
| (14) | % | (167) |
| (11) | % | (103) |
| (103) |
Adjusted operating profit |
| 3,233 |
| 2,757 |
| 17 | % | 2,790 |
| 16 | % | 2,247 |
| 2,222 |
Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed business |
| (458) |
| (579) |
| 21 | % | (554) |
| 17 | % | 554 |
| 566 |
Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments |
| (5) |
| (5) |
| — |
| (5) |
| — |
| (5) |
| (5) |
(Loss) gain attaching to corporate transactions |
| (94) |
| 735 |
| n/a |
| 733 |
| n/a |
| (142) |
| (143) |
Profit before tax from continuing operations |
| 2,676 |
| 2,908 |
| (8) | % | 2,964 |
| (10) | % | 2,654 |
| 2,640 |
Tax charge attributable to shareholders' returns |
| (462) |
| (440) |
| (5) | % | (450) |
| (3) | % | (316) |
| (311) |
Profit for the year from continuing operations |
| 2,214 |
| 2,468 |
| (10) | % | 2,514 |
| (12) | % | 2,338 |
| 2,329 |
Loss after tax from discontinued US operations |
| (5,027) |
| (283) |
| n/a |
| (283) |
| n/a |
| (385) |
| (385) |
Loss after tax from discontinued UK and Europe operations |
| — |
| — |
| n/a |
| — |
| n/a |
| (1,161) |
| (1,165) |
(Loss) profit for the year |
| (2,813) |
| 2,185 |
| n/a |
| 2,231 |
| n/a |
| 792 |
| 779 |
* | For 2020, the CER results were calculated using the 2021 average exchange rates. |
† | For 2019, the CER results were calculated using the 2020 average exchange rates. |
36
* | For 2020, the CER results were calculated using the 2021 average exchange rates. |
† | For 2019, the CER results were calculated using the 2020 average exchange rates. |
(a)Group overview
2021 compared with 2020
Total IFRS loss after tax for 2021 was $(2,813) million compared with a profit of $2,185 million in 2020. This comprised a $2,214 million profit after tax from continuing operations being more than offset by $(5,027) million loss after tax from discontinued US operations (Jackson) demerged in September 2021. Discussion of Jackson’s performance is set out in the “Loss from discontinued operations - Jackson” section below. The decrease of $(254) million in profit after tax from continuing operations from $2,468 million in 2020 to $2,214 million in 2021 primarily reflected a decrease in the profit before shareholder tax of $(232) million from $2,908 million to $2,676 million, together with a $(22) million increase in shareholder tax charge from $(440) million to $(462) million.
The effective tax rate on total IFRS profit from continuing operations in 2021 was 17 per cent (2020: 15 per cent), primarily reflecting the adverse impact of investment losses on which no tax credit is recognised.
2020 compared with 2019
Total IFRS profit after tax for 2020 was $2,185 million (2019: $792 million), which comprised a $2,468 million (2019: $2,338 million) profit after tax from continuing operations and a $(283) million (2019: $(385) million) loss after tax from discontinued US operations. In 2019, there was also a loss of $(1,161) million from the discontinued UK and Europe operations demerged in November 2019.
The increase of $130 million in profit after tax from continuing operations from $2,338 million in 2019 to $2,468 million in 2020 primarily reflected an increase in the profit before shareholder tax of $254 million from $2,654 million to $2,908 million, partially offset by an increase in shareholder tax charge from $(316) million to $(440) million.
The effective tax rate on total IFRS profit from continuing operations in 2020 was 15 per cent (2019: 12 per cent), principally due to the absence of a tax credit on UK tax losses in the unallocated to a segment results where it was unlikely there would be future value obtained from the tax losses.
Further analysis of the results by each segment is provided below.
(b)Segment discussion
The Group’s operating segments for financial reporting purposes are defined and presented in accordance with IFRS 8, ‘Operating Segments’ on the basis of the management reporting structure and its financial management information. Further details on the Group’s determination of operating segments is provided in the ‘‘Determining Adjusted Operating Profit of Operating Segments’ section.
37
The following table shows Prudential’s IFRS consolidated total profit after tax and adjusted operating profit from continuing operations for the years indicated presented by business segment. The accounting policies applied to the segments below are the same as those used in the Group’s consolidated accounts.
* | Comparatives presented on a CER basis are provided in the table at the start of this section (Explanation of performance and other measures). |
CPL
Given that CPL, our joint venture business in Mainland China, is accounted for on the equity method, there is no amount related to CPL in the Group’s tax charge in the income statement. Management’s focus is on analysing the profit before shareholder tax (to be consistent with its review of other segments) and hence, on the segmental analysis basis, the tax related to life joint ventures and associate including that of CPL is allocated to the ‘Growth markets and other’ segment.
2021 compared with 2020
The decrease in the profit before shareholder tax of $116 million from $394 million in 2020 to $278 million in 2021 was due to negative short-term fluctuations in investment returns in 2021 mainly arising from declining bond yields resulting in lower discount rates to measure policyholder liabilities partially offset by unrealised gains on bond assets. Excluding this effect, profit before shareholder tax grew in 2021. This was driven by a 28 per cent increase on a CER basis (37 per cent on an AER basis) in adjusted operating profit to $343 million, primarily driven by growth in our in-force portfolio, evident by a 19 per cent growth (26 per cent on an AER basis) in recurring premiums in 2021.
2020 (AER) compared with 2019 (CER)
The increase in the profit before shareholder tax of $126 million from $268 million in 2019 to $394 million in 2020 reflected an increase in adjusted operating profit and a favourable movement in the amount of short-term investment fluctuations arising from asset gains in the year mainly from an increase in the equity markets largely in the second half of 2020.Adjusted operating profit increased by 15 per cent on a CER basis (15 per cent on an AER basis) to $251 million following strong growth in the size of the business over recent years.
Hong Kong
2021 compared with 2020
The increase of $74 million in the profit after tax from $994 million in 2020 to $1,068 million in 2021 was due to an increase in profit before shareholder tax of $99 million partially offset by an increase in shareholder tax charge of $(25) million.
The increase in profit before shareholder tax was driven by the continued growth of in-force shareholder-backed business. Adjusted operating profit was up 10 per cent on a CER basis (9 per cent on an AER basis) to $975 million and is driven by our long-term focus on regular premium business and strong retention of both our domestic and Mainland China customers. It also reflects the on-going growth of our health and protection business and, for our flagship critical illness products, the compounding benefit to adjusted operating profit given the accumulating nature of asset shares. Earnings outperformed growth in renewal premiums, as some policies within the with-profits funds reached the end of their premium paying term, albeit they continue to contribute to annual adjusted operating profit through the with-profits bonus mechanism.
Outside of adjusted operating profit, the impact of more favourable movements in short-term fluctuations in investment returns, following rises in interest rates, as compared with negative returns in 2020 when interest rates fell, was offset by the non-repeat of the benefit from the reinsurance transaction undertaken in 2020 as discussed below.
38
The effective shareholder tax rate on profits was 4 per cent in 2021 compared with 1 per cent in 2020.
2020 (AER) compared with 2019 (CER)
The decrease of $122 million in profit after tax from $1,116 million in 2019 to $994 million in 2020 was due to a decrease in profit before shareholder tax reflecting negative short-term fluctuations in investment returns in 2021, as compared to positive short-term fluctuations in investment returns in 2019. These short term fluctuations vary depending on both interest rate and equity movements in any given year with falls in interest rates having a bigger effect when interest rates are lower. This decrease was partially offset by increases in adjusted operating profit, as well as a benefit of $765 million from the reinsurance transaction undertaken in 2020 as part of the Group’s on-going asset/liability management.
In Hong Kong, our focus on regular-premium health and protection business increased renewal premiums for our shareholder-backed business. This, together with the compounding benefit to adjusted operating profit from our flagship critical illness products due to the accumulating nature of asset shares, led to an increase in adjusted operating profit of 20 per cent on a CER basis (21 per cent on an AER basis) to $891 million.
The effective shareholder tax rate on profits was 1 per cent in 2020 compared with 3 per cent in 2019.
Indonesia
2021 compared with 2020
The decrease of $47 million in the profit after tax from $409 million in 2020 to $362 million in 2021 reflected a decrease in profit before shareholder tax of $(98) million, partially offset by a decrease in shareholder tax charge of $51 million.
The decrease in profit before shareholder tax was primarily due to lower new business sales over recent years and adverse Covid-19-related claims experience, with adjusted operating profit reduced by (16) per cent on a CER basis ((14) per cent on an AER basis).
The effective shareholder tax rate was 17 per cent in 2021 compared with 23 per cent in 2020. The lower effective tax rate was principally due to realised investment gains in 2021 which were subject to a lower rate of taxation under local legislation.
2020 (AER) compared with 2019 (CER)
Profit after tax in 2020 was broadly in line with 2019, with adjusted operating profit of $519 million being marginally lower than the prior year, reflecting lower renewal premium sales over recent years.
The effective shareholder tax rate on profits of 23 per cent in 2020 was in line with 2019.
Malaysia
2021 compared with 2020
Profit after tax in 2021 was broadly in line with 2020 due to increase in profit before shareholder tax being mostly offset by increase in the shareholder tax charge.
The increase in profit before shareholder tax of $22 million was driven by adjusted operating profit growth of 12 per cent on a CER basis (13 per cent on an AER basis) which was supported by the growth of our in-force health and protection business, with increased shareholder-backed renewal premiums, and higher fee income as a result of increased funds held within unit-linked funds.
The increase in adjusted operating profit was partially offset by negative movements in short-term fluctuations in investment returns with losses on bonds, from an increase in interest rates, more than offsetting the impact of higher discount rates on policyholder liabilities.
The effective shareholder tax rate on profits was 21 per cent in 2021 compared with 18 per cent in 2020.
2020 (AER) compared with 2019 (CER)
The increase of $19 million in the profit after tax from $237 million in 2019 to $256 million in 2020 reflected an increase in profit before shareholder tax of $23 million, partially offset by an increase in shareholder tax charge of $(4) million.
The year-on-year increase in profit before shareholder tax of $23 million largely reflected, growth in adjusted operating profit of 14 per cent on a CER basis (12 per cent on an AER basis) to $309 million supported by the growth of our in-force business, broadly in line with an increase in shareholder-backed renewal premiums. Additionally, higher average unit-linked liabilities saw an increase in fee income in the period and claims levels were lower than expected.
39
The effective shareholder tax rate on profits was 18 per cent in 2020 compared with 19 per cent in 2019.
Singapore
2021 compared with 2020
The decrease of $(127) million in the profit after tax from $521 million in 2020 to $394 million in 2021 primarily reflected a decrease in profit before shareholder tax of $(147) million partially offset by a decrease in shareholder tax charge of $20 million.
The decrease in profit before shareholder tax primarily reflected negative short-term fluctuations in investment returns from bond losses in 2021, compared with bond gains in 2020, driven by the increase in interest rates, which more than offset the impact of higher discount rates on policyholder liabilities.
The fall described above was offset by an increase in adjusted operating profit of 13 per cent on a CER basis (16 per cent on an AER basis) reflecting the continued growth of our in-force business, including in protection and savings products where we believe demand will continue as the population ages and seeks to meet its health and retirement needs.
The effective shareholder tax rate on profits was 15 per cent in 2021, in line with 2020.
2020 (AER) compared with 2019 (CER)
The increase of $51 million in the profit after tax from $470 million in 2019 to $521 million in 2020 primarily reflected an increase in profit before shareholder tax of $63 million partially offset by an increase in shareholder tax charge of $(12) million.
The increase in profit before shareholder tax primarily reflected the growth of adjusted operating of 18 per cent on a CER basis (16 per cent on an AER basis) to $574 million, which was supported by the continued growth of our in-force business, in particular protection products.
The effective shareholder tax rate on profits in 2020 of 14 per cent was in line with 2019.
Growth markets and other
2021 compared with 2020
The decrease of $114 million in the profit after tax from $548 million in 2020 to $434 million in 2021 reflected a decrease in profit before shareholder tax of $(80) million and an increase in shareholder tax charge of $(34) million.
The decrease in the profit before shareholder tax was mainly reflective of a higher loss in short-term fluctuations in investment returns in 2021 compared with 2020 due to losses on bond asset values from higher interest rates in many growth markets exceeding the movement in policyholder liabilities from a higher discount, particularly in Taiwan where policyholder liabilities are less sensitive to interest rate movements. This was partially offset by the benefit from a change to allow for illiquidity premium in the calculation of the valuation interest rate used to value long-term insurance liabilities in Thailand, as discussed in note C3.2 to the consolidated financial statements. The reduction in profit discussed above was offset by an increase in adjusted operating profit of 11 per cent on a CER basis (12 per cent on an AER basis), reflective of in-force growth which is supported by APE sales in recent years. Vietnam, the Philippines and Thailand all reported double-digit growth. In Thailand double-digit growth in adjusted operating profit was achieved through APE sales growth from the expansion of the strategic partnerships and resilient in-force growth. In India, the result for the period reflected higher Covid-19-related claims following the large spike in cases seen in the first half of the year.
The effective shareholder tax rate on profits was 27 per cent in 2021 compared with 19 per cent in 2020. The higher effective tax rate was primarily due to investment losses in Taiwan which were not tax deductible in 2021 compared to non-taxable investment gains in 2020.
2020 (AER) compared with 2019 (CER)
The decrease of $(412) million in the profit after tax from $960 million in 2019 to $548 million in 2020 primarily reflected a decrease in profit before shareholder tax of $(437) million partially offset by a decrease in shareholder tax charge of $25 million.
The decrease in the profit before shareholder tax was mainly reflective of a higher loss in short-term fluctuations in investment returns in 2020 as a result of changes to interest rates, equity markets and other economic factors as compared to 2019 and the inclusion in 2019 of $265 million of gains on corporate transactions arising upon a reduction in the stake in India and the disposal of a consumer finance subsidiary in Vietnam. These decreases more than offset the benefits from the in-force growth in these markets with adjusted operating profit up 13 per cent on a CER basis (13 per cent on an AER basis) higher reflective of in-force growth. Vietnam, Philippines, Thailand and Taiwan all reported robust double-digit growth.
40
The effective shareholder tax rate on profits was 19 per cent in 2020 compared with 14 per cent in 2019. The higher effective tax rate was due to various factors, including unfavourable deferred tax adjustments relating to tax losses in Taiwan in 2020 and as compared to favourable deferred tax adjustments on tax losses in 2019. In addition, the 2019 effective tax rate had benefited from a non-taxable gain in 2019 on a reduction in the Group’s stake in its associate in India.
Asset management – Eastspring
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 AER $m |
| Change % | 2019 AER $m |
| ||
Total external net flows*,10 |
| 613 |
| (9,972) |
| n/a |
| 8,340 | |
External funds under management* ($bn) |
| 94.0 |
| 93.9 |
| — |
| 98 | |
Funds managed on behalf of M&G plc ($bn) |
| 11.5 |
| 15.7 |
| (27) |
| 26.7 | |
Internal funds under management ($bn) |
| 153.0 |
| 138.2 |
| 11 |
| 116.4 | |
Total funds under management ($bn) |
| 258.5 |
| 247.8 |
| 4 |
| 241.1 | |
Analysis of adjusted operating profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Retail operating income |
| 449 |
| 390 |
| 15 |
| 392 | |
Institutional operating income |
| 298 |
| 256 |
| 16 |
| 244 | |
Operating income before performance-related fees |
| 747 |
| 646 |
| 16 |
| 636 | |
Performance-related fees |
| 15 |
| 7 |
| 114 |
| 12 | |
Operating income (net of commission) |
| 762 |
| 653 |
| 17 |
| 648 | |
Operating expense |
| (403) |
| (336) |
| (20) |
| (329) | |
Group's share of tax on joint ventures' adjusted operating profit |
| (45) |
| (34) |
| (32) |
| (36) | |
Adjusted operating profit |
| 314 |
| 283 |
| 11 |
| 283 | |
Adjusted operating profit after tax |
| 284 |
| 253 |
| 12 |
| 250 | |
Average funds managed by Eastspring |
| 251.7bn |
| 227.1bn |
| 11 | % | 214bn | |
Fee margin based on operating income |
| 30bps |
| 28bps |
| +2bps |
| 30bps | |
Cost/income ratio11 |
| 54 | % | 52 | % | +2ppts |
| 52 | % |
* | Excluding funds managed on behalf of M&G plc. |
Eastspring’s total funds under management were $258.5 billion at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: $247.8 billion4), reflecting favourable internal net flows and higher equity markets. Compared with 2020, Eastspring’s average funds under management increased by 11 per cent on an AER basis (9 per cent on a CER basis).
Eastspring saw total net inflows of $5.8 billion over 2021 (2020: $(11.5) billion4) which included internal net inflows from our life businesses of $10.7 billion (2020: $8.5 billion4) and from third-parties (excluding money market funds) of $0.6 billion (2020: $(10.0) billion4 of outflows). Offsetting these amounts were $(4.0) billion of net outflows for funds managed on behalf of M&G plc with further net outflows of about $(0.9) billion expected in 2022. Third-party net flows were driven by $1.1 billion of retail net inflows, partly offset by net institutional outflows. Overall there were external net inflows into equity funds and external net outflows from fixed income funds, which contributed to an increase in the retail fee margin.
The profit before shareholder tax of Eastspring of $314 million in 2021. The increase of $31 million from $283 million in 2020 was primarily driven by higher average funds under management and a 2 basis points increase in fee margin reflecting an improved asset mix.
Eastspring’s adjusted operating profit of $314 million was up 10 per cent compared with the prior period on a CER basis (up 11 per cent on an AER basis). Operating income before performance related fees was 16 per cent higher4, driven by higher average funds under management and a 2 basis points increase in fee margin reflecting an improved asset mix. The cost/income ratio increased to 54 per cent (2020: 52 per cent) reflecting both higher staff costs and investments made in strengthening the capabilities of the business across dimensions including footprint, distribution, investment strategies and customer experience.
2020 compared with 2019
Eastspring’s total funds under management were $247.8 billion at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: $241.1 billion), reflecting favourable internal net inflows and higher equity markets, partly offset by external net outflows. Compared with 2019, Eastspring’s average funds under management increased by 6 per cent on an AER basis (7 per cent on a CER basis).
41
Eastspring continued to benefit from strong, positive net flows from internal insurance funds, recording $8.5 billion (2019: $9.7 billion). Overall third-party flows related to external funds under management were negative $(10.0) billion, reflecting the adverse impact of higher market volatility, as a result of Covid-19, on retail funds, most notably in a number of retail bond funds in Thailand in the first half of 2020. Highlights included strong flows into our China A Fund, and Global Innovation Fund in respect of our equity products, and Income Plus and Active Bond Fund Plus on the fixed income side. As market volatility subsided over the second half of the year, third-party net flows improved materially, with the fourth quarter seeing net inflows of $0.5 billion. In addition, as anticipated, there were net outflows from funds managed on behalf of M&G plc of $(10.0) billion in 2020.
The profit before shareholder tax of Eastspring of $283 million in 2020 was broadly in line with 2019. The effective shareholder tax rate on profits was 10 per cent in 2021 compared with 11 per cent in 2020 and 12 per cent in 2019.
Eastspring’s adjusted operating profit of $283 million was up 2 per cent compared with the prior year on a CER basis (level on an AER basis). Operating income (net of commission) increased by 1 per cent with the benefit of higher average funds under management being partly offset by adverse client and asset mix effects that reduced the fee margin based on operating income to 28 basis points (2019: 30 basis points). Cost discipline remained robust, with operating costs in line with the prior year, with the resulting cost/income ratio the same at 52 per cent.
Unallocated to a segment – Other income and expenditure
2021 compared with 2020
Total net charges for activity unallocated to a segment decreased by $36 million from $(907) million in 2020 to $(871) million in 2021. The loss before shareholder tax decreased by $57 million from $(907) million in 2020 to $(850) million in 2021 largely reflecting the changes, as described below.
Central corporate expenditure was 30 per cent on a CER basis (28 per cent on an AER basis) lower than the prior period reflecting the delivery of the $180 million of right-sizing of our head office costs alongside the evolving footprint of the business. Annual head office costs are targeted to reduce further by around $70 million1 from the start of 2023.
Interest costs on core structural borrowings of $(328) million (2020: $(316) million on an AER and CER basis) include interest costs of $(126) million related to the four tranches of debt that were redeemed in December 2021 and January 2022 using the proceeds from the share offer during the year, which are not expected to recur going forward.
Restructuring costs of $(185) million (2020: $(162) million4) reflect the Group’s substantial and ongoing IFRS 17 project, and one-off costs associated with cost saving, regulatory and other initiatives in our business. IFRS 17 costs are expected to remain elevated until the standard is fully implemented.
The effective shareholder tax rate on losses unallocated to a segment was (2) per cent in 2021 compared with nil per cent in 2020, principally due to irrecoverable withholding tax suffered on remittances received from certain jurisdictions and on certain investment income.
2020 compared with 2019
Total net charges for activity unallocated to a segment decreased by $484 million from $(1,391) million in 2019 to $(907) million in 2020. The loss before shareholder tax decreased by $638 million from $(1,545) million in 2019 to $(907) million in 2020 mainly due to the non-recurrence of one-off costs in 2019 in relation to the M&G plc demerger and lower interest expense on core structural borrowings and corporate expenditure, partially offset by increased costs associated with the Group’s IFRS 17 project and other restructuring activities.
Interest expense on core borrowings was lower following the transfer of debt to M&G plc in 2019 and corporate expenditures reduced as the Group continued to take action to right-size its head office costs alongside the evolving footprint of the business. Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs increased to $(162) million (2019: $(103) million on an AER and CER basis). Restructuring costs reflected the Group’s substantial and ongoing IFRS 17 project and costs associated with actions to reduce central costs post the demerger of M&G plc.
The effective shareholder tax rate on losses unallocated to a segment was nil per cent in 2020 compared with 10 per cent in 2019, principally due to the absence of a tax credit on UK tax losses where it was unlikely there would be future value obtained from the tax losses.
42
(c) Other financial commentary based on management’s view
Long-term insurance business adjusted operating profit drivers
| 2019 AER | 2019 CER† |
| ||||||
Margin | Margin |
| |||||||
| $m |
| bps | $m |
| bps |
| ||
Spread income |
| 321 |
| 108 |
| 319 |
| 106 | |
Fee income |
| 286 |
| 104 |
| 283 |
| 104 | |
With-profits |
| 107 |
| 18 |
| 107 |
| 18 | |
Insurance margin |
| 2,244 |
| 2,234 |
|
|
|
| |
Other income |
| 3,289 |
| 3,280 |
|
|
|
| |
Total life insurance income |
| 6,247 |
| 6,223 |
|
|
|
| |
Expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Acquisition costs |
| (2,174) |
| (41) | % | (2,172) |
| (41) | % |
Administration expenses |
| (1,473) |
| (257) |
| (1,463) |
| (254) | |
DAC adjustments |
| 430 |
|
| 426 |
|
| ||
Share of related tax charges from joint ventures and associates |
| (31) |
|
| (30) |
|
| ||
Long-term insurance business pre-tax adjusted operating profit |
| 2,999 |
|
| 2,984 |
|
|
* | For 2020, the CER results were calculated using the 2021 average exchange rates. |
† | For 2019, the CER results were calculated using the 2020 average exchange rates. |
Our adjusted operating profit continues to be based on high-quality drivers. The overall 8 per cent growth on a CER basis (10 per cent on an AER basis) in life insurance adjusted operating profit to $3,709 million (2020: $3,430 million on a CER basis; $3,379 million on an AER basis) was driven principally by 8 per cent growth on a CER basis (9 per cent on an AER basis) in insurance margin-related revenues reflecting our ongoing focus on recurring premium health and protection products and the associated continued growth of our in-force business, partially offset by a more normalised claims experience following the lower level of claims seen in 2020 and higher Covid-19 claims in Indonesia and India in 2021.
Fee income increased by 20 per cent on a CER basis (22 per cent on an AER basis), reflecting the beneficial impact of stronger equity markets and premium contributions while spread income increased by 3 per cent on a CER basis (5 per cent on an AER basis), with a fall in margin due to country mix.
With-profits earnings relate principally to the shareholders’ share in bonuses declared to policyholders. As these bonuses are typically weighted to the end of a contract, under IFRS, with-profit earnings consequently emerge only gradually over time. The 14 per cent growth on a CER basis (15 per cent on an AER basis) in with-profits earnings reflects the ongoing growth in these portfolios.
Other income primarily represents amounts deducted from premiums to cover acquisition costs and administration expenses. As such, the 1 per cent decline on a CER basis (1 per cent increase on an AER basis) from 2020 reflects changes in product mix partially offset by higher premiums on shareholder-backed business. Acquisition costs increased in the year, largely due to higher APE sales as compared with the prior year. This increase in acquisition costs has led to an increase in the costs deferred and therefore higher DAC adjustments in the year. Administration expenses, including renewal commissions, increased by 3 per cent on a CER basis (4 per cent increase on an AER basis) reflecting in-force business growth.
43
2020 (AER) compared with 2019 (CER)
The overall 13 per cent growth on a CER basis (13 per cent on an AER basis) in continuing life insurance adjusted operating profit to $3,379 million (2019: $2,984 million on a CER basis; $2,999 million on an AER basis) was driven principally by 19 per cent on a CER basis (18 per cent on an AER basis) growth in insurance margin-related revenues and reflected our ongoing focus on recurring premium health and protection products and the associated continued growth of our in-force business.
Fee income was in line with the prior year, while spread income decreased by (7) per cent on a CER basis ((8) per cent on an AER basis) driven by lower interest rates in the year. With-profits earnings related principally to the shareholders’ share in bonuses declared to policyholders. The 9 per cent on a CER basis (9 per cent on an AER basis) growth in with-profits earnings reflected the ongoing growth in these portfolios.
Other income primarily represented amounts deducted from premiums to cover acquisition costs and administration expenses. As such, the (2) per cent (on an AER and CER basis) decrease from 2019 largely reflected lower new business volumes, whereas new business acquisition expense fell (11) per cent on an AER and CER basis to $(1,928) million. The ratio of shareholder acquisition costs to shareholder-related APE sales (excluding with-profits-related sales) increased to 66 per cent (2019: 65 per cent on an AER basis), reflecting changes to product and geographical mix. Administration expenses, including renewal commissions, increased by 9 per cent on a CER basis (8 per cent on an AER basis) reflecting in-force business growth.
IFRS basis non-operating items from continuing operations
Non-operating items from continuing operations in the year consist mainly of short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed business of negative $(458) million, (2020: negative $(554) million on a CER basis; $(579) million on an AER basis), and $(94) million of costs associated with corporate transactions (2020: gain of $733 million on a CER basis; $735 million on an AER basis).
Short-term fluctuations reflect the net impact from an increase in interest rates in most Asia markets on bond asset values and on the valuation interest rates (VIRs) used to determine policyholder liabilities.
Costs associated with corporate transactions of $(94) million (2020: gain of $733 million on a CER basis; $735 million on an AER basis) include the cost incurred by Prudential plc in connection with the separation of Jackson including key management changes. See note D1.1 in the IFRS financial statements for further information.
2020 compared with 2019
Non-operating items from continuing operations in 2020 consisted of short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed business of negative $(579) million (2019: positive $566 million on a CER basis; $554 million on an AER basis), the net benefit from various corporate transactions of $735 million (2019: loss of $(143) million on a CER basis; $(142) million on an AER basis) and the amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments of negative $(5) million (2019: $(5) million on an AER and CER basis).
Falling interest rates in certain parts of Asia led to lower discount rates on certain policyholder liabilities under the local reserving basis applied, which were not fully offset by unrealised bond and equity gains in the year leading to negative fluctuations overall. This compared with overall positive short-term fluctuations following decreases in bond yields in Asia in 2019.
After allowing for non-operating items, the total IFRS profit after tax from continuing operations was $2,468 million (2019: $2,329 million on a CER basis; $2,338 million on an AER basis).
IFRS effective tax rates for continuing operations
In 2021, the effective tax rate on adjusted operating profit was 17 per cent (2020: 18 per cent). The decrease in the 2021 effective tax rate reflects the resolution of some historic issues at lower amounts than had been provided for.
The effective tax rate on total IFRS profit in 2021 was 17 per cent (2020: 15 per cent). The increase in the 2021 effective tax rate reflects the adverse impact of investment losses on which no tax credit is recognised.
The effective tax rate on adjusted operating profit in 2022 is expected to be similar to 2021. From 2023 onwards, the effective tax rate on adjusted operating profit is likely to be impacted by a combination of the OECD proposals to implement a global minimum tax rate of 15 per cent and some jurisdictions where Prudential operates implementing a domestic minimum tax based on the OECD proposals. The OECD rules are complex and require detailed analysis and consideration which is ongoing. A further update will be provided in the half-year 2022 results.
44
2020 compared with 2019
In 2020, the effective tax rate on adjusted operating profit from continuing operations was 18 per cent (2019: 15 per cent). The effective tax rate on total IFRS profit before tax from continuing operations in 2020 was 15 per cent (2019: 12 per cent).
The increase in the 2020 effective tax rates for both adjusted operating profit and total IFRS profit reflects the absence of a tax credit on UK tax losses in the unallocated to a segment results where it is unlikely there will be future value obtained from the tax losses.
Total tax contributions from continuing operations
The Group continues to make significant tax contributions in the jurisdictions in which it operates, with $1,071 million remitted to tax authorities in 2021. This was lower than the equivalent amount of $1,208 million4 remitted in 2020 principally due to the timing of when various tax payments became due.
Tax strategy
The Group publishes its tax strategy annually which, in addition to complying with the mandatory UK (Finance Act 2016) requirements, also includes a number of additional disclosures, including a country-by-country disclosure of revenues, profits, average employee numbers and taxes for all jurisdictions where more than $5 million tax was paid. This disclosure is included as a way of demonstrating that our tax footprint (ie where we pay taxes) is consistent with our business footprint. An updated version of the tax strategy, including 2021 data, will be available on the Group’s website before 31 May 2022.
Loss from discontinued operations – Jackson
On 13 September 2021 Prudential completed the demerger of its US operations (Jackson) from the Group. Accordingly Jackson has been presented as discontinued within these financial statements.
The total loss from discontinued operations after tax was $(5,027) million (2020: $(283) million), as included in the IFRS profit table above. This comprises the following amounts:
Jackson’s profit before tax included in the Group’s full-year 2021 results of $2,317 million reflects the eight and a half month period to 13 September 2021, at which point it was demerged and ceased to be part of the Prudential Group. Jackson’s loss before tax for the prior year of $(760) million reflects the 12 months to 31 December 2020 and was calculated after including a $804 million one-off pre-tax gain that arose as a result of reinsuring substantially all of Jackson’s in-force portfolio of US fixed and fixed index annuities to Athene Life Re Ltd. The key driver of the increase in IFRS profit in the current period was the impact of market interest rates on the value of Jackson’s product guarantees. In 2020, falling interest rates, with yields on US treasuries falling by almost one percentage point over the year, and steeply rising equity markets, led to $(4,262) million of losses which were classified as short-term investment fluctuations. Short-term investment fluctuations in the current year up to the demerger reflect gains from the impact of increases in interest rates on the value of Jackson’s product guarantees, offset by derivative losses from higher equity volatility and rising equity markets, resulting in a more muted overall short-term investment fluctuation gain of $15 million for 2021. Excluding the impact of these market movements, Jackson’s underlying performance in the period benefited from higher fee income from variable annuity products, reflecting increases in separate account balances.
The effective tax rate on Jackson’s profit before tax was 16 per cent (2020: 63 per cent). The 2021 effective tax rate is a more typical rate in contrast to 2020 where the rate reflected the mathematical combination of a tax charge on adjusted operating profit and a much higher tax credit on non-operating losses.
In accordance with IFRS requirements, immediately prior to demerger, Jackson was written down to its fair value as at the demerger date of $2,506 million. Applying this fair value has resulted in a loss on re-measurement after tax of $(8,259) million.
45
As a result of the demerger of Jackson, accumulated balances of $1,278 million previously recognised through other comprehensive income, largely relating to financial instruments held by Jackson classified as available for sale, have been recycled from other comprehensive income to the income statement. This gain is matched by an equal and opposite recycling movement in other comprehensive income, with no net impact on shareholders’ equity.
On 13 September 2021, the Group distributed shares in Jackson Financial Inc. representing a 69.2 per cent economic interest, to the Group’s shareholders as a dividend in-specie with a value of $(1,735) million. Immediately following the demerger, the Group retained a 19.7 per cent economic interest in Jackson Financial Inc. which was recognised as a financial investment, measured at fair value. On 13 December 2021, Jackson announced, as part of its previously disclosed $300 million share repurchase programme, the repurchase of 2,242,516 shares of its Class A common stock from Prudential. With this repurchase activity, Prudential’s remaining economic interest in Jackson was 18.4 per cent as of 31 December 2021 (18.5 per cent voting interest).
2020 compared with 2019
Loss after tax from discontinued US operations decreased by $102 million to $(283) million from a loss of $(385) million in 2019, driven by an increase in loss before tax of $(28) million being more than offset by an increase in tax credit of $130 million. The increase in the loss before tax in 2020 was primarily driven by a decrease in adjusted operating profit, reflecting the impact of DAC adjustment effects alongside the expected reduction in spread related earnings following the reinsurance contract with Athene in June 2020, and a negative movement in short-term fluctuations in investment returns, arising from the steep rise in equity markets that led to equity derivative losses taken out as part of Jackson’s hedging programme, offset by a gain arising from the Athene reinsurance transaction. The effective shareholder tax rate on losses from US operations was 63 per cent in 2020 compared with 47 per cent in 2019, driven by tax credits on one-off deferred tax movements in 2020 and the carry back of losses under the CARES Act.
Loss from discontinued operations in 2019 – M&G
In the period in 2019 prior to demerger of M&G plc in November 2019, $1,319 million IFRS profit after tax was recognised from the discontinued M&G plc business. On distribution to shareholders as a dividend in specie, the net assets of the business were remeasured to the market value of M&G plc on listing, resulting in a gain of $188 million recognised within the loss from discontinued operations for the year. As a result of representing the historical results of M&G plc in US dollars (as opposed to sterling), a loss of $(2,668) million was recognised at the date of demerger representing cumulative foreign exchange differences held in the currency translation reserve. This arose from the fall in the sterling/US dollar exchange rate over the period since the currency translation reserve was established in 2004. This was matched by an equal and opposite gain in other comprehensive income resulting in no overall impact on shareholders’ funds. Reflecting the above, the total loss from discontinued operations after tax was $(1,161) million.
Shareholders’ equity
Group IFRS shareholders' equity |
|
|
|
|
|
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 AER $m | ||
Adjusted operating profit after tax attributable to shareholders from continuing operations |
| 2,668 |
| 2,250 | |
Profit from continuing operations for the period |
| 2,214 |
| 2,468 | |
Less non-controlling interest from continuing operations |
| (22) |
| (10) | |
Profit after tax for the period attributable to shareholders from continuing operations |
| 2,192 |
| 2,458 | |
Net decrease in shareholders’ equity from discontinued operations (see note D1.2 in the IFRS financial statements) |
| (6,283) |
| (418) | |
Demerger dividend in-specie of Jackson |
| (1,735) |
| — | |
Exchange movements, net of related tax |
| (165) |
| 239 | |
Other external dividends |
| (421) |
| (814) | |
Issue of equity shares |
| 2,382 |
| 13 | |
Other (including revaluation of Jackson residual interest since demerger) |
| 240 |
| (77) | |
Net (decrease) increase in shareholders’ equity |
| (3,790) |
| 1,401 | |
Shareholders’ equity at beginning of the period |
| 20,878 |
| 19,477 | |
Shareholders’ equity at end of the period |
| 17,088 |
| 20,878 | |
Shareholders' value per share7 |
| 622 | ¢ | 800 | ¢ |
Group IFRS shareholders’ equity decreased from $20.9 billion at the start of 2021 to $17.1 billion4 at 31 December 2021. This fall was driven by an $(8.0) billion decrease in equity as a result of the demerger of Jackson. Excluding this amount, shareholders’ equity increased by $4.2 billion reflecting a successful issuance of new share capital on the Hong Kong stock exchange in October 2021 and profits generated in 2021 by the continuing business, offset by dividend payments of $(0.4) billion and adverse exchange movements of $(0.2) billion.
46
New business performance
The Group reports annual premium equivalent (APE) as a measure of new business sales, which is a key metric for the Group’s management of the development and growth of the business. Therefore, the Group sees this as a measure that is relevant for both its insurance subsidiaries and its insurance joint ventures and associate. APE is calculated as the aggregate of regular premiums and one-tenth of single premiums on new business written during the year for all insurance products, including premiums for contracts designated as investment contracts under IFRS 4. APE differs from the IFRS measure of gross premiums earned. A reconciliation of APE new business sales to IFRS gross premiums earned is provided in note II(viii) of the section headed Additional Unaudited Financial Information.
* | For 2020, the CER results were calculated using the 2021 average exchange rates. |
† | For 2019, the CER results were calculated using the 2020 average exchange rates. |
APE sales increased by 8 per cent3 to $4,194 million that includes the Group’s proportionate share of contributions from joint ventures and associate. Outside Hong Kong, overall APE sales were 16 per cent3 higher. Detailed discussion of new business performance by segment in 2021 compared with 2020 is presented in the Strategic and operating review section. The comparison of the new business performance in 2020 compared with 2019 is provided below. Unless otherwise stated, the APE discussion is provided on a constant exchange rate basis.
2020 (AER) compared with 2019 (CER)
Life insurance new business APE sales decreased by (27) per cent to $3,808 million. Outside Hong Kong, overall new business APE sales were (5) per cent lower.
Overall, Hong Kong APE sales were (63) per cent below the prior year. This was principally a result of a very sharp reduction in APE sales to Mainland China customers, reflecting the impact of the border closure early in the year and consequent reduction in Mainland Chinese visitors and associated APE sales to these customers. While domestic Hong Kong APE sales were also impacted by Covid-19 related restrictions, new business production improved markedly over the course of the year, with APE sales in Q3 rising 20 per cent over Q2 and Q4 rising 60 per cent over Q3. The strong sequential sales growth was supported by product innovation and ongoing development of our broader digital capabilities. In particular, our increased focus on standalone protection products, with lower case sizes, to meet rising consumer demand saw domestic new sales policy count reach 98 per cent of prior year levels in the fourth quarter.
CPL delivered an encouraging performance despite Covid-19 related disruption. This was supported by the agency force focus on protection products, which accounted for 53 per cent of sales from this channel. CPL benefited materially from its diversified distribution model, particularly the strength in bancassurance which saw strong and accelerating growth of 34 per cent in APE sales throughout the year. Overall APE sales were only (1) per cent lower compared with the prior year and second half APE sales 4 per cent higher than the prior year.
The sales environment in Indonesia remained challenging following a deterioration of Covid-19 infections through the summer, culminating in the re-introduction of the highest-level movement restrictions September 2020. Despite the challenging environment, we achieved strong performance in the Sharia segment with APE sales growing 6 per cent. Meanwhile, the fourth quarter saw the highest overall sales of 2020 (19 per cent higher than APE sales in the first quarter) and was driven by 60 new products launched in 2020, including lower ticket standalone protection products. While this product strategy saw new sales case count rise by 12 per cent at the end of 2020, overall APE sales volumes were (30) per cent below the prior year.
In Malaysia, APE sales were (1) per cent below the prior year, with a decline in the first half sales largely offset by a recovery in the second half of 14 per cent (compared with the second half of the prior year), despite the reintroduction of partial Covid-19 related restrictions in October, driven by strong agency production across our traditional and takaful markets. The Takaful business grew APE sales by 26 per cent compared with 2019.
47
In Singapore, APE sales fell by (7) per cent reflecting Covid-19 restrictions with declines in the first half of the year partly offset by an increase in the second half of 5 per cent when compared with the second half of the prior year. Strong agency momentum following the relaxation of Covid-19 restrictions saw APE sales in the second half of the year being 63 per cent higher than the level in the first half. Singapore continues to develop products and digital capabilities with the launch in December of 3 bite-sized digital products on Pulse (PRUSafe Dengue, PRUSafe BreastCancer, PRUSafe ProstateCancer) and the onboarding of the PRUCancer360 product on UOB’s Mighty banking app.
We made good initial progress with our investment in distribution in Thailand, where our APE sales were up 16 per cent, reflecting strong growth of 21 per cent in bancassurance channel, with the product mix shift to health and protection which accounted for 25 per cent of APE sales (2019: 16 per cent). Our distribution capability will be further strengthened by our partnership with TMB which commenced on 1 January 2021 and our digital partnership with The1, Thailand’s largest loyalty platform.
Dividend
Reflecting the Group’s capital allocation priorities, a portion of capital generation will be retained for reinvestment in the business, and dividends will be determined primarily based on the Group’s operating capital generation after allowing for the capital strain of writing new business and recurring central costs. Dividends are expected to grow broadly in line with the growth in the Group’s operating free surplus generation net of right-sized central costs, and will be set taking into account financial prospects, investment opportunities and market conditions. Accordingly, the Board has approved a 2021 second interim ordinary cash dividend of 11.86 cents per share (2020: 10.73 cents per share). Combined with the first interim ordinary cash dividend of 5.37 cents per share (2020: 5.37 cents per share), the Group’s total 2021 cash dividend is 17.23 cents per share (2020: 16.10 cents per share), an increase of 7 per cent.
Group capital position
Prudential applies the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules set out in the GWS Framework issued by the Hong Kong IA to determine group regulatory capital requirements (both minimum and prescribed levels). The GWS Framework became effective for Prudential upon designation by the Hong Kong IA on 14 May 2021 and replaced the local capital summation method (LCSM) which was used for determination of the 31 December 2020 Group capital position as agreed with the Hong Kong IA. Under the GWS Framework, all debt instruments (senior and subordinated) issued by Prudential plc at 31 December 2021 are included as GWS eligible group capital resources. This includes debt issued at the date of designation which met the transitional conditions set by the Hong Kong IA and have not since been redeemed and debt issued since the date of designation which met the qualifying conditions as set out in the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules. More information is set out in note I(i) of the Additional unaudited financial information.
In the analysis below we have restated the 31 December 2020 LCSM position to reflect the treatment of debt instruments under the GWS Framework. This has increased eligible capital resources by $1.6 billion compared with the LCSM basis. The 31 December 2020 Group GWS capital results are presented on a Group excluding Jackson basis and are before including the value of the Group’s retained interest in Jackson Financial Inc.
At 31 December 2021 the Prudential Group total company GWS capital surplus of eligible group capital resources over the Group Minimum Capital Requirement (GMCR) was $33.7 billion12, equating to a coverage ratio of 414 per cent (31 December 2020: $24.8 billion4 / 344 per cent). The position at 31 December 2021 includes $0.4 billion in respect of the 18.4 per cent economic interest in Jackson, being 60 per cent of its fair value at that date, as agreed with the HKIA.
The Group holds material participating business in Hong Kong, Singapore and Malaysia. Alongside the total company GWS capital basis, a shareholder GWS capital basis is also presented, being eligible group capital resources over the GMCR excluding the capital resources and minimum capital requirements of these participating funds. At 31 December 2021 the shareholder GWS capital surplus of total eligible group capital resources over the GMCR was $13.2 billion12, equating to a coverage ratio of 454 per cent (31 December 2020: $9.4 billion4 / 370 per cent).
The 31 December 2021 Group GWS capital results do not reflect the redemption of $1,725 million of sub-ordinated debt in January 2022. If this redemption had been completed as at 31 December 2021 the Group shareholder GWS capital surplus over the GMCR would be $11.5 billion, equating to a coverage ratio of 408 per cent.
The Group shareholder GWS capital surplus over the GMCR7 increased by $3.8 billion since 31 December 2020 to $13.2 billion at 31 December 2021 (before allowing for the January 2022 debt redemptions). GWS shareholder in-force operating capital generation in the period was $1.0 billion after allowing for central costs and investment in new business. The impact of non-operating experiences, including market movements, were positive overall and contributed $0.3 billion to surplus. Corporate transactions, including the equity raise and net debt redemptions and recognition of the Jackson residual interest amongst other items, increased shareholder GWS capital surplus over the GMCR by $2.9 billion overall and were offset by payment of $(0.4) billion external dividends in the year. No allowance is made at 31 December 2021 for the 2021 second interim dividend due for payment in May 2022.
48
The Group’s GWS position is resilient to external macro movements as demonstrated by the sensitivity disclosure contained in note I(i) of the Additional unaudited financial information, alongside further information on the basis of calculation of the GWS measure.
The recent trend to more risk-based capital regimes being adopted in many of the Group’s markets is continuing and this impacts on the Group’s GWS capital measure, which is underpinned by the local regulatory regimes of the Group’s subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates. In Mainland China C-ROSS II has become effective in the first quarter of 2022, the impact of which is not included in the GWS results above.
Further, in February 2022 Prudential Hong Kong Limited, the Group’s insurance business in Hong Kong, made an application to the HKIA to early-adopt the new risk-based capital regime. The impact is not reflected in the 31 December 2021 GWS capital position shown above and the Group currently expects to include this change in the GWS capital position as at 30 June 2022, which remains subject to HKIA approval. We intend to disclose the impacts of both these regulatory changes within our 2022 half year financial report on Form 6-K as they become effective.
Financing and liquidity
On 4 October 2021, Prudential plc completed the issuance of new share capital on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, resulting in net proceeds and an increase in shareholders’ equity of $2,374 million. The proceeds of this equity issue have been used to enhance Prudential’s financial flexibility in light of the breadth of opportunities to invest for growth. Specifically, the proceeds have been utilised to redeem high coupon debt instruments of $1,250 million in December 2021 and $1,000 million in January 2022, with the remaining proceeds contributing to Prudential’s central stock of capital and liquidity. This use of proceeds is consistent with the intended use of proceeds previously disclosed in Prudential’s prospectus for this equity raise.
In November, 2021 the Group issued a $1,000 million 2.95 per cent debt instrument, the proceeds of which have been utilised in part to redeem a $725 million 4.375 per cent debt instrument in January 2022.
At 31 December 2021, the Group’s net gearing ratio as defined in the table below was 13 per cent, reflecting the issue of share capital in October 2021, the issue of debt in November 2021 and redemption of debt in December 2021 but excluding the redemptions completed in January 2022. The Group manages its leverage on a Moody’s total leverage basis, which differs from the above by taking into account gross debt, including commercial paper, and also allows for a proportion of the surplus within the Group’s with-profits funds. We estimate the Moody’s total leverage at 31 December to be 26 per cent and if the further debt redemptions of $1,725 million in January 2022 had been completed as at 31 December 2021, we estimate that this figure would have been 21 per cent.
Prudential is targeting a Moody’s total leverage ratio of around 20 to 25 per cent over the medium term. Prudential may operate outside this range temporarily to take advantage of growth opportunities with attractive risk-adjusted returns as they arise, while still preserving its strong credit ratings.
Prudential seeks to maintain its financial strength rating with applicable credit rating agencies which derives, in part, from its high level of financial flexibility to issue debt and equity instruments, which is intended to be maintained and enhanced in the future.
Net core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses
* | Net core structural borrowings from continuing operations as proportion of IFRS shareholders’ equity from continuing operations plus net core structural borrowings from continuing operations, as set out in note II of the Additional unaudited financial information. |
49
The total borrowings of the shareholder-financed businesses from continuing operations were $6.1 billion at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: $6.4 billion4). The Group had central cash resources of $3.6 billion at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: $1.5 billion4), resulting in net core structural borrowings of the shareholder-financed businesses of $2.6 billion at end of December 2021 (31 December 2020: $4.9 billion for continuing operations4). We have not breached any of the requirements of our core structural borrowings nor modified any of their terms during 2021. Net core structural borrowings include a $350 million bank loan which the Group is currently considering refinancing.
In addition to its net core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses set out above, the Group is able to access funding via the medium-term note programme, the US shelf programme (the platform for issuance of SEC registered bonds in the US market), a commercial paper programme and committed revolving credit facilities. All of these are available for general corporate purposes. Proceeds from the Group’s commercial paper programme are not included in the holding company cash and short-term investment balance.
Prudential plc has maintained a consistent presence as an issuer in the commercial paper market for the past decade and had $500 million in issue at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: $501 million4).
As at 31 December 2021, the Group had a total of $2.6 billion of undrawn committed facilities, expiring in 2026. Apart from small drawdowns to test the process, these facilities have never been drawn, and there were no amounts outstanding at 31 December 2021.
Cash remittances
Holding company cash flow13
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 AER $m |
| Change % | |
From continuing operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance and asset management business |
| 1,451 |
| 877 |
| 65 |
Other operations |
| — |
| 55 |
| (100) |
Net cash remitted by businesses |
| 1,451 |
| 932 |
| 56 |
Net interest paid |
| (314) |
| (294) |
| (7) |
Tax received |
| — |
| 94 |
| (100) |
Corporate activities14 |
| (322) |
| (432) |
| 25 |
Centrally funded recurring bancassurance fees15 |
| (176) |
| (220) |
| 20 |
Total central outflows |
| (812) |
| (852) |
| 5 |
Holding company cash flow before dividends and other movements |
| 639 |
| 80 |
|
|
Dividends paid |
| (421) |
| (814) |
|
|
Operating holding company cash flow after dividends but before other movements |
| 218 |
| (734) |
|
|
Issuance and redemption of debt for continuing operations |
| (255) |
| 983 |
|
|
Hong Kong public offer and international placing |
| 2,374 |
| — |
|
|
Other corporate activities relating to continuing operations15 |
| (199) |
| (954) |
|
|
UK and Europe demerger costs |
| — |
| (17) |
|
|
US demerger costs |
| (30) |
| (20) |
|
|
Total other movements |
| 1,890 |
| (8) |
|
|
Total holding company cash flow |
| 2,108 |
| (742) |
|
|
Cash and short-term investments at the beginning of the year |
| 1,463 |
| 2,207 |
|
|
Foreign exchange and other movements |
| 1 |
| (2) |
|
|
Cash and short-term investments at the end of the year |
| 3,572 |
| 1,463 |
|
|
Remittances from our continuing Asia and Africa businesses were $1,451 million (2020: $877 million).
From 2021, to align more closely to our ‘one head office, two locations’ operating model, the Group has revised its presentation of business unit remittances so that the costs of the head office functions in Hong Kong are no longer deducted from the ‘net cash remitted by business units’. All head office costs are now presented together within the central outflows section of the holding company cash flow. Accordingly, the 2020 comparatives have been re-presented from those previously published to reflect the change.
Cash remittances for 2021 were used to meet central outflows of $(812) million (2020: $(852) million4) and to pay dividends of $(421) million. Central outflows include corporate activities of $(322) million (2020: $(432) million4), centrally funded recurring bancassurance fees of $(176) million (2020: $(220) million4), and net interest paid of $(314) million (2020: $(294) million4).
On 4 October 2021, Prudential plc completed the issuance of new share capital with proceeds of $2,374 million, as described in the financing and liquidity section above.
50
Other corporate activities relating to continuing operations of $(199) million (2020: $(954) million4) include central contributions to the funding of Asia and Africa strategic growth initiatives, principally non-recurring payments for bancassurance distribution agreements including UOB and MSB banks. In 2020, this also included one-off payments relating to the establishment of our strategic bancassurance partnership with TMBThanachart Bank in Thailand. Other corporate activities also include sale proceeds of $83 million received in December 2021, following Jackson’s announcement, as part of its previously disclosed $300 million share repurchase programme, of the repurchase of 2,242,516 shares of its Class A common stock from Prudential as discussed in the Jackson section above. Further information is contained in note I(vi) of the Additional unaudited financial information.
Cash and short-term investments totalled $3.6 billion at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: $1.5 billion4). The debt redemption and refinancing programme, that completed on 20 January 2022, utilised cash of $1,725 million.
The Group will continue to seek to manage its financial condition such that it has sufficient resources available to provide a buffer to support the retained businesses in stress scenarios and to provide liquidity to service central outflows.
Investments
The overall financial strength of Prudential and the results, both current and future, of the insurance business are in part dependent upon the quality and performance of the various investment portfolios.
Prudential’s total investments
Prudential’s total investments, net of derivative liabilities, at 31 December 2021 were $168,255 million (31 December 2020: $155,170 million), of which $22,463 million (31 December 2020: $29,693 million) were held to cover linked liabilities related to unit-linked products in collective investment schemes.
Further analysis on financial investments and fair value measurement is included in notes C1 and C2 to Prudential’s consolidated financial statements, in accordance with IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’.
Prudential’s insurance investment strategy and objectives
Prudential’s insurance investments support a range of businesses operating in many geographic areas. Each of the operations formulates a strategy based on the nature of its underlying liabilities, its level of capital and its local regulatory requirements.
Internal funds under management
Prudential manages a significant portion of its group funds principally through its fund management business, Eastspring Investments. The remaining Group’s funds mainly relate to assets held to back unit-linked liabilities.
In each of the operations, local management analyses the liabilities and determines asset allocation, benchmarks and permitted deviations from these benchmarks appropriate for its operation. These benchmarks and permitted deviations are agreed with internal fund managers, who are responsible for implementing the specific investment strategy through their local fund management operations.
Investments strategy and objectives
Prudential’s insurance business’s investments, excluding assets to cover linked liabilities and those attributable to external unit holders of consolidated investment funds, are largely held by Prudential’s Singapore and Hong Kong operations.
Our exposure to interest rate risk arises from the guarantees of some non-unit-linked investment savings products, including the Hong Kong with-profits and non-profit business. This exposure exists because of the potential for an asset and liability mismatch where long-dated liabilities and guarantees are backed by short-dated assets, which cannot be eliminated but is monitored and managed through local risk and asset liability management committees against risk appetite aligned with the Group’s limit framework. A large proportion of the Hong Kong liabilities are denominated in USD and Prudential holds USD assets to back these liabilities.
Additional Information on Liquidity and Capital Resources
After making sufficient enquiries the directors of Prudential have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue their operations for a period of at least 12 months from the date that the financial statements are approved. Further information is provided in note A1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The liquidity requirements of Prudential’s life insurance businesses are regularly monitored to match anticipated cash inflows with cash requirements. Cash needs are forecast and projected sources and uses of funds, as well as the asset, liability, investment and cash flow assumptions underlying these projections, are reviewed periodically. Adjustments are made periodically to the investment policies with respect to, among other things, the maturity and risk characteristics of the investment assets to reflect changes in the business cash needs and the changing competitive and economic environment.
51
The liquidity sources for Prudential’s life insurance businesses comprise premiums, deposits and charges on policies, proceeds from the sale and maturity of investments, borrowings and capital contributions from the parent company. The liquidity requirements comprise benefits and claims, operating expenses, interest on debt and purchases of investments.
The nature of insurance means that the life businesses, in a normal economic cycle, have access to sufficient liquidity to meet their obligations when due. Prudential plc therefore focuses the Group’s liquidity considerations on the liquidity by its central companies and its ability to fund growth, meet the capital needs of the operating business and meeting its own financing and expense costs. This liquidity comprises the cash and short-term investments held by the specified companies as well as bank facilities available to it which are not recorded on the balance sheet. Further information on the parent’s financing and liquidity is outlined in “Explanation of Performance and Other Financial Measures” above.
The parent company, including the central finance subsidiaries, held cash and short-term investments $3,572 million as at 31 December 2021 (2020: $1,463 million). The sources of cash included dividends, loans and cash remittances received by Prudential from its principal operating subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates as well as debt and equity issuances. Amounts are distributed to the parent company after considering capital requirements. Further information on local statutory capital requirements, capital requirements and sources are located in note C10 to the consolidated financial statements.
The amount of dividends paid by Prudential’s main operations is determined after considering the development, growth and investment requirements of the operating businesses and subject to the applicable legal and regulatory restrictions. Further information on cash remittances to the Group and other sources of funding accessible to the Group is detailed in the ‘Explanation of Performance and Other Financial Measures’ section.
The contractual maturities of the financial liabilities of the Group recognised on the consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December 2021, including lease liabilities, are provided in note C2.3 to the consolidated financial statements.
Information on the Group’s purchase obligations, which comprise the unfunded commitments relating to investment funds and not recognised on the consolidated balance sheet, is provided in note D5 to the consolidated financial statements.
Notes
1 | Based on full-year 2021 exchange rates. |
2 | ‘Adjusted operating profit’ refers to adjusted IFRS operating profit based on longer-term investment returns from continuing operations. This alternative performance measure is reconciled to IFRS profit for the period in note B1.1 of the IFRS financial statements. |
3 | On a constant exchange rate basis. |
4 | On an actual exchange rate basis. |
5 | APE sales is a measure of new business activity that comprises the aggregate of annualised regular premiums and one-tenth of single premiums on new business written during the year for all insurance products, including premiums for contracts designated as investment contracts under IFRS 4. It is not representative of premium income recorded in the IFRS financial statements. See note II of the Additional unaudited financial information for further explanation. |
6 | Full year 2021 total funds under management, including external funds under management, money market funds, funds managed on behalf of M&G plc and internal funds under management, reported based on the country where the funds are managed. |
7 | GWS coverage ratio of capital resources over Group minimum capital requirement attributable to shareholder business. Shareholder business excludes the capital resources and minimum capital requirement of participating business in Hong Kong, Singapore and Malaysia. Under the GWS Framework, all debt instruments (senior and subordinated) issued by Prudential plc at 31 December 2021 are included as GWS eligible group capital resources. |
8 | For Growth markets and other, adjusted operating profit includes other items of $217 million (2020: $119 million) which primarily comprises of taxes for life joint ventures and associates and other non-recurring items. |
9 | For discussion on the basis of preparation of the sources of earnings in the table see note I(ii) of the Additional unaudited financial information. |
10 | Excludes Money Market Funds. |
11 | See note II of the Additional unaudited financial information for definition and reconciliation to IFRS balances. |
12 | Before allowing for the 2021 second cash interim ordinary dividend. |
13 | Net cash amounts remitted by businesses are included in the holding company cash flow. This comprises dividends and other transfers from businesses that are reflective of earnings and capital generation. |
14 | Including IFRS 17 implementation and restructuring costs paid in the period. |
15 | Other movements include non-recurring payments for bancassurance arrangements including those with UOB, TMB and MSB banks. Central payments for existing bancassurance distribution agreements are within the central outflows section of the holding company cash flow, reflecting the recurring nature of these amounts. |
52
RISK REVIEW
Enabling decisions to be taken with confidence
Prudential’s Group Risk Framework and risk appetite have allowed the business to control its risk exposure throughout 2021. Its governance, processes and controls enable the Group to deal with uncertainty effectively, which is critical to the achievement of its strategy of capturing long-term structural opportunities and helping customers achieve their long-term financial goals. This section explains the main risks inherent in the business and how Prudential manages those risks, with the aim of ensuring an appropriate risk profile is maintained.
1. | Introduction |
The Group
2021 was a year in which the pace of transformative change continued, both for the Prudential Group and the operating environments in which it operates. In May, the Group-wide Supervision (GWS) Framework became effective for the Group following designation by the Hong Kong Insurance Authority (IA), subject to agreed transitional arrangements. The demerger of the Jackson business completed in September, reshaping the Group into an Asia and Africa-focused business. The subsequent equity raise in October enhanced Prudential’s financial flexibility in light of the breadth of opportunities to invest for growth. The Group Risk, Compliance and Security (RCS) function provided risk opinions, guidance and assurance on these critical activities to enable strategic decisions to be taken with confidence, while retaining its focus on overseeing the risks of ongoing business, providing risk management and compliance advice, together with objective challenge on the execution of the strategic objectives. The core objective of the RCS function continued to be that the Group remained within its risk appetite. During the year, the RCS function continued to take steps to consolidate its position as a group-wide function, effectively leveraging the Group’s risk management and compliance experience in more mature markets and applying it in a nimble way to its emerging markets, appropriate to their unique risks, opportunities, customer needs and customs.
With supply chain issues likely to continue to impact the world economy, the risks of persistent higher inflation remain firmly on the agenda. Strategic competition between the US and China is driving further decoupling of areas of their economies as both look to protect national interests. These objectives are increasingly being implemented through new laws and regulations protecting domestic data, technology and financial services. This dynamic increases the strategic, operational, regulatory and reputational risks for businesses operating within and across their spheres of influence. In China, the government’s application of its domestic policy aims has continued against the backdrop of a weakening real estate sector. The cycle of peaks and troughs of Covid-19 infection levels and associated restrictions experienced by the Group’s markets will undoubtedly take a toll on its customers and its people. Prudential continues to focus on delivering accessible and socially inclusive propositions, the fair treatment of its policyholders and all its customers, and the well-being of its employees in a sustainable way. The RCS function will continue to apply the holistic and coordinated approach to support the Group in managing these increasingly dynamic, multi-faceted and often inter-connected risks facing its business.
The world economy
The world economy remains in recovery following the significant loss of output in 2020. Global growth in 2022 is anticipated to remain above average historical trends although this is expected to slow and remains subject to developments in the pandemic. The pattern of recovery has not been the same across economies. Developed economies have received significant support from unprecedented fiscal stimulus and accommodative monetary policy aimed at maintaining consumption levels, while in emerging economies this support has been more muted and the focus has been on maintaining production levels. As fiscal stimulus is withdrawn and many economies transition to a strategy of treating Covid-19 as endemic, domestic demand is expected to shift from goods towards services in developed economies, reducing pressure on supply chains and inflation on imports. Monetary policy is also expected to become less accommodative, in particular in the US where the Federal Reserve has started to reduce asset purchases and is expected to raise its federal funds rate to address inflation concerns, which are no longer considered transitory. Developments in the labour market are expected to influence the pace and magnitude of monetary policy tightening.
In Asia, economic reopening has lagged the West, with prolonged restrictions on movement and relatively slow vaccine rollouts, although growth has also rebounded as a consequence of steady manufacturing activity in the region. A resumption of tourism activities and the consumption of other services would support growth, but the emergence of new Covid-19 variants are a continuing challenge. Another key risk for the region is a property-led slowdown in China, which has the potential to be a drag on economic activity more broadly in the country and the region. The outlook remains highly dependent on the nature of the government response to stabilise demand in the sector. Inflationary pressures in most Asian economies have largely been contained and an abrupt tightening in monetary policy is considered unlikely. However, tightening US monetary policy, combined with any resulting further strengthening of the US dollar, may lead to adverse external financing conditions for emerging economies within the region. In Africa, while countries with more diversified economies and stronger pre-pandemic fundamentals such as Kenya, Ghana and Côte d’Ivoire are expected to perform better, the region as a whole faces significant headwinds. With low vaccination rates, Africa remains highly vulnerable to the health and economic impacts of new Covid-19 infection waves and emerging and new variants. Inflation levels in the region are expected to ease slightly in 2022 but are likely to remain elevated, leaving central banks facing difficult monetary policy choices and governments with limited fiscal space in which to manoeuvre.
53
Financial markets
Against a backdrop of the current, emerging and future Covid-19 variants, financial markets in 2021 reflected economic trends. Equity assets continued their rally although with short episodes of volatility, and developed markets closed the year at near all-time highs. Market movements were influenced by a number of factors during the course of the year, including the broad reflation following vaccine rollouts, fiscal stimulus, supply chain issues, increases in global inflation rates, fears of stagflation and the US Federal Reserve’s tapering timeline. Comparatively, emerging markets underperformed, particularly in Q3 due to growth and regulatory concerns in China, which significantly impacted the property sector and resulted in tightened credit conditions. Interest rates were dominated by market expectations for central bank policy responses, while credit spreads in investment grade markets remained relatively muted and continued to tighten, supported by the reopening of economies over the course of the year. The Russia-Ukraine conflict, which was preceded by a period of rising tensions over Q4 2021, has contributed to large market movements and increases in energy prices in Q1 2022, the full extent of which remains uncertain.
Increasing inflationary pressure in the US, the expected tightening in financial conditions driven by reduced asset purchases and the anticipated increase in federal fund rates may drive funding costs higher, with implications for global markets. This will increase risks for highly leveraged companies and countries, including those in Asia. Interest rate hikes are expected to support the US dollar while introducing currency depreciation risk for emerging markets. Emerging markets also remain susceptible to a reversal in capital flows, although they may be more resilient to this than in the past, given healthy current account balances, the fact that currencies remain relatively cheap by historical standards and that central banks in the region have pursued relatively conservative monetary policy compared to developed markets in 2021.
Geopolitical landscape
Governmental strategies in managing Covid-19 have reflected how they have balanced the impacts to people’s health and lives with their individual rights and liberties and the need for economic growth. The way this balance tilts remains a potential source of division both within and between nations, with governments mindful of the risk of falling behind global levels of economic recovery. The experience of the pandemic and the civil unrest seen in recent times has shown that the stability of governments and the resilience of businesses will continue to be tested. The Group has well-established local and global plans to mitigate the business risks from disruption. These have operated well during the pandemic and local outbreaks of unrest in certain markets, and the Group’s operational resilience will continue to be critically evaluated and enhanced.
The relationship between the US and China continues to be a key driver of the level of global geopolitical tension, exerting pressure on national policymakers in other countries, including the South-east Asia markets in which the Group operates. As 2021 progressed, with the US and China turning their attention to more domestic matters, diplomatic escalations between the two countries eased albeit against a backdrop of increasing strategic competition. Over Q4 2021 and into 2022, tensions between western powers and Russia have escalated into conflict in Ukraine, following years of hostilities along the Ukraine-Russia border. The conflict is likely to have broad implications for geopolitical relations, which remain to be seen, and may drive the bifurcation of global trade, financial systems and standards.
Domestically, the China government has continued to pursue its policy aims with regulatory tightening and actions that have been multi-faceted and ranging across industries including technology, real estate, education and entertainment, and have extended to data usage and the provision of online medical and insurance services and products. Where these actions have implications for interactions with the global environment there may be geopolitical effects which require assessment. The broader long-term impact on business sentiment, and linked economies such as Hong Kong, remains to be seen. Legislative or regulatory changes that adversely impact Hong Kong’s economy or its international trading and economic relationships, as a key market which also hosts Group head office functions, could have an adverse impact on sales and distribution and the operations of the Prudential Group. Meanwhile, the emergence of the Omicron coronavirus variant and the China and Hong Kong governments’ continued application of a ‘zero-Covid-19’ policy has increased uncertainty on the timing of border relaxation between the two territories.
Regulations
Prudential operates in highly regulated markets, and as the nature and focus of regulation and laws evolve, the complexity of regulatory (including sanctions) compliance continues to increase and represents a challenge for international businesses. Key regulatory compliance risks for the financial services industry include those related to customer-facing conduct, financial crime and sanctions compliance, information security and data privacy and residency, and those associated with third-party management. Prudential’s portfolio of transformation programmes, which include the expansion of the Group’s digital capabilities and improvement of business efficiencies through operating model changes, have the potential to introduce new, or increase existing, regulatory risks and supervisory interest, while increasing the complexity of ensuring concurrent regulatory compliance across markets driven by increasing intra-Group connectivity and dependencies. National and international regulatory developments continue to progress, with a continuing focus on solvency and capital standards, sustainability, technology and data, conduct of business, systemic risk regulation, corporate governance and senior management accountability, and macro prudential policy. Some of these changes will have a significant impact on the way that the Group operates, conducts business and manages its risks. Regulatory developments are monitored at a national and global level and form part of Prudential’s engagement with government policy teams and regulators.
54
The increase in global strategic competition may provide an impetus to the fragmentation or increased regionalisation of trade, investment and standards, increasing the strategic and regulatory risks for businesses, in particular with laws and regulations with extra-territorial application. For internationally active groups such as Prudential, operating across multiple jurisdictions increases the complexity of legal and regulatory compliance. Compliance with the Group’s legal or regulatory obligations (including in respect of international sanctions), in one jurisdiction may conflict with the law or policy objectives of another jurisdiction, or may be seen as supporting the law or policy objectives of that jurisdiction over another, creating additional legal, regulatory compliance and reputational risks. These risks may be increased where the scope of regulatory requirements and obligations are uncertain, and where specific cases applicable to the Prudential Group are complex. The Group has in place risk tolerance frameworks to deal with complex and conflicting risk trade-offs to guide executive decisions. In China, the swiftness with which some of the recent regulatory changes and interventions have been applied has the potential to increase uncertainty and the strategic and regulatory risks for businesses operating in China or those which deal with Chinese companies.
The Hong Kong IA’s GWS Framework became effective for Prudential following designation by the Hong Kong IA on 14 May 2021. The Group remains compliant with the Framework, subject to agreed transitional arrangements, and will continue to engage constructively with the Hong Kong IA as its Group-wide supervisor as it ensures ongoing sustainable compliance.
Societal developments
Societal changes, including those driven by the Covid-19 pandemic and anticipated as part of the transition to a lower carbon economy, can have broad, complex and long-term effects, with the potential to exacerbate structural inequalities within and across countries. Such transitions can compel organisations to re-evaluate how best to serve their customers and the societies in which they operate. A key development of the pandemic has been the acceleration of digitalisation across businesses and their supply chains, with an accompanying increase in the importance of maintaining resilience against cyber incidents and security threats, such as ransomware attacks. The Covid-19 pandemic also provided a prompt for businesses and employees to re-evaluate traditional working practices and has accelerated certain thematic trends around increased flexibility, inclusivity and psychological safety in the workplace to enable employees to openly contribute and challenge.
Prudential’s increasing use of digital services, technologies and distribution methods, increased adoption of its Pulse platform and the implementation of virtual face-to-face sales of select ranges of products in many of its markets during the pandemic have broad implications for Prudential and its conduct of business. These developments support the delivery of the Group’s aim to increase the accessibility and inclusiveness of its products and services, but also increase technology, data security or misuse and regulatory risks. Prudential, as a responsible employer, is increasing opportunities for employees to voice their views and responding to feedback with initiatives centred on flexible and new ways of working and on how it incentivises and upskills its workforce. The Group continues to monitor emerging social trends, including those linked to environmental change, and their potential impact on its wide range of stakeholders and how its products and services meet the needs of affected societies. Its risk management framework continues to evolve in order to manage the changing nature of these wide-ranging risks including activities to promote a transparent culture, actively encouraging open discussion and learning from mistakes.
2.Risk governance
aSystem of governance
Prudential has in place a system of governance that embeds a clear ownership of risk, together with risk policies and standards to enable risks to be identified, measured and assessed, managed and controlled, monitored and reported. The Group Risk Framework, owned by the Board, details Prudential’s risk governance, risk management processes and risk appetite. The Group’s risk governance arrangements are based on the ‘three lines’ model. The ‘first line’ is responsible for taking and managing risk, while the ‘second line’ provides additional challenge, expertise, oversight, and scrutiny. The role of the ‘third line’, assumed by the independent Group-wide Internal Audit function, is to provide objective assurance on the design, effectiveness and implementation of the overall system of internal control. The Group-wide Risk, Compliance and Security (RCS) function reviews, assesses, oversees and reports on the Group’s aggregate risk exposure and solvency position from an economic, regulatory and ratings perspectives.
During 2021, the Group continued to review and update its policies and processes for alignment with the requirements of the Hong Kong IA’s GWS Framework, which became effective for the Group on 14 May 2021. The Group has also focused on embedding climate-change as a cross-cutting risk within the Group Risk Framework and development and embedding of its Group-wide customer conduct risk framework and policy; its third-party and outsourcing policy; its data policy and enhancements to its operational resilience.
55
bGroup Risk Framework
i.Risk governance and culture
Prudential’s risk governance comprises the Board organisational structures, reporting relationships, delegation of authority, roles and responsibilities, and risk policies that have been established to make decisions and control activities on risk-related matters. The risk governance structure is led by the Group Risk Committee, supported by independent Non-executive Directors on risk committees of the Group’s main subsidiaries. The Group Risk Committee approves changes to the Group Risk Framework and the core risk policies that support it. The Group Risk Committee has direct lines of communication, reporting and oversight of the risk committees of the Group’s major businesses. As its adoption across Asia and Africa increases, the application of the Group’s governance framework and policies to the Pulse business has been increased. The Pulse Audit & Risk Committee for Pulse Ecosystems Limited, the holding company for Pulse, was formed and met for the first time in H1 2021.
Risk culture is a strategic priority of the Board, which recognises its importance in the way that the Group does business. A Group-wide culture framework is currently being implemented to unify the Group towards its shared purpose of helping people get the most out of life. At the start of the year, the Board established the Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group to support its responsibilities in relation to implementation of the culture framework, as well as embedding the Group’s ESG strategic framework, and progress on diversity and inclusion initiatives. The culture framework includes principles and values that define how the Group expects business to be conducted in order to achieve its strategic objectives, inform expectations of leadership and support the resilience and sustainability of the Group. The components of the culture framework support sound risk management practices by requiring a focus on longer-term goals and sustainability, the avoidance of excessive risk taking and highlighting acceptable and unacceptable behaviours. This is supported through inclusion of risk and sustainability considerations in performance management for key individuals; the building of appropriate skills and capabilities in risk management; and by ensuring that employees understand and care about their role in managing risk through open discussions. The Group Risk Committee has a key role in providing advice to the Remuneration Committee on risk management considerations to be applied in respect of executive remuneration.
Prudential’s Group Code of Business Conduct and Group Governance Manual, supported by risk-related policies, include guiding principles on the day-to-day conduct of all its people and any organisations acting on its behalf. Supporting policies include those related to financial crime, covering anti-money laundering, sanctions, anti-bribery and corruption and conduct. The Group’s third-party and outsourcing policy requires that human rights and modern slavery considerations are embedded across all of its supplier and supply chain arrangements. Procedures to allow individuals to speak out safely and anonymously against unethical behaviour and conduct are also in place.
56
ii.The risk management cycle
Risk identification
The Group Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (ORSA) is the ongoing process of identifying, measuring and assessing, managing and controlling, monitoring and reporting the risks to which the business is exposed. It includes an assessment of capital adequacy to ensure that the Group’s solvency needs are met at all times. Stress and scenario testing, which includes reverse stress testing requiring the Group to ascertain the point of business model failure, is another tool that helps to identify the key risks and scenarios that may have a material impact on the Group. The risk profile assessment is a key output from the risk identification and risk measurement processes and is used as a basis for setting Group-wide limits, management information, assessment of solvency needs, and determining appropriate stress and scenario testing. The Group’s annual set of principal risks are given enhanced management and reporting focus.
Risk measurement and assessment
All identified risks are assessed based on an appropriate methodology for that risk. Quantifiable risks, which are material and mitigated by holding capital, are modelled in the Group’s internal model, which is used to determine the Group Internal Economic Capital Assessment (GIECA) and is subject to independent validation and processes and controls around model changes and limitations.
Risk management and control
The Group’s control procedures and systems focus on aligning the levels of risk-taking with the Group’s strategy and can only provide reasonable, and not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss. The Group’s risk policies define the Group’s appetite to material risks and set out the risk management and control requirements to limit exposure to these risks, see below. These policies also set out the processes to enable the measurement and management of these risks in a consistent and coherent way, including the flows of management information required. The methods and risk management tools employed to mitigate each of its major categories of risks are detailed in section 4 below.
Risk monitoring and reporting
The Group’s principal risks inform the management information received by the Group Risk Committee and the Board, which also includes key exposures against appetite and developments in the Group’s principal and emerging risks.
iii.Risk appetite, limits and triggers
The Group recognises the interests of its broad spectrum of stakeholders (including customers, investors, employees, communities and key business partners) and that a managed acceptance of risk lies at the heart of the business. The Group seeks to generate stakeholder value by selectively taking exposure to risks, reduced to the extent it is cost-effective to do so, where these are an outcome of its chosen business activities and strategy. Those risks for which the Group has no tolerance are actively avoided. The Group’s systems, procedures and controls are designed to manage risk appropriately, and its approach to resilience and recovery aims to maintain the Group’s ability and flexibility to respond in times of stress.
Qualitative and quantitative expressions of risk appetite are defined and operationalised through risk limits, triggers and indicators. The RCS function reviews these measures at least annually. The Board approves changes to the Group’s aggregate risk appetite and the Group Risk Committee has delegated authority to approve changes to the system of limits, triggers and indicators.
Group risk appetite is defined and monitored in aggregate by the setting of objectives for its liquidity, capital requirements and non-financial risk exposure, covering risks to stakeholders, including those from participating and third-party business. Group limits operate within these expressions of risk appetite to constrain material risks, while triggers and indicators provide additional defined points for escalation. The Group Risk Committee, supported by the RCS function, is responsible for reviewing the risks inherent in the Group’s business plan and for providing the Board with a view on the risk/reward trade-offs and the resulting impact to the Group’s aggregated position relative to Group risk appetite and limits, including non-financial risk considerations.
a. | Capital requirements. Limits on capital requirements aim to ensure that in business-as-usual and stressed conditions the Group maintains sufficient capital in excess of internal economic capital requirements, achieves its desired target rating to meet its business objectives, and supervisory intervention is avoided. The two measures in use at the Group level are the GWS group capital requirements and internal economic capital requirements, determined by the Group Internal Economic Capital Assessment (GIECA). |
b. | Liquidity. The objective of the Group’s liquidity risk appetite is to ensure that sufficient cash resources are available to meet financial obligations as they fall due in business-as-usual and stressed scenarios. This is measured using a liquidity coverage ratio which considers the sources of liquidity against liquidity requirements under stress scenarios. |
57
Non-financial risks. At the end of 2021 the Group approved a more streamlined and simplified Non-Financial Risk Appetite approach, framed around the perspectives of its varied stakeholders, to be embedded in 2022. The Group accepts a degree of non-financial risk exposure as an outcome of its chosen business activities and strategy. It aims to manage these risks effectively to maintain its operational resilience and its commitments to customers and all stakeholders and avoid material adverse financial loss or impact to its reputation.
Risk management Risk identification Risk identification covers Group-wide: · Top-down risk identification · Bottom-up risk identification · Emerging risk identification Risk measurement and assessment Risks are assessed in terms of materiality. Material risks which are modelled are included in appropriately validated capital models. Manage and control Risk appetite and limits allow for the controlled growth of the Group’s business, in line with business strategy and plan. Processes that support the oversight and control of risks include: 1 The Risk and Control Assessment process. 2 The Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (ORSA). 3 Group approved limits and early warning triggers. 4 Large risk approval process. 5 Global counterparty limit framework. 6 Financial and critical incidents procedures. 7 Stress and scenario testing, including reverse stress testing. Monitor and report Escalation requirements in the event of a breach are clearly defined. Risk reporting provides regular updates to the Group’s Board and risk committees on exposures against Board-approved appetite statements and limits. Reporting also covers the Group’s key risks. | ||
Risk governance and culture Risk governance comprises the Board, organisational structures, reporting relationships, delegation of authority, roles and responsibilities, and risk policies. The Group-wide culture framework includes principles and values that define how business is conducted in order to achieve its strategic objectives, inform expectations of leadership and guide ESG activities. | Business strategy Business strategy and the business plan provide direction on future growth and inform the level of limits on solvency, liquidity and earnings and for our key risks. The Risk, Compliance and Security function provides input and opinion on key aspects of business strategy. | |
Capital management Capital adequacy is monitored to ensure that internal and regulatory capital requirements are met, and that solvency buffers are appropriate, over the business planning horizon and under stress. | Stress and scenario testing Stress and scenario testing is performed to assess the robustness of capital adequacy and liquidity, and the appropriateness of risk limits. Recovery planning assesses the effectiveness of the Group’s recovery measures and the appropriateness of activation points. |
3.The Group’s principal risks
The delivery of the Group’s strategy in building long-term value for its shareholders and other stakeholders, focusing on high-growth business in Asia and Africa, exposes Prudential to risks. The materialisation of these risks within the Group or at its joint ventures or key third party partners may have a financial impact and may affect the performance of products or services or the fulfilment of commitments to customers and other stakeholders with an adverse impact on Prudential’s brand and reputation. This report is focused mainly on risks to the shareholder but includes those which arise indirectly through policyholder exposures and third-party business. The Group’s principal risks, which are not exhaustive, are detailed below. The Group’s Risk Factor disclosures can be found within “Additional information” section of this document.
58
Covid-19 – longer-term risks and forward-looking areas of focus
As the pandemic and the associated global response have evolved, it has become clear that Covid-19 and its impacts will persist far longer than many would have predicted at the onset of the global outbreak in 2020. The pandemic continues to present risks for the Group, particularly given the on-going uncertainty arising from current, emerging and future variants of the virus, and has also resulted in transformative changes to the business environment and Prudential’s business model, which are likely to persist even after Covid-19 is considered endemic. These longer-term risks and forward-looking areas for the Group are summarised below and, where relevant, further information is provided within the descriptions of the Group’s principal risks.
● | People risks: Prudential continues to actively support and enable its employees to work remotely and flexibly and in line with government policy and guidance in the markets in which it operates. It has provided its fullest support to those directly impacted by the coronavirus and their families. The Group is exploring new ways of working, acknowledging that the pandemic may accelerate demand for a permanent shift in the pre-pandemic norms in working arrangements. The duration of the pandemic and related restrictions in some of the Group’s markets has heightened the risks to the physical and mental health of its employees. This is a key area of focus across Prudential, with a coordinated suite of initiatives being progressed designed to measure and support the well-being and potential uncertainty of employees due to the Covid-19 pandemic or changes in the Group as it reshapes into an Asia and Africa focussed business. |
● | Customer conduct, product and distribution risks: As the initial pandemic-related initiatives and campaigns rolled out across markets to support customers expire (including customer cash benefits, goodwill payments, and extended grace periods for premium payments), the Group is monitoring the impact to customers to ensure they are treated fairly and with due care. The Group’s customer conduct risk framework enshrines its focus on customer outcomes, under which risk monitoring is performed, irrespective of the pandemic. |
Prudential rolled out, with appropriate regulatory engagement, virtual face-to-face sales processes and digital product offerings in most its markets during the pandemic. Where these are expected to remain, the Group will ensure these processes are in line with evolving regulations and regulatory expectations, and monitor such developing processes for customer conduct, operational and commercial risks. Regardless of the pandemic, Prudential regularly assesses the suitability and affordability of its products, aiming to reduce their perceived complexity and increase the transparency of their costs and benefits. These aims, as well as the Group’s increasing focus on the sustainable digital distribution of its health and wealth products via its Pulse platform, help to expand the financial inclusion of Prudential’s products in its markets.
● | Financial market and economic risks: Throughout 2021, pandemic developments, both positive and negative (such as the emergence of new Covid-19 variants), have contributed to financial market volatility. The Group continues close monitoring of equity, interest rate and credit risks and inflation expectations, as well as the broader macroeconomic impacts of the pandemic, including the effects of an uneven recovery across markets. Risk limits and the appropriateness of the Group’s counter-cyclical capital buffer are regularly reviewed and adjusted where required. |
● | Information security risks: Office-based working may not return to pre-pandemic levels which, along with the pandemic-accelerated growth in digital operations, products and services, increases organisational exposure to long-term heightened information security risks, increasing the opportunities for cyber-crime and ransomware attacks. The Group continues to strengthen its robust information security management framework and progress its programme to enhance and maintain levels of cyber hygiene, combined with ongoing training and phishing campaigns, aligned with threat intelligence feeds, and simulation exercises to support data privacy and operational resilience. |
● | Insurance risks: In the short term, the Group has seen an increase in Covid-19-related mortality claims in select markets. A combination of the economic impact of the pandemic and extended restrictions on movement has also increased persistency risk at some of the Group’s businesses. The potential longer-term impacts of the pandemic include lapses, surrenders and premium affordability from the broader economic effects; increased and/or delayed morbidity claims resulting from the deferral of medical treatment by policyholders during the pandemic; latent morbidity impacts from the deferral of medical treatment by policyholders; and the implications from other factors such as long-term post-Covid-19 symptoms (although there is currently no consensus on the longer-term impact on morbidity). |
59
Risks to the Group’s financial situation (including those from the external macroeconomic and geopolitical environment) The global economic and geopolitical environment may impact on the Group directly by affecting trends in financial markets and asset values, as well as driving short-term volatility. Risks in this category include the market risks to our investments and the credit quality of our investment portfolio as well as liquidity risk. |
Global economic and geopolitical conditions
Macroeconomic and geopolitical developments are considered material to the Group and can increase the operational, business disruption, regulatory and financial market risks to the Group and can directly impact its sales and distribution networks. Changes in global economic conditions can impact Prudential directly; for example, by reducing investment returns and fund performance and liquidity, and increasing the cost of product guarantees. Indirect impacts include higher inflation, which can reduce disposable income and decrease propensity for people to save and buy Prudential’s products, as well as changes in political attitudes towards regulation. As some countries begin to adopt strategies to manage Covid-19 as an endemic disease, variations in the speed of economic recovery from the pandemic between markets, and the subsequent impact on their respective interest rates, inflation expectations and the relative strength of their currencies (and the associated impact on their foreign currency debt obligations), may drive broader long-term economic and financial uncertainty which may disproportionately impact emerging economies. Financial markets, economic sentiment and regulatory compliance risks can be highly susceptible to geopolitical developments. These have been outlined in Section 1.
Market risks to our investments
(Audited)
This is the potential for reductions in the value of Prudential’s investments driven by fluctuations in equity prices, interest rates, foreign exchange rates and property prices. While interest rates have been rising steadily and may rise further in response to increasing inflationary pressures, a return to a low interest rate environment poses challenges to the capital position of life insurers and new business profitability. The Group has appetite for market risk where it arises from profit-generating insurance activities to the extent that it remains part of a balanced portfolio of sources of income for shareholders and is compatible with a robust solvency position.
The Group’s market risks are managed and mitigated by the following:
- | The Group market risk policy; |
- | Risk appetite statements, limits and triggers; |
- | The Group’s asset liability committees (ALCOs); |
- | Asset and liability management activities, which include management actions such as changes in asset allocation, bonus revisions, repricing and the use of reinsurance where appropriate; |
- | Hedging using derivatives, including currency forwards, interest rate futures and swaps, and equity futures; |
- | The monitoring and oversight of market risks through the regular reporting of management information; and |
- | Regular deep dive assessments. |
The Group Critical Incident Procedure (GCIP) defines specific governance to be invoked in the event of a critical incident, such as significant market, liquidity or credit-related event. This includes, where necessary, the convening of a Critical Incident Group (CIG) to oversee, coordinate, and where appropriate, direct activities during a critical incident.
● | Interest rate risk, including asset liability management (ALM). Interest rate risk is driven by the valuation of Prudential’s assets (particularly government and corporate bonds) and liabilities, which are dependent on market interest rates. Sustained inflationary pressures which may drive higher interest rates may impact the valuation of fixed income investments and reduce fee income. Some of the Group’s products are sensitive to movements in interest rates. Prudential’s appetite for interest rate risk requires that assets and liabilities should be tightly matched for exposures where assets or derivatives exist that can cover these exposures. Interest rate risk is accepted where this cannot be hedged, provided that this arises from profitable products and to the extent that interest rate risk exposure remains part of a balanced exposure to risks and is compatible with a robust solvency position. |
The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk arises from the guarantees of some non-unit-linked products with a savings component, including the Hong Kong and Singapore with-profits and non-profit businesses. This exposure arises from the potential for an asset and liability mismatch, where long-dated liabilities and guarantees are backed by short-dated assets. When this mismatch is not eliminated, it is monitored and managed through local risk and asset liability management committees and Group risk limits consistent with the Group’s appetite for interest rate risk. Unit-linked based businesses, such as Indonesia and Malaysia, are also exposed to interest rate risk resulting from the impact to the present value of future fees from such products.
60
The Group-level ALCOs are risk management advisory committees supporting the identification, assessment and management of key financial risks to the achievement of the Group’s business objectives. They also oversee ALM and solvency risks of the local businesses as well as the declaration and management of non-guaranteed benefits for participating and universal life lines of business. Local business units are responsible for the management of their own asset and liability positions.
The objective of the local business unit ALM process is to meet policyholder liabilities with the returns generated from the investment assets held, while maintaining the financial strength of capital and solvency positions. The ALM strategy adopted by the local business units considers the liability profile and related assumptions of in-force business and new products to appropriately manage investment risk within ALM risk appetite, under different scenarios in accordance with policyholders’ reasonable expectations, and economic and local regulatory requirements. Factors such as the availability of matching assets, diversification, currency and duration are considered as appropriate. The assumptions and methodology used in the measurement of assets and liabilities for ALM purposes conform with local solvency regulations. Assessments are carried out on an economic basis which conforms to the Group’s internal economic capital methodology.
● | Equity and property investment risk. The shareholder exposure to equity price movements arises from various sources, including from unit-linked products where fee income is linked to the market value of the funds under management. Exposure also arises from with-profits businesses through potential fluctuations in the value of future shareholders’ profits and where bonuses declared are based broadly on historical and current rates of return from the Asia business’s investment portfolios, which include equities. The Group has limited acceptance for exposures to equity risk but accepts the equity exposure that arises on future fees (including shareholder transfers from the with-profits business). |
The material exposures to equity risk in the Group’s businesses include the following: The China joint venture business is exposed to equity risk through its investments in equity assets for most of its products, including participating and non-participating savings products and protection and investment-linked products. The Hong Kong business and, to a lesser extent, the Singapore business contribute to the Group’s equity risk exposure due to the equity assets backing participating products. The Indonesia and Malaysia businesses are exposed to equity risk through their unit-linked products.
● | Foreign exchange risk. The geographical diversity of Prudential’s businesses means that it has some exposure to the risk of foreign exchange rate fluctuations. Some entities within the Group write policies, invest in assets or enter into other transactions in local currencies or currencies not linked to the US dollar. Although this limits the effect of exchange rate movements on local operating results, it can lead to fluctuations in the Group’s US dollar-reported financial statements. This risk is accepted within the Group’s appetite for foreign exchange risk. In cases where a non-US dollar denominated surplus arises in an operation which is to be used to support Group capital, or where a significant cash payment is due from a subsidiary to the Group, this currency exposure may be hedged where considered economically favourable. Further, the Group generally does not have appetite for significant direct shareholder exposure to foreign exchange risks in currencies outside the countries in which it operates, but it does have some appetite for this on fee income and on equity investments within the with-profits fund. Where foreign exchange risk arises outside appetite, currency swaps and other derivatives are used to manage the exposure. |
Liquidity risk
(Audited)
Prudential’s liquidity risk arises from the need to have sufficient liquid assets to meet policyholder and third-party payments as they fall due, considered under both business-as-usual and stressed conditions. It includes the risk arising from funds composed of illiquid assets and results from a mismatch between the liquidity profile of assets and liabilities. Liquidity risk may impact on market conditions and valuation of assets in a more uncertain way than for other risks like interest rate or credit risk. It may arise, for example, where external capital is unavailable at sustainable cost, increased liquid assets are required to be held as collateral under derivative transactions or where redemption requests are made against Prudential’s external funds. Liquidity risk is considered material at the level of the Group. Prudential has no appetite for any business to have insufficient resources to cover its outgoing cash flows, or for the Group as a whole to not meet cash flow requirements from its debt obligations under any plausible scenario.
The Group has significant internal sources of liquidity sufficient to meet its expected cash requirements for at least 12 months from the date the financial statements are approved, without having to resort to external sources of funding. The Group has a total of $2.6 billion of undrawn committed facilities that can be made use of, expiring in 2026. Access to further liquidity is available through the debt capital markets and the Group’s extensive commercial paper programme. Prudential has maintained a consistent presence as an issuer in the market for the past decade.
61
A number of risk management tools are used to manage and mitigate liquidity risk, including the following:
- | The Group’s liquidity risk policy; |
- | Risk appetite statements, limits and triggers; |
- | Regular assessment by the Group and business units of Liquidity Coverage Ratios which are calculated under both base case and stressed scenarios and are reported to committees and the Board; |
- | The Group’s Liquidity Risk Management Plan, which includes details of the Group Liquidity Risk Framework as well as analysis of Group and business units liquidity risks and the adequacy of available liquidity resources under business-as-usual and stressed conditions; |
- | Its contingency plans and identified sources of liquidity; |
- | The Group’s ability to access the money and debt capital markets; and |
- | The Group’s access to external committed credit facilities. |
Credit risk
(Audited)
Credit risk is the potential for loss resulting from a borrower’s failure to meet its contractual debt obligation(s). Counterparty risk, a type of credit risk, is the probability that a counterparty to a transaction defaults on its contractual obligation(s) causing the other counterparty to suffer a loss. These risks arise from the Group’s investments in bonds, reinsurance arrangements, derivative contracts with third parties, as well as its cash deposits with banks. Credit risk is considered a material risk for the Group’s business units.
The Group’s holdings across its life portfolios are mostly in local currency and with a largely domestic investor base, which provides support to these positions. The Group’s portfolios are generally positioned towards high quality names, including those with either government or considerable parent company balance sheet support. Areas which the Group are actively monitoring include the developments in the China property sector and the degree of government support for state-owned entities in Asia, given recent defaults observed in the market by such entities in China and Thailand. The Group’s portfolio is generally well diversified in relation to individual counterparties, although counterparty concentration is monitored, in particular in local markets where depth (and therefore the liquidity of such investments) may be low. Prudential actively reviews its investment portfolio to improve the robustness and resilience of the solvency position. The Group has some appetite to take credit risk to the extent that it remains part of a balanced portfolio of sources of income for shareholders and is compatible with a robust solvency position. Further detail on the Group’s debt portfolio is provided below.
A number of risk management tools are used to manage and mitigate credit risk, including the following:
- | A credit risk policy and dealing and controls policy; |
- | Risk appetite statements and portfolio-level limits that have been defined on issuers, and counterparties; |
- | Collateral arrangements for derivative, secured lending reverse repurchase and reinsurance transactions which aim to provide a high level of credit protection; |
- | The Group Credit Risk Committee’s oversight of credit and counterparty credit risk and sector and/or name-specific reviews; |
- | Regular assessments of individual and sector exposures subject to elevated credit risks; and |
- | Close monitoring or restrictions on investments that may be of concern. |
The total debt securities at 31 December 2021 for the Group’s continuing operations were $99.1 billion (31 December 2020: $89.8 billion). The majority (70 per cent) of the portfolio is in unit-linked and with-profits funds. The remaining 30 per cent of the debt portfolio is held to back the shareholder business.
● | Group sovereign debt. Prudential invests in bonds issued by national governments. This sovereign debt holding of the Group’s operations represented 47 per cent or $14.2 billion1 of the shareholder debt portfolio of the Group’s operations as at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: 45 per cent or $12.8 billion of the shareholder debt portfolio for the Group’s continuing operations). The particular risks associated with holding sovereign debt are detailed further in the disclosures on Risk Factors. |
The exposures held by the shareholder-backed business and with-profits funds in sovereign debt securities at 31 December 2021 are given in note C1 of the Group’s IFRS financial statements.
● | Corporate debt portfolio. In the shareholder-backed business, corporate debt exposures totalled $14.5 billion of which $12.7 billion or 87 per cent were investment grade rated. |
62
● | Bank debt exposure and counterparty credit risk. The banking sector represents a material concentration in the Group’s corporate debt portfolio which largely reflects the composition of the fixed income markets across the regions in which Prudential is invested. As such, exposure to banks is a key part of its core investments, as well as being important for the hedging and other activities undertaken to manage its various financial risks. Exposure to the sector is considered a material risk for the Group. Derivative and reinsurance counterparty credit risk exposure is managed using an array of risk management tools, including a comprehensive system of limits. Prudential manages the level of its counterparty credit risk by reducing its exposure, buying credit protection or using additional collateral arrangements where appropriate. |
At 31 December 2021:
- | 87 per cent of the Group’s shareholder portfolio (excluding all government and government-related debt) is investment grade rated2. In particular, 52 per cent of the portfolio is rated2 A- and above (or equivalent); and |
- | The Group’s shareholder portfolio is well diversified: no individual sector3 makes up more than 15 per cent of the total portfolio (excluding the financial and sovereign sectors). |
The Group’s Sustainability and ESG-related risks These include sustainability risks associated with environmental considerations such as climate change (including physical and transition risks), social risks arising from diverse stakeholder commitments and expectations and governance-related risks.
Material risks associated with key ESG themes may undermine the sustainability of a business by adversely impacting its reputation and brand, ability to attract and retain customers and employees, and therefore the results of its operations and delivery of its strategy and long-term financial success. Prudential seeks to manage sustainability risks and their potential negative impact on its business and stakeholders through a focus on the Group’s purpose to ‘help people get the most out of life’, and transparent and consistent implementation of its strategy in its key markets and across operational, underwriting and investment activities. The Group’s strategy includes providing greater and more inclusive access to good health and financial security, responsible stewardship in managing the human impact of climate change and building human and social capital with its broad range of stakeholders. It is enabled by strong internal governance, sound business practices and a responsible investment approach, with ESG considerations integrated into investment decisions and the performance of fiduciary and stewardship duties, including voting and active engagement decisions with respect to investee companies, as both an asset owner and an asset manager.
i. | Environmental issues |
Prudential’s strategic focus on stewarding the human impacts of climate change and decarbonising its operations and investment activities recognises that environmental concerns, such as water pollution, biodiversity degradation and notably those associated with climate change, and their social and economic impacts present long-term risks to the sustainability of Prudential, and may impact its customers and other stakeholders.
Prudential’s investment horizons are long term and it is therefore exposed to the potential long-term impact of climate change risks, which include the financial and non-financial impact of transition to a lower carbon economy and physical and litigation risks. The global transition to a lower carbon economy may have an adverse impact on investment valuations as the financial assets of carbon-intensive companies re-price, and this could result in some asset sectors facing significantly higher costs and a reduction in demand for their products and services. The speed of this transition, and the extent to which it is orderly and managed, will be influenced by factors such as public policy, technology and changes in market or investor sentiment. The potential impact of these factors on the valuation of investments may also have a broader economic and social impact that may affect customers and their demand for the Group’s products and services. The transition to a lower carbon economy has the potential to disproportionately impact the Asia and Africa markets in which Prudential operates and invests, and the Group’s stakeholders increasingly expect and/or rely on the Group to support an orderly, inclusive and sustainable transition based on an understanding of relevant country and company-level plans, taking into consideration the impact on the economies, businesses, communities and customers in these markets.
The pace and volume of new climate-related regulation and reporting standards emerging across the markets in which the Group operates, the need to deliver on existing and new voluntary exclusions on investments in certain sectors, engagement and reporting commitments and externally assured reporting may give rise to compliance, operational and disclosure risks which may be increased by the multi-jurisdictional coordination required in adopting a consistent risk management approach. Understanding and appropriately reacting to transition risk and implementing carbon reduction commitments requires sufficient and reliable data on carbon exposure and transition plans for the assets in which the Group invests.
63
The direct physical impacts of climate change, driven by both specific short-term climate-related events such as natural disasters and longer-term changes to climate and the natural environment, are likely to become increasingly significant factors in the mortality and morbidity risk assessments for the Group’s insurance product underwriting and offerings and their associated claims profiles. Climate-driven events in countries in which Prudential or its key third parties operate could adversely impact the Group’s operational resilience and its customers, which may potentially occur through migration or displacement both within and across borders.
A failure to understand, manage and provide greater transparency of its exposure to these climate-related risks may have increasing adverse implications for Prudential and its stakeholders.
ii. | Social issues |
Social risks that could impact Prudential may arise from a failure to consider the rights, diversity, wellbeing, needs and interests of its customers and employees and the communities in which the Group or its third parties operate. These risks are increased as Prudential operates in multiple jurisdictions with distinct local cultures and considerations. Perceived inequalities and income disparities, intensified by the pandemic, have the potential to further erode social cohesion across the Group’s markets, emphasising the importance of an inclusive and sustainable global economic recovery.
Evolving social norms and emerging population risks associated with public health trends (such as an increase in obesity and mental health deterioration) and demographic changes (such as population urbanisation and ageing) may affect customer lifestyles and therefore may impact the level of claims against the Group’s insurance product offerings. As a provider of insurance and investment services the Group is committed to playing a role in preventing and postponing illness in order to protect its customers, as well as making health and financial security more inclusive and accessible through enhancements to its products and services and an increased focus on digital innovation, technologies and distribution methods. As a result, Prudential has access to sensitive customer personal data, including data related to personal health, and an increasing ability to analyse and interpret this data through the use of complex tools, machine learning and artificial intelligence technologies. The Group therefore actively manages the regulatory, ethical and reputational risks associated with actual or perceived customer data misuse or security breaches and its operational resilience to support its customers. These risks are outlined below. The increasing digitalisation of products, services and processes may also result in new and unforeseen regulatory requirements and stakeholder expectations for which Prudential monitors, as well as ensuring support for its customers through this transformation.
As an employer, the Group aims to attract, retain and develop a diverse group of highly-skilled employees to meet the changing needs of a transformative organisation. This requires the implementation of responsible working practices and recognising the benefits of diversity, ensure psychological safety for employees to contribute and challenge, and promoting a culture of inclusion and sense of belonging.
The Group’s reputation extends to its supply chains and its investee companies, which may be exposed to factors such as poor labour standards and abuses of human rights by third parties.
iii. | Governance |
Maintaining high standards of corporate governance is crucial for the Group and its customers and employees, reducing the risk of poor decision-making and a lack of oversight of its key risks. Poor governance may arise where key governance committees have insufficient independence, a lack of diversity, skills or experience in their members, or unclear (or insufficient) oversight responsibilities and mandates. Inadequate oversight over remuneration also increases the risk of poor senior management behaviours. Prudential operates across multiple jurisdictions and has a Group and subsidiary governance structure which may add further complexity to these considerations. Participation in joint ventures or partnerships where Prudential does not have direct overall control and the use of third-party suppliers increases the potential for reputational risks arising from poor governance.
Prudential is an active contributor to industry fora on sustainability and the Group was a key contributor to the CRO Forum’s November 2021 guidance paper (‘Mind the Sustainability Gap – Integrating sustainability into insurance risk management’), that seeks to define a set of industry best practice guidelines to manage the integration of sustainability into insurers’ risk management frameworks. Risk management and mitigation of ESG sustainability risks at Prudential include the following:
- | The Group’s strategic focus on providing greater and more inclusive access to good health and financial security, responsible stewardship in managing the human impact of climate change and building human and social capital with its broad range of stakeholders; |
- | The Group Code of Business Conduct and Group Governance Manual including ESG-linked policies; |
- | Activities to embed ESG and sustainability risk within the Group Risk Framework including: |
o | Environmental and social risk identification including through emerging risk processes; and |
o | Deep dives into ESG themes, including climate-related risks; |
- | Integrating ESG considerations into investment processes and responsible supply chain management; and |
64
- | Participation in networks to further develop understanding and support collaborative action in relation to ESG sustainability risks such as climate change. |
Further information on the Group’s ESG governance is included in section 3 above.
Risks from the nature of our business and our industry These include the Group’s non-financial risks (including operational and financial crime risk), transformation risks from significant change activity and the insurance risks assumed by the Group in providing its products. |
Transformation risk
Transformation risk remains a material risk for Prudential, with a number of significant change programmes under way, which if not delivered to defined timelines, scope and cost may negatively impact its operational capability; control environment; reputation; and ability to deliver its strategy and maintain market competitiveness.
The Group’s transformation and change programmes inherently give rise to design and execution risks, and may introduce new, or increase existing, business risks (including increasing uncertainty for the Group’s employees) and increase intra-Group connectivity and dependencies. While the adoption of technologies related to digital distribution and artificial intelligence has opened up new product distribution and value-added service opportunities, it also exposes Prudential to additional regulatory, information security, data privacy, operational, ethical and conduct risks which, if not managed effectively, could result in customer detriment and reputational damage. The speed of technological change and adoption in the business also increase the risk that all unintended consequences are not anticipated. The Group therefore aims to ensure that, for both transformation and strategic initiatives, strong programme governance is in place with embedded risk expertise to achieve ongoing and nimble risk oversight, with regular risk monitoring and reporting to risk committees. Transformation risk oversight operates alongside the Group’s existing risk policies and frameworks to ensure appropriate governance and controls are in place to mitigate these risks.
Prudential’s current portfolio of transformation and significant change programmes include the expansion of the Group’s digital capabilities and use of technology, platforms and analytics, and improvement of business efficiencies through operating model changes. Programmes related to regulatory/industry change such as the development and embedding of the Group Internal Economic Capital Assessment (GIECA) model under the GWS Framework, changes required to effect the discontinuation of inter-bank offered rates (IBORs) in their current form and the implementation of IFRS 17 are also ongoing.
Risks associated with the Group’s joint venture and jointly owned businesses
Prudential operates, and in certain markets is required by local regulation to operate, through joint ventures and other joint ownership or third-party arrangements. A material proportion of the Group’s business comes from its joint ventures in China and India. For such operations the level of control exercisable by the Group depends on the terms of the contractual agreements between participants. As such the level of oversight, control and access to management information the Group is able to exercise over the extent of the exposure to material risks at these operations may be lower compared to the Group’s wholly owned businesses. Further information on the risks to the Group associated with joint ventures and jointly owned businesses are included in the disclosures on Risk Factors.
Non-financial risks
The complexity of Prudential, its activities and the extent of transformation in progress creates a challenging operating environment and exposure to non-financial risks. The Group’s appetite framework for non-financial risks considers risks across a broad range of categories which are outlined below. These risks are considered to be material at the level of the Group.
● | Operational risk. This is the risk of loss (or unintended gain or profit) arising from inadequate or failed internal processes, personnel or systems and external events, and may arise from employee error, model error, system failures, fraud or other events which disrupt business processes or which have a detrimental impact to customers. Prudential accepts a degree of non-financial risk exposure as an outcome of its chosen business activities and strategy. It aims to manage these risks effectively to maintain its operational resilience and its commitments to customers and all stakeholders and avoid material adverse financial loss or impact on its reputation. |
● | Outsourcing and third-party risks. The Group’s outsourcing and third-party relationships require distinct oversight and risk management processes. The Group has a number of important third-party relationships, both with market counterparties and outsourcing partners, including distribution, technology and ecosystem providers. In Asia, the Group continues to expand its strategic partnerships and renew bancassurance arrangements. These arrangements support the delivery of high level and cost-effective services to customers, but also create a reliance on the operational resilience and performance of outsourcing and business partners. The Group’s requirements for the management of material outsourcing arrangements have been aligned to the requirements of the Hong Kong IA’s GWS Framework and are included in its Group third party supply and outsourcing policy. Third-party management is also included and embedded in the Group-wide operational risk framework (see below). |
65
● | Information security and data privacy risk. This includes risks related to malicious attack on systems, network disruption and the infringement of data security, integrity or privacy. The frequency and sophistication of intrusion activities and criminal capability in this area, including in ransomware (malicious software designed to block access to a computer system until a sum of money is paid), continues to increase globally. The technology landscape of Prudential is transforming at a rapid pace and the underlying technology infrastructure (and support services) has grown in scope and complexity in recent years. This, combined with stakeholder expectations and the potential for reputational and conduct risk from cyber security breaches and data misuse, which can be highly-publicised, mean that these risks are considered material at the level of the Group. As well as having preventative risk management processes in place, it is fundamental that the Group has robust critical recovery systems in place in the event of a successful attack on its infrastructure, a breach of its information security or a failure of its systems in order to retain its customer relationships and trusted reputation. |
Prudential and the insurance industry are making increasing use of emerging technological tools and digital services, or partnering with third parties that provide these capabilities. While these provide new opportunities, opening up markets, improving insights and increasing scalability, it also comes with additional risks, including operational and data misuse risks, which are managed within the Group’s existing governance and risk management processes. Automated digital distribution channels increase the criticality of system and process resilience in order to deliver uninterrupted service to customers.
Globally, ransomware attacks have increased markedly with the shift to remote working practices driven by the Covid-19 pandemic. Prudential has a number of defences in place to protect its systems from this type of attack, including but not limited to: AI-based endpoint security software, continuous security monitoring, network-based intrusion detection, and employee training and awareness campaigns to raise understanding of attacks utilising email phishing techniques. Cyber insurance coverage is in place to provide some protection against potential financial losses and the Group conducts simulation exercises for ransomware attacks to assess and develop the effectiveness of incident responses across its businesses.
Data protection requirements continue to evolve, and include developments in China outlined in the overview of the Group’s regulatory risks below. As well as protecting data, stakeholders expect companies and organisations to use personal information transparently and appropriately. Control of data through national data security regimes has become an increasing priority for governments amid the increase in global strategic competition. This adds further complexity to regulatory compliance in this area, in particular in the cross-border transfer or use of data, for global organisations in addition to the existing regulatory, financial and reputational risks of a breach of Prudential’s (or third-party suppliers’) IT systems or loss or misuse of data. In 2021 a new Group Data Policy was approved, establishing the principles and requirements for effective and scalable data management in light of the increase in volume and variety of data expected to be held, as well as the speed at which it is collected, as part of the Group’s digital aspirations.
The Group’s Information Security and Data Privacy strategy has four key objectives: business enablement; continuous improvement of cyber defences; automation and optimisation; and governance and assurance to ascertain ongoing robustness of cyber security and privacy measures. In 2021 a focus of Prudential has been ensuring consistent global coverage of security controls, following the operationalisation of a revised organisational structure and governance model for cyber security management. This included the establishment of a centralised Technology Risk Management team, leveraging skills, tools and resources across different technology domains to provide advisory, assurance and operations support for holistic technology risk management including information security and privacy. A Group Technology Risk Committee has been established, providing group-wide oversight of technology risks, including information security and privacy. Risk management is also performed locally within business units, with input from business information security officers and with oversight from local risk committees. The Prudential plc Board is briefed at least twice annually on cyber security by the Group CISO and executive training is provided to ensure that members have the means to enable appropriate oversight and understand the latest threats and regulatory expectations. The Group-wide information security policy was developed in collaboration with industry experts to support a pragmatic approach to the evolving regulatory environment globally and ensure compliance with all applicable privacy laws and regulations and the appropriate and ethical use of customer data. The policy was also developed with reference to international standards, including ISO 27001/2, the NIST Cyber Security Framework and supervisory guidelines. Local standards are aligned to local regulations and laws.
● | Model and user developed application (UDA) risk. Erroneous or misinterpreted tools used in core business activities, decision-making and reporting may have adverse consequences for Prudential. The Group utilises various tools to perform a range of operational functions including the calculation of regulatory or internal capital requirements, the valuation of assets and liabilities, determining hedging requirements, and in acquiring new business using artificial intelligence and digital platforms. Many of these tools are an integral part of the information and decision-making frameworks used at Prudential and errors or limitations in these tools, or inappropriate usage, may lead to regulatory breaches, inappropriate decision-making, financial loss, customer detriment, inaccurate external reporting or reputational damage. |
66
The Group has no appetite for model and UDA risk arising as a result of failing to develop, implement and monitor appropriate risk mitigation measures. Prudential’s model and UDA risk framework and policy applies a risk-based approach in order to ensure appropriate and proportionate risk management is applied to all models and UDAs used across the business, depending on the materiality and nature of the data used in these tools, as well as their complexity.
Prudential’s model and UDA risk is managed and mitigated using the following:
-The Group’s Model and UDA Risk Policy and relevant Guidelines;
-Annual risk assessment of all tools used for core business activities, decision-making and reporting;
-Maintenance of appropriate documentation for tools used;
-Implementation of controls to ensure tools are accurate and appropriately used;
-Tools are subject to rigorous and independent model validation; and
-Regular reporting to the RCS function and risk committees to support the measurement and management of the risk.
In 2021 the Group updated its Group’s Model and User Developed Applications Policy which included a broadening of the considerations when assessing model criticality to include a wider group of stakeholders including policyholders (in addition to shareholders) and associated reputational risk impacts and increased oversight of models in development, including the model being developed for RBC at the Hong Kong business.
Technological developments, in particular in the field of AI, pose new questions on risk oversight provided under the Group Risk Framework. An oversight forum for the use of AI was established during 2021 and key ethical principles, which were approved by the Group Risk Committee in 2020, have been adopted to apply to the use of AI by the Group.
● | Business disruption risk. The Group continually seeks to increase business resilience through adaptation, planning, preparation and testing of contingency plans and its ability to respond effectively to disruptive incidents. Business resilience is at the core of the Group’s embedded Business continuity management (BCM) programme and framework that help to protect the Group’s systems and its key stakeholders. The BCM programme and framework covers business impact analyses, risk assessments, and the maintenance and exercising of business continuity, incident management and disaster recovery plans. The programme is designed to provide business continuity aligned to the Group’s evolving business needs and the size, complexity and nature of its operations. Business disruption risks are monitored by the Group Security function, with key operational effectiveness metrics and updates on specific activities being reported to the Group Risk Committee. |
● | Financial crime risk. As with all financial services firms, Prudential is exposed to risks relating to money laundering (the risk that the products or services of the Group are used by customers or other third parties to transfer or conceal the proceeds of crime); fraud (the risk that fraudulent insurance claims, transactions, or procurement of services, are made against or through the business); sanctions compliance breaches (the risk that the Group undertakes business with individuals and entities on the lists of the main sanctions regimes); and bribery and corruption (the risk that employees or associated persons seek to influence the behaviour of others to obtain an unfair advantage or receive benefits from others for the same purpose). |
Prudential operates in some high-risk countries where, for example, the acceptance of cash premiums from customers may be common practice, large-scale agency networks may be in operation where sales are incentivised by commission and fees, where is a higher concentration of exposure to politically-exposed persons, or which otherwise have higher geopolitical risk exposure.
The Group-wide policies in place on anti-money laundering, fraud, sanctions and anti-bribery and corruption reflect the values, behaviours and standards that are expected across the business. Screening and transaction monitoring systems are in place and a series of improvements and upgrades are being implemented, and a programme of compliance control monitoring reviews is in place across the Group. Proactive fraud capabilities are in development and being rolled across local businesses. Work is also underway to enhance detective fraud, conflicts and anti-bribery and corruption controls relating to third-party risk management in procurement. Risk assessments are performed annually at higher risk locations. Due diligence reviews and assessments against Prudential’s financial crime policies are performed as part of the Group’s business acquisition process. The Group continues to undertake strategic activity to monitor and evaluate the evolving fraud risk landscape, mitigate the likelihood of fraud occurring and increase the rate of detection.
The Group has in place a mature confidential reporting system through which employees and other stakeholders can report concerns relating to potential misconduct. The process and results of this are overseen by the Group Audit Committee.
67
Group-wide framework and risk management for operational and other non-financial risks
The risks detailed above form key elements of the Group’s non-financial risk profile. A Group-wide operational risk framework is in place to identify, measure and assess, manage and control, monitor and report effectively on all material operational risks across the business. The key components of the framework are listed below. Outputs from these processes and activities performed by individual business units are monitored by the RCS function, which provides an aggregated view of the risk profile across the business to the Group Risk Committee and Board.
- | Application of a risk and control self-assessment (RCSA) process, where risk exposures are identified and assessed as part of a periodical cycle; |
- | An internal incident management process, which identifies, quantifies and monitors remediation conducted through root cause analysis and application of action plans for risk events; |
- | An annual scenario analysis process for the quantification of extreme, yet plausible manifestations of key operational risks across the business on a forward-looking basis; and |
- | A risk appetite framework for non-financial risks that articulates the level of risk exposure the business is willing to tolerate and defines escalation processes for breaches of appetite. |
These core framework components are embedded across the Group via the Group Operational Risk Policy and accompanying standards, which set out the key principles and minimum standards for the management of operational risk within risk appetite. These sit alongside other risk policies and standards that individually engage with specific operational risks, including outsourcing and third-party supply, business continuity, financial crime, technology and data, operations processes and extent of transformation. These policies and standards include subject matter expert-led processes that are designed to identify, assess, manage and control operational risks, detailed below. These activities are fundamental in maintaining an effective system of internal control, and ensure that operational risk considerations are embedded in key business decision-making, including material business approvals and in setting and challenging the Group’s strategy.
- | Reviews of key operational risks and challenges within Group and business unit business plans during the annual planning cycle, to support business decisions; |
- | Corporate insurance programmes to limit the financial impact of operational risks; |
- | Oversight of risk management during the transformation life cycle, project prioritisation and the risks, interdependencies and possible conflicts arising from a large portfolio of transformation activities; |
- | Regulatory change teams to assist in proactively adapting and complying with regulatory developments; |
- | Group and business unit-level compliance oversight and risk-based testing in respect of adherence with regulations; |
- | Screening and transaction monitoring systems for financial crime and a programme of compliance control monitoring reviews and regular risk assessments; |
- | Internal and external review of cyber security capability and defences; and |
- | Regular updating and risk-based testing of disaster-recovery plans and the Critical Incident Procedure process. |
Insurance risks
(Audited)
Insurance risk makes up a significant proportion of Prudential’s overall risk exposure. The profitability of its businesses depends on a mix of factors, including levels of, and trends in, mortality (policyholders dying), morbidity (policyholders becoming ill or suffering an accident) and policyholder behaviour (variability in how customers interact with their policies, including utilisation of withdrawals, take-up of options and guarantees and persistency, ie lapsing/surrendering of policies), and increases in the costs of claims over time (claim inflation). The Group has appetite for retaining insurance risks in the areas where it believes it has expertise and operational controls to manage the risk and where it judges it to be more value-creating to do so rather than transferring the risk, and only to the extent that these risks remain part of a balanced portfolio of sources of income for shareholders and is compatible with a robust solvency position.
The impact of the Covid-19 pandemic to economic activity and employment levels across the Group’s markets has the potential to elevate the incidence of claims, lapses, or surrenders of policies, and some policyholders may defer or stop paying insurance premiums or reduce deposits into retirement plans. In particular extended restrictions on movement could affect product persistency. The pandemic may also result in elevated claims and policy lapses or surrenders in a less direct way, and with some delay in time before being felt by the Group, due to factors such as policyholders deferring medical treatment during the pandemic, or policyholders lapsing or surrendering their policies on the expiry of grace periods for premium payments provided by the Group’s businesses. Inflationary pressures driving higher interest rates may lead to increased lapses for some guaranteed savings products where higher levels of guarantees are offered by products of the Group’s competitors, reflecting consumer demand for returns at the level of, or exceeding, inflation. The Group’s assessment to date is that elevated mortality claims in some markets can be attributed to Covid-19. These impacts to the business are being closely monitored with targeted management actions being implemented where necessary, which includes additional Incurred But Not Reported (IBNR) claims reserves in some markets, including where deferrals in non-acute medical treatments due to movement restrictions have been observed.
68
The principal drivers of the Group’s insurance risk vary across its business units. In Hong Kong, Singapore, Indonesia and Malaysia a significant volume of health and protection business is written and the most significant insurance risks are persistency risk, morbidity risk and medical claims inflation risk.
● | Medical claims inflation risk: A key assumption in these markets is the rate of medical claims inflation, which is often in excess of general price inflation, while the cost of medical treatment increasing more than expected, resulting in higher than anticipated medical claims cost passed on to Prudential, is a key risk. This risk is best mitigated by retaining the right to reprice products and appropriate overall claims limits within policies, either per type of medical treatment or in total across a policy, annually and/or over the policy lifetime. |
● | Morbidity risk: Prudential’s morbidity risk is managed through prudent product design, underwriting and claims management, and for certain products, the right to reprice where appropriate. Prudential’s morbidity assumptions reflect its recent experience and expectation of future trends for each relevant line of business. |
● | Persistency risk: The Group’s persistency assumptions reflect recent experience and expert judgement, especially where a lack of experience data exists, as well as any expected change in future persistency. Persistency risk is managed by appropriate controls across the product life cycle. This includes review and revisions to product design and incentive structures where required, ensuring appropriate training and sales processes, including those ensuring active customer engagement and high service quality, appropriate customer disclosures and product collaterals, use of customer retention initiatives as well as post-sale management through regular experience monitoring. Strong risk management and mitigation of conduct risk and the identification of common characteristics of business with high lapse rates is also crucial. Where appropriate, allowance is made for the relationship (either assumed or observed historically) between persistency and investment returns. Modelling this dynamic policyholder behaviour is particularly important when assessing the likely take-up rate of options embedded within certain products. |
Prudential’s insurance risks are managed and mitigated using the following:
- | The Group’s insurance policy, which sets out the Group’s insurance risk appetite; required standards for effective insurance risk management by head office and local businesses, including processes to enable the measurement of the Group’s insurance risk profile; management information flows; and escalation mechanisms; |
- | The Group’s product and underwriting risk policy, which sets out the required standards for effective product and underwriting risk management and approvals for new, or changes to existing, products (including the role of Group); and the processes to enable the measurement of underwriting risk. The policy also describes how the Group’s Customer Conduct Risk Policy is met in relation to new product approvals and current and legacy products; |
- | In product design and appropriate processes related to the management of policyholder reasonable expectations; |
- | The risk appetite statements, limits and triggers; |
- | Using persistency, morbidity and longevity assumptions that reflect recent experience and expectation of future trends, and industry data and expert judgement where appropriate; |
- | Using reinsurance to mitigate mortality and morbidity risks; |
- | Ensuring appropriate medical underwriting when policies are issued and appropriate claims management practices when claims are received in order to mitigate morbidity risk; |
- | Maintaining the quality of sales processes, training and using initiatives to increase customer retention in order to mitigate persistency risk; |
- | The use of mystery shopping to identify opportunities for improvement in sales processes and training; |
- | Using product repricing and other claims management initiatives in order to mitigate morbidity and medical expense inflation risk; and |
- | Regular deep dive assessments. |
Customer conduct risk
Prudential’s conduct of business, especially in the design and distribution of its products and the servicing of customers, is crucial in ensuring that the Group’s commitment to meeting its customers’ needs and expectations is met. The Group’s customer conduct risk framework, owned by the Group Chief Executive, reflects management’s focus on customer outcomes.
69
Factors that may increase conduct risks can be found throughout the product life cycle, from the complexity of the Group’s products and services to its diverse distribution channels, which include its agency workforce, virtual face-to-face sales and sales via online digital platforms. In alignment with the Group’s purpose of helping people get the most out of life, Prudential strives towards making health and protection coverage affordable and accessible to all. Through Prudential’s Pulse platform, there is increased focus on making insurance more inclusive to underserved segments of society through bite-size low-cost digital products and services. Prudential has developed a Group Customer Conduct Risk Policy which sets out five customer conduct standards that the business is expected to meet, being:
1 | Treat customers fairly, honestly and with integrity; |
2 | Provide and promote products and services that meet customer needs, are clearly explained and that deliver real value; |
3 | Manage customer information appropriately, and maintain the confidentiality of customer information; |
4 | Provide and promote high standards of customer service; and |
5 | Act fairly and timely to address customer complaints and any errors found. |
Prudential manages conduct risk via a range of controls that are assessed through the Group’s conduct risk assessment framework, reviewed within its monitoring programmes, and overseen within reporting to its Boards and Committees.
Management of Prudential’s conduct risk is key to the Group’s strategy. Prudential’s conduct risks are managed and mitigated using the following:
● | The Group’s code of business conduct and conduct standards, product underwriting and other related risk policies, and supporting controls including the Group’s fraud risk control programme; |
● | A culture that supports the fair treatment of the customer, incentivises the right behaviour through proper remuneration structures, and provides a safe environment to report conduct risk related issues via the Group’s internal processes and Speak Out; |
● | Distribution controls, including monitoring programmes relevant to the type of business (insurance or asset management), distribution channel (agency, bancassurance, or digital) and ecosystem, to ensure sales are conducted in a manner that considers the fair treatment of customers within digital environments; |
● | Quality of sales processes and training, and using other initiatives such as special requirements for vulnerable customers, to improve customer outcomes; |
● | Appropriate claims management and complaint handling practices; and |
● | Regular deep dive assessments on, and monitoring of, conduct risks and periodic conduct risk assessments. |
Risks related to regulatory and legal compliance These include risks associated with prospective regulatory and legal changes and compliance with existing regulations and laws – including their retrospective application – with which the Group must comply in the conduct of its business. |
Prudential operates under the ever-evolving requirements and expectations of diverse regulatory, legal and tax regimes which may impact its business or the way it is conducted. This covers a broad range of risks including changes in government policy and legislation, capital control measures, and new regulations at either national or international level. The breadth of local and Group-wide regulatory arrangements presents the risk that requirements are not fully met, resulting in specific regulator interventions or actions including retrospective interpretation of standards by regulators. As the industry’s use of emerging technological tools and digital services increases, this is likely to lead to new and unforeseen regulatory issues and the Group is monitoring emerging regulatory developments and standards on the governance and ethical use of technology and data.
In certain jurisdictions in which Prudential operates there are also a number of ongoing policy initiatives and regulatory developments which will impact the way Prudential is supervised. These developments continue to be monitored by the Group at a national and global level and these considerations form part of the Group’s ongoing engagement with government policy teams, industry groups and regulators. Further information on specific areas of regulatory and supervisory requirements and changes are included below and in the disclosures on Risk Factors.
Risk management and mitigation of regulatory risk at Prudential includes:
- | Risk assessment of the Business Plan which includes consideration of the Group’s current strategies; |
- | Close monitoring and assessment of our business environment and strategic risks; |
- | The explicit consideration of risk themes in strategic decisions; |
- | Ongoing engagement with national regulators, government policy teams and international standard setters; and |
- | Compliance oversight to ensure adherence with in-force regulations and management of new regulatory developments. |
70
● | Group-wide supervision. The GWS Framework became effective for the Group on 14 May 2021 following designation by the Hong Kong IA, subject to transitional arrangements allowed in legislation which have been agreed with the Hong Kong IA. Under the GWS Framework, all debt instruments, both senior and subordinated, issued by Prudential at the date of designation meet the transitional conditions set by the Hong Kong IA and are included as eligible Group capital resources. |
● | Global regulatory developments: In the Group’s key markets, regulatory changes and reforms are in progress, with some uncertainty on the full impact to Prudential. |
● | In China, regulatory tightening across a number of industries in 2021 will likely continue across other industries. Regulatory developments in China which may have more direct implications to the Group include the following: |
- | Development of a holistic data governance regime in China, which have recently included the Data Security Law, the Personal Information Protection Law, and the revised Measures for Cybersecurity Review. |
- | The CBIRC recently released new regulations on internet life insurance sales in China which include restrictions on the selling of certain long-term products online, effective 31 December 2021. |
- | On 26 October 2021, the National Health Commission released for public comment draft rules on the internet healthcare services, usage of which has increased rapidly in China which include restrictions on online AI-driven diagnosis and treatments and requirements on meeting financial and operational criteria. |
● | Regulators in Hong Kong and Malaysia are progressing with plans for their respective risk-based capital (RBC) regimes. The Hong Kong IA is permitting applications for early adoption of its framework. Meanwhile in China, on 30 December 2021, the CBIRC released the official regulation for its China Risk Oriented Solvency System (C-ROSS) II, to be effective for Q1 2022 solvency reporting. |
● | In Indonesia, regulatory and supervisory focus on the insurance industry remains high, with a recent focus being on insurers’ governance and IT risk management and the requirements of 2014 Insurance Law relating to the separation of conventional and Sharia business. |
● | The protection of customers is an increasing regulatory theme, with changes to the regulation of investment-linked products (ILP) progressing in Indonesia as well as Malaysia. |
● | The pace and volume of climate-related regulatory changes both internationally and locally across Asia markets is also increasing. The IAIS published an application paper on the supervision of climate-related risks in the insurance sector in May 2021, while regulators, including the Hong Kong Monetary Authority, the Monetary Authority of Singapore, BNM in Malaysia and the Financial Supervisory Commission in Taiwan, are in the process of developing supervisory and disclosure requirements. |
The Group is actively monitoring and engaging with supervisory authorities on these changes, among others. These changes may give rise to compliance, operational and disclosure risks requiring Prudential to coordinate across multiple jurisdictions in order to apply a consistent risk management approach.
● | Systemic risk regulation. Efforts to curb systemic risk and promote financial stability are also under way. These include developments by the Financial Stability Board (FSB) and International Association of Insurance Supervisors (IAIS) in the areas of the Common Framework (ComFrame), which establishes supervisory standards and guidance focusing on the effective group-wide supervision of Internationally Active Insurance Groups (IAIGs) such as Prudential, and the Insurance Capital Standard (ICS). Further detail on these developments are included in the disclosures on Risk Factors. |
● | Inter-bank offered rate reforms. In July 2014, the FSB announced widespread reforms to address the integrity and reliability of IBORs. The discontinuation of IBORs in their current form and their replacement with alternative risk-free reference rates such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) in the US and the Singapore Swap Offer Rate (SOR) could, among other things, impact the Group through an adverse effect on the value of Prudential’s assets and liabilities which are linked to, or which reference IBORs, a reduction in market liquidity during any period of transition and increased legal and conduct risks to the Group arising from changes required to documentation and its related obligations to its stakeholders. |
Notes
1 | Excluding assets held to cover linked liabilities and those of the consolidated investment funds. |
2 | Based on middle rating from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch. If unavailable, NAIC and other external ratings and then internal ratings have been used. |
3 | Source of segmentation: Bloomberg Sector, Bloomberg Group and Merrill Lynch. Anything that cannot be identified from the three sources noted is classified as other. |
71
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION OF PRUDENTIAL
Prudential’s principal insurance and investment operations are in Asia and Africa. Accordingly, our operations are subject to applicable Asia and Africa insurance and other financial services regulations which are discussed below. Prior to the demerger of Jackson in September 2021, the Group was also subject to applicable US regulations which were discussed in the Supervision and Regulation of Prudential section in the 2020 Form 20-F.
Prudential’s individual insurance and asset management businesses are supervised at a local entity level and local statutory capital requirements apply. For more detailed information on the framework of local capital requirements, see note C10 of the consolidated financial statements. The Hong Kong Insurance Authority (Hong Kong IA) is the Group-wide supervisor for Prudential. The Hong Kong IA has developed a new Group-wide Supervision (GWS) Framework for multinational insurance groups under its supervision. The GWS Framework became effective for Prudential upon designation by the Hong Kong IA on 14 May 2021, subject to transitional arrangements. The framework is based on a principle-based and outcome-focused approach and allows the Hong Kong IA to exercise direct regulatory powers over the designated holding companies of multinational insurance groups.
The GWS Framework prescribes the Group regulatory capital requirements (both minimum and prescribed levels) which became applicable to the Group from 14 May 2021. Prior to the GWS Framework becoming effective, the Group applied the local capital summation method (LCSM). Further information is provided in the ‘Explanation of Performance and Other Financial Measures’ section and in note I(i) of Additional unaudited financial information.
Global regulatory developments and trends
Efforts to curb systemic risk and promote financial stability are under way. At the international level, the Financial Stability Board (FSB) continues to develop recommendations for the asset management and insurance sectors, including ongoing assessment of systemic risk measures. In November 2019 the IAIS adopted the Common Framework (ComFrame) which established supervisory standards and guidance focusing on the effective group-wide supervision of Internationally Active Insurance Groups (IAIGs). Prudential was included in the first register of IAIGs released by the IAIS on 1 July 2020 and was designated an IAIG by the Hong Kong IA following an assessment against the established criteria in ComFrame. The IAIS has also been developing the Insurance Capital Standard (ICS) as part of ComFrame. The implementation of ICS will be conducted in two phases: a five-year monitoring phase followed by an implementation phase. The Aggregation Method is one of the alternatives being considered as the default approach undertaken for the ICS during the monitoring period and the related proposals are being led by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC).
The FSB has suspended Global Systemically Important Insurers (G-SII) designations until completion of a review to be undertaken in 2022. Concurrently, the FSB endorsed a new Holistic Framework (HF), intended for the assessment and mitigation of systemic risk in the insurance sector which was implemented by the IAIS. As part of the HF, many of the previous G-SII measures have already been adopted into the Insurance Core Principles (ICPs) and ComFrame, as well as under the Hong Kong IA’s GWS Framework. As an IAIG, Prudential is expected to be subject to these measures. The HF also includes a monitoring element for the identification of a build-up of systemic risk and to enable supervisors to take action where appropriate. There continues to be material change in the regulatory guidance in this area, including several areas still in development as part of the IAIS’ HF implementation and any new or changing regulations could have a further impact on Prudential.
In conduct regulation, there is increased focus at the international level and across jurisdictions on market policies, fairness, sustainable finance and responsible investment, culture and behaviour. Conduct regulators are also putting growing emphasis on the economic consequences that poor value products and services have on consumers. In Asia, distribution and product suitability linked to innovation continues to set the pace of conduct regulatory change. Prudential plc falls under scope of these conduct regulations and remains committed to meeting customer needs and expectations and ensuring regulatory changes are appropriately implemented.
Climate Change
Regulatory and legislative developments are increasingly including references to climate-related risks and incorporating reporting recommendations, such as those outlined in the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosure (TCFD) framework. The TCFD framework provides guidance to enable more effective disclosures by businesses about their potential exposure to climate-related financial risks and opportunities. As a UK premium listed company, the Group is required to state, in its UK 2021 annual report, whether its climate-related disclosures are consistent with the TCFD recommendations, or to explain why not. Regulators including the Hong Kong Monetary Authority, the Monetary Authority of Singapore, Bank Negara Malaysia and the Financial Supervisory Commission in Taiwan are in the process of developing supervisory and disclosure requirements or guidelines related to environment and climate change. It is expected that other regulators will develop similar requirements. The Group’s focus is on continuing to strengthen its governance, oversight and risk management of climate-related risks, the implementation of its climate-related responsible investment commitments, and further developing its strategic approach to managing the climate impact of the Group’s business activities.
72
IBOR
In July 2014, the Financial Stability Board (FSB) announced widespread reforms to address the integrity and reliability of IBORs. Further, on 5 March 2021, the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) announced final cessation dates for all LIBOR rates, with most US Dollar LIBOR rates ceasing on 30 June 2023 and all other rates ceasing on 31 December 2021. The market has identified alternative reference rates, including Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) for USD LIBOR and Sterling Overnight Index Average (SONIA) for GBP LIBOR. Many of Prudential’s assets and liabilities reference, or are linked to, LIBOR and extend past the expected transition date. A Group-wide program is in place to provide oversight and ensure appropriate resources are deployed during the transition period. While the demerger of Jackson in September 2021 has removed the majority of the Group’s exposure to LIBOR-linked assets, the working group focusing on the Group’s Asia operations has continued to manage the process of ensuring an orderly transition for LIBOR-linked asset holdings. Eastspring has also developed a contract remediation framework to review all financial and non-financial contracts for IBOR references ensuring a robust process is in place.
Financial crime
In the markets in which it operates, Prudential is subject to regulatory requirements and obligations with respect to financial crime including anti-money laundering and sanctions compliance, which may either impose obligations on the Group to act in a certain manner or restrict the way that it can act in respect of specified individuals, organisations, businesses and/or governments. The Group has appropriate systems and controls to mitigate financial crime risks, including sanctions and anti-bribery and corruption, and it examines these on an ongoing basis as part of its proactive supervision agenda.
Data Privacy
A key focus for Prudential in 2021 was to continue driving consistency and automation in the management of data privacy activities in order to embed high standards across the Group. This was achieved through operationalisation of a global privacy management platform across Asia, Africa and the UK. In addition, a global privacy training programme was launched to ensure consistent understanding of the Group Privacy Policy.
Prudential’s Group Privacy Office continues to maintain oversight of data protection and privacy compliance. In light of the rapid evolution of the privacy regulations especially in Asia, the Group Privacy Office works across the Group to support and advise on ongoing privacy compliance as well as to provide a point of escalation for resolving issues. Privacy is integrated within the Group-wide Information Security & Privacy team, which reports to the Group Chief Information Security Officer, giving coverage of each region and the different countries in which Prudential operates.
The security measures that the Group takes to protect its data and systems are commensurate with local regulatory requirements and risk appetite. In practice, this means that the Group’s businesses must identify and classify data and operate a risk-based information security approach which leverages people, processes, and technology solutions. This is in the context of a Group-wide Information Security Policy and operating standards.
Disclosure obligations under Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012
Under Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, which added Section 13(r) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Prudential is required to disclose certain activities and those of its affiliates related to Iran and to persons sanctioned by the US under programs relating to terrorism, proliferation of weapons of mass destruction and trading with North Korea that have occurred in the twelve-month period covered by this report.
As at 31 December 2021, Prudential’s non-US affiliates have engaged in transactions with six persons sanctioned by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) of the US Department of Treasury in relation to Iran, terrorism, proliferation of weapons of mass destruction and trading with North Korea. These transactions were entered into in compliance with laws and regulations applicable to the relevant affiliates.
The first individual, designated pursuant to US Executive Order 13224, took out a takaful certificate (a Sharia compliant life policy) with Prudential’s Malaysian insurance joint venture in October 2011 and was identified in March 2012 through periodic customer screening. The policy is denominated in Malaysian Ringgit and annual premium is RM 8,196 (US$1,954). The matter was reported to the Malaysian government regulatory authority, the Bank Negara Malaysia Financial Intelligence Unit. Currently, the policy is frozen with no top-up, withdrawal or claims permitted, although regular premium payment is still allowed in Malaysian Ringgit. The policy is in force, with no claims submitted or any outward payments made to date.
The second individual, also designated pursuant to US Executive Order 13224, is a beneficiary of three life insurance policies in his wife’s name, the first taken out in December 2010 and two others taken out in November 2011 with Prudential’s Indonesian insurance subsidiary. The annual premiums of the three life insurance policies are IDR 6,000,000 (US$420), IDR 12,000,000 (US$840) and IDR 12,000,000 (US$840) respectively. The matter was notified to the Indonesian governmental sanctions authority, the Pusat Pelaporan dan Analisis Transaksi Keuangan. All three policies remain in force and annual premiums are being funded by the policies’ cash value. As such, there have been no premiums received and there have also been no claims or other outward payments in 2021.
73
The third individual, designated on 30 August 2019 pursuant to US Executive Order 13810, took out four medical and critical illness policies denominated in New Taiwan Dollar between November 2012 and February 2015 with Prudential’s Taiwan insurance subsidiary. The annual premiums of the four policies are NT$20,856 (US$749), NT$22,956 (US$824), NT$12,048 (US$433) and NT$19,512 (US$701) respectively. The matter was identified during periodic customer screening in September 2019 and reported to the Taiwan Anti-Money Laundering Division of the Ministry of Justice’s Investigation Bureau. All policies are in force. A medical claim of NT$44,250 (US$1,588) was received in 2021 and appropriate processes were followed to determine the response in such a case. After due consideration by the local law enforcement authority, the Group AML function and the Group Money Laundering Reporting Officer (MLRO), the claim was paid out in June 2021 on the basis of contractual obligations to uphold a legitimate medical claim. Prudential’s Taiwan insurance subsidiary is not a US person and no US nexus in the transaction was identified.
The fourth individual, designated on 16 December 2020 pursuant to US Executive Order 13846, took out one endowment policy in March 2014 and is the life assured of an investment-linked policy taken out by his wife in November 2018 with Prudential’s Vietnam insurance subsidiary. The matter was identified during periodic customer screening in December 2020. Both policies are denominated in Vietnamese Dong and the annual premiums are VND25,800,000 (US$1,135) and VND 129,890,000 (US$5,715) respectively. The matter was reported to the Vietnam government regulatory authority, the State Bank of Vietnam. Premium of the endowment policy has been overdue since November 2020 and is being funded by the policy’s cash value. Both policies remain in force, with no claims submitted or any outward payments made to date.
The fifth individual, designated on 10 March 2021 pursuant to US Executive Order 14014, took out two endowment policies with Prudential’s Singapore insurance subsidiary between 2016 and 2018 with a total annual premium of SGD 78,024 (US$58,128). Both policies have been terminated on 31 May 2021 and the customer account has been frozen and segregated in the general ledger. Prior consent from the local law enforcement authority will be required prior to any pay out of the policies’ cash value.
The sixth individual, designated on 17 September 2021 pursuant to US Executive Order 13224, took out one endowment policy denominated in Hong Kong Dollar in June 2017 with Prudential’s Hong Kong insurance subsidiary and the annual premium is HKD60,813 (US$7,822). The policy is fully paid up since June 2021. The matter was reported to the Hong Kong government law enforcement agency. There is no claim or any outward payment made to date and Prudential will seek prior clearance from local authority for any future transaction with the individual.
As the provisioning of insurance liabilities is undertaken on a portfolio basis, it is not practical to estimate the net profits on the contracts referred to above. Prudential does not intend to engage in further new business dealings with these individuals.
Asia
Regulators, laws and major regulations of insurance business
Prudential’s businesses in Asia are subject to all relevant local regulatory and supervisory schemes. These laws and regulations vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, but it is the local regulators that typically grant (or revoke) licenses and therefore control the ability to operate a business.
The regulatory environment continues to evolve in Asia, where economies in the region are in various phases of maturity. In general (although there are exceptions), regulators in developing economies continue to build the regulatory framework relevant to their level of economic development. Increasing regulatory developments in the region will continue to affect Prudential’s Asia businesses.
A central issue for all regulators in 2021 continued to be efforts to ensure the financial and operational resilience of the insurance industry and the protection of consumers and policyholders of insurance products amid the Covid-19 pandemic. Efforts were made and new regulations and guidelines were issued to assist and require the industry to (i) assess, monitor and manage insurance and financial risks, including capital and solvency, (ii) introduce new coverages and services applicable for the risks specific to the crisis, (iii) launch/enhance new/existing sales and servicing platform with corresponding controls, while maintaining capability of meeting all regulatory requirements including ongoing filings.
Apart from the Covid-19 related issues, conduct of business and consumer protection continue to be a key priority for regulators in Asia. The focus continues to be on product design, commission structure, marketing literature, sales processes and various distribution business models.
74
Significant additional details of the regulatory regimes, to which Prudential’s Asia insurance operations are subject, are discussed below:
Hong Kong
Prudential currently operates two subsidiaries in Hong Kong for life (Prudential Hong Kong Limited (PHKL)) and general (Prudential General Insurance Hong Kong Limited) insurance businesses, with both entities now fully under the regulatory regime of the Hong Kong IA. The sale of mandatory pensions by agents is regulated by the Mandatory Provident Fund (MPF) Schemes Authority which supervises the MPF intermediaries. Investment-linked insurance and voluntary health insurance schemes manufactured by local insurers are also required to obtain approvals respectively from the Securities and Futures Commission (SFC) and the Food and Health Bureau, before launching of such businesses.
The Hong Kong IA has put in place comprehensive regulatory Guidelines (GL) covering all aspects of the insurance lifecycle, from product design to post-sale controls, to ensure customers’ expectations and needs are met. Major efforts were made by PHKL in 2020 to implement requirements introduced from key conduct-related GLs introduced in 2019, with full implementation completed in Q1 2021.
The Hong Kong IA took over the regulatory regime for direct supervision of intermediaries and enforcement in late 2020. The regulator continues to place focus of its supervisory process on conduct aspects covering agency administration, handling of premium by agents and claims handling. In 2021, PHKL further enhanced its internal control system and risk management approach to conduct risk to align with the regulator’s expectations.
The Hong Kong IA is also aligning the territory’s insurance regime with international standards and has been developing a risk-based capital (RBC) framework that comprises of quantitative and qualitative requirements and requires public disclosures and transparency of information.
Singapore
Prudential Assurance Company Singapore (Pte.) Limited (PACS) is registered by the Monetary Authority of Singapore (the MAS) to design and sell both life and accident and health insurance products pursuant to the Insurance Act and Financial Advisers Act.
Under the Insurance Act, the MAS is responsible for insurance regulation and supervision of insurance companies. The MAS has detailed regulatory frameworks to govern insurance companies and the distribution of insurance products in Singapore. MAS regulations cover, inter alia, product development, pricing and management of insurance products, market conduct standards, investments undertaken, public disclosure requirements, reinsurance management, maximum representatives tier structure, loans and advances and product disclosure. The MAS also issues directions and regulations for the prevention of money laundering and to counter financing terrorism. This is in addition to the general AML law under which suspicious transactions must also be notified to the Commercial Affairs Department, an enforcement agency of the Singapore Police Force.
The Financial Adviser Act gives the MAS the authority to regulate and supervise all financial advisory activities conducted by insurance companies. The MAS regulation covers, among other things, the appointment and training of representatives, disciplinary action, mandatory disclosure to clients, sales and recommendations process on investment products, replacement (switching) of investment products and fair dealings with customers. Mandatory disclosure to clients covers both product information and basic data about the representatives and the firm.
In January 2021, the MAS released revised Technology Risk Management (TRM) Guidelines, which increased the role of the Board of Directors and Senior Management for TRM, increased focus on secured software development and new sections on cyber security operations.
The MAS also issued in July 2021 a consultation paper to refine tier structure requirements and introduce new requirements relating to remuneration for Financial Advisers (FAs). The consultation paper sets out MAS’ proposals to (i) clarify and refine tier structure requirements, (ii) consolidate and effect tier structure requirements and extend the application of the requirements to all FAs, (iii) introduce restrictions on the direct payment of remuneration to, and acceptance of remuneration by, representatives and/or supervisors of other FA firms.
The MAS’ Guidelines on Individual Accountability & Conduct (IAC Guidelines) came into effect from 10 September 2021. The IAC Guidelines are part of the MAS’ efforts to promote a culture of trust, accountability and ethical behaviour in the financial industry and focus on measures Financial Institutions should put in place to promote individual accountability of senior managers, strengthen oversight over material risk personnel, and reinforce standards of proper conduct among all employees.
Indonesia
PT. Prudential Life Assurance (PLA) is authorised to carry out long-term insurance business in Indonesia. Prudential’s operations in Indonesia are authorised to distribute life insurance products based on either conventional or Sharia principles, through agency, bancassurance (including direct marketing) and other alternate distribution channels.
75
The financial regulatory regime in Indonesia operates on a ‘twin peaks’ model with the Otoritas Jasa Keuangan (OJK) responsible for microprudential supervision and Bank Indonesia retaining its macroprudential responsibilities. The implementation of AML controls in the insurance industry is monitored by the Indonesian Financial Transaction Reports and Analysis Center, or Pusat Pelaporan dan Analisis Transaksi Keuangan in Indonesian.
Key new regulations from OJK in 2021 covered implementation requirements on risk management of insurance companies as well as how risk management is applied during the utilisation of Information Technology. The OJK has been proposing revised investment-linked product (ILP) regulations with the aim of increasing insurance penetration, better protection of customer interests and improving market conduct, and the final regulations are expected to be issued in the first quarter of 2022 with a transition period of 12 months. Various conventional insurers offering Sharia insurance, including PLA, are also working towards spinning off their Sharia business units into separately licensed entities.
Malaysia
Prudential Assurance Malaysia Berhad (PAMB) carries out life insurance business in Malaysia.
The Bank Negara Malaysia (BNM) is the central bank of Malaysia and is the regulatory body responsible for supervising and regulating the financial services sector, including the conduct of insurance and Takaful business (insurance that is compliant with Islamic principles). BNM places considerable emphasis on fair market conduct by the insurance industry and protection of consumers’ interests and is also responsible for administering legislation in relation to AML matters. BNM has the power to enforce sanctions on financial institutions.
In addition, PAMB is a member of the Life Insurance Association of Malaysia (LIAM), a self-regulatory body. Resolutions and circulars issued by the LIAM are binding on the member insurance companies.
Market liberalisation measures were introduced by BNM in April 2009, which increased the limit from 49 per cent to 70 per cent on foreign equity ownership for insurance companies and Takaful operators in Malaysia. A higher foreign equity limit beyond 70 per cent for insurance companies will be considered by BNM on a case-by-case basis, for example, for companies who support expansion of insurance provision to the most vulnerable in Malaysian society.
Prudential BSN Takaful Berhad (a Prudential joint venture with Bank Simpanan Nasional) was one of the first overseas insurers to be granted a domestic Takaful License in Malaysia.
The Takaful business in Malaysia is also regulated by BNM. In addition, Prudential Takaful is also a member of the Malaysian Takaful Association (MTA), an association for Takaful operators that seeks to improve industry self-regulation through uniformity in market practice and to promote a higher level of co-operation.
Mainland China
CITIC-Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited, Prudential’s joint venture with CITIC in which Prudential has a 50 per cent share, is authorised to conduct life insurance business in China.
The body responsible for regulation of the insurance sector is the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission (CBIRC). CBIRC reports directly to the State Council. CBIRC is authorised to conduct the administration, supervision and regulation of the Chinese insurance market and to ensure that the insurance industry operates in a stable manner in compliance with the law. CBIRC also has local offices in provinces and direct administrative cities and regions across the country, which set and administer implementation rules and guidelines in the application of the regulations introduced by CBIRC.
The People’s Bank of China (PBOC) oversees all AML activities in China and has actively been developing rules and guidance, requiring insurance companies to abide by the main AML law and regulations in connection with capital investment, transfers and set-up of new branches, as well as specifying senior management’s responsibilities on AML.
New laws and regulations were issued in 2021 to ensure sales quality and enhance customer protection by restricting online sales to only qualified products and strengthening corporate governance requirements. Recent changes in the development of a holistic data governance regime in China have included the Data Security Law, the Personal Information Protection Law (PIPL), and the revised Measures for Cybersecurity Review. The PIPL and Data Security Laws have extraterritorial jurisdiction over certain data processing activities outside China. In October 2021, the National Health Commission has issued draft rules for public consultation on internet healthcare services. Further, to enhance solvency reporting, in December 2021, the CBIRC further upgraded the China Risk Oriented Solvency System rules (C-ROSS II), to be effective for Q1 2022 solvency reporting.
76
Thailand
Prudential Life Assurance (Thailand) Public Company Limited (PLT) carries out life insurance business in Thailand. The Office of Insurance Commission (OIC), under the supervision of the Ministry of Finance regulates insurers, brokers and agents. The sale of Unit Linked products are regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
The main regulation regarding AML in Thailand is the Anti-Money Laundering Act of 1999 (AMLA) which has been effective since August 1999. The Anti-Money Laundering Office was also established upon the enactment of the AMLA as a state agency in charge of enforcing the AMLA and anti-terrorism funding regulations, as well as reviewing the regulatory standards thereof. In this regard, the AMLA has undergone several amendments over the years.
The Personal Data Protection Commission has recently been established in January 2022, as regulator under Thailand’s Personal Data Protection Act (PDPA), which will become effective in June 2022. In addition, the PDPA’s draft subordinate regulations that were the subject of a series of public hearings in 2021 are likely to be issued in the near future.
Key regulatory developments in 2021 include various guidelines issued by the OIC covering aspects of IT Risk Management and Outsourcing. The OIC has also issued Guidelines on Market Conduct in February 2022 following industry consultation carried out in 2021, which continues the groundwork set up by an earlier 2020 market conduct regulation on the sale of insurance policies and duties carried out by insurance intermediaries.
Vietnam
Prudential Vietnam Assurance Private Limited (PVA) is licensed and regulated by the Ministry of Finance of Vietnam (the MoF) as a life insurance company. An insurance company is not permitted to operate both life and non-life insurance at the same time, except in the case of a life insurance company that offers personal health and protection care insurance as a supplement to life insurance.
The Insurance Supervision Authority of the MoF specifically undertakes the supervision of insurance companies. The fundamental principles of the operation of insurance companies are set out in the Insurance Business Law.
AML controls in the insurance industry are monitored by the Anti-Money Laundering Department under the Banking Inspectorate and Supervision Department of the State Bank of Vietnam.
A new Personal Data Protection Law was issued in 2021 to prevent misuse and abuse of personal information. A major revamp of the Insurance Business Law is under consultation and expected to be issued in 2023.
Other markets
Market | Operation | Key regulator | AML regulator/regulation |
---|---|---|---|
Cambodia | Prudential (Cambodia) Life Assurance PLC (PCLA) | Insurance Regulator of Cambodia (under the Non-Banking Financial Service Authority) | Cambodian Financial Intelligence Unit |
India | ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited | The Insurance Regulatory & Development Authority of India (IRDAI) | Prevention of Money Laundering Act 2002 and specific guidelines issued by the IRDAI in this regard. |
Laos | Prudential Life Assurance (Lao) Company Limited (PLAL) | Ministry of Finance and its regulatory unit, Department of Government Investment Enterprise and Insurance Management Authority (DSI) | Anti-Money Laundering Intelligence Office (AMLIO) |
Myanmar | Prudential Myanmar Life Insurance Company Limited (PMLI) | Financial Regulatory Department (under the Ministry of Planning and Finance (MoPF)) | Myanmar Financial Intelligence Unit |
Philippines | Pru Life Insurance Corporation of UK (PLUK) | Insurance Commission (IC). | Anti-Money Laundering Council (AMLC). |
Taiwan | PCA Life Assurance Company Limited | The Financial Supervisory Commission (FSC) | The Anti-Money Laundering Division (AMLD) as part of the IB under the Ministry of Justice |
Regulation of investment and fund management businesses and other regulated operations
Prudential conducts investment and fund management businesses through subsidiaries or joint ventures (JVs) in Asia in Hong Kong, Japan, Korea, Taiwan, Mainland China, India, Singapore, Malaysia, Vietnam and Indonesia. Eastspring Investments also has a presence in Luxembourg, the US and the UK. All operations are authorised and licensed by the relevant authorities. Depending on the licensing regime in the respective jurisdiction, Eastspring entities are generally authorised to conduct fund/investment management and investment advisory activities for both retail and institutional funds. In addition, two of the JV companies are licensed to provide Trust services to funds.
77
Significant additional details of the regulatory regimes, to which Prudential’s Asia asset management operations are subject, are discussed below:
Singapore
Eastspring Singapore is regulated by the MAS. The Company holds a Capital Markets Services Licence under the Securities and Futures Act, Cap 286 (SFA) to conduct the following regulated activities: (a) fund management and (b) dealing in securities. Eastspring Singapore is also an exempt financial adviser under the Financial Advisers Act, Cap 110 (FFA). In addition, Eastspring Singapore holds other registrations outside of Singapore, including the Registered Investment Adviser with the US SEC and the Renminbi Qualified Foreign Institutional Investors with the China Securities Regulatory Commission (CSRC) in China. As such, the US SEC and CSRC regulations relevant to these registrations apply to Eastspring Singapore. Furthermore, Eastspring Singapore is the appointed fund manager and global distributor of the Eastspring Investments Luxembourg SICAV funds. Accordingly, the UCITS regulations issued by the Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier (CSSF) and certain aspects of the MiFID II requirements by the European Securities and Markets Authority are relevant to Eastspring Singapore.
The MAS continues to focus on the areas of risk management, outsourcing, culture, conduct and individual obligations. In addition, the MAS has announced that new disclosure standards for retail funds with ESG investment objectives will be set out in 2022. The pace and complexity of regulatory changes issued by MAS is expected to continue. MAS supports the development and use of regulatory technology to enhance risk management of financial institutions. Increasingly, the use of artificial intelligence and data analytics features during MAS’ supervision and inspection of financial institutions.
CSSF emphasis revolves around the protection of customer, prevention and detection of AML, development of ESG regulations and risk management. For customer protection, CSSF has initiated industry surveys as part of their supervision on the expenses and fees charged to funds, and has increased the disclosure requirements to ensure transparency to fund investors. CSSF has also issued more detailed guidance on the expected AML control requirements as well as on the sustainability related disclosures to be included in the fund prospectus. In response to the current market conditions, CSSF has modified the liquidity management and stress testing requirements of the funds imposed in 2020 as part of the Covid-19 measures.
India
ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company and ICICI Prudential Trust are Prudential’s two asset management related JVs with ICICI Bank. These two entities are registered with the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) to perform asset management activities and to act as trustees to funds registered with SEBI respectively.
SEBI is primarily set up to protect the interests of investors in the securities market. It promotes the development of the securities market and regulates the business. It regulates the operations of depositories, participants, custodians of securities, foreign portfolio investors, and credit rating agencies and acts to prohibit fraudulent and unfair trade practices related to the securities market. It ensures that investors are educated on the securities markets, and undertakes research and development to ensure the securities market is efficient at all times.
Recent focus areas for SEBI includes the improvement of fund liquidity risk management by the introduction of swing pricing mechanisms and enhancing the protection of investors’ interests by strengthening the requirement to obtain majority unit holder consent during fund closure.
South Korea
Eastspring Asset Management Korea Co. Ltd is licenced as an asset manager and investment advisor by the Financial Services Commission. The Financial Services Commission is a central government body responsible for financial policy and financial supervision. The FSC has statutory mandates to draft and amend financial laws and regulations; supervise, inspect and sanction financial institutions; issue regulatory licenses and approval to financial institutions; oversee capital markets; and supervise foreign exchange transactions conducted by financial institutions to ensure their financial soundness.
Thailand
TMBAM Eastspring and TFund Eastspring, Prudential’s majority owned subsidiaries are both investment management companies regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission of Thailand. They are licenced to conduct Mutual Fund Management, Private Fund Management, Investment Advisory Services, Derivatives Fund Manager and Derivatives Advisory Services.
The core obligation of the SEC as prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Act is to carry out supervision. The SEC has the responsibility to issue rules and regulations, ensure compliance and pursue enforcement in case of violations. In order to create an effective supervisory mechanism and sustainable capital market, the SEC has moved towards more principle-based regulations and self-discipline among practitioners by issuing preventive regulations, conducting monitoring activities, imposing enforcement actions and providing supportive measures to improve regulatory standards and practices within the financial industry.
78
Mainland China
Eastspring Overseas Investment Fund Management (Shanghai) Company Limited and Eastspring Investment Fund Management (Shanghai) Company Limited, both Eastspring subsidiaries, as well as CITIC-Prudential Fund Management, Prudential’s asset management joint venture with CITIC Trust, and its subsidiary, CITIC CP Asset Management Company, are governed by the China Securities Regulatory Commission (CSRC). The duties of CSRC includes the formulation and development of policies, rules and regulations for the securities and futures markets as well as to perform regulatory supervision over the management and the managerial officials of the relevant companies.
In addition, these entities need to abide by the self-regulatory rules established by Asset Management Association of China (AMAC), covering private investment fund management institutions, fund products, qualified investors, fund custody, fund sales, fund investment, information disclosure, accounting, fund valuation and outsourcing of services.
In 2021, the CSRC issued new rules for private funds in China, reinforcing the country’s supervision of private funds, cracking down on violations emerging in the past and protecting the legal rights and interests of investors. In addition, the first comprehensive personal data protection legislation, Personal Information Protection Law, or PIPL, which imposes stringent obligations of a similar standard to the EU General Data Protection Regulation has been passed.
Other key regulators for the Eastspring businesses are as follows:
Africa
Prudential has operations in Ghana, Kenya, Uganda, Zambia, Nigeria, Cameroon, Côte d’Ivoire and Togo. The regulatory landscape in these jurisdictions continues to evolve and regulators are introducing new laws and regulations to strengthen the financial market, develop a safe and stable insurance industry and further insurance penetration. In Kenya, the National Treasury developed a draft National Insurance Policy in 2021. In Ghana, the National Insurance Commission (NIC) revised the minimum capital requirements, and the Ghanaian government has approved the new Insurance Act of 2021. In Zambia, the Parliament passed the Insurance Act 36 of 2021. In Nigeria the minimum capital requirement was increased by the National Insurance Commission (NAICOM) earlier in 2019. These developments impact the businesses in Africa and will improve market practices and customer protection and awareness.
79
GOVERNANCE
Introduction
While the challenges of the pandemic continued during 2021, it was an eventful first year for Shriti Vadera as Chair of Prudential. We took significant steps as a company with thanks to Board members, management, colleagues and shareholders for their commitment, support and, at times, their patience.
Recognising the huge impact on individuals and communities alike, we have worked assiduously to support our staff and customers throughout 2021. The Board has continued, in large part, to operate virtually, with members meeting together only where permissible and possible. There was a small window in November 2021 when more of us were able to meet in London and this provided an invaluable opportunity for the face-to-face connection which has been sadly absent over the last two years.
Board composition
The Board has continued to evolve to reflect the Group’s changing geographic footprint and strategic focus on our transformation to a purely Asian and African-focused growth company. In addition to changes to the Executive team, one of our key priorities has been changes to the non-executive composition of the Board. While a number of long-standing Directors have come to the end of their tenure, we have been delighted with the appointments of the three Non-executive Directors who joined us in 2021 - Chua Sock Koong, Ming Lu and Jeanette Wong - together with George Sartorel who joined the Board in January of this year. Between them, they bring a depth and breadth of operational experience in Asia and add to the diversity of thought and perspectives around the Boardroom table. They enhance the Board’s familiarity with digital technology, and better enable it to support and challenge the business at an operational level. We introduced Sock Koong, Ming and Jeanette at last year’s Annual General Meeting (AGM). George brings deep operating expertise in insurance from a long career in the sector across the Asia Pacific region, as well as experience of digital transformation. We will continue to seek Asian, specialist financial services and digital experience in the next phase of appointments.
We are sorry to say goodbye to some long-standing members of the Board who have seen the Group through a period of transformation. Following Kai Nargolwala’s retirement from the Board at the AGM in May 2021, Fields Wicker-Miurin retired from the Board on 31 December 2021. Fields was a valued member of the Board, the Remuneration Committee and the Board’s Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group (RSWG) since its inception.
On reaching the end of their nine-year tenure, Anthony Nightingale and Alice Schroeder will step down from the Board at the conclusion of the 2022 AGM. Alice has been a valuable long-standing member of both the Audit and Risk Committees and we are particularly grateful for her work setting up and chairing the RSWG since February 2021. Anthony has brought considerable experience and insight to the Board, Nomination & Governance Committee and as Chair of the Remuneration Committee since 2015, in which role he has been highly diligent in engagement with our shareholders. As previously announced, Chua Sock Koong will succeed Anthony as Chair of the Remuneration Committee following the conclusion of the 2022 AGM. We would like to thank all of them for their contributions.
To ensure a smooth transition and to mitigate some of the loss of institutional memory of those Directors stepping down, we have brought the new joiners onto the Board early. This overlap means that the Board is larger in the medium term than is expected over the longer term, but this enables new members to benefit from the out-going members’ experience and insight. As a further important element of ensuring stability and continuity of knowledge during this period of transition and as the average tenure of Board members will be a little over three years following the 2022 AGM, the Board considered that it would be in the best interests of the Company to extend the tenure of the Senior Independent Director, Philip Remnant, by one year to the 2023 AGM. We have sought the view of major shareholders as part of our annual programme of engagement and are grateful for the support indicated so far.
Board agenda in 2021
We have set out in this report the transformation of the Group in 2021 and the key transactions which took place. Overseeing those transactions and the necessary documentation took up a significant amount of the Board and management’s attention during the year. We are grateful to all for the additional time put in, which ensured that the Board agenda progressed on a number of other fronts at the same time.
Alongside the corporate transactions, the focus of the Board’s agenda has been to deepen its knowledge of Prudential’s individual businesses through a series of deep dives with local management teams. These have focused on the specifics of each business alongside cross-cutting themes, their customer propositions, distribution strategies including the use of digital, their competitive landscape, the particular challenges they face and how they are meeting them. It has been beneficial and rewarding to meet different teams across the Group (albeit largely virtually), to hear their experiences and witness the energy they bring to supporting customers, employees, agents and communities, including through the pandemic. The Chair of the Board is looking forward to being able to hold these sessions in person in the near future.
80
As noted last year, good governance includes a commitment to continuous improvement and to that end we are grateful to Jeremy Anderson for leading an exercise to consider lessons for the Board to learn from the revision to Jackson’s hedge modelling, announced last January, which had an impact on Jackson’s statutory capital. Building on the work done by management and internal audit to look at policies and controls in relation to model risk management, Mr Anderson made a number of recommendations to enhance governance oversight arrangements at Group and at our business units. Further detail is included in his report.
Impact on, and engagement with, key stakeholders
The Board considers ESG matters as needing to be fully integrated and aligned with its core business strategy. ESG, including climate change, is overseen by the Board, which is responsible for determining overall strategy and prioritisation of key focus areas, and to ensure our ESG strategic framework (published in 2020) is being embedded across our business. We established the RSWG to devote more time to overseeing our work on the environment, communities, diversity, inclusion, people and culture, the embedding of our ESG framework, the enhancement of disclosures for 2021 and to employee engagement activities. During 2021, we reviewed various voluntary reporting frameworks and decided to prioritise reporting in line with the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board Insurance Standard for 2021. As a significant asset manager and asset owner in regions forecast to be severely impacted by climate change, Prudential has a distinctive role to play in the transition to a low-carbon economy. Recognising this, in May 2021, we set a target to be net zero by 2050 for our insurance assets supported by a 25 per cent reduction in the weighted average carbon intensity of our investment portfolio by 2025.
Alongside consideration of the impact Prudential can have across its customers, communities and wider stakeholders, the Board has focused on the wellbeing of our employees through 2021, not least as we continue to adjust to the impact of the pandemic on working practices and as the organisation goes through a period of significant change. 2021 was the second year of a three-year plan to promote and embed a diverse and inclusive culture and our chosen behaviours across the Group, and the Board has participated in a number of employee engagement activities and seen how the Group’s values are being embedded in our business.
Focus for 2022
We hope this report and those of the Committee Chairs demonstrates the careful work, challenge and oversight undertaken in 2021. After a year of significant change and external uncertainties, in 2022 the Board will focus on delivery of the opportunities we believe our strategic decisions have positioned Prudential to realise across our markets. The Covid-19 pandemic and its effects will continue to impact the markets and societies in which we operate, so we will focus on the wellbeing of our staff and the development and delivery of products and services which best support our customers and policyholders. We will invest in our skills and capabilities as Pulse positions us for digitally-enabled delivery of health protection, insurance and wealth management products and services. We will continue to build on our leading positions in Hong Kong and South-east Asia, and where we see the greatest growth opportunities in the largest economies of China, India, Indonesia and Thailand. Technology innovation, adaptation and adoption will continue to be a key driver and enabler of our strategy.
The on going pandemic meant that the Chair was unable to meet shareholders in person at our AGM in 2021, though she welcomed the engagement we were able to have through the virtual meetings. We were able to hold a hybrid General Meeting (GM) in August 2021 for the vote on the demerger of Jackson, while throughout the year the Chair was pleased to meet with Prudential’s major investors, though largely virtually rather than in-person. We hope that the AGM in 2022 provides the first opportunity for the Chair to meet with shareholders at the AGM in person, public health circumstances permitting. The detailed arrangements will be communicated in our AGM Notice published in April 2022.
Board of Directors
Changes to the Board in 2021:
- | On 1 January 2021, Shriti Vadera became the Chair of the Board |
- | On 12 May 2021, Chua Sock Koong, Ming Lu and Jeanette Wong joined the Board |
- | Following the conclusion of the 2021 AGM held on 13 May 2021, Kaikhushru Nargolwala retired from the Board |
- | On 31 December 2021, Fields Wicker-Miurin retired from the Board |
Changes to the Board in 2022:
- | On 14 January 2022, George Sartorel joined the Board |
- | As announced on 10 February 2022, at the end of March 2022 Mike Wells will retire from his role as Group Chief Executive and step down from the Board. Mark FitzPatrick, currently Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, will become Interim Group Chief Executive and James Turner, currently Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, will become Group Chief Financial Officer. Avnish Kalra will succeed Mr Turner as Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer and will join the Group Executive Committee. |
- | Following the conclusion of the 2022 AGM to be held on 26 May 2022, Anthony Nightingale and Alice Schroeder will retire from the Board |
81
The composition of the Prudential Corporation Asia Limited board of directors mirrors the Prudential plc Board.
Changes to Board Committee Membership:
- | On 1 January 2021, Shriti Vadera became the Chair of the Nomination & Governance Committee |
- | On 4 February 2021, Jeremy Anderson stepped down from the Nomination & Governance Committee and became a member of the Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group . David Law stepped down from the Nomination & Governance Committee and joined the Remuneration Committee and Tom Watjen joined the Nomination & Governance Committee |
- | On 4 February 2021, Fields Wicker-Miurin and Kai Nargolwala joined the Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group |
- | On 3 March 2021, Amy Yip stepped down from the Remuneration Committee and joined the Audit Committee |
- | On 12 May 2021, Chua Sock Koong joined the Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee , Ming Lu joined the Nomination & Governance Committee and Risk Committee and Jeanette Wong joined the Audit Committee and Risk Committee |
- | On 1 November 2021, Jeanette Wong joined the Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group |
Shriti Vadera
Chair
Appointed to the Board: May 2020
Appointed Chair: January 2021
Age: 59
Relevant skills and experience
Shriti brings senior boardroom experience and leadership skills at complex organisations, including extensive experience in the financial services sector, with international operations and at the highest level of international negotiations between Governments and in multilateral organisations. She contributes her wide-ranging and global experience in economics, public policy and strategy, as well as her deep understanding and insight into global and emerging markets and the macro-political and economic environment.
Shriti was chair of Santander UK Group Holdings, the Senior Independent Director at BHP and a Non-executive Director of Astra Zeneca. Between 2009 and 2014, she undertook a wide range of assignments, such as advising the South Korean Chair of the G20, two European countries on the Eurozone and banking crisis, the African Development Bank on infrastructure financing and a number of global investors and sovereign wealth funds on strategy and economic and market developments.
From 2007 to 2009, Shriti was a Minister in the UK government, serving in the Cabinet Office, Business Department and International Development Department. She led on the UK Government’s response to the global financial crisis and its Presidency of the G20. From 1999 to 2007, she was a member of HM Treasury’s Council of Economic Advisers.
Shriti’s career began with 15 years in investment banking with SG Warburg/UBS, where she had a strong focus on emerging markets.
Key current external appointments
- | Institute of International Finance, Board Member |
- | Chair, The Royal Shakespeare Company |
Michael Wells
Group Chief Executive
Appointed to the Board: January 2011
Appointed Group Chief Executive: June 2015
Age: 61
Relevant skills and experience
Mike has more than three decades’ experience in insurance and retirement services, having started his career at the US brokerage house Dean Witter, before going on to become a managing director at Smith Barney Shearson.
Mike joined the Prudential Group in 1995 and became Chief Operating Officer and Vice-Chairman of Jackson in 2003. In 2011, he was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of Jackson, and joined the Board of Prudential.
During his leadership of Jackson, Mike was responsible for the development of Jackson’s market-leading range of retirement solutions. He was also part of the Jackson teams that purchased and successfully integrated a savings institute and two life companies.
Key current external appointments
- | International Advisory Panel of the Monetary Authority of Singapore |
- | San Diego University Advisory Board |
- | China Children Development Foundation |
82
Mark FitzPatrick CA
Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer
Appointed to the Board: July 2017
Age: 53
Relevant skills and experience
Mark has a strong background across financial services, insurance and investment management, encompassing wide geographical experience relevant to the Group’s key markets.
Mark previously worked at Deloitte for 26 years, building his industry focus on insurance and investment management globally. During this time, Mark was Managing Partner for Clients and Markets, a member of the executive committee and a member of the board of Deloitte UK. He was a Vice Chairman of Deloitte for four years, leading the CFO Programme and developing the CFO Transition labs. Mark previously led the Insurance & Investment Management audit practice and the insurance industry practice.
Mark is also a Director of Prudential Services Limited and Pulse Ecosystems Pte. Ltd, which are wholly owned Prudential subsidiaries. Mark is co-Chair of the Prudential Diversity & Inclusion Council and the Chair of the Group ESG Committee.
Key current external appointment
- | British Heart Foundation |
- | Scottish Mortgage Investment Trust plc |
The Hon. Philip Remnant CBE FCA
Senior Independent Director
Appointed to the Board: January 2013
Age: 67
Relevant skills and experience
Philip is a chartered accountant and brings substantial advisory, regulatory and listed company experience to the Board, having worked in senior roles across the financial services sector, including asset management, in the UK and Europe.
Philip was formerly a senior adviser at Credit Suisse and a Vice Chairman of Credit Suisse First Boston Europe and Head of its UK Investment Banking Department. He was twice seconded to the role of Director General of the Takeover Panel. Philip served on the board of Northern Rock plc and was Chairman of the Shareholder Executive. Philip also served on the board of UK Financial Investments Limited and was Chairman of The City of London Investment Trust plc and of M&G Group Limited.
Key current external appointments
- | Severn Trent plc |
- | Takeover Panel (deputy chairman) |
James Turner FSA FCSI FRM
Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer
Appointed to the Board: March 2018
Age: 52
Relevant skills and experience
Having held senior positions at Prudential for over a decade, James has a wide-ranging understanding of the business and draws on previous experience across internal audit, finance and compliance, as well as technical knowledge and skills, relevant to his role.
James joined Prudential as the Director of Group-wide Internal Audit and was appointed Director of Group Finance in September 2015. James joined the Board as the Group Chief Risk Officer in March 2018 and in July 2019 assumed responsibility for Group Compliance, relocating to Hong Kong in August 2019.
Jeremy Anderson CBE
Non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: January 2020
Age: 63
Relevant skills and experience
Jeremy brings to the Board substantial leadership experience in the financial services sector across Asia. He has extensive technical audit and risk management skills and experience, particularly with regards to multinational companies.
83
Jeremy was formerly the Chairman of Global Financial Services at KPMG International having previously been in charge of its UK Financial Services Practice and held roles including, Head of Financial Services KPMG Europe, Head of Clients and Markets KPMG Europe and CEO of KPMG’s UK consulting business. Jeremy served as a member of the Group Management Board of Atos Origin and as Head of its UK operations. Jeremy also served on the board of the UK Commission for Employment and Skills.
Key current external appointments
- | UBS Group AG/UBS AG (Audit Committee Chair, Senior Independent Director, Vice-Chair) |
- | The Productivity Group |
- | The Kingham Hill Trust |
Chua Sock Koong
Non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: May 2021
Age: 64
Relevant skills and experience
Sock Koong has more than 30 years’ experience in business leadership, operations, information technology and digitalisation throughout Asia.
From 2007 to 2020, Sock Koong was Chief Executive Officer of Singapore Telecommunications Limited (Singtel), Asia’s leading communications technology group, having previously held a number of senior roles at the firm, including Treasurer, Chief Executive Officer International and Group Chief Financial Officer.
Key current external appointments
- | Bharti Airtel Limited & Bharti Telecom Limited |
- | Cap Vista Pte Ltd |
- | Defence Science and Technology Agency |
- | The Singapore Public Service Commission |
- | The Singapore Council of Presidential Advisers |
- | Royal Philips NV |
David Law ACA
Non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: September 2015
Age: 61
Relevant skills and experience
David has extensive technical knowledge and skills in audit, accounting and financial reporting matters and experience across the Group’s key markets, and across a number of industry sectors, particularly insurance.
David is a chartered accountant and spent almost 33 years working with Price Waterhouse and PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC). During that time he was, amongst other things, the global leader of PwC’s insurance practice, a partner in the UK firm, and worked as the lead audit partner for multinational insurance companies. He also led PwC’s insurance and investment management assurance practice in London and the firm’s Scottish assurance division. After his retirement from PwC, David became a director and Chief Executive Officer of L&F Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries, which is the professional indemnity captive insurance group which serves the PwC network and its member firms. David retired from this role in June 2019.
Key current external appointments
- | University of Edinburgh (Chair of Audit and Risk Committee; Membership of Exception Committee, Nominations Committee and Remuneration Committee) |
Ming Lu
Non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: May 2021
Age: 63
Relevant skills and experience
Ming has over 30 years’ experience of investing and developing businesses throughout the Asia Pacific region.
84
Ming is the Head of Asia Pacific at KKR Asia Limited and is a Partner of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. He also serves as a member of the KKR Asian Private Equity Investment Committee, KKR Asian Portfolio Management Committee and KKR Investment, Management and Distribution Committee. Since 2018 he has played an important role in KKR’s Asia growth and expansion and has served as a member of the Asia Infrastructure Investment Committee and Asia Real Estate Investment Committee.
Ming previously worked for CITIC, the largest direct investment firm in China, before moving to Kraft Foods International Inc.. He was president of Asia Pacific at Lucas Varity, and a partner at CCMP Capital Asia (formerly J.P. Morgan Partners Asia), where he was responsible for investment in the automotive, consumer and industrial sectors across a number of countries throughout Asia. Ming has also held directorships at Ma San Consumer Corporation, Mandala Energy Management Pte Ltd, Weststar Aviation Service Sdn Bhd and MMI Technologies Pte Ltd.
Key current external appointments
- | KKR Asia Ltd |
- | Goodpack Pte Ltd |
Anthony Nightingale CMG SBS JP
Non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: June 2013
Age: 74
Relevant skills and experience
Anthony has extensive listed company experience and knowledge of the Asian markets.
From 2006 to 2012, Anthony was managing director of the Jardine Matheson Group, having previously held a number of senior executive positions with the firm. Anthony was formerly a director of Schindler Holding Limited, chairman of the Hong Kong General Chamber of Commerce, an Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) Business Advisory Council Representative of Hong Kong, China and the Hong Kong representative to the APEC Vision Group.
Key current external appointments
- | Jardine Matheson Holdings (and other Jardine Matheson group companies) |
- | Shui On Land Limited |
- | Vitasoy International Holdings Limited |
- | The Innovation and Strategic Development Council in Hong Kong |
George Sartorel
Non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: January 2022
Age: 64
Relevant skills and experience
George has considerable operational expertise in financial services, following a career spanning 40 years in the insurance industry including across the Asia Pacific region.
From 2014 to 2019 he was the regional Chief Executive Officer of Allianz’s Asia Pacific business, having previously held a range of senior roles for Allianz including Chief Executive of Allianz Italy, Chief Executive of Allianz Turkey, Global Head of Change Programmes for the Allianz Group, General Manager of Allianz Malaysia, Allianz Australia and New Zealand. He also previously sat on the Financial Advisory Panel of the Monetary Authority of Singapore from 2015 to 2019.
Mr Sartorel began his career at Manufacturers Mutual Insurance in Australia.
Key current external appointments
- | Insurance Australia Group Limited |
Alice Schroeder
Non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: June 2013
Age: 65
Relevant skills and experience
Alice has extensive business transformation and management experience at the executive and board level, across the insurance, asset management, technology and financial services industries in the United States.
85
Alice was formerly a director of Bank of America Merrill Lynch International, an independent board member of the Cetera Financial Group and held the office of chief executive officer and chair of WebTuner (now Showfer Media LLC). Alice was also a managing director at CIBC Oppenheimer, PaineWebber (now UBS) and Morgan Stanley. Alice began her career at Ernst & Young as a qualified accountant, before joining the Financial Accounting Standards Board, where she oversaw the issuance of several significant insurance accounting standards.
Key current external appointments
- | HSBC North America Holdings Inc. |
- | RefleXion Medical Inc. |
- | Quincy Health, LLC |
- | Natus Medical Incorporated |
- | Westland Insurance Group Ltd |
- | Carbon Streaming Corporation |
Thomas Watjen
Non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: July 2017
Age: 67
Relevant skills and experience
Tom has experience across the insurance, asset management and financial services industries as well as experience with listed companies in the United Kingdom and the United States.
Tom was formerly a director of Sun Trust Bank, an executive vice president and the chief financial officer of Provident Companies Inc. and, following Provident’s merger with Unum, president and chief executive officer of the renamed Unum Group. Tom started his career at Aetna Life and Casualty before joining Conning & Company, an investment and asset management provider, where he became a partner in the consulting and private capital areas. He joined Morgan Stanley in 1987 and became a managing director in its insurance practice.
Key current external appointments
- | Arch Capital Group Limited |
- | LocatorX, Inc |
Jeanette Wong
Non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: May 2021
Age: 62
Relevant skills and experience
Jeanette brings to the Board operational skills and experience in the financial services sector, following a career spanning more than 35 years across South-east Asia and the broader Asia Pacific region.
From 2008 to 2019, she led DBS Group’s institutional banking business, where she was responsible for corporate banking, global transaction services, strategic advisory, and mergers and acquisitions. Prior to this, Jeanette was DBS Group’s Chief Administrative Officer then, from 2003 to 2008, the firm’s Chief Financial Officer. As part of her role at DBS Group, Jeanette held non-executive director positions with ASEAN Finance Corporation, TMB Bank and the Bank of the Philippine Islands.
Jeanette began her career in Singapore at Banque Paribas before moving to Citibank and then JPMorgan in Singapore, where she held senior pan-Asian roles. She has previously served as a non-executive director of Fullerton Fund Management Ltd and Neptune Orient Lines Limited.
Key current external appointments
- | UBS Group AG |
- | PSA International Pte Ltd |
- | Council of CareShield Life (Chair) |
- | Singapore Airlines Limited |
- | Singapore Securities Industry Council |
- | GIC Pte Ltd (Board Risk Committee Member) |
86
Amy Yip
Non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: September 2019
Age: 70
Relevant skills and experience
Amy has extensive skills and experience in banking, insurance, asset management and government following a career spanning more than 40 years in China and South-east Asia.
Amy was formerly a non-executive director of Deutsche Börse AG, Temenos Group AG, Fidelity Funds, Vita Green, Hong Kong and an Executive Director of Reserves Management at the Hong Kong Monetary Authority.
From 2006 to 2010, Amy was Chief Executive Officer of DBS Bank (Hong Kong) Limited, where she was concurrently Head of its wealth management group and previously chair of DBS asset management. Amy began her career at the Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, going on to hold progressively senior appointments at Rothschild Asset Management and Citibank Private Bank.
Key current external appointments
- | AIG Insurance Hong Kong Limited |
- | EFG Bank and EFG Bank International (Chairman, Asia Pacific Advisory Board) |
Tom Clarkson
Company Secretary
Appointed to the Role: August 2019
Age: 46
Tom is the Company Secretary and plays a pivotal role in the governance and administration of Prudential and is a trusted adviser to the Board.
Prior to his appointment as Company Secretary, Tom held a number of senior roles at Prudential, including Head of Compliance, Business Partners and prior to that, Group Litigation & Regulatory Counsel.
Tom is an admitted solicitor, having practised law at Herbert Smith LLP, London from 2002 to 2012, which included secondments to Lloyds Banking Group and Royal Bank of Scotland.
Group Executive Committee
The Group Executive Committee (GEC) comprises the Executive Directors, the Chief Executive of Asia and Africa, and the Group Human Resources Director.
The GEC is a management committee constituted to support the Group Chief Executive, who also chairs the GEC. For the purposes of the Hong Kong Listing Rules, Senior Management is defined as the members of the GEC.
Jolene Chen
Group Human Resources Director
Appointment to the GEC: June 2019
Age: 62
Relevant skills and experience
Jolene is the Group Human Resources Director, appointed to that role in June 2019, and has been part of the Prudential Group since July 2011.
Jolene is responsible for driving the Culture and People strategies across the Group. She is also a Councillor of Prudence Foundation, the community investment arm of Prudential and is Co-Chair of our Global Diversity and Inclusion Council.
Jolene has more than 30 years’ international experience. Prior to joining Prudential, she spent over 21 years with multinational companies in a variety of resourcing, organisational design, talent management, learning and development and human resources roles.
87
Nicolaos Nicandrou
Chief Executive, Asia and Africa
Appointment to the GEC: October 2009
Age: 56
Relevant skills and experience
Nic became Chief Executive, Asia and Africa in July 2017 and is responsible for Prudential Corporation Asia’s life insurance and asset management business across 14 markets in Asia. Nic is also the chairman of CITIC-Prudential Life Insurance Limited. Nic started his career at PwC. Before joining Prudential as an Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer in 2009, he worked at Aviva, where he held a number of senior finance roles, including as Norwich Union Life’s finance director and board member, Aviva group financial control director, Aviva group financial management and reporting director and CGNU group financial reporting director.
Board Practices
How we operate
Board and Committee structure
The Board of Directors is collectively responsible for the long-term success of Prudential
The Audit Committee assists the Board in meeting its responsibilities for the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting, including the effectiveness of the internal control and risk management system and for monitoring the effectiveness and objectivity of internal and external auditors.
The Risk Committee assists with the oversight of the Group’s risk appetite, tolerance and strategy. Monitors current and potential risk exposures, the effectiveness of the risk management framework and the Group’s adherence to the various risk policies.
The Remuneration Committee assists with the implementation and operation of the Remuneration Policy, including the remuneration of the Chair and the Executive Directors, as well as overseeing the remuneration arrangements of other staff within its purview.
The Nomination & Governance Committee assists with the recruitment of candidates for the Board and the maintenance of an effective framework for succession planning. Provides support and advice on corporate governance arrangements.
The Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group enables the Board to bring additional focus on the embedding of the Group’s ESG strategic framework and oversight of people initiatives during a critical phase.
The Group Chief Executive is responsible for the day-to-day management of the business and implementation of strategy.
Led by the Chair, the Board is collectively responsible for the long-term sustainable success of the Company. It does this by setting the strategy and strategic objectives, approving capital allocations, annual budgets and business plans for the Group, overseeing the operations and monitoring financial performance and reporting. The Board establishes the Group’s purpose and values and approves the environmental, social and governance policies, satisfying itself that these and the Group’s culture are aligned with the strategy. Further, the Board is responsible for ensuring that an effective system of internal control and risk management is in place, approving the Group’s overall risk appetite and tolerance and endorsing the Directors’ Remuneration Policy for approval by shareholders.
To assist the Board in carrying out its functions, a substantial part of the Board’s responsibilities is delegated to the Board’s principal Committees, which comprise Non-executive Directors. The Board’s principal Committees are the Audit Committee, Risk Committee, Remuneration Committee and the Nomination & Governance Committee. In addition, the RSWG was formed in February 2021 to assist the Board with matters concerning the Group’s overall ESG Strategic Framework, including its engagement with the workforce. The Board receives regular updates on Committee and RSWG activities. The Terms of Reference for each of the Board’s Committees are available to view on the Company’s website www.prudentialplc.com/en/investors/governance-and-policies/board-and-committees-governance.
In addition to the principal Committees and the RSWG, the Board has established a Standing Committee which can meet as required to assist with any business of the Board. It is typically used for ad hoc urgent matters which cannot be delayed until the next scheduled Board meeting. All Directors are members of the Standing Committee and have the right to attend all meetings and receive papers. Before taking decisions on any matter, the Standing Committee must first determine that the business it is intending to consider is appropriate for a Committee of the Board and does not need to be properly brought before the whole Board. All Standing Committee meetings are reported in full to the next scheduled Board meeting.
88
The Standing Committee allows for fast decision-making where necessary, while ensuring that the full Board has oversight of all matters under consideration and all Directors can contribute. During 2021, the Standing Committee met twice.
Delegation to management
Responsibility for the day-to-day management of the business and implementation of strategy has been delegated to the Group Chief Executive, within certain limits, for execution or further delegation by him in respect of matters which are necessary for the effective day-to-day running and management of the business. The Group Chief Executive delegates responsibility to certain senior executives through management reporting lines (principally to other GEC members, including the Chief Executive, Asia and Africa). The Chief Executive of each local business has authority (subject to the Delegated Authorities) for the management of the respective business.
Board size and roles
The Board’s size allows for decision-making to reflect a broad range of views and perspectives while allowing all Directors to participate effectively in meetings. At the date of publication, the Board comprised 12 Non-executive Directors and three Executive Directors. At each scheduled meeting of the Board, the Non-executive Directors meet without the Executive Directors present.
The roles of Chair and Group Chief Executive are clearly segregated. The Chair has overall responsibility for the leadership of the Board while the Group Chief Executive manages and leads the business. The Senior Independent Director acts as a sounding board for the Chair, and provides support in the delivery of her objectives. The Chair, Group Chief Executive and Senior Independent Director all have written terms of reference which are approved by the Board and kept under regular review. A summary is available to view on the Company’s website www.prudentialplc.com/en/investors/governance-and-policies
The Chair has overall responsibility for the leadership of the Board and succession planning. She sets the Board’s agenda, with a primary focus on strategy, performance and value creation and ensures effective communication with shareholders and, together with the Group Chief Executive, represents the Group externally.
The Group Chief Executive is accountable to and reports to the Board. He is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Group, recommending an overall strategic plan to the Board for approval and executing the approved strategy.
The Senior Independent Director (SID) acts as a sounding board for the Chair, and support in the delivery of her objectives. The SID also acts as an intermediary for other directors and shareholders when necessary and leads the annual performance evaluation of the Chair.
Committee Chairs are responsible for the leadership and governance of their respective Committee. They set the agenda for Committee meetings and report to the Board on the Committee activities.
Non-executive Directors offer constructive challenge to management, holding them to account for the performance of the business. They also provide strategic guidance, offer specialist advice and serve on at least one of the Board’s principal Committees.
Our governance framework
The Group Governance Manual (GGM) defines Prudential’s Group-wide approach to Governance, Risk Management and Internal Control. The principles by which Prudential conducts its business activities are set out in the Group Code of Business Conduct (Code) which sits at the heart of the GGM, incorporating standards of business conduct which set expectations over employee behaviour by presenting all individual obligations referenced throughout the GGM policies in a single code. The GGM itself sets out the Group’s Governance Framework, Group-wide policies and standards, including the Group Risk Framework, delegated authorities and lines of responsibility and is supported by a programme of regular learning for all Prudential colleagues.
The Code is regularly reviewed by the Board to ensure that it remains appropriate for the global business. In 2021, the review was delegated to the RSWG and a new section was added concerning employee wellbeing and how our culture of diversity and inclusion is designed to support individuals across the Group. Each individual employee confirms their compliance with the Code on an annual basis.
The Nomination & Governance Committee conducts an annual review of the Group’s Governance Framework, monitoring the Group’s significant governance policies, including governance arrangements of the Group’s main subsidiaries, and makes recommendations to the Board as appropriate. The Risk Committee approves the Group Risk Framework, an integral part of the GGM, and the Audit Committee monitors Group-wide compliance with the GGM throughout the year. Businesses manage and report compliance with the Group-wide mandatory requirements set out in the GGM through annual attestations. This includes compliance with our Risk Management Framework.
89
The content of the GGM is reviewed regularly, reflecting the developing nature of both the Group and the markets in which it operates, with significant changes on key policies reported to the relevant Board Committee. The GGM helps the Board embed the Group’s system of risk management and internal control into the day-to-day operations of the business.
Subsidiary governance
Prudential’s major businesses in Hong Kong, Indonesia, Malaysia and Singapore and the Eastspring holding company (the Material Subsidiaries) have appointed independent non-executive directors to their boards. Each Material Subsidiary has established an audit and a risk committee, with standard terms of reference. To ensure an effective information flow, the Chairs of the Audit and Risk Committees maintain regular dialogue with their counterparts in each of the Material Subsidiaries. In addition, the Audit and Risk Committees receive regular reports from the audit and risk committees of the Material Subsidiaries.
Other businesses also operate local audit and risk committees, with standard terms of reference. Those committees report to the Group-level Committees through written updates provided by attendees from Group functions and the chairs of the committees can escalate matters to the Group Committee Chairs as required.
The Nomination & Governance Committee is responsible for oversight of governance arrangements for the Material Subsidiaries.
Directors’ inductions, training and development
Following feedback from the 2020 Board evaluation, the Nomination & Governance Committee oversaw the development of a revised induction programme and process for new Board members in 2021. The revised programme features a series of core topics, including an overview of the Group, its key businesses and the control environment, and tailored content, to reflect the new Board member’s role and any particular needs identified during the recruitment process. The induction includes written materials, presentations and meetings with the Chair, the Group Chief Executive, the Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, the Chairs of the Board’s principal Committees (as appropriate) and the Chief Executive, Asia and Africa. Further meetings with members of senior management at Group and local level are also scheduled as required to develop the Directors’ knowledge of the business. Each new Board member is also assigned a longer-standing Non-executive Director to support them in their new role and provide advice and feedback.
Induction of Chua Sock Koong
In May 2021, Chua Sock Koong joined the Board as an Independent Non-executive Director and Member of the Remuneration and Audit Committees.
Sock Koong, together with Ming Lu and Jeanette Wong, met with senior management to get an overview of the Group’s business, strategy, operations, risk profile, and culture framework. They also received briefings on their duties as directors under relevant corporate governance frameworks and the Group’s regulatory environment, and met with the Head of Investor Relations and the Group’s corporate brokers in order to understand shareholder perspectives. Through participation in the Board deep dive sessions, Sock Koong has built up her understanding of individual businesses, and she visited the insurance business in Singapore to meet with the local leadership team.
Specifically for her role, Sock Koong met with the Chair of the Remuneration and Audit Committees together with key members of the senior management team, including for remuneration related matters, the Group Human Resources Director and the Director, Group Reward and Employee Relations and the Group’s remuneration adviser, Deloitte. For audit related matters, Sock Koong met with, amongst others, the Head of Internal Audit, the external auditor KPMG, the Director of Group Financial Accounting & Reporting and the Chief Actuary.
These meetings were tailored to Sock Koong’s role at Prudential and provided her with a detailed view of each Committee’s work, current issues and emerging themes, as well as an understanding of the interests of the Group’s key stakeholders.
Philip Remnant was chosen as the long-standing Non-executive Director to support Sock Koong, in particular to share his experience of UK governance and shareholder expectations. In October 2021, it was announced that Sock Koong would take over from Anthony Nightingale as Chair of the Remuneration Committee following the 2022 AGM. In anticipation of this, Sock Koong was able to join Anthony’s programme of shareholder engagement in late 2021 in order to meet some of the Group’s major shareholders and develop a deeper sense of their views.
Following the conclusion of her formal induction programme, the Company Secretary and Sock Koong discussed specific follow-up areas for 2022 and feedback on the induction programme.
90
Training
Throughout the year the Board and its Committees received regular business updates and participated in deep dive sessions, developing the Board’s more granular knowledge of individual businesses, current and emerging issues relevant to the Group and its operations and on particular products and business opportunities. In 2021, these sessions included deep dives into the Group’s operations in a number of its markets, the Group’s digital platform Pulse, together with a Board workshop on geopolitical risks, training on the Hong Kong Insurance Authority’s (IA) new Group-Wide Supervision (GWS) Framework and regulatory regime, and an update on aspects of director duties. An insurance training session was also held for Chua Sock Koong, Ming Lu and Jeanette Wong as part of their induction to the Board.
All Directors have the opportunity to discuss their individual development needs as part of their Director evaluations and are encouraged to request specific updates during the year. At the start of the year, suggested topics are shared with the Board for feedback. Directors are asked to provide information on any external training or development on an annual basis. All Directors have the right to obtain professional advice at Prudential’s expense.
Regulatory environment
During 2021, Prudential was included as a designated insurance holding company under the Hong Kong IA Insurance Ordinance, and is now subject to the Hong Kong IA’s GWS Framework. The GWS Framework includes requirements for Hong Kong insurance groups to have in place appropriate corporate governance arrangements and to maintain appropriate internal controls for the oversight of their business.
Individual regulated entities within the Group continue to be subject to entity-level regulatory requirements in the relevant jurisdictions in which they carry on business.
Interactions with regulators form a key part of the Group’s governance framework and the Chair, Group Chief Executive, Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, and the Chief Executive, Asia and Africa play a leading role in representing the Group to regulators and ensuring our dialogue with them is constructive.
Employee voice
Following the retirement of Kai Nargolwala from the Board at the conclusion of the 2021 AGM and the separation of Jackson Financial Inc. in September 2021, responsibility for workforce engagement activities was transferred to the RSWG.
Shareholders
The Board recognises the importance of maintaining an appropriate level of two-way communication with shareholders. In addition to the extensive management engagement with shareholders, the Chair holds an ongoing programme of regular contact with major shareholders to discuss their views on the Group’s governance. The Senior Independent Director and the Committee Chairs are available at the request of shareholders. Engagement with institutional investors on the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and implementation is led by the Remuneration Committee Chair. An investor perception study was also commissioned in 2021.
Key areas of focus – how the Board spent its time in 2021
The Board met 18 times during 2021, which is twice the number of meetings held in 2020. These additional meetings were required primarily to support the demerger of Jackson Financial Inc. and the Hong Kong Share Offer.
91
The table below gives an indication of the key topics considered throughout the year.
Strategy, Business Plan and Capital | Board allocation of meeting time in 2021________37% | ||
Business and strategy deep dives - Participated in deep dive sessions, including discussion and a holistic review of Prudential’s insurance and asset management operations and strategic outlook in Indonesia, Thailand, China, Hong Kong, India, Africa and Singapore - Discussed geopolitical risks and the domestic and international outlook for China | - Reviewed and evaluated Pulse, Prudential’s fully digital ecosystem and platform-based business Business plan - Approved the 2022-2024 business plan and budget - Considered and approved any spend over $30 million and oversaw other management approvals | - Approved the 2022 Strategic Priorities Capital - Oversaw an increase in the allocation of capital invested in organic new business and investments in capabilities/distribution, following the restructuring of the Group into a pure-play Asia and Africa growth business | |
Performance, Business and Operations | Board allocation of meeting time in 2021 ___15% | ||
Financial results - Reviewed and approved the half year and full year results and the Form 20F - Considered fair, balanced and understandable requirements in the half and full year financial reports, following a review by the Audit Committee - Reviewed and approved the Going Concern and the Viability Statements that appeared in the 2020 Annual Report | - Approved the 2020 second interim dividend and first interim dividend for 2021 Reports from CEO, CFO and COO, CRCO - Received regular reports from the Group Chief Executive, Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer and the Group Chief Risk Officer and Compliance Officer | - Received regular reports and presentations from the Chief Executive, Asia and Africa and (prior to September 2021), the Jackson Chief Executive | |
Transactions | Board allocation of meeting time in 2021_____25% | ||
Demerger of Jackson Financial Inc. - Considered the merits of an IPO vs demerger of Jackson, including the impact on the Group’s stakeholders - Received numerous transaction updates throughout 2021 from internal and external advisers - Assured itself of the operational readiness of Jackson and Prudential prior to the demerger | - Approved the reorganisation of the Group’s holding in Jackson, prior to the distribution of Jackson shares to Prudential shareholders - Approved the Prudential Circular, the Supplementary Circular and the Notice of General Meeting, amongst other transaction documents Hong Kong share offer - Considered the investment case for the share offer, including the long-term strategic benefits | - Approved a reduction in the board lot size in Hong Kong to increase the turnover of Prudential shares, especially amongst retail shareholders - Debated the share offer allocations, including the portion of shares available to Hong Kong retail investors, employees and agents - Approved proposals on the use of the share offer proceeds - Approved the Prospectus, Supplementary Prospectus and various transaction documents - Considered other opportunities for inorganic growth presented by management from time to time | |
Stakeholders | Board allocation of meeting time in 2021 __12% | ||
Investors - Received regular reports from the Director of Investor Relations on shareholder-related matters, feedback from the Chair’s shareholder engagement exercise in January 2021 and regular feedback from management on their ongoing shareholder engagement activities - Commissioned an investor perception survey - Considered the impact on UK-based investors who were unable to participate in the Hong Kong Share Offer Customers - Discussed the evolution of Prudential’s digital strategy Pulse, including customer feedback on the design of Prudential’s products, how and where they are distributed, and which markets to access | - As part of business reviews, considered customer proposition, products, and customer service - Considered the impact of the pandemic on customers and initiatives to mitigate the impact/the support being provided to them Employees - Received updates from the RSWG on various people initiatives and regularly discussed people issues, including the impact of the pandemic - Attended the employee Collaboration Jam and discussed employee engagement feedback | Environment - Oversaw changes to the Group Responsible Investment framework, enabling the implementation of a new Responsible Investment Policy and Initiatives, including the Group’s commitment to carbon reduction targets - Received a report on Prudential’s participation at the United Nations Climate Change Conference in Glasgow Regulators - Received training on the key aspects of the Hong Kong IA GWS Framework and the responsibilities of the Board - Received reports from the Head of Group Government Relations on key government and political developments and regulatory policy updates Communities - Considered the impact of the pandemic on the communities in which we operate and efforts by the business to support affected communities (eg supporting vaccination programmes) | |
Governance and Approvals | Board allocation of meeting time in 2021_11% | ||
Approvals - Considered various routine and administrative proposals put to the Board for approval not covered above - Reviewed the Delegation of Authority and noted key matters approved by management Board Committees - Received reports from the Chairs of the Audit, Risk, Remuneration and Nomination & Governance Committees | - Considered updates to the Group Risk Appetite following the demerger of Jackson - Approved the Own Risk and Solvency Assessment for submission to the Hong Kong IA | Shareholder meetings - Attended the AGM and General Meeting (as required) to approve the demerger of Jackson Financial Inc. (either in person, or online) Board evaluation & succession planning - Received the findings of the External Board Evaluation. Discussed and agreed the action plan and monitored progress - Approved Board appointments and committee changes on recommendation from the Nomination & Governance Committee - Considered succession planning for the Group Chief Executive |
92
Board meeting attendance throughout 2021
Individual Directors’ attendance at Board meetings throughout the year is set out in the table below.
Board Meetings Attended/Requiring Attendance | General Meetings1 Attended/Requiring Attendance | |||
Chair | Shriti Vadera | 18/18 | 2/2 | - |
Executive | Mike Wells2 | 17/17 | 1/1 | |
Mark FitzPatrick2 | 17/17 | 2/2 | ||
James Turner2 | 17/17 | - | ||
Non-executive | Philip Remnant | 18/18 | 1/1 | |
Jeremy Anderson | 18/18 | 1/1 | ||
Chua Sock Koong3 | 8/8 | - | ||
David Law | 18/18 | 1/1 | ||
Ming Lu3 | 7/8 | - | ||
Kai Nargolwala4 | 8/9 | - | ||
Anthony Nightingale | 16/18 | 1/1 | ||
Alice Schroeder | 18/18 | - | ||
Tom Watjen | 18/18 | - | ||
Fields Wicker-Miurin | 18/18 | - | ||
Jeanette Wong3 | 8/8 | - | ||
Amy Yip | 18/18 | - |
Notes
1 | Attendance at the 2021 AGM was limited due to Covid-19 restrictions in the UK |
2 | Executive Directors did not attend a board meeting convened specifically to discuss executive succession planning |
3 | Chua Sock Koong, Ming Lu and Jeanette Wong joined the Board on 12 May 2021 |
4 | Kai Nargolwala stepped down from the Board following the conclusion of the AGM held on 13 May 2021 |
Board and Committee papers are usually provided one week in advance of a meeting. Where a Director is unable to attend a meeting, his or her views are canvassed in advance by the Chair of that meeting where possible.
93
Board effectiveness
Actions during 2021 arising from the 2020 review
The performance evaluation of the Board and its principal Committees for 2020 was conducted externally by Independent Board Evaluation, an independent consultancy. The external nature of the review met the provisions of the UK Code which requires external evaluations on no less than three-yearly intervals. The findings were presented to the Nomination & Governance Committee and Board for discussion in December 2020. A final report was presented in February 2021, and the Board approved a number of action points for 2021. Set out below is an update on progress to address the 2021 actions:
94
2021 review and actions for 2022
The performance evaluation of the Board and its principal Committees for 2021 was conducted internally at the end of 2021, led by the Company Secretary, through a questionnaire. The findings were presented to the Nomination & Governance Committee and the Board in February 2022 and collective Committee and Board discussions to exchange ideas and agree priorities arising from the evaluation took place. Whilst the review confirmed that the Board and its principal Committees continued to operate effectively during the year and that no major improvements were required, an action plan was approved by the Board to respond to the following recommendations:
Director evaluation
Individual performance of Non-executive Directors was considered by the Chair, who gathered and provided feedback as appropriate throughout the year. The Nomination & Governance Committee discussed the performance of each Director at its meeting in February 2022, as part of the overall Board evaluation, including the Executive Directors in their capacity as Board members. The Chair relayed feedback as required.
Feedback on the performance of the Chair was separately provided to, and discussed with her, by the Senior Independent Director. The performance of Executive Directors, in their capacity as Executives, is subject to regular review. The Chair assessed the performance of the Group Chief Executive, in consultation with the Non-executive Board, while the Group Chief Executive appraised the performance of each of the Executive Directors as part of the annual Group-wide performance evaluation of all employees. The Chair of the Risk Committee provided feedback to the Group Chief Executive on the performance of the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer. Executive Director performance is also reviewed by the Remuneration Committee as part of its deliberations on bonus payments.
The outcome of these evaluation processes informs the Nomination & Governance Committee’s recommendation for Directors to be put forward for re-election by shareholders.
Nomination & Governance Committee
Committee’s purpose
The purpose of the Committee is to assist the Board in retaining an appropriate balance of skills to support the strategic objectives of the Group, to develop a formal, rigorous and transparent approach to the appointment of Directors and maintain an effective framework for succession planning. Further, the Committee provides support and advice to the Board on governance arrangements.
More information on the role and responsibilities of the Nomination & Governance Committee can be found in its Terms of Reference, which are available at www.prudentialplc.com/investors/governance-and-policies/board-and-committees-governance
95
Membership and 2021 meeting attendance
Committee Members | 2021 Meetings |
Shriti Vadera | 6/6 |
Jeremy Anderson1 | 1/1 |
David Law1 | 1/1 |
Ming Lu2 | 3/3 |
Anthony Nightingale | 5/6 |
Philip Remnant | 6/6 |
Tom Watjen3 | 5/5 |
Regular attendees | |
– Group Chief Executive – Group Human Resources Director – Company Secretary | |
1 Jeremy Anderson and David Law stepped down from the Nomination & Governance Committee on 4 February 2021 2 Ming Lu joined the Nomination & Governance Committee on 12 May 2021 3Tom Watjen joined the Nomination & Governance Committee on 4 February 2021 |
This report describes how the Nomination & Governance Committee has fulfilled its duties under its terms of reference during 2021.
2021 was a busy year for the Committee as it supported the Board in planning for Group Chief Executive succession and worked with the Chief Executive on succession planning for other Executive Director and senior executive roles, conducted searches for additional non-executive members of the Board, and considered changes to the composition of the Board’s Committees in order to ensure that the Board continues to have the right combination of skills, experience and knowledge to lead the Group.
Succession planning
A key focus of the Committee has been succession planning for the Group Chief Executive and members of the Group Executive Committee in light of the structural changes the Group is undergoing. Given the importance of Chief Executive and Executive Director succession, the other Non-executive Directors were invited to join the Committee in considering development plans for internal candidates and external benchmarking. These activities supported the appointments of Mark FitzPatrick as interim Group Chief Executive, James Turner as Group Chief Financial Officer and Avnish Kalra as Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, as announced on 10 February 2022. They also provided the foundation for the formal process that is now underway to appoint a new Chief Executive after Mike Wells steps down.
Alongside this work, the Committee has been active in searches for non-executive candidates with the experience, skills and diversity of thought and perspectives necessary to support the strategic objectives of the Group in Asia and Africa.
In May 2021, Chua Sock Koong, Ming Lu and Jeanette Wong were appointed to the Board, followed by George Sartorel in January 2022. Between them, the Board has gained further deep pan-Asian operating experience, relevant financial services expertise and significantly enhanced its digital insights. Our new Directors succeed Kai Nargolwala, who retired from the Board in May 2021, Fields Wicker-Miurin, who retired from the Board on 31 December 2021 and Anthony Nightingale and Alice Schroeder, who will step down from the Board at the conclusion of the 2022 AGM.
Non-executive Director Induction
With the amount of change on the Board, ensuring that new Directors are properly inducted and able to contribute as quickly as possible has been another key focus for the Committee. The Committee oversaw the development and implementation of a revised induction programme for new Board members, tailored to reflect each member’s role and any particular needs identified during the recruitment process. Each new Board member is also assigned a long-standing Non-executive Director to help support them in their new role.
Diversity and inclusion
The Committee seeks candidates who bring different experiences, skills and perspectives to the Boardroom, ensuring that the Board has insights into the key markets in which we operate and a balance of sector-specific knowledge, operational experience, and commercial acumen.
At 31 December 2021, the representation of women on our Board was 40 per cent. As anticipated, this has since dropped to 33 per cent, but we expect further changes over the next year as the Board continues to evolve, and we will work towards the target of 40 per cent women on the Board by the end of 2025, as recommended by the FTSE Women Leaders Review.
96
The backgrounds of our Board members increasingly reflect the footprint of the Group’s operations and we have well exceeded the recommendation of the Parker Review at the time of this report, with five of our 15 Directors being from what is regarded in the UK as an ethnic minority background as a result of the recruitment of Non-executive Directors aligned to our Asia and Africa focussed business.
Committee composition
The Committee regularly reviews the size, structure and composition of the Board and its principal Committees. A number of changes to committee membership were made at the start of the year, including to this Committee. New members have generally been assigned to either the Audit or Risk Committee to help them build their knowledge of the business.
Governance
The Committee oversaw an internal evaluation of the effectiveness of the Board and its principal Committees. The review confirmed that the Board and its Committees continued to operate effectively in 2021 and no major areas requiring improvement were identified. The Committee discussed some areas for further enhancement, which are set out above in the Board Practices section.
The Committee considered the Group’s governance framework and its governance policies, including governance arrangements of the Group’s main subsidiaries to ensure that they remain appropriate and fit for purpose.
The rest of this report sets out in more detail the activities of the Committee in 2021. The Chair would like to thank the Committee members for their diligence and contribution throughout the year and management for their responsiveness to challenge and the quality of papers.
Board Composition
The Committee regularly reviews the size, structure and composition of the Board and its principal committees, including the balance of Non-executive to Executive Directors on the Board, the overall number of directors, their respective skills and experience.
At 15 members (at the time of this report), the Board is currently larger than is expected over the medium term. However, during 2021, bringing new joiners on early ensured a smooth transition, to enable them to benefit from out-going members’ experience and insight, and to mitigate some of the loss of institutional memory of those Directors stepping down.
The Committee has concluded that each of the Directors in office for the year under review continued to perform effectively and was able to devote appropriate time to fulfil their duties, and that the Board and its Committees had an appropriate combination of skills, experience and knowledge.
In reaching this conclusion, the Committee determined that the Non-executive Directors continued to demonstrate the desired attributes, contributing effectively to decision-making and exercising sound independent judgement in holding management to account. Accordingly, the Committee recommended to the Board those Directors standing for election at the 2022 AGM.
During 2021, the Committee also reviewed the membership of the Board’s principal Committees, recommending changes to the Board. When making recommendations, the Committee takes account of the current composition of each of the principal Committees, the skills and experience of the members and the strategic objectives of the Group. Assigning new Directors to the Audit or Risk Committees has also helped them to build up their knowledge of the business. More information on Committee membership changes can be found in the Board of Directors section.
Most notably, in October 2021, the Committee recommended to the Board the choice of Chua Sock Koong to succeed Anthony Nightingale as Chair of the Remuneration Committee when he steps down at the conclusion of the 2022 AGM. By taking this decision at this time, it enabled Ms Chua to start her transition to the role by accompanying Mr Nightingale on the programme of annual shareholder engagement.
Succession planning
The Committee keeps under review the leadership needs of the Group, both for Executive and Non-executive Directors. Board succession plans are supported and informed by the results of the annual Board evaluation and individual Director evaluations.
97
Executive roles
The Committee’s work during the year supported the Board in its responsibility for executive succession planning to ensure continuous and effective leadership of the Group. The Committee reviewed the succession plans in place for the Group Chief Executive, other Executive Directors and Group Executive Committee roles. Succession plans for the Group Executive Committee were discussed with the Group Chief Executive to identify business requirements and to plan for future succession needs. Given the Board’s responsibility for appointing the Group Chief Executive and other Executive Directors, all Non-executive Directors attended these sessions.
The Committee received and discussed development assessments of internal candidates conducted by external consultants. It also received the output of extensive external talent mapping.
Succession planning for Executive Directors and the Group Executive Committee includes both longer-term planning and emergency cover. Assessment and development for internal candidates is undertaken, in addition to mapping for potential external candidates. Planning for emergency cover is assisted by a broad annual review of talent across the Group and recognises the possible difficulties in identifying and attracting suitable talent on potentially short notice.
The Committee received feedback on the performance of each Executive Director from the Group Chief Executive and confirmed the Executive Director succession plans. The Committee has oversight of a diverse pipeline of leadership talent extending below the level of the Group Executive Committee and seeks to attract, retain and develop the next generation of emerging leadership. In 2021, it was assisted in this by the RSWG. In 2021, the focus was on building new capabilities to support the changing business model and future direction of the business and on developing and embedding future-ready skills.
The Committee’s discussions are being supported by the Group Human Resources Director, Egon Zehnder and Spencer Stuart. In addition to acting as search consultant in respect of certain Non-executive and Executive hires, Egon Zehnder provides support for senior management development assessments and plans.
Non-executive roles
Recognising the number of Non-executive Directors reaching the end of their tenure in 2021 and 2022, the Committee oversaw an extensive external recruitment exercise starting in late 2020, which resulted in the appointments of Chua Sock Koong, Ming Lu and Jeanette Wong in May 2021. A further search for candidates with operational insurance experience led to the appointment of George Sartorel in January 2022. In considering his appointment, the Committee took into account Mr Sartorel’s deep pan-Asian insurance operating experience, including his successful transformation of Allianz’s business in Asia, together with his experience of digital transformation. The search also identified further candidates who may be considered for future appointments.
These appointments are part of an ongoing process to refresh the Board to ensure that it has the right skills and experience to support the Group’s strategic objectives in Asia and Africa, both now and in the future, in particular, pan-Asian operating experience, relevant financial services expertise and a high degree of digital familiarity.
The Re-election of Philip Remnant
Philip Remnant, the Senior Independent Director joined the Board in January 2013. Notwithstanding that he has exceeded nine years on the Board, the Committee recommended to the Board that he remain as an independent member of the Board for a further year. Mr Remnant would remain a member of the Audit and Remuneration Committees and the Senior Independent Director.
Given the significant transition that the Board is undergoing, and the average tenure of the Non-executive Directors of just over three years, the Committee concluded that it would be in the best interests of the company to retain Mr Remnant for an additional year. The Board will benefit from the stability and continuity of knowledge and experience, Mr Remnant’s deep knowledge and experience of UK corporate governance, and the valuable support that he is providing to the Chair in his role as Senior Independent Director.
While the UK Code provides that the independence of a Director who has served for more than nine years is likely to have been impaired, or could appear to have been impaired, the Committee and Board assessed his performance and were satisfied that Mr Remnant remains independent in character and judgement.
As part of her annual engagement of major investors on governance matters, the Chair set out the above rationale toa number of investors, who were supportive of the proposed extension. Subject to shareholder approval at the 2022 AGM, Mr Remnant will step down from the Board at the 2023 AGM. During that time, the Board will identify who is best suited to succeed Mr Remnant in the role of Senior Independent Director.
98
Process for appointing new Directors
The Committee assists the Board in ensuring that there is a formal, rigorous and transparent approach to the appointment of new Directors.
The Committee is involved from the start when a vacancy or a gap in the Board’s skills is identified. A role description is prepared, listing the desired skills and experience and reflecting feedback from the Committee and the objectives of the Group’s Diversity and Inclusion Policy. Once agreed, specialist talent agencies are typically engaged to create a long-list of candidates which is reviewed by the Committee and other Board members to create a short-list. Interviews with short-listed individuals then take place with selected Committee and Board members and feedback is provided to the Committee. In this manner, a preferred candidate is selected and the Committee then recommends the individual to the Board for appointment. For the appointment of Executive Directors, other than the Group Chief Executive, the process is led by the Group Chief Executive working closely with the Chair and the Committee, and is subject to discussion at, and approval by, the Board. The Senior Independent Director leads the Committee in the process of appointing a new Chair.
Contemporaneous with this process, due diligence checks are undertaken on the candidate and Prudential liaises with the relevant regulatory authorities. The Committee is kept updated on this process as appropriate.
Board Diversity
Given the global reach of the Group’s operations, its business strategy and long-term focus, the Board makes every effort to ensure it is able to recruit Directors with diversity of thought and perspective who will support and challenge the ongoing transformation of the organisation. The Committee seeks candidates with backgrounds, experience and skills that broaden the Board’s capability, ensuring it has representation from individuals with insights into the markets in which the Group operates. Talent search agencies are briefed on the Group’s requirements and candidate selection is based on merit, against objective criteria and with due regard for the benefits of diversity on the Board.
The Group’s Diversity and Inclusion Policy applies at all levels of the business and the Committee is responsible for overseeing a diverse pipeline for the Board and other senior executives and driving a Group-wide culture where our people feel valued, treated fairly and respected: enabling them to fully contribute their thoughts and perspectives and to be their authentic selves.
The Committee considers that the pipeline for diverse talent of the Group Executive Committee level remains reasonable with continued effort needed. Female representation of those who are regarded as senior management and part of the leadership teams is 35 per cent. The RSWG has overseen the development of a people dashboard, including measures for tracking local representation and experience, which will be used by the Committee in future. Inclusive leadership practices are implemented starting with the Board and Committee and throughout the organisation.
Terms of Appointment
Non-executive Directors are appointed for an initial term of three years, and subject to review by the Committee and re-election by shareholders, it is expected that Non-executive Directors serve a second term of three years.
After six years, Non-executive Directors may be appointed for a further year, up to a maximum of three years, or more in certain limited circumstances. Reappointment is subject to rigorous review as well as re-election by shareholders.
The Directors’ remuneration report sets out the terms of their letters of appointment, in addition to the terms of Executive Directors’ service contracts.
Independence
The independence of Non-executive Directors is assessed as part of the appointment process, and annually thereafter, in line with requirements. To support that assessment, each Non-executive Director (except the Chair) provides an annual independence confirmation as required under the Hong Kong Listing Rules. Members of the Audit Committee are assessed against independence criteria in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
During 2021 all Non-executive Directors were considered to be independent by the Committee. The Chair, who was independent on appointment, is no longer considered independent. Anthony Nightingale and Alice Schroeder, who joined the Board in June 2013, will not be seeking re-election at the AGM in May 2022.
99
Time commitment
Non-executive Directors are expected to devote such time as is necessary for the proper performance of their duties. The expected time commitment is agreed and set out in writing in the Letter of Appointment, at which point the existing external demands on an individual’s time are assessed to confirm their capacity to take on the role. The assessment takes into account the time required to prepare for and attend Board and Committee meetings, the AGM, general projects, Board training, dinners and other activities. The current time expectations for Board and Committee membership are set out in the following table. The time expectations of Directors performing Chair roles is considerably more.
Further external appointments which could impair the ability of Directors to meet these time commitments must first be discussed with the Chair and, where appropriate, approved by the Committee or the Board. The taking on of any external appointments by an Executive Director is also subject to Board consent.
During 2021, the Committee considered the time commitment required of the Non-executive Directors. It was concluded that the expected time commitment set out in the above table remains appropriate, notwithstanding that for 2021, given the volume of work in connection with the corporate transactions, the actual time commitment may have exceeded these numbers.
Conflicts of Interest
Directors have a statutory duty to avoid conflicts of interest. In addition, the Company has in place procedures to identify and, where necessary, mitigate potential conflicts of interest. These processes help to ensure decisions are made in the best interests of the Company.
The Board has delegated authority to the Committee to identify and, where necessary, authorise any actual or potential conflicts of interest.
When recommending a candidate for appointment or re-election to the Board, the Committee considers the external appointments of the proposed candidate and recommends authorisation of any conflicts to the Board as appropriate, attaching conditions to the authorisation where necessary. If a Director makes a request to take on a new external position during the year, the Chair considers the proposed external appointment and escalates to the Committee for authorisation where a conflict or potential conflict could arise.
The Board considers that the procedures for dealing with conflicts of interests operate effectively.
Board effectiveness
The Committee oversees the process by which the Board, its Committees and individual Directors’ effectiveness is assessed. Following the external evaluation conducted in 2020 and the completion of resultant actions, the 2021 Board evaluation was conducted internally using a questionnaire. The findings were presented to the Committee and the Board in February 2022 and an action plan was agreed to address areas of focus identified by the evaluation. The themes, summary of actions and progress are set out in the Board Practices section.
Governance
The Committee reviews the Group’s governance framework on an annual basis, monitoring the Group’s significant governance policies, including governance arrangements of the Group’s main subsidiaries, recommending changes to the Board as appropriate.
100
Audit Committee report
Committee’s purpose
The Committee’s purpose is to assist the Board in meeting its responsibilities for the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting, including the effectiveness of the internal control and risk management system and for monitoring the effectiveness and objectivity of internal and external auditors.
More information about the Audit Committee can be found in its Terms of Reference, which are available on the Group website.
Membership and 2021 meeting attendance
Committee members | 2021 meetings |
David Law, Chair | 14/14 |
Jeremy Anderson | 14/14 |
Chua Sock Koong1 | 6/6 |
Philip Remnant | 14/14 |
Alice Schroeder | 14/14 |
Jeanette Wong1 | 6/6 |
Amy Yip2 | 9/10 |
Regular attendees | |
Chair of the Board Group Chief Executive Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer Director of Group Finance Director of Group Financial Accounting and Reporting Company Secretary Group Chief Internal Auditor External Audit Partner Chief Security Officer | |
1 Chua Sock Koong and Jeanette Wong joined the Audit Committee on 12 May 2021 2 Amy Yip joined the Audit Committee on 3 March 2021 |
This report describes how the Audit Committee has fulfilled its duties under its terms of reference during 2021.
2021 has been another busy year for the Audit Committee as the Group completed its transformation into a pure Asia and Africa growth company, whilst also managing through the ongoing challenges of the pandemic. At the start of the year the Committee considered that the following should be the key areas of focus in addition to its regular ongoing responsibilities.
1. | Consideration of the impact of Covid 19 on financial matters including controls, accounting judgements and disclosures; |
2. | Oversight of any required listing particulars; |
3. | Monitoring the ongoing preparation for IFRS 17; and |
4. | Consideration of the implications of the Jackson demerger on the disclosures, level of materiality, assurance levels and governance of the ongoing business. |
We are pleased that at the end of the year the review of the Committee’s effectiveness concluded that we had delivered against these objectives. We will refresh our priorities for 2022 in the light of the feedback received and new focus of the Group.
In addition to its regular schedule of meetings, the Committee met on six further occasions during the year to specifically review documents and consider proposals in relation to the Jackson demerger and the Hong Kong share offer. Some scheduled meetings were extended to allow time for the Committee to increase its understanding of the Asia business.
Throughout the year, the Committee continued to focus on the impact of Covid-19 on the business, particularly in respect of controls, key judgements and disclosures. No specific matters arose that materially impacted the Group’s balance sheet, viability or internal controls but we remain vigilant as the pandemic and government responses in our markets evolve.
In order to increase its focus on the Group’s Asia and Africa entities, the Committee has strengthened its relationships in 2021 with the audit committees in each of the Material Subsidiaries and this will continue in 2022. Sessions were scheduled in 2021 and for 2022 for the Committee to receive presentations from local audit committee chairs and finance teams, to allow discussion of key accounting assumptions and judgements, control matters, key products and the drivers of profitability.
101
To further develop the close working relationship between the Committee and the local audit committees, Jeremy Anderson, the Chair of the Risk Committee and David Law, the Chair of the Audit Committee co-chaired an annual session attended by all of the Non-executive Directors of the Material Subsidiaries. Key matters discussed included the impact of Covid-19 on financial matters and controls, cyber and information security, conduct, culture, oversight of third parties and the implementation of IFRS 17.
The Group’s IFRS 17 project has gained momentum as we prepare for its adoption within our half year 2023 financial statements. This year the focus has been on some of the key judgements as well as building and testing the complex system changes needed to apply the new reporting requirements. The Committee has been kept informed of progress on a regular basis. More information on the project is contained in note A3.2 of the consolidated financial statements.
We have paid particular attention to our whistleblowing procedures and monitored these for any indicators of issues. We regularly meet privately with the Chief Security Officer to discuss whistleblowing cases and how they are resolved. These are also discussed in private sessions with the Committee or the relevant local audit committee.
Committee membership and compliance with regulatory requirements
During 2021 Chua Sock Koong, Jeanette Wong and Amy Yip joined the Committee. They each bring extensive financial and commercial knowledge and insight to the Committee, particularly in the Asia region. The Committee bids farewell to Alice Schroeder in May who, after joining the Committee in 2013, will step down from the Committee and the Board at the conclusion of the 2022 AGM. On behalf of the Committee, the Chair would like to thank Alice for her significant contribution and deep knowledge of the US environment.
The Board has confirmed that each member of the Committee is independent according to SEC criteria and that we may be regarded as the Committee’s financial expert for the purposes of section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Further, for the purposes of the UK and Hong Kong Corporate Governance Codes, each member of the Committee has recent and relevant financial experience. Detailed information on the experience, qualifications and skillsets of all Committee members can be found in the Board of Directors section.
External auditor
An important part of the Committee’s work consists of overseeing the relationship with the Group’s external auditor, currently KPMG LLP (KPMG), including safeguarding independence, approving non-audit fees and satisfying ourselves that it is in the best interests of shareholders for the Committee to recommend their reappointment.
The Committee discussed with KPMG the continued impact of Covid-19 to ensure that it was able to deploy sufficient resources and complete its audit work satisfactorily. The Committee continued its practice of meeting privately with KPMG and had held a number of meetings with the lead partner throughout the year. Following the demerger of Jackson and therefore the change in the size of the Group, one area of discussion with KPMG has been the scope and materiality of audit work.
As reported last year, the Board has resolved that it intends to recommend EY for appointment as the Group’s auditor for the financial year ending 31 December 2023 onwards, subject to shareholder approval at the AGM in 2023. KPMG will remain the Group’s auditor until 2023. During 2021, EY and KPMG commenced the transition process, with EY meeting the Committee to confirm its independence of the Group in the fourth quarter of 2021. We will also be transitioning our lead KPMG partner for the 2022 audit following completion of Philip Smart’s five year term. We would like to thank Philip for his leadership of the external audit over these particularly challenging years.
Internal audit
During the year we engaged Deloitte to conduct an external review of Internal Audit’s effectiveness. We were delighted to learn that the Function had received strong feedback, which was in line with our own view of their performance during a period of considerable change for the Group. The Committee received regular updates from the Group Chief Internal Auditor and key members of his team and the Chair of the Audit Committee met regularly with him and the Group-wide Quality Assurance Director to discuss internal audit work and matters arising. Having a strong function with appropriate resource focused on our key risks has been a priority of the Committee throughout the year.
Transactions
The Committee spent a considerable amount of additional time in 2021 reviewing offer documents and considering matters in connection with the Jackson demerger and the Hong Kong share offer.
102
For the Jackson demerger, the Committee reviewed the Circular several times before recommending the accounting aspects for approval by the Board. These reviews focused on: the approach to verification; the working capital analysis; the Financial Position and Prospectus Procedures; historical financial information contained in the Circular and the no-significant change statement. The treatment of Jackson in the Group’s accounts following the demerger was also an area of focus. The Committee reviewed management representation letters, the status of work carried out by KPMG and the treatment of Jackson in the Group’s accounts following the demerger. The Committee reviewed the Jackson Information Statement for the Form 10, including the due diligence processes and accounting matters raised by the SEC, particularly the restatement of the accounting for a reinsurance contract within the Jackson standalone US GAAP accounts which, given the differences between US GAAP and IFRS accounting literature, had no implications for the Group’s accounts.
Following the publication of the Circular, the Committee reviewed the Supplementary Circular, including the half-year 2021 results, and made recommendations to the Board in connection with the internal reorganisation of the Group’s holding in Jackson, which required the Committee to review an interim set of accounts and consider the demerger accounting steps.
For the Hong Kong share offer, the Committee reviewed and made recommendations to the Board, in respect of the draft Prospectus and offering documents, including the no material adverse change statement, the indebtedness statement and pro forma financial information.
Regulatory developments
A key focus for the Committee during 2021 has been the Group’s programme to demonstrate compliance with the GWS Framework following the designation of Prudential in May 2021, as well as compliance with its reporting regulations. We also participated in the lessons learned project led by the Risk Committee that followed the prior year change to the modelling of Jackson’s statutory capital and have amended our terms of reference as a result of the review.
Finally, we would like to thank our management colleagues for their huge efforts this past year in difficult circumstances, their responsiveness to challenge and the quality of papers; and Committee members for their diligence and contribution throughout the year.
103
104
Principal activities and significant issues considered by the Audit Committee during 2021 | |
Fair, balanced and understandable requirement The Committee carried out a formal review of whether the 2021 Annual Report and Accounts were ‘fair, balanced and understandable’ as required by the UK Corporate Governance Code. In particular, it considered whether the report gave a full picture of the Group’s business model, strategy, financial position and performance in the year, with important messages appropriately highlighted. It also considered the level of consistency between financial statements and narrative sections, whether performance measures were clearly explained and the prominence of alternative performance measures. After completion of its detailed review, the Committee was satisfied that, taken as a whole, the Group’s Annual Report and Accounts were fair, balanced and understandable. Taxation The Committee regularly received updates on the Group’s tax matters and provisions for certain open tax items, including tax matters in litigation. The Committee was satisfied that the level of provisioning adopted by management was appropriate. See notes B3 and C7 of the IFRS financial statements. In 2021, the Committee was also updated on the OECD proposals to reform international tax including the introduction of a global minimum tax rate of 15 per cent intended to be effective from 2023. Parent company financial statements The Committee reviewed the parent company profit and loss account and balance sheet, which included the recoverability of the parent company’s investment in subsidiaries by assessing and confirming that the net assets of the relevant subsidiaries (being an approximation of their minimum recoverable amount) were in excess of their carrying value at the balance sheet date. | |
External Audit | External audit effectiveness The Group’s external auditor is KPMG LLP (KPMG) and oversight of the relationship with KPMG is one of the Committee’s key responsibilities. The Committee reviewed the effectiveness of the auditor throughout the year taking into account: -The detailed audit strategy for the year, approach to risk assessment and coverage of the audit response to highlighted significant risks; -Their approach to Group materiality setting in the context of the demerger of Jackson and their proposal on how that is applied to the individual business units; -Insight around the key accounting judgements and the way KPMG applied constructive challenge and professional scepticism in dealing with management; -The outcome of management’s internal evaluation of the auditor as discussed below; and -Other external evaluations of KPMG, with a focus on the FRC’s annual quality review. There is an open dialogue on emerging risks and issues between the Group Lead Partner and Committee members via a regular schedule of meetings aligned to key reporting milestones. In 2021 the Committee formally met with the Group Lead Partner without management present on two separate occasions. Internal evaluation of KPMG was conducted using a questionnaire survey that was circulated to the Committee members, independent members of the audit committees of Material Subsidiaries, the Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer and the Group’s senior financial leadership for completion. A key component of the evaluation was the degree of challenge and robustness of approach to the audit. The survey asked 29 questions over four categories (audit quality and execution, team performance, process and communication) in relation to the 2020 audit. KPMG was given the opportunity to respond to the findings in the reports and where necessary, proposed enhancements to the audit process and team. The Committee noted the publication by the FRC in July 2021 of the results of its Annual Quality Review. While the report contained a number of areas for improvement for KPMG as a whole, the Committee noted that the FRC had reviewed KPMG’s audit of Prudential’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019, for which no significant recommendations were made by the FRC for further improvement and a number of areas of good practice were highlighted. Auditor independence and objectivity |
105
The Committee has responsibility for monitoring auditor independence and objectivity and is supported in doing so by the Group’s Auditor Independence Policy (the Policy). The Policy is approved annually by the Committee. It sets out the circumstances in which the external auditor may be permitted to undertake non-audit services and is based on four key principles which specify that the auditor should not: - Have a mutual or conflicting interest with the Group; - Audit its own firm’s work; - Act as management or employees for the Group; or - Be put in a position of being an advocate for the Group. The Policy has two permissible service types: those that require specific approval by the Committee on an engagement basis and those that are pre-approved by the Committee with an annual monetary limit capped at no more than five per cent of the Group audit fee in the proposed year and capped at $65,000 individually. The Policy also provides that the total fees payable to KPMG for non-audit services, other than those required by law or regulation, shall be limited to no more than 70 per cent of the average audit fees paid in the past three consecutive financial years. In accordance with the Policy, the Committee approved these permissible services, classified as either audit or non-audit services, and monitored the usage of the annual limits on a quarterly basis. Non-audit services undertaken by KPMG were agreed prior to the commencement of work and were confirmed as permissible for the external auditor to undertake in accordance with the Policy which complies with the rules and regulations of the FRC’s Revised Ethical Standard (2019), the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB). The Committee monitored the nature and extent of non-audit services on a regular basis to ensure the provision of non-audit services complied with the Group’s policy and did not impair the auditor’s objectivity or independence. The Committee noted that KPMG typically only performed non-audit services where they complemented its role as external auditor, for example the review of half year and EEV financial statements or additional assurance to support capital market requirements. This work has by necessity been significant as a result of the demerger of Jackson and the public offering in Hong Kong in 2021. It is not however considered to detract from the objectivity and independence of KPMG due to the nature of the work and the involvement of separate teams. In keeping with professional ethical standards, KPMG also confirmed its independence to the Committee and set out the supporting evidence for its conclusion in a report that was considered by the Committee prior to publication of the financial results. The Committee will continue to monitor developments to ensure the Group’s policies and processes around audit effectiveness and independence evolve in line with market practice. Fees paid to the external auditor The fees paid to KPMG for the year ended 31 December 2021 amounted to $15.5 million (2020: $16.0 million) of which $6.5 million (2020: $3.8 million) was total amounts payable in respect of non-audit services, except those required by law and regulation, as defined by the FRC’s Revised Ethical Standard (2019). A breakdown of the fees payable to KPMG can be found in note B2.4 of the IFRS financial statements. The ratio of non-audit fees for the Group in 2021 over the average of audit fees for the past three years is 51 per cent for the Group, 19 per cent below the 70 per cent cap set by the FRC. In 2021, $2.1 million including amounts incurred by the discontinued US operations (2020: $0.4 million) of the $6.5 million (2020: $3.8 million) spent on non-audit services, excluding those required by law and regulation, was for one-off services associated with the demerger of Jackson and the public offering of equity shares in Hong Kong. Excluding these one-off fees, total non-audit service fees that are subject to non-audit fee cap in 2021 were $4.4 million compared with $3.4 million in 2020. The services associated with this amount included the review of the Group’s half year financial statements and EEV disclosures and in 2021 additionally included assurance work performed by KPMG in connection with Prudential Hong Kong’s application to early adopt the new risk-based framework in Hong Kong, the result of which is pending. In all these cases, the audit firm was considered the most appropriate to carry out the work, given its knowledge of the Group and the synergies that arise from running these engagements alongside its main audit. All non-audit services were pre-approved by the Committee and were in line with the Policy discussed above. Reappointment of the external auditor Based on the outcome of the effectiveness evaluation and all other considerations, the Committee concluded that there was nothing in the performance of the auditor which would require a change at the next AGM. The Committee therefore recommended that KPMG be reappointed as the auditor. A resolution to this effect will be proposed to shareholders at the 2022 AGM. Audit tender |
106
The Committee acknowledges the provisions contained in the UK Code in respect of audit tendering, along with legal requirements on mandatory lead auditor rotation and audit tendering. In conformance with these requirements, the Company conducted a competitive tender in 2020 to change audit firm for the 2023 financial year end. KPMG, was appointed in 1999 and since 2005, the Committee has annually considered the need to retender the external audit service. Following the tender in 2020, the Board resolved that it intends to recommend EY for appointment for the year ending 31 December 2023 onwards, subject to shareholders’ approval at the AGM in 2023. Transition to the new audit firm has commenced and in the fourth quarter of 2021 EY confirmed to the Committee their independence from the Prudential Group. A description of the detailed tender process is set out in the 2020 Annual Report and Accounts. Throughout the 2021 financial year, the Company has complied with the provisions of the Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 issued by the UK Competition and Markets Authority. Lead Audit Partner Rotation Philip Smart, KPMG Group Lead Partner, was appointed in respect of the 2017 financial year and is expected to be replaced after a five-year term following the completion of this 2021 reporting cycle. In line with the Financial Reporting Council’s Ethical Standard, the rules and regulations of the SEC and the standards of the PCAOB, a new Group Lead Partner will be required for the 2022 audit. The replacement Lead Partner has been identified and an appropriate transition plan is in place. During the 2021 year end audit, the new Lead Partner shadowed Mr Smart and met with members of the Committee and management team and attended Committee meetings. | |
Whistle blowing | Speak out The Group continues to operate a Group-wide whistleblowing programme (‘Speak Out’), hosted by an independent third party (Navex). The Speak Out programme received ad hoc reports from a wide variety of channels, including a web portal, hotline, email and letters. Reports are captured, confidentially recorded by Navex, and triaged by Group Security Investigations prior to investigation by the appropriate teams. The Committee is responsible for oversight of the effectiveness of the Group’s whistleblowing arrangements. The Committee received regular reports on the most serious cases and other significant matters raised through the programme and the actions taken to address them. The Committee was also briefed on emerging Speak Out trends and themes. The Committee may, and has, requested further reviews of particular areas of interest. The Committee reviews the Group’s Speak Out programme annually, satisfying itself that it continues to comply with legal, regulatory and governance requirements. The Committee also considered the consistency of approach adopted across subsidiary audit committees. The Speak Out programme has been further strengthened during the year by the management level committees. Where relevant, the Committee requested information on the sharing of lessons learned. The Chair and Committee spent time privately with the Group Chief Security Officer to understand outcomes of investigations, ensure that investigations were adequately resourced and appropriately managed, that there had been no retaliation against anyone making a report and that investigations were not improperly influenced. A review of the Speak Out programme and its oversight was undertaken in 2021. |
Internal audit | Regular reporting The Committee received regular updates from GwIA on audits conducted and management’s progress in addressing audit findings within agreed timelines. Any delays in implementing remediation actions were escalated to the Committee and given particular scrutiny. The independent assurance provided by GwIA formed a key part of the Committee’s deliberations on the Group’s overall control environment. During 2021, the areas reviewed included: transformation and change management (in particular relating to the demerger of Jackson); financial controls; outsourcing and third-party supply; customer outcomes; cyber security and IT risk; compliance and regulatory; and the second line. The Group Chief Internal Auditor reports functionally to the Committee Chair and, for management purposes, to the Group Chief Executive, and also has direct access to the Chair of the Board. In addition to formal Committee meetings, the Committee meets with the Group Chief Internal Auditor in private to discuss matters relating to, for example, the effectiveness of the internal audit function, significant audit findings and the risk and control culture of the organisation. The Committee Chair also meets with GwIA’s Quality Assurance Director to discuss the outcome of the quality reviews of GwIA’s work and actions arising. |
Annual internal audit plan and focus for 2022 |
107
108
Risk Committee Report
Committee’s Purpose
The Committee’s purpose is to assist the Board in providing leadership, direction and oversight of the Group’s overall risk appetite, tolerance and strategy. It oversees and advises the Board on the current and potential risks to the Group, reviewing and approving the Group’s risk management framework, and monitoring its effectiveness and adherence to the various risk policies.
More information on the Risk Committee can be found in its Terms of Reference, which are available at www.prudentialplc.com/investors/governance-and-policies/board-and-committees-governance
Membership and 2021 meeting attendance
Committee Members | 2021 Meetings |
Jeremy Anderson | 9/9 |
David Law | 9/9 |
Ming Lu1 | 5/5 |
Kai Nargolwala2 | 4/4 |
Alice Schroeder | 9/9 |
Tom Watjen | 9/9 |
Jeanette Wong1 | 5/5 |
Regular Attendees | |
- Chair of the Board - Group Chief Executive - Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer - Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer - Company Secretary - Group Chief Internal Auditor - Chief risk officers of Jackson3 and PCA - Members of the Group Risk Leadership Team are invited to attend each meeting as appropriate. | |
1 Ming Lu and Jeanette Wong joined the Risk Committee on 12 May 2021. 2 Kai Nargolwala stepped down from the Board following the conclusion of the AGM held on 13 May 2021. 3 The Chief Risk officer of Jackson ceased attendance following the demerger. |
This report describes how the Risk Committee has fulfilled its duties under its terms of reference during 2021.
The Committee continued to consider the challenges presented by the pandemic, it also provided key input into the historic changes to the Group that were completed during the year.
The Hong Kong IA’s GWS Framework became effective for the Group on 14 May 2021, following designation by the Hong Kong IA, subject to agreed transitional arrangements. The Committee considered updates, including the results of an independent readiness assessment, on the implementation of the Framework prior to Prudential’s designation. Following implementation, we received regular updates on the Group’s ongoing compliance.
The risks associated with the Jackson demerger and equity raise, which completed in September and October 2021 respectively, were a key focus of the Committee, which considered risk opinions and approved the associated risk disclosures included in transaction documentation.
Some of the other key risks and matters considered by the Committee are summarised in this letter, with further information included in the table below.
Committee operation and governance
As part of its duties detailed above, the Committee reviews the Group Risk Framework (GRF) to ensure that it remains effective in identifying and managing the risks faced by the Group and recommends changes for approval by the Board. We considered and approved the Risk, Compliance and Security (RCS) function’s planned activities for 2021 and received regular reports from the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer (CRCO), who is advised by the Group Executive Risk Committee (GERC). We also received regular reports from the GwIA function and updates from other areas of the business as needed. In 2021, to ensure sufficient time was provided for key matters requiring detailed discussions, additional Committee time was planned following the scheduled meetings in February and November2021.
109
The Committee works closely with the Audit Committee to ensure both committees are updated and aligned on matters of common interest and we report to the Board on the main matters discussed. Direct lines of communication, reporting and oversight of the risk committees of the Group’s Material Subsidiaries are in place. Their terms of reference are aligned to the Committee’s own, and include the requirement for relevant risk escalations directly to the Committee. Regular direct communication and close cooperation with each of the local chairs remains a key component of our governance framework, and at each meeting the Chair updated the Committee on important points raised at local level. In order to foster a close working relationship with the local audit and risk committees and deepen understanding of group-wide risk topics, David Law and Jeremy Anderson chaired a session attended by the non-executive directors of the Group’s Material Subsidiaries.
The effectiveness of the Committee was reviewed as part of the annual Board evaluation, which confirmed that the Committee continued to operate effectively during the year, with actions agreed where necessary to improve its effectiveness. We provided feedback on the performance of the Group CRCO to the Group Chief Executive as part of the annual evaluation of the Board and its members.
Risk appetite and principal risks
a. | Risk governance, capital and liquidity |
The Committee performed its regular review of the Group’s risk policies and proposed changes to the Group risk appetite statements and associated limits, including how these would apply following the demerger of Jackson. We regularly reviewed the strength of our capital and liquidity positions, including the results of stress and scenario analyses. We also considered regular updates on the approach for adoption of the proposed Risk-Based Capital (RBC) regime at our Hong Kong business.
b. | The Group’s principal risks |
The Committee considered the principal risks to the Group’s financial viability and non-financial resilience and sustainability, in particular those driven by a constantly-changing operating environment and the risks to, and resulting from, the Group’s digital and sustainability agenda. The Committee reviewed the Group’s annual Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (ORSA) report in May 2021 and in-depth reviews were performed on existing and emerging high-risk areas. The Committee also received reports from the risk committee chairs of the Material Subsidiaries in 2021, with the chief risk officers of Asia, Africa and (prior to demerger) Jackson regularly attending Committee meetings.
c. | Covid-19 risks |
The Committee continued to monitor developments in risks from the pandemic and the Group’s ongoing responses to it. It has become clear that Covid-19 and its impact will continue for longer than many would have predicted, and some societal changes accelerated by the pandemic may be significantly long-term or permanent. This includes the expectations on the nature of working arrangements and customer expectations on insurance and health products and their accessibility. A key focus of the Committee in 2022 will be on how Prudential continues to conduct itself in a way to sustainably deliver easily accessible and socially inclusive products. Similarly, time will be prioritised to discuss the fair treatment of its policyholders, the well-being of its staff, and the broader long-term macro-economic impacts of Covid-19, such as increased inflation. A fuller explanation of the principal risks facing the Group and the way in which these are managed is set out in the Risk Review section.
Sustainability, including climate change risk
The Group’s annual update of its principal risks and ORSA report included assessments of the key sustainability risk areas associated with ESG considerations, including climate change related risks. In 2021, the Committee considered key changes to the GRF to reflect that sustainability risks, such as environmental risk, can impact and increase the Group’s existing risks. Updates to the non-financial risk appetite framework to frame risk appetite statements around stakeholder considerations and lenses, more aligned to ESG considerations, were approved by the Committee, and policies were updated to explicitly reference climate change and other ESG considerations. A Group Responsible Investment Policy was approved to support the Group’s external commitments, including those around asset book de-carbonisation. We also approved the Group’s revised Third-Party and Outsourcing Policy, which specifically references ESG within its key principles.
110
Digital and technology risks
The Committee received regular updates on information security, data privacy and technology risks and incidents, as well as developments in the external threat landscape such as the rise in prominence of ransomware. It approved a new Group Data Policy establishing the principles and requirements for effective and scalable data management, in light of the increase in volume and variety of data expected as part of the Group’s digital aspirations. A specific session of the Committee’s October 2021 meeting included updates on the Group’s technology risk governance model, regulatory developments, the results of external penetration testing and a deep dive review into planned features of Prudential’s Pulse platform.
The Committee was kept apprised of the key risks associated with Pulse. It also received updates on the progress of roll-out plans in new markets and the implementation of key platform features, as well as developments in risk governance over the Pulse business, such as the setting up of an Audit and Risk Committee at the Pulse subsidiary during the year.
Model risk
In 2021, given their importance to the Group’s business, the Committee focused on the risks associated with its critical models. Following the revision to Jackson’s hedge modelling, announced on 28 January 2021, which impacted Jackson’s statutory capital, with the Committee’s support the Chair led a review of the oversight and governance arrangements which operate for the Group’s critical models. The work focused on reviews of relevant Group policies, existing controls in relation to models and model changes, risk validation activity, and the visibility of model risk management information. It took into account the output from an internal audit performed during the year.
The Committee has been satisfied that appropriate controls are in place and operating for critical models across the Group’s portfolio of businesses. A number of enhancements are being made at a Group and business level to ensure consistency of approach and additional oversight by both specialist technical teams and the board-level governance risk and audit committees across the Group, with implementation in 2022.
The Committee approved updates to the Group’s Model and User Developed Applications Policy, which explicitly includes the AI ethical principles the Group’s models must comply with. Updates included an increase in oversight of models in development and the broadening of the considerations when assessing model criticality to include a wider group of stakeholders and reputational risk impacts.
The Committee received regular updates on the development of the Group internal economic capital assessment (GIECA) model in 2021. This included approving the overall GIECA methodology, prior to submission to the Hong Kong IA, and the risk calibrations for new long-term economic assumptions. It also considered the governance framework and validation activity for the GIECA model.
The Committee was also regularly updated on developments on the model planned to be used by the Hong Kong business under the Hong Kong IA’s RBC regime.
We would like to take this opportunity to thank Committee members and Prudential’s RCS function, both at Group level and at the level of local businesses, in supporting the crucial work of the Committee during such a transformative year.
Principal activities and significant issues considered by the Risk Committee during 2021 | |
---|---|
Risk Management | Group principal risks, including Chief Risk and Compliance Officer (CRCO) reporting The Committee evaluated the Group’s principal risks, considering recommendations for promoting additional risks and changes in the scope of existing risks. The Committee also received regular reporting on the Group’s exposure to, and management of, its principal risks, emerging risk themes and external developments within the Group CRCO’s regular report to the Committee. Further information on how the Group identifies emerging and principal risks can be found in the Risk Review. The Group CRCO’s reports also provided the Committee with regulatory updates, including the implications of the developing global capital standards, systemic risk regulation, engagement with the Hong Kong IA on the implementation of the GWS Framework and the Group’s ongoing compliance with the Framework following its designation by the supervisor. Covid-19 related risks The impact of the Covid-19 pandemic has been broad with continuing implications for the Group’s solvency and liquidity position. The Committee received regular updates on the nature and extent of the impacts across its principal risks, including the ongoing resilience, market and economic, product, information security, distribution and customer conduct risks and the Group’s ongoing responses to them. |
111
Principal activities and significant issues considered by the Risk Committee during 2021 | |
---|---|
A key focus of the Committee in 2021 has been monitoring the potential impact of the pandemic to the level of mortality claims and policy lapses or surrenders (both to the business and to customers) in certain markets. Deep dives As part of its risk oversight responsibilities, the Committee considers the results of ‘deep dive’ risk reviews performed over the year. In 2021, these focused on the risks related to the Group’s medical reimbursement product lifecycle and product risks across its major insurance businesses; the product implications arising from IFRS 17; network security through penetration testing; and proposed functionality for the Pulse platform. The Committee also considered the results of a review of the risk assessment processes for anti-money laundering and anti-bribery and corruption across its markets. The Committee received updates on actions and developments relating to deep dives completed in 2020, including those related to interest rate risk management. Transformation oversight The Committee monitored the progress of the Group’s key strategic projects during the year which, in addition to those outlined in the letter above, included activities focused on IFRS 17 implementation and IBOR cessation. Information security and data privacy During 2021, updates were provided to the Committee on key external developments relevant to information security and data privacy, including changes in regulations and the external threat landscape. This included a focus on the global increase in frequency of ransomware attacks and the risk management and mitigation arrangements in place at the Group. The Committee also received regular progress updates on the operationalisation of the Group-wide governance model and strategy for the management of information security and data privacy risks, as well as Group-wide information security and privacy metrics providing a view of security posture across the businesses. In May 2021, we approved a new Group Data Policy, detailed in the letter above. A session of the October 2021 Committee meeting was dedicated to information security and data privacy, where the Committee considered the matters detailed in the letter above. Sustainability, including climate change, risk A key component of the RCS Plan for 2021, approved by the Committee in February 2021, was the embedding of climate risk considerations into the GRF. This, and the other ESG-related matters considered by the Committee, have been detailed in the letter above. We received regular updates on key climate-related regulatory and legislative developments, including those in respect of disclosure requirements, progress against the Group’s responsible investment commitments and its ESG ratings by external assessors and agencies. Remuneration The Committee has a formal role in the provision of advice to the Remuneration Committee on risk management considerations in respect of executive remuneration. It considered risk management assessments of proposed executive remuneration structures and outcomes during the year, making related recommendations to the Remuneration Committee for its consideration. Stress and scenario testing The Committee is responsible for reviewing the outcome and results of stress and scenario testing, which is a key risk identification, measurement and management tool for the Group. Stress and scenario testing is a key component of the Group’s ORSA process and the Risk Assessment of the Business Plan, as described below, as well as its Recovery Planning and Reverse Stress Testing (RST). The Group’s Recovery Plan, considered by the Committee in October 2021, included an assessment of the viability and operational resilience of the Group under severe financial and non-financial shock scenarios. The Plan concluded that, as at end of 2021, the Group is expected to remain in a resilient financial and operational condition when under severe stress, with only a very extreme scenario breaching the Group’s recovery activation measures, and that established governance frameworks and procedures are in place for senior management to respond to actual and potential threats. Risk Assessment of the Business Plan |
112
Principal activities and significant issues considered by the Risk Committee during 2021 | |
---|---|
As part of its role in overseeing and advising the Board on future risk exposures and strategic risks, the Committee reviewed the Risk Assessment of the Business Plan, which highlighted key financial and non-financial risks, in particular those driven by the uncertain recovery in markets, the impacts of regional Covid-19 resurgences and reinstatements of restrictions and geopolitical risks. The analysis reviewed included sensitivity assessments of the impact of various plausible scenarios. Model risk management At a number of meetings during the year, the Committee reviewed the oversight and governance arrangements which operate for the Group’s critical models. The review focused on a number of activities undertaken by management and internal audit to look at relevant Group policies, existing controls in relation to models and model changes, risk validation activity, and the visibility of model risk management information, taking into account the output from an internal audit performed during the year. The review made a number of recommendations which, in summary: - confirm the central role of management and the various executive technical committees in overseeing model assumptions, development and assurance, and in determining matters for escalation, but adjust some of their terms of reference to expand their coverage; - clarify the oversight expectations and responsibilities of the Audit and Risk Committees at Group and BU level; and - develop guidance, examples and training to help committees approach their roles in an appropriately consistent manner. The Committee will monitor progress against the agreed actions over the course of 2022. | |
Regulatory and Compliance Matters | GWS Framework The matters considered by the Committee in advance of the Group’s designation under, and ongoing compliance with, the GWS Framework post-designation have been detailed in the letter above. Compliance and regulatory change The Committee received regular reporting on key regulatory compliance risks and mitigation activity across the Group’s businesses throughout the year, covering regulatory changes, reviews and interventions, including those relating to US-China sanctions. We also received regular updates on conduct risk and progress under the Group’s Conduct Risk Programme, including those related to the further implementation, assurance and the engagement model of the Group Conduct Risk Framework. Group-wide Internal Audit The Committee received updates from GwIA throughout the year relating to matters which fall within the scope of its responsibilities. In October 2021, we considered the GwIA function’s report on its audit into model governance. |
Risk and Compliance Framework | Annual review of risk policies, risk framework compliance and Committee effectiveness The GRF and risk policies were subject to their annual review, with amendments made to ensure the policies remained appropriate post the GWS Framework becoming effective for the Group and the Jackson demerger, as well as changes to reflect the Group’s purpose, ESG strategy and culture framework. The Board approved the changes recommended by the Committee. The Committee reviewed the results of the annual Group Governance Manual year-end compliance attestation performed by the business units under the GRF and associated policies. In February 2022, the Committee considered the findings of the annual evaluation of Committee effectiveness, agreeing actions where necessary to improve Committee effectiveness. It also considered the effectiveness of, and approved updates to, the RCS Function Mandate which formally sets out the purpose and responsibilities of the RCS function and its effectiveness in overseeing the key risks to the Group. Group Risk Appetite and Limits The Committee is responsible for recommending changes in the Group’s overall risk appetite and tolerance to the Board for approval. |
113
Audit Committee Financial Expert
The Board has determined that David Law, Chair of the Audit Committee, qualifies as audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 16A of Form 20-F, and that David Law is independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.
Governance – Differences between Prudential’s Governance Practice and the NYSE Corporate Governance Rules
The application of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) corporate governance rules for foreign companies, recognises that they have to comply with domestic requirements. As a foreign private issuer, Prudential must comply with the following NYSE rules:
1 | The Company must satisfy the audit committee requirements of the SEC; |
114
2 | The Group Chief Executive must promptly notify the NYSE in writing after any executive officer of the Company becomes aware of any non-compliance with any applicable provisions of Section 303(A) of the NYSE’s Listed Company Manual; |
3 | The Company must submit an executed written affirmation annually to the NYSE affirming the Company’s compliance with applicable NYSE Corporate Governance Standards and submit an interim written affirmation notifying it of specified changes to its audit committee or a change to the Company’s status as a foreign private issuer; and |
4 | The Company must provide a brief description of any significant difference between its corporate governance practices and those followed by US companies under the NYSE listing standards. |
As a company listed on the London Stock Exchange, Prudential is required to comply with the Listing Rules, the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules and the Prospectus Rules issued by the FCA. Prudential is also required, pursuant to the Listing Rules, to report on its compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code (the “UK Code”) which is issued by the Financial Reporting Council. Throughout 2021, the UK Code applicable to Prudential consisted of a number of main principles, and a series of more detailed provisions. The Listing Rules stipulate that Prudential must set out to shareholders how it has applied the main principles of the UK Code and a statement as to whether it has complied with all relevant provisions. Where it has not complied with all the applicable provisions of the UK Code, it must set out reasons for such deviation (the so-called “comply or explain” regime).
As a result of its listing on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, Prudential is also required to comply with the continuing obligations set forth in the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the ‘HK Listing Rules’) and is expected to comply with or explain any deviation from the provisions of the Corporate Governance Code contained in Appendix 14 to the HK Listing Rules (the ‘HK Code’).
The material differences between Prudential’s corporate governance practices and the NYSE rules on corporate governance (NYSE Rules) are set out below. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, references to compliance with the UK Code below also includes compliance with the HK Code.
Independence of directors
The NYSE Rules require that the majority of the board be independent and sets out specific tests for determining director independence. The UK Code requires that at least half of the board, excluding the chair, should be non-executive directors whom the board considers to be independent. Where there are circumstances which are likely to impair, or could appear to impair, a non-executive director’s independence, and the board nonetheless considers that the non-executive director is independent, a clear explanation is provided in the annual report. The UK Code also requires that the board should include an appropriate combination of executive and non-executive (and, in particular, independent non-executive) directors, such that no individual or small group of individuals can dominate the board’s decision making.
Every non-executive director must satisfy the Hong Kong Stock Exchange that he or she has the character, integrity, independence and experience to effectively fulfil his or her role. The HK Listing Rules set out a number of factors which may impact independence. Each independent Non-executive Director is asked, on an annual basis, to confirm whether any of the factors are relevant to their personal circumstances (without treating any such factor as necessarily conclusive).
The Independence of Directors is outlined in the ‘Board of Directors’ section above.
Separation of duties
The NYSE Rules do not specify a requirement for roles of the CEO and the Chairman to be separate.
The UK Code requires that these roles be fulfilled by different individuals. As at 17 March 2022, the roles of the CEO and Chair of the Board are fulfilled by Mike Wells and Shriti Vadera, respectively.
115
Committees of the board
The Prudential Board has established a number of Board Committees which are similar in both composition and purpose to those required under the NYSE Rules. The membership of these committees is entirely made up of non-executive directors whom the Board has deemed to be independent, with the exception of the Chair who was independent on appointment but is no longer considered independent. The Chair of the Nomination & Governance Committee is the Chair of the Board, as permissible under the UK and HK Codes. The Chair is not a member of the Remuneration, Risk or Audit Committee.
In accordance with Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, Prudential is required to have an Audit Committee which complies with the requirements of that rule. The Audit Committee of Prudential complies with these requirements except that it is responsible for considering the appointment, re-appointment or removal of the auditor and to make recommendations to the Board, to be put to shareholders for consideration at the annual general meeting. Shareholders are asked at the annual general meeting to authorise the Audit Committee to set the remuneration of the auditor. Prudential’s Audit Committee reviews the Company’s internal financial controls and, unless expressly addressed by the Board itself, reviews the Company’s internal control and risk management systems in relation to financial reporting. The Risk Committee has responsibility for the oversight of risk management.
The role of the compensation committee under NYSE rules is fulfilled at Prudential by the Remuneration Committee, which consists entirely of independent Non-executive Directors, in line with the UK Code.
Prudential has established a Nomination & Governance Committee whose membership consists of independent Non-Executive Directors and the Chair. The Committee is not responsible for developing and recommending a set of corporate governance guidelines to apply to the Company as would be applicable for a US domestic company.
Non-executive Director meetings
To empower non-management directors to serve as a more effective check on management, the NYSE Rules require that the non-management directors of each listed company must meet at regularly scheduled executive sessions without management.
Prudential complies with the equivalent provisions set out in the UK Code.
Code of ethics
Under the NYSE Rules, US companies must adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees, and promptly disclose any waiver of the code for directors or executive officers.
Prudential’s Code of Business Conduct is available on Prudential’s website. Although not required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Prudential has extended the applicability of its Code of Business Conduct to all employees and agents.
Approval of equity compensation plans
The NYSE Rules for US companies require that shareholders must be given the opportunity to vote on all equity-compensation plans and material revisions thereto, except for employment inducement awards, certain grants, plans and amendments in the context of mergers and acquisitions, and certain specific types of plans. Prudential complies with corresponding domestic requirements in the Listing Rules issued by the UK Listing Authority where appropriate, which mandate that the Company must seek shareholder approval for certain employee share plans, however, the Board does not explicitly take account of the NYSE definition of ‘material revisions’. The HK Listing Rules also provide that shareholder approval is required when making certain amendments to equity compensation plans.
Memorandum and Articles of Association
Prudential plc is incorporated and registered in England and Wales, under registered number 1397169. Its objects are unrestricted, in line with the default position under the Companies Act 2006.
The following is a summary of both the rights of Prudential shareholders including certain provisions of Prudential’s Articles of Association (the Articles). Rights of Prudential shareholders are set out in the Articles or are provided for by English law. This document is a summary and, therefore, does not contain full details of the Articles. A complete copy of the Articles was filed as an exhibit to Form 20-F on 22 March 2019. In addition, the Articles may be viewed on Prudential’s website.
116
Issued share capital
The issued share capital as at 31 December 2021 consisted of 2,746,412,265 (31 December 2020: 2,609,489,702; 31 December 2019: 2,601,159,949) ordinary shares of 5 pence each, all fully paid up and listed on the London Stock Exchange and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. As at 31 December 2021, there were 41,532 (31 December 2020: 45,176; 31 December 2019: 46,847) accounts on the register. Further information can be found in note C8 to the consolidated financial statements.
As at 15 March 2022, the issued share capital of Prudential consisted of 2,746,413,338 ordinary shares of 5 pence each, all fully paid up and listed on the London Stock Exchange and the Hong Kong Exchange. No shares were held in treasury.
Prudential also maintains secondary listings on the New York Stock Exchange (in the form of American Depositary Receipts which are referenced to ordinary shares on the main UK register) and the Singapore Stock Exchange.
Prudential has maintained a sufficiency of public float throughout the reporting period as required by the Hong Kong Listing Rules.
Rights and obligations
The issued share capital of Prudential is not currently divided into different classes of shares. The Companies Act 2006 abolished the requirement for a company to have an authorised share capital.
The rights and obligations attaching to the Company’s shares are set out in full in the Articles. There are currently no voting restrictions on the Ordinary Shares, all of which are fully paid, and each share carries one vote on a poll. If votes are cast on a show of hands, each shareholder present in person or by proxy, or in the case of a corporation, by its duly authorised corporate representatives, has one vote. The same individual may be appointed as proxy or as a corporate representative by more than one member.
Holders of Ordinary Shares have the right to participate in a distribution of profits, by way of dividend and have the right to participate in the surplus assets of the Company available for distribution in the event of a winding up or liquidation, voluntary or otherwise in proportion to the amounts paid up or credited as paid up on such Ordinary Shares.
Where, under an employee share scheme, participants are the beneficial owners of the shares but not the registered owners, the voting rights are normally exercisable by the trustee on behalf of the registered owner in accordance with the relevant plan rules. The trustees would not usually vote any unallocated shares held in trust but they may do so at their discretion provided it would be considered to be in the best interests of the beneficiaries of the trust and permitted under the relevant trust deed.
As at 15 March 2022, Trustees held 0.39 per cent of the issued share capital under the various plans in operation.
Rights to dividends under the various plans are set out in ‘Compensation and Employees’ section of this report.
Transfer of shares
In accordance with English company law, shares may be transferred by an instrument of transfer or through an electronic system (currently CREST) and no transfer is restricted except that the Directors may, in certain circumstances, refuse to register transfers of shares. If the Directors make use of that power, they must send the transferee notice of the refusal within two months.
Certain restrictions may be imposed from time to time by applicable laws and regulations (for example, insider trading laws) and pursuant to the Listing Rules of both the Financial Conduct Authority and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, as well as under the rules of some of the Group’s employee share plans.
Changes in share capital and authority to issue shares
Under English law, directors require authority from shareholders, other than under certain types of employee share schemes, whenever shares are issued. Newly issued shares must first be offered to existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings (pre-emption rights) subject to certain exemptions, for example, where shares are issued for non-cash consideration or in respect of certain types of employee share schemes.
Prudential seeks authority from its shareholders on an annual basis to issue shares up to a maximum amount of which a defined number may be issued without pre-emption rights applying. Dis-application of statutory pre-emption procedures is also available for rights issues. The existing authorities to issue shares and dis-apply pre-emption rights are due to expire at the end of the 2022 annual general meeting of the Company when shareholder approval will be sought to renew and enhance those authorities.
117
Shares may not be consolidated or sub-divided without approval by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders.
Reductions in Prudential’s issued share capital and share premium account must be approved by a special resolution of the shareholders and must be confirmed by an order of the court.
Subject to the Articles, if the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights of any class of shares may be changed or deemed varied, only if such measure is approved by a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the members of that class, or with the written consent of members holding at least three quarters of the shares of that class. At least two persons holding or representing by proxy at least one-third in nominal amount of the issued shares of the class must be present at such a meeting in person or by proxy to constitute a quorum.
The Board may not authorise, create or increase the amount of, any shares of any class or any security convertible into shares of any class or any security which is convertible into shares of any class ranking, as regards rights to participate in the profits or assets in the company, in priority to a series or class of preference shares without the consent in writing of at least three-quarters in nominal value of, or the sanction of a special resolution of, the holders of such series or class of preference shares.
In accordance with the terms of a waiver granted by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, Prudential confirms that it complies with the applicable law and regulation in the UK in relation to the holding of shares in treasury and with the conditions of the waiver in connection with the purchase of own shares and any treasury shares it may hold.
Shares authorised but not issued
Preference shares
The Directors have authority to allot Sterling preference shares up to a maximum nominal amount of £20 million, Dollar preference shares up to a maximum nominal amount of US$20 million, and Euro preference shares up to a maximum nominal value of €20 million, the terms of which will be determined by the Board on allotment. This authority, originally granted in 2004 for five years, was renewed most recently by shareholders at the 2019 annual general meeting and is due to expire in May 2024 (or at the 2024 annual general meeting, if earlier) unless renewed by shareholders. It is anticipated that shareholder approval will be sought to renew the authority at the 2024 annual general meeting of the Company.
Prior to the date of allotment, the Board shall determine whether the preference shares are to be redeemable and the terms of any redemption, their dividend rights, their rights to a return of capital or to share in the assets of the Company on a winding up or liquidation and their rights to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company prior to the date on which the preference shares are allotted.
The Board may only capitalise any amounts available for distribution in respect of any series or class of preference shares if to do so would mean that the aggregate of the amounts so capitalised would be less than the multiple, if any, determined by the Board of the aggregate amount of the dividends payable in the 12 month period following the capitalisation on the series or class of preference shares and on any other preference shares in issue which rank pari passu in relation to participation in profits. This restriction may be overturned with either: (i) the written consent of the holders of at least three-quarters in nominal value; or (ii) a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the class or series of preference shares.
Dividends
Under English law, Prudential may pay dividends only if distributable profits are available for that purpose. Distributable profits are accumulated, realised profits not previously distributed or capitalised, less accumulated, realised losses not previously written off in a reduction or reorganisation of capital. Even if distributable profits are available, Prudential may only pay dividends if the amount of its net assets is not less than the aggregate of its called-up share capital and undistributable reserves (including, for example, the share premium account) and the payment of the dividend does not reduce the amount of the net assets to less than that aggregate. Subject to these restrictions, Prudential’s Directors may recommend to ordinary shareholders that a final dividend be declared and recommend the amount of any such dividend or determine whether to pay a distribution by way of an interim dividend, and the amount of any such interim dividend, but must take into account Prudential’s financial position. Final dividends become a legal liability of a company upon the later of the date they are declared and the date the shareholder approval expresses them to be payable. Interim dividends only become a legal liability of a company at the point they are paid.
The Company or its Directors determine the date on which Prudential pays dividends. Prudential pays dividends to the shareholders on its share registers on the record date in proportion to the number of Ordinary Shares held by each shareholder. There are no fixed dates on which entitlements to dividends arise. Interest is not payable on dividends or on other amounts payable in respect of Ordinary Shares.
118
If a shareholder does not claim a dividend within 12 years of such dividend becoming due for payment, such shareholder forfeits their right to receive it. Such unclaimed amounts may be invested or otherwise used for Prudential’s benefit.
The Company periodically undertakes share forfeiture programmes. If a shareholder is recorded as untraced for more than 12 years, the shares are deemed as forfeited and sold by the Company. The proceeds from the sale of the forfeited shares are held for a period of six years by the Company, as required under the Articles.
A number of dividend waivers are in place and these relate to Ordinary Shares issued but not allocated under the Group’s employee share plans. These shares are primarily held by the Trustees and will, in due course, be used to satisfy requirements under the Group’s employee share plans.
Shareholder meetings
English law provides for shareholders to exercise their power to decide on corporate matters at general meetings. In accordance with English law, the Company is required to call and hold annual general meetings. General meetings to consider specific matters may be held at the discretion of Prudential’s Directors or must be convened, in accordance with English law, following the written request of shareholders representing at least five per cent of the voting rights of the issued and paid-up share capital. The quorum required under the Articles for a general meeting is two shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote on the business to be transacted.
Under English law, notice periods for all general meetings must be at least 21 clear days unless certain requirements are met. Prudential seeks an authority annually at its annual general meeting to hold general meetings which are not an annual general meeting on 14 clear days’ notice.
Save for where a holder has failed to pay any monies payable in respect of his Ordinary Shares following a call by the Company, holders of partly paid Ordinary Shares may attend, be counted in the quorum at meetings and vote. If more than one joint shareholder votes, only the vote of the shareholder whose name appears first in the register is counted. A shareholder whose shareholding is registered in the name of a nominee may only attend and vote at a general meeting if appointed by his or her nominee as a proxy or a corporate representative. Any shareholder who is entitled to attend and vote at a general meeting may appoint one or more proxies to attend and vote at the meeting on his or her behalf.
Shareholders resident abroad
There are no limitations on non-resident or foreign shareholders’ rights to own Prudential securities or exercise voting rights where such rights are given under English company law.
Board of Directors
Subject to the Articles and to any directions given by special resolution by shareholders, the business of the Company is managed by the Board, which may exercise all the powers of the Company. However, the Company’s shareholders must approve certain matters, such as changes to the share capital and the election and re-election of Directors. Directors are appointed subject to the Articles. The Board may appoint Directors to fill vacancies and appoint additional Directors who hold office until the next general meeting. The Articles require that each Director must have beneficial ownership of a given number of Ordinary Shares. The number of Ordinary Shares is determined by ordinary resolution at a general meeting and is currently 2,500.
Shareholders may appoint and remove Directors by ordinary resolution at a general meeting of the Company. The UK Corporate Governance Code contains a provision that all directors should stand for annual re-election. In line with these provisions, all Directors, except those who are retiring or being elected for the first time, are expected to stand for re-election at the 2022 annual general meeting.
There is no age restriction applicable to Directors in the Articles.
Borrowing powers
The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge any of its assets provided that the total aggregate amount borrowed (excluding, amongst other things, intra-group borrowings and amounts secured by policies, guarantees, bonds or contracts issued or given by the Company or its subsidiaries in the course of its business) by the Company and its subsidiaries does not, exceed the aggregate of the share capital and consolidated reserves and of one-tenth of the insurance funds of Prudential and each of its subsidiaries as shown in the most recent audited consolidated balance sheet of the Group prepared in accordance with the English law.
119
Disclosure of interests
There are no provisions in the Articles that require persons acquiring, holding or disposing of a certain percentage of Ordinary Shares to make disclosure of their ownership percentage. Shareholders are required to disclose certain interests in accordance with Rule 5 of the UK’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules by notifying Prudential of the percentage of the voting rights he or she directly or indirectly holds or controls if the percentage of the voting rights:
● | reaches, exceeds or falls below 3 per cent and/or any subsequent whole percentage figure as a result of an acquisition or disposal of Ordinary Shares or financial instruments; or |
● | reaches, exceeds or falls below any such threshold as a result of any change in the number of voting rights attached to the Ordinary Shares. |
The UK Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules set out in detail the circumstances in which an obligation to disclose will arise, as well as certain exemptions from those obligations.
The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers also imposes strict disclosure requirements with regard to dealings in the securities of an offeror or offeree company on all parties to a takeover and also on their respective associates during the course of an offer period.
Directors’ interests in contracts
A Director may hold positions with, or be interested in, other companies (subject to Board authorisation where such position or interest can reasonably be regarded as giving rise to a conflict of interest) and, subject to applicable legislation, contract with the Company or any other company in which Prudential has an interest, provided he has declared his interest to the Board.
In accordance with English company law, the Articles allow the Board to authorise any matter which would otherwise involve a Director breaching his duty under the Companies Act 2006 to avoid conflicts of interest or potential conflicts of interest and the relevant Director is obliged to conduct himself or herself in accordance with any terms imposed by the Board in relation to such authorisation.
A Director may not vote or be counted in the quorum in relation to any resolution of the Board in respect of any contract in which he or she has an interest. This prohibition does not, however, apply to any resolution where that interest cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest or where that interest arises only from certain matters specified in the Articles, including the following:
● | certain matters that benefit the Group (such as a guarantee, indemnity or security in respect of money lent or obligations undertaken by the Director at the request of or for the benefit of the Company or one of its subsidiaries); |
● | certain matters that are available to all other Directors and/or employees (such as the provision to the Director of an indemnity where all other Directors are being offered indemnities on substantially the same terms or in respect of any contract for the benefit of Group employees under which the Director benefits in a similar manner to the employees); and |
● | certain matters that arise solely from the Director’s interest in shares or debentures of the Company (such as where Prudential or one of its subsidiaries is offering securities in which offer the Director is entitled to participate as a holder of securities or in respect of any contract in which a Director is interested by virtue of his interest in securities in the Company). |
The Company may by ordinary resolution suspend or relax these provisions to any extent or ratify any contract not properly authorised by reason of a contravention of these provisions contained in its Articles.
Directors’ power to vote on own terms of appointment
A Director shall not vote on or be counted in the quorum in relation to any resolution of the Board concerning his or her own appointment, or the settlement or variation of the terms or the termination of his or her own appointment, as the holder of any office or place of profit with the Company or any other company in which the Company is interested.
Directors’ remuneration
The remuneration of the Executive Directors and the Chair is determined by the Remuneration Committee, which consists solely of Non-executive Directors. The remuneration of the Non-executive Directors is determined by the Board. For further information, including information on payments to Directors for loss of office, see, ‘Compensation and employees’.
120
Change of control
There is no specific provision in the Articles that would have an effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Prudential and that would operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring involving Prudential, or any of its subsidiaries.
Exclusive jurisdiction
Under the Articles, any proceeding, suit or action between a shareholder and Prudential and/or its Directors arising out of or in connection with the Articles or otherwise, between Prudential and any of its Directors (to the fullest extent permitted by law), between a shareholder and Prudential’s professional service providers and/or between Prudential and Prudential’s professional service providers (to the extent such proceeding, suit or action arises in connection with a proceeding, suit or action between a shareholder, Prudential and/or its Directors and/or such professional service provider) may only be brought in the courts of England and Wales.
Code of Ethics
Prudential has a code of ethics, as defined in Item 16B of Form 20-F under the Exchange Act, (which Prudential calls its Group Code of Business Conduct) which applies to the Board and Executive team, as well as to all other employees. Prudential’s Group Code of Business Conduct (Code) is available on its website at www.prudentialplc.com.
The Code sits at the heart of the Group Governance Manual (“GGM”), incorporating Standards of Business Conduct which clarify expectations over employee behaviour by presenting all individual obligations referenced throughout the GGM in a single, accessible format:
● | Financial Crime (ABC/AML/Fraud/Preventing Tax Evasion); |
● | Conflicts of Interest; |
● | Information & Dealing (Inside Info/Info Barriers/Securities Dealing/Info Security/Privacy); |
● | Communication (Internal/External/Media/Social Media/Anti-Competitive Behaviour); |
● | People (Diversity & Inclusion/Respect/Discrimination and Harassment); and |
● | Confidential Reporting. |
A review of the Code is undertaken each year to ensure it remains appropriate for the global business, taking into consideration both internal and external factors.
To align with the Group’s Culture Framework, the front end of the Code was amended during the year to incorporate the Group’s renewed purpose and the personal values which help influence our conduct as individuals representing the Group.
121
COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYEES
Our Executive Directors’ remuneration at a glance
What performance means for Executive Directors’ pay in 2021
At Prudential, remuneration packages are designed to ensure strong alignment between pay and performance. 2021 saw the Group perform strongly against its financial and strategic objectives which has been appropriately reflected in the incentive outcomes, as set out in the Annual report on remuneration.
The value of the performance-related elements of remuneration is added to the fixed packages provided to Executive Directors to calculate the 2021 ‘single figure’ of total remuneration. The total 2021 ‘single figure’ for the Group Chief Executive is 15 per cent less than the total restated 2020 ‘single figure’. This chiefly reflects the level of vesting of the 2019 PLTIP award which was partially offset by a higher 2021 AIP outcome compared to 2020. The values for the current Executive Directors are outlined in the table below:
Note
1. | 2020 single figure has been restated on the required basis to reflect the actual value of the 2018 PLTIP award at vesting. |
Aligning pay with the Group’s forward-looking strategy
Remuneration approach in light of the demerger
Following the demerger of Jackson, the Group is exclusively focused on its higher growth businesses in Asia and Africa. In this context and to reflect post-demerger priorities, the Committee has reviewed executive remuneration arrangements and made several changes. This included:
● | Adjusting the weightings of the financial AIP measures, by increasing the focus on New Business Profit; |
● | Updating pay benchmarking peer groups to increase focus on the Asia-led financial services organisations; and |
● | Revising our TSR peer group ahead of 2021 awards being made under the PLTIP in order to reflect the post-demerger footprint of the Group. |
To recognise the hard work and commitment shown by our employees in preparation for the demerger and to give our people a stake in the new chapter of the Company’s development, each Prudential plc employee (other than the Group Executive Committee) received, in October 2021, a Celebration Award of US$1,000 of restricted shares which will be released in October 2022.
Remuneration arrangements for 2022
Decisions summarised below were taken by the Committee in 2021. Changes to the remuneration arrangements which follow the senior leadership changes announced in February 2022 are set out in the ‘Statement of implementation of remuneration policy in 2022’ section of this report.
122
Remuneration packages for 2022, effective 1 January 2022, are set out in detail in the Annual Report on remuneration and are summarised below.
Notes
1. | Salary increases of 3% were awarded with effect from 1 January 2022. |
2. | The exchange rate used to convert pay to USD is the reporting rate during 2021 of 0.7269 for GBP and 7.7728 for HKD. All salaries are rounded to the nearest $1,000/£1,000 or HKD 10,000. |
3. | The PLTIP award is subject to a three-year performance period and a holding period which ends on the fifth anniversary of the award. |
123
Summary of the current Directors’ remuneration policy
The current Directors’ remuneration policy was approved at the AGM on 14 May 2020 and is expected to fully apply until the 2023 AGM, when shareholders will be asked to approve a revised Directors’ remuneration policy, in line with the requirement to submit the policy for shareholder approval at least every three years. The Committee is comfortable that the current Policy operated as intended and that the overall 2021 remuneration paid to Executive Directors as set out below and within the Annual report on remuneration, was appropriate.
The pages that follow present a summary of the current Directors’ remuneration policy. The complete policy is available on the Company’s website at www.prudentialplc.com/investors/governance-and-policies/policies-and-statements.
Summary of the Directors’ remuneration policy
124
Principles underlying the policy
When determining the 2020 Directors’ remuneration policy, the Committee had regard to a number of key principles as illustrated below:
126
Annual Report on remuneration
Membership and 2021 meeting attendance
Committee Members | 2021 Meetings |
Anthony Nightingale CMG SBS JP (Chair) | 8/10 |
Thomas Watjen | 10/10 |
Kai Nargolwala1 | 5/6 |
Fields Wicker-Miurin2 | 9/10 |
Amy Yip3 | 4/4 |
The Hon. Philip Remnant CBE FCA | 9/10 |
David Law ACA4 | 9/9 |
Chua Sock Koong5 | 4/4 |
Regular attendees | |
- Chair - Group Chief Executive - Company Secretary - Group Human Resources Director - Director of Group Reward and Employee Relations - Remuneration Committee Adviser |
1 Kai Nargolwala stepped down from the Remuneration Committee on 13 May 2021.
2 Fields Wicker-Miurin stepped down from the Remuneration Committee on 31 December 2021.
3 Amy Yip stepped down from the Remuneration Committee on 3 March 2021.
4 David Law joined the Remuneration Committee on 4 February 2021.
5 Chua Sock Koong joined the Remuneration Committee on 12 May 2021.
Role and responsibilities
The role and responsibilities of the Committee are set out in its terms of reference, which are reviewed by the Committee and approved by the Board on a periodic basis, and which can be found on the Company’s website at https://www.prudentialplc.com/~/media/Files/P/Prudential-V3/content-pdf/gremco-tor-at-01-01-2022.pdf. The Committee’s role is to assist the Board in meeting its responsibilities regarding the determination, implementation and operation of the overall remuneration policy for the Group, including the remuneration of the Chair of the Board, Executive Directors, Group Executive Committee members and the Company Secretary, as well as overseeing the remuneration arrangements of other staff within its purview. In 2021, the Committee met seven times and also dealt with a number of matters by email circulation.
The principal responsibilities of the Committee set out in their terms of reference and discharged during 2021 were:
– | Approving the operation of performance-related pay schemes operated for the Executive Directors, other members of the Group Executive Committee and the Company Secretary, and determining the targets and individual payouts under such schemes; |
– | Reviewing the operation and awards made under all share plans requiring approval by the Board and/or the Company’s shareholders. Specifically, during 2021, this included approving the remuneration section of the Demerger Agreement and all related adjustments to pay and performance schemes; |
– | Monitoring compliance of the Chair and Executive Directors and other members of the Group Executive Committee with share ownership guidelines; |
– | Reviewing and approving individual packages for the Executive Directors and other members of the Group Executive Committee, |
– | Reviewing workforce remuneration practices and related policies across the Group when setting the remuneration policy for Executive Directors, as well as the alignment of incentives and awards with culture; |
– | Reviewing and approving the content and format of the UK gender pay gap report; |
– | Monitoring the remuneration and risk management implications of remuneration of senior executives across the Group and other selected roles; and |
– | Overseeing the implementation of the Group remuneration policy for roles within the scope of the specific arrangements referred to in the Hong Kong IA GWS Framework. |
The Chair and the Group Chief Executive attend meetings by invitation. The Committee also had the benefit of advice from:
– | Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer; |
– | Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer; |
– | Group Human Resources Director; and |
– | Director of Group Reward and Employee Relations. |
127
Individuals are not present when their own remuneration is discussed and the Committee is always careful to manage potential conflicts of interest when receiving views from Executive Directors or senior management about executive remuneration proposals.
As part of our broader programme of shareholder engagement, the Chair of the Committee held meetings with shareholders and the principal advisory bodies to discuss decisions taken in respect of the Executive Directors’ remuneration arrangements for 2022. We have had the benefit of substantive feedback from 50 per cent of our shareholder register and are pleased that the majority of shareholders and advisory bodies who provided input were supportive of our proposals and commended the manner in which we conducted the consultation process.
During 2021, Deloitte LLP was the independent remuneration adviser to the Committee. Deloitte was re-appointed by the Committee in 2021 following a competitive tender process. As part of this process, the Committee considered the services that Deloitte provided to Prudential and its competitors, as well as other potential conflicts of interest. Deloitte is a member of the Remuneration Consultants’ Group and voluntarily operates under their code of conduct when providing advice on executive remuneration in the UK. Deloitte regularly meets with the Chair of the Committee without management present. The Committee is comfortable that the Deloitte engagement partner and team providing remuneration advice to the Committee do not have connections with Prudential that may impair their independence and objectivity. The total fees paid to Deloitte for the provision of independent advice to the Committee in 2021 were £81,250 charged on a fixed fee as well as time and materials basis. During 2021, Deloitte provided Prudential management advice on remuneration, digital and technology, taxation, internal audit, global mobility, risk and regulatory matters. Remuneration advice is provided by an entirely separate team within Deloitte.
In addition, in 2021 the Committee and management commissioned a large scale research project by Aon, which included analysis of remuneration trends and structures across a number of sectors and geographies. The total cost of this project, including analysis and data provided in respect of executives below Board, was US$117,700 charged on a fixed fee basis. Aon were selected and appointed by management. The Committee is comfortable that the advice received was objective and independent. During 2021, Aon provided other parts of the Group management advice on staff salary data, insurance services and asset management consulting services.
In 2021 the Board conducted an evaluation of its effectiveness which included an assessment of the Remuneration Committee. The evaluation confirmed that the Committee continued to operate effectively during the year.
Remuneration decisions taken in relation to the demerger
The Jackson business demerged from the Group with effect from 13 September 2021. The Committee established a set of principles, consistent with that applied on the 2019 demerger of M&G, to underpin decisions on remuneration relating to the demerger with Jackson, including:
— | Executives should not be advantaged or disadvantaged by the demerger; |
— | The value of outstanding awards and their key terms (release dates, holding periods, malus and clawback provisions) should be unaffected; |
— | Where performance conditions need to be revised, the new conditions should be no more or less stretching than those originally attached to the awards; and |
— | Where the Committee has applied discretion, this will be disclosed clearly. |
These principles formed the basis for the treatment of outstanding share awards which was set out in the Shareholder Circular published on 6 August 2021 and approved by shareholders at the August 2021 General Meeting. In summary, employees of Prudential plc (including the Executive Directors of the Company) received the demerger dividend on their outstanding deferred bonus and long-term incentive awards in the form of additional Prudential plc shares which will be released on the same timetable and on the same basis as their original share awards. The Committee decided that it was appropriate that, wherever possible, executives should be rewarded in the shares of the business which they continue to lead. For awards under UK all-employee share plans, the treatment was in line with the relevant rules and regulations.
Adjusting the AIP and in-flight PLTIP performance conditions
At the time of the demerger, the 2021 AIP financial targets were adjusted to exclude the Jackson business for the remainder of the year.
The Committee decided that the financial targets for the 2019 and 2020 PLTIP awards should be adjusted to exclude the Jackson components of the Plan on which the targets were based, with effect from the date of the demerger, in order to appropriately account for the period that Jackson were not part of the Group. The revised targets will be disclosed in the remuneration report for the year in which the awards vest.
The 2021 PLTIP award targets exclude Jackson performance, with the exception of the ‘conduct’ measure in the sustainability scorecard which includes Jackson until the point of demerger.
128
No changes have been made to the TSR peer groups for any outstanding PLTIP awards held by Prudential plc staff. The TSR peer group was revised ahead of 2021 awards being made in order to reflect the post-demerger footprint of the Group.
Demerger share calculation
At the time of the demerger of Jackson from Prudential plc shareholders received one share in Jackson for every forty shares they hold in Prudential plc. The Committee approved the approach to converting the demerger dividend into additional Prudential plc shares and ADRs for those with outstanding awards at the date of the demerger. Prudential plc employees who held awards over Prudential shares or ADRs therefore received the value of the demerger dividend in the form of additional Prudential plc shares or ADRs respectively. These additional shares/ADRs will vest on the same timetable and on the same basis as the original award.
The Committee considered a number of approaches for converting the demerger dividend into additional Prudential plc shares/ ADRs. It decided to determine the number of additional Prudential plc shares/ADRs to be awarded as a dividend by dividing the value of Jackson shares (based on the volume weighted average price realised through the bulk sale of Jackson shares immediately following demerger date) by the Prudential plc share price averaged over the first ten days of Jackson’s regular trading on the NYSE. This approach ensured alignment between the value that our employees and our shareholders realised from the demerger.
TSR calculation
The Committee determined that the calculation of TSR for in-flight PLTIP awards should be adjusted to reflect the demerger of Jackson. This involved the application of an adjustment factor calculated in line with standard methodologies.
Table of 2021 Executive Director total remuneration (the ‘single figure’)
* | Benefits include (where provided) the cost of providing the use of a car and driver, medical insurance, security arrangements, relocation/expatriate benefits and shares awarded due to participation in the Share Incentive Plan (SIP). |
† | The total value of the bonus, comprising both the 60 per cent delivered in cash and 40 per cent bonus deferred into Prudential plc shares for three years. The deferred part of the bonus is subject to malus and clawback in accordance with the malus and clawback policies, but no further performance conditions. |
‡ | In line with the regulations, the estimated value of the 2021 PLTIP releases for all Executive Directors has been calculated based on the average share price over the last three months of 2021 (£14.00/US$19.26) and includes the accumulated dividends delivered in the form of shares. The Committee’s approach to determining the level of vesting for this award is set out in the ‘Remuneration in respect of performance periods ending in 2021’ section. The number of Prudential plc shares under award has been adjusted to take account of the Jackson demerger in line with the approach set out in the section on ‘Remuneration decisions taken in relation to the demerger’. As set out in the 2019 Annual Report, these awards have previously been adjusted on the demerger of M&G. The actual value of vesting PLTIP awards, based on the share price on the date awards are released, will be shown in the 2022 report. Due to the share price depreciation over the vesting period, the estimated value per share of the 2019 PLTIP awards is 9.1% lower than the value per share at grant. As a result, no value is attributable to share price appreciation. No adjustment to vesting levels has been proposed as a result of the share price depreciation. |
§ | 2021 pension benefits include cash supplements for pension purposes and contributions into defined contribution schemes as outlined in the ‘pension benefit entitlement’ section. |
~ | Total fixed remuneration includes salary, taxable benefits and pension benefits. Total variable remuneration includes total bonus and PLTIP releases. |
Ù | Each remuneration element is rounded to the nearest $1,000 and totals are the sum of these rounded figures. Total remuneration is calculated using the methodology prescribed by Schedule 8 of Statutory Instrument 2013 No. 1981 – The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013. Total 2021 remuneration has been converted to US dollars using the exchange rate of 0.7269 for GBP and 7.7728 for HKD. Exchange rate fluctuations will therefore impact the reported value. |
# | Total 2021 remuneration has been converted to GBP using the exchange rate of 0.7269 USD to 1 GBP. |
129
Note
1 | Mr Turner is paid in HK dollars, while Messrs Wells and FitzPatrick are paid in sterling. |
Table of 2020 Executive Director total remuneration (the ‘single figure’)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Total 2020 | |||||||||
Total 2020 | remuneration | |||||||||||||||||
2020 | 2020 | 2020 | 2020 | Total 2020 | Total 2020 | remuneration | the ‘single | |||||||||||
$000s (unless | 2020 | taxable | total | PLTIP | pension | fixed | variable | the ‘single | figure’ in | |||||||||
stated) | salary | benefits* | bonus† | releases‡ | benefits§ | remuneration~ | remuneration~ | figure’Ù | GBP (£000)# | |||||||||
Mark FitzPatrick | 980 | 239 | 1,186 | 1,773 | 171 | 1,390 | 2,959 | 4,349 | 3,391 | |||||||||
James Turner1 | 950 | 643 | 1,322 | 919 | 169 | 1,762 | 2,241 | 4,003 | 3,122 | |||||||||
Mike Wells | 1,481 | 388 | 1,355 | 4,286 | 258 | 2,127 | 5,641 | 7,768 | 6,057 | |||||||||
Total | 3,411 | 1,270 | 3,863 | 6,978 | 598 | 5,279 | 10,841 | 16,120 | 12,570 |
* | Benefits include (where provided) the cost of providing the use of a car and driver, medical insurance, security arrangements, relocation/expatriate benefits and shares awarded due to participation in the Share Incentive Plan (SIP). |
† | The total value of the bonus, comprising both the 60 per cent delivered in cash and 40 per cent bonus deferred into Prudential plc shares for three years. The deferred part of the bonus is subject to malus and clawback in accordance with the malus and clawback policies, but no further performance conditions. |
‡ | In line with the regulations, the value of the 2020 PLTIP releases for all Executive Directors has been calculated using the share price at vesting of £14.9984 and includes the accumulated dividends delivered in the form of shares. The number of Prudential plc shares under award have been adjusted in line with the approach set out in the section on ‘Remuneration decisions taken in relation to the demerger’ in the 2019 Annual Report. Due to the share price depreciation over the vesting period, the estimated value per share of the 2018 PLTIP awards is 16.5% lower than the value per share at grant. As a result, no value is attributable to share price appreciation. No adjustment to vesting levels has been proposed as a result of the share price depreciation. |
§ | 2020 pension benefits include cash supplements for pension purposes and contributions into defined contribution schemes as outlined in the ‘pension benefit entitlement’ section. |
~ | Total fixed remuneration includes salary, taxable benefits and pension benefits. Total variable remuneration includes total bonus and PLTIP releases. |
Ù | Each remuneration element is rounded to the nearest $1,000 and totals are the sum of these rounded figures. Total remuneration is calculated using the methodology prescribed by Schedule 8 of Statutory Instrument 2013 No. 1981 – The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013. Total 2020 remuneration has been converted to US dollars using the exchange rate of 0.7798 for GBP and 7.7560 for HKD. Exchange rate fluctuations will therefore impact the reported value. |
# | Total 2020 remuneration has been converted to GBP using the exchange rate of 0.7798 for GBP. |
Note
1Mr Turner is paid in HK dollars, while Messrs Wells and FitzPatrick are paid in sterling.
Remuneration in respect of performance in 2021
Base salary
No salary increases were awarded to Executive Directors with effect from January 2021. However, the scope of the role of the Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer was expanded in April 2021 to include oversight of the Group’s investment processes and governance in addition to his previous responsibilities. The Hong Kong IA has also asked that he is designated as a Key Person in a Control Function with responsibility for the Financial Control function. The scope of Mr FitzPatrick’s role was previously increased in 2019 to include the Chief Operating Officer responsibilities without an increase in remuneration. Having considered these developments, the Committee decided to award a 5 per cent salary increase for Mr FitzPatrick with effect from 1 April 2021.
As a result, Executive Directors received the following salaries in 2021:
Note
1 | 2021 salaries were converted to US dollars using an exchange rate of 0.7269 for GBP and 7.7728 for HKD. All salaries are rounded to the nearest $1,000/£1,000 or HKD 10,000. |
130
Pension benefit entitlements
Pension benefit arrangements for 2021 are set out in the table below. The employer pension contribution available to the UK workforce is 13 per cent of salary.
Executive Director | 2021 pension benefit | Life assurance provision |
---|---|---|
James Turner | Pension supplement in lieu of pension of 13 per cent of salary and a HKD18,000 employer payment to the Hong Kong Mandatory Provident Fund. | Eight times salary. |
Mark FitzPatrick and Mike Wells | Pension supplement in lieu of pension of 13 per cent of salary. | Four times salary plus an additional four times salary dependants’ pension. |
Annual bonus outcomes for 2021
Target setting
For 2021, financial AIP metrics comprise 80 per cent of the bonus opportunity for all Executive Directors apart from the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, for whom this accounts for 40 per cent of the bonus opportunity. The performance ranges are based on the annual business plans approved by the Board and reflect the ambitions of the Group, in the context of anticipated market conditions. The financial element of Executive Directors’ 2021 bonuses was determined by the achievement of four Group measures, namely adjusted operating profit, operating free surplus generation, EEV new business profit and cash flow, which are aligned to the Group’s growth and cash generation focus.
Personal objectives comprise 20 per cent of the bonus opportunity for all Executive Directors. These objectives were established at the start of the year and reflect the Company’s Strategic Priorities set by the Board. For 2021, Executive Directors had two shared strategic objectives linked to developing and embedding the Group’s ESG strategic framework and completing the separation of Jackson from the Group.
Functional objectives account for the remaining 40 per cent of the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s bonus opportunity. These are based on the Group Risk Plan and are developed with input from the Chair of the Group Risk Committee.
AIP payments are subject to meeting minimum capital thresholds which are aligned to the Group risk framework and appetites (as adjusted for any Group Risk Committee approved counter-cyclical buffers), as described in the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report section of this report.
The Committee seeks advice from the Group Risk Committee on risk management considerations to inform decisions about remuneration architecture and performance measures to ensure that risk management, culture and conduct are appropriately reflected in the design and operation of Executive Directors’ remuneration.
Performance assessment
The Committee determines the overall value of the bonus, taking account of the inputs described above and any other factors which it considers relevant.
The Committee considered a report from the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer which had been approved by the Group Risk Committee. This report confirmed that the 2021 results were achieved within the Group’s and businesses’ risk framework and appetite. The Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer also considered the effectiveness of risk management and internal controls, and specific actions taken to mitigate risks, particularly where these may be at the expense of profits or sales. The report also confirmed that the Group met minimum capital thresholds which were aligned to the Group risk framework and appetites. The Committee took into account this advice when determining AIP outcomes for Executive Directors.
131
The table below illustrates the weighting of performance measures for 2021 and the level of achievement under the AIP:
Note
1 | All bonus awards are subject to 40 per cent deferral for three years and the deferred bonus will be paid in Prudential plc shares. |
Financial performance
The Committee reviewed performance against the performance ranges at its meeting in February 2022. Group adjusted operating profit and Group free surplus generation were approaching the stretch target established by the Board. Life new business profit and Group cash flow achievement exceeded the stretching targets established by the Board.
The level of performance required for threshold, plan and maximum payment against the Group’s 2021 AIP financial measures and the results achieved are set out below:
Personal performance
A proportion of the annual bonus for each Executive Director is based on the achievement of personal objectives including:
–The executive meeting their individual conduct and customer measures;
–The executive’s contribution to Group strategy as a member of the Board; and
–Specific goals related to the function for which they are responsible and progress on major projects.
At the end of the year, the Committee considered the performance of all executives against objectives established at the start of the year. At its meeting in February 2022, it concluded that 2021 had seen the execution of significant strategic objectives, as described in the Strategic and Operating Review. These achievements reflect Executive Directors’ high level of performance against their 2021 personal objectives. All executives met their individual conduct measures and each Executive Director made a significant contribution to the achievement of Group strategy during 2021.
132
The below summarises performance against the personal objectives and strategic priorities for the current Executive Directors:
Shared strategic objectives
Mark FitzPatrick, Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer
133
James Turner, Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer
Mike Wells, Group Chief Executive
134
Functional performance
The Group Chief Executive and the Chair of the Group Risk Committee undertake the assessment of performance against functional objectives for the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer. 2021 achievement is summarised below:
135
2021 bonus awards
The Committee determined the 2021 AIP awards below on the basis of the performance of the Group and of the individual executives. In making these decisions, it reflected on factors including:
● | The overall contribution of the executive; |
● | Behavioural, conduct and risk management considerations; and |
● | Wider experience of stakeholders and overall corporate performance. |
40 per cent of the 2021 bonus awards will be deferred into shares for three years.
Notes
1 | Salaries are converted to US dollars using an exchange rate of 0.7269 for GBP and 7.7728 for HKD. |
2 | The salary for Mr FitzPatrick reflects the salary increase awarded with effect from 1 April 2021. |
Further details of Key Management Remuneration may also be found in note B2.3 of the consolidated financial statements.
Long-term incentives vesting in respect of performance to 31 December 2021
Prudential Long Term Incentive Plan (PLTIP)
Target setting
Our long-term incentive plans have stretching performance conditions that are aligned to the strategic priorities of the Group. In 2019, all Executive Directors were granted awards under the PLTIP. In determining the financial targets under the sustainability scorecard, the Committee had regard to the stretching nature of the three-year Business Plan for adjusted operating profit and capital positions as set by the Board. Further, in setting the conduct and diversity targets under the sustainability scorecard, the Committee considered input from the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer on conduct risk for the conduct measure and had regard to the Company’s commitment under the Women in Finance Charter for the diversity measure.
Further details may also be found in note B2.2 of the consolidated financial statements.
136
The weightings of the measures are detailed in the table below:
Notes
1Group TSR is measured on a ranked basis over three years relative to peers.
2 | At the time of award a Solvency II operating capital generation measure was used in the sustainability scorecard. As set out in the ‘Remuneration decisions taken in relation to the demerger’ section of the 2019 Directors’ remuneration report, Solvency II operating capital generation was replaced with Group free surplus generation from 1 July 2019 since Prudential ceased to be subject to Solvency II capital requirements and no longer calculated or disclosed a Solvency II position following the demerger of the M&G business and the change in the Company’s Group-wide supervisor. |
3 | This is cumulative three-year ECap Group operating capital generation, less cost of capital (based on the capital position at the start of the performance period). |
4 | Conduct is assessed through appropriate management action, ensuring there are no significant conduct/culture/governance issues that could result in significant capital add-ons or material fines. |
5 | Diversity is measured as the percentage of the Leadership Team that is female at the end of 2021. The target for this metric has been based on progress towards the goal that the Company set when it signed the Women in Finance Charter, where 30 per cent of our Leadership Team should be female by the end of 2021. |
As described in the section on ‘Remuneration decisions taken in relation to the demerger’, the Committee adjusted the performance conditions attached to the 2019 PLTIP awards in order to take account of the demerger with Jackson, ensuring that the revised performance conditions were no more or less stretching than those originally attached to the awards. As set out in the 2019 Annual Report, these awards have previously been adjusted on the demerger of M&G. The performance assessment provided below is based on these adjusted targets.
137
Performance assessment
In deciding the proportion of the awards to be released, the Committee considered actual results against performance targets. The Committee also reviewed underlying Company performance to ensure vesting levels were appropriate, including an assessment of whether results were achieved within the Group’s risk framework and appetite. Finally, overall vesting levels were reviewed to ensure that levels of reward provided remain reflective of the Company’s performance. The Directors’ remuneration policy summary section contains further details of the design of Prudential’s long-term incentive plans.
Notes
1 | Peer group for the 2019 awards is AIA, Aegon, AXA Equitable, China Taiping Insurance, Great Eastern, Lincoln National, Manulife, MetLife, Ping An Insurance, Principal Financial, Prudential Financial, Sun Life Financial. No adjustments were made to the peer group in respect of the demerger. |
2 | In 2019 the Leadership Team was subdivided into the Leadership Team and the Executive Council. Both of these leadership groups are considered for the purposes of this assessment. |
3 | Jackson performance was excluded from the point of demerger. |
Details of cumulative achievement under the capital measures have not been disclosed as the Committee considers that these are commercially sensitive and would put the Company at a disadvantage compared to its competitors. The Committee will keep this disclosure policy under review based on whether, in its view, disclosure would compromise the Company’s competitive position.
PLTIP vesting
The Committee considered a report from the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer which had been approved by the Group Risk Committee. This report confirmed that the financial results were achieved within the Group’s risk framework and appetite. On the basis of this report and the performance of the Group described above, the Committee decided not to apply any adjustment to the arithmetic vesting outcome under the 2019 PLTIP awards and determined the vesting of each Executive Director’s PLTIP awards as set out below:
Notes
1 | The share price used to calculate the value of the PLTIP awards with performance periods which ended on 31 December 2021 and vest in April 2022 for all Executive Directors, was the average share price for the three months up to 31 December 2021, being £14.00 converted at the exchange rate of 0.7269 USD. The number of Prudential plc shares under award has been adjusted to account for the demerger of Jackson in line with the approach set out in the section on ‘Remuneration decisions taken in relation to the demerger’. |
2 | The number of shares vesting includes accrued dividends. Shares vesting will be subject to a two-year holding period. |
138
Long-term incentives awarded in 2021
2021 share-based long-term incentive awards
The table below shows the awards of conditional shares made to Executive Directors under the PLTIP in 2021 and the performance conditions attached to these awards.
†Awards for Executive Directors are calculated based on the average share price over the three dealing days prior to the grant date, being £15.05/$20.70.
§ | Each of the four measures within the sustainability scorecard has equal weighting. They are GWS operating capital generation, Group ECap operating capital generation, diversity and conduct. |
The Committee will review awards on vesting to ensure that participants do not benefit from windfall gains. The Committee will consider Prudential’s stretching performance targets, the share performance of Prudential and its peers, the prices of the indices on which Prudential is listed and any other factors deemed relevant.
As set out in the section on ‘Remuneration decisions taken in relation to the demerger’, 2021 PLTIP targets were set excluding the Jackson business from the targets, with the exception of the conduct measure in the sustainability scorecard which included Jackson until the demerger date.
Relative TSR
Under the Group TSR measure, 20 per cent of the award will vest for TSR at the median of the peer group, increasing to full vesting for performance within the upper quartile. The peer group for 2021 PLTIP awards, which reflects the footprint of the post-separation Group, is set out below:
AIA Group | Allianz | AXA | China Life |
China Pacific Insurance (CPIC) | China Taiping Insurance | Great Eastern | Manulife Financial |
New China Life (NCl) | Ping An Insurance | Sun Life Financial | Zurich Insurance Group |
Return on Embedded Value (RoEV)
Performance will be assessed on the average three-year Group RoEV relative to the 2021-2023 Board approved Plan. 20 per cent of the award will vest for achieving the threshold level of 9.0 per cent, increasing to full vesting for reaching the stretch level of at least 11.0 per cent.
139
Sustainability scorecard
Under the 2021 sustainability scorecard, performance will be assessed for each of the four measures, at the end of the three-year performance period. Performance will be assessed on a sliding scale. Each of the measures has equal weighting and the 2021 measures are set out below:
Capital measure: | Cumulative three-year ECap Group operating capital generation, less cost of capital (based on the capital position at the start of the performance period) relative to threshold. |
Vesting basis: | Performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 20 per cent vesting for achieving threshold, increasing to full vesting for performance above stretch level. The threshold figure for this metric will be published in the Annual Report for the final year of the performance period. |
Capital measure: | Cumulative three-year GWS1 operating capital generation relative to threshold. |
Vesting basis: | Performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 20 per cent vesting for achieving threshold, increasing to full vesting for performance above stretch level. The threshold figure for this metric will be published in the Annual Report for the final year of the performance period. |
Conduct measure: | Through strong risk management action, ensure there are no significant conduct/culture/governance issues that result in significant capital add-ons or material fines. |
Vesting basis: | Performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 20 per cent vesting for partial achievement of the Group’s expectations, increasing to full vesting for achieving the Group’s expectations. |
Diversity measure: | Percentage of the Executive Council and Leadership Team that are female at the end of 2023. |
Vesting basis: | Performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 20 per cent vests for meeting the threshold of at least 33 per cent of our Executive Council and Leadership Team being female at the end of 2023. Full vesting will be achieved for reaching the stretch level of at least 37 per cent being female by the end of 2023. |
Note
1. | Following the Group’s designation by the Hong Kong Insurance Authority in May 2021, the Group’s regulatory capital requirements are now determined by the GWS Framework. This means that the Local Capital Summation Method (LCSM) measure has been replaced with GWS operating capital generation. Since the GWS methodology for calculating operating capital generation is the same as that previously applied under the LCSM framework, this will not require any adjustment to be made to the targets attached to outstanding PLTIP awards and the assessment of their achievement will be unaffected. |
Pay comparisons
Performance graph and table
The chart below illustrates the TSR performance of Prudential, the FTSE 100 (as the Company has a premium listing on the London Stock Exchange) and the peer group of international insurers used to benchmark the Company’s performance for the purposes of the 2021 PLTIP awards. The chart illustrates the performance of a hypothetical investment of $100 in ordinary shares of Prudential plc over the 10-year period 1 January 2012 to 31 December 2021 compared to a similar investment in the FTSE 100 or an index of the Company’s peers. Total shareholder return is based on Returns Index data calculated on a daily share price growth plus re-invested dividends (as measured at the ex-dividend dates).
140
Prudential TSR vs. FTSE 100 and peer group average – total return over 10-year period to December 2021
· Prudential · FTSE 100 · Peer group
The information in the table below shows the total remuneration for the Group Chief Executive over the same period:
Notes
1 | All remuneration has been converted to USD using the average exchange rate for each respective financial year. |
2 | Tidjane Thiam left the Company on 31 May 2015. Mike Wells became Group Chief Executive on 1 June 2015. The figures shown for Mike Wells’s remuneration in 2015 relate only to his service as Group Chief Executive. |
3 | Further detail on the ‘single figure’ is provided in the ‘single figure’ table for the relevant year. The figures provided reflect the value of vesting LTIP awards on the date of their release other than for 2021 (for which an estimate is used). |
141
Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below sets out the amounts payable in respect of 2020 and 2021 on all employee pay and dividends:
| 2020 |
| 2021 |
| Percentage change |
| |
All employee pay ($m)1,2 | 1,000 | 1,057 | 6 | % | |||
Dividends including demerger dividend ($m)3 |
| 420 |
| 2,201 |
| 424 | % |
Dividends excluding demerger dividend ($m)3 |
| 420 |
| 466 |
| 11 | % |
Notes
1 | All employee pay as taken from note B2.1 to the financial statements. |
2 | FY21 and FY20 excludes Jackson costs. |
3 Dividends taken from note B5 to the financial statements.
Percentage change in remuneration
The table below sets out how the change in remuneration for each Director between 2020 and 2021 and between 2019 and 2020 compared to a wider employee comparator group:
Notes
1. | The change in the total salaries paid to Messrs FitzPatrick, Turner and Wells in 2020 includes a salary increase reversed from 1 April 2020. The change in salaries and bonuses for Executive Directors is calculated on a local currency basis. The change in benefits for Executive Directors is calculated in USD, as benefits values are denominated in a number of currencies. |
2. | Mark FitzPatrick received a salary increase of 5% effective 1 April 2021 due to an increased scope to his role. |
3. | Shriti Vadera joined the Board and the Nominations Committee on 1 May 2020 and became Chair on 1 January 2021. The change in pay reflects her pro-rated pay for 2020 as well as her change in role. |
4. | Fluctuations in pay are due to change in Committee memberships in 2021. |
5. | Kai Nargolwala stepped down from the Board at the 2021 AGM. |
6. | Chua Sock Koong, Ming Lu and Jeanette Wong joined the Board in 2021. |
7. | Fields Wicker-Miurin retired from the Board on 31 December 2021. |
8. | The change in bonus shows change in the value of the annual bonus and does not include the value of long-term incentive awards, in line with the reporting regulations. |
The regulations prescribe that this comparison should include all employees of the parent company. The number of individuals employed by the parent company is insufficient to be the basis of a representative comparison. Therefore, the Committee decided to use all UK-based employees as the basis for this calculation. The average pay for all employees has been calculated on a full-time equivalent basis by reference to the total pay awarded to UK employees in 2021, 2020 and 2019. The salary increase includes uplifts made through the annual salary review, as well as any additional changes in the year, for example, to reflect promotions or role changes. The increase in bonus is driven by the strong financial performance of the business in 2021 compared to 2020. There has been no change to the level of taxable benefit coverage received by employees.
142
Group Chief Executive pay compared with employee pay
The table below compares the Group Chief Executive’s ‘single figure’ of total remuneration to that received by three representative UK employees in 2021.
The reduction in ‘single figure’ remuneration for the Group Chief Executive was driven by the lower vesting of the 2019 PLTIP. This was coupled with the increase in bonus received by all employees, due to the better financial performance of the Group, which has led to a reduction in pay ratio at all quartiles when compared to previous years.
Year |
| Method |
| 25th percentile pay ratio |
| Median pay ratio |
| 75th percentile pay ratio |
2021 |
| Option B |
| 62 : 1 |
| 44 : 1 |
| 29 : 1 |
20201 |
| Option B |
| 72 : 1 |
| 48 : 1 |
| 32 : 1 |
2019 |
| Option B |
| 78 : 1 |
| 60 : 1 |
| 39 : 1 |
Note
1 | 2020 CEO pay ratio has been recalculated to account for the 2020 CEO ‘single figure’ restated on the required basis to reflect the actual value of the 2018 PLTIP award at vesting. |
Under the regulations, there is a choice of three methodologies to determine the 25th, median and 75th full-time equivalent remuneration of our UK employees. The Company has chosen to use the 2021 hourly rate gender pay gap information (collected in accordance with the Equality Act 2010 (Gender Pay Gap Information) Regulations 2017), as this method uses data that is aligned with other disclosures made under our gender pay gap reporting and includes all UK employees (‘Option B’ in the table above). The employees used in the calculations were identified using the most recently collected gender pay gap data, on 1 February 2022, following the end of the financial year. Base salary and total remuneration for these identified employees has then been calculated based on their actual remuneration for 2021. The Committee determined that the identified employees are reasonably representative since the structure of their remuneration arrangements is in line with that of the majority of employees within the UK-based Group Head Office workforce. The same methodology used for calculating the ‘single figure’ of the Group Chief Executive has been used for calculating the pay and benefits of these three UK employees. No elements of remuneration were omitted or adjusted. The identified individuals were employed on a full-time basis so no further adjustment has been made to their remuneration.
The salary and total remuneration received during 2021 by the indicative employees used in the above analysis are set out below:
| 25th percentile |
| Median |
| 75th percentile | |
2021 salary ($000) |
| 87 |
| 113 |
| 153 |
Total 2021 remuneration ($000) |
| 106 |
| 150 |
| 227 |
The Committee believes that the median pay ratio is consistent with the pay, reward and progression policies for our UK-based Group Head Office employees. The base salary and total remuneration levels for the Group Chief Executive and the median representative employee are competitively positioned within the relevant markets and reflect the operation of our remuneration structures which are effective in appropriately incentivising staff, having regard to our risk framework, risk appetites and to rewarding the ‘how’ as well as the ‘what’ of performance.
Gender pay gap
Our UK business, Prudential Services Limited, is the employing entity for all of our London Head Office staff including the UK-based Group Chief Executive and his direct reports. Prudential Services Limited has recently reported its 2021 UK gender pay gap data and details can be found on the Group’s website (www.prudentialplc.com/en/esg/esg-reporting).
Due to the change in the Group’s business focus, senior management roles are split between locations in the UK and Asia. The 2021 gender pay gap calculations are based on the employees based in the UK only, and therefore exclude data for part of our senior management team, including a number of senior female leaders, who are based in Hong Kong.
While women and men continue to be paid equally for performing similar roles, our gender pay gap reflects the fact that men and women have traditionally held different roles, particularly in the financial services sector. It highlights the fact that we have more men than women in leadership and senior operational roles. We continue to focus our efforts on closing the gender pay gap as quickly as possible. Female representation in our leadership roles has increased from 33 per cent in 2020 to 35 per cent in 2021 in our London Head Office.
The UK headcount of Prudential Services Ltd is now below the 250-person threshold which triggers mandatory publication of the gender pay gap and the CEO pay ratio. Both the 2021 gender pay gap and the CEO pay ratio data have been disclosed on a voluntary basis.
143
Consideration of workforce pay and approach to engagement
During the year, the Committee considered workforce remuneration and related policies in the businesses across the Group. Information presented to the Committee, by way of a dashboard, included how the Company’s incentive arrangements are aligned with the culture and informed the Committee’s decision-making on executive pay and policy. By way of example, employee salary increase budgets are considered as part of the year-end review of Executive Director compensation and salary increases.
As part of the Board’s wider approach to employee engagement, which also included a Group-wide engagement survey, the Committee took additional measures in 2021 to explain how the remuneration of Executive Directors aligns with the wider Company pay policy. The Company operates a microsite on its intranet that outlines executive pay arrangements during the previous financial year and key areas of change for the year ahead. It explains to employees that total remuneration for Executive Directors is made up of a number of elements and is governed by both the Directors’ remuneration policy and the Group’s remuneration policy (which is also published on the Company’s website) with the relevant links to these documents. Employee engagement was led by two Non-executive Directors until May 2021 when this responsibility was transferred to the Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group established by the Board in February 2021. The Governance Report section of this report describes how they discharged this responsibility during 2021.
To recognise the hard work and commitment shown by our employees in preparation for the demerger and to give our people a stake in the new chapter of the Company’s development, each Prudential plc employee (other than the Group Executive Committee) received, in October 2021, a Celebration Award of US$1,000 of restricted shares which will be released in October 2022.
As part of our continuing efforts to safeguard our employees’ wellbeing, we implemented a Group Wellness Day on 2 July 2021. All employees Group-wide were encouraged to take that extra day off to rest and recharge, spend time with family and friends. Feedback from the 2021 Collaboration Jam suggests that the Wellness Day was very well received.
Chair and Non-executive Director remuneration in 2021
Chair fees
Shriti Vadera became the Chair of the Board from 1 January 2021. Her 2021 fee was set at £765,000 ($1,052,414) with effect from that date.
144
Non-executive Directors’ fees
The Non-executive Directors’ fees are denominated in Sterling. Fee levels were reviewed by the Board during 2021, and no increases to the Sterling amounts were awarded. Increases in US Dollar amounts reflect changes in exchange rate. The Board approved fees for the Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group at the time it was established in February 2021, taking account of the anticipated duties and time commitment involved in discharging the assigned responsibilities.
From | From | From | From | |||||
1 July 2020 | 1 July 2020 | 1 July 2021 | 1 July 2021 | |||||
Annual fees |
| ($)2 |
| (£)2 |
| ($)2 |
| (£)2 |
Basic fee |
| 127,000 |
| 99,000 |
| 136,000 |
| 99,000 |
Additional fees: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Audit Committee Chair |
| 96,000 |
| 75,000 |
| 103,000 |
| 75,000 |
Audit Committee member |
| 38,000 |
| 30,000 |
| 41,000 |
| 30,000 |
Remuneration Committee Chair |
| 83,000 |
| 65,000 |
| 89,000 |
| 65,000 |
Remuneration Committee member |
| 38,000 |
| 30,000 |
| 41,000 |
| 30,000 |
Risk Committee Chair |
| 96,000 |
| 75,000 |
| 103,000 |
| 75,000 |
Risk Committee member |
| 38,000 |
| 30,000 |
| 41,000 |
| 30,000 |
Nomination & Governance Committee Chair1 |
| — |
| — |
| — |
| — |
Nomination & Governance Committee member |
| 19,000 |
| 15,000 |
| 21,000 |
| 15,000 |
Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group Chair |
| — |
| — |
| 62,000 |
| 45,000 |
Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group member |
| — |
| — |
| 30,000 |
| 22,000 |
Senior Independent Director |
| 64,000 |
| 50,000 |
| 69,000 |
| 50,000 |
Workforce engagement role3 |
| 38,000 |
| 30,000 |
| 41,000 |
| 30,000 |
Notes
1 | There is no fee paid for the role of Nomination & Governance Committee Chair. |
2 | Fees were denominated in sterling and were converted to USD using an exchange rate of 0.7798 for 2020 and 0.7269 for 2021. |
3 | The workforce engagement role was discontinued in 2021, as the scope of this role is now covered by the newly formed Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group. No specific fees are currently paid for the workforce engagement role. |
If, in a particular year, the number of meetings is materially greater than usual, the Company may determine that the provision of additional fees is fair and reasonable.
The resulting fees paid to the Chair and Non-executive Directors are:
* | Benefits include the cost of providing the use of a car and driver, medical insurance and security arrangements. |
† | Each remuneration element is rounded to the nearest $1,000/£1,000 and totals are the sum of these rounded figures. Total remuneration is calculated using the methodology prescribed by Schedule 8 of the Companies Act. The Chair and Non-executive Directors are not entitled to participate in annual bonus plans or long-term incentive plans. |
‡ | Total remuneration has been converted to US dollars using the exchange rate of 0.7798 for the 2020 single figure calculations and 0.7269 for the 2021 single figure calculations. As Non-executive Directors and the Chair don’t receive variable remuneration components, the table above doesn’t include a sum of total fixed and total variable remuneration. |
145
Notes
1 | Shriti Vadera joined the Board on 1 May 2020. |
2 | Jeremy Anderson joined the Board on 1 January 2020 and was appointed as the Chair of the Risk Committee in May 2020. |
3 | Jeanette Wong, Chua Sock Koong and Ming Lu joined the Board on 12 May 2021. |
4 | Kai Nargolwala retired from the Board on 13 May 2021. |
5 | Fields Wicker-Miurin retired from the Board on 31 December 2021. |
Statement of Directors’ shareholdings
The interests of Directors in ordinary shares of the Company are set out below. ‘Beneficial interest’ includes shares owned outright, shares acquired under the Share Incentive Plan (SIP) and deferred annual incentive awards, detailed in the ‘Additional Remuneration disclosures’ section. It is only these shares that count towards the share ownership guidelines.
* | There were no changes of Directors’ interests in ordinary shares between 31 December 2021 and 7 March 2022 with the exception of the UK-based Executive Directors due to their participation in the monthly Share Incentive Plan (SIP). Mark FitzPatrick acquired a further 29 shares in the SIP and Mike Wells acquired a further 30 shares in the SIP during this period. |
† | Further information on share awards subject to performance conditions are detailed in the ‘share-based long-term incentive awards’ part of the ‘Additional remuneration disclosures’ section. |
‡ | Holding requirement of the Articles of Association (2,500 ordinary shares) must be obtained within one year of appointment to the Board. The increased guidelines for Executive Directors were introduced with effect from January 2013 and increased again in 2017. Executive Directors have five years from this date (or date of joining or role change, if later) to reach the enhanced guideline. The guideline for Non-executive Directors was introduced on 1 July 2011. Non-executive Directors have three years from their date of joining to reach the guideline. |
§ | Based on the average closing price for the six months to 31 December 2021 (£14.14). |
The Company and its Directors, Chief Executives and shareholders have been granted a partial exemption from the disclosure requirements under Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (SFO). As a result of this exemption, Directors, Chief Executives and shareholders do not have an obligation under the SFO to notify the Company of shareholding interests, and the Company is not required to maintain a register of Directors’ and Chief Executives’ interests under section 352 of the SFO, nor a register of interests of substantial shareholders under section 336 of the SFO. The Company is, however, required to file with the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited any disclosure of interests notified to it in the United Kingdom.
Notes
1 | For the 1 January 2021 figure, Mike Wells’s beneficial interest in shares is made up of 297,320 ADRs (representing 594,640 ordinary shares) and 549,445 ordinary shares. For the 31 December 2021 figure, his beneficial interest in shares is made up of 297,320 ADRs (representing 594,640 ordinary shares) and 669,932 ordinary shares. |
2 | Chua Sock Koong was appointed to the Board on 12 May 2021. |
3 | Ming Lu was appointed to the Board on 12 May 2021. |
4 | Kai Nargolwala stepped down from the Board on 13 May 2021. Total interests in shares is shown at this date. |
146
5 | For the 1 January 2021 figure, Alice Schroeder’s beneficial interest in shares is made up of 10,000 ADRs (representing 20,000 ordinary shares). For the 31 December 2021 figure, the beneficial interest in shares is made up of 10,000 ADRs (representing 20,000 ordinary shares). |
6 | For the 1 January 2021 figure, Thomas Watjen’s beneficial interest in shares is made up of 5,170 ADRs (representing 10,340 ordinary shares). For the 31 December 2021 figure, the beneficial interest in shares is made up of 5,170 ADRs (representing 10,340 ordinary shares). |
7 | Fields Wicker-Miurin stepped down from the Board on 31 December 2021. Total interests in shares is shown at this date. |
8 | Jeanette Wong was appointed to the Board on 12 May 2021. |
The bar chart below illustrates the Executive Directors’ shareholding as a percentage of base salary relative to the applicable share ownership guideline.
· Share ownership guidelines as % of salary · Beneficial interest as at 31 December 2021, as % of salary
Outstanding share options
The following table sets out the share options held by the Executive Directors in the UK Savings-Related Share Option Scheme (SAYE) as at the end of the period. No other directors participated in any other option scheme.
147
Notes
1 | No gain was made by Directors in 2021 on the exercise of SAYE options. |
2 | No price was paid for the award of any option. |
3 | The highest and lowest closing share prices during 2021 were £15.86 and £11.73 respectively. |
4 | All exercise prices are shown to the nearest pence. |
Directors’ terms of employment
Details of the service contracts of each Executive Director are outlined in the table below. The Directors’ remuneration policy contains further details of the terms included in Executive Director service contracts.
Letters of appointment of the Chair and Non-executive Directors
Details of Non-executive Directors’ individual appointments are outlined below. The Directors’ remuneration policy contains further details on their letters of appointment. The Chair and Non-executive Directors are not entitled to receive any payments for loss of office.
Notes
1 | Kai Nargolwala retired from the Board on 13 May 2021. |
2 | Fields Wicker-Miurin retired from the Board on 31 December 2021. |
Payments to past Directors and payments for loss of office
There were no payments to Directors for loss of office in 2021.
As disclosed in the 2019 Directors’ remuneration report, a number of Directors stepped down from the Board in 2019. Treatment of their outstanding awards and other remuneration elements was disclosed in 2019. We set out below payments in respect of the awards that vested during 2021.
148
Nic Nicandrou
Nic (Chief Executive, Asia and Africa) holds a PLTIP award granted in 2019 and as set out in the section ‘Remuneration in respect of performance in 2021’ the performance condition attached to Nic’s 2019 PLTIP awards was partially met and 17.75 per cent of these awards will be released in 2022. The details of the release are set out below.
| Number of shares |
| Value of shares | ||
Award | vesting1 | vesting2 | |||
PLTIP |
| 38,945 | $ | 750,076 |
Notes
1 | The number of shares vesting includes accrued dividends. |
2 | The share price used to calculate the value was the average share price for the three months up to 31 December 2021 being £14.00. |
Paul Manduca
The former Chair, Paul Manduca, received benefits of $104,401 in 2021, as the Company paid taxes on certain benefits provided to Mr Manduca during the period of his Board service which ended on 31 December 2021.
Other Directors
A number of former Directors receive retiree medical benefits for themselves and their partner (where applicable). This is consistent with other senior members of staff employed at the same time. A de minimis threshold of £10,000 has been set by the Committee; any payments or benefits provided to a past Director above this amount will be reported.
Statement of voting at general meeting
The Directors’ remuneration policy was approved by shareholders at the 2020 Annual General Meeting. At the 2021 Annual General Meeting, shareholders were asked to vote on the 2020 Directors’ remuneration report. Each of these resolutions received a significant vote in favour by shareholders and the Committee is grateful for this support and endorsement by our shareholders. The votes received were:
Statement of implementation of remuneration policy in 2022
Base salary
Executive Directors’ remuneration packages were reviewed in 2021 with changes effective from 1 January 2022. When the Committee made these decisions, in line with the Director’s remuneration policy, several factors were taken into consideration, including the salary increases awarded to other employees in 2021 and the expected increases in 2022, the performance of the Executive Directors, and external market reference points (which were updated following the demerger to increase focus on Asia-led financial services organisations).
After due deliberation, the Committee considered there should be 3 per cent salary increases to the Executive Directors with effect from 1 January 2022. The 2022 salary increase budgets for other employees across the Group’s businesses were between 4.5 per cent and 5 per cent. On this basis, 2022 will be the tenth consecutive year in which the increases generally offered to executives have been below or close to the bottom of the range of salary increases budgeted for the broader workforce.
The salaries which were effective from 1 January 2022 are set out below:
- | Mark FitzPatrick: £822,000 |
- | James Turner: HK$7,550,000 |
- | Mike Wells: £1,184,000 |
149
On 1 April 2022, Mike Wells will step down from his role and Mark FitzPatrick will be appointed as interim Group Chief Executive. During his interim appointment, Mr FitzPatrick’s salary will remain unchanged at £822,000, and he will be eligible for a monthly, pensionable cash supplement of £30,167, giving him the same fixed pay for this period as his predecessor. On the same date, James Turner will be appointed as Group Chief Financial Officer. Mr Turner’s annual salary will increase to HK$8,460,000. This figure is lower than the salary paid to his predecessor given that Mr Turner is not being appointed as Chief Operating Officer.
Annual bonus
Award levels
Mike Wells will continue to be eligible for a maximum bonus opportunity of 200 per cent of salary, unchanged from prior year. This will be prorated for the period worked (until 31 March 2022). Mark FitzPatrick will be eligible for a maximum bonus opportunity of 175 per cent of salary, unchanged from prior year. Following his appointment as interim Group Chief Executive, his maximum bonus opportunity will increase to 200 per cent of salary, aligned to the current opportunity for the Group Chief Executive role. This increased bonus opportunity will include the monthly cash supplement for the period served as interim Group Chief Executive. James Turner’s maximum bonus opportunity will remain unchanged at 175 per cent of salary.
Performance conditions
In 2021 the Group Chief Financial Officer role was designated under the Hong Kong Group-wide supervision regime as a Key Person in a Control Function, and in line with the Hong Kong IA’s regulatory requirements for control staff, his 2022 Annual Incentive Plan (AIP) will include a functional component. Therefore, the 2022 AIP for the Group Chief Financial Officer role will be based on the achievement of financial (50 per cent), functional (30 per cent) and personal (20 per cent) performance targets. This structure will apply to Mark FitzPatrick between 1 January 2022 and 31 March 2022 and to James Turner for the remainder of the year. The balance of financial, functional and personal performance targets will remain unchanged for the other Executive Director roles.
As disclosed in the 2020 Annual Report, for 2022 financial AIP measures and weightings will be aligned with those adopted for the Asia business, increasing the focus on NBP. The resulting 2022 financial AIP measures and weightings are as follows:
● | Group EEV new business profit – 45 per cent; |
● | Group adjusted operating profit – 25 per cent; |
● | Group operating free surplus generated – 20 per cent; and |
● | Group Holding Company cash flow – 10 per cent. |
There was general endorsement of the weighting of the 2022 AIP measures by shareholders during our latest consultation.
2022 share-based long-term incentive awards
Award levels
Mike Wells will not receive a 2022 PLTIP award. No changes have been made to the PLTIP award levels for other Executive Directors for 2022.
Performance conditions
The performance conditions and weightings for the 2022 PLTIP awards for all Executive Directors will be as follows, unchanged from prior year:
– | Relative TSR (50 per cent of award); |
– | A return on embedded value measure (30 per cent of award); and |
– | Sustainability scorecard of strategic measures (20 per cent of award). |
Relative TSR
Under the Group TSR measure, 20 per cent of the award will vest for TSR at the median of the peer group, increasing to full vesting for performance within the upper quartile. TSR is measured on a local currency basis since this has the benefit of simplicity and directness of comparison.
150
The TSR peer group remains unchanged from 2021 and is set out below:
AIA Group China Pacific Insurance (CPIC) New China Life (NCl) | Allianz China Taiping Insurance Ping An Insurance | AXA Great Eastern Sun Life Financial | China Life Manulife Financial Zurich Insurance Group |
Return on Embedded Value
20 per cent of the award will vest for achieving the threshold level of performance of 8.0 per cent, increasing to full vesting for reaching the stretch level of at least 10.8 per cent. RoEV will be calculated as the total post-tax EEV operating profit as a percentage of the average EEV basis shareholders’ equity. RoEV will be assessed at the Group level.
Sustainability scorecard
The sustainability scorecard has been revised to ensure that reward remains aligned with the strategic priorities and capital allocation framework of the post-separation Group. In particular:
– | A new carbon reduction measure replaced ECap in the sustainability scorecard for 2022 PLTIP awards to reflect the Group’s evolving ESG strategy and external commitments to reduce the carbon emissions of all shareholder and policyholder assets by 25 per cent by 2025; and |
– | GWS operating capital generation replaced the LCSM following the Hong Kong Group-wide Supervision framework becoming effective in May 2021. |
Under the 2022 sustainability scorecard, performance will be assessed for each of the four measures, at the end of the three-year performance period. Performance will be assessed on a sliding scale. Each of the measures has equal weighting and the 2022 measures are set out below:
Carbon reduction measure: | A reduction in weighted average carbon intensity (WACI) at the end of the performance period (31 December 2024) compared with the baseline as at 31 December 2019. Please see our ESG report for details of our carbon reduction target, our progress to date and the future actions that we plan in order to achieve our ambitions in this area. |
Vesting basis: | Performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 20 per cent vesting for achieving threshold of at least 22.5 per cent reduction in WACI (i.e., 299), increasing to full vesting for performance above stretch level of at least 27.5 per cent reduction in WACI (i.e., 280). The 2019 baseline has been the subject of limited scope assurance by EY. Please see our ESG report for details. |
Capital measure: | Cumulative three-year GWS operating capital generation relative to threshold. |
Vesting basis: | Performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 20 per cent vesting for achieving threshold, increasing to full vesting for performance above stretch level. The threshold figure for this metric will be published in the Annual Report for the final year of the performance period. |
Conduct measure: | Through strong risk management action, ensure there are no significant conduct/culture/governance issues that result in significant capital add-ons or material fines. |
Vesting basis: | Performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 20 per cent vesting for partial achievement of the Group’s expectations, increasing to full vesting for achieving the Group’s expectations. |
Diversity measure: | Percentage of the Executive Council and Leadership Team that are female at the end of 2024. |
Vesting basis: | Performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 20 per cent vests for meeting the threshold of at least 34 per cent of our Executive Council and Leadership Team being female at the end of 2024, increasing to full vesting for reaching the stretch level of at least 38 per cent being female at that date. |
151
Mike Wells's leaving arrangements
As announced on 10 February 2022, Mr Wells will remain employed by the Group until 8 February 2023. His salary, pension and certain benefits will continue to be paid or provided, on the same basis as at present, until the end of his employment.
Mr Wells's 2021 bonus will be calculated and paid in the usual way, at the usual time. A 2022 bonus, if any, would be pro-rated for the period worked in 2022.
Mr Wells's outstanding deferred bonus awards will be released on the original timetable, subject to malus and clawback provisions. Outstanding long-term incentive awards will be pro-rated to the end of his employment and will vest in line with the original vesting dates, subject to satisfaction of the performance conditions as well as malus and clawback provisions. No long-term incentive award will be made in 2022.
Mr Wells's shareholding will be subject to the share ownership guideline (400% of his current salary) for a period of two years after stepping down from the Board. During this period he will be required to obtain clearance to deal in the Company’s shares. A capped contribution will be made to legal fees, and to the costs of filing UK tax returns for periods for which Mr Wells has Prudential employment income taxable in the UK. Mr Wells will not be eligible for any payments for loss of office.
Further information on these remuneration arrangements, prepared in accordance with section 430(2B) of the Companies Act 2006, is available on the Prudential website at www.prudentialplc.com/en/investors/governance-and-policies/section-430-2B-of-the-companies-act-2006.
Chair and Non-executive Directors
Fees for the Chair and Non-executive Directors will remain unchanged from 1 January 2022. The next regular fee level review will be conducted in 2022.
Additional remuneration disclosures
Directors’ outstanding long-term incentive awards
Share-based long-term incentive awards
Notes
1. | A dividend equivalent was accumulated on these awards. |
2. | The table above reflects the adjustments made to outstanding awards at the time of the Demerger. |
152
Other share awards
The table below sets out Executive Directors’ deferred bonus share awards.
Notes
1. | A dividend equivalent was accumulated on these awards. |
2. | The table above reflects the adjustments made to outstanding awards at the time of the demerger. |
All-employee share plans
It is important that all employees are offered the opportunity to own shares in Prudential, connecting them both to the success of the Company and to the interests of other shareholders. Executive Directors are invited to participate in these plans on the same basis as other staff in their location.
Save As You Earn (SAYE) schemes
UK-based Executive Directors are normally eligible to participate in the HM Revenue and Customs (HMRC) approved Prudential Savings-Related Share Option Scheme. This scheme allows all eligible employees to save towards the exercise of options over Prudential plc shares with the option price set at the beginning of the savings period at a discount of up to 20 per cent of the market price.
Participants are able to elect to enter into savings contracts of up to £500 per month for a period of three or five years. At the end of this term, participants may exercise their options within six months and purchase shares. If an option is not exercised within six months, participants are entitled to a refund of their cash savings plus interest if applicable under the rules. Shares are issued to satisfy those options which are exercised. No options may be granted under the schemes if the grant would cause the number of shares which have been issued, or which remain issuable pursuant to options granted in the preceding 10 years under the scheme and any other option schemes operated by the Company, or which have been issued under any other share incentive scheme of the Company, to exceed 10 per cent of the Company’s ordinary share capital at the proposed date of grant.
Details of Executive Directors’ rights under the SAYE scheme are set out in the ‘Outstanding share options’ table.
Share Incentive Plan (SIP)
UK-based Executive Directors are also eligible to participate in the Company’s Share Incentive Plan (SIP). All UK-based employees are able to purchase Prudential plc shares up to a value of £150 per month from their gross salary (partnership shares) through the SIP. For every four partnership shares bought, an additional matching share is awarded which is purchased by Prudential plc on the open market. Dividend shares accumulate while the employee participates in the plan. If the employee withdraws from the plan, or leaves the Group, matching shares may be forfeited.
153
The table below provides information about shares purchased under the SIP together with matching shares (awarded on a 1:4 basis) and dividend shares.
Cash-settled long-term incentive awards
There are no outstanding cash settled awards held by Executive Directors.
Dilution
Releases from the Prudential Long Term Incentive Plan and the Prudential Agency Long Term Incentive Plan are satisfied using new issue shares rather than by purchasing shares in the open market. Shares relating to options granted under all-employee share plans are also satisfied by new issue shares. The combined dilution from all outstanding shares and options at 31 December 2021 was 1 per cent of the total share capital at the time. Deferred bonus awards will continue to be satisfied by the purchase of shares in the open market.
Share Ownership
Directors shareholdings
The current shareholding policy and the interests of directors in ordinary shares of Prudential are shown under the sections ‘Compensation Shareholding guidelines’ and ‘Statement of Directors’ shareholdings’ above.
Prudential is not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by another corporation or by any government or by any other natural or legal person severally or jointly and Prudential does not know of any arrangements that might result in a change in Prudential’s control.
In addition, Prudential’s directors held, as at 28 February 2022, options to purchase 3,928 shares, all of which were issued under Prudential’s Savings-Related Share Option Scheme (SAYE). These options and schemes are described in more detail below under ‘Options to purchase securities from Prudential’ in this section.
Outstanding options of directors and other executive officers
The SAYE schemes are open to all UK and certain overseas employees. Options under the UK scheme up to HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) limits are granted at a 20 per cent discount and cannot normally be exercised until a minimum of three years has elapsed. No payment is made for the grant of any options.
The share options held by the directors and other executive officers as at the end of period are shown under the section ‘Outstanding share options’ above.
Options to purchase and discretionary awards of securities from Prudential
As of 28 February 2022, 1,962,995 options were outstanding, which Prudential issued under the SAYE schemes. As described above in ‘Outstanding options of directors and other executive officers’, each option represents the right of the bearer to subscribe for one share at a particular pre-determined exercise price at a pre-set exercise date.
As of 28 February 2022, 19,600,772 shares were outstanding under other awards. Of those 706,949 shares outstanding under the Annual Incentive Plan, 1,191,601 shares were outstanding under the Restricted Share Plan, 4,843,402 shares were outstanding under the PLTIP, 978,278 shares were outstanding under the Deferred Share Plans, 6,713,391 shares were outstanding under the Asia LTIP and 5,167,151 shares were outstanding under the Prudential Agency Long Term Incentive Plan. Such outstanding awards held by directors or other executive officers at 31 December 2021 are included under ‘Prudential Long Term Incentive Plan (PLTIP)’ in the ‘Compensation and Employees’ section above.
154
The aggregate proceeds that would arise if all outstanding options under the SAYE schemes were exercised is £23 million. The latest expiration dates for exercise or release of the securities underlying the options or awards and the number of options or shares are set out in the table below.
Information concerning the Group’s share award and share option plans for its employees is provided above as well as in note B2.2 to the consolidated financial statements.
Employees
The average number of staff employed by the Group, for the following years were:
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 | |
Asia and Africa operationsnote (i) |
| 13,237 |
| 12,949 |
| 14,206 |
Head office functionnote (ii) |
| 600 |
| 657 |
| 784 |
Total continuing operations |
| 13,837 |
| 13,606 |
| 14,990 |
Discontinued US operationsnote (iii) |
| 3,306 |
| 3,650 |
| 4,014 |
Discontinued UK and Europe operationsnote (iii) |
| — |
| — |
| 5,672 |
Total Group |
| 17,143 |
| 17,256 |
| 24,676 |
Notes
(i) | The Asia and Africa operations staff numbers above exclude 440 (2020: 502; 2019: 346) commission based sales staff who have an employment contract with the Company. |
(ii) | The ‘Head office function’ staff numbers include staff based in London and Hong Kong. |
(iii) | Average staff numbers of the discontinued US operations were for the period up to the demerger in September 2021. Average staff numbers of the discontinued UK and Europe operations were for the period up to the demerger in November 2019. |
At 31 December 2021, Prudential employed 12,632 permanent employees (31 December 2020: 12,788 from continuing operations), excluding commission based sales staff who have an employment contract with the Company. Of the total permanent employees, approximately 99 per cent were in Asia and Africa operations (2020: 98 per cent for continuing operations) and the remainder in head office functions.
At 31 December 2021, Prudential had:
- | 2 employees paying union subscriptions through the payroll in the UK. |
- | 606 temporary employees in Asia and Africa and none in head office functions. |
- | 738 fixed term contractors in Asia and Africa and 32 in head office functions. |
155
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Risk Factors
A number of risk factors may affect the financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects of Prudential and its wholly and jointly owned businesses, as a whole, and, accordingly, the trading price of Prudential’s shares. The risk factors mentioned below should not be regarded as a complete and comprehensive statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. The information given is as of the date of this document, and any forward-looking statements are made subject to the factors specified under ‘Forward-looking statements’.
SUMMARY RISK FACTORS
The following is a summary of the risk factors that may affect Prudential. Further discussion of each of these risk factors is provided below.
RISKS RELATING TO PRUDENTIAL’S FINANCIAL SITUATION (including those from the external macroeconomic and geopolitical environment) The global economic and geopolitical environment may impact on the Group directly by affecting trends in financial markets and asset values, as well as driving short-term volatility. Risks in this category include the market risks to our investments and the credit quality of our investment portfolio as well as liquidity risk. – The Covid-19 pandemic has significantly impacted financial market volatility and global economic activity, increased operational disruption risks for businesses and has adversely impacted Prudential’s sales in affected markets and its financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The full extent of the longer-term impacts from the pandemic remains uncertain. – Prudential’s businesses are inherently subject to market fluctuations and general economic conditions, each of which may adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. – Geopolitical and political risks and uncertainty may adversely impact economic conditions, increase market volatility, cause operational disruption to the Group and impact its strategic plans, which could have adverse effects on Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. – As a holding company, Prudential is dependent upon its subsidiaries to cover operating expenses and dividend payments. – Prudential is subject to the risk of potential sovereign debt credit deterioration owing to the amounts of sovereign debt obligations held in its investment portfolio. – Downgrades in Prudential’s financial strength and credit ratings could significantly impact its competitive position and damage its relationships with creditors or trading counterparties. – Prudential is subject to the risk of exchange rate fluctuations owing to the geographical diversity of its businesses. |
RISKS RELATING TO SUSTAINABILITY AND ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE (‘ESG’) MATTERS These include sustainability risks associated with environmental considerations such as climate change (including physical and transition risks), social risks arising from diverse stakeholder commitments and expectations and governance-related risks. – The failure to understand and respond effectively to the risks associated with ESG factors could adversely affect Prudential’s achievement of its long-term strategy. |
RISKS RELATING TO PRUDENTIAL’S BUSINESS ACTIVITIES AND INDUSTRY These include the Group’s non-financial risks (including operational and financial crime risk), transformation risks from significant change activity and the insurance risks assumed by the Group in providing its products. – The implementation of large-scale transformation, including complex strategic initiatives, gives rise to significant design and execution risks and may affect Prudential’s operational capability and capacity, and any failure of these initiatives fail to meet their objectives may adversely impact the Group and the delivery of its strategy. – Prudential is exposed to ongoing risks as a result of the Jackson Demerger, which, if they materialise, could adversely affect Prudential’s business. – Prudential’s businesses are conducted in highly competitive environments with developing demographic trends and continued profitability depends upon management’s ability to respond to these pressures and trends. – Adverse experience in the operational risks inherent in Prudential’s business, and those of its material outsourcing partners, could disrupt its business functions and have a negative impact on its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. – Attempts to access or disrupt Prudential’s IT systems, and loss or misuse of personal data, could result in loss of trust from Prudential’s customers and employees and reputational damage, which could have material adverse effects on the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. – Prudential’s Pulse platform may increase existing business risks to the Group or introduce new risks as the markets in which it operates and its features, partnerships and product offerings develop. – Prudential operates in certain markets with joint venture partners, minority shareholders and other third parties, resulting in certain risks that Prudential does not face with respect to its wholly-owned subsidiaries. – Adverse experience relative to the assumptions used in pricing products and reporting business results could significantly affect Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. |
RISKS RELATING TO LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS These include risks associated with prospective regulatory and legal changes and compliance with existing regulations and laws – including their retrospective application – with which the Group must comply in the conduct of its business. – Prudential conducts its businesses subject to regulation and associated regulatory risks, including a change to the basis in the regulatory supervision of the Group, the effects of changes in the laws, regulations, policies and their interpretations and any accounting standards in the markets in which it operates. |
156
– The conduct of business in a way that adversely impacts the fair treatment of customers could have a negative impact on Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects or on its relations with current and potential customers – Litigation, disputes and regulatory investigations may adversely affect Prudential’s business, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations and prospects. – Changes in tax legislation may result in adverse tax consequences for the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. |
1.RISKS RELATING TO PRUDENTIAL’S FINANCIAL SITUATION
1.1 | The Covid-19 pandemic has significantly impacted financial market volatility and global economic activity, increased operational disruption risks for businesses and has adversely impacted Prudential’s sales in affected markets and its financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The full extent of the longer-term impacts from the pandemic remains uncertain. |
The Covid-19 pandemic has added significant uncertainty to the stability and outlook of equity markets, interest rates and credit spreads, and has affected market liquidity and reduced global economic activity. The potential adverse impacts to the Group of these effects are detailed in risk factor 1.2 below. However, while global growth has broadly recovered, the full extent of the long-term impact of the pandemic on financial markets and economic growth remains highly uncertain and unpredictable and will be influenced by the actions of governments, policymakers and the public. These actions, and their effectiveness, vary between markets, and may drive an uneven economic recovery, and include the extent and timing of continued measures to restrict movement and the effectiveness of vaccination programme deployment and uptake in response to current, emerging and future variants of the coronavirus. Where actions and impacts are prolonged, they may affect the solvency position of the Group’s subsidiaries and prevent or limit their ability to make remittances, adversely impacting the financial condition and prospects of the Group.
The regulatory and supervisory responses to the Covid-19 pandemic have been broad and have included increased scrutiny of the operational resilience, liquidity and capital strength (including the impact of making dividend payments) of financial services companies. As some countries begin to adopt strategies to manage Covid-19 as an endemic disease, variations in the speed of economic recovery between markets, and the subsequent impact on their respective interest rates, inflation expectations and the relative strength of their currencies (and the associated impact on their foreign currency debt obligations, which may disproportionately impact emerging economies) may have broader long-term adverse economic and financial consequences for the markets in which the Group operates and the full extent of this currently remains uncertain. Various governments have effected, or may effect, the postponement of elections and other constitutional or legislative processes in response to the pandemic, and this may result in an increase in constitutional and political uncertainty in some the markets in which the Group operates. Many governments are implementing Covid-19 vaccination and booster programmes, and variable accessibility to supplies of vaccines that are effective against current, emerging and future variants of the coronavirus has the potential to contribute to an increase in geopolitical and political tensions. The longer term political, regulatory and supervisory developments resulting from the Covid-19 pandemic remain highly uncertain. These may include changes to government fiscal policies, laws and regulations aimed at increasing financial stability and/or measures on businesses or specific industries to contribute to, lessen or otherwise support, the financial cost to governments in addressing the pandemic. This may extend to requirements on private insurance companies and healthcare providers to cover the costs associated with the treatment of Covid-19 beyond contractual or policy terms.
The Covid-19 pandemic, and measures to contain it, have slowed economic and social activity in the Group’s geographical markets. While these conditions persist, the level of sales activity in affected markets has been, and will continue to be, adversely impacted through a reduction in travel and agency and bancassurance activity. In particular, sales in the Group’s Hong Kong business continue to be adversely impacted by the border restrictions in place with Mainland China. In FY 2020, during which the border closure occurred in Q1, the APE sales of the Group’s Hong Kong business reduced by $1,258 million (or 62 per cent) compared to 2019. In FY 2021, during which the border remained closed for the entire year, the APE sales of the Hong Kong business reduced by $208 million (or 27 per cent) compared to 2020. These impacts to the APE sales of the Group’s Hong Kong business were largely as a result of the border closure. Recovery in sales levels will be dependent on the timing and extent of the easing of these restrictions, with the emergence of the Covid-19 Omicron variant further increasing uncertainty to the return of Mainland China customers as well as the resumption of their demand for the Group’s products in Hong Kong. These impacts may be prolonged in markets which continue to rely on containment measures based on restrictions of movement. The impact on economic activity and employment levels may result in an elevated incidence of claims, lapses, or surrenders of policies, and some policyholders may choose to defer or stop paying insurance premiums or reduce deposits into retirement plans. The pandemic may also indirectly result in elevated claims and policy lapses or surrenders, with some delay in time before being felt by the Group, due to factors such as policyholders deferring medical treatment during the pandemic, or policyholders lapsing or surrendering their policies on the expiry of grace periods for premium payments provided by the Group’s businesses. The Group’s assessment to date is that elevated mortality claims in some markets can be attributed to Covid-19. The full extent of the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic is currently uncertain and the Group’s claims and persistency experience to date and its current insurance assumptions cannot be taken as an indicator of future potential experience from the Covid-19 pandemic which may deteriorate significantly and have a material adverse effect on Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The potential longer-term impacts of the pandemic may include latent morbidity impacts from the deferral of medical treatment by policyholders. It may be a factor in increasing morbidity claims and there may be implications from other factors such as long-term post-Covid-19 symptoms (although there is currently no consensus on the longer term impact on morbidity).
157
Disruption to Prudential’s operations may result where its employees, or those of its service partners and counterparties, contract Covid-19 or are affected by restrictions on movement; where office closures and other measures impacting working practices are effected, such as the imposition of remote working arrangements; and where quarantine requirements and isolation measures under local laws apply, and as a result of social distancing and/or other psychosocial impacts. While such measures are in place, there may also be an increase in attempts to compromise the resilience of IT systems through phishing, social engineering tactics and ransomware. Such measures, and the cycles of their relaxation and re-imposition, may also adversely impact the physical and mental health of the Group’s staff, increasing the risk of operational disruption resulting from performance impairment, an increase in absenteeism, or increased levels of staff turnover, which may affect operational capacity with the potential to be exacerbated by challenges in recruitment. The operations of Prudential’s service partners (which subject the Group to the risks detailed in risk factor 3.7, resulting in certain risks that Prudential does not face with respect to its wholly-owned subsidiaries) may be disrupted in different ways and to a more severe extent than the Group’s operations and may impact service delivery to the Group.
In response to pandemic-related restrictions, Prudential implemented changes to its sales and distribution processes in specific markets. These include virtual face-to-face sales of its products and the online recruitment, training and, where possible, licensing of agents. Such changes may increase or introduce new operational and regulatory risks, in particular those focused on customer outcomes and conduct. A failure to implement appropriate governance and management of these new or incremental risks may adversely impact Prudential’s reputation and brand and the results of its operations. In markets where the level of sales under these new processes is material or where such processes become permanent distribution channels, the commercial value of the Group’s existing sale and distribution arrangements, such as bancassurance arrangements, may be adversely impacted.
1.2 | Prudential’s businesses are inherently subject to market fluctuations and general economic conditions, each of which may adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. |
Uncertainty, fluctuations or negative trends in global and national macro-economic conditions and investment climates could have a material adverse effect on Prudential’s business and profitability. Prudential operates in a macroeconomic and global financial market environment that presents significant uncertainties and potential challenges. For example, following a prolonged period of relatively low interest rates in countries relevant to Prudential, the reopening and recovery of some economies during 2021 has resulted in inflationary pressures, which if sustained or increased may drive interest rates higher, impacting the valuation of fixed income assets. Uncertainties also include the impact of factors such as the actions of central banks and governments to mitigate the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic and in response to inflationary pressures. The transition to a lower carbon economy, the timing and speed of which is uncertain, may also result in greater uncertainty, fluctuations or negative trends in asset valuations, particularly for carbon intensive sectors, and will have a bearing on inflation levels.
Global financial markets are subject to uncertainty and volatility created by a variety of factors. These factors include actual or expected slowdowns or reversals in world economic growth (particularly where this is abrupt, as has been the case with the early impact of the Covid-19 pandemic), sector specific slowdowns or deteriorations which have the potential to have contagion impacts (such as the negative developments in the China property sector), fluctuations in global energy prices, changes in monetary policy in China, the US and other jurisdictions together with their impact on the valuation of all asset classes and effect on interest rates and inflation expectations, and concerns over sovereign debt. Other factors include the increased level of geopolitical and political risk and policy-related uncertainty (including those resulting from the Russia-Ukraine conflict and the potential impact on business sentiment and the broader market resulting from regulatory tightening across sectors in China) and socio-political, climate-driven and pandemic events. The extent of the financial market and economic impact of these factors may be highly uncertain and unpredictable and influenced by the actions, including the duration and effectiveness of mitigating measures of governments, policymakers and the public.
The adverse effects of such factors could be felt principally through the following items:
– | Lower interest rates and reduced investment returns arising on the Group’s portfolios including impairment of debt securities and loans, which could reduce Prudential’s capital and impair its ability to write significant volumes of new business, increase the potential adverse impact of product guarantees included in non-unit-linked products with a savings component, increase reinvestment risk for some of the Group’s investments from accelerated prepayments and increased redemptions and/or have a negative impact on its assets under management and profit. |
– | A reduction in the financial strength and flexibility of corporate entities, as recently experienced by a number of issuers within the China property sector, which may deteriorate the credit rating profile and valuation of the Group’s invested credit portfolio (and which may result in an increase in regulatory capital requirements for the Group or its businesses), increased credit defaults and debt restructurings and wider credit and liquidity spreads resulting in realised and unrealised credit losses. Regulations imposing or increasing restrictions on the amount of company debt financing, such as those placing limits on debt or liability ratios, may also reduce the financial flexibility of corporate entities. Similarly, securitised assets in the Group’s investment portfolio are subject to default risk and may be adversely impacted by delays or failures of borrowers to make payments of principal and interest when due. Where a widespread deterioration in the financial strength of corporate entities occurs, any assumptions on the ability and willingness of governments to provide financial support may need to be revised. |
158
– | Failure of counterparties who have transactions with Prudential (such as banks, reinsurers and counterparties to cash management and risk transfer or hedging transactions) to meet commitments that could give rise to a negative impact on Prudential’s financial position and on the accessibility or recoverability of amounts due or the adequacy of collateral. Geographic or sector concentrations of counterparty credit risk could exacerbate the impact of these events where they materialise. |
– | Estimates of the value of financial instruments becoming more difficult because in certain illiquid or closed markets, determining the value at which financial instruments can be realised is highly subjective. Processes to ascertain such values require substantial elements of judgement, assumptions and estimates (which may change over time). Where the Group is required to sell its investments within a defined timeframe, such market conditions may result in the sale of these investments at below expected or recorded prices. |
– | The Group holds certain investments that may, by their nature, lack liquidity or have the potential to lose liquidity rapidly, such as investment funds (including money market funds), privately placed fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans, complex structured securities and alternative investments. If these investments were required to be liquidated on short notice, the Group may experience difficulty in doing so and may be forced to sell them at a lower price than it otherwise would have been able to realise. |
– | A reduction in revenue from the Group’s products where fee income is linked to account values or the market value of the funds under management. In particular, decreases in equity prices impact the amount of revenue derived from fees from the unit-linked products. Sustained inflationary pressures which may drive higher interest rates may also impact the valuation of fixed income investments and reduce fee income. |
– | Increased illiquidity, which includes the risk that expected cash inflows from investments and operations will not be adequate to meet the Group’s anticipated short-term and long-term policyholder benefits and expense payment obligations. Increased illiquidity also adds to uncertainty over the accessibility of financial resources which in extreme conditions can impact the functioning of markets and may reduce capital resources as valuations decline. This could occur where external capital is unavailable at sustainable cost, increased liquid assets are required to be held as collateral under derivative transactions or redemption restrictions are placed on Prudential’s investments in illiquid funds. In addition, significant redemption requests could also be made on Prudential’s issued funds and while this may not have a direct impact on the Group’s liquidity, it could result in reputational damage to Prudential. The potential impact of increased illiquidity is more uncertain than for other risks such as interest rate or credit risk. |
In general, upheavals in the financial markets may affect general levels of economic activity, employment and customer behaviour. As a result, insurers may experience an elevated incidence of claims, lapses, or surrenders of policies, and some policyholders may choose to defer or stop paying insurance premiums or reduce deposits into retirement plans. The demand for insurance products may also be adversely affected. In addition, there may be a higher incidence of counterparty failures. If sustained, this environment is likely to have a negative impact on the insurance sector over time and may consequently have a negative impact on Prudential’s business and its balance sheet and profitability. For example, this could occur if the recoverable value of intangible assets for bancassurance agreements and deferred acquisition costs are reduced. New challenges related to market fluctuations and general economic conditions may continue to emerge. For example, inflationary pressures driving higher interest rates may lead to increased lapses for some guaranteed savings products where higher levels of guarantees are offered by products of the Group’s competitors, reflecting consumer demand for returns at the level of, or exceeding, inflation. Increased inflation may also adversely impact the ability of consumers to purchase insurance products, particularly in lower income customer segments.
For some non-unit-linked products with a savings component it may not be possible to hold assets which will provide cash flows to match those relating to policyholder liabilities. This is particularly true in those countries where bond markets are less developed or where the duration of policyholder liabilities is longer than the duration of bonds issued and available in the market, and in certain markets where regulated premium and claim values are set with reference to the interest rate environment prevailing at the time of policy issue. This results in a mismatch due to the duration and uncertainty of the liability cash flows and the lack of sufficient assets of a suitable duration. While this residual asset/liability mismatch risk can be managed, it cannot be eliminated. If interest rates in these markets are lower than those used to calculate premium and claim values over a sustained period, this could have a material adverse effect on Prudential’s reported profit and the solvency of its business units. In addition, part of the profit from the Group’s operations is related to bonuses for policyholders declared on with-profits products, which are impacted by the difference between actual investment returns of the with-profits fund (which are broadly based on historical and current rates of return on equity, real estate and fixed income securities) and minimum guarantee rates offered to policyholders. This profit could be lower in particular in a sustained low interest rate environment.
Any of the foregoing factors and events, individually or together, could have a material adverse effect on Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
159
1.3 | Geopolitical and political risks and uncertainty may adversely impact economic conditions, increase market volatility, cause operational disruption to the Group and impact its strategic plans, which could have adverse effects on Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. |
The Group is exposed to geopolitical and political risks and uncertainty in the markets in which it operates. Such risks may include:
– | The application of government regulations, executive powers, protectionist or restrictive economic and trade policies or measures adopted by businesses or industries which increase trade barriers or restrict trade, sales, financial transactions, or the transfer of capital, investment, data or other intellectual property, with respect to specific territories, markets, companies or individuals; |
– | An increase in the volume and pace of domestic regulatory changes, including those applying to specific sectors; |
– | The increased adoption or implementation of laws and regulations which may purport to have extra-territorial application; |
– | International trade disputes such as the implementation of trade tariffs; |
– | Withdrawals or expulsions from existing trading blocs or agreements or financial transaction systems, including those which facilitate cross-border payments; |
– | The domestic application of measures restricting national airspace with respect to aircraft of specific territories, markets, companies or individuals; |
– | Measures favouring local enterprises, such as changes to the maximum level of non-domestic ownership by foreign companies or differing treatment of foreign-owned businesses under regulations and tax rules; and |
– | Measures which require businesses of overseas companies to operate through locally incorporated entities or with requirements on minimum local representation on executive or management committees. |
The above measures may have an adverse impact on Prudential through their effects on the macroeconomic outlook and the environment for global financial markets. They may also increase regulatory compliance and reputational risks, or adversely impact Prudential where they apply to, and impact, the economic, business and legal and regulatory environment in specific markets or territories in which the Group, its joint venture or jointly owned businesses, sales and distribution networks, or third party service providers have operations. For internationally active groups such as Prudential, operating across multiple jurisdictions, such measures may also add to the complexity of legal and regulatory compliance and increase the risk of conflicts between the requirements of one jurisdiction and another. See risk factor 4.1 below.
Geopolitical and political risks and uncertainty may also adversely impact the Group’s operations and its operational resilience. Increased geopolitical tensions may increase domestic and cross-border cyber intrusion activity and therefore increase cyber security risks. Geopolitical and political tensions may also lead to conflict, civil unrest and/or acts of civil disobedience. Such events could impact operational resilience by disrupting Prudential’s systems, operations, new business sales and renewals, distribution channels and services to customers, which may result in a reduction in contributions from business units to the central cash balances and profit of the Group, decreased profitability, financial loss, adverse customer impacts and reputational damage and may impact Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Legislative or regulatory changes which adversely impact Hong Kong’s economy or its international trading and economic relationships, may also result in adverse sales, operational and product distribution impacts to the Group due to the territory being a key market which also hosts Group head office functions.
1.4 | As a holding company, Prudential is dependent upon its subsidiaries to cover operating expenses and dividend payments. |
The Group’s insurance and investment management operations are generally conducted through direct and indirect subsidiaries, which are subject to the risks discussed elsewhere in this ‘Risk Factors’ section.
As a holding company, Prudential’s principal sources of funds are remittances from subsidiaries, shareholder-backed funds, the shareholder transfer from long-term funds and any amounts that may be raised through the issuance of equity, debt and commercial paper.
160
Certain of Prudential’s subsidiaries are subject to insurance, foreign exchange and tax laws, rules and regulations (including in relation to distributable profits that can limit their ability to make remittances). In some circumstances, including where there are changes to general market conditions, this could limit Prudential’s ability to pay dividends to shareholders or to make available funds held in certain subsidiaries to cover operating expenses of other members of the Group.
A material change in the financial condition of any of Prudential’s subsidiaries may have a material effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
1.5 | Prudential is subject to the risk of potential sovereign debt credit deterioration owing to the amounts of sovereign debt obligations held in its investment portfolio. |
Investing in sovereign debt creates exposure to the direct or indirect consequences of political, social or economic changes (including changes in governments, heads of state or monarchs) in the countries in which the issuers of such debt are located and to the creditworthiness of the sovereign. Investment in sovereign debt obligations involves risks not present in debt obligations of corporate issuers. In addition, the issuer of the debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or pay interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt, and Prudential may have limited recourse to compel payment in the event of a default. A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and to pay interest in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, its relations with its central bank, the extent of its foreign currency reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor’s policy toward local and international lenders, and the political constraints to which the sovereign debtor may be subject.
Moreover, governments may use a variety of techniques, such as intervention by their central banks or imposition of regulatory controls or taxes, to devalue their currencies’ exchange rates, or may adopt monetary and other policies (including to manage their debt burdens) that have a similar effect, all of which could adversely impact the value of an investment in sovereign debt even in the absence of a technical default. Periods of economic uncertainty may affect the volatility of market prices of sovereign debt to a greater extent than the volatility inherent in debt obligations of other types of issuers.
In addition, if a sovereign default or other such events described above were to occur, as has happened on occasion in the past, other financial institutions may also suffer losses or experience solvency or other concerns, which may result in Prudential facing additional risks relating to investments in such financial institutions that are held in the Group’s investment portfolio. There is also risk that public perceptions about the stability and creditworthiness of financial institutions and the financial sector generally might be adversely affected as might counterparty relationships between financial institutions.
If a sovereign were to default on its obligations, or adopt policies that devalued or otherwise altered the currencies in which its obligations were denominated, this could have a material adverse effect on Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
1.6 | Downgrades in Prudential’s financial strength and credit ratings could significantly impact its competitive position and damage its relationships with creditors or trading counterparties. |
Prudential’s financial strength and credit ratings, which are used by the market to measure its ability to meet policyholder obligations, are an important factor affecting public confidence in Prudential’s products, and as a result its competitiveness. Downgrades in Prudential’s ratings as a result of, for example, decreased profitability, increased costs, increased indebtedness or other concerns could have an adverse effect on its ability to market products and retain current policyholders, and the Group’s ability to compete for acquisition and strategic opportunities. Downgrades may also impact the Group’s financial flexibility, including its ability to issue commercial paper at current levels and pricing. The interest rates at which Prudential is able to borrow funds are affected by its credit ratings, which are in place to measure the Group’s ability to meet its contractual obligations.
In addition, changes in methodologies and criteria used by rating agencies could result in downgrades that do not reflect changes in the general economic conditions or Prudential’s financial condition.
In addition, any such downgrades could have a material adverse effect on Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Prudential cannot predict what actions rating agencies may take, or what actions Prudential may therefore take in response to the actions of rating agencies, which could adversely affect its business.
Any such downgrade of the Group could have an adverse effect on Prudential’s financial flexibility, requirements to post collateral under or in connection with transactions to which they are a party and ability to manage market risk exposures. In addition, the interest rates or other costs that the Group incurs in respect of its financing activities may increase as a result. A credit rating downgrade may also affect public confidence in the Group’s products and may adversely impact on its ability to market products, retain current policyholders or attract new policyholders.
161
1.7 | Prudential is subject to the risk of exchange rate fluctuations owing to the geographical diversity of its businesses. |
Due to the geographical diversity of Prudential’s businesses, Prudential is subject to the risk of exchange rate fluctuations. Prudential’s operations generally write policies and invest in assets denominated in local currencies. Although this practice limits the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on local operating results, it can lead to fluctuations in Prudential’s consolidated financial statements upon the translation of results into the Group’s presentation currency. This exposure is not currently separately managed. The Group presents its consolidated financial statements in US dollars. The results of some entities within the Group are not denominated in or linked to the US dollar and some enter into transactions which are conducted in non-US dollar currencies. Prudential is subject to the risk of exchange rate fluctuations from the translation of the results of these entities and transactions and the risks from the maintenance of the HK dollar peg to the US dollar.
2.RISKS RELATING TO SUSTAINABILITY AND ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE (‘ESG’) MATTERS
2.1 | The failure to understand and respond effectively to the risks associated with ESG factors could adversely affect Prudential’s achievement of its long term strategy. |
A failure to manage the material risks associated with key ESG themes detailed below may undermine the sustainability of Prudential by adversely impacting the Group’s reputation and brand, ability to attract and retain customers and employees, and therefore the results of its operations and delivery of its strategy and long-term financial success.
(a) | Environmental risks |
Environmental concerns, notably those associated with climate change and their social and economic impacts, present long-term risks to the sustainability of Prudential and may impact its customers and other shareholders.
Prudential’s investment horizons are long term and it is therefore exposed to the potential long-term impact of climate change risks, which include the financial and non-financial impact of transition to a lower carbon economy and physical and litigation risks. The global transition to a lower carbon economy may have an adverse impact on investment valuations as the financial assets of carbon intensive companies re-price, and this could result in some asset sectors facing significantly higher costs and a reduction in demand for their products and services. The speed of this transition, and the extent to which it is orderly and managed, will be influenced by factors such as public policy, technology and changes in market or investor sentiment. The potential impact of these factors on the valuation of investments may also have a broader economic impact that may adversely affect customers and their demand for the Group’s products. The transition to a lower carbon economy has the potential to disproportionately impact the Asia and Africa markets in which Prudential operates and invests, and the Group’s stakeholders increasingly expect and/or rely on the Group to support an orderly, inclusive and sustainable transition based on an understanding of relevant country and company-level transition plans taking into consideration the impact on the economies, businesses, communities and customers in these markets.
The pace and volume of new climate-related regulation emerging across the markets in which the Group operates, the need to deliver on existing and new voluntary exclusions on investments in certain sectors, engagement and reporting commitments and the demand for externally assured reporting may give rise to compliance, operational and disclosure risks which may be increased by the multi-jurisdictional coordination required in adopting a consistent risk management approach.
The Group’s ability to sufficiently understand and appropriately react to transition risk and its ability to deliver on its external carbon reduction commitments may be limited by insufficient or unreliable data on carbon exposure and transition plans for the assets in which it invests. The direct physical impacts of climate change, driven by both specific short-term climate-related events such as natural disasters and longer-term changes to climate and the natural environment, are likely to become increasingly significant factors in the mortality and morbidity risk assessments for the Group’s insurance product underwriting and offerings and their associated claims profiles. Climate-driven events in countries in which Prudential or its key third parties operate could adversely impact the Group’s operational resilience and its customers, which may potentially occur through migration or displacement both within and across borders.
A failure to understand, manage and provide greater transparency of its exposure to these climate-related risks may have increasingly adverse implications for Prudential and its stakeholders.
(b) | Social risks |
Social risks that could impact Prudential may arise from a failure to consider the rights, diversity, well-being, needs, and interests of its customers and employees and the communities in which the Group or its third parties operate. Perceived inequalities and income disparities, intensified by the pandemic, have the potential to further erode social cohesion across the Group’s markets which may increase operational and disruption risks for Prudential. These risks are increased as Prudential operates in multiple jurisdictions with distinct local cultures and considerations.
162
Evolving social norms and emerging population risks associated with public health trends (such as an increase in obesity and mental health deterioration) and demographic changes (such as population urbanisation and ageing) may affect customer lifestyles and therefore may impact the level of claims under the Group’s insurance product offerings. As a provider of insurance and investment services, the Group is increasingly focused on making its products more accessible through digital innovation, technologies and distribution methods for a broadening range of products and services. As a result, Prudential has access to extensive amounts of customer personal data, including data related to personal health, and an increasing ability to analyse and interpret this data through the use of complex tools, machine learning and artificial intelligence technologies. The Group is therefore exposed to the regulatory, ethical and reputational risks associated with customer data misuse or security breaches. These risks are explained in risk factor 3.5. The increasing digitalisation of products, services and processes may also result in new and unforeseen regulatory requirements and stakeholder expectations, including those relating to how the Group supports its customers through this transformation.
As an employer, the Group is also exposed to the risk of being unable to attract, retain and develop a diverse group of highly-skilled employees to meet the changing need of a transformative organisation. This may increase if Prudential does not implement responsible working practices or fails to recognise the benefits of diversity, ensure psychological safety for employees, or promote a culture of inclusion and sense of belonging. The potential for reputational risk extends to the Group’s supply chains and its investee companies, which may be exposed to factors such as poor labour standards and abuses of human rights by third parties.
(c) | Governance |
A failure to maintain high standards of corporate governance may adversely impact the Group and its customers and employees and increase the risk of poor decision-making and a lack of oversight and management of its key risks. Poor governance may arise where key governance committees have insufficient independence, a lack of diversity, skills or experience in their members, or unclear (or insufficient) oversight responsibilities and mandates. Inadequate oversight over remuneration also increases the risk of poor senior management behaviours.
Prudential operates across multiple jurisdictions and has a group and subsidiary governance structure which may add further complexity to these considerations. Participation in joint ventures or partnerships where Prudential does not have direct overall control and the use of third party service providers increase the potential for reputational risks arising from poor governance.
Sustainability and ESG-related risks may directly or indirectly impact Prudential’s business and the achievement of its strategic focus on providing greater and more inclusive access to good health and financial security, responsible stewardship in managing the human impact of climate change and building human and social capital with its broad range of stakeholders, which range from customers, institutional investors, employees and suppliers, to policymakers, regulators, industry organisations and local communities. A failure to transparently and consistently implement the Group’s ESG strategy across operational, underwriting and investment activities, may adversely impact the financial condition and reputation of the Group and may negatively impact the Group’s stakeholders, who all have expectations, concerns and aims related to ESG and sustainability matters, which may differ, both within and across the markets in which the Group operates. In its investment activities, Prudential’s stakeholders increasingly have expectations of, and place reliance on, an approach to responsible investment that demonstrates how ESG and sustainability considerations are effectively integrated into investment decisions and responsible supply chain management and the performance of fiduciary and stewardship duties. These duties include effective implementation of exclusions, voting and active engagement decisions with respect to investee companies, as both an asset owner and an asset manager, in line with internally defined procedures and external commitments.
3.RISKS RELATING TO PRUDENTIAL’S BUSINESS ACTIVITIES AND INDUSTRY
3.1 | The implementation of large-scale transformation, including complex strategic initiatives, gives rise to significant design and execution risks and may affect Prudential’s operational capability and capacity. Any failure of these initiatives to meet their objectives may adversely impact the Group and the delivery of its strategy. |
Where required in order to implement its business strategies for growth, meet customer needs, improve customer experiences, strengthen operational resilience, meet regulatory and industry requirements and maintain market competitiveness, Prudential from time to time undertakes Group restructuring, transformation programmes and acquisitions and disposals across its business. Many of these change initiatives are complex, interconnected and/or of large scale, and include improvement of business efficiencies through operating model changes, advancing the Group’s digital capability, expanding strategic partnerships and industry and regulatory-driven change. There may be a material adverse effect on Prudential’s business, customers, financial condition, results of operations and prospects if these initiatives incur unplanned costs, are subject to implementation delays, or fail to fully meet their objectives. Large scale restructuring of Prudential, such as the recent Jackson Demerger and changes to the Group’s management and operational model, have increased uncertainty for the Group’s employees, which may affect operational capacity and the ability of the Group to deliver its strategy.
Additionally, there may be adverse non-financial (including operational, regulatory, conduct and reputational) implications for the Group in undertaking such initiatives, which inherently give rise to design and execution risks, and may increase existing business risks, such as placing additional strain on the operational capacity, or weakening the control environment, of the Group.
163
Implementing further initiatives related to significant regulatory changes, such as IFRS 17, may amplify these risks. Risks relating to these regulatory changes are explained in risk factor 4.1 below.
The speed of technological change in the business could outpace the Group’s ability to anticipate all the unintended consequences that may arise from such change. Innovative technologies, such as artificial intelligence, expose Prudential to potential additional regulatory, information security, operational, ethical and conduct risks which, if inadequately managed, could result in customer detriment and reputational damage.
3.2 | Prudential is exposed to ongoing risks as a result of the Jackson Demerger, which, if they materialise, could adversely affect Prudential’s business. |
(a) | The Group continues to hold shares in Jackson but no longer has any control |
On 13 September 2021, Prudential completed the Jackson Demerger (the ‘Demerger’). As at 31 December 2021, the Group retains an 18.4 per cent. economic interest (and an 18.5 per cent. voting interest) in the total common stock of Jackson. The Group intends to reduce this investment to less than 10 per cent. within 12 months of the completion of the Jackson Demerger. As a result of the Demerger, Prudential no longer has the ability to control Jackson’s strategic, financial and operational decisions. Jackson may fail to develop its business, meet the expectations of investors, may be subject to adverse publicity and increased legal or regulatory scrutiny, or its reported financial position may be adversely impacted by errors or limitations in its modelling and other assumptions related to its business, including the calculation of regulatory or internal capital requirements, the valuation of assets and liabilities, and determining hedging requirements. These factors may have an adverse impact on the market price of Jackson shares, which may be volatile and can go down as well as up. It is therefore possible that the value of Prudential’s shareholding may be lower than anticipated, and the gross proceeds due to Prudential from any future sale may be lower than Prudential might otherwise achieve.
(b) | Indemnities have been given under a Demerger Agreement by Prudential in favour of the Jackson Group |
At the time of the Demerger, Prudential and Jackson entered into the Demerger Agreement. This governs the post-Jackson Demerger obligations of the Group and the Jackson Group and contains, among other provisions, indemnities under which Prudential indemnifies the Jackson Group against liabilities that may arise in connection with the business carried on by the Group (other than Jackson’s business) prior to the Jackson Demerger. Prudential has the right to defend any such claim.
Although it is not anticipated that Prudential will be required to pay any substantial amount pursuant to such indemnity obligations, if any amounts payable under the indemnities are substantial, this could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition and/or results of Prudential.
(c) | Prudential may incur liabilities in connection with the Jackson Demerger |
In addition, in connection with the Jackson Demerger, Prudential may be subject to claims by Jackson’s shareholders and other third parties for any material misstatements or omissions of material facts contained within Jackson’s Form 10 registration document, or for any fraudulent, intentional or reckless misleading disclosure in connection with the Jackson Shares under the US Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. If those claims are not successfully defended, Prudential may have to pay compensation, and where this is substantial may adversely affect Prudential’s business, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations and prospects.
3.3 | Prudential’s businesses are conducted in highly competitive environments with developing demographic trends. The profitability of the Group’s businesses depend on management’s ability to respond to these pressures and trends. |
The markets for financial services are highly competitive, with a number of factors affecting Prudential’s ability to sell its products and profitability, including price and yields offered, financial strength and ratings, range of product lines and product quality, brand strength and name recognition, investment management performance and fund management trends, historical bonus levels, the ability to respond to developing demographic trends, customer appetite for certain savings products and technological advances. In some of its markets, Prudential faces competitors that are larger, have greater financial resources or a greater market share, offer a broader range of products or have higher bonus rates. Further, heightened competition for talented and skilled employees, agents and independent financial advisers may limit Prudential’s potential to grow its business as quickly as planned. Technological advances, including those enabling increased capability for gathering large volumes of customer health data and developments in capabilities and tools in analysing and interpreting such data (such as artificial intelligence and machine learning), may result in increased competition to the Group, both from within and outside the insurance industry, and may increase the competition risks resulting from a failure to be able to attract sufficient numbers of skilled staff.
The Group’s principal competitors include global life insurers together with regional insurers and multinational asset managers. In most markets, there are also local companies that have a material market presence.
164
Prudential believes that competition will intensify across all regions in response to consumer demand, digital and other technological advances (including the emergence and maturing of new distribution channels), the need for economies of scale and the consequential impact of consolidation, regulatory actions and other factors. Prudential’s ability to generate an appropriate return depends significantly upon its capacity to anticipate and respond appropriately to these competitive pressures. This includes managing the potential adverse impacts to the commercial value of the Group’s existing sale and distribution arrangements, such as bancassurance arrangements, in markets where new distribution channels develop.
Failure to do so may adversely impact Prudential’s ability to attract and retain customers and, importantly, may limit Prudential’s ability to take advantage of new business arising in the markets in which it operates, which may have an adverse impact on the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
3.4 | Adverse experience in the operational risks inherent in Prudential’s business, and those of its material outsourcing partners, could disrupt its business functions and have a negative impact on its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. |
Operational risks are present in all of Prudential’s businesses, including the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal and external processes, systems or human error, fraud, the effects of natural or man-made catastrophic events (such as natural disasters, pandemics, cyber-attacks, acts of terrorism, civil unrest and other catastrophes) or other external events. These risks may also adversely impact Prudential through its partners. Prudential relies on the performance and operations of a number of bancassurance, product distribution, outsourcing (including external technology and data hosting) and service partners. These include back office support functions, such as those relating to IT infrastructure, development and support and customer facing operations and services, such as product distribution and services (including through digital channels) and investment operations. This creates reliance upon the resilient operational performance of these partners and exposes Prudential to the risk that the operations and services provided by these partners are disrupted or fail. Further, Prudential operates in extensive and evolving legal and regulatory environments (including in relation to tax) which adds to the complexity of the governance and operation of its business processes and controls.
Exposure to such risks could impact Prudential’s operational resilience and ability to perform necessary business functions by disrupting its systems, operations, new business sales and renewals, distribution channels and services to customers, or result in the loss of confidential or proprietary data. Such risks, as well as any weaknesses in administration systems (such as those relating to policyholder records) or actuarial reserving processes, may also result in increased expenses, as well as legal and regulatory sanctions, decreased profitability, financial loss and customer conduct risk impacts, and may damage Prudential’s reputation and relationship with its customers and business partners. A failure to adequately oversee service partners (or their IT and operational systems and processes) could result in significant service degradation or disruption to Prudential’s business operations and customers, which may have reputational or conduct risk implications and could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Prudential’s business requires the processing of a large number of transactions for a diverse range of products. It also employs complex and interconnected IT and finance systems, models, and user developed applications in its processes to perform a range of operational functions. These functions include the calculation of regulatory or internal capital requirements, the valuation of assets and liabilities and the acquisition of new business using artificial intelligence and digital applications. Many of these tools form an integral part of the information and decision-making frameworks used by Prudential and the risk of adverse consequences arising from erroneous or misinterpreted tools used in core business activities, decision-making and reporting exists. Errors or limitations in these tools, or their inappropriate usage, may lead to regulatory breaches, inappropriate decision-making, financial loss, customer detriment, inaccurate external reporting or reputational damage. The long-term nature of much of the Group’s business also means that accurate records have to be maintained securely for significant time periods.
The performance of the Group’s core business activities and the uninterrupted availability of services to customers rely significantly on, and require significant investment in, resilient IT applications, infrastructure and security architectural design, data governance and management and other operational systems, personnel, controls and processes. During large-scale disruptive events or times of significant change, the resilience and operational effectiveness of these systems and processes at Prudential and/or its third party service providers may be adversely impacted. In particular, Prudential and its business partners are making increasing use of emerging technological tools and digital services, or forming strategic partnerships with third parties to provide these capabilities. Automated distribution channels to customers increase the criticality of providing uninterrupted services. A failure to implement appropriate governance and management of the incremental operational risks from emerging technologies may adversely impact Prudential’s reputation and brand, the results of its operations, its ability to attract and retain customers and its ability to deliver on its long-term strategy and therefore its competitiveness and long-term financial success.
165
Although Prudential’s IT, compliance and other operational systems, models and processes incorporate governance and controls designed to manage and mitigate the operational and model risks associated with its activities, there can be no complete assurance as to the resilience of these systems and processes to disruption or that governance and controls will always be effective. Due to human error, among other reasons, operational and model risk incidents do occur from time to time and no system or process can entirely prevent them. Prudential’s legacy and other IT systems, data and processes, as with operational systems and processes generally, may also be susceptible to failure or security/data breaches.
3.5 | Attempts to access or disrupt Prudential’s IT systems, and loss or misuse of personal data, could result in loss of trust from Prudential’s customers and employees and reputational damage, which could have material adverse effects on the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. |
Prudential and its business partners are increasingly exposed to the risk that individuals (which includes connected persons such as employees, contractors or representatives of Prudential or its third party service providers, and unconnected persons) or groups may intentionally or unintentionally disrupt the availability, confidentiality and integrity of its IT systems or compromise the integrity and security of data (both corporate and customer), including disruption from ransomware, malicious software designed to restrict Prudential’s access to data until the payment of a sum of money. Where these risks materialise, this could result in disruption to key operations, make it difficult to recover critical data or services or damage assets, any of which could result in loss of trust from Prudential’s customers and employees, reputational damage and direct or indirect financial loss. Cyber-security threats continue to evolve globally in sophistication and potential significance. Prudential’s increasing profile in its current markets and those in which it is entering, growing customer interest in interacting with their insurance providers and asset managers through the internet and social media, improved brand awareness, increasing adoption of the Group’s Pulse platform and the 2020 designation of Prudential as an Internationally Active Insurance Group (‘IAIG’) could also increase the likelihood of Prudential being considered a target by cyber criminals. Ransomware campaigns have increased in frequency and represent an increasing threat to the financial services sector, with recent highly publicised attacks on financial services companies. The risk from untargeted but sophisticated and automated attacks remains present.
There is an increasing requirement and expectation on Prudential and its business partners not only to hold the data of customers, shareholders and employees securely, but also to ensure its ongoing accuracy and that it is being used in a transparent, appropriate and ethical way, including in decision-making where automated processes are employed. A failure to do so may result in regulatory scrutiny and sanctions and detriment to customers and third party partners, and may adversely impact the reputation and brand of the Group, its ability to attract and retain customers and deliver on its long-term strategy and therefore the results of its operations.
The risk to the Group of not meeting these requirements and expectations may be increased by the development of cloud-based infrastructure and the usage of digital distribution and service channels, which can collect a broader range of personal and health-related data from individuals at increased scale and speed, and the use of complex tools, machine learning and artificial intelligence technologies to process, analyse and interpret this data. New and currently unforeseeable regulatory issues may also arise from the increased use of emerging technology. Regulatory developments in cybersecurity and data protection (such as the ongoing development of a holistic data governance regime in China, including the Data Security Law, the Personal Information Protection Law, which came into effect in November 2021, the revised Measures for Cybersecurity Review and recently released draft rules on the provision of internet healthcare services) continue to progress worldwide. Such developments may increase the complexity of requirements and obligations in this area, in particular where they include national security restrictions or impose differing and/or conflicting requirements with those of other jurisdictions. These risks may also increase the financial and reputational implications for Prudential of regulatory non-compliance or a significant breach of IT systems or data, including at its joint venture or third party service providers. The international transfer of data may, as a global organisation, increase regulatory risks for the Group.
Although Prudential has experienced or has been affected by cyber and data breaches, to date, it has not identified a failure or breach, or an incident of data misuse in relation to its legacy and other IT systems and processes which has had a material impact on its operations. However, Prudential has been, and likely will continue to be, subject to potential damage from computer viruses, unauthorised access and cyber-security attacks such as ‘denial of service’ attacks (which, for example, can cause temporary disruption to websites and IT networks), phishing and disruptive software campaigns, and there can be no assurance that such events will not take place which may have material adverse consequential effects on Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
166
3.6 | Prudential’s Pulse platform may increase existing business risks to the Group or introduce new risks as the markets in which it operates and its features, partnerships and product offerings develop. |
Prudential’s digital platform, Pulse, is subject to a number of the risks discussed within this ‘Risk Factors’ section. In particular, these include risks related to legal and regulatory compliance and the conduct of business; the execution of complex change initiatives; information security and data privacy; the use of models (including those using artificial intelligence) and the handling of personal data; the resilience and integrity of IT infrastructure and operations; and those relating to the management of third parties. These existing risks for the Group may be increased due to a number of factors:
– | The number of current and planned markets in which Pulse operates, each with their own laws and regulations, regulatory and supervisory authorities, the scope of application of which may be uncertain or change at pace, may increase regulatory compliance risks; |
– | The implementation of planned platform features and offerings may require the delivery of complex, inter-connected change initiatives across current and planned markets. This may give rise to design and execution risks, which could be amplified where these change initiatives are delivered concurrently; |
– | The platform includes functionality relating to user generated content, which may expose Prudential to legal liability or reputational risk in the hosting of that content; |
– | The increased volume, breadth and sensitivity of data on which the business model of Pulse is dependent and to which the Group has access, holds, analyses and processes through its models, which increases data security, privacy and usage risks. The use of complex models, including where they use artificial intelligence for critical decision-making, in the application’s features and offerings may give rise to operational, conduct, litigation and reputational risks where they do not function as intended; |
– | The platform and its services rely on a number of third party partners and providers, which may vary according to the market. This may increase operational disruption risks to the uninterrupted provision of services to customers, regulatory compliance and conduct risks, and the potential for reputational risks; and |
– | Support for, and development of, the platform may be provided outside of the individual markets in which the platform operates, which may increase the complexity of local legal and regulatory compliance. |
New product offerings and functionality may be developed and provided through the platform, which may introduce new regulatory, operational, conduct and strategic risks for the Group. Any slowdown in digitalisation may reduce user adoption rates, the current size of the user base of Pulse and/or the development of product and service offerings, which may impact the ability of the Group to deliver its digital strategy. Regulations may be introduced which limit the permitted scope of online or digitally distributed insurance, asset management or medical services, which may restrict current or planned offerings provided by the Pulse platform. Markets may also introduce regulations with specific licensing requirements or requiring the provision of current or planned services via locally incorporated entities, which increases the regulatory and compliance risks associated with operating the Pulse platform.
A failure to implement appropriate governance and management of the incremental and new risks detailed above may adversely impact Prudential’s reputation and brand, its ability to attract and retain customers, its competitiveness and its ability to deliver on its long-term strategy.
3.7 | Prudential operates in certain markets with joint venture partners, minority shareholders and other third parties. These businesses face the same risks as the rest of the Group and also give rise to certain risks to Prudential that the Group does not face with respect to its wholly-owned subsidiaries. |
Prudential operates, and in certain markets is required by local regulation to operate, through joint ventures and other joint ownership or third-party arrangements. The financial condition, operations and reputation of Group may be adversely impacted, or the Group may face regulatory censure, in the event that any of its partners fails or is unable to meet its obligations under the arrangements, encounters financial difficulty, or fails to comply with local or international regulation and standards such as those pertaining to the prevention of financial crime. Reputational risks to the Group are amplified where any joint venture or jointly owned businesses carry the Prudential name.
167
A material proportion of the Group’s business comes from its joint ventures in China and India. For such operations the level of control exercisable by the Group depends on the terms of the contractual agreements, in particular, those terms providing for the allocation of control among, and continued cooperation between, the participants. As a result, the level of oversight, control and access to management information the Group is able to exercise over the extent of the exposure to material risks at these operations may be lower compared to the Group’s wholly owned businesses. This may increase the uncertainty for the Group over the financial condition of these operations, including the credit risk profile and valuation of their investment portfolios and the extent of their invested credit and counterparty credit risk exposure, resulting in heightened risks to the Group as whole. This may particularly be the case where the countries in which these operations are located experience market or sector-specific slowdowns, volatility or deterioration (such as the recent negative developments in the China property sector). In addition, the level of control exercisable by the Group could be affected by changes in the maximum level of non-domestic ownership imposed on foreign companies in certain jurisdictions. The exposure of the Group to the risks detailed in risk factor 3.1 above may also increase should the Group’s strategic initiatives include the expansion of the Group’s operations through joint ventures or jointly owned businesses.
In addition, a significant proportion of the Group’s product distribution is carried out through agency arrangements and contractual arrangements with third party service providers not controlled by Prudential, such as bancassurance arrangements, and the Group is therefore dependent upon the continuation of these relationships. A temporary or permanent disruption to these distribution arrangements, such as through significant deterioration in the reputation, financial position or other circumstances of the third party service providers, material failure in controls (such as those pertaining to the third party service provider system failure or the prevention of financial crime) or failure to meet any regulatory requirements could adversely affect Prudential’s reputation and its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
3.8 | Adverse experience relative to the assumptions used in pricing products and reporting business results could significantly affect Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. |
In common with other life insurers, the profitability of the Group’s businesses depends on a mix of factors including mortality and morbidity levels and trends, policy surrenders and take-up rates on guarantee features of products, investment performance and impairments, unit cost of administration and new business acquisition expenses. The Group’s businesses are subject to inflation risk. In particular, the Group’s medical insurance businesses are also exposed to medical inflation risk.
Prudential needs to make assumptions about a number of factors in determining the pricing of its products, for setting reserves, and for reporting its capital levels and the results of its long-term business operations.
A further factor is the assumption that Prudential makes about future expected levels of the rates of early termination of products by its customers (known as persistency). This is relevant to a number of lines of business in the Group. Prudential’s persistency assumptions reflect a combination of recent past experience for each relevant line of business and expert judgement, especially where a lack of relevant and credible experience data exists. Any expected change in future persistency is also reflected in the assumption. If actual levels of persistency are significantly different than assumed, the Group’s results of operations could be adversely affected.
In addition, Prudential’s business may be adversely affected by epidemics, pandemics and other effects that give rise to a large number of deaths or additional sickness claims, as well as increases to the cost of medical claims. Pandemics, significant influenza and other epidemics have occurred a number of times historically but the likelihood, timing, or the severity of future events cannot be predicted. The effectiveness of external parties, including governmental and non-governmental organisations, in combating the spread and severity of any epidemics, as well as pharmaceutical treatments and vaccines (and their roll-outs) and non-pharmaceutical interventions, could have a material impact on the Group’s claims experience. The risks to the Group resulting from the Covid-19 pandemic are included in risk factor 1.1 above.
Prudential uses reinsurance to selectively transfer mortality, morbidity and other risks. This exposes the Group to the counterparty risk of a reinsurer being unable to pay reinsurance claims or otherwise meet their commitments; the risk that a reinsurer changes reinsurance terms and conditions of coverage, or increases the price of reinsurance which Prudential is unable to pass on to its customers; the risk of ambiguity in the reinsurance terms and conditions leading to uncertainty whether an event is covered under a reinsurance contract; and the risk of being unable to replace an existing reinsurer, or find a new reinsurer, for the risk transfer being sought.
Any of the foregoing, individually or together, could have a material adverse effect on Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
168
4.RISKS RELATING TO LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
4.1 | Prudential conducts its businesses subject to regulation and associated regulatory risks, including a change to the basis in the regulatory supervision of the Group, the effects of changes in the laws, regulations, policies and their interpretations and any accounting standards in the markets in which it operates. |
Changes in government policy and legislation (including in relation to tax and data security), capital control measures on companies and individuals, regulation or regulatory interpretation applying to companies in the financial services and insurance industries in any of the markets in which Prudential operates (including those related to the conduct of business by Prudential or its third party distributors), or decisions taken by regulators in connection with their supervision of members of the Group, which in some circumstances may be applied retrospectively, may adversely affect Prudential. The impact from any regulatory changes may be material to Prudential, for example changes may be required to its product range, distribution channels, handling and usage of data, competitiveness, profitability, capital requirements, risk management approaches, corporate or governance structure and, consequently, reported results and financing requirements. Also, regulators in jurisdictions in which Prudential operates may impose requirements affecting the allocation of capital and liquidity between different business units in the Group, whether on a geographic, legal entity, product line or other basis. Regulators may also change solvency requirements, methodologies for determining components of the regulatory or statutory balance sheet including the reserves and the level of capital required to be held by individual businesses (with implications to the Group capital position), the regulation and expectations of customers-facing processes including selling practices, and could introduce changes that impact products sold or that may be sold. Furthermore, as a result of interventions by governments in light of financial and global economic conditions, there may continue to be changes in government regulation and supervision of the financial services industry, including the possibility of higher capital requirements, restrictions on certain types of transactions and enhancement of supervisory powers.
In the markets in which it operates, Prudential is subject to regulatory requirements and obligations with respect to financial crime, including anti-money laundering, and sanctions compliance, which may either impose obligations on the Group to act in a certain manner or restrict the way that it can act in respect of specified individuals, organisations, businesses and/or governments. A failure to do so may adversely impact the reputation of Prudential and/or result in the imposition of legal or regulatory sanctions or restrictions on the Group. For internationally active groups such as Prudential, operating across multiple jurisdictions increases the complexity of legal and regulatory compliance. Compliance with Prudential’s legal or regulatory obligations, including those in respect of international sanctions, in one jurisdiction may conflict with the law or policy objectives of another jurisdiction, or may be seen as supporting the law or policy objectives of that jurisdiction over another, creating additional legal, regulatory compliance and reputational risks for the Group. These risks may be increased where uncertainty exists on the scope of regulatory requirements and obligations, and where the complexity of specific cases applicable to the Group is high.
Further information on specific areas of regulatory and supervisory requirements and changes are included below.
(a) | Group-wide Supervision |
The Hong Kong IA has been the Group-wide supervisor of Prudential since 21 October 2019. To align Hong Kong’s regulatory regime with international standards and practices, the Hong Kong IA has developed a GWS Framework for multinational insurance groups under its supervision. The GWS Framework is based on a principle-based and outcome-focused approach, and allows the Hong Kong IA to exercise direct regulatory powers over the designated holding companies of multinational insurance groups. The GWS Framework became effective for Prudential upon designation by the Hong Kong IA on 14 May 2021, subject to transitional arrangements allowed in legislation which have been agreed with the Hong Kong IA.
Under the GWS Framework , all debt instruments, both senior and subordinated, issued by Prudential as at the date of designation meet the transitional conditions set by the Hong Kong IA and are included as eligible Group capital resources.
Whilst the regulatory requirements have been finalised and are in effect, given the early nature of the regime, there is a risk that the interpretations of the principle-based regulatory requirements made by the Group in complying with the regulatory requirements may differ in some aspects from the interpretations made by the Hong Kong IA in their supervision of these principle-based regulatory requirements or as a result of the potential for further regulatory guidance to be issued.
(b) | Global regulatory requirements and systemic risk regulation |
Currently there are also a number of ongoing global regulatory developments which could impact Prudential’s businesses in the many jurisdictions in which they operate. These include the work of the Financial Stability Board (the ‘FSB’) in the area of systemic risk including the reassessment of the designation of G-SIIs, and the Insurance Capital Standard
(the ‘ICS’) being developed by the International Association of Insurance Supervisors (the ‘IAIS’). In addition, regulators in a number of jurisdictions in which the Group operates are further developing their local capital regimes. There remains a high degree of uncertainty over the potential impact of such changes on the Group.
169
Efforts to curb systemic risk and promote financial stability are also under way. At the international level, the FSB continues to develop recommendations for the asset management and insurance sectors, including ongoing assessment of systemic risk measures. The IAIS has continued to focus on the following key developments.
In November 2019 the IAIS adopted the Common Framework (‘ComFrame’) which establishes supervisory standards and guidance focusing on the effective group-wide supervision of Internationally Active Insurance Groups (‘IAIGs’). Prudential was included in the first register of IAIGs released by the IAIS on 1 July 2020 and was designated an IAIG by the Hong Kong IA following an assessment against the established criteria in ComFrame.
The IAIS has also been developing the ICS (‘Insurance Capital Standard’) as part of ComFrame. The implementation of ICS will be conducted in two phases: a five-year monitoring phase followed by an implementation phase. The Aggregation Method is one of the alternatives being considered to the default approach undertaken for the ICS during the monitoring period and the related proposals are being led by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (‘NAIC’).
In November 2019 the FSB endorsed a new Holistic Framework (‘HF’), intended for the assessment and mitigation of systemic risk in the insurance sector, for implementation by the IAIS in 2020 and has suspended G-SII designations until completion of a review to be undertaken in 2022. Many of the previous G-SII measures have already been adopted into the Insurance Core Principles (‘ICPs’) and ComFrame, as well as under the Hong Kong IA’s GWS Framework. As an IAIG, Prudential is expected to be subject to these measures. The HF also includes a monitoring element for the identification of a build-up of systemic risk and to enable supervisors to take action where appropriate.
There continues to be material change in the regulatory guidance in this area, including several areas still in development as part of the IAIS’ HF implementation and any new or changing regulations could have a further impact on Prudential. Recent developments include:
– | On 18 January 2022, the IAIS released its 2022-23 roadmap. In addition to those related to the HF and ICS, key areas of focus will include activities and initiatives focusing on operational and cyber resilience in the insurance sector including IT third-party outsourcing, climate change risk, financial inclusion, culture and conduct, diversity, equity and inclusion, fintech and policyholder protection schemes and their role in insurer resolution; |
– | The IAIS is proposing to introduce liquidity metrics to be used as ancillary indicators, with the phase 2 consultation completed in January 2022; |
– | A consultation on an application paper on macroprudential supervision was also launched by the IAIS in March 2021; |
– | Following the publication of its 2020 Resolution Report in November 2020, the FSB released practice papers for consultation on intra-group connectedness and resolution funding for insurers, with input requested by 12 March 2022. Resolution regimes will continue to be a near term focus in the FSB’s financial stability work, potentially being a key tool in informing decisions around the reformed G-SII designation. These consultations constitute the last of the FSB’s systemic risk work for insurers, prior to the designation assessment planned at year end 2022; and |
– | The IMF released a Financial System Stability Assessment for Hong Kong in June 2021. One of the conclusions of the report was that there is room to further strengthen the macroprudential framework by enhancing systemic risk assessment and communication. |
(c) | Regional regulatory regime developments, including climate-related regulatory changes |
In the Group’s key markets, regulatory changes and reforms are in progress, with some uncertainty on the full impact to Prudential:
– | In China, regulatory tightening across a number of industries in 2021, which may continue across other industries, has driven market volatility, heightened credit risk, adversely impacted business sentiment, with the potential for broader financial contagion. Other recent regulatory developments in China which may potentially increase compliance risk to the Group include the following: |
- | Development of a holistic data governance regime in China, which have recently included the Data Security Law, the Personal Information Protection Law, and the revised Measures for Cybersecurity Review; |
- | The CBIRC recently released new regulations on internet life insurance sales in China which include restrictions on the selling of certain long-term products online, effective 31 December 2021; and |
170
- | On 26 October 2021 the National Health Commission released for public comment draft rules on the internet healthcare services, which include restrictions on online AI-driven diagnosis and treatments as well as requirements including real-time supervision by provincial internet supervision platforms and meeting financial and operational criteria, including certain risk management and corporate governance ratings. These rules may have implications for the Group’s plans for its Pulse platform in China. |
– | In Hong Kong, the Hong Kong IA is seeking to align the territory’s insurance regime with international standards and has been developing a risk-based capital (‘RBC’) framework. The RBC framework will comprise three pillars: quantitative requirements, including assessment of capital adequacy and valuation; qualitative requirements, including corporate governance, Enterprise Risk Management as well as Own Risk and Solvency Assessment; and public disclosures and transparency of information. The Hong Kong IA is permitting applications for early adoption of the framework. |
– | In Malaysia, Bank Negara Malaysia (‘BNM’), the central bank of Malaysia, has initiated a multi-phase review of its current RBC frameworks for insurers and takaful operators which has been conducted since 2018. The review aims to ensure that the frameworks remain effective under changing market conditions, facilitate consistent and comparable capital adequacy measurement across the insurance and takaful industry, where appropriate, and achieve greater alignment with key elements of the global capital standards such as ICS, where appropriate. The timing of the effective date of the updated rules currently remains uncertain but certain changes, such as the applicable discount rate on liabilities, are expected to come into effect in 2022. |
– | In China, the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission (‘CBIRC’) announced plans for its China Risk Oriented Solvency System (‘C-ROSS’) Phase II in 2017. Quantitative impact studies have been performed in 2020 and 2021. On 30 December 2021, the CBIRC released the official regulation for C-ROSS II, which is effective for Q1 2022 solvency reporting. |
– | In Indonesia, regulatory and supervisory focus on the insurance industry remains high. The Financial Services Authority of Indonesia, the Otoritas Jasa Keuangan (‘OJK’) has been revising investment linked products (‘ILP’) regulations with the aim of increasing insurance penetration and better protecting customer interests and improving market conduct. The final regulations are expected to be issued during 2022 and will have implications for the product strategies and insurance and compliance risks for insurers. General supervisory focus on insurer governance has increased, in particular on the autonomy of decision-making of local insurers. The OJK has also focused on consumer protection regulations more broadly and has recently enhanced regulatory requirements on IT risk management. Since the 2014 Insurance Law, the industry has been subject to regulatory expectations on the separation of conventional and Sharia business. |
– | In Malaysia, BNM issued a circular letter in Q1 2021 specifying requirements for the design and disclosure of ILPs which provide extension of coverage beyond the initial coverage term. These changes aim to improve the appropriateness of product design and the customer disclosures provided on ILP policy documents. The new requirements for ILP products sold since March 2021 came into effect on 22 September 2021, while for all in-force products sold prior to March 2021 the proposed effective date has been extended to 1 April 2022. The changes are expected to materially impact insurer systems, disclosures, customer communications, sales conduct and post-sale processes. |
The pace and volume of climate-related regulatory changes is also increasing. Regulators including the Hong Kong Monetary Authority, the Monetary Authority of Singapore, BNM in Malaysia and the Financial Supervisory Commission in Taiwan are in the process of developing supervisory and disclosure requirements or guidelines related to the environment and climate change. It is expected that other regulators will develop similar requirements. These changes may give rise to compliance, operational and disclosure risks requiring Prudential to coordinate across multiple jurisdictions in order to apply a consistent risk management approach.
(d) | IFRS 17 |
Prudential’s consolidated accounts are prepared in accordance with current IFRS applicable to the insurance industry. In May 2017, the IASB published its standard on insurance accounting (IFRS 17, ‘Insurance Contracts’) which replaces the current IFRS 4 standard. Some targeted amendments to this standard, including to the effective date, were issued in June 2020 and December 2021. IFRS 17, ‘Insurance Contracts’, as amended, will have the effect of introducing fundamental changes to the statutory reporting of insurance entities that prepare accounts according to IFRS from 2023. The standard is subject to endorsement in the UK via the UK Endorsement Board. Prudential has a Group-wide implementation programme underway to implement this new standard. A reliable estimate of the effect of changes required to the Group’s accounting policies as a result of implementing this standard, which is expected to alter the timing of IFRS profit recognition, is not yet available as implementation is underway. The implementation of this standard involves significant enhancements to the IT, actuarial and finance systems of the Group.
Apart from IFRS 17, any other changes or modification of IFRS accounting policies may also require a change in the way in which future results will be determined and/or a retrospective adjustment of reported results to ensure consistency.
171
(e) | Inter-bank offered rate (‘IBOR’) reforms |
In July 2014, the FSB announced widespread reforms to address the integrity and reliability of IBORs. The discontinuation of IBORs in their current form and their replacement with alternative risk-free reference rates such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (‘SOFR’) in the US and the Singapore Swap Offer Rate (‘SOR’) could, among other things, impact the Group through an adverse effect on the value of Prudential’s assets and liabilities which are linked to or which reference IBORs, a reduction in market liquidity during any period of transition and increased legal and conduct risks to the Group arising from changes required to documentation and its related obligations to its stakeholders.
(f) | Investor contribution schemes |
Various jurisdictions in which Prudential operates have created investor compensation schemes that require mandatory contributions from market participants in some instances in the event of a failure of a market participant. As a major participant in the majority of its chosen markets, circumstances could arise in which Prudential, along with other companies, may be required to make such contributions.
4.2 | The conduct of business in a way that adversely impacts the fair treatment of customers could have a negative impact on Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects or on its relations with current and potential customers. |
In the course of its operations and at any stage of the product lifecycle, the Group or its intermediaries may conduct business in a way that adversely impacts customer outcomes and the fair treatment of customers (‘conduct risk’). This may arise through a failure to: design, provide and promote suitable products and services to customers that meet their needs, are clearly explained or deliver real value, provide and promote a high standard of customer service, appropriately manage customer information, or appropriately handle and assess complaints. A failure to identify or implement appropriate governance and management of conduct risk may result in harm to customers and regulatory sanctions and restrictions, and may adversely impact Prudential’s reputation and brand, its ability to attract and retain customers, its competitiveness and its ability to deliver on its long-term strategy.
Prudential is, and in the future may continue to be, subject to legal and regulatory actions in the ordinary course of its business on matters relevant to the delivery of customer outcomes. Such actions relate, and could in the future relate, to the application of current regulations or the failure to implement new regulations (including those relating to the conduct of business), regulatory reviews of broader industry practices and products sold (including in relation to lines of business already closed) in the past under acceptable industry or market practices at the time and changes to the tax regime affecting products. Regulators may also focus on the approach that product providers use to select third-party distributors and to monitor the appropriateness of sales made by them. In some cases, product providers can be held responsible for the deficiencies of third-party distributors.
There is a risk that new regulations introduced may have a material adverse effect on the sales of the products by Prudential and increase Prudential’s exposure to legal risks. Any regulatory action arising out of the Group’s position as a product provider could have an adverse impact on the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, or otherwise harm its reputation.
4.3 | Litigation, disputes and regulatory investigations may adversely affect Prudential’s business, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations and prospects. |
Prudential is, and may in the future be, subject to legal actions, disputes and regulatory investigations in various contexts, including in the ordinary course of its insurance, investment management and other business operations. These legal actions, disputes and investigations may relate to aspects of Prudential’s businesses and operations that are specific to Prudential, or that are common to companies that operate in Prudential’s markets. Legal actions and disputes may arise under contracts, regulations (including tax) or from a course of conduct taken by Prudential, and may be class actions. Although Prudential believes that it has adequately provided in all material respects for the costs of litigation and regulatory matters, no assurance can be provided that such provisions are sufficient. Given the large or indeterminate amounts of damages sometimes sought, other sanctions that might be imposed and the inherent unpredictability of litigation and disputes, it is possible that an adverse outcome could have an adverse effect on Prudential’s business, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations and prospects.
4.4 | Changes in tax legislation may result in adverse tax consequences for the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. |
Tax rules, including those relating to the insurance industry, and their interpretation may change, possibly with retrospective effect in any of the jurisdictions in which Prudential operates. Significant tax disputes with tax authorities, and any change in the tax status of any member of the Group or in taxation legislation or its scope or interpretation could affect Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
172
The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (‘OECD’) is currently undertaking a project intended to modernise the global international tax system, commonly referred to as Base Erosion and Profit-Shifting 2.0 (‘BEPS 2.0’). The project has two pillars. The first pillar is focused on the allocation of taxing rights between jurisdictions for in-scope multinational enterprises that sell cross-border goods and services into countries with little or no local physical presence. The second pillar is focused on developing a global minimum tax rate of 15 percent applicable to in-scope multinational enterprises.
On 8 October 2021 the OECD issued a statement setting out the high level principles which have been agreed by over 130 jurisdictions involved in the project. Based on the 8 October 2021 OECD statement, Prudential does not expect to be affected by proposals under the first pillar given they include an exemption for regulated financial services companies.
On 20 December 2021 the OECD published detailed model rules for the second pillar, with implementation of the rules envisaged by 2023. These rules will apply to Prudential where implemented into the national law of jurisdictions where it has entities within the scope of the rules. On 11 January 2022, the UK government issued a consultation on the UK implementation of these rules, with the intention of including required legislation in Finance Bill 2022-23 and for the rules to be effective from 1 April 2023. Detailed guidance from the OECD is awaited to assist with interpreting the model rules. The early indications are that some jurisdictions may also introduce a domestic minimum tax for in-scope multinationals alongside introducing the global rules. As Prudential operates in a number of jurisdictions where the effective tax rate can be less than 15 per cent, the implementation of the model rules and/or equivalent domestic minimum tax rules may have an adverse impact on the Group. Until further clarity is provided on how the OECD model rules are to be interpreted, how relevant jurisdictions will implement them and any domestic minimum tax regimes, the full extent of the long-term impact on Prudential’s business, tax liabilities and profits remain uncertain.
Significant Subsidiaries
The table below sets forth Prudential’s significant operating subsidiaries.
Main activity | Country of incorporation | |
Prudential Assurance Company Singapore (Pte) Limited | Insurance | Singapore |
PT Prudential Life Assurance | Insurance | Indonesia |
Prudential Hong Kong Limited | Insurance | Hong Kong, China |
Prudential Assurance Malaysia Berhad | Insurance | Malaysia |
Note:
The Company has 100 per cent of the voting rights of the subsidiaries in Singapore and Hong Kong and 94.6 per cent of the voting rights in the Indonesia subsidiary attaching to the aggregate of the shares across the types of capital in issue. The percentage of share ownership for these subsidiaries is the same as the percentage of the voting power held. The Company has 51 per cent voting rights in Prudential Assurance Malaysia Berhad but is fully consolidated in the Group’s financial statements reflecting the economic interest to the Group.
Each significant subsidiary operates mainly in its country of incorporation.
Major Shareholders
The table below shows the holdings of major shareholders in the Company’s issued share capital as notified to the Company in accordance with the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules. At 15 March 2022, Prudential had received the following notifications:
Significant Changes in Ownership
Notifications received within the last three years:
| % of total | ||||||||||||||
voting | |||||||||||||||
rights | |||||||||||||||
attaching | |||||||||||||||
Date | Number of | to issued | |||||||||||||
Prudential | Prudential | share | |||||||||||||
Year |
| Name of Company |
| was notified | shares held |
| capital |
| Change in interest | ||||||
2019 | The Capital Group Companies, Inc. | October | 128,267,497 | 4.93 | Decrease in interest | ||||||||||
2020 | Norges Bank | February | 77,815,026 | 2.99 | Decrease in interest | ||||||||||
2020 | Third Point LLC | June | 131,575,000 | 5.04 | Increase in interest |
173
Current major shareholders:
Percentage of | ||||||
Shareholder |
| Date advised |
| share capital |
| Shareholding |
BlackRock Inc | 05 April 2012 | 5.08 | % | 129,499,098 | ||
Third Point LLC | 09 June 2020 |
| 5.04 | % | 131,575,000 |
Major shareholders of Prudential have the same voting rights per share as other shareholders. See Governance – Memorandum and Articles of Association - Voting Rights’.
As at 15 March 2022, there were 131 shareholders with a US address on Prudential’s register of shareholders. These shares represented approximately 0.01 per cent of Prudential’s issued ordinary share capital. As at 15 March 2022, there were 85 registered Prudential ADR holders. The shares represented by these ADRs amounted to approximately 0.002 per cent of Prudential’s issued ordinary share capital.
Prudential does not know of any arrangements which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of Prudential.
Intellectual Property
Prudential conducts business under the ‘Prudential’ and ‘Eastspring Investments’ brand names and logos. It is also the registered owner of over 100 domain names, including ‘www.prudentialplc.com’ and ‘www.eastspringinvestments.com’.
Prudential does not operate in the US under the Prudential name and there have been long-standing arrangements between it and Prudential Financial, Inc. and its subsidiary, the Prudential Insurance Company of America, relating to their respective uses of the Prudential name. Under these arrangements Prudential Financial Inc. has the right to use the Prudential name in the Americas and certain parts of the Caribbean, Japan, Korea and Taiwan. Following the demerger of M&G from the Group in October 2019, M&G has the right to use the Prudential brand in the United Kingdom and Europe. Prudential has the right to use the name everywhere else in the world although third parties have rights to the name in certain countries.
Legal Proceedings
The Group is involved in various litigation and regulatory proceedings. While the outcome of such litigation and regulatory issues cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company believes that their ultimate outcome will not have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
Material Contracts
On 6 August 2021, Prudential and Jackson entered into a demerger agreement to effect the demerger of Jackson (‘the Jackson Demerger’) and to govern the post-demerger obligations of the Group and the Jackson Group in respect of, among other things, data sharing and their respective indemnity obligations (the ‘Jackson Demerger Agreement’).
The Jackson Demerger Agreement contains mutual cross indemnities under which Jackson indemnifies the Group against losses, costs, damages and expenses of any kind suffered or arising directly or indirectly from or in consequence of the business carried on by the Jackson Group prior to the Jackson Demerger and Prudential indemnifies the Jackson Group against losses, costs, damages and expenses of any kind suffered or arising directly or indirectly from or in consequence of the business carried on by the Group other than the Jackson Group prior to the Jackson Demerger. Claims made under these mutual cross indemnities by the indemnified party are, subject to the right of the indemnifying party to defend any such claim, required to be paid by the indemnifying party. These mutual cross indemnities are unlimited in terms of amount and subject to customary time limits.
The Jackson Demerger Agreement sets out how guarantees, indemnities or other assurances given by the Group for the benefit of companies in the Jackson Group (or vice versa) will be dealt with following the Jackson Demerger. Under the Jackson Demerger Agreement, the beneficiary of such a guarantee must generally seek to obtain the guarantor’s release from the guarantor’s obligations thereunder and, pending release, indemnify the guarantor against all liabilities and costs arising under or by reason of the guarantee and ensure that the guarantor’s exposure under the guarantee is not increased. The Jackson Demerger Agreement provides that both the Group and the Jackson Group have access to each other’s records for a customary period following the Jackson Demerger and both the Group and the Jackson Group have agreed to keep certain information relating to the other confidential, subject to certain customary exemptions.
174
On 6 August 2021 Prudential entered into a registration rights agreement with Jackson (the ‘Registration Rights Agreement’). The Registration Rights Agreement provides Prudential and certain permitted transferees with certain registration rights relating to Jackson shares beneficially owned by Prudential whereby, at any time following completion of the Jackson Demerger, Prudential and its permitted transferees may require Jackson to register under the U.S. Securities Act all or any portion of such shares a so-called “demand registration,” subject to certain limitations. Jackson will not be obliged to effect more than one demand registration in any 90-day period. Prudential and its permitted transferees will also have “piggyback” registration rights, such that Prudential and the permitted transferees may include their respective shares in any future registrations of Jackson’s equity securities, whether or not that registration relates to a primary offering by Jackson or a secondary offering by or on behalf of any of Jackson’s stockholders.
The Registration Rights Agreement sets forth customary registration procedures, including an agreement by Jackson to make its management reasonably available to participate in road show presentations in connection with any underwritten offerings. Jackson has also agreed to indemnify Prudential and permitted transferees with respect to liabilities resulting from untrue statements or omissions in any registration statement used in any such registration, other than untrue statements or omissions resulting from information furnished to Jackson for use in a registration statement by Prudential or any permitted transferee.
On 25 September 2019, Prudential and M&G entered into a demerger agreement (the “M&G Demerger Agreement”). The M&G Demerger Agreement sets forth the primary terms and conditions pursuant to which the demerger of M&G (the ‘M&G Demerger’) was effected. The M&G Demerger Agreement also governs the post-M&G Demerger obligations and restrictions of each of the parties thereto, including, among others, obligations in respect of data sharing, intercompany debt, third party-dealings and the treatment of confidential information.
Specifically, the M&G Demerger Agreement provides that, for a period of ten years after completion, Prudential and M&G, as applicable, must deliver to the other party certain corporate and personal data as reasonably requested, subject to certain exceptions as agreed to by the parties. Additionally, in connection with the announcement of a possible change of control within two years after completion, the M&G Demerger Agreement provides that the party not affected by the change of control may require the other party to delete confidential information held by such other party. The M&G Demerger Agreement also sets forth the mechanisms by which any pre-M&G Demerger guarantees, indemnities or other assurances given by Prudential or M&G to the other are released. Generally, the beneficiary of such a guarantee, indemnitee or assurance must seek to obtain the guarantor’s release from the guarantor’s obligations thereunder and, pending release, indemnify the guarantor against all liabilities and costs arising under or by reason of the guarantee and ensure that the guarantor’s exposure under the guarantee is not increased.
The M&G Demerger Agreement also contains mutual cross indemnities under which Prudential and M&G, as applicable, must indemnify the other party against losses, costs, damages and expenses of any kind suffered or arising directly or indirectly from or in consequence of the business carried on by Prudential (other than the M&G business) and M&G, as applicable, prior to the M&G Demerger. Pursuant to the M&G Demerger Agreement, Prudential and M&G are obliged to satisfy any claims made by the other party in respect of such indemnities, subject to the right of M&G or Prudential, as applicable, to defend any such claim. The mutual cross indemnities set forth in the M&G Demerger Agreement are unlimited in terms of amount and duration.
Exchange Controls
Other than the requirement to report certain events and transactions to HM Revenue & Customs, there are currently no UK laws, decrees or regulations that restrict the export or import of capital, including, but not limited to, foreign exchange controls, or that affect the remittance of dividends or other payments to non-UK residents or to US holders of Prudential’s securities, except as otherwise set forth under ‘Taxation’ in this section.
Taxation
The following is a summary, under current law and practice, of the principal UK tax, US federal income tax, Hong Kong and Singapore tax considerations relating to an investment by a US taxpayer in Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs. This summary applies to you only if:
— | You are an individual US citizen or resident, a US corporation, or otherwise subject to US federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of your holding of Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs; |
— | You hold Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs or shares held or traded in Singapore through the Central Depository (CDP) as a capital asset for tax purposes; |
— | If you are an individual, you are not resident in the United Kingdom for UK tax purposes, and do not hold Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs for the purposes of a trade, profession, or vocation that you carry on in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency or if you are a corporation, you are not resident in the UK for UK tax purposes and do not hold the securities for the purpose of a trade carried on in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom; and |
175
— | You are not domiciled in the UK for inheritance tax purposes. |
This summary does not address any tax consideration other than certain UK tax, US federal income tax, Hong Kong tax and Singapore tax considerations and does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to any particular investor, and does not address the tax treatment of investors that are subject to special rules. Prudential has assumed that you are familiar with the tax rules applicable to investments in securities generally and with any special rules to which you may be subject. You should consult your own tax advisers regarding the tax consequences of the ownership of Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs in the context of your own particular circumstances.
The discussion is based on laws, treaties, judicial decisions, and regulatory interpretations in effect on the date hereof, all of which are subject to change possibly retrospectively.
Beneficial owners of ADSs will be treated as owners of the underlying Prudential ordinary shares for US federal income tax purposes and for purposes of the 24 July 2001 Treaty between the United States and the United Kingdom. Deposits and withdrawals of Prudential ordinary shares in exchange for ADSs generally will not result in the realisation of gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes.
UK Taxation of Dividends
UK tax is not required to be withheld in the United Kingdom at source from cash dividends paid to US resident holders.
UK Taxation of Capital Gains
A holder of Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs who for UK tax purposes is a US corporation that is not resident in the United Kingdom will not be liable for UK taxation on capital gains realised on the disposal of Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs unless at the time of disposal:
— | The holder carries or has carried on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom, and |
— | The Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs are or have been used, held or acquired for use by or for the purposes of such trade or permanent establishment. |
Subject to the comments in the following paragraph, a holder of Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs who, for UK tax purposes, is an individual who is not resident in the United Kingdom will not be liable for UK taxation on capital gains realised on the disposal of Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs unless at the time of the disposal:
— | The holder carries or has carried on a trade in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency, and |
— | The Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs are or have been used, held, or acquired for use by or for the purposes of such trade or for the purposes of such branch or agency. |
A holder of Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs who is an individual who is temporarily a non-UK resident for UK tax purposes will, in certain circumstances, become liable to UK tax on capital gains in respect of gains realised while he or she was not resident in the UK.
UK Inheritance Tax
Prudential ordinary shares which are registered on the main Prudential share register are assets situated in the United Kingdom for the purposes of UK inheritance tax (the equivalent of US estate and gift tax). Prudential ADSs are likely to be treated in the same manner as the underlying Prudential ordinary shares and as situated in the United Kingdom. Subject to the discussion of the UK-US estate tax treaty in the next paragraph, UK inheritance tax may apply if an individual who holds Prudential ordinary shares which are registered on the main Prudential share register or ADSs gifts them or dies even if he or she is neither domiciled in the United Kingdom nor deemed to be domiciled there under UK law. For inheritance tax purposes, a transfer of Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs at less than full market value may be treated, to the extent of the undervalue, as a gift for these purposes. Special inheritance tax rules apply (1) to gifts if the donor retains some benefit, (2) to close companies and (3) to trustees of settlements. Prudential ordinary shares which are registered on the Hong Kong branch register should not be treated as situated in the United Kingdom for the purpose of UK inheritance tax.
176
However, as a result of the UK-US estate tax treaty, Prudential ordinary shares which are registered on the main Prudential share register or ADSs held by an individual who is domiciled in the United States for the purposes of the UK-US estate tax treaty and who is not a UK national will, subject to special rules relating to trusts and settlements, not be subject to UK inheritance tax on that individual’s death or on a gift of the Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs unless the Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs:
— | Are part of the business property of a permanent establishment of an enterprise in the United Kingdom, or |
— | Pertain to a fixed base in the UK used for the performance of independent personal services. |
The UK-US estate tax treaty provides a credit mechanism if the Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs are subject to both UK inheritance tax and to US estate and gift tax.
UK Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax
Relevant legislation provides that, subject to certain exemptions, UK stamp duty would be payable on a transfer of, and UK stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) would be payable upon a transfer or issue of, Prudential ordinary shares to the depositary of Prudential ordinary shares that is responsible for issuing ADSs (the ‘ADS Depositary’), or a nominee or agent of the ADS depositary, in exchange for American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) representing ADSs. For this purpose, the current rate of stamp duty and SDRT is 1.5 per cent (rounded up, in the case of stamp duty, to the nearest £5).
However, as a result of case law, HMRC’s current position is that they will not seek to levy a 1.5 per cent SDRT charge on an issue of UK shares to a person providing clearance services or issuing depositary receipts, wherever located. HMRC do not, however, agree that the relevant case law extends to transfers of shares to a person providing clearance services or issuing depositary receipts, wherever located, where that transfer is not an integral part of an issue of share capital. It is recommended that, should this charge arise, independent professional tax advice be sought without delay.
Provided that the instrument of transfer is not executed in the United Kingdom no UK stamp duty should be required to be paid on any transfer of Prudential ADRs representing ADSs. Based on Prudential’s understanding of HMRC’s application of the exemption from SDRT for depositary receipts a transfer of Prudential ADRs representing ADSs should not, in practice, give rise to a liability to SDRT.
Subject to the special rules relating to clearance services and issuers of depositary receipts, a transfer for value of Prudential ordinary shares (but excluding Prudential ordinary shares registered on the Hong Kong branch register unless the instruments of transfer are executed in the UK), as opposed to ADSs, will generally give rise to a charge to UK stamp duty, other than where the amount or value of the consideration for the transfer is £1,000 or under and the transfer instrument is certified to that effect, at the rate of 0.5 per cent (rounded up to the nearest £5). The rate is applied to the amount or value of the consideration payable for the relevant Prudential ordinary shares. To the extent that UK stamp duty is paid on a transfer of Prudential ordinary shares, no SDRT should generally be payable on the agreement for that transfer.
Subject to certain special rules relating to clearance services and issuers of depositary receipts, a transfer of ordinary shares from a nominee to their beneficial owner (other than on sale), including a transfer of underlying Prudential ordinary shares from the ADS Depositary or its nominee to an ADS holder, is not subject to UK stamp duty or SDRT. No UK SDRT should be payable on an agreement to transfer Prudential ordinary shares registered on the Hong Kong branch registers, subject to the special rule relating to clearance services and issuers of depositary receipts.
UK stamp duty is usually paid by the purchaser. Although SDRT is generally the liability of the purchaser, any such tax payable on the transfer or issue of Prudential ordinary shares to the ADS Depositary or its nominee would be payable by the ADS Depositary as the issuer of the ADSs. In accordance with the terms of the Deposit Agreement, the ADS Depositary will recover an amount in respect of such tax from the initial holders of the ADSs. However, due to HMRC’s position set out above, it is likely that no such tax will be charged in relation to an issue of Prudential ordinary shares into the ADS Depositary.
US Federal Income Tax Treatment of Distributions on Prudential Ordinary Shares or ADSs
If Prudential pays dividends, you must include those dividends in your income when you receive them. The dividends will be treated as foreign source income. You should determine the amount of your dividend income by converting pounds sterling into US dollars at the exchange rate in effect on the date of your (or the depositary’s, in the case of ADSs) receipt of the dividend. Subject to certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, the US dollar amount of dividends received by an individual will be subject to taxation at a lower rate than ordinary income if the dividends are ‘qualified dividends.’ Dividends received with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs will be qualified dividends if Prudential was not, in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and is not, in the year in which the dividend is paid, a passive foreign investment company (PFIC). Based on the nature of its business activities and its expectations regarding such activities in the future, Prudential believes that it was not treated as a PFIC within the meaning of the Code with respect to its 2021 taxable year and does not anticipate becoming a PFIC for its 2022 taxable year.
177
US Federal Income Tax Treatment of Capital Gains
If you sell your Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs, you will recognise a US source capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount realised on the disposition and the US dollar basis in the ordinary shares of the ADSs. A gain on the sale of Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs held for more than one year will be treated as a long-term capital gain. The net long-term capital gain generally is subject to taxation at a lower rate than ordinary income. Your ability to offset capital losses against ordinary income is subject to limitations.
US Federal Medicare Tax on Net Investment Income
A 3.8 per cent surtax will generally apply to the net investment income of individuals whose modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain threshold amounts. These amounts are $200,000 in the case of single taxpayers, $250,000 in the case of married taxpayers filing joint returns, and $125,000 in the case of married taxpayers filing separately. Net investment income includes, among other items, dividends, interest, and net gain from the disposition of property (other than certain property held in a trade or business).
US Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Under the US tax code, a US resident holder of Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs may be subject, under certain circumstances, to information reporting and possibly backup withholding with respect to dividends and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of Prudential ordinary shares or ADSs, unless the US resident holder provides proof of an applicable exemption or correct taxpayer identification number and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules is not additional tax and may be refunded or credited against the US resident holder’s federal income tax liability, so long as the required information is furnished to the IRS.
Hong Kong Taxation of Dividends
No tax will be payable in Hong Kong in respect of dividends Prudential pays to its US resident holders. Dividends distributed to Prudential’s US resident holders will be free of withholding taxes in Hong Kong.
Hong Kong Taxation on gains of sale
No tax is imposed in Hong Kong in respect of capital gains. However, trading gains from the sale of property by persons carrying on a trade, profession or business in Hong Kong where the trading gains are derived from or arise in Hong Kong will be chargeable to Hong Kong profits tax. Hong Kong profits tax is currently charged at the rate of 16.5 per cent on corporations and at a maximum rate of 15 per cent on individuals. Certain categories of taxpayers whose business consists of buying and selling shares are likely to be regarded as deriving trading gains rather than capital gains (eg financial institutions, insurance companies and securities dealers) unless these taxpayers can prove that the investment securities are held for long-term investment purposes.
Trading gains from the sale of the Prudential ordinary share by US resident holders effected on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange will be considered to be derived from Hong Kong. A liability for Hong Kong profits tax would thus arise in respect of trading gains derived by US resident holders from the sale of Prudential ordinary shares effected on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange where such trading gains are realised by US resident holders from a business carried on in Hong Kong.
Hong Kong Stamp duty
Hong Kong stamp duty, currently charged at the ad valorem rate of 0.13 per cent on the higher of the consideration for or the value of the Prudential ordinary shares, will be payable by the purchaser on a purchase and by the seller on a sale of Prudential ordinary shares where the transfer is required to be registered in Hong Kong (ie a total of 0.26 per cent is ordinarily payable on a sale and purchase transaction involving ordinary shares). In addition, a fixed duty of HK$5 is currently payable on any instrument of transfer of ordinary shares.
Hong Kong Estate duty
Hong Kong estate duty has been abolished with effect to all deaths occurring on or after 11 February 2006.
178
Singapore Taxation on gains of sale
Disposal of the Prudential ordinary shares
Singapore does not impose tax on capital gains. However, gains of an income nature may be taxable in Singapore. There are no specific laws or regulations which deal with the characterisation of whether a gain is income or capital in nature. Gains arising from the disposal of the Prudential ordinary shares by US resident holders may be construed to be of an income nature and subject to Singapore income tax, especially if they arise from activities which are regarded as the carrying on of a trade or business and the gains are sourced in Singapore.
Adoption of FRS 109 for Singapore Tax Purposes
Any US resident holders who apply, or who are required to apply, the Singapore Financial Reporting Standard 109 Financial Instruments (FRS 109) for the purposes of Singapore income tax may be required to recognise gains or losses (not being gains or losses in the nature of capital) in accordance with the provisions of FRS 109 (as modified by the applicable provisions of Singapore income tax law) even though no sale or disposal is made. Taxpayers who may be subject to such tax treatment should consult their own accounting and tax advisers regarding the Singapore income tax consequences of their acquisition, holding and disposal of the Prudential ordinary shares.
Singapore Taxation of Dividend distributions
As Prudential is incorporated in England and Wales and is not tax resident in Singapore for Singapore tax purposes, dividends paid by Prudential will be considered as sourced outside Singapore (unless the Prudential ordinary shares are held as part of a trade or business carried out in Singapore in which event the US resident holders of such shares may be taxed on the dividends as they are derived).
Foreign-sourced dividends received or deemed received in Singapore by a US resident individual not resident in Singapore is exempt from Singapore income tax. This exemption will also apply in the case of a Singapore tax resident individual who receives his foreign-sourced income in Singapore on or after 1 January 2004 (except where such income is received through a partnership in Singapore).
Foreign-sourced dividends received or deemed received by corporate investors in Singapore (including US investors carrying on trade or business in Singapore) will ordinarily be liable to Singapore tax. However, foreign-sourced income in the form of dividends, branch profits and service income received or deemed to be received in Singapore by Singapore tax resident companies on or after 1 June 2003 can be exempt from tax if certain prescribed conditions are met, including the following:
I. | such income is subject to tax of a similar character to income tax (by whatever name called) under the law of the territory from which such income is received; and |
II. | at the time the income is received in Singapore, the highest rate of tax of a similar character to income tax (by whatever name called) levied under the law of the territory from which the income is received on any gains or profits from any trade or business carried on by any company in that territory at that time is not less than 15 per cent. |
Certain concessions and clarifications have also been announced by the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore with respect to such conditions.
Singapore Stamp duty
As Prudential is incorporated in England and Wales and the Prudential ordinary shares are not registered on any register kept in Singapore, no stamp duty is payable in Singapore:
(i) | On the issuance of the Prudential ordinary shares; and |
(ii) | On any transfer of the Prudential ordinary shares. |
Prudential ordinary shares held or traded in Singapore through CDP will be registered on the HK Register. As such, Hong Kong stamp duty will be payable on a transfer of Prudential ordinary shares held or traded in Singapore through CDP. Please refer to the description under the Hong Kong stamp duty section above.
179
All persons, including US resident holders, who hold or transact in Prudential ordinary shares in Singapore through the SGX-ST and/or CDP should expect that they will have to bear Hong Kong stamp duty in respect of transactions in Prudential ordinary shares effected in Singapore through the SGX-ST and/or CDP. Such persons should consult their brokers, or custodians for information regarding what procedures may be instituted for collection of Hong Kong stamp duty from them.
Singapore Estate duty
Singapore estate duty has been abolished with respect to all deaths occurring on or after 15 February 2008.
Singapore Goods and Services Tax
There is no Goods and Services Tax (GST) payable in Singapore on the subscription or issuance of the Prudential ordinary shares. The clearing fees, instruments of transfer deposit fees and share withdrawal fees are subject to GST at the prevailing standard-rate (currently 7 per cent) if the services are provided by a GST registered person to a holder of the Prudential ordinary shares. However, such fees could be zero-rated when provided to a US resident holder of the Prudential ordinary shares belonging outside Singapore provided certain conditions are met. For a holder of the Prudential ordinary shares belonging in Singapore who is registered for GST, the GST incurred is generally not recoverable as input tax credit from the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore unless certain conditions are satisfied. These GST-registered holders of the Prudential ordinary shares should seek the advice of their tax advisors on these conditions.
Documents on Display
Prudential is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 applicable to foreign private issuers. In accordance with these requirements, Prudential files its annual report on Form 20-F and other documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
The SEC maintains a website that contains reports and other information regarding registrants. All the SEC filings made electronically by registrants including Prudential can be accessed at www.sec.gov. Prudential’s SEC filings are also available in our corporate website at www.prudentialplc.com.
Prudential also files reports and other documents with the London, Hong Kong and Singapore stock exchanges. This information may be viewed on the websites of each of those exchanges as well as via the UK Financial Conduct Authority’s National Storage Mechanism. All reports and other documents filed with each of the exchanges are also published on Prudential’s website. The contents of this website are not incorporated by reference into this Form 20-F.
180
Controls and Procedures
Management has evaluated, with the participation of Prudential plc’s Group Chief Executive and Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, the effectiveness of Prudential plc’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act)) as of 31 December 2021. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Based upon Prudential plc’s evaluation, Prudential plc’s Group Chief Executive and Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer have concluded that as of 31 December 2021 Prudential plc’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by Prudential plc in the reports Prudential plc files and submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported, within the time periods specified in the applicable rules and forms and that it is accumulated and communicated to Prudential plc’s management, including Prudential plc’s Group Chief Executive and Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Prudential plc is required to undertake an annual assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002 (Section 404). In accordance with the requirements of Section 404 the following report is provided by management in respect of Prudential plc’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act).
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management acknowledges its responsibility for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for Prudential plc. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
Management has conducted, with the participation of Prudential plc’s Group Chief Executive and Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth in ‘2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework’ issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on the assessment under these criteria, management has concluded that, as of 31 December 2021, Prudential plc’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.
In addition, there have been no changes in Prudential plc’s internal control over financial reporting during 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to affect materially, Prudential plc’s internal control over financial reporting.
KPMG LLP, which has audited the consolidated financial statements of Prudential plc for the year ended 31 December 2021, has also audited the effectiveness of Prudential plc’s internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (US). KPMG LLP’s report on internal control over financial reporting is shown in the Financial Statements section.
Listing Information
Prudential ordinary shares are listed on the Premium Listing segment of the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and traded on the London Stock Exchange under the symbol ‘PRU’. Since 25 May 2010, Prudential ordinary shares have been listed on the Main Board of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and are traded in board lots of 50 shares with the short name ‘PRU’ and stock code 2378; and as a secondary listing on the Singapore Stock Exchange, traded in board lots of 100 shares, with the stock code ‘K6S’.
Prudential American Depositary Shares (ADSs) have been listed for trading on the NYSE since 28 June 2000 under the symbol ‘PUK’.
Trading on the Singapore Stock Exchange may be infrequent for certain periods during the year. This does not have any material impact on the liquidity of the Group.
181
Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities
Payments received from the ADR Depositary
Direct payments
J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. is the depositary (ADR Depositary) of Prudential’s ADR program.
Fees or charges payable by ADR holders
The ADR holders of Prudential are required to pay the following fees to the ADR Depositary for general depositary services:
Purchases of Equity Securities by Prudential plc and Affiliated Purchasers
The following table sets forth information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of Prudential or any ‘affiliated purchasers’ (as that term is defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of Prudential’s ordinary shares or American depositary shares for the year ended 31 December 2021.
|
|
| Total Number of |
| |||||
Shares Purchased at | Maximum Number of |
| |||||||
Total Number | Average | Part of Publicly | Shares that May Yet be |
| |||||
of Shares | Price Paid | Announced Plans or | Purchased Under |
| |||||
Period |
| Purchased* |
| Per Share ($) |
| Programs |
| Plans or Programs |
|
1 January – 31 January | 74,817 | 19.29 | — | — | |||||
1 February – 28 February | 69,865 | 17.91 | — | — | |||||
1 March – 31 March | 55,545 | 21.42 | — | — | |||||
1 April – 30 April | 2,438,884 | 21.53 | — | — | |||||
1 May – 31 May | 52,989 | 22.34 | — | — | |||||
1 June – 30 June | 121,472 | 20.65 | — | — | |||||
1 July – 31 July | 60,473 | 18.94 | — | — | |||||
1 August – 31 August | 57,004 | 19.80 | — | — | |||||
1 September – 30 September | 312,226 | 25.50 | — | — | |||||
1 October – 31 October | 436,771 | 19.26 | — | — | |||||
1 November – 30 November | 53,867 | 19.91 | — | — | |||||
1 December – 31 December | 76,926 | 17.63 | — | — |
* | The shares listed in this column were acquired by employee benefit trusts during the year to satisfy future obligations to deliver shares under the Company’s employee incentive plans, the savings related share option scheme and the share participation plan. |
182
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Prudential’s auditor is KPMG LLP (PCAOB ID: 1118) located in London, United Kingdom. Total fees payable to KPMG are set out for the years shown below:
| Note |
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 $m |
| |
Audit fees: |
|
|
| ||||
Audit of the Company’s annual accounts | 1 | 2.4 | 2.3 | ||||
Audit of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation | 2 | 5.9 | 9.2 | ||||
8.3 | 11.5 | ||||||
Audit-related assurance services | 3 | 4.5 | 3.5 | ||||
Other fees paid to auditors: |
|
| |||||
Other assurance services | 1.1 | 0.7 | |||||
Services relating to corporate finance transactions | 1.6 | 0.3 | |||||
2.7 | 1.0 | ||||||
Total fees paid to the auditor | 15.5 | 16.0 | |||||
Analysed into: |
|
| |||||
Fees payable to the auditor attributable to the continuing operations: |
|
| |||||
Non-audit services associated with the demerger and public offering | 4 | 1.9 | 0.4 | ||||
Other audit and non-audit services | 11.3 | 9.5 | |||||
13.2 | 9.9 | ||||||
Fees payable to the auditor attributable to the discontinued US operations | 2.3 | 6.1 | |||||
15.5 | 16.0 |
Notes
1. | Fees of $2.4 million in 2021 (2020: $2.3 million) for the audit of Prudential’s annual accounts comprised statutory audit fees of $1.5 million (2020: $1.4 million) and US reporting audit fees of $0.9 million (2020: $0.9 million). |
2. | Fees of $5.9 million in 2021 (2020: $9.2 million) for audit of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation mainly related to the audit of local and statutory accounts and to statutory audit work in connection with the submission of results to be consolidated in Prudential’s annual accounts. |
3. | Audit-related assurance services supplied comprised EEV and interim reporting audit fees, regulatory reporting, controls reporting and other similar work. Of the audit-related assurance service fees (as defined by SEC guidance) of $4.5 million in 2021 (2020: $3.5 million), $0.6 million (2020: $0.7 million) relates to services that are required by law and regulation. |
4. | Of the $1.9 million one-off non-audit services fees associated with the demerger of Jackson and the public offering in Hong Kong in 2021, $0.1 million was for audit-related assurance and $0.1 million for other assurance services required by law and regulation. |
Limitations on Enforcement of US Laws Against Prudential, Its Directors, Management and Others
Prudential plc is a public limited company incorporated and registered in England and Wales. Most of its directors and executive officers are resident outside the US, and a substantial portion of its assets and the assets of such persons are located outside the US. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process within the US upon these persons or to enforce against them or Prudential plc in US courts judgements obtained in US courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the US. We believe that there may be doubt as to the enforceability in England and Wales, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgements of US courts, of liabilities predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the US.
183
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Index to the consolidated financial statements
184
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
Prudential plc:
Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Prudential plc and subsidiaries (the Company) as of 31 December 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2021, and the related notes and the disclosures marked ‘audited’ within the Risk review section on pages 53 to 71 of the 2021 Form 20-F of the Company, and the condensed financial statement Schedule II (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of 31 December 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2021, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2021 based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Basis for Opinions
The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting within the Controls and Procedures section of the 2021 Form 20-F of the Company. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
185
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgements. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Evaluation of insurance contract liabilities and investment contract liabilities with discretionary participation features
As discussed in notes A3.1 and C3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recorded insurance contract liabilities and investment contract liabilities with discretionary participation features (policyholder liabilities) of $151.1 billion as of 31 December 2021. This represented 83 per cent of the Company’s total liabilities.
We identified the evaluation of insurance contract liabilities and investment contract liabilities with discretionary participation features as a critical audit matter. Due to the significant measurement uncertainty associated with the estimate, subjective auditor judgement, including specialised skills and knowledge, was required in evaluating the actuarial methodology and the mortality, morbidity, persistency, and expense assumptions used in determining the liabilities. Additionally, it involved subjective auditor judgement in assessing the calibration of complex reserving models.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls, with the involvement of actuarial professionals where appropriate, over the Company’s accounting process relating to the determination of insurance contract liabilities and investment contract liabilities with discretionary participation features. This included controls related to the:
● | development of market inputs and actuarially determined assumptions; |
● | changes to the calibration of the models. |
We involved actuarial professionals with specialised skills and knowledge, who assisted in:
● | evaluating the Company’s methodologies for selecting market inputs, assumptions relating to mortality, morbidity, persistency, and expenses by comparing them to generally accepted actuarial techniques; |
● | challenging the selected inputs and assumptions where deviations from company or industry experience were identified; |
● | assessing the impact of modelling and assumption changes by comparing the outcome of pre and post change model runs against our expectations. |
Assessment of fair value of certain level 2 and level 3 investments held at fair value
As discussed in notes A3.1 and C2.2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recorded level 2 and level 3 investments held at fair value of $31.3 billion at 31 December 2021. For certain of these investments, a reliable third party price is not readily available because the fair values are based on unobservable inputs.
We identified the assessment of the fair value of certain level 2 and level 3 investments held at fair value, which includes unlisted debt securities and unlisted equity funds, as a critical audit matter. Complex and subjective auditor judgement was involved in evaluating the significant inputs and assumptions, including liquidity premiums and credit spreads, and the pricing methodologies used in these fair value estimates. In addition, we made this determination due to the specialised skills and knowledge required to assess the estimates.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter.
We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls over the Company’s process for estimating the fair value of certain level 2 and level 3 instruments. This included controls related to the:
● | relevance and reliability of the significant inputs and assumptions used by the Company in its fair value estimates; |
● | prices obtained from independent sources, including the qualitative and quantitative analysis of pricing statistics and trends and back testing recent trades; and |
● | evaluation of pricing methodologies utilised by independent sources. |
186
We assessed the pricing methodologies with reference to relevant accounting standards and industry practice. We performed a retrospective review and compared the historical actual valuations with the most recently estimated valuations available at that time for a sample of unlisted equity funds in order to assess the reliability of the estimated valuations. We involved financial instrument valuation professionals with specialised skills and knowledge who assisted in developing an independent estimate of the fair value of a sample of unlisted debt securities and compared that estimate to the Company’s fair value estimate.
/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1999.
London, United Kingdom
17 March 2022
187
Prudential plc and subsidiaries
Consolidated income statement
Years ended 31 December
| Note |
| 2021 $m |
| 2020* $m |
| 2019* $m | |
Continuing operations: | ||||||||
Gross premiums earned |
|
|
| 24,217 |
| 23,495 |
| 23,855 |
Outward reinsurance premiums |
|
| (1,844) |
| (1,625) |
| (1,116) | |
Earned premiums, net of reinsurance |
| B1.3 |
| 22,373 |
| 21,870 |
| 22,739 |
Investment return |
| B1.3 |
| 3,486 |
| 13,762 |
| 14,961 |
Other income |
| B1.3 |
| 641 |
| 615 |
| 639 |
Total revenue, net of reinsurance |
| B1.3 |
| 26,500 |
| 36,247 |
| 38,339 |
Benefits and claims |
| C3.2 |
| (17,738) |
| (34,463) |
| (30,191) |
Reinsurers' share of benefits and claims |
| C3.2 |
| (971) |
| 6,313 |
| 2,435 |
Movement in unallocated surplus of with-profits funds |
| C3.2 |
| (202) |
| (438) |
| (1,415) |
Benefits and claims and movement in unallocated surplus of with-profits funds, net of reinsurance |
| C3.2 |
| (18,911) |
| (28,588) |
| (29,171) |
Acquisition costs and other expenditure |
| B2 |
| (4,560) |
| (4,651) |
| (5,908) |
Finance costs: interest on core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses |
|
|
| (328) |
| (316) |
| (496) |
Loss attaching to corporate transactions | D1.1 | (35) | (30) | (142) | ||||
Total charges net of reinsurance |
|
| (23,834) |
| (33,585) |
| (35,717) | |
Share of profit from joint ventures and associates, net of related tax |
| D6.3 |
| 352 |
| 517 |
| 397 |
Profit before tax (being tax attributable to shareholders' and policyholders' returns)note (i) |
|
| 3,018 |
| 3,179 |
| 3,019 | |
Tax charge attributable to policyholders' returns |
|
| (342) |
| (271) |
| (365) | |
Profit before tax attributable to shareholders' returns |
| B1.1 |
| 2,676 |
| 2,908 |
| 2,654 |
Total tax charge attributable to shareholders' and policyholders' returns |
| B3.1 |
| (804) |
| (711) |
| (681) |
Remove tax charge attributable to policyholders' returns |
|
| 342 |
| 271 |
| 365 | |
Tax charge attributable to shareholders' returns |
| B3.1 |
| (462) |
| (440) |
| (316) |
Profit after tax from continuing operations | 2,214 | 2,468 | 2,338 | |||||
Loss after tax from discontinued US operationsnote (ii) | D1.2 | (5,027) | (283) | (385) | ||||
Loss after tax from discontinued UK and Europe operationsnote (ii) | D1.3 | — | — | (1,161) | ||||
(Loss) profit for the year |
|
|
| (2,813) |
| 2,185 |
| 792 |
Attributable to: | ||||||||
Equity holders of the Company: | ||||||||
From continuing operations | 2,192 | 2,458 | 2,329 | |||||
From discontinued US operations | (4,234) | (340) | (385) | |||||
From discontinued UK and Europe operations | — | — | (1,161) | |||||
(2,042) | 2,118 | 783 | ||||||
Non-controlling interests: | ||||||||
From continuing operations | 22 | 10 | 9 | |||||
From discontinued US operations | (793) | 57 | ||||||
(771) | 67 | 9 | ||||||
(Loss) profit for the year | (2,813) | 2,185 | 792 |
Earnings per share (in cents) |
| Note |
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 |
|
Based on profit attributable to equity holders of the Company: |
| B4 |
|
|
|
| |||
Basic |
|
|
| ||||||
Based on profit from continuing operations | 83.4 | ¢ | 94.6 | ¢ | 90.0 | ¢ | |||
Based on loss from discontinued US operationsnote (ii) | (161.1) | ¢ | (13.0) | ¢ | (14.9) | ||||
Based on loss from discontinued UK and Europe operations | (44.8) | ¢ | |||||||
Total | (77.7) | ¢ | 81.6 | ¢ | 30.3 | ¢ | |||
Diluted |
|
|
| ||||||
Based on profit from continuing operations | 83.4 | ¢ | 94.6 | ¢ | 90.0 | ¢ | |||
Based on loss from discontinued US operationsnote (ii) | (161.1) | ¢ | (13.0) | ¢ | (14.9) | ||||
Based on loss from discontinued UK and Europe operations | (44.8) | ¢ | |||||||
Total | (77.7) | ¢ | 81.6 | ¢ | 30.3 | ¢ |
* | The comparative results have been re-presented from those previously published to reflect the Group’s US operations as discontinued in 2021 (see note A1). |
Notes
(i) | This measure is the formal profit before tax measure under IFRS. It is not the result attributable to shareholders principally because total corporate tax of the Group includes those taxes on the income of consolidated with-profits and unit-linked funds that, through adjustments to benefits, are borne by policyholders. These amounts are required to be included in the tax charge of the Company under IAS 12. Consequently, the IFRS profit before tax measure is not representative of pre-tax profit attributable to shareholders as it is determined after deducting the cost of policyholder benefits and movements in the liability for unallocated surplus of with-profits funds after adjusting for tax borne by policyholders. |
(ii) | Loss from discontinued operations represents the aggregate of the post-tax results during the year up to demerger and the remeasurement adjustment to the carrying value of the business and recycling of cumulative reserves from other comprehensive income upon demerger (see note D1.2 and note D1.3). |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
188
Prudential plc and subsidiaries
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Years ended 31 December
| Note |
| 2021 $m |
| 2020* $m |
| 2019* $m | |
Continuing operations: | ||||||||
Profit for the year |
|
|
| 2,214 |
| 2,468 |
| 2,338 |
Other comprehensive income (loss): |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Exchange movements on foreign operations arising during the year |
|
|
| (180) |
| 233 |
| 152 |
Valuation movements on retained interest in Jackson classified as available-for-sale securities |
|
| 250 |
| — |
| — | |
Related tax |
|
|
| — |
| — |
| (15) |
Total items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss | 70 | 233 | 137 | |||||
Shareholders’ share of actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit | — | — | (89) | |||||
Total comprehensive income from continuing operations |
| 2,284 |
| 2,701 |
| 2,386 | ||
Discontinued US operations: | ||||||||
Loss for the year | (5,027) | (283) | (385) | |||||
Valuation movements on available-for-sale debt securities, net of related change in amortisation of deferred acquisition costs and related tax |
| (763) |
| 292 |
| 2,679 | ||
Cumulative valuation movements on available-for-sale debt securities, net of related tax and change in DAC, and net investment hedges recycled through profit or loss at the point of demerger | (1,278) | — | — | |||||
Total comprehensive (loss) income from discontinued US operations | D1.2 | (7,068) | 9 | 2,294 | ||||
Total comprehensive income from discontinued UK and Europe operations | D1.3 | — | — | 1,710 | ||||
Total comprehensive (loss) income for the year |
|
|
| (4,784) |
| 2,710 |
| 6,390 |
Attributable to: | ||||||||
Equity holders of the Company: | ||||||||
From continuing operations | 2,277 | 2,697 | 2,375 | |||||
From discontinued US operations | (6,283) | (40) | 2,294 | |||||
From discontinued UK and Europe operations | — | — | 1,710 | |||||
(4,006) | 2,657 | 6,379 | ||||||
Non-controlling interests: | ||||||||
From continuing operations | 7 | 4 | 11 | |||||
From discontinued US operations | (785) | 49 | — | |||||
(778) | 53 | 11 | ||||||
Total comprehensive (loss) income for the year | (4,784) | 2,710 | 6,390 |
* | The comparative results have been re-presented from those previously published to reflect the Group's US operations as discontinued in 2021 (see note A1). |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
189
Prudential plc and subsidiaries
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Year ended 31 Dec 2020* $m | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Available |
|
|
| ||||||||
-for-sale | Non- | |||||||||||||||||
Share | Share | Retained | Translation | securities | Shareholders' | controlling | Total | |||||||||||
Note | capital | premium | earnings | reserve | reserves | equity | interests | equity | ||||||||||
Reserves |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit for the year |
|
|
| — |
| — |
| 2,458 |
| — |
| — |
| 2,458 |
| 10 |
| 2,468 |
Other comprehensive income (loss) from continuing operations: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||
Exchange movements on foreign operations |
|
| — |
| — |
| — |
| 239 |
| — |
| 239 |
| (6) |
| 233 | |
Total comprehensive income from continuing operations |
|
|
| — |
| — |
| 2,458 |
| 239 |
| — |
| 2,697 |
| 4 |
| 2,701 |
Total comprehensive (loss) income from discontinued US operations | D1.2 | — | — | (340) | — | 300 | (40) | 49 | 9 | |||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| — | — | 2,118 | 239 | 300 | 2,657 | 53 | 2,710 | |||||||||
Dividends |
| B5 | — | — | (814) | — | — | (814) | (18) | (832) | ||||||||
Reserve movements in respect of share-based payments |
| — | — | 89 | — | — | 89 | — | 89 | |||||||||
Effect of transactions relating to non-controlling interests† |
| — |
| — |
| (484) |
| — |
| — |
| (484) |
| 1,014 |
| 530 | ||
Share capital and share premium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
New share capital subscribed |
| C8 |
| 1 |
| 12 |
| — |
| — |
| — |
| 13 |
| — |
| 13 |
Treasury shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Movement in own shares in respect of share-based payment plans |
|
|
| — |
| — |
| (60) |
| — |
| — |
| (60) |
| — |
| (60) |
Net increase in equity |
|
|
| 1 |
| 12 |
| 849 |
| 239 |
| 300 |
| 1,401 |
| 1,049 |
| 2,450 |
Balance at 1 Jan |
|
|
| 172 | 2,625 | 13,575 | 893 | 2,212 | 19,477 | 192 | 19,669 | |||||||
Balance at 31 Dec |
|
|
| 173 |
| 2,637 | 14,424 |
| 1,132 |
| 2,512 |
| 20,878 |
| 1,241 |
| 22,119 |
* | The comparative results have been re-presented from those previously published to reflect the Group's US operations as discontinued in 2021 (see note A1). |
† | The $(278) million in 2021 relates to the derecognition of Athene’s non-controlling interest upon the demerger of Jackson. The 2020 amount of $1,014 million related to the equity investment by Athene Life Re Ltd. into the discontinued US operations in July 2020. |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
190
Prudential plc and subsidiaries
Consolidated statement of changes in equity (continued)
* | The $2,808 million movement in translation reserve from discontinued operations was recognised in other comprehensive income and represented an exchange gain of $140 million on translating the results from discontinued operations during the period of ownership in 2019 and the recycling of the cumulative exchange loss of $2,668 million through the profit or loss upon the demerger. The Group's accounting principles on foreign exchange translation are described in note A1. |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
191
Prudential plc and subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of financial position
|
| 31 Dec 2021 $m |
| 31 Dec 2020 $m | ||
Note | note (i) | |||||
Assets |
|
|
| |||
Goodwill |
| C4.1 | 907 | 961 | ||
Deferred acquisition costs and other intangible assets |
| C4.2 | 6,858 | 20,345 | ||
Property, plant and equipment | C11 | 478 | 893 | |||
Reinsurers' share of insurance contract liabilities |
| C3.3 | 9,753 | 46,595 | ||
Deferred tax assets |
| C7.2 | 266 | 4,858 | ||
Current tax recoverable |
| C7.1 | 20 | 444 | ||
Accrued investment income |
| C1(vii) | 1,171 | 1,427 | ||
Other debtors | C1(vii) | 1,779 | 3,171 | |||
Investment properties |
| 38 | 23 | |||
Investments in joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method |
| 2,183 | 1,962 | |||
Loans | C1 | 2,562 | 14,588 | |||
Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemesnote (ii) |
| C1 | 61,601 | 278,635 | ||
Debt securitiesnote (ii) |
| C1 | 99,094 | 125,829 | ||
Derivative assets |
| C2.2 | 481 | 2,599 | ||
Other investments |
| C2.2 | — | 1,867 | ||
Deposits |
| 4,741 | 3,882 | |||
Cash and cash equivalents |
| C1(vi) | 7,170 | 8,018 | ||
Total assets |
| C1 | 199,102 | 516,097 | ||
Equity |
| |||||
Shareholders' equity |
| 17,088 | 20,878 | |||
Non-controlling interests |
| 176 | 1,241 | |||
Total equity |
| C1 | 17,264 | 22,119 | ||
Liabilities |
| |||||
Insurance contract liabilities |
| C3.2 | 150,755 | 436,787 | ||
Investment contract liabilities with discretionary participation features |
| C3.2 | 346 | 479 | ||
Investment contract liabilities without discretionary participation features |
| C3.2 | 814 | 3,980 | ||
Unallocated surplus of with-profits funds |
| C3.2 | 5,384 | 5,217 | ||
Core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses |
| C5.1 | 6,127 | 6,633 | ||
Operational borrowings |
| C5.2 | 861 | 2,444 | ||
Obligations under funding, securities lending and sale and repurchase agreements |
| 223 | 9,768 | |||
Net asset value attributable to unit holders of consolidated investment funds |
| 5,664 | 5,975 | |||
Deferred tax liabilities |
| C7.2 | 2,862 | 6,075 | ||
Current tax liabilities |
| C7.1 | 185 | 280 | ||
Accruals, deferred income and other creditors |
| C1(viii) | 7,983 | 15,508 | ||
Provisions |
| C9 | 372 | 350 | ||
Derivative liabilities |
| C2.2 | 262 | 482 | ||
Total liabilities |
| C1 | 181,838 | 493,978 | ||
Total equity and liabilities |
| C1 | 199,102 | 516,097 |
Notes
(i) | The 31 December 2020 comparative statement of financial position included discontinued US operations. |
(ii) | Included within equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes and debt securities as at 31 December 2021 are $854 million of lent securities and assets subject to repurchase agreements (31 December 2020: $895 million from continuing operations; $1,112 million from discontinued US operations). |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
192
Prudential plc and subsidiaries
Consolidated statement of cash flows
* | The comparative results have been re-presented from those previously published to reflect the Group’s US operations as discontinued in 2021 (see note A1). |
Notes
(i) | Included in net cash flows from operating activities are dividends from joint ventures and associates of $175 million (2020: $118 million; 2019: $95 million). |
(ii) | Cash flows from the acquisition of business and intangibles include amounts paid for distribution rights. |
(iii) | Disposal of businesses includes sale of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates and investments that do not form part of the Group’s operating activities. |
(iv) | Structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses exclude borrowings to support short-term fixed income securities programmes, non-recourse borrowings of investment subsidiaries of shareholder-financed businesses and other borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses. Cash flows in respect of these borrowings are included within cash flows from operating activities. The changes in the carrying value of the structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses for the Group are analysed below: |
(v) | The statement of cash flows is presented excluding intragroup cash flows between the continuing and discontinued operations. The 2019 effect of exchange rate changes included $78 million from discontinued UK and Europe operations up to demerger. See note D1.3 for details. |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
193
Index to notes on the Group IFRS financial statements
195 | C | Financial position (cont.) | 246 | ||||||
195 | 246 | ||||||||
197 | 246 | ||||||||
197 | 247 | ||||||||
197 | 249 | ||||||||
201 | Core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses | 249 | |||||||
207 | 249 | ||||||||
207 | 250 | ||||||||
207 | 251 | ||||||||
Determining operating segments and performance measure of operating segments | 208 | 253 | |||||||
210 | 253 | ||||||||
213 | 253 | ||||||||
213 | 254 | ||||||||
215 | 255 | ||||||||
216 | 256 | ||||||||
219 | 256 | ||||||||
219 | Group objectives, policies and processes for managing capital | 256 | |||||||
220 | 258 | ||||||||
220 | 259 | ||||||||
222 | 259 | ||||||||
223 | |||||||||
224 | 261 | ||||||||
261 | |||||||||
225 | 261 | ||||||||
225 | 261 | ||||||||
229 | 263 | ||||||||
229 | 264 | ||||||||
Fair value measurement hierarchy of Group assets and liabilities | 230 | 264 | |||||||
235 | 265 | ||||||||
240 | 265 | ||||||||
Policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus by business type from continuing operations | 240 | Investments in subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates | 266 | ||||||
Reconciliation of gross and reinsurers’ share of policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus | 241 | 266 | |||||||
243 | 268 | ||||||||
243 | 268 | ||||||||
270 |
194
Prudential plc and subsidiaries
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
31 December 2021
A Basis of preparation and accounting policies
A1 Basis of preparation and exchange rates
Prudential plc (‘the Company’) together with its subsidiaries (collectively, ‘the Group’ or ‘Prudential’) provides life and health insurance and asset management products in Asia and Africa. The Group is joint-headquartered in London and Hong Kong.
Basis of preparation
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Standards as issued by the IASB and in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards. At 31 December 2021, there were no unadopted standards effective for the year ended 31 December 2021 which impact the consolidated financial statements of the Group, and there were no differences between UK-adopted international accounting standards and IFRS Standards as issued by the IASB in terms of their application to the Group.
The Group accounting policies are the same as those applied for the year ended 31 December 2020 with the exception of the adoption of the new and amended IFRS Standards as described in note A2. In 2021, the Group changed its operating segments for financial reporting under IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’, as discussed further in note B1.2 and reclassified the US operations as discontinued as discussed further below.
Going concern basis of accounting
The Directors have made an assessment of going concern covering a period of at least 12 months from the date that these financial statements are approved. In making this assessment, the Directors have considered both the Group’s current performance, solvency and liquidity and the Group’s business plan taking into account the Group’s principal risks and the mitigations available to it which are described in the Risk review report.
The assessment includes consideration of the results of key market risk stress and scenario testing over the assessment period covering the potential impact of up or down interest rate movements, falling equity values, corporate credit spread widening and an elevated level of credit losses. Sales and other scenarios considered include those reflecting the possible impacts of Covid-19 restrictions on new business, including the uncertainty as to the duration of restrictions in individual markets and the length of time for sales to recover to previous levels and different timings of expected regulatory changes. Further details are included in the viability statement within the Risk review report.
Based on the above, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue their operations for a period of at least 12 months from the date that these financial statements are approved. No material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt on the ability of the Group to continue as a going concern have been identified. The Directors therefore consider it appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing these financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021.
Discontinued US operations
On 28 January 2021, the Board announced that it had decided to pursue the separation of its US operations (Jackson) from the Group through a demerger, which was completed on 13 September 2021. In accordance with IFRS 5 ‘Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’, the results of the Group’s US operations have been classified as discontinued operations in these consolidated financial statements.
195
In order to present the results of the continuing operations on a comparable basis, and consistent with IFRS 5 requirements, loss after tax attributable to the discontinued US operations in 2021 up to demerger has been shown in a single line in the income statement together with the loss on remeasurement to fair value and the recycling of cumulative reserves from other comprehensive income upon demerger. The loss on remeasurement to fair value has been recognised in accordance with IFRIC 17, ‘Distribution of non-cash assets to owners’, which requires Jackson to be remeasured to fair value at the point of demerger. Comparatives have been restated accordingly, with further analysis provided in note D1.2. Notes B1 to B4 have also been prepared on this basis.
IFRS 5 does not permit the comparative 31 December 2020 statements of financial position to be re-presented, as the US operations were not classified as discontinued at that point in time. In the related balance sheet notes, prior period balances have been presented to show the amounts from discontinued US operations separately from continuing operations in order to present the results of the continuing operations on a comparable basis. Additionally, in the analysis of movements in Group’s assets and liabilities between the beginning and end of the years, the balances of the discontinued US operations are removed from the opening balances to show the underlying movements from continuing operations.
Discontinued UK and Europe operations
The Group completed the demerger of its UK and Europe operations, M&G plc, from the Prudential plc group on 21 October 2019. In accordance with IFRS 5 ‘Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’, the results of M&G plc have been reclassified as discontinued operations in these consolidated financial statements. The presentation of discontinued UK and Europe operations is consistent with the methodology described above for discontinued US operations.
Exchange rates
The exchange rates applied for balances and transactions in currencies other than the presentation currency of the Group, US dollars (USD) were:
Foreign exchange translation
In order to present the consolidated financial statements in USD, the results and financial position of entities not using USD as functional currency (ie the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates) must be translated into USD.
All assets and liabilities of entities not operating in USD are converted at closing exchange rates while all income and expenses are converted at average exchange rates where this is a reasonable approximation of the rates prevailing on transaction dates. The impact of these foreign exchange translations into the Group’s USD presentation currency is recorded as a separate component in the statement of comprehensive income. Upon the disposal of the entity, the related cumulative foreign exchange translation differences are recycled from other comprehensive income to the income statement as part of the gain or loss on disposal.
The general principle for converting foreign currency transactions to the functional currency of an entity is to translate at the functional currency spot rate prevailing at the date of the transactions. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated at the spot exchange rate for the functional currency at the reporting date. Changes resulting from the foreign exchange translations into the functional currency of the entity are recognised in the income statement.
196
The consolidated financial statements do not represent Prudential’s statutory accounts for the purposes of the UK Companies Act. These financial statements are based on the prescribed formats. The Group’s external auditors have reported on the 2021, 2020 and 2019 statutory accounts. Statutory accounts for 2020 and 2019 have been delivered to the UK Registrar of Companies and those for 2021 will be delivered following the Company’s Annual General Meeting. The auditor’s reports were (i) unqualified, (ii) did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditors drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying their report and (iii) did not contain a statement under Section 498(2) or (3) of the UK Companies Act 2006.
A2 New accounting pronouncements in 2021
The IASB has issued the following new accounting pronouncements to be effective from 1 January 2021, unless otherwise stated:
- | Amendments to IFRS 4 ‘Extension of temporary IFRS 9 exemption until 1 January 2023’ issued in June 2020; |
- | Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 ‘Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – phase 2’ issued in August 2020; and |
- | Amendments to IFRS 16 ‘Covid-19 Related Rent Concession beyond 30 June 2021’ issued in March 2021 and effective from 1 April 2021. |
The adoption of these pronouncements has had no significant impact on the Group financial statements.The Group has taken advantage of the ability to defer IFRS 9 until 2023 when it adopts IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’.
A3 Accounting policies
Note A3.1 presents the critical accounting policies, estimates and judgements applied in preparing the Group’s consolidated financial statements. Other accounting policies, where significant, are presented in the relevant individual notes. All accounting policies are applied consistently for the years presented and normally are not subject to changes unless new accounting standards, interpretations or amendments are introduced by the IASB.
A3.1 Critical accounting policies, estimates and judgements
The preparation of these financial statements requires Prudential to make accounting estimates and judgements about the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, which are both recognised and unrecognised (eg contingent liabilities) in the financial statements. Prudential evaluates its critical accounting estimates, including those related to long-term business provisioning and the fair value of assets as required. The notes below set out those critical accounting policies, the application of which requires the Group to make critical estimates and judgements. Also set out are further critical accounting policies affecting the presentation of the Group’s results and other items that require the application of critical estimates and judgements.
The accounting policies below relate to the Group’s continuing operations. A summary of key accounting policies of the Group’s discontinued US operations is set out in note D1.2.
197
(a) Critical accounting policies with associated critical estimates and judgements
198
(b) Further critical accounting policies affecting the presentation of the Group's results
199
(c) Other items requiring application of critical estimates or judgements
200
A3.2 New accounting pronouncements not yet effective
The following standards, interpretations and amendments have been issued by the IASB but are not yet effective in 2021, including those which have not yet been adopted by the UK Endorsement Board. The Group prepares financial statements in accordance with IFRS Standards as issued by the IASB and UK-adopted international accounting standards. This is not intended to be a complete list as only those standards, interpretations and amendments that could have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements are discussed.
201
IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments: Classification and measurement’
IFRS 9 became mandatorily effective for the annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018, with early application permitted and transitional rules apply.
The Group met the eligibility criteria for temporary exemption under the Amendments to IFRS 4 from applying IFRS 9 and has accordingly deferred the adoption of IFRS 9 until the date when IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ is expected to be adopted upon its current mandatory effective date. The Group made a reassessment during the year following the demerger of the US operations in September 2021 and confirmed that it continued to qualify for the temporary exemption. The Group is eligible as its activities are predominantly to issue insurance contracts based on the criteria as set out in the amendments to IFRS 4. The required disclosure of the fair value of the Group’s financial assets, showing the amounts for instruments that meet the ‘Solely for Payment of Principal and Interest’ (SPPI) criteria but do not meet the definition of held for trading and are not managed and evaluated on a fair value basis separately from all other financial assets, is provided below.
When adopted IFRS 9 replaces the existing IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments - Recognition and Measurement’ and will affect the following three areas:
The classification and the measurement of financial assets and liabilities
IFRS 9 redefines the classification of financial assets. Based on the way in which the assets are managed in order to generate cash flows and their contractual cash flow characteristics (whether the cash flows represent ‘solely payments of principal and interest’), financial assets are classified into one of the following categories: amortised cost, fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL). An option is also available at initial recognition to irrevocably designate a financial asset as at FVTPL if doing so eliminates or significantly reduces accounting mismatches.
Under IAS 39, 95 per cent of the Group’s financial investments are valued at FVTPL and the Group’s current expectation is that the vast majority of its investments will continue to be classified as such under IFRS 9.
The existing IAS 39 amortised cost measurement for financial liabilities is largely maintained under IFRS 9. For financial liabilities designated at FVTPL IFRS 9 requires changes in fair value due to changes in the entity’s own credit risk to be recognised in other comprehensive income.
The calculation of the impairment charge relevant for financial assets held at amortised cost or FVOCI
A new impairment model based on an expected credit loss approach replaces the existing IAS 39 incurred loss impairment model, resulting in earlier recognition of credit losses compared to IAS 39. This aspect is the most complex area of IFRS 9 to implement and will involve significant judgements and estimation processes. The Group is currently assessing the scope of assets to which these requirements will apply but as noted above it is currently expected that the majority of assets will be held at FVTPL to which these requirements will not apply.
The hedge accounting requirements which are more closely aligned with the risk management activities of the Company
No significant change to the Group’s hedge accounting is currently anticipated, but this remains under review.
The Group is assessing the impact of IFRS 9 and implementing this standard in conjunction with IFRS 17 as permitted. Further details on IFRS 17 are provided below.
The parent company and a number of intermediate holding companies in the UK and non-insurance subsidiaries in Asia adopted IFRS 9 in 2018 in their individual or separate financial statements where these statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS, including the UK Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’. The public availability of the financial statements for these entities varies according to the local laws and regulations of each jurisdiction. The results for these entities continue to be accounted for on an IAS 39 basis in these consolidated financial statements.
202
The fair value of the Group’s directly held financial assets at 31 December 2021 and 2020 are shown below. Financial assets with contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) as defined by IFRS 9 are shown separately. This excludes financial assets that meet the definition of held for trading or are managed and evaluated on a fair value basis.
Financial assets that pass | All other financial assets, net of | |||||||
the SPPI test | derivative liabilities | |||||||
|
| Movement in |
|
| Movement in | |||
Fair value at | the fair value | Fair value at | the fair value | |||||
Financial assets, net of derivative liabilities | 31 Dec 2020 | during 2020 | 31 Dec 2020 | during 2020 | ||||
$m | $m | $m | $m | |||||
Accrued investment income |
| 1,049 |
| — |
| — |
| — |
Other debtors |
| 2,901 |
| — |
| — |
| — |
Loansnote (i) |
| 1,998 |
| 21 |
| 450 |
| 3 |
Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes |
| — |
| — |
| 59,295 |
| 3,186 |
Debt securities |
| — |
| — |
| 89,796 |
| 6,709 |
Derivative assets, net of derivative liabilities |
| — |
| — |
| (60) |
| 925 |
Deposits |
| 3,875 |
| — |
| — |
| — |
Cash and cash equivalents |
| 6,397 |
| — |
| — |
| — |
Total continuing operations | 16,220 | 21 | 149,481 | 10,823 | ||||
Discontinued US operationsnote (ii) | 44,649 | 3,327 | 229,879 | 25,793 | ||||
Total financial assets, net of derivative liabilities |
| 60,869 |
| 3,348 |
| 379,360 |
| 36,616 |
Notes
(i) | The loans that pass the SPPI test in the table above are primarily carried at amortised cost under IAS 39. Further information on these loans is as provided in note C2.2. |
(ii) | The financial assets that pass the SPPI test held by the discontinued US operations at 31 December 2020 primarily represented debt securities classified as available-for-sale under IAS 39. |
The underlying financial assets of the Group’s joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method are analysed below into those which meet the SPPI condition of IFRS 9, excluding any financial assets that meet the definition of held for trading or are managed and evaluated on a fair value basis, and all other financial assets.
203
Fair value information of the financial assets held by CITIC-Prudential Life Insurance Company (CPL), the Group’s individually material joint venture, is shown in the table below. The amounts disclosed represent 100 per cent of the entity’s financial assets and not the Group’s share of those amounts and have been prepared on the same basis as the Group’s IFRS financial statements.
*The carrying value approximates fair value for the financial assets in this category with no movement in the fair value during the year.
Fair value information for the Group’s share of financial assets of other joint ventures and associates in aggregate is set out in the table below:
*The carrying value approximates fair value for the financial assets in this category with no movement in the fair value during the year.
IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’
In May 2017, the IASB issued IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ to replace the existing IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’. In June 2020, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 17, including delaying the effective date to reporting periods on or after 1 January 2023. In addition, in December 2021, the IASB issued an amendment to IFRS 17 to permit a classification overlay for financial assets presented in comparative periods on initial application of IFRS 17. The standard is subject to endorsement in the UK via the UK Endorsement Board which is expected in April 2022. The Group intends to adopt IFRS 17 on its mandatory effective date, alongside the adoption of IFRS 9.
IFRS 4 permitted insurers to continue to use the statutory basis of accounting for insurance assets and liabilities that existed in their jurisdictions prior to January 2005. IFRS 17 replaces this with a new measurement model for all insurance contracts.
IFRS 17 requires liabilities for insurance contracts to be recognised as the present value of future cash flows, incorporating an explicit risk adjustment, which is updated at each reporting date to reflect current conditions, and a contractual service margin (CSM) that is initially set equal and opposite to any day-one gain arising on initial recognition. Losses are recognised directly into the income statement. For measurement purposes, contracts are grouped together into contracts of similar risk, profitability profile and issue year, with further divisions for contracts that are managed separately.
204
Profit for insurance contracts under IFRS 17 is represented by the recognition of the services provided to policyholders in the period (release of the CSM), release from non-economic risk (release of risk adjustment) and investment profit. CSM is released in line with Coverage Units that are a measure of the quantity of benefits provided under a contract and the period over which coverage is provided.
The CSM is released as profit over the coverage period of the insurance contract, reflecting the delivery of services to the policyholder. For certain contracts with participating features (where a substantial share of the fair value of the related investments and other underlying items is paid to policyholders), the CSM reflects the variable fee to shareholders (the ‘Variable Fee Approach’). For these contracts, the CSM is adjusted to reflect the changes in economic experience and assumptions. For all other contracts the CSM is only adjusted for non-economic assumptions (the ‘General Measurement Model’). The Group expects to use both the Variable Fee Approach and the General Measurement model, depending on the specific characteristics of the insurance products.
IFRS 17 introduces a new measure of insurance revenue, based on the delivery of services to policyholders and excluding any premiums related to the investment elements of policies, which will be significantly different from existing premium revenue measures, currently reported in the income statement.
In order to transition to IFRS 17, the amount of deferred profit, being the CSM at transition date, needs to be determined. IFRS 17 requires this CSM to be calculated as if the standard had applied retrospectively. However, if this is not practical an entity is required to choose either a modified retrospective approach or to determine the CSM by reference to the fair value of the liabilities at the transition date (1 January 2022). The approach for determining the CSM will have a significant impact on both shareholders’ equity and on the amount of profits on in-force business in future reporting periods. The Group expects all three approaches to be applied on transition, depending on the information that is available to be used for the different groups of contracts of the Group.
IFRS 17 implementation programme
IFRS 17 is expected to have a significant impact as the requirements of the new standard are complex and requires a fundamental change to accounting for insurance contracts as well as the application of significant judgement and new estimation techniques. A reliable estimate of the effect of changes required to the Group’s accounting policies as a result of implementing these standards, which is expected to alter the timing of IFRS profit recognition, is not yet available as implementation is under way. The implementation of this standard involves significant enhancements to IT, actuarial and finance systems of the Group.
The Group has a Group-wide implementation programme to implement IFRS 17 and IFRS 9. The programme is responsible for setting Group-wide accounting policies and developing application methodologies, establishing appropriate processes and controls, sourcing appropriate data and implementing actuarial and finance system changes.
A Group-wide Steering Committee, chaired by the Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer with participation from the Group Risk function and the Group’s and business units’ senior finance managers, provides oversight and strategic direction to the implementation programme. A number of sub-committees are also in place to provide governance over the technical interpretation and accounting policies selected, design and delivery of the programme. During 2021, the Group has made significant progress with the build and testing of new actuarial and finance systems. It is not practicable to provide reliable estimates of the quantitative impact on the Group’s results and financial position for the 2021 Annual Report.
Other new accounting pronouncements
In addition to the above, the following new accounting pronouncements have also been issued and are not yet effective but the Group is not expecting them to have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements:
- | Amendments to IAS 37 ‘Onerous contracts – Cost of fulfilling a contract’ issued in May 2020 and effective from 1 January 2022; |
- | Annual Improvements to IFRS 2018–2020 issued in May 2020 and effective from 1 January 2022; |
- | Amendments to IAS 16 ‘Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before intended use’ issued in May 2020 and effective from 1 January 2022; |
205
- | Reference to the Conceptual Framework – Amendments to IFRS 3 ‘Business combination’ issued in May 2020 and effective from 1 January 2022; |
- | Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Classification of liabilities as current or non-current’ issued in January 2020 and effective from 1 January 2023. An exposure draft was issued in November 2021 proposing for this effective date to be delayed to no earlier than 1 January 2024; |
- | Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 ‘Disclosure of accounting policies’ issued in February 2021 and effective from 1 January 2023; |
- | Amendments to IAS 8 ‘Definition of Accounting Estimates’ issued in February 2021 and effective from 1 January 2023; and |
- | Amendments to IAS 12 ‘Deferred tax related to assets and liabilities arising from a single transaction’ issued in May 2021 and effective from 1 January 2023. |
206
B Earnings performance
B1 Analysis of performance by segment
B1.1 Segment results
|
| 2021 $m |
| 2020* $m |
| 2019 $m |
| ||
Note | note (i) | note (i) | note (i) | ||||||
Continuing operations: | |||||||||
CPL |
|
|
| 343 |
| 251 |
| 219 | |
Hong Kong |
|
| 975 |
| 891 |
| 734 | ||
Indonesia |
|
|
| 446 |
| 519 |
| 540 | |
Malaysia |
|
|
| 350 |
| 309 |
| 276 | |
Singapore | 663 | 574 | 493 | ||||||
Growth markets and othernote (ii) |
|
| 932 |
| 835 |
| 737 | ||
Eastspring |
|
| 314 |
| 283 |
| 283 | ||
Other income and expenditure: |
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Investment return and other income |
|
| 21 |
| (15) |
| 30 | ||
Interest payable on core structural borrowingsnote (iii) |
|
|
| (328) |
| (316) |
| (496) | |
Corporate expenditurenote (iv) |
|
|
| (298) |
| (412) |
| (466) | |
Total other income and expenditure |
| B1.4 |
| (605) |
| (743) |
| (932) | |
Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costsnote (v) |
| B1.4 |
| (185) |
| (162) |
| (103) | |
Adjusted operating profit | B1.2 | 3,233 | 2,757 | 2,247 | |||||
Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed businessnote (vi) |
|
| (458) |
| (579) |
| 554 | ||
Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments |
|
| (5) |
| (5) |
| (5) | ||
(Loss) gain attaching to corporate transactions |
| D1.1 |
| (94) |
| 735 |
| (142) | |
Profit before tax attributable to shareholders | 2,676 | 2,908 | 2,654 | ||||||
Tax charge attributable to shareholders' returns |
| B3 |
| (462) |
| (440) |
| (316) | |
Profit for the year from continuing operations |
|
| 2,214 |
| 2,468 |
| 2,338 | ||
Loss from discontinued US operations |
| D1.2 |
| (5,027) |
| (283) |
| (385) | |
Loss from discontinued UK and Europe operations | — | — | (1,161) | ||||||
(Loss) profit for the year | (2,813) | 2,185 | 792 | ||||||
Attributable to: | |||||||||
Equity holders of the Company | |||||||||
From continuing operations | 2,192 | 2,458 | 2,329 | ||||||
From discontinued US operations | (4,234) | (340) | (385) | ||||||
From discontinued UK and Europe operations | — | — | (1,161) | ||||||
(2,042) | 2,118 | 783 | |||||||
Non-controlling interests | |||||||||
From continuing operations |
|
| 22 |
| 10 |
| 9 | ||
From discontinued US operations | (793) | 57 | — | ||||||
(771) | 67 | 9 | |||||||
(Loss) profit for the year | (2,813) | 2,185 | 792 | ||||||
Basic earnings per share (in cents) |
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 | |||
Note | note (i) | note (i) | |||||||
Based on adjusted operating profit, net of tax and non-controlling interest from continuing operations | B4 | 101.5 | ¢ | 86.6 | ¢ | 73.4 | ¢ | ||
Based on profit from continuing operations, net of non-controlling interest |
| B4 |
| 83.4 | ¢ | 94.6 | ¢ | 90.0 | ¢ |
Based on loss for the year from discontinued US operations, net of non-controlling interest | B4 | (161.1) | ¢ | (13.0) | ¢ | (14.9) | ¢ | ||
Based on loss from discontinued UK and Europe operations |
| B4 |
| n/a | n/a | (44.8) | ¢ |
* | The comparative results have been re-presented from those previously published to reflect the Group’s US operations as discontinued in 2021 (see note A1). |
Notes
(i) | Segment results are attributed to the shareholders of the Group before deducting the amount attributable to the non-controlling interests. This presentation is applied consistently throughout the document. |
(ii) | For growth markets and other, adjusted operating profit includes other items of $217 million (2020: $119 million; 2019: $125 million) which primarily comprise of taxes for life joint ventures and associates and other non-recurring items, which in 2021 largely included the impact of refinements to the run-off of the allowance of prudence within technical provisions. |
(iii) | Included in the interest on core structural borrowings charged to the income statement of $(328) million was $(126) million related to the four tranches of debt that were redeemed in December 2021 and January 2022 using the proceeds from the share offer during the year. |
(iv) | Corporate expenditure as shown above is for head office functions in London and Hong Kong. |
(v) | Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs include those incurred in continuing insurance and asset management operations of $(101) million (2020: $(97) million; 2019: $(36) million). |
207
(vi) | In general, the short-term fluctuations reflect the value movements on shareholders’ assets and policyholder liabilities (net of reinsurance) arising from market movements in the year. In 2021, rising interest rates across most operations led to unrealised bond losses which more than offset the impact of higher discount rates on policyholder liabilities under the local reserving basis applied and equity gains on shareholder-backed business in the year. This has led to the overall negative short-term investment fluctuations for total insurance and asset management operations. |
B1.2 Determining operating segments and performance measure of operating segments
Operating segments
The Group’s operating segments for financial reporting purposes are defined and presented in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ on the basis of the management reporting structure and its financial management information.
Under the Group's management and reporting structure, its chief operating decision maker is the Group Executive Committee (GEC), chaired by the Group Chief Executive. In the management structure, responsibility is delegated to the Chief Executive, Asia and Africa, for the day-to-day management of the insurance and asset management operations (within the framework set out in the Group Governance Manual). This in turn is delegated to the Chief Executives of Hong Kong, Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Growth markets (comprising Africa and the remaining Asia subsidiary operations) and Eastspring, the Group’s Asia asset manager. CPL is managed jointly with CITIC, a Chinese state-owned conglomerate.
In the first quarter of 2021, the Group reviewed its operating segments for financial reporting under IFRS 8 following changes to the business and financial management information provided to the GEC. As a result, performance measures for insurance operations are now analysed by geographical areas for the larger business units of CPL, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Malaysia and Singapore, with Eastspring, the asset management business, also analysed separately. All other Asia and Africa insurance operations are included in the ‘Growth markets and other’ segment alongside other amounts that are not included in the segment profit of an individual business unit, including tax on life joint ventures and associates and other items that are not representative of the underlying segment trading for the period. The 2020 and 2019 comparatives have been re-presented to show the new segments for comparison. On 13 September 2021, the Group completed the demerger of the US operations (Jackson Financial Inc.) from the Prudential plc Group. Accordingly, the US operations do not represent an operating segment at the year end. The results of US operations have been reclassified as discontinued in these consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’, and have therefore been excluded in the analysis of performance measure of operating segments.
Operations which do not form part of any business unit are reported as ‘Unallocated to a segment’ and comprise head office functions in London and Hong Kong.
Performance measure
The performance measure of operating segments utilised by the Group is IFRS operating profit based on longer-term investment returns (adjusted operating profit), as described below. This measurement basis distinguishes adjusted operating profit from other constituents of total profit or loss for the period as follows:
- | Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed business; |
- | Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments arising on the purchase of business; and |
- | Gain or loss on corporate transactions, as discussed in note D1.1. |
Determination of adjusted operating profit for investment and liability movements
(i) With-profits business
For with-profits business in Hong Kong, Singapore and Malaysia, the adjusted operating profit reflects the shareholders’ share in the bonuses declared to policyholders. Value movements in the underlying assets of the with-profits funds only affect the shareholder results through indirect effects of investment performance on declared policyholder bonuses and therefore, do not affect directly the determination of adjusted operating profit.
208
(ii) Assets and liabilities held within unit-linked funds
The policyholder unit liabilities are directly reflective of the underlying asset value movements. Accordingly, the adjusted operating profit reflects the current year value movements in both the unit liabilities and the backing assets, which offset one another.
(iii) Other shareholder-backed long-term insurance business
In the case of other shareholder-financed business, the measurement of adjusted operating profit reflects that, for the long-term insurance business, assets and liabilities are held for the longer term. For this business the Group believes trends in underlying performance are better understood if the effects of short-term fluctuations in market conditions, such as changes in interest rates or equity markets, are excluded. In determining the profit on this basis, the following key elements are applied to the results of the Group’s shareholder-financed businesses.
(a) Policyholder liabilities that are sensitive to market conditions
Under IFRS, the degree to which the carrying values of liabilities to policyholders are sensitive to current market conditions varies between business units depending upon the nature of the ‘grandfathered’ measurement basis. Taiwan and India apply US GAAP, whose policyholder liabilities are not sensitive to market movements as they are locked in at policy inception.
Movements in liabilities for some types of business do require bifurcation between the elements that relate to longer-term market condition and short-term effects to ensure that at the net level (ie after allocated investment return and charge for policyholder benefits) the adjusted operating profit reflects longer-term market returns.
For certain non-participating business, for example in Hong Kong, the economic features are more akin to asset management products with policyholder liabilities reflecting asset shares over the contract term. Consequently, for these products, the charge for policyholder benefits in the adjusted operating profit reflects the asset share feature rather than volatile movements that would otherwise be reflected if the local regulatory basis (as applied for the IFRS balance sheet) was used.
For other types of non-participating business, expected longer-term investment returns and interest rates are used to determine the movement in policyholder liabilities for determining adjusted operating profit. This ensures assets and liabilities are reflected on a consistent basis.
(b) Assets backing other shareholder-backed long-term insurance business
Except in the case of assets backing liabilities which are directly matched (such as unit-linked business) adjusted operating profit for assets backing shareholder-financed business is determined on the basis of expected longer-term investment returns. Longer-term investment returns comprise actual income receivable for the year (interest/dividend income) and longer-term capital returns, determined for debt and equity-type securities on the basis described below. The difference between the actual investment returns in the reporting period and the longer-term investment returns is recognised within short-term fluctuations in investment returns.
Debt securities and loans
As a general principle, for debt securities and loans, the longer-term investment returns comprise the interest receivable for the year and the amortisation of interest-related realised gains and losses to the date when sold securities would have otherwise matured (or a suitable proxy for this period). All unrealised gains and losses are treated as a component of short-term investment fluctuations. Consideration is given to the need to recognise an expected longer-term level of defaults for the securities within the longer-term investment returns, based on past performance and having regard to the credit quality of the portfolio, with any difference with actual credit-related realised losses arising in the year being included in short-term fluctuations. If, under this analysis, realised gains and losses are principally considered to be interest related with no significant credit-related losses based on past performance, then all realised gains and losses to date for these operations are treated as interest related and amortised to adjusted operating profit over the period to the date those securities would otherwise have matured and no separate charge to longer-term investment returns for credit defaults is made.
209
For Group debt securities at 31 December 2021, the level of interest-related realised gains and losses on previously sold bonds that had yet to be amortised to adjusted operating profit from short-term investment fluctuations was a net gain of $515 million (2020: net gain of $525 million; 2019: net gain of $272 million).
Equity-type securities
For equity-type securities, the longer-term rates of return are estimates of the long-term trend investment returns for income and capital having regard to past performance, current trends and future expectations. Different rates apply to different categories of equity-type securities.
For continuing insurance operations, investments in equity-type securities held for non-linked shareholder-backed business amounted to $6,073 million as at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: $4,963 million). The longer-term rates of return applied in 2021 ranged from 5.5 per cent to 16.9 per cent (2020: 5.1 per cent to 16.9 per cent; 2019: 5.0 per cent to 17.6 per cent) with the rates applied varying by business unit. These rates are broadly stable from year to year but may be different between regions, reflecting, for example, differing expectations of inflation in each local business unit. The assumptions are for the returns expected to apply in equilibrium conditions. The assumed rates of return do not reflect any cyclical variability in economic performance and are not set by reference to prevailing asset valuations. The longer-term investment returns for the insurance joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method are determined on a similar basis as the other insurance operations described above.
Derivative value movements
Generally, derivative value movements are excluded from adjusted operating profit. The exception is where the derivative value movements broadly offset changes in the accounting value of other assets and liabilities included in adjusted operating profit.
(iv)Other non-insurance businesses
For these businesses, the determination of adjusted operating profit reflects the underlying economic substance of the arrangements. Generally, realised gains and losses are included in adjusted operating profit with temporary unrealised gains and losses being included in short-term fluctuations. In some instances, realised gains and losses on derivatives and other financial instruments are amortised to adjusted operating profit over a time period that reflects the underlying economic substance of the arrangements.
B1.3 | Revenue from continuing operations |
Premiums and annuity considerations for conventional and other protection type insurance policies are recognised as revenue when due. Premiums and annuity considerations for linked policies and other investment type policies are recognised as revenue when received or, in the case of unitised or unit-linked policies, when units are issued. These amounts exclude premium taxes and similar duties where Prudential collects and settles taxes borne by the policyholder.
Policy fees charged on linked policies for mortality, morbidity, asset management and policy administration are recognised when related services are provided.
(a)Analysis of total revenue by segment
210
2020 $m | ||||||||||||||||||||
Insurance operationsnote (i) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Growth | Inter | |||||||||||||||||||
| Hong |
|
|
|
| markets |
|
| -segment |
| Total |
| Unallocated |
| Group | |||||
Kong | Indonesia | Malaysia | Singapore | and other | Eastspring | elimination | segment | to a segment | total | |||||||||||
Gross premiums earned | 11,091 | 1,738 | 1,783 | 5,035 | 3,848 | — | — | 23,495 | — | 23,495 | ||||||||||
Outward reinsurance premiumsnote (iv) | (1,918) |
| (62) | (27) |
| 432 | (50) | — | — |
| (1,625) |
| — |
| (1,625) | |||||
Earned premiums, net of reinsurance | 9,173 |
| 1,676 | 1,756 |
| 5,467 | 3,798 | — | — |
| 21,870 |
| — |
| 21,870 | |||||
Other incomenote (ii) | 59 |
| 8 | — |
| 38 | 91 | 417 | — |
| 613 |
| 2 |
| 615 | |||||
Total external revenuenote (iii) | 9,232 |
| 1,684 | 1,756 |
| 5,505 | 3,889 | 417 | — |
| 22,483 |
| 2 |
| 22,485 | |||||
Intra-group revenue | — |
| — | — |
| — | 1 | 164 | (165) |
| — |
| — |
| — | |||||
Interest incomenote B1.3(b) | 646 |
| 104 | 210 |
| 447 | 570 | 5 | — |
| 1,982 |
| 15 |
| 1,997 | |||||
Dividend and other investment income | 646 |
| 86 | 99 |
| 364 | 65 | 5 | — |
| 1,265 |
| 32 |
| 1,297 | |||||
Investment appreciation (depreciation) | 7,493 | (201) | 369 | 2,045 | 765 | 21 | — | 10,492 | (24) | 10,468 | ||||||||||
Total revenue, net of reinsurance | 18,017 |
| 1,673 | 2,434 |
| 8,361 | 5,290 | 612 | (165) |
| 36,222 |
| 25 |
| 36,247 |
2019 $m | ||||||||||||||||||||
Insurance operationsnote (i) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Growth | Inter | |||||||||||||||||||
| Hong |
|
|
|
| markets |
|
| -segment |
| Total |
| Unallocated |
| Group | |||||
Kong | Indonesia | Malaysia | Singapore | and other | Eastspring | elimination | segment | to a segment | total | |||||||||||
note (vii) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Gross premiums earned | 11,964 | 1,891 | 1,854 | 4,532 | 3,614 | — | — | 23,855 | — | 23,855 | ||||||||||
Outward reinsurance premiumsnote (iii) |
| (834) |
| (59) |
| (21) | (159) | (43) | — | — |
| (1,116) |
| — |
| (1,116) | ||||
Earned premiums, net of reinsurance |
| 11,130 |
| 1,832 |
| 1,833 | 4,373 | 3,571 | — | — |
| 22,739 |
| — |
| 22,739 | ||||
Other incomenote (ii) |
| 55 |
| 14 |
| 1 | 29 | 49 | 405 | — |
| 553 |
| 86 |
| 639 | ||||
Total external revene |
| 11,185 |
| 1,846 |
| 1,834 | 4,402 | 3,620 | 405 | — |
| 23,292 |
| 86 |
| 23,378 | ||||
Intra-group revenue |
| — |
| — |
| — | — | — | 160 | (160) |
| — |
| — |
| — | ||||
Interestnote B1.3(b) |
| 212 |
| 121 |
| 211 | 324 | 712 | 5 | — |
| 1,585 |
| 51 |
| 1,636 | ||||
Dividend and other investment income |
| 600 |
| 88 |
| 102 | 381 | (236) | (2) | — |
| 933 |
| 8 |
| 941 | ||||
Investment appreciation (depreciation) | 7,246 | 229 | 168 | 2,990 | 1,840 | 1 | — | 12,474 | (90) | 12,384 | ||||||||||
Total revenue, net of reinsurance |
| 19,243 |
| 2,284 |
| 2,315 | 8,097 | 5,936 | 569 | (160) |
| 38,284 |
| 55 |
| 38,339 |
Notes
(i) | CPL, Prudential’s life business in China, is a 50/50 joint venture with CITIC and is accounted for using the equity method under IFRS. The Group’s share of its results is presented in a single line within the Group’s profit before tax on a net of related tax basis, and therefore not shown in the analysis of revenue line items above. Revenue from external customers of CPL (Prudential’s share) in 2021 is $3,052 million (2020: $1,866 million; 2019: $1,735 million). Further financial information on CPL is provided in note D6.3. |
(ii) | Other income comprises income from external customers and consists primarily of revenue from the Group’s asset management business of $437 million (2020: $417 million; 2019: $405 million). The remaining other income consists primarily of policy fee revenue from external customers and asset management rebate revenue from external fund managers. Also included in other income is fee income on financial instruments that are not held at fair value through profit or loss of $1 million (2020: $1 million; 2019: $3 million). |
(iii) | Due to the nature of the business of the Group, there is no reliance on any major customers. Of the Group’s markets, only Hong Kong and Singapore have external revenue that exceeds 10 per cent of the Group total for all years presented. |
(iv) | The 2020 outward reinsurance premiums in Singapore included a credit of $542 million for the recapture of previously reinsured business following a change in regulatory requirements. |
(b)Additional analysis of investment return
Investment return included in the income statement principally comprises interest income, dividends, investment appreciation and depreciation (realised and unrealised gains and losses) on investments designated as fair value through profit or loss, and realised gains and losses (including impairment losses) on items held at amortised cost and/or designated as available-for-sale. Movements in unrealised appreciation or depreciation of securities designated as
211
available-for-sale are recorded in other comprehensive income. Interest income is recognised as it accrues. Dividends on equity securities are recognised on the ex-dividend date and rental income is recognised on an accrual basis.
Notes
(i) | Realised gains and losses on the Group’s investments from continuing operations for 2021 recognised in the income statement amounted to a net gain of $6.0 billion (2020: a net gain of $4.9 billion; 2019: a net loss of $2.0 billion). |
(ii) | Interest income from continuing operations includes $280 million (2020: $257 million; 2019: $292 million) in respect of financial assets not at fair value through profit and loss. |
The overall financial strength of Prudential and the results, both current and future, of the insurance business are in part dependent upon the quality and performance of the various investment portfolios. Prudential’s insurance investments support a range of businesses operating in many geographic areas. Each of the operations formulates a strategy based on the nature of its underlying liabilities, its level of capital and its local regulatory requirements. Prudential’s insurance business’s investments, excluding assets to cover linked liabilities and those attributable to external unit holders of consolidated investment funds, are largely held by Prudential’s Singapore and Hong Kong operations.
All investments of the Group’s continuing operations are carried at fair value in the statement of financial position with fair value movements, which are volatile from period to period, recorded in the income statement, except for loans and receivables, which are generally carried at amortised cost (unless designated at fair value through profit or loss) and the Group’s retained interest in Jackson and certain centrally held debt securities, which are designated as available-for-sale and therefore the changes in unrealised fair value are booked in other comprehensive income. Subject to the effect of the exceptions, the period-on-period changes in investment returns primarily reflect the generality of overall market movements for equities and debt securities. In addition, foreign exchange rates affect the US dollar value of the translated income. Consistent with the treatment applied for other items of income and expenditure, investment return for operations not using US dollars as functional currency is translated at average exchange rates. The year-on-year movements in investment return of the Group mainly reflect the cumulative impact from the changes in interest rates on bond asset values and in the performance of the equity markets.
Allocation of investment return between policyholders and shareholders
Investment return is attributable to policyholders and shareholders. A key feature of the accounting policies under IFRS is that the investment return included in the income statement relates to all investment assets of the Group, irrespective of whether the return is attributable to shareholders, policyholders or the unallocated surplus of with-profits funds, the latter two of which have no direct impact on shareholders’ profit. The table below provides a breakdown of the investment return attributable to each type of business.
Policyholder returns
Investment returns allocated to policyholders are those from investments in which shareholders have no direct economic interest, namely unit-linked business for which the investment returns are wholly attributable to policyholders and with-profits business in which the shareholders’ economic interest (and the basis of recognising IFRS basis profits) is restricted to a share of the actuarially determined surplus for distribution. Except for this surplus, the investment returns of the with-
212
profits funds are attributable to policyholders (through the asset-share liabilities) or the unallocated surplus, which is accounted for as a liability under IFRS 4 as shown in note C3.
Shareholder returns
For shareholder-backed non-with-profits business, the investment returns are not directly attributable to policyholders and, therefore, impact shareholders’ profit directly.
B1.4Profit after tax from continuing operations by segment
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 $m |
| 2019 $m | |
CPL | 278 |
| 394 |
| 268 | |
Hong Kong | 1,068 |
| 994 |
| 1,116 | |
Indonesia | 362 |
| 409 |
| 428 | |
Malaysia | 265 |
| 256 |
| 237 | |
Singapore | 394 |
| 521 |
| 470 | |
Growth markets and other | 434 |
| 548 |
| 960 | |
Eastspring | 284 |
| 253 |
| 250 | |
Total segment | 3,085 |
| 3,375 |
| 3,729 | |
Unallocated to a segment (central operations)note | (871) |
| (907) |
| (1,391) | |
Group total profit after tax from continuing operations | 2,214 |
| 2,468 |
| 2,338 |
Note
Comprising of other income and expenditure of $(605) million (2020: $(743) million; 2019: $(932) million) attributable to the head office functions in London and Hong Kong and $(185) million (2020: $(162) million; 2019: $(103) million) of restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs as shown in note B1.1, $(25) million (2020: $28 million; 2019: $(103) million) of short-term fluctuations on investment returns, $(35) million (2020: $(30) million; 2019: $(407) million) from corporate transactions as shown in note D1.1 and related tax of $(21) million (2020: nil; 2019: $154 million).
B2 Acquisition costs and other expenditure
Notes
(i) | Included in total administration costs and other expenditure from continuing operations is depreciation of property, plant and equipment of $(169) million (2020: $(186) million; 2019: $(186) million), of which $(123) million (2020: $(134) million; 2019: $(126) million) relates to the right-of-use assets recognised under IFRS 16. The 2020 amount also included a credit of $770 million for the commission arising from the reinsurance transaction entered into by the Hong Kong business during the year. |
(ii) | Administration costs and other expenditure from continuing operations includes fee expenses relating to financial liabilities held at amortised cost and are part of the determination of the effective interest rate. |
(iii) | Total depreciation and amortisation expense from continuing operations are included in ‘Acquisition costs incurred for insurance policies’, ‘Administration costs and other expenditure’ and ‘Amortisation of acquisition costs’ and relates primarily to amortisation of DAC of insurance contracts and distribution rights intangibles. The segmental analysis of depreciation and amortisation is shown below. |
213
(iv) | Interest expense is included in ‘Administration costs and other expenditure’ other than interest on core structural borrowings that is presented separately on the income statement as finance costs. Interest expense of the central operations amounted to $(331) million (2020: $(334) million; 2019: $(523) million) comprising $(328) million (2020: $(316) million; 2019: $(496) million) of interest on core structural borrowings and $(3) million of interest on lease liabilities (2020: $(4) million; 2019: $(2) million) and nil (2020: $(14) million; 2019: $(25) million) of interest on other operational borrowings. The interest expense of the other segments of $(10) million (2020: $(13) million; 2019: $(13) million) comprises wholly of interest on lease liabilities and is distributed evenly across these segments. |
Excluding interest on lease liabilities, the interest expense of the continuing operations of $(328) million (2020: $(330) million; 2019: $(521) million) relates to interest on financial liabilities that are not at fair value through profit and loss.
214
B2.1 Staff and employment costs
The average number of staff employed by the Group, for both continuing and discontinued operations, during the years shown was:
Notes
(i) | The Asia and Africa operations staff numbers above exclude 440 (2020: 502; 2019: 346) commission-based sales staff who have an employment contract with the Company. |
(ii) | The ‘Head office function’ staff numbers include staff based in London and Hong Kong. |
(iii) | Average staff numbers of the discontinued operations were for the period up to the demerger in respective years. |
The costs of employment, for both continuing and discontinued operations, were:
* | Total costs of employment in the table above include staff costs of the discontinued operations for the period up to the demerger in respective years. |
215
B2.2 Share-based payment
The Group offers discretionary share awards to certain key employees and all-employee share plans in the UK and a number of Asia locations. The compensation expense charged to the income statement is primarily based upon the fair value of the awards granted, the vesting period and the vesting conditions. The Company has established trusts to facilitate the delivery of Prudential plc shares under some of these plans. The cost to the Company of acquiring these newly issued shares held in trusts is shown as a deduction from shareholders’ equity.
(a) Description of the plans
The Group operates a number of share award plans that provides Prudential plc shares, or ADRs, to participants upon vesting. The plans in operation include the Prudential Long Term Incentive Plan, the Prudential Annual Incentive Plan, savings-related share option schemes, share purchase plans and deferred bonus plans. Where Executive Directors participate in these plans, details about those schemes are provided in the Compensation and Employee section. The following information is provided about plans in which the Executive Directors do not participate:
216
(b) Outstanding options and awards
The following table shows the movement in outstanding options and awards under the Group’s share-based compensation plans:
On demerger of Jackson from the Prudential Group, outstanding share awards for Prudential plc participants were adjusted to receive the demerger dividend in the form of additional Prudential plc shares, to be released on the same timetable and to the same extent as their original share awards. In the case of the International Savings-Related Share Option Scheme for Non Employees the adjustments to outstanding options were confirmed as being fair and reasonable by an independent financial adviser in accordance with the rules of that plan and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules.
Employees of Jackson were granted replacement awards over Jackson shares, in exchange for existing Group awards outstanding under incentive plans. As designated replacement awards were granted, no cancellation was recognised in respect of the original awards. As the replacement awards are an obligation of Jackson these awards were derecognised by the Group on demerger.
Prior to the demerger in October 2019, employees of M&G plc were granted replacement awards over M&G plc shares, in exchange for existing Prudential Group awards outstanding under incentive plans. As designated replacement awards were granted, no cancellation was recognised in respect of the original awards. As the replacement awards were an obligation of M&G plc, these awards were derecognised by the Group on demerger. M&G plc employees with outstanding SAYE options on demerger were treated as ‘good leavers’, with both the vesting period and number of options exercisable curtailed on demerger.
The weighted average share price of Prudential plc for 2021 was £14.31 (2020: £11.64; 2019: £15.05).
The following table provides a summary of the range of exercise prices for Prudential plc options outstanding at 31 December:
217
The years shown above for weighted average remaining contractual life include the time period from end of vesting period to expiration of contract.
(c) Fair value of options and awards
The fair value amounts estimated on the date of grant relating to all options and awards were determined by using the following assumptions:
The compensation costs for all awards and options are recognised in net income over the plans’ respective vesting periods. The Group uses the Black-Scholes model to value all options, and financial equivalence to value all awards other than those which have TSR performance conditions attached (some Prudential LTIP and RSP awards) for which the Group uses a Monte Carlo model in order to allow for the impact of these conditions. These models are used to calculate fair values for share options and awards at the grant date based on the quoted market price of the stock at the measurement date, the amount, if any, that the employees are required to pay, the dividend yield, expected volatility, risk-free interest rates and exercise prices.
For all options and awards, the expected volatility is based on the market implied volatilities as quoted on Bloomberg. The Prudential specific at-the-money implied volatilities are adjusted to allow for the different terms and discounted exercise price on SAYE options by using information on the volatility surface of the FTSE 100.
Risk-free interest rates are taken from swap spot rates with projection terms matching the corresponding vesting periods. For awards with a TSR condition, volatilities and correlations between Prudential and a basket of 12 competitor companies is required. For grants in 2021, the average volatility for the basket of competitors was 23.62 per cent (2020: 41.40 per cent; 2019: 23.10 per cent). Correlations for the basket are calculated for each pairing from the log of daily TSR returns for the three years prior to the valuation date. Market implied volatilities are used for both Prudential and the basket of competitors. Changes to the subjective input assumptions could materially affect the fair value estimate.
Other awards, without market performance conditions or exercise price, are valued based on grant date share price.
(d) Share-based payment expense charged to the income statement
The total expense for continuing operations recognised in 2021 in the consolidated financial statements relating to share-based compensation is $100 million (2020: $103 million; 2019: $100 million), of which $94 million (2020: $97 million; 2019: $100 million) is accounted for as equity-settled.
The Group had $32 million of liabilities at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: $32 million) relating to share-based payment awards accounted for as cash-settled.
218
B2.3 Key management remuneration
Key management constitutes the Directors of Prudential plc, as they have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, and other non-director members of the Group Executive Committee.
Total key management remuneration is analysed in the following table:
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 $m |
| 2019 $m | |
Salaries and short-term benefits |
| 29.3 |
| 20.0 |
| 25.2 |
Post-employment benefits |
| 1.4 |
| 1.2 |
| 1.5 |
Share-based payments |
| 14.0 |
| 14.6 |
| 13.1 |
Payments on separation | 23.5 | — | — | |||
| 68.2 |
| 35.8 |
| 39.8 |
The share-based payments charge comprises $7.5 million (2020: $10.7 million; 2019: $8.4 million), which is determined in accordance with IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ (see note B2.2) and $6.5 million (2020: $3.9 million; 2019: $4.8 million) of deferred share awards.
B2.4 Fees payable to the auditor
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 $m |
| 2019 $m | |
Audit of the Company's annual accounts | 2.4 | 2.3 | 2.2 | |||
Audit of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation |
| 5.9 |
| 9.2 |
| 9.5 |
Audit fees payable to the auditor | 8.3 | 11.5 | 11.7 | |||
Audit-related assurance servicesnote (i) | 4.5 | 3.5 | 5.7 | |||
Other assurance services |
| 1.1 |
| 0.7 |
| 5.7 |
Services relating to corporate finance transactions |
| 1.6 |
| 0.3 |
| 7.3 |
Non-audit fees payable to the auditor | 7.2 | 4.5 | 18.7 | |||
Total fees payable to the auditor |
| 15.5 |
| 16.0 |
| 30.4 |
Analysed into: | ||||||
Fees payable to the auditor attributable to continuing operations: | ||||||
One-off non-audit services associated with demerger of the US operations and public offeringnote (ii) | 1.9 | 0.4 | — | |||
Non-audit services associated with the demerger of the UK and Europe operationsnote (iii) | — | — | 11.7 | |||
Other audit and non-audit services | 11.3 | 9.5 | 15.3 | |||
13.2 | 9.9 | 27.0 | ||||
Fees payable to the auditor attributable to discontinued US operations | 2.3 | 6.1 | — | |||
Non-audit services associated with the demerger of the UK and Europe operations | — | — | 3.4 | |||
15.5 | 16.0 | 30.4 |
Notes
(i) | Of the audit-related assurance service fees of $4.5 million in 2021 (2020: $3.5 million; 2019: $5.7 million), $0.6 million (2020: $0.7 million; 2019: £1.1 million) relates to services that are required by law and regulation. |
(ii) | Of the $1.9 million one-off non-audit services fees associated with the demerger of the US operations and the public offering in Hong Kong in 2021, $0.1 million was for audit-related assurance and $0.1 million for other assurance services required by law and regulation. |
(iii) | Of the $11.7 million one-off non-audit services fees in 2019 associated with the demerger of the UK and Europe operations, $4.4 million was for other assurance services required by regulation and $7.3 million was for services relating to corporate finance transactions. |
(iv) | In addition to the amounts shown above, in 2019 there were fees incurred by pension schemes of $0.1 million for audit services. These pension schemes were transferred to the discontinued UK and Europe operations (M&G plc) in 2019 as part of the demerger. |
219
B3 Tax charge from continuing operations
Prudential is subject to tax in numerous jurisdictions and the calculation of the total tax charge inherently involves a degree of estimation and judgement. Current tax expense is charged or credited based upon amounts estimated to be payable or recoverable as a result of taxable amounts for the current year and adjustments made in relation to prior years. The positions taken in tax returns where applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation are recognised in full in the determination of the tax charge in the financial statements if the Group considers that it is probable that the taxation authority will accept those positions. Otherwise, provisions are established based on the likely amount of the liability, or recovery, by providing for the single best estimate of the most likely outcome or the weighted average expected value where there are multiple outcomes.
The total tax charge includes tax expense attributable to both policyholders and shareholders. The tax expense attributable to policyholders comprises the tax on the income of the consolidated with-profits and unit-linked funds. In certain jurisdictions, life insurance companies are taxed on both their shareholders' profits and on their policyholders' insurance and investment returns on certain insurance and investment products. Although both types of tax are included in the total tax charge in the Group’s consolidated income statement, they are presented separately in the consolidated income statement to provide the most relevant information about tax that the Group pays on its profits.
Deferred taxes are provided under the liability method for all relevant temporary differences. IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’ does not require all temporary differences to be provided for, in particular, the Group does not provide for deferred tax on undistributed earnings of subsidiaries where the Group is able to control the timing of the distribution and the temporary difference created is not expected to reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets are only recognised when it is more likely than not that future taxable profits will be available against which these losses can be utilised.
Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realised or the liability settled, based on tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or are substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period.
B3.1 Total tax charge by nature
The total tax charge from continuing operations in the income statement is as follows:
Profit before tax includes Prudential's share of profit after tax from the joint ventures and associates that are equity-accounted for. Therefore, the actual tax charge in the income statement does not include tax arising from the results of joint ventures and associates including CPL.
The reconciliation of the expected to actual tax charge attributable to shareholders is provided in B3.2 below. The tax charge attributable to policyholders of $(342) million (2020: $(271) million; 2019: $(365) million) above is equal to the profit before tax attributable to policyholders. This is the result of accounting for policyholder income after the deduction of expenses and movement on unallocated surpluses on an after-tax basis.
220
The total tax (charge) credit from continuing operations comprises:
221
B3.2Reconciliation of shareholder effective tax rate
In the reconciliation below, the expected tax rate reflects the corporation tax rates that are expected to apply to the taxable profit or loss of the continuing operations. It reflects the corporation tax rates of each jurisdiction weighted by reference to the amount of profit or loss contributing to the aggregate result from continuing operations.
Notes
(i) | ‘Non-operating (loss) profit’ is used to refer to items excluded from adjusted operating profit and includes short-term investment fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed business, corporate transactions and amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments. |
(ii) | Income not taxable or taxable at concessionary rates primarily relates to non-taxable investment income in Singapore and Malaysia. |
(iii) | Items related to taxation of life insurance businesses primarily relates to Hong Kong where the taxable profit is computed as 5 per cent of net insurance premiums. |
(iv) | The unrecognised tax losses reconciling amount reflects losses arising where it is unlikely that relief for the losses will be available in future periods. |
(v) | Profit before tax includes Prudential’s share of profit after tax from the joint ventures and associates. Therefore, the actual tax charge does not include tax arising from profit or loss of joint ventures and associates and is reflected as a reconciling item. |
222
(vi) | The Group incurs withholding tax on remittances received from certain jurisdictions and on certain investment income. Where these withholding taxes cannot be offset against corporate income tax or otherwise recovered, they represent a cost to the Group. Irrecoverable withholding tax on remittances is included in Other operations and is not allocated to any segment. Irrecoverable withholding tax on investment income is included in the relevant segment where the investment income is reflected. |
(vii) | The statement of financial position contains the following provisions in relation to open tax matters: |
(viii) | The actual tax rates of the relevant business operations are shown below: |
2020 % | |||||||||||||||||
|
| Growth | Total |
| |||||||||||||
Hong | markets | Other | attributable to | ||||||||||||||
Kong | Indonesia | Malaysia | Singapore | and other | Eastspring | operations | shareholders |
| |||||||||
Tax rate on adjusted operating profit |
| 3 | % | 24 | % | 18 | % | 14 | % | 22 | % | 11 | % | 0 | % | 18 | % |
Tax rate on profit before tax |
| 1 | % | 23 | % | 18 | % | 14 | % | 19 | % | 11 | % | 0 | % | 15 | % |
2019 % |
| ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
| Growth |
|
|
| Total |
| |||||||
Hong | markets and | Other | attributable to |
| |||||||||||||
Kong | Indonesia | Malaysia | Singapore | other | Eastspring | operations | shareholders |
| |||||||||
Tax rate on adjusted operating profit |
| 3 | % | 23 | % | 18 | % | 13 | % | 19 | % | 12 | % | 10 | % | 15 | % |
Tax rate on profit before tax |
| 3 | % | 23 | % | 19 | % | 14 | % | 14 | % | 12 | % | 10 | % | 12 | % |
B4 | Earnings per share |
2021 | |||||||||||||||
Net of tax | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
| Non- |
| and non- |
| Basic |
| Diluted | |||||
Before | controlling | controlling | earnings | earnings | |||||||||||
tax | Tax | interests | interests | per share | per share | ||||||||||
| Note |
| $m |
| $m | $m | $m | cents | cents | ||||||
Profit for the year |
|
|
|
|
| (2,042) |
| (77.7) | ¢ | (77.7) | ¢ | ||||
Loss from discontinued US operations | 4,234 | 161.1 | ¢ | 161.1 | ¢ | ||||||||||
Profit from continuing operations | 2,676 | (462) | (22) | 2,192 | 83.4 | ¢ | 83.4 | ¢ | |||||||
Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed business |
|
| 458 | (81) |
| 5 | 382 |
| 14.5 | ¢ | 14.5 | ¢ | |||
Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments |
|
| 5 |
| — |
| — | 5 |
| 0.2 | ¢ | 0.2 | ¢ | ||
Loss attaching to corporate transactions |
| D1.1 |
| 94 | (5) |
| — | 89 |
| 3.4 | ¢ | 3.4 | ¢ | ||
Adjusted operating profit | 3,233 |
| (548) |
| (17) | 2,668 |
| 101.5 | ¢ | 101.5 | ¢ |
223
2019 | |||||||||||||||
Net of tax | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
| Non- |
| and non- |
| Basic |
| Diluted | |||||
Before | controlling | controlling | earnings | earnings | |||||||||||
tax | Tax | interests | interests | per share | per share | ||||||||||
|
| $m |
| $m | $m | $m | cents | cents | |||||||
| Note |
| B1.1 |
| B3 |
|
|
| |||||||
Profit for the year |
|
|
| 783 |
| 30.3 | ¢ | 30.3 | ¢ | ||||||
Loss from discontinued US operations |
| D1.2 |
|
|
| 385 |
| 14.9 | ¢ | 14.9 | ¢ | ||||
Loss from discontinued UK and Europe operations | D1.3 | 1,161 | 44.8 | ¢ | 44.8 | ¢ | |||||||||
Profit from continuing operations |
| 2,654 |
| (316) |
| (9) | 2,329 |
| 90.0 | ¢ | 90.0 | ¢ | |||
Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed business | (554) | 2 | — | (552) | (21.3) | ¢ | (21.3) | ¢ | |||||||
Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments | 5 | — | — | 5 | 0.1 | ¢ | 0.1 | ¢ | |||||||
Gain attaching to corporate transactions | D1.1 |
| 142 | (24) | — | 118 | 4.6 | ¢ | 4.6 | ¢ | |||||
Adjusted operating profit |
| 2,247 |
| (338) |
| (9) | 1,900 |
| 73.4 | ¢ | 73.4 | ¢ |
Basic earnings per share are calculated based on earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders, after related tax and non-controlling interests, divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, excluding those held in employee share trusts, which are treated as cancelled. For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. The Group’s only class of potentially dilutive ordinary shares are those share options granted to employees where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year. No adjustment is made if the impact is anti-dilutive overall.
The weighted average number of shares for calculating basic and diluted earnings per share, which excludes those held in employee share trusts, is set out as below:
B5 Dividends
Demerger dividends from discontinued operations
On 13 September 2021, following approval by the Group's shareholders, Prudential plc demerged Jackson, its US operations, via a dividend in specie. At the point of the demerger, the Group retained a non-controlling holding of 19.7 per cent economic interest (19.9 per cent voting interest) in the total common stock of Jackson. As required by IFRIC 17 'Distributions of Non-Cash Assets to Owners', the dividend has been recorded at $1,735 million, being the fair value of those shares distributed to shareholders at the date of the demerger of Jackson.
On 21 October 2019, following approval by the Group's shareholders, Prudential plc demerged its UK and Europe operations (M&G plc) via a dividend in specie of $7,379 million. The presentation of discontinued UK and Europe operations is consistent with the methodology described above for discontinued US operations.
224
Other dividends
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||
Cents per | Cents per | Cents per | |||||||||||||
| share |
| $m |
| share |
| $m |
| share |
| $m | ||||
Dividends relating to reporting year: |
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||
First interim ordinary dividend |
| 5.37 | ¢ |
| 140 |
| 5.37 | ¢ |
| 140 |
| 20.29 | ¢ |
| 528 |
Second interim ordinary dividend |
| 11.86 | ¢ |
| 326 |
| 10.73 | ¢ |
| 280 |
| 25.97 | ¢ |
| 675 |
Total |
| 17.23 | ¢ |
| 466 |
| 16.10 | ¢ |
| 420 |
| 46.26 | ¢ |
| 1,203 |
Dividends paid in reporting year: |
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||
Current year first interim ordinary dividend |
| 5.37 | ¢ |
| 138 |
| 5.37 | ¢ |
| 140 |
| 20.29 | ¢ |
| 526 |
Second interim ordinary dividend for prior year |
| 10.73 | ¢ |
| 283 |
| 25.97 | ¢ |
| 674 |
| 42.89 | ¢ |
| 1,108 |
Total |
| 16.10 | ¢ |
| 421 |
| 31.34 | ¢ |
| 814 |
| 63.18 | ¢ |
| 1,634 |
First and second interim dividends are recorded in the period in which they are paid.
Dividend per share
The 2021 first interim dividend of 5.37 cents per ordinary share was paid to eligible shareholders on 28 September 2021.
On 13 May 2022, Prudential will pay a second interim dividend of 11.86 cents per ordinary share for the year ended 31 December 2021. The second interim dividend will be paid to shareholders included on the UK register at 6.00pm BST and to shareholders on the HK register at 4.30pm Hong Kong time on 25 March 2022 (Record Date), and also to the Holders of US American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) as at 25 March 2022. The second interim dividend will be paid on or about 20 May 2022 to shareholders with shares standing to the credit of their securities accounts with The Central Depository (Pte) Limited (CDP) at 5.00pm Singapore time on the Record Date.
Shareholders holding shares on the UK or Hong Kong share registers will continue to receive their dividend payments in either GBP or HKD respectively, unless they elect otherwise. Shareholders holding shares on the UK or Hong Kong registers may elect to receive dividend payments in USD. Elections must be made through the relevant UK or Hong Kong share registrar on or before 21 April 2022. The corresponding amount per share in GBP and HKD is expected to be announced on or about 28 April 2022. The USD to GBP and HKD conversion rates will be determined by the actual rates achieved by Prudential buying those currencies prior to the subsequent announcement.
Holders of ADRs will continue to receive their dividend payments in USD. Shareholders holding an interest in Prudential shares through CDP in Singapore will continue to receive their dividend payments in SGD at an exchange rate determined by CDP.
Shareholders on the UK register are eligible to participate in a Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
C Financial position
C1 Group assets and liabilities by business type
The analysis below is structured to show the investments and other assets and liabilities of the Group by reference to the differing degrees of policyholder and shareholder economic interest of the different types of business.
Debt securities are analysed below according to the issuing government for sovereign debt and to credit ratings for the rest of the securities. The Group uses the middle of the Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch ratings, where available. Where ratings are not available from these rating agencies, local external rating agencies’ ratings and lastly internal ratings have been used. Securities with none of the ratings listed above are classified as unrated and included under the ‘below BBB- and unrated’ category. The total securities from continuing operations (excluding sovereign debt) that were unrated at 31 December 2021 were $1,130 million (31 December 2020: $780 million). Additionally, government debt is shown separately from the rating breakdowns in order to provide a more focused view of the credit portfolio.
225
In the table below, AAA is the highest possible rating. Investment grade financial assets are classified within the range of AAA to BBB- ratings. Financial assets which fall outside this range are classified as below BBB-.
226
Notes
(i) | ‘With-profits’ comprises the with-profits assets and liabilities of the Hong Kong, Malaysia and Singapore operations. ‘Other’ includes assets and liabilities of other participating business and other non-linked shareholder-backed business. 'Unit-linked' comprises the assets and liabilities held in the unit-linked funds. |
(ii) | Of the Group’s debt securities, the following amounts were held by the consolidated investment funds from continuing operations. |
31 Dec 2021 $m | 31 Dec 2020 $m | |||
| Total |
| Total | |
Debt securities held by consolidated investment funds from continuing operations | 15,076 | 15,928 |
(iii) | Other financial investments comprise derivative assets and deposits. For the discontinued US operations, other financial investments in 2020 also included private equity investments in limited partnerships. |
227
(iv) | The credit ratings, information or data contained in this report which are attributed and specifically provided by Standard & Poor's, Moody's and Fitch Solutions and their respective affiliates and suppliers ('Content Providers') is referred to here as the 'Content'. Reproduction of any Content in any form is prohibited except with the prior written permission of the relevant party. The Content Providers do not guarantee the accuracy, adequacy, completeness, timeliness or availability of any Content and are not responsible for any errors or omissions (negligent or otherwise), regardless of the cause, or for the results obtained from the use of such Content. The Content Providers expressly disclaim liability for any damages, costs, expenses, legal fees, or losses (including lost income or lost profit and opportunity costs) in connection with any use of the Content. A reference to a particular investment or security, a rating or any observation concerning an investment that is part of the Content is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold any such investment or security, nor does it address the suitability of an investment or security and should not be relied on as investment advice. |
(v) | Of the total financial investments from continuing operations of $168,479 million as at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: $155,593 million), $71,524 million (31 December 2020: $66,138 million) are expected to be recovered within one year, including equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes. |
(vi) | Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash at bank and in hand, deposits held at call with banks, treasury bills and other short-term highly liquid investments with less than 90 days maturity from the date of acquisition and are analysed as follows: |
* | The Group’s cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations are held in the following currencies as at 31 December 2021: USD 46 per cent, GBP 20 per cent, HKD 3 per cent, SGD 3 per cent, MYR 9 per cent and other currencies 19 per cent (31 December 2020: USD 48 per cent, GBP 19 per cent, HKD 4 per cent, SGD 4 per cent, MYR 10 per cent and other currencies 15 per cent). |
(vii) | Of total ‘Other assets’ from continuing operations, there are: |
- | Property, plant and equipment (PPE) of $478 million at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: $584 million). Movements in the PPE including right-of-use assets are provided in note C11; and |
- | Accrued investment income and other debtors, which are analysed as follows: |
228
(viii) | Within ’Other liabilities’ from continuing operations are accruals, deferred income and other liabilities of $7,983 million (31 December 2020: $8,445 million), which are analysed as follows (detailed maturity analysis is provided in note C2.3): |
C2 Fair value measurement
The Group holds financial investments in accordance with IAS 39, whereby subject to specific criteria, financial instruments are required to be accounted for under one of the following categories:
- | Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss – this comprises assets and liabilities designated by management as fair value through profit or loss on inception and derivatives. This includes instruments that are managed and the performance evaluated on a fair value basis, including liabilities related to net assets attributable to unit holders of consolidated investment funds and policyholder liabilities for investment contracts without discretionary participation features. All investments within this category are measured at fair value with all changes thereon being recognised in investment return in the income statement. |
- | Financial investments on an available-for-sale basis – this comprises assets that are designated by management as available-for-sale and/or do not fall into any of the other categories. These assets are initially recognised at fair value plus attributable transaction costs and are subsequently measured at fair value. Interest and/or dividend income is recognised in the income statement. Unrealised gains and losses are recognised in other comprehensive income. Upon disposal or impairment, accumulated unrealised gains and losses are transferred from other comprehensive income to the income statement as realised gains or losses. Up until the demerger of Jackson in 2021, the majority of the debt securities held by Jackson were designated as ‘available-for-sale’ in the Group's financial statement. Subsequent to the demerger, the Group has designated its retained interest in Jackson (as described in note D1.2) as ‘available-for-sale’ equity securities. |
- | Loans and receivables – except for those designated as fair value through profit or loss or available-for-sale, these instruments comprise non-quoted investments that have fixed or determinable payments. These instruments include loans collateralised by mortgages, deposits, loans to policyholders and other unsecured loans and receivables. These investments are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs. Subsequently, these instruments are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument or, when appropriate, a shorter period to the net carrying amount of the financial asset. When assets held at amortised cost are subject to impairment testing, estimated future cash flows are compared to the carrying value of the asset. The estimated future cash flows are discounted using the financial asset's original or variable effective interest rate and exclude credit losses that have not yet been incurred. If, in subsequent periods, an impaired loan or receivable recovers in value (in part or in full) and this recovery can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment, then any amount determined to have been recovered is reversed through the income statement. |
The Group uses the trade date method to account for regular purchases and sales of financial assets.
C2.1 Determination of fair value
The fair values of the financial instruments for which fair valuation is required under IFRS Standards are determined by the use of current market bid prices for exchange-quoted investments, or by using quotations from independent third parties, such as brokers and pricing services or by using appropriate valuation techniques.
229
The estimated fair value of derivative financial instruments reflects the estimated amount the Group would receive or pay in an arm's-length transaction. This amount is determined using quoted prices if exchange listed, quotations from independent third parties or valued internally using standard market practices.
Other than the loans which have been designated at fair value through profit or loss, the carrying value of loans and receivables is presented net of provisions for impairment. The fair value of loans is estimated from discounted cash flows expected to be received. The discount rate used is updated for the market rate of interest where applicable.
The fair value of the subordinated and senior debt issued by the parent company is determined using quoted prices from independent third parties.
The fair value of financial liabilities (other than subordinated debt, senior debt and derivative financial instruments) is determined using discounted cash flows of the amounts expected to be paid.
Valuation approach for level 2 fair valued assets and liabilities
A significant proportion of the Group’s level 2 assets are corporate bonds, structured securities and other non-national government debt securities. These assets, in line with market practice, are generally valued using a designated independent pricing service or quote from third-party brokers. These valuations are subject to a number of monitoring controls, such as comparison to multiple pricing sources where available, monthly price variances, stale price reviews and variance analysis on prices achieved on subsequent trades.
When prices are not available from pricing services, quotes are sourced directly from brokers. Prudential seeks to obtain a number of quotes from different brokers so as to obtain the most comprehensive information available on their executability. The selected quote is the one which best represents an executable quote for the security at the measurement date.
Generally, no adjustment is made to the prices obtained from independent third parties. Adjustments are made in only limited circumstances, where it is determined that the third-party valuations obtained do not reflect fair value (eg either because the value is stale and/or the values are extremely diverse in range). Securities valued in such manner are classified as level 3 where these significant inputs are not based on observable market data.
Valuation approach for level 3 fair valued assets and liabilities
Investments valued using valuation techniques include financial investments which by their nature do not have an externally quoted price based on regular trades, and financial investments for which markets are no longer active as a result of market conditions, eg market illiquidity.
The Group’s valuation policies, procedures and analyses for instruments categorised as level 3 are overseen by Business Unit committees as part of the Group’s wider financial reporting governance processes. The procedures undertaken include approval of valuation methodologies, verification processes, and resolution of significant or complex valuation issues. In addition, the Group has minimum standards for independent price verification to ensure valuation accuracy is regularly independently verified. Adherence to this policy is monitored across the business units.
C2.2Fair value measurement hierarchy of Group assets and liabilities
(a) | Assets and liabilities carried at fair value on the statement of financial position |
The table below shows the assets and liabilities carried at fair value analysed by level of the IFRS 13 'Fair Value Measurement' defined fair value hierarchy. This hierarchy is based on the inputs to the fair value measurement and reflects the lowest level input that is significant to that measurement.
All assets and liabilities held at fair value are classified as fair value through profit or loss, except for $909 million of financial assets classified as available-for-sale at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: nil for continuing operations), of which $683 million related to the Group’s retained interest in Jackson’s equity securities. All assets and liabilities held at fair value are measured on a recurring basis. As of 31 December 2021, the Group did not have any financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.
230
Financial instruments at fair value
31 Dec 2021 $m |
| ||||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 |
| ||||||
| Quoted prices | Valuation based | Valuation based |
| |||||
(unadjusted) | on significant | on significant |
| ||||||
in active | observable | unobservable |
| ||||||
| markets |
| market inputs |
| market inputs |
| Total |
| |
Continuing operations |
|
| note (i) |
| note (ii) |
| |||
Loans |
| — | 616 | 5 | 621 | ||||
Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes |
| 54,107 | 6,917 | 577 | 61,601 | ||||
Debt securities |
| 76,049 | 22,987 | 58 | 99,094 | ||||
Other investments (including derivative assets) |
| 359 | 122 | — | 481 | ||||
Derivative liabilities |
| (146) | (116) | — | (262) | ||||
Total financial investments, net of derivative liabilities |
| 130,369 | 30,526 | 640 | 161,535 | ||||
Investment contract liabilities without discretionary participation features |
| — | (814) | — | (814) | ||||
Net asset value attributable to unit holders of consolidated investment funds |
| (5,618) | (46) | — | (5,664) | ||||
Total financial instruments at fair value for continuing operations |
| 124,751 | 29,666 | 640 | 155,057 | ||||
Percentage of total ()% | 81 | % | 19 | % | 0 | % | 100 | % | |
Analysed by business type: | |||||||||
Financial investments, net of derivative liabilities at fair value | |||||||||
With-profits | 82,489 | 15,438 | 506 | 98,433 | |||||
Unit-linked | 24,024 | 2,343 | 5 | 26,372 | |||||
Non-linked shareholder-backed business | 23,856 | 12,745 | 129 | 36,730 | |||||
Total financial investments net of derivative liabilities, at fair value | 130,369 | 30,526 | 640 | 161,535 | |||||
Percentage of total continuing operations ()% | 81 | % | 19 | % | 0 | % | 100 | % | |
Total financial investments, net of derivative liabilities at fair value | 130,369 | 30,526 | 640 | 161,535 | |||||
Other financial liabilities at fair value | (5,618) | (860) | — | (6,478) | |||||
Group total financial instruments at fair value | 124,751 | 29,666 | 640 | 155,057 |
31 Dec 2020 $m |
| ||||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 |
| ||||||
Quoted prices | Valuation based | Valuation based |
| ||||||
(unadjusted) | on significant | on significant |
| ||||||
in active | observable | unobservable |
| ||||||
| markets |
| market inputs |
| market inputs |
| Total |
| |
|
| note (i) |
| note (ii) |
| ||||
Loans |
| — |
| 416 |
| 3,461 |
| 3,877 | |
Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes |
| 272,863 |
| 5,224 |
| 548 |
| 278,635 | |
Debt securities |
| 75,998 |
| 49,769 |
| 62 |
| 125,829 | |
Other investments (including derivative assets) |
| 123 |
| 2,477 |
| 1,866 |
| 4,466 | |
Derivative liabilities |
| (298) |
| (184) |
| — |
| (482) | |
Total financial investments, net of derivative liabilities |
| 348,686 |
| 57,702 |
| 5,937 |
| 412,325 | |
Investment contract liabilities without discretionary participation features |
| — |
| (792) |
| — |
| (792) |
|
Net asset value attributable to unit holders of consolidated investment funds |
| (5,464) |
| (17) |
| (494) |
| (5,975) |
|
Other financial liabilities held at fair value |
| - |
| - |
| (3,589) |
| (3,589) |
|
Total financial instruments at fair value |
| 343,222 |
| 56,893 |
| 1,854 |
| 401,969 |
|
Percentage of total ()% | 86 | % | 14 | % | 0 | % | 100 | % | |
Analysed by business type: | |||||||||
Financial investments, net of derivative liabilities at fair value, from continuing operations: | |||||||||
With-profits | 78,203 | 11,481 | 395 | 90,079 | |||||
Unit-linked | 25,144 | 1,075 | - | 26,219 | |||||
Non-linked shareholder-backed business | 20,999 | 12,068 | 89 | 33,156 | |||||
Total financial investments, net of derivative liabilities at fair value | 124,346 | 24,624 | 484 | 149,454 | |||||
Other financial liabilities at fair value | (5,464) | (809) | - | (6,273) | |||||
Total financial instruments, net of derivative liabilities, at fair value from continuing operations | 118,882 | 23,815 | 484 | 143,181 | |||||
Percentage of total continuing operations ()% | 83 | % | 17 | % | 0 | % | 100 | % | |
Total financial instruments, net of derivative liabilities, at fair value from discontinued US operations | 224,340 | 33,078 | 1,370 | 258,788 | |||||
Group total financial instruments at fair value | 343,222 | 56,893 | 1,854 | 401,969 |
231
Notes
(i) | For continuing operations, of the total level 2 debt securities of $22,987 million at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: $18,868 million), $24 million (31 December 2020: $140 million) are valued internally. |
(ii) | At 31 December 2021, the Group held $640 million (31 December 2020: $484 million) of net financial instruments at fair value within level 3 from continuing operations. This represents less than 0.5 per cent of the total fair valued financial assets, net of financial liabilities, for both years. |
Of this amount, equity securities from continuing operations of $1 million (31 December 2020: $2 million) are internally valued, representing less than 0.1 per cent of the total fair valued financial assets net of financial liabilities for both years. Internal valuations are inherently more subjective than external valuations. The $640 million from continuing operations (31 December 2020: $484 million) referred to above includes the following items:
- | Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes of $577 million (31 December 2020: $445 million) consisting primarily of property and infrastructure funds held by the participating funds, which are externally valued using the net asset value of the invested entities; and |
- | Other sundry individual financial instruments of a net asset of $63 million (31 December 2020: net asset of $39 million). |
Of the net assets from continuing operations of $640 million (31 December 2020: $484 million) referred to above:
- | A net asset of $506 million (31 December 2020: $395 million) is held by the participating funds and therefore shareholders’ profit and equity are not impacted by movements in the valuation of these financial instruments; and |
- | A net asset of $129 million (31 December 2020: $89 million) is held to support non-linked shareholder-backed business, of which $112 million (31 December 2020: $89 million) are externally valued and are therefore inherently less subjective than internal valuations. If the value of all these level 3 financial instruments decreased by 20 per cent, the change in valuation would be $(26) million (31 December 2020: $(18) million), which would reduce shareholders’ equity by this amount before tax. All of this amount would pass through the income statement substantially as part of short-term fluctuations in investment returns outside of adjusted operating profit. |
(b) Transfers into and out of levels
The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers into and out of levels as of the end of each reporting period except for material transfers which are recognised as of the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer. Transfers are deemed to have occurred when there is a material change in the observed valuation inputs or a change in the level of trading activities of the securities.
During 2021, the transfers between levels within the Group’s portfolio, were primarily transfers from level 1 to level 2 of $3,789 million (31 December 2020: $3,927 million) and transfers from level 2 to level 1 of $1,742 million (31 December 2020: $1,631 million). These transfers which relate to equity securities and debt securities arose to reflect the change in the observed valuation inputs and in certain cases, the change in the level of trading activities of the securities. There were transfers out of level 3 of $12 million (31 December 2020: nil) and into level 3 of $30 million (31 December 2020: $32 million) in the year.
Reconciliation of movements in level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value
The following table reconciles the value of level 3 fair valued assets and liabilities at 1 January 2021 to that presented at 31 December 2021.
232
Total investment return recorded in the income statement represents interest and dividend income, realised gains and losses, unrealised gains and losses on the assets classified at fair value through profit and loss and foreign exchange movements on an individual entity’s overseas investments. Total gains (losses) recorded in other comprehensive income largely comprises the translation of investments into the Group's presentational currency of US dollars.
2020 $m | ||||||||||||
| Net asset | |||||||||||
value | ||||||||||||
Equity | attributable | |||||||||||
securities | to unit | |||||||||||
and holdings | holders of | |||||||||||
in collective | consolidated | |||||||||||
Reconciliation of movements in level 3 assets | investment | Debt | investment | US | ||||||||
and liabilities measured at fair value |
| Loans |
| schemes |
| securities |
| funds |
| (discont’d) |
| Group total |
Balance at 1 Jan |
| — |
| 264 |
| 6 |
| (2) |
| 1,140 |
| 1,408 |
Total gains (losses) in income statementnote |
| — |
| 49 |
| (5) |
| 2 |
| (72) |
| (26) |
Total gains (losses) recorded in other comprehensive income |
| — |
| 9 |
| — |
| — |
| (2) |
| 7 |
Purchases |
| — |
| 255 |
| — |
| — |
| 363 |
| 618 |
Sales |
| — |
| (132) |
| — |
| — |
| (123) |
| (255) |
Issues | 6 | — | — | — | (204) | (198) | ||||||
Settlements |
| — |
| — |
| — |
| — |
| 247 |
| 247 |
Transfers into level 3 |
| — |
| — |
| 32 |
| — |
| 21 |
| 53 |
Balance at 31 Dec |
| 6 |
| 445 |
| 33 |
| — |
| 1,370 |
| 1,854 |
Note
Of the total net gain in the income statement of $2 million from continuing operations in 2021 (2020: $46 million), $2 million (2020: $12 million) relates to net unrealised gains and losses of financial instruments still held at the end of the year, which can be analysed as follows:
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 $m | |
Loans | (1) | — | ||
Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes |
| 6 |
| 11 |
Debt securities |
| (3) |
| 1 |
Total continuing operations |
| 2 |
| 12 |
233
(c)Assets and liabilities at amortised cost and their fair value
The table below shows the financial assets and liabilities carried at amortised cost on the statement of financial position and their fair value. Cash deposits, accrued income, other debtors, accruals, deferred income and other liabilities are excluded from the analysis below, as these are carried at amortised cost which approximates fair value.
The fair value of the assets and liabilities in the table above, with the exception of the subordinated and senior debt issued by the parent company, has been estimated from the discounted cash flows expected to be received or paid. Where appropriate, the observable market interest rate has been used and the assets and liabilities are classified within level 2. Otherwise, they are included as level 3 assets or liabilities. The fair value of the subordinated and senior debt issued by the parent company is determined using quoted prices from independent third parties.
234
C2.3Additional information on financial instruments
(a) | Financial risk |
Liquidity analysis
Contractual maturities of financial liabilities on an undiscounted cash flow basis
The following table sets out the contractual maturities for applicable classes of financial liabilities, excluding derivative liabilities and investment contracts that are separately presented. The financial liabilities are included in the column relating to the contractual maturities of the undiscounted cash flows (including contractual interest payments) based on the earliest period in which the Group can be required to pay assuming conditions are consistent with those of year end.
* | On 20 January 2022, US$1,725 million of notes in core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses were redeemed. As of 31 December 2021, these amounts have been included as having a contractual maturity of 1 year or less in the table above. |
Maturity analysis of derivatives
The following table shows the carrying value of the gross and net derivative positions from continuing operations.
Carrying value of net derivatives $m | ||||||
Net | ||||||
Derivative | Derivative | derivative | ||||
| assets |
| liabilities |
| position | |
31 Dec 2021 |
| 481 | (262) | 219 | ||
31 Dec 2020 |
| 379 |
| (439) |
| (60) |
All net derivatives have been included at fair value due within one year or less, representing the basis on which they are managed (ie to manage principally asset or liability value exposures). The Group has no cash flow hedges and, in general, contractual maturities are not considered essential for an understanding of the timing of the cash flows for these instruments.
235
Maturity analysis of investment contracts
The table below shows the maturity profile for investment contracts based on undiscounted cash flow projections of expected benefit payments from continuing operations.
The undiscounted cash flows in the maturity profile shown above excludes contracts which have no stated maturity but which are repayable on demand.
Most investment contracts have options to surrender early, often subject to surrender or other penalties. Therefore, most contracts can be said to have a contractual maturity of less than one year, but the additional charges and term of the contracts mean these are unlikely to be exercised in practice and the more useful information is to present information on expected payment.
The vast majority of the Group’s financial assets are held to back the Group’s policyholder liabilities. Although asset/liability matching is an important component of managing policyholder liabilities (both those classified as insurance and those classified as investments), this profile is mainly relevant for managing market risk rather than liquidity risk. Within each business unit, this asset/liability matching is performed on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis.
In terms of liquidity risk, a large proportion of the policyholder liabilities contain discretionary surrender values or surrender charges, meaning that many of the Group’s liabilities are expected to be held for the long term. Much of the Group’s investment portfolios are in marketable securities, which can therefore be converted quickly to liquid assets.
For the reasons provided above, an analysis of the Group’s assets by contractual maturity is not considered meaningful to evaluate the nature and extent of the Group’s liquidity risk.
Credit risk
The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk of financial instruments before any allowance for collateral or allocation of losses to policyholders is represented by the carrying value of financial instruments on the balance sheet that have exposures to credit risk comprising cash and cash equivalents, deposits, debt securities, loans and derivative assets, accrued investment income and other debtors. The collateral in place in relation to derivatives is described in note (c) below. The Group’s exposure to credit risk is further discussed in the Risk review report.
Of the total loans and receivables from continuing operations held at 31 December 2021, $7 million (31 December 2020: $8 million) are past their due date but are not impaired, of which $2 million are less than one year past their due date (31 December 2020: $1 million). The Group expects full recovery of these loans and receivables.
There are no financial assets that would have been past due or impaired had the terms not been renegotiated in both years.
In addition, the Group did not take possession of any other collateral held as security in both years.
Further details of collateral in place in relation to derivatives, securities lending, repurchase agreements and other transactions are provided in note (c) below.
236
Foreign exchange risk
As at 31 December 2021, the Group held 26 per cent (31 December 2020: 24 per cent) of its financial assets and 63 per cent (31 December 2020: 57 per cent) of its financial liabilities from continuing operations in currencies mainly USD, other than the functional currency of the relevant business units or the currency to which the functional currency is pegged (eg financial assets and liabilities of USD denominated business in Hong Kong). The exchange risks inherent in these exposures are mitigated through the use of derivatives, mainly forward currency contracts and currency swaps as described in note (b) below.
The amount of exchange loss recognised in the income statement from continuing operations in 2021, except for those arising on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss, is $132 million (2020: $33 million; 2019: $72 million).
(b) Derivatives and hedging
Derivative financial instruments are used to reduce or manage investment, interest rate and currency exposures, to facilitate efficient portfolio management and for investment purposes.
The Group does not regularly seek to apply fair value or cash flow hedging treatment under IAS 39. The Group has no net investment, fair value or cash flow hedges under IAS 39 at 31 December 2021 and 2020. All derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments are carried at fair value, with movements in fair value being recorded in the income statement.
Embedded derivatives are embedded within other non-derivative host financial instruments and insurance contracts to create hybrid instruments. Embedded derivatives meeting the definition of an insurance contract are accounted for under IFRS 4. Where economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivatives are not closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host instrument, and where the hybrid instrument is not measured at fair value with the changes in fair value recognised in the income statement, the embedded derivative is required to be bifurcated and carried at fair value as a derivative measured in accordance with IAS 39.
In addition, the Group applies the option under IFRS 4 to not separate and fair value surrender options embedded in host contracts and with-profits investment contracts whose strike price is either a fixed amount or a fixed amount plus interest.
Derivatives held and their purpose
The Group enters into a variety of exchange traded and over-the-counter derivative financial instruments, including futures, options, forward contracts, swaps and swaptions.
All over-the-counter derivative transactions are conducted under standardised ISDA (International Swaps and Derivatives Association Inc) master agreements and collateral agreements are in place between the individual entities and relevant counterparties under each of these market master agreements.
Derivatives are used for efficient portfolio management to obtain cost effective and management of exposure to various markets in accordance with the Group’s investment strategies and to manage exposure to interest rate, currency, credit and other business risks. The Group also uses interest rate derivatives to reduce exposure to interest rate volatility.
(c) Derecognition, collateral and offsetting
Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities
The Group’s policy is to derecognise financial assets when it is deemed that substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred.
The Group derecognises financial liabilities only when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or has expired.
237
Reverse repurchase agreements
The Group is party to various reverse repurchase agreements under which securities are purchased from third parties with an obligation to resell the securities. The securities are not recognised as investments in the statement of financial position but the right to receive the cash paid is recognised as deposits.
The Group has entered into reverse repurchase transactions under which it purchased securities and had taken on the obligation to resell the securities. At 31 December 2021, the fair value of the collateral held in respect of these transactions, which is represented by the purchased securities, was $2,149 million (31 December 2020: $602 million from continuing operations; $1 million from discontinued operations).
Securities lending and repurchase agreements
The Group is also party to various securities lending agreements (including repurchase agreements) under which securities are loaned to third parties on a short-term basis. The loaned securities are not derecognised; rather, they continue to be recognised within the appropriate investment classification. To the extent cash collateral is received it is recognised on the statement of financial position with the obligation to repay the cash paid recognised as a liability. Other collateral is not recognised.
At 31 December 2021, the Group had $854 million (31 December 2020: $895 million from continuing operations; $1,112 million from discontinued operations) of lent securities and assets subject to repurchase agreements. The cash and securities collateral held or pledged under such agreements were $913 million (31 December 2020: $934 million from continuing operations; $1,113 million from discontinued operations).
Collateral and pledges under derivative transactions
At 31 December 2021, the Group had pledged $99 million (31 December 2020: $85 million from continuing operations; $2,337 million from discontinued operations) for liabilities and held collateral of $50 million (31 December 2020: $181 million from continuing operations; $2,125 million from discontinued operations) in respect of over-the-counter derivative transactions. These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to collateralised transactions including, where relevant, standard securities lending and repurchase agreements.
The Group has entered into collateral arrangements in relation to over-the-counter derivative transactions, which permit sale or re-pledging of underlying collateral. The Group has not sold any collateral held or re-pledged any collateral.
All over-the-counter derivative transactions are conducted under standardised International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master agreements. The collateral management for these transactions is conducted under the usual and customary terms and conditions set out in the Credit Support Annex to the ISDA master agreement.
Other collateral
At 31 December 2021, the Group had pledged collateral (31 December 2020: $2,614 million from discontinued operations) in respect of other transactions. The 2020 amount principally arose from Jackson’s membership of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (FHLBI) that required Jackson to purchase and hold a minimum amount of FHLBI capital stock, plus additional stock based on outstanding advances in the form of either short-term or long-term notes or funding agreements issued to FHLBI.
Offsetting assets and liabilities
The Group’s derivative instruments, repurchase agreements and securities lending agreements are subject to master netting arrangements and collateral arrangements. A master netting arrangement with a counterparty creates a right of offset for amounts due to and due from that same counterparty that is enforceable in the event of a default or bankruptcy. The Group recognises amounts subject to master netting arrangements on a gross basis within the consolidated balance sheets.
238
The following tables present the gross and net information about the Group’s financial instruments subject to master netting arrangements:
31 Dec 2020 $m | ||||||||||
Gross amount | Related amounts not offset | |||||||||
included in the | in the balance sheet | |||||||||
| balance |
| Financial |
| Cash |
| Securities |
| Net | |
sheet | instruments | collateral | collateral | amount | ||||||
note (i) | note (ii) | note (iii) | note (iv) | |||||||
Financial assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative assets |
| 304 |
| (87) |
| (151) | — |
| 66 | |
Reverse repurchase agreements |
| 587 |
| — |
| — |
| (587) |
| — |
Continuing operations | 891 | (87) | (151) | (587) | 66 | |||||
Discontinued US operations | 2,220 | (35) | (1,098) | (891) | 196 | |||||
Total financial assets |
| 3,111 |
| (122) |
| (1,249) |
| (1,478) |
| 262 |
Financial liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Derivative liabilities |
| (160) |
| 87 |
| 69 |
| — |
| (4) |
Securities lending and repurchase agreements |
| (271) |
| — |
| 231 |
| 40 |
| — |
Continuing operations | (431) | 87 | 300 | 40 | (4) | |||||
Discontinued US operations | (1,156) | 35 | 13 | 1,100 | (8) | |||||
Total financial liabilities |
| (1,587) |
| 122 |
| 313 |
| 1,140 |
| (12) |
Notes
(i) | The Group has not offset any of the amounts included in the balance sheet. |
(ii) | Represents the amount that could be offset under master netting or similar arrangements where the Group does not satisfy the full criteria to offset in the balance sheet. |
(iii) | Excludes initial margin amounts for exchange-traded derivatives. |
(iv) | In the tables above, the amounts of assets or liabilities included in the balance sheet would be offset first by financial instruments that have the right of offset under master netting or similar arrangements with any remaining amount reduced by the amount of cash and securities collateral. The actual amount of collateral may be greater than amounts presented in the tables. |
239
C3 Policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus
C3.1 Policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus by business type from continuing operations
(a)Movement in policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus of with-profits funds
The items below represent the amount attributable to changes in policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus of with-profits funds as a result of each of the components listed for the continuing operations of the Group. The policyholder liabilities shown include investment contracts without discretionary participation features (as defined in IFRS 4) and their full movement in the year. The items are shown gross of external reinsurance.
240
Notes
(i) | The Group’s investments in joint ventures and associates are accounted for on an equity method and the Group’s share of the policyholder liabilities as shown above relate to the life business of CPL, India and the Takaful business in Malaysia. |
(ii) | The analysis includes the impact of premiums, claims and investment movements on policyholders’ liabilities. The impact does not represent premiums, claims and investment movements as reported in the income statement. For example, premiums shown above exclude any deductions for fees/charges; claims (surrenders, maturities, deaths and other claim events) shown above represent the policyholder liabilities provision released rather than the claims amount paid to the policyholder. The analysis also includes net flows of the Group’s insurance joint ventures and associate. |
(iii) | The rate of surrenders for shareholder-backed business (expressed as a percentage of opening policyholder liabilities) is 5.1 per cent in 2021 (2020: 6.3 per cent). |
(iv) | Investment-related items and other movements in 2021 primarily represents the effect of higher interest rates on the discount rates applied in the measurement of the policyholder liabilities for other shareholder-backed business and unrealised losses on fixed income assets, partially offset by a higher level of investment return from equities mainly within with-profits and unit-linked funds. |
(v) | Movements in the year have been translated at the average exchange rates for the year. The closing balance has been translated at the closing spot rates as at 31 December. Differences upon retranslation are included in foreign exchange translation differences. |
(vi) | Average policyholder liabilities have been based on opening and closing balances, adjusted for any acquisitions, disposals and other relevant corporate transactions arising in the year, and exclude unallocated surplus of with-profits funds. |
(vii) | The total movement on Africa policyholder liabilities in 2020 included within other business, apart from foreign exchange movements, was included within investment-related items and other movements. |
(viii) | Unallocated surplus of with-profits funds represents the excess of assets over policyholder liabilities, determined in accordance with the Group's accounting policies, that have yet to be appropriated between policyholders and shareholders for the Group's with-profits funds in Hong Kong and Malaysia. In Hong Kong, the unallocated surplus includes the shareholders' share of expected future bonuses, with the expected policyholder share being included in policyholder liabilities. Any excess of assets over liabilities and amounts expected to be paid out by the fund on future bonuses is also included in the unallocated surplus. |
(b) Duration of policyholder liabilities
The table below shows the carrying value of policyholder liabilities from continuing operations and the maturity profile of the cash flows on a discounted basis, taking account of expected future premiums and investment returns:
(c) Policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus by operating segment
The table below shows the policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus from continuing operations, excluding joint ventures and associates and net of external reinsurance, by segment:
| 31 Dec 2021 $m |
| 31 Dec 2020 $m | |
Hong Kong |
| 79,363 |
| 73,338 |
Indonesia |
| 4,257 |
| 4,617 |
Malaysia |
| 8,660 |
| 8,756 |
Singapore |
| 34,361 |
| 32,264 |
Growth markets and other |
| 20,905 |
| 19,612 |
Total segment |
| 147,546 |
| 138,587 |
C3.2 Reconciliation of gross and reinsurers’ share of policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus
Claims paid include maturities, annuities, surrenders, deaths and other claim events. Maturity claims are recorded as charges on the policy maturity date. Annuity claims are recorded when each annuity instalment becomes due for payment. Surrenders are charged to the income statement when paid. Death and other claims are generally recorded when notified with additional contract liabilities held, where appropriate, for ‘incurred but not reported’ (IBNR) claims.
241
Further analysis of the movement in the year of the Group’s gross contract liabilities, reinsurers’ share of insurance contract liabilities and unallocated surplus of with-profits funds (excluding those held by joint ventures and associates) is provided below:
Notes
(i) | The total charge for benefits and claims from continuing operations shown in the income statement comprises the amounts shown as ‘income and expense included in the income statement’ in the table above together with claims paid of $(8,845) million in the year (2020: $(7,231) million) and claim amounts attributable to reinsurers of $581 million (2020: $428 million). |
(ii) | Other movements include premiums received and claims paid on investment contracts without discretionary participating features, which are taken directly to the statement of financial position in accordance with IAS 39. |
(iii) | The movement in the gross contract liabilities included the impact of a change in 2021 to allow for illiquidity premium in the calculation of the valuation interest rate (VIR) used to value long-term insurance liabilities in Thailand. The VIR, after allowing for the illiquidity premium, is more reflective of the product characteristics and the effect of the change was such that the accounting mismatch between the valuation of the assets and insurance liabilities is reduced. The change reduced policyholder liabilities of Thailand’s shareholder-backed business by $160 million at 31 December 2021 and is included within short-term fluctuations in investment returns in the Group’s supplementary analysis of profit. It also includes the impact of refinement to the run-off of the allowance for prudence within technical provisions to better reflect the current expectations of the run-off of insurance risk. |
(iv) | The segmental analysis of the total charge for benefit and claims and movement in unallocated surplus, net of reinsurance in the income statement is shown below. The CPL segment is a joint venture accounted for using the equity method under IFRS, with the Group’s share of its results net of related tax presented in a single line within the Group’s profit before tax, and therefore not shown in the analysis of benefit and claims items below. |
2020 $m |
| |||||||||||
Growth | ||||||||||||
Hong | markets | Total | ||||||||||
| Kong |
| Indonesia |
| Malaysia |
| Singapore |
| and other |
| segment | |
Claims incurred, net of reinsurance | (1,735) | (942) | (867) | (2,334) | (1,199) | (7,077) | ||||||
(Increase) decrease in policyholder liabilities, net of reinsurance | (14,168) | 260 | (773) | (4,284) | (2,108) | (21,073) | ||||||
Movement in unallocated surplus of with-profits funds | (338) | — | (100) | — | — | (438) | ||||||
Benefits and claims and movement in unallocated surplus, net of reinsurance | (16,241) | (682) | (1,740) | (6,618) | (3,307) | (28,588) |
242
C3.3 Reinsurers’ share of insurance contract liabilities
The measurement of reinsurance assets is consistent with the measurement of the underlying direct insurance contracts. The treatment of any gains or losses arising on the purchase of reinsurance contracts is dependent on the underlying accounting basis of the entity concerned.
The Group cedes certain business to other insurance companies. Although the ceding of insurance does not relieve the Group from its liability to its policyholders, the Group participates in such agreements largely for the purpose of managing its loss exposure. The Group evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentration of credit risk from similar geographic regions, activities or economic characteristics of the reinsurers to minimise its exposure from reinsurer insolvencies.
Of the reinsurers’ share of insurance contract liabilities balance of $9,753 million at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: $46,595 million), 99 per cent (31 December 2020: 99 per cent) was from reinsurers with rating A- and above by Standard & Poor’s or other external rating agencies.
The reinsurers’ share of insurance contract liabilities for Asia primarily relates to protection business written in Hong Kong. The Group’s Hong Kong business cedes insurance risk to limit exposure to underwriting losses under various agreements that cover individual risks, group risks or defined blocks of business, on a co-insurance, surplus, quota share, or catastrophe excess of loss basis. The amount of each risk retained depends on the evaluation of the specific risk, subject to certain circumstances, to maximum limits based on characteristics of coverage.
For the continuing operations, net commissions received during 2021 on ceded business totalled $285 million (2020: $1,005 million) and claims incurred ceded to external reinsurers totalled $604 million (2020: $432 million). There was $3 million (2020: $1 million) of deferred gains in the year.
C3.4 Products and determining contract liabilities
IFRS 4 requires contracts written by insurers to be classified as either ‘insurance’ contracts or ‘investment’ contracts. The classification of the contract determines its accounting.
Contracts that transfer significant insurance risk to the Group are classified as insurance contracts. This judgement is applied in considering whether the material features of a contract gives rise to the transfer of significant insurance risk, which is made at the point of contract inception and not revisited. For the majority of the Group’s contracts, classification is based on a readily identifiable scenario that demonstrates a significant difference in cash flows if the covered event occurs (as opposed to does not occur) reducing the level of judgement involved.
Contracts that transfer financial risk to the Group but not significant insurance risk are classified as investment contracts. Insurance contracts and investment contracts with discretionary participation features are accounted for under IFRS 4. Investment contracts without such discretionary participation features are accounted for as financial instruments under IAS 39.
Investment contracts without discretionary participation features are measured in accordance with IAS 39 to reflect the deposit nature of the arrangement, with premiums and claims reflected as deposits and withdrawals, and taken directly to the statement of financial position as movements in the financial liability balance.
Investment contracts without fixed and guaranteed terms are classified as financial instruments and designated as fair value through profit or loss because the resulting liabilities are managed and their performance is evaluated on a fair value basis. Where the contract includes a surrender option, its carrying value is subject to a minimum carrying value equal to its surrender value.
243
Other investment contracts are measured at amortised cost.
In the Group’s continuing insurance business operations, the table below gives a list of products that fall into each category:
Insurance contracts and investment contracts with discretionary participation features | Investment contracts without discretionary participation features |
–With-profits contracts –Unit-linked policies –Health and protection policies –Non-participating term contracts –Whole life contracts | –Minor amounts for a number of small categories of business |
The table below provides description of material feature of each of the products listed above for continuing operations, together with how their contract liabilities are determined.
Contract type | Description and material features | Determination of liabilities |
---|---|---|
With-profits and participating contracts | Provides savings and/or protection where the basic sum assured can be enhanced by a profit share (or bonus) from the underlying fund as determined at the discretion of the local business unit. Participating products often offer a guaranteed maturity or surrender value. Declared regular bonuses are guaranteed once vested. Future bonus rates and cash dividends are not guaranteed. Market value adjustments and surrender penalties are used for certain products where the law permits such adjustments. Guarantees are predominantly supported by the segregated funds and their estates. | As explained in note A3.1, with-profits contracts are predominantly sold in Hong Kong, Malaysia and Singapore. The total value of the with-profits funds is driven by the underlying asset valuation with movements reflected principally in the accounting value of policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus. In Hong Kong, the unallocated surplus includes the shareholders’ share of expected future bonuses, with the expected policyholder share being included in policyholder liabilities. Any excess of assets over liabilities and amounts expected to be paid out by the fund on future bonuses is also included in the unallocated surplus. |
Unit-linked | Combines savings with protection, the cash value of the policy primarily depends on the value of the underlying unitised funds. | The attaching liabilities largely reflect the unit value obligation driven by the value of the investments of the unit fund. Additional contract liabilities are held for guaranteed benefits beyond the unit fund value, generally using a gross premium valuation method, as discussed below for health and protection business. These additional provisions are recognised as a component of other business liabilities. |
Health and protection | Health and protection features are offered as supplements to the products listed above or sold as standalone products. Protection covers mortality and/or morbidity benefits including health, disability, critical illness and accident coverage. | The approach to determine the contract liabilities is generally driven by the local solvency basis. The discount rates used to determine the contract liabilities are derived in line with the measurement basis applied in each local business unit and are generally based on the risk-free rates applicable to the underlying contacts, including appropriate margins. A gross premium valuation (GPV) method is typically used in those local businesses where a risk-based capital framework is adopted for local solvency. Under the GPV method, all cash flows are valued explicitly using best estimate assumptions with a suitable margin for prudence. |
244
Contract type | Description and material features | Determination of liabilities |
---|---|---|
This is achieved either through adding an explicit allowance above best estimate to the assumptions, or by applying an overlay constraint such that on day one no negative reserves (ie where future premium inflows are expected to exceed future claims and outflows) are derived at an individual policyholder level, or at a product/fund level, or a combination of both. The margin for prudence is released to profit over the life of the contract. Best estimate assumptions are reviewed annually with reference to experience and expectations around the short-term nature of any change (for example increases or decreases in claims levels as a result of Covid-19). Any changes made to best estimate impact the prudence mechanisms described above and, as a consequence, IFRS profit tends to be relatively insensitive to assumption changes made in any given year. The Hong Kong business unit applies a net premium valuation method (NPV) to determine the future policyholder benefit provisions, subject to minimum floors at the policyholder’s asset share or guaranteed cash surrender value as appropriate. For India and Taiwan, US GAAP is applied for measuring insurance liabilities. For these businesses, the future policyholder benefit provisions for non-linked business are determined using the net level premium method, with an allowance for surrenders, maintenance and claims expenses. In Vietnam, an estimation basis to determine the contract liabilities is aligned substantially to that used by the local business units applying the GPV method. | ||
Non-participating term contracts, whole life and endowment assurance | Non-participating savings and/or protection where the benefits are guaranteed, determined by a set of defined market-related parameters, or determined at the discretion of the local business unit. These products often offer a guaranteed maturity and/or surrender value. It is common in Asia for regulations or market-driven demand and competition to provide some form of capital value protection and minimum crediting interest rate guarantees. This is reflected within the guaranteed maturity and surrender values. Guarantees are supported by shareholders. | The approach to determining the contract liabilities is generally driven by the local solvency basis, as discussed for health and protection business above. |
245
C4 Intangible assets
C4.1 Goodwill
Business combination
Business acquisitions are accounted for by applying the purchase method of accounting, which adjusts the net assets of the acquired company to fair value at the date of purchase. The excess of the acquisition consideration over the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the acquired business is recorded as goodwill. The Group chooses the full goodwill method or the partial goodwill method to calculate goodwill on an acquisition by acquisition basis. Expenses related to acquiring new subsidiaries are charged to the income statement in the period in which they are incurred and not included in goodwill. Income and expenses of acquired businesses are included in the income statement from the date of acquisition.
Where the Group writes a put option, which if exercised triggers the purchase of non-controlling interests as part of its business acquisition, the put option is recognised as a financial liability at the acquisition date. Where risks and rewards remain with the non-controlling interests, a corresponding amount is deducted from equity. Any subsequent changes to the carrying amount of the put option liability are also recognised within equity.
Goodwill
Goodwill is capitalised and carried on the Group consolidated statement of financial position as an intangible asset at initial value less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill impairment testing is conducted annually and when there is an indication of impairment.
Goodwill shown on the consolidated statement of financial position at 31 December 2021 represents amounts allocated to businesses in Asia and Africa in respect of both acquired asset management and life businesses. There has been no impairment as at 31 December 2021 and 2020.
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 $m | |
Carrying value at 1 Jan |
| 961 | 969 | |
Exchange differences |
| (54) | (8) | |
Carrying value at 31 Dec |
| 907 | 961 |
Impairment testing
Goodwill does not generate cash flows independently of other groups of assets and thus is assigned to cash-generating units for the purposes of impairment testing. These cash-generating units (CGUs) are based upon how management monitors the business and represent the lowest level to which goodwill can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Of the carrying value at 31 December 2021, $465 million (31 December 2020: $513 million) relates to asset management business in Thailand and $233 million (31 December 2020: $238 million) relates to the acquisition of UOB Life in Singapore. Other goodwill amounts are allocated across CGUs in Asia and Africa operations, which are not individually material.
Goodwill is tested for impairment by comparing the CGU’s carrying amount, including any goodwill, with its recoverable amount. The Group’s methodology of assessing whether goodwill may be impaired for acquired life and asset management operations is discussed below.
For acquired life businesses, the Group routinely compares the aggregate of net asset value and acquired goodwill on an IFRS basis of the acquired life business with the value of the current in-force business as determined using the EEV methodology. Any excess of IFRS value over EEV carrying value is then compared with EEV basis value of current and projected future new business to determine whether there is any indication that the goodwill in the IFRS statement of financial position may be impaired. The methodology and assumptions underpinning the Group’s EEV basis of reporting are included in the EEV basis supplementary information in this Annual Report.
246
The goodwill in respect of asset management businesses comprises mainly the goodwill arising from the acquisition of Thanachart Fund Management Co., Ltd in 2019 and TMB Asset Management Co., Ltd in Thailand in 2018. The goodwill impairment testing for these businesses is prepared as a single CGU reflecting that these businesses are managed together. The recoverable amount of these businesses has been determined by calculating the value in use of combined business calculated using a discounted cash flow valuation.
For the combined Thailand asset management business, the valuation is based on a number of key assumptions as follows:
- | Cash flow projections based on the latest five-year business plan/forecast; |
- | A constant growth rate of 2.3 per cent on forecast cash flows beyond the terminal year of the cash flow projection period (31 December 2020: 2.3 per cent); |
- | The risk discount rate applied in accordance with the nature of the businesses. The pre-tax discount rate applied is 9.0 per cent (31 December 2020: 9.0 per cent); and |
- | The continuation of asset management contracts on similar terms. |
Management believes that any reasonable change in the key assumptions would not cause the recoverable amount of the asset management businesses acquired to fall below its carrying amount.
C4.2 Deferred acquisition costs and other intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired on the purchase of a subsidiary or portfolio of contracts are measured at fair value on acquisition. DAC are accounted for as described in note A3.1(c). Other intangible assets, such as distribution rights and software, are valued initially at the price paid to acquire them and are subsequently carried at cost less amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses. For intangibles other than DAC, amortisation follows the pattern in which the future economic benefits are expected to be consumed. If the pattern cannot be determined reliably, a straight-line method is applied. For software, the amortisation generally represents the licence period of the software acquired. Amortisation of intangible assets is charged to the ‘acquisition costs and other expenditure’ line in the consolidated income statement. Impairment testing is conducted when there is an indication of impairment.
Note
The deferred acquisition costs (DAC) and other intangible assets attributable to shareholders from continuing operations comprise:
| 31 Dec 2021 $m |
| 31 Dec 2020 $m | |
DAC related to insurance contracts as classified under IFRS 4 |
| 2,776 |
| 2,319 |
DAC related to investment management contracts, including life assurance contracts classified as financial instruments and investment management contracts under IFRS 4 |
| 39 |
| 34 |
DAC related to insurance and investment contracts |
| 2,815 |
| 2,353 |
Distribution rights | 3,782 | 3,851 | ||
Present value of acquired in-force policies for insurance contracts as classified under IFRS 4 |
| 28 |
| 34 |
Other intangibles |
| 184 |
| 156 |
Present value of acquired in-force policies (PVIF) and other intangibles attributable to shareholders |
| 3,994 |
| 4,041 |
Total of DAC and other intangible assets |
| 6,809 |
| 6,394 |
247
(a) | Movement in DAC and other intangible assets attributable to shareholders |
(b)Movement in DAC related to insurance and investment contracts
Note
The carrying amount of the DAC balance relating to investment contracts comprises the following gross and accumulated amortisation amounts:
| 31 Dec 2021 $m |
| 31 Dec 2020 $m | |
Gross amount |
| 55 |
| 39 |
Accumulated amortisation |
| (16) |
| (5) |
Carrying amount |
| 39 |
| 34 |
(c)Movement in PVIF and other intangibles attributable to shareholders
248
Notes
(i) | All of the net PVIF balances relate to insurance contracts. The PVIF attaching to investment contracts have been fully amortised. |
(ii) | Distribution rights relate to amounts that have been paid or have become unconditionally due for payment as a result of past events in respect of the bancassurance partnership arrangements for the bank distribution of Prudential’s insurance products for a fixed period of time. The distribution rights amounts are amortised on a basis to reflect the pattern in which the future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by reference to new business production levels. |
(iii) | Software rights from continuing operations include additions of $61 million, amortisation of $(24) million, disposals of $(2) million, foreign exchange of $(5) million and closing balance at 31 December 2021 of $114 million (31 December 2020: $84 million). |
C5 Borrowings
Although initially recognised at fair value (net of transaction costs), borrowings are subsequently accounted for on an amortised cost basis using the effective interest method. Under the effective interest method, the difference between the redemption value of the borrowing and the initial proceeds (net of related issue costs) is amortised through the income statement to the date of maturity or for hybrid debt, over the expected life of the instrument.
C5.1 Core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses
Notes
(i) | The US$250 million, US$300 million, US$700 million notes were redeemed on 23 December 2021 and the US$1,000 million notes were redeemed on 20 January 2022 using the proceeds from the issuance of ordinary shares during the year as discussed in note C8. |
(ii) | In November 2021, the Company issued US$1,000 million 2.95 per cent subordinated debt maturing on 3 November 2033 with proceeds, net of costs, of $995 million. |
(iii) | The US$725 million note was redeemed on 20 January 2022 using the proceeds from the US$1,000 million subordinated debt issued in November 2021. |
(iv) | The senior debt ranks above subordinated debt in the event of liquidation. |
C5.2 Operational borrowings
249
Note
Operational borrowings from discontinued US operations can be analysed as follows:
| 31 Dec 2020 $m | |
Non-recourse borrowings of consolidated investment funds |
| 994 |
Lease liabilities under IFRS 16 |
| 51 |
Senior debt issued through the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (FHLB) |
| 453 |
Operational borrowings from discontinued US operations |
| 1,498 |
C6 Risk and sensitivity analysis
Group overview
The Group’s risk framework and the management of risks attaching to the Group’s financial statements including financial assets, financial liabilities and insurance liabilities, together with the inter-relationship with the management of capital, have been included in the audited sections of the Risk review report.
The financial and insurance assets and liabilities on the Group’s statement of financial position are, to varying degrees, subject to market and insurance risk and other changes of experience assumptions that may have a material effect on IFRS basis profit or loss and shareholders’ equity. The market and insurance risks and also ESG-related risks, including how they affect Group’s operations and how these are managed are discussed in the Risk review report referred to above. The ESG-related risks discussed in the Risk review report include in particular the potential long-term impact of environmental risks associated with climate change (including physical and transition risks) on the Group’s investments and liabilities. During 2021, the Group continued developing its scenario testing approach for climate change and applied three commonly used scenarios of plausible global responses to climate change to identify risks over the short, medium and long term. Each scenario is translated into potential sensitivities to economic factors, using third party calibrated inputs, which have then been applied during the year to the Group’s starting assets and liabilities to quantify possible future impacts thereon. Though the Group remains exposed to financial impact from plausible global responses addressing climate change, the results for each scenario are not outside observed market volatility experienced and therefore do not indicate the need for explicit allowance for climate change within the current valuations. In addition, given the nature of the business, the impact of climate change does not directly alter the Group’s assumptions for claims and lapses for its insurance business based on the annual review of experience. If experience or exposure changes, for example due to a step change in long-term morbidity and/or mortality expectations in a particular region due to climate events, the financial impacts from climate-related risks on our insurance liabilities could be more significant and would be allowed for as part of the regular review.
250
The most significant items that the IFRS shareholders’ profit or loss and shareholders’ equity for the Group’s life assurance business are sensitive to, are shown in the following tables. The distinction between direct and indirect exposure is not intended to indicate the relative size of the sensitivity.
Sensitivity analyses of IFRS shareholders’ equity to key market and other risks for the continuing insurance operations are provided in section C6.1 below. The sensitivity analyses provided show the effect on shareholders’ equity to changes in the relevant risk variables, all of which are considered to be reasonably possible at the relevant balance sheet date.
The sensitivities reflect all consequential impacts from market movements at the valuation date.
The sensitivity of the Group’s Eastspring and central operations to market risks is discussed in section C6.2.
The Group benefits from diversification benefits achieved through the geographical spread of the Group’s operations and, within those operations, through a broad mix of product types. These benefits are not reflected in the simplified sensitivities below.
Relevant correlation factors include:
–Correlation across geographic regions for both financial and non-financial risk factors; and
–Correlation across risk factors for mortality and morbidity, expenses, persistency and other risks.
The geographical diversity of the Group’s business means that it has some exposure to the risk of foreign exchange rate fluctuations. The Group has no exposure to currency fluctuation from business units that operate in USD, or currencies pegged to the USD (such as HKD), and reduced exposure to currencies partially managed to the USD within a basket of currencies (such as SGD). Sensitivities to exchange rate movements in the Group’s key markets are therefore expected to be limited.
C6.1 Continuing insurance operations
(a) Sensitivity to key market risks
The table below shows the sensitivity of shareholders' equity as at 31 December 2021 and 2020 for continuing insurance operations to the following market risks:
– | 1 per cent increase and 0.5 per cent decrease in interest rates (based on local government bond yields at the valuation date) in isolation and subject to a floor of zero; and |
– | Instantaneous 10 per cent rise and 20 per cent fall in the market value of equity and property assets. The equity risk sensitivity analysis assumes that all equity indices fall by the same percentage. |
251
The sensitivities below only allow for limited management actions such as changes to policyholder bonuses, where applicable. If the economic conditions set out in the sensitivities persisted, the financial impacts may differ to the instantaneous impacts shown below. Given the continuous risk management processes in place, management could take additional actions to help mitigate the impact of these stresses, including (but not limited to) rebalancing investment portfolios, increased use of reinsurance, repricing of in-force benefits, changes to new business pricing and the mix of new business being sold. The sensitivities reflect all consequential impacts from market movements at the valuation date. Where liabilities are directly valued using short-term historic average rates, the average interest rates in the sensitivities are adjusted accordingly and reflected in the impact on these liabilities. These sensitivities do not include credit risk sensitivities, such as movements in credit spreads, and hence the valuation of debt securities and policyholder liabilities. A one-letter credit downgrade in isolation (ie ignoring any consequential change in valuation) would not have a material impact on IFRS profit or shareholders’ equity.
* | The effect from the changes in interest rates or equity and property prices above, if they arose, would impact profit after tax for the continuing insurance operations and would mostly be recorded within short-term fluctuations in investment . The on after would the as net on shareholders’ equity. In the context of the Group, the results of the Africa insurance operations are not materially impacted by interest rate or equity rate changes. |
The degree of sensitivity of the results of the non-linked shareholder-backed business of the continuing insurance operations to movements in interest rates depends upon the degree to which the liabilities under the ‘grandfathered’ IFRS 4 measurement basis reflects market interest rates from period to period. This varies by business unit.
For example:
– | Certain businesses (Taiwan and India) apply US GAAP, for which the results can be more sensitive as the effect of interest rate movements on the backing investments may not be offset by liability movements; |
– | The level of options and guarantees in the products written in a particular business unit will affect the degree of sensitivity to interest rate movements; and |
– | The degree of sensitivity of the results is dependent on the interest rate level at that point of time. |
The sensitivity of the insurance operations presented as a whole at a given point in time will also be affected by a change in the relative size of the individual businesses.
The ‘increase of 1%’ sensitivities reflects that, at the current level of interest rates, for many operations the impact of interest rate movements on the value of government and corporate bond investments dominates, namely bonds are expected to decrease in value as interest rates increase to a greater extent than the offsetting decrease in liabilities from a corresponding change in discount rates. This arises because the discount rate in some operations does not fluctuate in line with interest rate movements together with the fact that, for operations where the discount rate does fluctuate in line with interest rate movements, at higher levels of interest rates, liabilities of these operations become less sensitive to interest rate movements and the effects on assets becomes more dominant. While interest rates have been rising steadily and may rise further in response to increasing inflationary pressures, the Group believes the 'increase of 1%' sensitivities continues to reflect the effect of a reasonably possible change at 31 December 2021 based on the latest market expectation of interest rate changes.
The ‘decrease of 0.5%’ sensitivities at 31 December 2020, when rates were historically low reflected that some business units’ liabilities become more sensitive at a further decrease in interest rates and the increase in liabilities as rates decrease begin to exceed asset gains. The prudent nature of some of the regulatory regimes of the Group's markets can lead to duration of liabilities that are longer than would be expected on a more economic basis and hence results in a mismatch with the assets that are managed on a more realistic basis. As noted above, the results only allow for limited management actions, and if a lower interest scenario persisted for a longer period management could take additional actions to manage the impact of these stresses, including (but not limited to) rebalancing investment portfolios, increased use of reinsurance, changes to new business pricing and the mix of new business being sold.
252
Following increases in interest rates over 2021, under a 0.5% decrease of interest rate scenario for most operations asset gains exceed the increases in liabilities resulting in an overall small positive impact of an instantaneous decrease of rates.
Generally, changes in equity and property investment values are not directly offset by movements in non-linked policyholder liabilities. Movements in equities backing with-profits and unit-linked business have been excluded as they are generally matched by an equal movement in insurance liabilities (including unallocated surplus of with-profits funds). The impact on changes to future profitability as a result of changes to the asset values within unit-linked or with-profits funds have not been included in the instantaneous sensitivity above. The estimated sensitivities shown above include equity and property investments held by the Group’s joint venture and associate businesses.
(b)Sensitivity to insurance risk
For insurance operations, adverse persistency experience can impact the IFRS profitability of certain types of business written in the region. This risk is managed at a local business unit level through regular monitoring of experience and the implementation of management actions as necessary. These actions could include product enhancements, increased management focus on premium collection, as well as other customer retention efforts. The potential financial impact of lapses is often mitigated through the specific features of the products, eg surrender charges, or through the availability of premium holiday or partial withdrawal policy features. The reserving basis, as discussed in note A3.1(a) and C3.4, is generally such that a change in lapse assumptions has an immaterial effect on immediate profitability.
Many of the business units are exposed to mortality and morbidity risk and a provision is made within policyholder liabilities to cover the potential exposure. If all these assumptions were strengthened by 5 per cent then it is estimated that -tax profit and ’ equity by approximately $108 million (: $77 million). these assumptions by 5 per cent would have a similar opposite impact.
C6.2 Eastspring and central operations
The profit for the year of Eastspring is sensitive to the level of assets under management, as this significantly affects the value of management fees earned by the business in the current and future periods. Assets under management will rise and fall as market conditions change, with a consequential impact on profitability.
Eastspring and central operations do not hold significant financial investments. At 31 December 2020, the financial investments of the central operations were principally short-term treasury bills and money market funds held by the Group’s treasury function for liquidity purposes and so there is limited sensitivity to interest rate movements. At 31 December 2021, in addition to these financial investments, the central operations also held the 18.4 per cent economic interest in the equity securities of Jackson. These equity securities are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and classified as ‘available-for-sale’ with a fair value of $683 million at 31 December 2021. If the value of these securities decreased by 20 per cent, the change in valuation would be $(137) million, which would reduce shareholders’ equity by this amount before tax, of which would pass through other comprehensive income outside of the profit or loss.
C7 Tax assets and liabilities
Accounting policies on deferred tax are included in note B3.
C7.1 Current tax
At 31 December 2021, of the $20 million (31 December 2020: $11 million) current tax recoverable from continuing operations, the majority is expected to be recovered more than 12 months after the reporting period.
At 31 December 2021, the current tax liability from continuing operations of $185 million (31 December 2020: $270 million) includes $42 million (31 December 2020: $110 million) of provisions for uncertain tax matters. Further detail is provided in note B3.2.
253
C7.2 Deferred tax
The statement of financial position contains the following deferred tax assets and liabilities in relation to:
2021 $m | ||||||||||
Other | ||||||||||
movements | ||||||||||
including | ||||||||||
Removal of | Movement in | foreign | ||||||||
Balance | discontinued | income | exchange | Balance | ||||||
| at 1 Jan |
| US operations |
| statement |
| movements |
| at 31 Dec | |
Deferred tax assets | ||||||||||
Unrealised losses or gains on investments |
| — | — |
| 3 |
| — |
| 3 | |
Balances relating to investment and insurance contracts |
| 87 | — |
| (16) |
| (37) |
| 34 | |
Short-term temporary differences |
| 4,662 | (4,513) |
| 15 |
| (2) |
| 162 | |
Unused tax losses |
| 109 | (29) |
| (14) |
| 1 |
| 67 | |
Total |
| 4,858 | (4,542) |
| (12) |
| (38) |
| 266 | |
Deferred tax liabilities | ||||||||||
Unrealised losses or gains on investments |
| (1,063) | 691 |
| 127 |
| 3 |
| (242) | |
Balances relating to investment and insurance contracts |
| (1,765) | — |
| (433) |
| 73 |
| (2,125) | |
Short-term temporary differences |
| (3,247) | 2,832 |
| (87) |
| 7 |
| (495) | |
Total |
| (6,075) | 3,523 |
| (393) |
| 83 |
| (2,862) |
2020 $m | ||||||||||
|
|
|
| Other |
| |||||
Movement | movements | |||||||||
through | including | |||||||||
Movement in | other | foreign | ||||||||
Balance | income | comprehensive | exchange | Balance | ||||||
at 1 Jan | statement | income | movements | at 31 Dec | ||||||
Deferred tax assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Unrealised losses or gains on investments | — |
| — |
| — |
| — |
| — | |
Balances relating to investment and insurance contracts | 32 |
| 55 |
| — |
| — |
| 87 | |
Short-term temporary differences | 133 |
| 14 |
| — |
| 2 |
| 149 | |
Unused tax losses | 106 |
| (31) |
| — |
| 5 |
| 80 | |
Total continuing operations | 271 | 38 | — | 7 | 316 | |||||
Discontinued US operations | 3,804 | 732 | — | 6 | 4,542 | |||||
Group total | 4,075 |
| 770 |
| — |
| 13 |
| 4,858 | |
Deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Unrealised losses or gains on investments | (289) |
| (78) |
| — |
| (5) |
| (372) | |
Balances relating to investment and insurance contracts | (1,507) |
| (235) |
| — |
| (23) |
| (1,765) | |
Short-term temporary differences | (350) |
| (53) |
| — |
| (12) |
| (415) | |
Total continuing operations | (2,146) | (366) | — | (40) | (2,552) | |||||
Discontinued US operations | (3,091) | (324) | (102) | (6) | (3,523) | |||||
Group total | (5,237) |
| (690) |
| (102) |
| (46) |
| (6,075) |
At 31 December 2021, no deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of unused tax losses and temporary deductible differences of $1,382 million (31 December 2020: $991 million from continuing operations) which have a potential tax benefit of $264 million (31 December 2020: $191 million). Of the potential tax benefit, $23 million relates to unused tax losses that will expire within the next ten years, and the remainder ($241 million) has no expiry date.
Some of the Group’s businesses are located in jurisdictions in which a withholding tax charge is incurred upon the distribution of earnings. At 31 December 2021, deferred tax liabilities from continuing operations of $330 million (31 December 2020: $323 million) have not been recognised in respect of such withholding taxes as the Group is able to control the timing of the distributions and it is probable that the timing differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
254
C8 Share capital, share premium and own shares
Shares are classified as equity when their terms do not create an obligation to transfer assets. Amounts recorded in share capital represent the nominal value of the shares issued. The difference between the proceeds received on issue of the shares, net of share issue costs, and the nominal value of the shares issued, is credited to share premium. Where the Company purchases shares for the purposes of employee incentive plans, the consideration paid, net of issue costs, is deducted from retained earnings. Upon issue or sale any consideration received is credited to retained earnings net of related costs.
Options outstanding under save as you earn schemes to subscribe for shares at each year end shown below are as follows:
Number of | ||||||||
shares to | Share price range | |||||||
| subscribe for |
| from |
| to |
| Exercisable by year | |
31 Dec 2021 | 2,022,535 | 964 | p | 1,455 | p | 2027 | ||
31 Dec 2020 |
| 2,320,320 | 964 | p | 1,455 | p | 2026 |
Transactions by Prudential plc and its subsidiaries in Prudential plc shares
The Group buys and sells Prudential plc shares (‘own shares’) in relation to its employee share schemes. The cost of own shares of $267 million at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: $243 million) is deducted from retained earnings. The Company has established trusts to facilitate the delivery of shares under employee incentive plans. At 31 December 2021, 11.7 million (31 December 2020: 11.2 million) Prudential plc shares with a market value of $201 million (31 December 2020: $205 million) were held in such trusts, all of which are for employee incentive plans. The maximum number of shares held during the year was 15.1 million which was in March 2021.
Within the trusts, shares are notionally allocated by business unit reflecting the employees to which the awards were made.
The Company purchased the following number of shares in respect of employee incentive plans:
The cost in USD shown has been calculated from the share prices in pounds sterling using the monthly average exchange rate for the month in which those shares were purchased.
255
The share transactions in respect of employee incentive plans as shown in the table above were made on an exchange other than the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong. In the future, the Company intends to make share purchases on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong for the purpose of the employee incentive plans.
On 4 October 2021, Prudential completed the issuance of 130.8 million new ordinary shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange through a concurrent public offer to Hong Kong retail investors (including eligible employees and agents of Prudential) and international placing to global investors (together, the ‘Share Offer’). Approximately 6.5 million shares were allocated to the public offer and approximately 124.2 million shares were allocated to the international placing. The final offer price was set at HK$143.80 per share and the net proceeds from the Share Offer, after deduction of the underwriting fees and other estimated expenses payable in connection with the Share Offer of US$41 million, was approximately HK$18.5 billion or US$2.4 billion (equating to US $18.34 per share). On 25 September 2021, the day the final offer price was announced, the latest available market price of the issued shares was HK$147.70 per share. The final offer price of HK$143.80 per share, equivalent to £13.51, represented a 2.9 per cent discount to the last London closing price of £13.92 on 24 September 2021. This discount does not take into account the US$41 million of underwriting fees and estimated expenses payable in connection with the Share Offer.
The new shares have also been listed on the Singapore Stock Exchange and the London Stock Exchange. In the three-year period preceding the Share Offer, the percentage increase in issued share capital due to non pre-emptive issuances (excluding employee and agency share schemes) for cash was 5 per cent. The majority of the net proceeds (approximately HK$17.5 billion or US$2.3 billion) from the Share Offer have been utilised to redeem four existing high coupon debt in December 2021 and January 2022 as shown in note C5.1, with the remaining net proceeds expected to contribute to Prudential's central stock of liquidity, in order to further increase Prudential's financial flexibility. The above use of proceeds is consistent with the intended use of proceeds previously disclosed in Prudential's prospectus for this Share Offer.
C9 Provisions
| 31 Dec 2021 $m |
| 31 Dec 2020 $m | |
Staff benefits provisionsnote (i) |
| 355 |
| 328 |
Other provisions |
| 17 |
| 22 |
Total provisionsnote (ii) |
| 372 |
| 350 |
Notes
(i) | Provisions for staff benefits are generally expected to be paid out within the next three years. |
(ii) | Analysis of movement in total provisions is shown below: |
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 $m | |
Balance at 1 Jan |
| 350 |
| 466 |
Removal of discontinued US operations | (14) | — | ||
Charged (credited) to income statement: |
| |||
Additional provisions |
| 263 |
| 128 |
Unused amounts released |
| (15) |
| (13) |
Utilisation during the year |
| (204) |
| (241) |
Exchange differences |
| (8) |
| 10 |
Balance at 31 Dec |
| 372 |
| 350 |
C10 Capital
C10.1 Group objectives, policies and processes for managing capital
(a) Capital measure
The Group manages its Group GWS capital resources as its measure of capital. At 31 December 2021, estimated Group shareholder GWS capital resources from continuing operations is $16.9 billion (31 December 2020: $12.8 billion). The 31 December 2020 capital resources have been restated from those previously disclosed on a LCSM basis to reflect the treatment of grandfathered debt instruments under the GWS Framework, which increased eligible group capital resources by $1.6 billion compared to the LCSM basis. The 31 December 2020 Group GWS capital results are presented on a Group excluding Jackson basis before including the value of the Group’s retained interest in Jackson Financial Inc.
256
(b) External capital requirements
Prudential plc is subject to the Group-wide Supervision (GWS) Framework issued by the Hong Kong Insurance Authority (IA). The GWS Framework became effective for Prudential upon designation by the Hong Kong IA on 14 May 2021 and replaced the local capital summation method (LCSM) which was used for determination of the 31 December 2020 Group capital position as agreed with the Hong Kong IA.
The GWS methodology is largely consistent with that previously applied under LCSM with the exception of the treatment of debt instruments which are subject to transitional arrangements under the GWS Framework. Under the GWS Framework, all debt instruments (senior and subordinated) issued by Prudential plc at the 31 December 2021 are included as GWS eligible group capital resources. This includes debt issued at the date of designation which met the transitional conditions set by the Hong Kong IA and have not since been redeemed and debt issued since the date of designation which met the qualifying conditions as set out in the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules. Under the LCSM, only specific bonds (being those subordinated debt instruments issued by Prudential plc at the date of demerger of M&G plc) were included as eligible group capital resources.
Prudential applies the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules set out in the GWS Framework to determine group regulatory capital requirements (both minimum and prescribed levels). The summation of local statutory capital requirements across the Group is used to determine group regulatory capital requirements, with no allowance for diversification between business operations. The GWS eligible group capital resources are determined by the summation of capital resources across local solvency regimes for regulated entities and IFRS shareholders’ equity, with adjustments where applicable, for non-regulated entities.
More details on Group capital are given in section I(i) in the Additional unaudited financial information section.
(c) Meeting of capital management objectives
The GWS group capital adequacy requirements have been met since the GWS Framework became effective for Prudential upon designation. This includes maintaining total eligible group capital resources in excess of the group prescribed capital requirement of the supervised group and maintaining Tier 1 group capital resources in excess of the group minimum capital requirement of the supervised group.
As well as holding sufficient capital to meet GWS requirements at Group level, the Group also closely manages the cash it holds within its central holding companies so that it can:
- | Fund new opportunities; |
- | Maintain flexibility and absorb shock events; |
- | Cover central costs; and |
- | Fund dividends. |
Reserve adequacy testing under a range of scenarios and dynamic solvency testing is carried out, including under certain scenarios mandated by the local regulators.
The Group monitors regulatory capital, economic capital and rating agency capital metrics and manages the business within its risk appetite by remaining within its economic and regulatory capital limits.
The Group's capital management framework focuses on achieving sustainable, profitable growth and retaining a resilient balance sheet, with a disciplined approach to active capital allocation.
The sensitivity of liabilities and other components of total capital vary depending upon the type of business concerned and this conditions the approach to asset/liability management.
257
C10.2 Local capital regulations
(a) Insurance operations
The local valuation basis for the assets, liabilities and capital requirements of significant insurance operations are:
CPL
A risk-based capital, risk management and governance framework, known as the China Risk Oriented Solvency System (C-ROSS), applies in China. Under C-ROSS, insurers are required to maintain a core solvency ratio (core capital over minimum capital) and a comprehensive solvency ratio (capital resources over minimum capital) of not lower than 50 per cent and 100 per cent, respectively.
The actual capital is the difference between the admitted assets and admitted liabilities with trading and available-for-sale assets marked-to-market and other assets at book value. Policyholder liabilities are based on a gross premium valuation method using best estimate assumptions with a separate risk margin.
The CBIRC has released the final regulations of C-ROSS Phase II which becomes effective in the first quarter of 2022. The main updates to the local regulation are to introduce explicit tiering and admissibility rule of negative reserves in the capital resources and further updates to the risk calibrations used in calculating capital requirements.
Hong Kong
The capital requirements set out in the regulations vary by underlying risk type and duration of liabilities but are generally determined as a percentage of mathematical reserves and capital at risk.
Mathematical reserves are based on a net premium valuation method using assumptions which include a suitable margin for prudence. The valuation interest rate used to value long-term liabilities reflects a blend between the prudent assessment of the portfolio yield and the reinvestment yield subject to a maximum of the prudent portfolio yield. The approach used to determine the reinvestment yield for reserving allows for average yields thus the impact of movements in interest rates are reflected in the valuation interest rate over time. The basis of calculation was updated in 2020 in line with a circular issued by the Hong Kong IA. The capital resources are based on assets that are marked-to-market. The nature of the current regulatory regime means that the duration of statutory liabilities is longer than would be expected on an economic basis and hence there is an inherent mismatch with the assets that are managed on a more realistic basis.
The Hong Kong IA has developed a risk-based capital framework which values technical provisions on a best estimate basis together with a margin over current estimates and the capital requirements are risk-based. In February 2022 Prudential Hong Kong Limited submitted an application to the Hong Kong IA to early adopt this new risk-based capital framework for local statutory reporting.
Indonesia
Solvency capital is determined using a risk-based capital approach. The capital resources are based on assets that are marked-to-market, with policyholder liabilities based on a gross premium valuation method using best estimate assumptions with a suitable margin for prudence. Liabilities are zeroised at a policy level (ie negative liabilities are not permitted at a policy level). For unit-linked policies an unearned premium reserve is established.
Malaysia
A risk-based capital framework applies in Malaysia. The local regulator, Bank Negara Malaysia (BNM), has set a Supervisory Target Capital Level of 130 per cent below which supervisory actions of increasing intensity will be taken. Each insurer is also required to set its own Individual Target Capital Level to reflect its own risk profile and this is expected to be higher than the Supervisory Target Capital Level.
258
The capital resources are based on assets that are marked-to-market, with policyholder liabilities based on a gross premium valuation method using best estimate assumptions with a suitable margin for prudence. Liabilities are zeroised at a fund level (ie negative liabilities are not permitted at a fund level). The BNM has initiated a review of its RBC framework. A discussion paper on the design of the updated RBC framework was issued on 30 June 2021 with industry feedback provided by 30 September 2021. The BNM have yet to issue their final technical specification and the exact timing of implementation of potential revisions remains uncertain, these would need to be subject to quantitative impact studies and parallel run prior to introduction.
Market liberalisation measures were introduced by BNM in April 2009, which increases the limit from 49 per cent to 70 per cent on foreign equity ownership for insurance companies and Takaful operators in Malaysia. A higher foreign equity limit beyond 70 per cent for insurance companies will be considered by BNM on a case by case basis, for example, for companies who support expansion of providing insurance coverage to the most vulnerable in Malaysian society.
Singapore
A risk-based capital framework applies in Singapore. The regulator also has the authority to direct that the insurer satisfies additional capital adequacy requirements in addition to those set forth under the Singapore Insurance Act if it considers such additional requirements appropriate. The capital resources are based on assets that are marked-to-market, with policyholder liabilities based on a gross premium valuation method using best estimate assumptions with a suitable margin for prudence. The updated risk-based capital framework (RBC2) came into effect on 31 March 2020 and this permits the recognition of a prudent allowance for negative reserves in the capital resources.
(b) Asset management operations – regulatory and other surplus
Certain asset management subsidiaries of the Group are subject to local regulatory requirements. The movement in the year of the estimated surplus regulatory capital position of those subsidiaries, combined with the movement in the IFRS basis shareholders’ equity for unregulated asset management operations from continuing operations, is as follows:
C10.3 Transferability of capital resources
The amounts retained within the insurance companies are at levels that provide an appropriate level of capital strength in excess of the local regulatory minimum. The businesses may, in general, remit dividends to parent entities, provided the statutory insurance fund meets the local regulatory solvency requirements and there are sufficient statutory accounting profits. For with-profits funds, the excess of assets over liabilities is retained within the funds, with distribution to shareholders tied to the shareholders’ share of declared bonuses.
Capital resources of the non-insurance business units is transferable after taking account of an appropriate level of operating capital, based on local regulatory solvency requirements, where relevant.
C11 Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment comprise Group occupied properties and tangible assets. Property, plant and equipment also includes right-of-use assets for operating leases of properties occupied by the Group and leases of equipment and other tangible assets. All property, plant and equipment, including the right-of-use assets under operating leases, are held at cost less cumulative depreciation, calculated using the straight-line method, and impairment charge.
259
A reconciliation of the carrying amount of the Group's property, plant and equipment from the beginning to the end of the years shown is as follows:
The Group does not have any right-of-use assets that would meet the definition of investment property. As at 31 December 2021, total right-of-use assets comprised $311 million (31 December 2020: $402 million from continuing operations; $27 million from discontinued operations) of property and $4 million (31 December 2020: $5 million from continuing operations; $8 million from discontinued operations) of non-property assets. Of the $315 million (31 December 2020: $407 million from continuing operations; $35 million from discontinued operations) total right-of-use assets, $128 million (31 December 2020: $182 million from continuing operations) were held by the Group’s with-profits businesses.
Extension and termination options are included in a number of property and equipment leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. The Group assesses at lease commencement whether it is reasonably certain to exercise the option. This assertion is revisited if there is a material change in circumstances. As at 31 December 2021, the undiscounted value of lease payments beyond the break period not recognised in the lease liabilities from continuing operations is $201 million (31 December 2020: $179 million).
The Group has non-cancellable property subleases which have been classified as operating leases under IFRS 16. The sublease rental income received in 2021 for the leases is $6 million (2020: $6 million from continuing operations).
Tangible assets
At 31 December 2021, of the $140 million (31 December 2020: $152 million from continuing operations; $32 million from discontinued operations) tangible assets, $63 million (31 December 2020: $72 million from continuing operations) were held by the Group’s with-profits businesses.
Capital expenditure: property, plant and equipment by segment
The capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment from continuing operations in 2021 of $36 million (2020: $57 million) arose as follows:
260
D Other information
D1Corporate transactions
D1.1 (Loss) gain attaching to corporate transactions
Where there is a disposal, income and expenses of entities sold during the year are included in the income statement up to the date of disposal. The gain or loss on disposal is calculated as the difference between sale proceeds net of selling costs, less the net assets of the entity at the date of disposal, adjusted for foreign exchange movements attaching to the sold entity that are required to be recycled to the income statement under IAS 21.
Note
The loss attaching to corporate transactions includes $(30) million incurred by Prudential plc during the year (2020: $(20) million) of costs associated with the separation of Jackson. Additionally, the 2021 amount includes $(28) million of payment for the termination of loss of office made to the former chief executive of Jackson as discussed further in note D4. These charges are partially offset by a gain of $23 million on the repurchase by Jackson of a portion of the Group’s retained interest in the company in December 2021, as described further in note D1.2.
D1.2 Discontinued US operations
On 13 September 2021, the Group completed the separation of its US operations (Jackson) through a demerger, whereby shares in Jackson, representing 70.1 per cent voting interest (69.2 per cent economic interest) were distributed to Prudential shareholders. In accordance with IFRS 5 ‘Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations’, the US operations have been classified as discontinued within these consolidated financial statements. The 2021 income statement includes the results of Jackson up to 13 September 2021, the date of demerger.
At the point of demerger, Prudential plc retained a 19.9 per cent non-controlling voting interest (19.7 per cent economic interest) in Jackson, which is reported within the consolidated financial position as a financial investment at fair value and is included in 'Unallocated to a segment (central operations)' for segmental analysis. This investment has been classified as available-for-sale under IAS 39. On 13 December 2021, Jackson announced, as part of its previously disclosed $300 million share repurchase program, the repurchase of 2,242,516 shares of its Class A common stock from Prudential. With this repurchase activity, Prudential’s remaining economic interest in Jackson was 18.4 per cent as of 31 December 2021 (18.5 per cent voting interest). Subject to market conditions, the Group intends to monetise a further portion of this investment to support its investment in Asia within 12 months of the demerger, such that the Group will own less than 10 per cent at the end of such period.
In accordance with IFRIC 17, ‘Distribution of non-cash assets to owners’, at the point of demerger, Jackson was remeasured to fair value and a loss on remeasurement to fair value has been recognised of $(8,259) million within the results of discontinued operations. $(7,341) million of this remeasurement relates to the Group’s 88.9 per cent economic interest in Jackson, with the remaining $(918) million attributable to non-controlling interests. The fair value has been determined with reference to the opening quoted price of Jackson shares on the New York Stock Exchange as at the date of demerger on 13 September 2021.
Accordingly, the value of the dividend in specie representing a 70.1 per cent voting interest (69.2 per cent economic interest) of Jackson distributed to shareholders was $(1,735) million. At the point of demerger, Athene Life Re Ltd. retained its existing 9.9 per cent voting interest (11.1 per cent economic interest) in Jackson.
The results for the discontinued US operations presented in the consolidated financial statements for the period up to the demerger in September 2021 are analysed below.
261
Critical accounting policies applied for the discontinued US operations
The policyholder liabilities for Jackson’s conventional protection-type policies were determined under US GAAP principles with locked in assumptions for mortality, interest, policy lapses and expenses along with provisions for adverse deviations. For other policies, the policyholder liabilities included the policyholder account balance. For those investment contracts with fixed and guaranteed terms, Jackson used the amortised cost model to measure the liability.
Jackson applied FASB ASU 2010-26 on ‘Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts’ and capitalised only those incremental costs directly relating to successfully acquiring a contract. Under US GAAP, most of Jackson’s products were accounted for under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 944, Financial Services – Insurance of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (ASC 944) whereby deferred acquisition costs are amortised in line with expected gross profits. The majority of Jackson’s DAC relates to its variable annuities business. For variable annuity business, a key assumption is the long-term investment return from the separate accounts. Jackson made certain adjustments to the DAC assets which were recognised directly in other comprehensive income (‘shadow accounting’) to match the recognition of unrealised gains or losses on available-for-sale securities causing the adjustments.
Debt securities of Jackson were designated as available-for-sale with value movements, unless impaired, being recorded as movements within other comprehensive income. Impairments were recorded in the income statement. For these securities, the consideration of evidence of impairment requires management’s judgement. In making this determination, a range of market and industry indicators were considered including the severity and duration of the decline in fair value and the financial condition and prospects of the issuer. The factors reviewed include economic conditions, credit loss experience, other issuer-specific developments and future cash flows.
(a)Income statement
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 $m |
| 2019 $m | |
Gross premiums earned | 14,047 |
| 19,026 |
| 21,209 | |
Outward reinsurance premiumsnote (i) | (274) |
| (30,584) |
| (467) | |
Earned premiums, net of reinsurance | 13,773 |
| (11,558) |
| 20,742 | |
Investment return and other income | 32,199 |
| 31,321 |
| 34,689 | |
Total revenue, net of reinsurance | 45,972 |
| 19,763 |
| 55,431 | |
Benefits and claims, net of reinsurance | (41,350) |
| (19,617) |
| (54,734) | |
Acquisition costs and other expenditure | (2,305) |
| (906) |
| (1,429) | |
Total charge, net of reinsurance | (43,655) |
| (20,523) |
| (56,163) | |
Profit (loss) before tax | 2,317 |
| (760) |
| (732) | |
Tax (charge) credit | (363) |
| 477 |
| 347 | |
Profit (loss) after tax | 1,954 |
| (283) |
| (385) | |
Remeasurement to fair value on demergernote (iii) | (8,259) |
| — |
| — | |
Cumulative valuation movements on available-for-sale debt securities, net of related tax and change in DAC, and net investment hedges recycled from other comprehensive incomenote (ii) | 1,278 |
| — |
| — | |
Loss for the year | (5,027) |
| (283) |
| (385) | |
Attributable to: |
|
|
|
| ||
Equity holders of the Company | (4,234) |
| (340) |
| (385) | |
Non-controlling interests | (793) |
| 57 |
| — | |
Loss for the year | (5,027) |
| (283) |
| (385) |
Notes
(i) | In 2020, outward reinsurance premiums included $(30.2) billion paid during the period in respect of the reinsurance of substantially all of Jackson’s in-force fixed and fixed indexed annuity liabilities to Athene Life Re Ltd. |
(ii) | In accordance with IFRS, as a result of the demerger of Jackson, accumulated balances previously recognised through other comprehensive income relating to financial instruments held by Jackson classified as available-for-sale and historical net investment hedges have been recycled from other comprehensive income to the results of discontinued operations in the consolidated income statement. Total shareholders’ equity is unchanged as a result of this recycling. |
(iii) | The loss on remeasurement to fair value on demerger is recognised in accordance with IFRIC 17, 'Distribution of non-cash assets to owners' as described above. |
262
(b)Total comprehensive income
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 $m |
| 2019 $m | |
Loss for the year | (5,027) |
| (283) |
| (385) | |
Other comprehensive (loss) income |
|
|
|
| ||
Valuation movements in the year on available-for-sale debt securities | (1,053) |
| (100) |
| 4,023 | |
Related change in amortisation of DAC | 80 |
| 494 |
| (631) | |
Related tax | 210 |
| (102) |
| (713) | |
(763) | 292 | 2,679 | ||||
Cumulative valuation movements on available-for-sale debt securities, net of related tax and change in DAC, and net investment hedges recycled through profit or loss at the point of demerger | (1,278) |
| — |
| — | |
Other comprehensive (loss) income for the year | (2,041) |
| 292 |
| 2,679 | |
Total comprehensive (loss) income for the year | (7,068) |
| 9 |
| 2,294 | |
Attributable to: |
|
|
|
| ||
Equity holders of the Company | (6,283) |
| (40) |
| 2,294 | |
Non-controlling interests | (785) |
| 49 |
| — | |
Total comprehensive (loss) income for the year | (7,068) |
| 9 |
| 2,294 |
(c)Cash flows
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 $m |
| 2019 $m | |
Net cash flows from operating activities | (423) |
| (807) |
| (1,304) | |
Net cash flows from investing activities | — |
| (2) |
| (5) | |
Net cash flows from financing activitiesnote (i) | 2,329 |
| 470 |
| (33) | |
Cash divested upon demerger | (3,527) |
| — |
| — | |
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents |
| (1,621) |
| (339) |
| (1,342) |
Net cash flows between discontinued and continuing operationsnote (ii) | — | — | (525) | |||
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 Jan |
| 1,621 |
| 1,960 |
| 3,827 |
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec | — |
| 1,621 |
| 1,960 |
Notes
(i) | Financing activities largely reflect issuance of debt of $2,350 million in 2021 and the investment by Athene in 2020. No dividends were paid by Jackson during 2020 or in 2021 prior to demerger. |
(ii) | The 2019 net cash flows between discontinued and continuing operations of $(525) million represented dividends paid by Jackson to Prudential plc. |
Effect on the Group statement of financial position
| 13 September 2021 $m | |
Deferred acquisition costs and other intangible assets |
| 14,018 |
Reinsurers' share of insurance contract liabilities | 34,014 | |
Financial investments |
| 293,562 |
Cash and cash equivalents |
| 3,527 |
Policyholder liabilities |
| (316,495) |
Net other assets and liabilities |
| (17,861) |
Net assets and liabilities of discontinued US operations at demerger before remeasurement to fair value | 10,765 | |
Adjustment for remeasurement of the carrying value of the business to fair value on demerger |
| (8,259) |
Net assets and liabilities of discontinued US operations at demerger after remeasurement to fair value |
| 2,506 |
Attributable to: |
| |
Equity holders of the Company |
| 2,228 |
Non-controlling interests |
| 278 |
2,506 |
D1.3 Discontinued UK and Europe operations
On 21 October 2019, the Group completed the demerger of its UK and Europe operations (M&G plc), which were classified as discontinued operations in the comparatives included within these consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS 5 'Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations'.
The results and cash flows for the discontinued UK and Europe operations presented in the consolidated financial statements for the period of ownership up to the demerger are analysed below. The profit and other comprehensive income for the period from the discontinued UK and Europe operations were wholly attributable to the equity holders of the Company.
263
Total comprehensive income
| 2019 $m | |
Total revenue, net of reinsurance |
| 33,212 |
Total charges, net of reinsurance |
| (31,118) |
Profit before tax |
| 2,094 |
Re-measurement on demerger |
| 188 |
Cumulative exchange loss recycled from other comprehensive income |
| (2,668) |
Total loss before tax |
| (386) |
Tax charge credit |
| (775) |
Loss for the year | (1,161) | |
Other comprehensive income: | ||
Cumulative exchange loss recycled through profit or loss | 2,668 | |
Other items, net of related tax | 203 | |
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of related tax | 2,871 | |
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| 1,710 |
Cash flows
| 2019 $m | |
Cash flows from operating activities |
| 2,375 |
Cash flows from investing activities |
| (454) |
Cash and cash equivalents divested on demerger |
| (7,611) |
Net cash flows in the year |
| (5,690) |
Net cash flows between discontinued and continuing operations* | (436) | |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
| 6,048 |
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
| 78 |
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
| — |
* | The net cash flows between discontinued and continuing operations of $(436) million primarily represented dividends of $(4,525) million, offset by payment for the transfer of debt to M&G plc from Prudential plc prior to the demerger of $4,161 million. |
D2 Contingencies and related obligations
Litigation and regulatory matters
The Group is involved in various litigation and regulatory proceedings. While the outcome of such litigation and regulatory issues cannot be predicted with certainty, the Group believes that their ultimate outcome will not have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
Guarantees
The Group has provided guarantees to third-parties entered into in the normal course of business but the Group does not consider that the amounts involved are significant.
Intra-group capital support arrangements
Prudential has put in place intra-group arrangements to formalise undertakings by Prudential to the regulators of the Hong Kong subsidiaries regarding their solvency levels. Other intra-group transactions are discussed in note D4 below.
D3 Post balance sheet events
Dividends
The 2021 second interim ordinary dividend approved by the Board of Directors after 31 December 2021 is as described in note B5.
Debt redemption
On 20 January 2022 the Company redeemed subordinated debt instruments of $1,725 million, as described in note C5.1.
264
D4 Related party transactions
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries or intra-group transactions are eliminated on consolidation. Intra-group transactions of the Group mainly related to a limited number of loans, guarantees or services provided by the Company to or from other business units, or between local business units, including investment management services provided by the Group’s asset managers to the insurance operations businesses as shown in note B1.3. All intra-group transactions are subject to the same internal approval framework as external transactions. As the Group’s business units operate independently, overall there is limited interconnectedness across the Group. The Group reviews its recovery plan (that also covers intra-group transactions and the level of the Group’s interconnectivity risk) on an annual basis and details the remedial actions that could be used to restore financial strength and viability if the Group were to come under severe stress.
The Company has transactions and outstanding balances with collective investment schemes and similar entities that are not consolidated and where a Group company acts as manager, which are regarded as related parties for the purposes of IAS 24. The balances are included in the Group’s statement of financial position at fair value or amortised cost in accordance with IAS 39 classifications with the corresponding amounts included in the income statement. The transactions include amounts paid on issue of shares or units, amounts received on cancellation of shares or units and amounts paid in respect of the periodic charge and administration fee.
In addition, there are no material transactions between the Group’s joint ventures and associates, which are accounted for on an equity method basis, and other Group companies.
Key management personnel of the Company, as described in note B2.3, may from time to time purchase insurance, asset management or annuity products marketed by Group companies in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons.
On 5 April 2021, pursuant to a separation agreement, Jackson National Life agreed to pay circa $23.5 million to Michael Falcon, the former chief executive officer of Jackson, as a series of cash lump sum payments for termination of loss of office, and agreed that Mr Falcon will retain 98,311 Prudential ADRs that had been previously deferred under the Deferred Annual Incentive Plan. Prudential agreed to reimburse Jackson National Life for such payments and settled this obligation prior to the demerger. On completion of the demerger, the Prudential ADRs were translated into Jackson Shares with an equivalent value. They will be released on the original timeline, ie in 2022 and 2023, and will remain subject to the original malus and clawback provisions.
In 2021, 2020 and 2019, other transactions with key management personnel were not deemed to be significant both by virtue of their size and in the context of the individuals’ financial positions. All of these transactions were on terms broadly equivalent to those that prevailed in arm’s-length transactions.
Additional details on the Directors’ interests in shares, transactions or arrangements are given in ‘Compensation and Employees’. Key management remuneration is disclosed in note B2.3.
D5 Commitments
The Group has provided, from time to time, certain commitments to third parties.
At 31 December 2021, the Group had $2,878 million unfunded commitments (31 December 2020: $1,913 million from continuing operations) primarily related to investments in infrastructure funds and alternative investment funds in Asia. At 31 December 2020, the discontinued US operations had unfunded commitments of $1,016 million related to investments in limited partnerships, commercial mortgage loans and other fixed income securities. These commitments were entered into in the normal course of business and a material adverse impact on the operations is not expected to arise from them.
265
D6 Investments in subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates
D6.1Basis of consolidation
The Group consolidates those investees it is deemed to control. The Group has control over an investee if all three of the following are met: (1) it has power over an investee; (2) it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and (3) it has ability to use its power over the investee to affect its own returns.
Subsidiaries are those investees that the Group controls. The majority of the Group’s subsidiaries are corporate entities.
The Group performs a re-assessment of consolidation whenever there is a change in the substance of the relationship between the Group and an investee. Where the Group is deemed to control an entity it is treated as a subsidiary and its results, assets and liabilities are consolidated. Where the Group holds a minority share in an entity, with no control over the entity, the investments are carried at fair value within financial investments in the consolidated statement of financial position.
Joint ventures are joint arrangements arising from a contractual agreement whereby the Group and other investors have joint control of the net assets of the arrangement. In a number of these arrangements, the Group’s share of the underlying net assets may be less than 50 per cent but the terms of the relevant agreement make it clear that control is jointly exercised between the Group and the third party. Associates are entities over which the Group has significant influence, but it does not control. Generally it is presumed that the Group has significant influence if it holds between 20 per cent and 50 per cent voting rights of the entity.
With the exception of those referred to below, the Group accounts for its investments in joint ventures and associates by using the equity method of accounting. The Group’s share of profit or loss of its joint ventures and associates is recognised in the income statement and its share of movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The equity method of accounting does not apply to investments in associates and joint ventures held by the Group’s insurance or investment funds. This includes collective investment schemes and which, as allowed by IAS 28 ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures’, are carried at fair value through profit or loss.
Structured entities are those that have been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity. Voting rights relate to administrative tasks. Relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements. The Group invests in both consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities including investment vehicles such as:
- | Collective investment schemes; |
- | Collateralised debt obligations; |
- | Mortgage-backed securities; and |
- | Similar asset-backed securities. |
Up until the demerger of Jackson in September 2021, structured entities of the Group also include the investment vehicles within separate accounts offered through variable annuities written by Jackson.
266
Collective investment schemes
The Group invests in collective investment schemes, which invest mainly in equities, bonds, cash and cash equivalents, and properties. In assessing control under IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’, the Group determines whether it is acting as principal or agent and the variable returns from its involvement with these entities. The Group’s percentage ownership in these entities can fluctuate on a daily basis according to the participation of the Group and other investors in them.
- | Where the entity is managed by a Group asset manager, and the Group’s ownership holding in the entity exceeds 50 per cent, the Group is judged to have control over the entity; |
- | Where the entity is managed by a Group asset manager, and the Group’s ownership holding in the entity is between 20 per cent and 50 per cent, the facts and circumstances of the Group’s involvement in the entity are considered, including the rights to any fees earned by the asset manager from the entity, in forming a judgement as to whether the Group has control over the entity; |
- | Where the entity is managed by a Group asset manager, and the Group’s ownership holding in the entity is less than 20 per cent, the Group is judged to not have control over the entity; and |
- | Where the entity is managed by an asset manager outside the Group, an assessment is made of whether the Group has existing rights that gives it the ability to direct the current activities of the entity and therefore control the entity. In assessing the Group’s ability to direct an entity, the Group considers its ability relative to other investors. |
Where the Group is deemed to control these entities, they are treated as a subsidiary and are consolidated, with the interests of investors other than the Group being classified as liabilities, and presented within ’Net asset value attributable to unit holders of consolidated investment funds’.
Where the Group does not control these entities (as it is deemed to be acting as an agent under IFRS 10) and they do not meet the definition of associates, they are carried at fair value through profit or loss within financial investments in the consolidated statement of financial position.
Where the Group’s asset manager sets up investment funds as part of its asset management operations, unless the Group also participates in the ownership holding of the entities, the Group’s interest is limited to the fees charged to manage the assets of such entities. With no participation in ownership holding of these entities, the Group does not retain risks associated with investment funds. For these investment funds, the Group is not deemed to control the entities but to be acting as an agent.
The Group generates returns and retains the ownership risks in these investment vehicles commensurate to its participation and does not have any further exposure to the residual risks of these investment vehicles.
Other structured entities
The Group holds investments in mortgage-backed securities, collateralised debt obligations and similar asset-backed securities, the majority of which are actively traded in a liquid market.
The Group consolidates the vehicles that hold the investments where the Group is deemed to control the vehicles. When assessing control over the vehicles, the factors considered include the purpose and design of the vehicle, the Group’s exposure to the variability of returns and the scope of the Group’s ability to direct the relevant activities of the vehicle including any kick-out or removal rights that are held by third parties. The outcome of the control assessment is dependent on the terms and conditions of the respective individual arrangements.
The majority of such vehicles are not consolidated. In these cases, the Group is not the sponsor of the vehicles in which it holds investments and has no administrative rights over the vehicles’ activities. The Group generates returns and retains the ownership risks commensurate to its holding and its exposure to the investments and does not have any further exposure to the residual risks or losses of the investments or the vehicles in which it holds investments. Accordingly, the Group does not have power over the relevant activities of such vehicles and all are carried at fair value through profit or loss within financial investments in the consolidated statement of financial position.
267
The table below provides aggregate carrying amounts of the investments in unconsolidated structured entities for continuing operations reported in the Group’s statement of financial position:
The Group's maximum exposure to loss related to the interest in unconsolidated structured entities is limited to the carrying value in the statement of financial position and the unfunded investment commitments provided by the Group (see note D5).
During the reporting period, the Group receives dividend and interest income from its investments in these unconsolidated structured entities. Where the Group’s asset manager manages these entities such as the collective investment schemes, the Group also receives asset management fees from these entities.
As at 31 December 2021 and 2020, the Group does not have an agreement, contractual or otherwise, or intention to provide financial support to structured entities (both consolidated and unconsolidated) that could expose the Group to a loss.
D6.2 Dividend restrictions and minimum capital requirements
Certain Group subsidiaries and joint ventures are subject to restrictions on the amount of funds they may transfer in the form of cash dividends or otherwise to the parent company.
Under UK company law, UK companies can only declare dividends if they have sufficient distributable reserves.
The Group’s subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates may remit dividends to the Group, in general, provided the statutory insurance fund meets the capital adequacy standard required under local statutory regulations and has sufficient distributable reserves. Further details on local capital regulations in certain Asia operations please refer to note C10.2.
D6.3 Investments in joint ventures and associates
Joint ventures represent arrangements where the controlling parties through contractual or other agreement have the rights to the net assets of the arrangements. The Group has shareholder-backed joint venture insurance and asset management businesses in China with CITIC Group and a joint venture asset management business in India with ICICI Bank. In addition, there is an asset management joint venture in Hong Kong with Bank of China International Holdings Limited (BOCI) and Takaful insurance joint venture in Malaysia. For the Group’s joint ventures that are accounted for by using the equity method, the net of tax results of these operations are included in the Group’s profit before tax.
The Group’s associates, which are also accounted for under the equity method, include the Indian insurance entity (with the majority shareholder being ICICI Bank).
In addition, the Group has investments in collective investment schemes, funds holding collateralised debt obligations and property funds where the Group has significant influence. As allowed under IAS 28, these investments are accounted for on a fair value through profit or loss basis. The aggregate fair value of associates accounted for at fair value through profit or loss, where there are published price quotations, is approximately $0.6 billion at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: $0.7 billion).
For joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method, the 12 months financial information of these investments for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 (covering the same period as that of the Group) has been used in these consolidated financial statements.
268
The Group’s share of the profits for shareholder-backed business (including short-term fluctuations in investment returns), net of related tax, in joint ventures and associates, which are equity accounted as shown in the consolidated income statement, is allocated across segments as follows:
Note
For growth markets and other, as well as the segment results for associates and joint ventures within the segment, the amount shown includes other items of $(38) million (2020: $(103) million; 2019: $(64) million) which primarily comprise of taxes for all life joint ventures and associates together with other non-recurring items.
There is no other comprehensive income in the joint ventures and associates other than the foreign exchange differences that arise from translating the associates and joint ventures into the Group's presentational currency. There has been no unrecognised share of losses of a joint venture or associate that the Group has stopped recognising in total comprehensive income.
The Group’s interest in joint ventures and associates gives rise to no contingent liabilities or capital commitments that are material to the Group.
CITIC-Prudential Life Insurance Company is the Group’s joint venture with the CITIC Group in which the Group owns a 50 per cent interest. The joint venture is incorporated in China and is principally engaged in underwriting insurance and investment contracts. The summarised financial information for CITIC-Prudential Life Insurance Company, which is considered to be a material joint venture to the Group, is set out below. The financial information represents the entity’s financial statements prepared in accordance with Group's IFRS accounting policies, on a 100 per cent basis, for the years shown:
Income statement: |
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 $m |
| 2019 $m |
Revenue | 7,374 | 5,492 |
| 4,524 | ||
Profit for the year after tax | 453 |
| 599 |
| 427 | |
The above profit for the year includes the following: |
|
|
|
| ||
Depreciation and amortisation | (86) |
| (81) |
| (71) | |
Interest income | 465 |
| 378 |
| 351 | |
Interest expense | (2) |
| (2) |
| (3) | |
Income tax expense | (84) |
| (166) |
| (92) |
The summarised financial information above is reconciled to the carrying amount of the Group’s interest in the joint venture recognised in the consolidated financial statements as follows:
The Group has received dividends of $57 million (2020: $38 million) from CITIC-Prudential Life Insurance Company.
269
D6.4 Related undertakings
In accordance with Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006, a list of Prudential Group’s subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and significant holdings (being holdings of more than 20 per cent) is disclosed below, along with the classes of shares held, the registered office address and the effective percentage of equity owned at 31 December 2021.
The definitions of a subsidiary undertaking, joint venture and associate in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 are different from the definition under IFRS Standards. As a result, the related undertakings included within the list below may not be the same as the undertakings consolidated in the Group IFRS financial statements. The Group’s consolidation policy is described in note D6.1. The Group also operates through branches, none of which are significant.
Simplified corporate structure as at 31 December 2021
*CPL is a 50/50 joint venture with CITIC, a leading state owned conglomerate.
†Indirectly held by Prudential Corporation Asia Limited.
Direct subsidiary undertakings of the parent company, Prudential plc (shares held directly or via nominees)
Key to share classes:
Abbreviation | Class of share held | |
LBG | Limited by Guarantee | |
MI | Membership Interest | |
OS | Ordinary Shares | |
PI | Partnership Interest | |
PS | Preference Shares | |
U | Units |
Name of entity |
| Classes of |
| Proportion |
| Registered office address |
Prudential Corporation Asia Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, Hong Kong | |
Prudential Group Holdings Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom |
270
Other subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and significant holdings of the Group – no shares held directly by the parent company (Prudential plc) or its nominees
271
272
GS Twenty Two Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom | |
HSBC Senior Global Infrastructure Debt Fund |
| U |
| 100.00% | 8 Canada Square, London, E14 5HQ, United Kingdom | |
ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limited |
| OS |
| 49.00% | 12th Floor, Narain Manzil, 23, Barakhamba Road, New Delhi 110001, India | |
ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited |
| OS |
| 22.09% | ICICI PruLife Towers, 1089 Appasaheb Marathe Marg, Prabhadevi, Mumbai 400025, India | |
ICICI Prudential Pension Funds Management Company Limited |
| OS |
| 22.09% | ||
ICICI Prudential Trust Limited |
| OS |
| 49.00% | 12th Floor, Narain Manzil, 23, Barakhamba Road, New Delhi 110001, India | |
India Innovation High Growth EQ QII | U | 100.00% | Eastspring Investments Limited, Marunouchi Park Bldg., 2-6-1 Marunochi, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan 100-6905 | |||
Invesco Fixed Maturity Selective Emerging Market Bonds 2024 | U | 99.49% | 8th Floor, No 122, Tung Hua N. Rd. Taipei, Taiwan | |||
Invesco Select 6 Year Maturity Global Bond Fund |
| U |
| 99.43% | ||
iShares Australian Equity ETFs | U | 21.52% | Yarra Falls, 452 Johnston Street, Abbotsford VIC 3067 | |||
iShares Core MSCI Asia | U | 78.02% | 16th Floor Champion Tower, 3 Garden Road, Central, Hong Kong | |||
iShares Core MSCI Europe UCITS ETF EUR (Acc) | U | 27.70% | 1 North Wall Quay, Dublin 1 | |||
iShares Edge MSCI USA Minimum volatility ESG UCITS ETF | U |
| 86.82% | J.P. Morgan 200 Capital 79 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay Dublin 2 D02 RK57 Ireland | ||
iShares Fallen Angels High Yield Corporate Bond UCITS ETF Wing |
| U |
| 54.90% | 79 Sir John Rogerson's Quay, Dublin 2, D02 RK 57, Ireland | |
iShares MSCI USA Momentum Factor ESG UCITS ETF USD (Acc) | U | 99.33% | ||||
iShares STOXX Europe 600 Telecommunications UCITS ETF | U | 26.50% | Unter den Linden 42, 10117 Berlin | |||
iShares US Value ESG USD A | U | 98.90% | J.P. Morgan 200 Capital 79 Sir John Rogerson's Quay Dublin 2 D02 RK57 Ireland | |||
KKP Active Equity Fund | U | 30.10% | 19th Floor Muang Thai-Phatra Complex, Building Tower, A, 252/25 Ratchadapisek Road, Huaykwang, Bangkok 10310, Thailand | |||
Krungsri Greater China Equity Hedged Dividend Fund | U | 29.29% | 12th, 18th Zone B Floor, Ploenchit Tower 898 Ploenchit Road, Lumpini Pathumwan, Bangkok 10330, Thailand | |||
Lasalle Property Securities SICAV-FIS |
| U |
| 99.61% | 11-13 Bouldevard de la Foire, L-1528 Luxembourg | |
M&G Asia Property TS Trust |
| U |
| 99.94% | 8 Marina Boulevard, #05-02 Marina Bay Financial Centre Tower 1, Singapore 018981 | |
M&G Luxembourg European Strategic Value Fund |
| U |
| 29.27% | 49 Avenue J.F. Kennedy, L-1855, Luxembourg | |
M&G Real Estate Asia Holding Company Pte. Ltd. |
| OS |
| 33.00% | 138 Market Street, #35-01 CapitaGreen, Singapore 048946 |
Manulife Asia Pacific Bond Fund |
| U |
| 56.16% | 9th Floor, No 89 Son Ren Road, Taipei, Taiwan | |
Manulife Asia Pacific Mid and Small Capital Fund |
| U |
| 31.40% | ||
Manulife China Dim Sum High Yield Bond Fund |
| U |
| 59.75% | ||
Manulife China Offshore Bond Fund |
| U |
| 73.13% | ||
Manulife Taiwan Dynamic Fund-I |
| U |
| 24.36% | ||
Manulife USD High Yield Bond Fund | U | 35.95% | ||||
Nomura Six Years Fixed Maturity Asia Pacific Emerging Market Bond Fund |
| U |
| 99.75% | 101 Tower, 30th Floor, No. 7 Sec. 5, Xinyi Rd., Xinyi Dist., Taipei, Taiwan | |
Nomura Six Years Fixed Maturity Emerging Market Bond Fund | U | 40.58% | ||||
Nomura Six Years Ladder Maturity Asia Pacific Emerging Market Bond Fund |
| U |
| 99.90% | ||
North Sathorn Holdings Company Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | No. 63, Athenee Tower, 34th Floor, Wireless Road, Lumpini Subdistrict Pathumwan District, Bangkok Metropolis, Thailand | |
PCA IP Services Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, Hong Kong | |
PCA Life Assurance Co. Ltd. | OS | 99.79% | 8th Floor, No.1 Songzhi Road, Taipei City, 11047, Taiwan | |||
PCA Reinsurance Co. Ltd. |
| OS |
| 100.00% | Unit Level 13(A), Main Office Tower, Financial Park Labuan, Jalan Merdeka, 87000 Federal Territory of Labuan, Malaysia |
273
| Classes of |
|
| |||
shares | Proportion | |||||
Name of entity | held | held | Registered office address | |||
Prenetics Group Limited | PS | 11.18% | P.O. Box 902, Second Floor, Century Yard, Cricket Square, Grand Cayman, KY1-1001, Cayman Islands | |||
Pru Life Insurance Corporation of U.K. | OS | 100.00% | 9th Floor, Uptown Place Tower 1, 1 East 11th Drive, Uptown Bonifacio, 1634 Taguig City, Metro Manila, Philippines | |||
Pru Life UK Asset Management and Trust Corporation |
| OS |
| 100.00% |
| |
Prudence Foundation | LBG | 100.00% | 13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, Hong Kong | |||
Prudential (Cambodia) Life Assurance Plc |
| OS |
| 100.00% | Phnom Penh Tower, 20F, #445, Monivong Blvd., Boeung, Prolit, 7 Makara, Phnom Penh, Cambodia | |
Prudential (US Holdco 1) Limited | OS | 100.00% | 1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom | |||
Prudential Africa Holdings Limited | OS | 100.00% |
| |||
Prudential Africa Services Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 3rd Floor One Africa Place LR. No. 1870/X/45 , P.O. Box 25093-00100, Nairobi, Kenya | |
Prudential Assurance Company Singapore (Pte) Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 30 Cecil Street, #30-01 Prudential Tower, Singapore 049712 | |
Prudential Assurance Malaysia Berhad* |
| OS |
| 51.00% | Level 20, Menara Prudential, Persiaran TRX Barat, 55188 Tun Razak Exchange, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia | |
Prudential Assurance Uganda Limited | OS | 100.00% | Zebra Plaza, Plot 23, Kampala Road, P.O. Box 2660, Kampala, Uganda | |||
Prudential BeGeneral Insurance S.A. | OS | 51.00% | Immeuble Woodin Center 1st Floor, Avenue Nogues, Plateaux, Abidjan, Cote d'Ivoire | |||
Prudential Belife Insurance S.A. | OS | 50.93% |
| |||
Prudential Beneficial General Insurance Cameroon S.A. | OS | 50.04% | 1944 Blvd de la République, BP 2328, Douala, Cameroon | |||
Prudential Beneficial Life Insurance Cameroon S.A. | OS | 51.00% |
| |||
Prudential Beneficial Life Insurance Togo S.A. | OS | 50.99% | 2963 Rue De La Chance Agbalepedogan, P.B. 1115, Lome, Togo | |||
Prudential BSN Takaful Berhad† |
| OS |
| 49.00% | Level 13, Menara Prudential, Persiaran TRX Barat, 55188 Tun Razak Exchange, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia | |
Prudential Corporation Asia Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, Hong Kong | |
Prudential Corporation Holdings Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom | |
Prudential Financial Partners (Asia) Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | ||
Prudential Financial Partners HK Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, Hong Kong | |
Prudential General Insurance Hong Kong Limited | OS | 100.00% | 59th Floor, One Island East, 18 Westlands Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong | |||
Prudential Group Holdings Limited | OS | 100.00% | 1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom | |||
Prudential Group Secretarial Services HK Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, Hong Kong | |
Prudential Group Secretarial Services Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom | |
Prudential Holdings Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 4th Floor, Saltire Court, 20, Castle Terrace, Edinburgh, EH1 2EN, United Kingdom | |
Prudential Hong Kong Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 59th Floor, One Island East, 18 Westlands Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong | |
Prudential International Treasury Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, Hong Kong | |
Prudential IP Services Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom | |
Prudential Life Assurance (Lao) Company Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 5th Floor, Lao international Business and Tourist Center Project (Vientiane Center), Khouvieng Road, Nongchan Village, Sisattanak District, Vientiane Capital, Lao PDR | |
Prudential Life Assurance (Thailand) Public Company Limited |
| OS |
| 99.93% | 944 Mitrtown Office Tower, 10th, 29th-31st Floor, Rama 4 Road, Wangmai, Pathumwan, Bangkok, 10330, Thailand | |
Prudential Life Assurance Kenya Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | Vienna Court, Ground Floor, State House Road-Crescent Road, P.O. Box 25093-00100, Nairobi, Kenya | |
Prudential Life Assurance Zambia Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | Prudential House, Plot No. 32256, Thabo Mbeki Road, P.O. Box 31357, Lusaka, Zambia | |
Prudential Life Insurance Ghana Limited | OS | 100.00% | 35 North Street, Tesano, Accra, Accra - North, PO Box AN11549, Ghana | |||
Prudential Life Vault Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 98 Awolowo Road, South-West Ikoyi, Lagos, Nigeria |
Prudential Mauritius Holdings Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 3rd Floor, 355 NEX, Rue du Savoir, Cybercity Ebene, 72201, Mauritius | |
Prudential Myanmar Life Insurance Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | #15-01, 15th Floor, Sule Square, 221 Sule Pagoda Road, Kyauktada Township, Yangon, Myanmar | |
Prudential Pensions Management Zambia Limited |
| OS |
| 49.00% | Prudential House, Plot No. 32256, Thabo Mbeki Road, P.O. Box 31357, Lusaka, Zambia | |
Prudential Services Asia Sdn. Bhd. | OS | 100.00% | Suite 1005, 10th Floor, Wisma Hamzah-Kwong Hing, No. 1 Leboh Ampang, 50100 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia | |||
PS | 100.00% | |||||
Prudential Services Limited |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom | |
Prudential Services Singapore Pte. Ltd. | OS | 100.00% | 1 Wallich Street, #19-01 Guoco Tower, Singapore 078881 | |||
Prudential Singapore Holdings Pte. Limited | OS | 100.00% | 30 Cecil Street, #30-01 Prudential Tower, Singapore 049712 | |||
Prudential Technology and Services India Private Limited | OS | 100.00% | CoWrks NXT, EPIP Industrial Area, Whitefield Road, K.R Puram, Near SAP Labs, Hubli, Bangalore, Karnataka, 560066, India | |||
Prudential Vietnam Assurance Private Limited | OS | 100.00% | 25th Floor, Saigon Trade Centre, 37 Ton Duc Thang Street, District 1, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam | |||
Prudential Zenith Life Insurance Limited |
| OS |
| 51.00% | 13th Floor, Civic Towers, Ozumba Mbadiwe Avenue, Victoria Island, Lagos, Nigeria | |
PRUInvest PH Equity Index Tracker Fund | U | 99.23% | 9th Floor Uptown Place Tower 1, 1 East 11th Drive, Uptown Bonifacio, 1634 Taguig City, Metro Manila, Philippines | |||
PT Prudential Sharia Life Assurance | OS | 94.62% | Prudential Tower, 2nd Floor, Jl. Jend. Sudirman Kav. 79, Jakarta 12910, Indonesia | |||
PT. Eastspring Investments Indonesia |
| OS |
| 100.00% | Prudential Tower, 23rd Floor, Jl. Jend. Sudirman Kav.79, Jakarta 12910, Indonesia | |
PT. Prudential Life Assurance | OS | 94.62% | Prudential Tower, JI. Jend. Sudirman Kav. 79, Jakarta 12910, Indonesia | |||
Pulse Ecosystems Pte. Ltd. |
| OS |
| 100.00% | 1 Wallich Street, #19-01 Guoco Tower, Singapore 078881 | |
Pulse Wealth Limited | OS | 100.00% | 59th Floor One Island East, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong | |||
PVFC Financial Limited (in liquidation) |
| OS |
| 100.00% | Suite 509, 5th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, Hong Kong | |
Reksa Dana Eastspring IDR Fixed Income Fund |
| U |
| 98.86% | Prudential Tower, 23rd Floor, Jl. Jend. Sudirman Kav.79, Jakarta 12910, Indonesia | |
Reksa Dana Eastspring Investments Alpha Navigator Fund |
| U |
| 79.24% | ||
Reksa Dana Eastspring Investments Cash Reserve |
| U |
| 98.25% | ||
Reksa Dana Eastspring Investments IDR High Grade |
| U |
| 35.51% | ||
Reksa Dana Eastspring Investments Value Discovery |
| U |
| 81.12% | ||
Reksa Dana Syariah Eastspring Syariah Equity Islamic Asia Pacific USD |
| U |
| 81.64% | ||
Reksa Dana Syariah Eastspring Syariah Fixed Income Amanah |
| U |
| 48.79% | ||
Reksa Dana Syariah Eastspring Syariah Money Market Khazanah |
| U |
| 96.38% | ||
Reksa Dana Syariah Penyertaan Terbatas Bahana Syariah BUMN Fund |
| U |
| 99.01% | Graha CIMB Niaga 21st Floor. Jl Jend Sudirman Kav 58, Jakarta - 12190, Indonesia | |
Rhodium Investment Fund |
| U |
| 99.90% | 10 Marina Boulevard, #32-01, Marina Bay Financial Centre Tower 2, Singapore 018983 | |
SCB Global Income Fund |
| U |
| 22.59% | 7-8th Floor, SCB Park Plaza 1, 18 Ratchadapisek Road, Chatuchak, Bangkok 10900, Thailand | |
SCB Set Banking Sector Fund |
| U |
| 21.65% | ||
Schroder Asian Investment Grade Credit |
| U |
| 33.32% | 138 Market Street, #23-01 CapitaGreen, Singapore 048946 | |
Schroder Emerging Markets Fund |
| U |
| 63.00% | ||
Schroder Multi-Asset Revolution |
| U |
| 52.22% | ||
Schroder US Dollar Money Fund |
| U |
| 37.00% | ||
Scotts Spazio Pte. Ltd. |
| OS |
| 45.00% | 316 Tanglin Road, #01-01,Singapore, 247978 | |
Shenzhen Prudential Technology Limited | MI |
| 100.00% | Unit 5, 8th Floor, China Resources Tower, No.2666 Keyuan South Road, Yuehai Street, Nanshan District, Shenzhen 518054, China |
274
* | Prudential Assurance Malaysia Berhad is consolidated at 100 per cent in the Group's financial statements reflecting the economic interest to the Group. |
† | Prudential BSN Takaful Berhad is a joint venture that is accounted for using the equity method, for which the Group has an economic interest of 70 per cent for all business sold up to 23 December 2016 and of 49 per cent for new business sold subsequent to this date. |
275
Index to the Condensed Financial Information of Registrant Prudential plc
276
Schedule II
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant Prudential plc
Profit and Loss Accounts (FRS 101 Basis)
Years ended 31 Dec |
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 $m |
| 2019 $m |
Investment income, including dividends received from subsidiary undertakings |
| 3,642 |
| 539 |
| 9,707 |
Investment expenses and charges |
| (328) |
| (14) | (515) | |
Gain on revaluation of M&G plc upon demerger in 2019 | — | — | 3,649 | |||
Loss on revaluation of Jackson upon demerger | (439) | — | — | |||
Corporate expenditure |
| (244) |
| (572) |
| (713) |
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses) |
| 11 |
| (19) |
| (18) |
Profit (loss) on ordinary activities before tax |
| 2,642 |
| (66) |
| 12,110 |
Tax credit (charge) on profit on ordinary activities |
| 6 |
| (19) |
| 145 |
Profit for the financial year |
| 2,648 |
| (85) |
| 12,255 |
Other comprehensive income: |
|
|
| |||
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss | ||||||
Exchange movements arising during the year | — | — | 393 | |||
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss |
|
|
| |||
Valuation movements on retained interest in Jackson measured at fair value through other comprehensive income | 273 | — | — | |||
Actuarial losses recognised in respect of the defined benefit pension scheme |
| — |
| — |
| (91) |
Related tax | — | — | 16 | |||
| 273 |
| — |
| 318 | |
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year |
| 2,921 |
| (85) |
| 12,573 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this condensed financial information
277
Schedule II
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant Prudential plc
Statements of Financial Position (FRS 101 Basis)
| 31 Dec 2021 $m |
| 31 Dec 2020 $m | |
Non-current assets |
|
|
|
|
Investments in subsidiary undertakings |
| 13,114 |
| 12,682 |
Current assets |
|
| ||
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings |
| 7,013 |
| 6,722 |
Equity securities - fair value through other comprehensive income | 683 | — | ||
Other debtors |
| 9 |
| 5 |
Cash at bank and in hand |
| 1,711 |
| 5 |
| 9,416 |
| 6,732 | |
Liabilities: amounts falling due within one year |
|
| ||
Subordinated liabilities | (1,725) | — | ||
Commercial paper |
| (500) |
| (501) |
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings |
| (161) |
| (149) |
Tax payable |
| (7) |
| (16) |
Accruals and deferred income |
| (85) |
| (79) |
| (2,478) |
| (745) | |
Net current assets |
| 6,938 |
| 5,987 |
Total assets less current liabilities |
| 20,052 |
| 18,669 |
Liabilities: amounts falling due after more than one year |
|
| ||
Subordinated liabilities |
| (2,350) |
| (4,332) |
Debenture loans |
| (1,702) |
| (1,701) |
Other borrowings |
| (350) |
| (350) |
| (4,402) |
| (6,383) | |
Total net assets |
| 15,650 |
| 12,286 |
Capital and reserves |
|
| ||
Share capital |
| 182 |
| 173 |
Share premium |
| 5,010 |
| 2,637 |
Profit and loss account |
| 10,458 |
| 9,476 |
Shareholders’ funds |
| 15,650 |
| 12,286 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this condensed financial information
278
Schedule II
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant Prudential plc
Statements of Changes in Equity (FRS 101 basis)
|
| Total | ||||||
Share |
| Share |
| Profit and | shareholders' | |||
capital | premium | loss account | funds | |||||
$m | $m | $m | $m | |||||
Balance at 1 Jan 2019 |
| 166 |
| 2,502 |
| 6,820 |
| 9,488 |
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| |||||||
Profit for the year |
| — |
| — |
| 12,255 |
| 12,255 |
Actuarial loss recognised in respect of the defined benefit pension scheme |
| — |
| — |
| (75) |
| (75) |
Foreign exchange translation differences due to change in presentation currency at 31 Dec 2018 | — |
| — |
| 393 |
| 393 | |
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| — | — | 12,573 | 12,573 | |||
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity |
| |||||||
New share capital subscribed |
| — |
| 22 |
| — |
| 22 |
Share-based payment transactions |
| — |
| — |
| (4) |
| (4) |
Dividend in specie of M&G plc | — |
| — |
| (7,379) |
| (7,379) | |
Other dividends |
| — | — | (1,634) | (1,634) | |||
Foreign exchange translation differences due to change in presentation currency at 31 Dec 2019 |
| 6 |
| 101 |
| — |
| 107 |
Total contributions by and distributions to owners | 6 |
| 123 |
| (9,017) |
| (8,888) | |
Balance at 31 Dec 2019 / 1 Jan 2020 |
| 172 | 2,625 | 10,376 | 13,173 | |||
Total comprehensive loss for the year | — | — | (85) | (85) | ||||
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
New share capital subscribed |
| 1 | 12 |
| — |
| 13 | |
Share-based payment transactions |
| — | — |
| (1) |
| (1) | |
Dividends | — | — | (814) | (814) | ||||
Total contributions by and distributions to owners | 1 | 12 | (815) | (802) | ||||
Balance at 31 Dec 2020 / 1 Jan 2021 |
| 173 |
| 2,637 |
| 9,476 |
| 12,286 |
Profit for the year | — | — | 2,648 | 2,648 | ||||
Valuation movements on retained interest in Jackson measured at fair value through other comprehensive income | — | — | 273 | 273 | ||||
Total comprehensive income for the year | — | — | 2,921 | 2,921 | ||||
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity | ||||||||
New share capital subscribed | 9 | 2,373 | — | 2,382 | ||||
Demerger dividend in specie of Jackson | — | — | (1,735) | (1,735) | ||||
Share-based payment transactions | — | — | 217 | 217 | ||||
Other dividends | — | — | (421) | (421) | ||||
Total contributions by and distributions to owners | 9 | 2,373 | (1,939) | 443 | ||||
Balance at 31 Dec 2021 | 182 | 5,010 | 10,458 | 15,650 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this condensed financial information
279
Schedule II
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant Prudential plc
Statements of Cash Flows (FRS 101 Basis)
Years ended 31 December |
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 $m |
| 2019 $m |
Operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash inflow from operating activities before interest and tax |
| 417 |
| 273 |
| 6,015 |
Interest paid |
| (328) |
| (320) |
| (500) |
Taxes (paid) received |
| (13) |
| 93 |
| 117 |
Equity dividends paid |
| (421) |
| (814) |
| (1,634) |
Net cash (outflow) inflow from operating activities |
| (345) |
| (768) |
| 3,998 |
Financing activities |
|
|
| |||
Issuance of ordinary share capital |
| 2,383 |
| 13 |
| 22 |
Issuance of core structural borrowings |
| 995 |
| 983 |
| 367 |
Redemption of core structural borrowings |
| (1,250) |
| — |
| (863) |
Transfer of debt to M&G plc prior to demerger in 2019 | — | — | (4,161) | |||
Movement in commercial paper and other borrowings to support a short-term fixed income securities program |
| (1) |
| (19) |
| (81) |
Dividend income from investment in subsidiary undertakings | 215 | 112 | 118 | |||
Movement in net amount owed by subsidiary undertakings |
| (374) |
| (370) |
| 626 |
Net cash inflow (outflow) from financing activities |
| 1,968 |
| 719 |
| (3,972) |
Investing activities | ||||||
Disposal of Jackson shares | 83 | — | — | |||
Net cash inflow from investing activities | 83 | — | — | |||
Net increase (decrease) in cash at bank and in hand | 1,706 | (49) | 26 | |||
Cash at bank and in hand at 1 January | 5 | 54 | 28 | |||
Cash at bank and in hand at 31 December | 1,711 | 5 | 54 | |||
Reconciliation of profit on ordinary activities before tax to net cash inflow from operating activities before interest and tax |
|
|
| |||
Profit (loss) on ordinary activities before tax |
| 2,642 |
| (66) |
| 12,110 |
Add back: interest charged to profit or loss |
| 328 |
| 320 |
| 515 |
Adjustments for non-cash items: |
|
|
| |||
Fair value adjustments on derivatives |
| — |
| — |
| 77 |
Pension scheme |
| — |
| — |
| (21) |
Non-cash dividends paid | (2,968) | — | (2,960) | |||
Revaluation of M&G plc on distribution in 2019 | — | — | (3,649) | |||
Revaluation of Jackson on distribution in 2021 | 439 | — | — | |||
Gain on realisation of Jackson shares | (23) | — | — | |||
Foreign currency exchange and other movements |
| (6) |
| 8 |
| (8) |
(Increase) decrease in debtors |
| (4) |
| (1) |
| 2 |
Increase (decrease) in creditors |
| 9 |
| 12 |
| (51) |
Net cash inflow from operating activities before interest and tax |
| 417 |
| 273 |
| 6,015 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this condensed financial information
280
Schedule II
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant Prudential plc
Notes to the Condensed Financial Statement Schedule
31 December 2021
1 | Basis of preparation |
The financial statements of the parent company are prepared in accordance with UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (‘FRS 101’). In preparing these financial statements, the Company applies the recognition and measurement requirements in International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) but makes amendments where necessary in order to comply with the UK Companies Act 2006.
2 | Significant accounting policies |
Investments in subsidiary undertakings
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are shown at cost, less impairment. Investments are assessed for impairment by comparing the net assets of the subsidiary undertakings with the carrying value of the investment.
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings are shown at cost, less provisions. Provisions are determined using the expected credit loss approach under IFRS 9.
Financial Instruments
Under IFRS 9, except for derivative instruments (where applicable) that are mandatorily classified as fair value through profit or loss and the Company’s financial investment in Jackson’s equity securities, which are classified as fair value through other comprehensive income (as discussed below), all of the financial assets and liabilities of the Company are held at amortised cost.The Company assesses impairment on its loans and receivables using the expected credit loss approach. The expected credit loss on the Company’s loans and receivables, the majority of which represent loans to its subsidiaries, have been assessed by taking into account the probability of default on those loans. In all cases, the subsidiaries are expected to have sufficient resources to repay the loan either now or over time based on projected earnings. For loans recallable on demand, the expected credit loss has been limited to the impact of discounting the value of the loan between the balance sheet date and the anticipated recovery date. For loans with a fixed maturity date the expected credit loss has been determined with reference to the historic experience of loans with equivalent credit characteristics.
Upon the demerger of Jackson, the Company has made the election under IFRS 9 to measure its retained interest in Jackson’s equity securities at ‘fair value through other comprehensive income’. Under this designation, only dividend income from this retained interest is recognised in the profit or loss of the Company. Unrealised gains and losses are recognised in other comprehensive income and there is no recycling to the profit or loss on derecognition.
281
Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs, and subsequently accounted for on an amortised cost basis using the effective interest method. Under the effective interest method, the difference between the redemption value of the borrowing and the initial proceeds, net of transaction costs, is amortised through the profit and loss account to the date of maturity or, for subordinated debt, over the expected life of the instrument. Where modifications to borrowings do not result in a substantial difference to the terms of the instrument, any costs or fees incurred adjust the carrying amount of the liability and are amortised over the remaining expected life of the modified instrument. Where modifications to borrowings do result in a substantial difference to the terms of the instrument, the instrument is treated as if it had been extinguished and replaced by a new instrument which is initially recognised at fair value and subsequently accounted for on an amortised cost basis using the effective interest method. Any costs or fees arising from such a modification are recognised as an expense when incurred.
Dividends
Interim dividends are recorded in the period in which they are paid.
Share premium
The difference between the proceeds received on issue of shares and the nominal value of the shares issued is credited to the share premium account.
Foreign currency translation
Transactions not denominated in the Company’s functional currency, US dollars, are initially recorded at the functional rate of currency prevailing on the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities not denominated in the Company’s functional currency are translated to the Company's functional currency at year end spot rates. The impact of these currency translations is recorded within the profit and loss account for the year.
Tax
Current tax expense is charged or credited to operations based upon amounts estimated to be payable or recoverable as a result of taxable amounts for the current year. To the extent that losses of an individual UK company are not offset, they can be carried back for one year or carried forward indefinitely to be offset, subject to restrictions based on future taxable profits, against profits arising from the same company or other companies in the same UK tax group.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised in accordance with the provisions of IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that future taxable profits will be available against which these losses can be utilised. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.
Following the demerger of M&G plc in 2019, it is unlikely that the UK tax group will have future taxable income which would enable a current tax credit or deferred tax asset to be recognised.
Share-based payments
The Group offers share award and option plans for certain key employees and a Save As You Earn (‘SAYE’) plan for all UK and certain overseas employees. The share-based payment plans operated by the Group are mainly equity-settled.
282
Under IFRS 2 ‘Share-based payment’, where the Company, as the parent company, has the obligation to settle the options or awards of its equity instruments to employees of its subsidiary undertakings, and such share-based payments are accounted for as equity-settled in the Group financial statements, the Company records an increase in the investment in subsidiary undertakings for the value of the share options and awards granted with a corresponding credit entry recognised directly in equity. The value of the share options and awards granted is based upon the fair value of the options and awards at the grant date, the vesting period and the vesting conditions. Cash receipts from business units in respect of newly issued share schemes are treated as returns of capital within investments in subsidiaries.
3Dividends received from subsidiary undertakings
The parent company received dividends totalling $3,597 million from its consolidated subsidiary undertakings in 2021 (2020: $406 million; 2019: $9,599 million).
4Reconciliation from the FRS 101 parent company results to the IFRS Group results
The parent company financial statements are prepared in accordance with FRS 101 and the Group financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS Standards as issued by the IASB and international financial reporting standards adopted for use in the UK.
The tables below provide a reconciliation between the FRS 101 parent company results and the IFRS Group results.
Shareholders' equity |
| 31 Dec 2021 $m |
| 31 Dec 2020 $m |
Shareholders’ funds of the Company in accordance with FRS 101 |
| 15,650 |
| 12,286 |
Accounting policy differencenote(ii) | 19 | 15 | ||
Share in the IFRS net equity of the Groupnote(iii) |
| 1,419 |
| 8,577 |
Shareholders’ equity of the Group in accordance with IFRS |
| 17,088 |
| 20,878 |
Notes
(i) | The parent company’s profit (loss) for the financial year includes distributions to the Company from subsidiaries. |
(ii) | Accounting policy difference represents the difference in accounting policy for expected credit losses on loan assets, and the difference in treatment of realised gains and losses on investments classified as fair value through other comprehensive income, as the Company has adopted IFRS 9 while the Group applies IAS 39. |
(iii) | The ‘share in the IFRS result and net equity of the Group’ lines represent the parent company’s equity in the earnings and net assets of its subsidiaries and associates. |
5Guarantees provided by the parent company
In certain instances the parent company has guaranteed that its subsidiaries will meet their obligations when they fall due for payment.
283
6Equity securities – fair value through other comprehensive income
On 8 September 2021, Prudential Corporation Asia Limited, a subsidiary of the Company, transferred the Group’s holding in Jackson to the Company as a dividend in specie. This holding was classified as an asset held for distribution and was measured at fair value less costs to distribute at date of transfer. On 13 September 2021, the Company distributed shares in Jackson with value of $1,735 million to its shareholders (further details are provided in note D1.2 of the Group IFRS financial statements). In accordance with IFRIC 17 the value of dividend in-specie recognised as distribution within the statement of changes in equity was the fair value of Jackson Financial Inc. at the date of distribution. As also required by IFRIC 17, the difference between the fair value of Jackson Financial Inc. on distribution and the previous carrying value of the Company’s investment in Jackson Financial Inc. of $439 million is recognised as a loss within profit for the year. Immediately after the distribution, the Company retained a 19.7 per cent economic interest (19.9 per cent voting interest) in Jackson’s equity securities, which was recognised as a financial investment at ‘fair value through other comprehensive income’. On 13 December 2021, Jackson announced, as part of previously disclosed $300 million share repurchase program, the repurchase of 2,242,516 shares of its Class A common stock from the Company. With this repurchase activity, the Company’s remaining economic interest in Jackson was 18.4 per cent as of 31 December 2021 (18.5 per cent voting interest).
The fair value of the Company's holding in the equity securities of Jackson is determined by the use of current market bid prices, and is categorised as Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted in active markets) of the IFRS 13 'Fair Value Measurement' defined fair value hierarchy. Following initial recognition on 13 September 2021, a gain of $273 million has been recognised in other comprehensive income for the year in respect of these instruments.
7Post balance sheet events
Dividends
The second interim ordinary dividend for the year ended 31 December 2021, which was approved by the Board of Directors after 31 December 2021, is described in note B5 of the Group IFRS financial statements.
Debt redemption
On 20 January 2022 the Company redeemed subordinated debt instruments of $1,725 million, as described in note C5.1 of the Group IFRS financial statements.
284
Additional unaudited financial information
285
I | Additional financial information |
I(i) | Group capital position |
Overview
Prudential applies the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules set out in the Group-wide Supervision (GWS) Framework issued by the Hong Kong Insurance Authority (IA) to determine group regulatory capital requirements (both minimum and prescribed levels). The GWS Framework became effective for Prudential upon designation by the Hong Kong IA on 14 May 2021 and replaced the local capital summation method (LCSM) which was used for determination of the 31 December 2020 Group capital position as agreed with the Hong Kong IA.
The GWS methodology is largely consistent with that previously applied under LCSM with the exception of the treatment of debt instruments which are subject to transitional arrangements under the GWS Framework. Under the GWS Framework, all debt instruments (senior and subordinated) issued by Prudential plc at the 31 December 2021 are included as GWS eligible group capital resources. This includes debt issued at the date of designation which met the transitional conditions set by the Hong Kong IA and have not since been redeemed and debt issued since the date of designation which met the qualifying conditions as set out in the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules. Under the LCSM, only specific bonds (being those subordinated debt instruments issued by Prudential plc at the date of demerger of M&G plc) were included as eligible group capital resources.
For regulated insurance entities, the capital resources and required capital included in the GWS capital measure for Hong Kong IA Group regulatory purposes are based on the local solvency regime applicable in each jurisdiction. The Group holds material participating business in Hong Kong, Singapore and Malaysia. Alongside the total company GWS capital basis, a shareholder GWS capital basis is also presented, being eligible group capital resources over the GMCR and which excludes the capital resources and minimum capital requirements of these participating funds. The table below sets out the Group capital position on these two bases before allowing for the second interim dividend. The GWS group capital adequacy requirements have been met since the GWS Framework became effective for Prudential upon designation, this includes maintaining Tier 1 group capital resources in excess of the group minimum capital requirement of the supervised group.
Estimated GWS capital position based on Group Minimum Capital Requirement (GMCR)notes (1)(2)(3)
Further detail on the Group shareholder GWS capital position is presented below at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 for comparison:
286
Notes
(1) | The total eligible group capital resources and total GMCR presented in the tables above reflect the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules as set out in the GWS Framework. In particular, the 31 December 2020 capital results have been restated from those previously disclosed on a LCSM basis to reflect the treatment of grandfathered debt instruments under the GWS Framework, which increased eligible group capital resources by $1.6 billion compared to the LCSM basis. This had the effect of increasing capital surplus over the GMCR from $7.8 billion (equivalent to a coverage ratio of 323 per cent) to $9.4 billion (equivalent to a coverage ratio of 370 per cent) on a shareholder GWS basis. The 31 December 2020 GWS capital results are presented on a Group excluding Jackson basis and are before including the value of the Group’s retained interest in Jackson. |
(2) | The 31 December 2021 GWS capital results include the value of the Group’s 18.4 per cent retained economic interest in Jackson. As agreed with the Hong Kong IA this retained interest is included within the GWS eligible group capital resources valued at 60 per cent of the listed market value. At 31 December 2021 this is included within “unallocated to a segment” and contributes $0.4 billion to the GWS capital surplus (over GMCR) and 11 percentage points to the shareholder GWS coverage ratio (over GMCR). |
(3) | The 31 December 2021 GWS capital results do not reflect the impact of the redemption of $1.7 billion of sub-ordinated debt in January 2022 unless otherwise specified. |
Regulatory developments in 2022
The recent trend to more risk-based capital regimes being adopted in many of the Group’s markets is continuing and this impacts on the Group’s GWS capital measure, which is underpinned by the local regulatory regimes of the Group’s subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates. In mainland China C-ROSS Phase II becomes effective in the first quarter of 2022, the impact of which is not included in the 31 December 2021 GWS results above.
Further, in February 2022 Prudential Hong Kong Limited, the Group’s insurance business in Hong Kong, made an application to the Hong Kong IA to early-adopt the new risk-based capital regime. The impact is not reflected in the 31 December 2021 GWS capital position shown above and the Group currently expects to include this change in the GWS capital position as at 30 June 2022, which remains subject to Hong Kong IA approval.
We intend to disclose the impacts of both these regulatory changes within our 2022 half year financial report on Form 6-K as they become effective.
Sensitivity analysis
The estimated sensitivity of the shareholder GWS capital position (based on GMCR) to changes in market conditions at 31 December 2021 is shown below.
The sensitivity results above reflect the impact on continuing long-term business operations and therefore the Group’s retained economic interest in Jackson, which contributed $0.4 billion to the GWS capital surplus at 31 December 2021, is assumed to be unchanged under stress. The sensitivity results assume instantaneous market movements and reflect all consequential impacts as at the valuation date. These results also allow for limited management actions such as changes to future policyholder bonuses and rebalancing investment portfolios where relevant. If such economic conditions persisted, the financial impacts may differ to the instantaneous impacts shown above. In this case management could also take additional actions to help mitigate the impact of these stresses. These actions include, but are not limited to, market risk hedging, further rebalancing of investment portfolios, increased use of reinsurance, repricing of in-force benefits, changes to new business pricing and the mix of new business being sold.
287
Analysis of movement in shareholder GWS capital surplus over GMCR
A summary of the estimated movement in the shareholder LCSM capital surplus (over GMCR) excluding Jackson of $7.8 billion at 31 December 2020 to the shareholder GWS capital surplus (over GMCR) of $13.2 billion at 31 December 2021 on a GWS basis is set out in the table below.
The estimated movement in the shareholder GWS capital surplus (over GMCR) over 2021 is driven by:
– | Operating capital generation of $1.0 billion: generated by the return on in-force business, after deducting $0.3 billion from the strain on new business written in the period and $0.8 billion of central and restructuring costs; |
– | Non-operating experience of $0.3 billion: this includes the beneficial impact on shareholder GWS capital surplus (over GMCR) from higher equity markets and increasing interest rates over the year; |
– | Equity raise of $2.4 billion: generated from the public offer in Hong Kong in October 2021; |
– | Subordinated debt issuance / redemption of $0.1 billion: the net impact of debt redeemed offset by debt raised during 2021, this includes the issuance of subordinated debt in China in June 2021 which contributed $0.3 billion to the shareholder GWS capital surplus (over GMCR) offset by the $(0.2) billion net effect of debt raises and redemptions undertaken by Prudential plc; |
– | Contribution from Prudential’s retained economic interest in Jackson of $0.5 billion: comprising of $0.3 billion from the impact of including the retained 19.7 per cent non-controlling economic interest in Jackson at the date of the demerger of Jackson from Prudential plc and $0.2 billion from the movement in the value of the retained interest since the date of demerger along with gains realised from the share repurchase by Jackson in November 2021. As agreed with the Hong Kong IA the retained interest is included within the GWS eligible group capital resources valued at 60 per cent of market value; |
– | Other Corporate activities of $(0.1) billion: this is the effect on shareholder GWS capital surplus (over GMCR) of corporate transactions in the year, which in 2021 comprised of the extension of the strategic bancassurance partnership with MSB in Vietnam; and |
– | External dividends of $(0.4) billion: this is the payment of external cash dividends during 2021. |
288
Reconciliation of Group IFRS shareholders’ equity to shareholder GWS eligible group capital resources position
31 Dec 2021 | ||
| $bn | |
Group IFRS shareholders’ equity |
| 17.1 |
Remove DAC, goodwill and intangibles recognised on the IFRS statement of financial position |
| (7.6) |
Add debt treated as capital under GWSnote (a) | 5.7 | |
Asset valuation differencesnote (b) | (2.0) | |
Liability valuation differencesnote (c) |
| 2.7 |
Differences in associated net deferred tax liabilitiesnote (d) | 1.1 | |
Other note (e) |
| (0.1) |
Estimated shareholder GWS eligible group capital resources |
| 16.9 |
Notes
(a) | As per the GWS Framework, debt in issuance at the date of designation that satisfy the criteria for transitional arrangements and qualifying debt issued since the date of designation are included as Group capital resources but are treated as liabilities under IFRS. |
(b) | Asset valuation differences reflect differences in the basis of valuing assets between IFRS and local statutory valuation rules, including deductions for inadmissible assets. Differences include for some markets where government and corporate bonds are valued at book value under local regulations but are valued at market value under IFRS. This also includes the difference in the valuation of the Group’s retained interest in Jackson which is valued at the listed market value (equal to its fair value) under IFRS as compared to being valued at 60 per cent of the listed market value for GWS capital. |
(c) | Liability valuation differences reflect differences in the basis of valuing liabilities between IFRS and local statutory valuation rules. Material differences include in Singapore where the local capital resources under RBC2 permits the recognition of certain negative reserves in the local statutory position that are not fully recognised under IFRS. |
(d) | Differences in associated net deferred tax liabilities mainly results from the tax impact of changes in the valuation of assets and liabilities. |
(e) | Other differences include the consequential impact on non-controlling interests arising from the other reconciling items and in China a difference from the inclusion of subordinated debt as local capital resources on a C-ROSS basis as compared to being held as a liability under IFRS. |
Basis of preparation for the Group GWS capital position
Prudential applies the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules set out in the GWS Framework to determine group regulatory capital requirements (both minimum and prescribed levels). The summation of local statutory capital requirements across the Group is used to determine group regulatory capital requirements, with no allowance for diversification between business operations. The GWS eligible group capital resources is determined by the summation of capital resources across local solvency regimes for regulated entities and IFRS shareholders’ equity (with adjustments described below) for non-regulated entities.
In determining the GWS eligible group capital resources and required capital the following principles have been applied:
– | For regulated insurance entities, capital resources and required capital are based on the local solvency regime applicable in each jurisdiction, with minimum required capital set at the solo legal entity statutory minimum capital requirements; |
– | For asset management operations and other regulated entities, the capital position is derived based on the sectoral basis applicable in each jurisdiction, with minimum required capital based on the solo legal entity statutory minimum capital requirement; |
– | For non-regulated entities, the capital resources are based on IFRS shareholder equity after deducting intangible assets. No required capital is held in respect of unregulated entities; |
– | For entities where the Group’s shareholding is less than 100 per cent, the contribution of the entity to the GWS eligible group capital resources and required capital represents the Group’s share of these amounts and excludes any amounts attributable to non-controlling interests. This does not apply to investment holdings which are not part of the Group; |
– | Following the demerger of Jackson from Prudential plc, the Group retains a 18.4 per cent non-controlling economic interest in Jackson. As agreed with the Hong Kong IA this retained interest is included within the GWS eligible group capital resources valued at 60 per cent of the listed market value; |
– | Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates (including, if any, loans that are recognised as capital on the receiving entity’s balance sheet) are eliminated from the relevant holding company to prevent the double counting of capital resources; and |
289
– | Under the GWS Framework, all debt instruments (senior and subordinated) issued by Prudential plc at the 31 December 2021 are included as GWS eligible group capital resources. This includes debt issued at the date of designation which met the transitional conditions set by the Hong Kong IA and have not since been redeemed and debt issued since the date of designation which met the qualifying conditions as set out in the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules. The eligible amount permitted to be included as Group capital resources for transitional debt is based on the net proceeds amount translated using 31 December 2020 exchange rates for debt not denominated in US dollars. |
– | The total company GWS capital basis is the capital measure for Hong Kong IA Group regulatory purposes. In addition Prudential also presents a shareholder GWS capital basis which excludes the capital resources and minimum capital requirements of participating business in Hong Kong, Singapore and Malaysia. |
I(ii) | Analysis of adjusted operating profit by driver |
This schedule classifies the Group’s adjusted operating profit from continuing operations into the underlying drivers using the following categories:
– | Spread income represents the difference between net investment income and amounts credited to certain policyholder accounts. It excludes the operating investment return on shareholder net assets, which has been separately disclosed as expected return on shareholder assets. |
– | Fee income represents profit driven by net investment performance, being fees that vary with the size of the underlying policyholder funds, net of investment management expenses. |
– | With-profits represents the pre-tax shareholders’ transfer from the with-profits business for the period. |
– | Insurance margin primarily represents profit derived from the insurance risks of mortality and morbidity. |
– | Margin on revenues primarily represents amounts deducted from premiums to cover acquisition costs and administration expenses (see below). |
– | Acquisition costs and administration expenses represent expenses incurred in the period attributable to shareholders. These exclude items such as restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs, which are not included in the segment profit, as well as items that are more appropriately included in other categories (eg investment expenses are netted against investment income as part of spread income or fee income as appropriate). |
– | DAC adjustments comprise DAC amortisation for the period, excluding amounts related to short-term fluctuations in investment returns, net of costs deferred in respect of new business written in the period. |
The following analysis expresses certain of the Group’s sources of adjusted operating profit from continuing operations as a margin of policyholder liabilities or other relevant drivers. The 2020 and 2019 comparative information has been presented at both AER and CER to eliminate the impact of exchange translation.
290
The reconciliation of the adjusted operating profit based on longer-term investment returns by segment to profit before tax attributable to shareholders is provided in the ‘Determining Adjusted Operating Profit of Operating Segments’ section.
| 2019 AER |
| 2019 CER |
| |||||||||
Average | Average |
| |||||||||||
Profit | liability | Margin | Profit | liability | Margin |
| |||||||
$m | $m | bps | $m | $m | bps |
| |||||||
note (a) | note (b) | note (a) | note (b) |
| |||||||||
Spread income |
| 321 |
| 29,706 |
| 108 | 319 | 30,232 | 106 | ||||
Fee income |
| 286 |
| 27,413 |
| 104 | 283 | 27,155 | 104 | ||||
With-profits |
| 107 |
| 58,032 |
| 18 | 107 | 58,492 | 18 | ||||
Insurance margin |
| 2,244 | 2,234 | ||||||||||
Margin on revenues* |
| 3,095 | 3,087 | ||||||||||
Expenses:* | |||||||||||||
Acquisition costsnote (c) |
| (2,174) |
| 5,243 |
| (41) | % | (2,172) | 5,242 | (41) | % | ||
Administration expenses |
| (1,473) |
| 57,238 |
| (257) | (1,463) | 57,504 | (254) | ||||
DAC adjustments |
| 430 | 426 | ||||||||||
Expected return on shareholder assets* |
| 194 | 193 | ||||||||||
| 3,030 | 3,014 | |||||||||||
Share of related tax charges from joint ventures and associatesnote (d) |
| (31) | (30) | ||||||||||
Long-term business | 2,999 | 2,984 | |||||||||||
Eastspring | 283 | 278 | |||||||||||
Adjusted operating profit |
| 3,282 | 3,262 |
* Including amounts related to Africa operations.
† | For 2020, the CER results were calculated using the 2021 average exchange rates. |
‡ | For 2019, the CER results were calculated using the 2020 average exchange rates. |
Notes
(a) | The calculation of average liabilities is generally derived from opening and closing balances, with average liabilities used to derive the margin for fee income calculated using quarter-end balances to provide a more meaningful analysis. Other than the average liabilities used to calculate the administration expense margin, the average liabilities in the analysis above exclude the liabilities for the Africa operations. |
(b) | Margin represents the operating return earned in the year as a proportion of the relevant class of policyholder liabilities excluding unallocated surplus. |
(c) | The ratio of acquisition costs is calculated as a percentage of APE sales in the year, including with-profits sales. Acquisition costs include only those relating to shareholder-backed business. The ratio of shareholder acquisition costs to shareholder APE sales (excluding with-profits) in 2021 is 61 per cent (2020: 66 per cent on both AER and CER basis; 2019: 65 per cent on both AER and CER basis). |
(d) | Under IFRS, the Group’s share of results from its investments in joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method is included as a single line in the Group’s profit before tax on a net of related tax basis. In the table above, the results of the joint ventures and associates are analysed by adjusted operating profit drivers and on a pre-tax basis, with related tax charges shown separately in order for the contribution from the joint ventures and associates to be included in the profit driver and margin analysis on a consistent basis with the rest of the business operations. |
291
I(iii) | Analysis of adjusted operating profit by business unit |
The table below presents the 2020 and 2019 results on both AER and CER bases to eliminate the impact of exchange translation.
* | Includes other growth markets and a number of small items that are not expected to reoccur. |
† | For 2020, the CER results were calculated using the 2021 average exchange rates. |
‡ | For 2019, the CER results were calculated using the 2020 average exchange rates. |
(a) | Eastspring adjusted operating profit |
Notes
(1) | Operating income before performance-related fees for Eastspring can be further analysed as follows: |
| Retail |
| Margin |
| Institutional* |
| Margin* |
| Total |
| Margin* | |
$m | bps | $m | bps | $m | bps | |||||||
2021 |
| 449 |
| 56 |
| 298 |
| 17 |
| 747 |
| 30 |
2020 |
| 390 |
| 52 |
| 256 |
| 17 |
| 646 |
| 28 |
2019 |
| 392 |
| 52 |
| 244 |
| 18 |
| 636 |
| 30 |
* | Institutional includes internal funds. |
(2) | Operating income and expense include the Group’s share of contribution from joint ventures. In the condensed consolidated income statement of the Group IFRS basis results, the net income after tax of the joint ventures and associates is shown as a single line item. |
(3) | Margin represents operating income before performance-related fees as a proportion of the related funds under management (FUM). Monthly closing internal and external funds managed by Eastspring have been used to derive the average. Any funds held by the Group's insurance operations that are managed by third parties outside the Prudential Group are excluded from these amounts. |
292
(b) | Eastspring total funds under management |
Eastspring manages funds from external parties and also funds for the Group’s insurance operations. The table below analyses the total funds managed by Eastspring.
Notes
(1) | Movements in external funds under management, excluding those managed on behalf of M&G plc, are analysed below: |
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 $m | |
At 1 Jan |
| 93,863 |
| 98,005 |
Market gross inflows | 98,963 |
| 116,743 | |
Redemptions | (99,862) |
| (126,668) | |
Market and other movements | 992 |
| 5,783 | |
At 31 Dec* | 93,956 |
| 93,863 |
* | The analysis of movements above includes $12,248 million relating to Asia Money Market Funds at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: $13,198 million). Investment flows for 2021 include Eastspring Money Market Funds gross inflows of $61,949 million (2020: $76,317 million) and net outflows of $1,512 million (2020: net inflows of $48 million). |
(2) | Movements in funds managed on behalf of M&G plc are analysed below: |
| 2021 $m |
| 2020 $m | |
At 1 Jan |
| 15,737 |
| 26,717 |
Net flows | (4,040) |
| (10,033) | |
Market and other movements | (168) |
| (947) | |
At 31 Dec | 11,529 |
| 15,737 |
(3) | Total funds under management are analysed by asset class below: |
I(iv)Group funds under management
For Prudential’s asset management businesses, funds managed on behalf of third parties are not recorded on the balance sheet. They are, however, a driver of profitability. Prudential therefore analyses the movement in the funds under management each year, focusing on those which are external to the Group and those primarily held by the Group’s continuing insurance businesses. The table below analyses the funds of the Group held in the balance sheet and the external funds that are managed by Prudential’s asset management businesses from continuing operations.
Note
Total Group funds under management from continuing operations comprise:
293
| 31 Dec 2021 $bn |
| 31 Dec 2020 $bn | |
Total investments and cash and cash equivalents held by the continuing operations on the balance sheet | 177.9 |
| 164.0 | |
External funds of Eastspring including M&G plc | 105.5 |
| 109.6 | |
Internally managed funds held in joint ventures and associates, excluding assets attributable to external unit holders of the consolidated collective investment schemes and other adjustments | 16.0 |
| 11.0 | |
Total Group funds under management | 299.4 |
| 284.6 |
II | Calculation of alternative performance measures |
Prudential uses alternative performance measures (APMs) to provide more relevant explanations of the Group’s financial position and performance. This section sets out explanations for each APM and reconciliations to relevant IFRS balances.
II(i) | Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to profit before tax |
Adjusted operating profit presents the operating performance of the business. This measurement basis adjusts for the following items within total IFRS profit before tax:
– | Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed business; |
– | Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments arising on the purchase of business; and |
– | Gain or loss on corporate transactions, as discussed in note D1.1 to the consolidated financial statements. |
More details on how adjusted operating profit is determined are included in note B1.2 of the consolidated financial statements. A full reconciliation to profit after tax is given in note B1.1 of the consolidated financial statements.
II(ii) | Calculation of IFRS gearing ratio from continuing operations |
IFRS gearing ratio is calculated as net core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses divided by closing IFRS shareholders’ equity plus net core structural borrowings, all in respect of continuing operations.
II(iii) | Return on IFRS shareholders’ equity from continuing operations |
This measure is calculated as adjusted operating profit from continuing operations, after tax and non-controlling interests, divided by average shareholders’ equity in respect of continuing operations.
Detailed reconciliation of adjusted operating profit from continuing operations to IFRS profit before tax for the Group is shown in note B1.1 to the Group IFRS basis results.
294
II(iv) | Calculation of IFRS shareholders’ equity per share |
IFRS shareholders’ equity per share is calculated as closing IFRS shareholders’ equity divided by the number of issued shares at the end of the year.
II(v) | Calculation of Eastspring cost/income ratio |
The cost/income ratio is calculated as operating expenses, adjusted for commissions and share of contribution from joint ventures and associates, divided by operating income, adjusted for commission, share of contribution from joint ventures and associates and performance-related fees.
Note
IFRS revenue and charges for Eastspring are included within the IFRS Income statement in ‘other income’ and ‘acquisition costs and other expenditure’ respectively. Operating income and expense include the Group’s share of contribution from joint ventures and associates. In the condensed consolidated income statement of the Group IFRS basis results, the net income after tax from the joint ventures and associates is shown as a single line item.
II(vi)Reconciliation of gross premiums earned to renewal insurance premiums
Note
For the purpose of the definition of renewal premiums from joint ventures and associates in the table above, premiums for the deposit component of insurance contracts from our CPL business are excluded.
295
II(vii) | Reconciliation of gross premiums earned to APE new business sales |
The Group reports APE new business sales as a measure of the new policies sold in the year. APE is calculated as the aggregate of regular premiums and one-tenth of single premiums on new business written during the year for all insurance products, including premiums for contracts designated as investment contracts under IFRS 4. The use of the one-tenth of single premiums is to normalise policy premiums into the equivalent of regular annual payments. This measure is commonly used in the insurance industry to allow comparisons of the amount of new business written in a period by life insurance companies, particularly when the sales contain both single premium and regular premium business. This differs from the IFRS measure of gross premiums earned as shown below from continuing operations:
Notes
(a) | Gross premiums earned include premiums from existing in-force business as well as new business given the Group’s focus on recurring premium business. |
(b) | APE new business sales only include one-tenth of single premiums, recorded on policies sold in the year. Gross premiums earned include 100 per cent of such premiums. |
(c) | For the purpose of reporting APE new business sales, the Group’s share of amounts sold by the Group’s insurance joint ventures and associates are included. Under IFRS, joint ventures and associates are equity accounted and so no amounts are included within gross premiums earned. |
(d) | APE new business sales are annualised while gross premiums earned are recorded only when revenues are due. Other adjustments also reflect the inclusion of policies written in the year which are classified as investment contracts without discretionary participation features under IFRS 4, which are recorded as deposits and therefore not in gross premiums earned, and the exclusion of general insurance earned on an IFRS basis. |
296
EXHIBITS
Documents filed as exhibits to this Form 20-F:
Exhibit Number | Description |
1. | |
2.1 | Form of Deposit Agreement among Prudential, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as depositary, and holders and beneficial owners from time to time of ADRs issued there under, including the form of ADR(1). General Data Protection Regulation Amendment Letter to the Deposit Agreement(5) |
2.2 | The total amount of long-term debt securities of Prudential plc authorised under any instrument does not exceed 10 per cent of the total assets of the Company on a consolidated basis. Prudential plc hereby agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon its request, a copy of any instrument defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of Prudential plc or of its subsidiaries for which consolidated or unconsolidated financial statements are required to be filed |
2.3 | |
4.1 | Prudential Long-Term Incentive plan, Prudential Deferred Annual Incentive Plan |
4.2 | Executive Directors’ Service Contracts: |
4.3 | Form of Letter of Appointment for Non-executive Directors(6) and form of Letter of Appointment for the Chair(7). Each Letter of appointment is in the form exhibited. |
4.4 | Other benefits between the Prudential Group and the Directors. Each of the Directors has the benefit of a deed of indemnity granted by the Company which substantially follows the form exhibited(5) |
4.5 | Demerger Agreement, between Prudential plc and M&G plc, dated 25 September 2019(6) |
4.6 | Demerger Agreement, between Prudential plc and Jackson Financial Inc, dated 6 August 2021 |
8. | Subsidiaries of Prudential (set forth in Note D6 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Form 20-F) |
12.1 | |
12.2 | |
13.1 | Annual certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
14.1 | |
15.1 | |
101.INS | XBRL Instance Document |
101.SCH | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Linkbase Document |
101.CAL | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document |
101.DEF | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document |
101.LAB | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document |
101.PRE | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document |
104. | Cover page interactive data file (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101) |
(1) | As previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 22 June 2000 as an exhibit to Prudential’s Form F-6 (in paper format). |
(2) | As previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 18 May 2009 as an exhibit to Prudential’s Form 20-F. |
(3) | As previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 7 April 2016 as an exhibit to Prudential’s Form 20-F. |
(4) | As previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 22 March 2018 as an exhibit to Prudential’s Form 20-F. |
(5) | As previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 22 March 2019 as an exhibit to Prudential’s Form 20-F. |
(6) | As previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 20 March 2020 as an exhibit to Prudential’s Form 20-F. |
(7) | As previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 March 2021 as an exhibit to Prudential’s Form 20-F. |
297
Exhibit 2.3
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
As at 31 December 2021, Prudential Plc (“Prudential”, “Company”, “we”, “us”, “our”) had five classes of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”): (i) Ordinary Shares, 5 pence par value each (the “Ordinary Shares”), (ii) American Depositary Shares, each representing two Ordinary Shares and (iii) 3.125% senior notes due 2030 (the “2020 Notes”). Each of the foregoing securities are listed on the New York Stock Exchange.
The following is a summary of the terms of Prudential’s share capital, including brief descriptions of provisions contained in our articles of association, as last amended on 22 March 2019 (the “Articles”). These summaries and descriptions are being provided for information and references purposes only and are not intended to be, and must not be taken as, the basis for any investment decision. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 of which this Exhibit 2.3 is a part.
DESCRIPTION OF ORDINARY SHARES
General
The issued share capital as at 31 December 2021 consisted of 2,746,412,265 Ordinary Shares, all fully paid up and listed on the London Stock Exchange and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. Prudential also maintains a secondary listing of the Ordinary Shares on the Singapore Stock Exchange.
Rights and obligations
The issued share capital of Prudential is not currently divided into different classes of shares. The Companies Act 2006 abolished the requirement for a company to have an authorised share capital.
The rights and obligations attaching to the Company’s shares are set out in full in the Articles. There are currently no voting restrictions on the Ordinary Shares, all of which are fully paid, and each share carries one vote on a poll. If votes are cast on a show of hands, each shareholder present in person or by proxy, or in the case of a corporation, by its duly authorised corporate representatives, has one vote. The same individual may be appointed as proxy or as a corporate representative by more than one member.
Holders of Ordinary Shares have the right to participate in a distribution of profits, by way of dividend and have the right to participate in the surplus assets of the Company available for distribution in the event of a winding up or liquidation, voluntary or otherwise in proportion to the amounts paid up or credited as paid up on such Ordinary Shares.
Where, under an employee share scheme, participants are the beneficial owners of the shares but not the registered owners, the voting rights are normally exercisable by the trustee on behalf of the registered owner in accordance with the relevant plan rules. The trustees would not usually vote any unallocated shares held in trust but they may do so at their discretion provided it would be considered to be in the best interests of the beneficiaries of the trust and permitted under the relevant trust deed.
Transfer of shares
In accordance with English company law, shares may be transferred by an instrument of transfer or through an electronic system (currently CREST) and no transfer is restricted except that the Directors may, in certain circumstances, refuse to register transfers of shares. If the Directors make use of that power, they must send the transferee notice of the refusal within two months.
Certain restrictions may be imposed from time to time by applicable laws and regulations (for example, insider trading laws) and pursuant to the Listing Rules of both the Financial Conduct Authority and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, as well as under the rules of some of the Group’s employee share plans.
Changes in share capital and authority to issue shares
Under English law, directors require authority from shareholders, other than under certain types of employee share schemes, whenever shares are issued. Newly issued shares must first be offered to existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings (pre-emption rights) subject to certain exemptions, for example, where shares are issued for non-cash consideration or in respect of certain types of employee share schemes.
Prudential seeks authority from its shareholders on an annual basis to issue shares up to a maximum amount of which a defined number may be issued without pre-emption rights applying. Dis-application of statutory pre-emption procedures is also available for rights issues. The existing authorities to issue shares and dis-apply pre-emption
rights are due to expire at the end of the 2022 annual general meeting of the Company when shareholder approval will be sought to renew and enhance those authorities.
Shares may not be consolidated or sub-divided without approval by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders.
Reductions in Prudential’s issued share capital and share premium account must be approved by a special resolution of the shareholders and must be confirmed by an order of the court.
Subject to the Articles, if the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights of any class of shares may be changed or deemed varied, only if such measure is approved by a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the members of that class, or with the written consent of members holding at least three quarters of the shares of that class. At least two persons holding or representing by proxy at least one-third in nominal amount of the issued shares of the class must be present at such a meeting in person or by proxy to constitute a quorum.
The Board may not authorise, create or increase the amount of, any shares of any class or any security convertible into shares of any class or any security which is convertible into shares of any class ranking, as regards rights to participate in the profits or assets in the company, in priority to a series or class of preference shares without the consent in writing of at least three-quarters in nominal value of, or the sanction of a special resolution of, the holders of such series or class of preference shares.
In accordance with the terms of a waiver granted by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, Prudential confirms that it complies with the applicable law and regulation in the UK in relation to the holding of shares in treasury and with the conditions of the waiver in connection with the purchase of own shares and any treasury shares it may hold.
Dividends
Under English law, Prudential may pay dividends only if distributable profits are available for that purpose. Distributable profits are accumulated, realised profits not previously distributed or capitalised, less accumulated, realised losses not previously written off in a reduction or reorganisation of capital. Even if distributable profits are available, Prudential may only pay dividends if the amount of its net assets is not less than the aggregate of its called-up share capital and undistributable reserves (including, for example, the share premium account) and the payment of the dividend does not reduce the amount of the net assets to less than that aggregate. Subject to these restrictions, Prudential’s Directors may recommend to ordinary shareholders that a final dividend be declared and recommend the amount of any such dividend or determine whether to pay a distribution by way of an interim dividend, and the amount of any such interim dividend, but must take into account Prudential’s financial position. Final dividends become a legal liability of a company upon the later of the date they are declared and the date the shareholder approval expresses them to be payable. Interim dividends only become a legal liability of a company at the point they are paid.
The Company or its Directors determine the date on which Prudential pays dividends. Prudential pays dividends to the shareholders on its share registers on the record date in proportion to the number of Ordinary Shares held by each shareholder. There are no fixed dates on which entitlements to dividends arise. Interest is not payable on dividends or on other amounts payable in respect of Ordinary Shares.
If a shareholder does not claim a dividend within 12 years of such dividend becoming due for payment, such shareholder forfeits their right to receive it. Such unclaimed amounts may be invested or otherwise used for Prudential’s benefit.
The Company periodically undertakes share forfeiture programmes. If a shareholder is recorded as untraced for more than 12 years, the shares are deemed as forfeited and sold by the Company. The proceeds from the sale of the forfeited shares are held for a period of six years by the Company, as required under the Articles.
A number of dividend waivers are in place and these relate to Ordinary Shares issued but not allocated under the Group’s employee share plans. These shares are primarily held by the Trustees and will, in due course, be used to satisfy requirements under the Group’s employee share plans.
DESCRIPTION OF THE AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
American Depositary Shares, which are frequently referred to as “ADSs”, represent ownership interests in securities that are on deposit with a depositary bank. ADSs may be represented by certificates that are commonly known as “American Depositary Receipts” or “ADRs.” We have one class of American Depositary Shares registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, with each such American Depositary Share representing two Ordinary Shares.
Our ADSs are deposited pursuant to an Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement dated as of June 2000 among Prudential, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (f/k/a Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York), as depositary (the “Depositary”), and all holders from time to time of ADRs issued thereunder (the “Deposit Agreement”). The following is a summary of the general terms of the Deposit Agreement. This summary does not purport to be complete. For complete information, please read the Deposit Agreement, the form of which has been filed with the SEC as Exhibit (a) to Registration Statement 333-12168.
Dividends and Distributions
An owner of an ADS generally has the right to receive the distributions, if any, that we make on the Ordinary Shares deposited with the custodian bank. Receipt of these distributions may be limited, however, by practical considerations and legal limitations. Holders will receive such distributions under the terms of the Deposit Agreement in proportion to the number of ADSs held as of a specified record date.
Distributions of Cash
Whenever the Depositary receives any cash dividend or any other cash distribution on any Ordinary Shares, the Depositary will arrange for the funds to be converted into U.S. dollars and for the distribution of the U.S. dollars to the holders in proportion to the number of ADSs held as of a specified record date, subject to the laws and regulations of England and Wales.
The conversion into U.S. dollars will take place only if practicable and if the U.S. dollars are transferable to the United States. The Depositary will apply the same method for distributing the proceeds of the sale of any property (such as undistributed rights) held by the Depositary in respect of the Ordinary Shares.
The distribution of cash will be made net of the fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the Deposit Agreement.
Distributions of Shares
If any distribution upon an Ordinary Share consists of a dividend in, or free distribution of, Ordinary Shares, the Depositary will distribute additional ADRs for an aggregate number of ADSs representing the number of Ordinary Shares received as such dividend or distribution. Holders will receive such ADRs in proportion to the number of ADSs held as of a specified record date. Fractional entitlements will be sold and the proceeds of such sale will be distributed as in the case of a cash distribution.
The distribution of additional ADRs will be made net of the fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the Deposit Agreement. In order to pay such taxes or governmental charges, the Depositary may sell all or a portion of the new Ordinary Shares so distributed.
Distribution of Rights
Whenever the Depositary receives any rights to subscribe for additional Ordinary Shares or any rights of any nature, the Depositary has the discretion to determine the appropriate procedure to make such rights available to the holders of ADSs or in disposing of such rights and distributing the net proceeds thereof, subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement.
Other Distributions
Whenever the Depositary receives any distribution other than cash or Ordinary Shares, the Depositary will cause such securities or property to be distributed to the holders of ADSs in proportion to the number of ADSs held as of a specified record date in any manner the Depositary deems equitable and practicable. Any such distribution will be made net of the fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the Deposit Agreement.
Changes Affecting Ordinary Shares
The Ordinary Shares held on deposit for a holder’s ADSs may change from time to time. For example, there may be a change in nominal or par value, a split-up, cancellation, consolidation or reclassification of such Ordinary Shares or a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets.
If any such change were to occur, the securities received by the Depositary will become deposited securities, each ADS will automatically represent its proportionate share of the new deposited securities, and the Depositary may issue new ADSs or ask a holder to surrender such holder’s outstanding ADRs in exchange for new ADRs identifying the new deposited securities.
Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation
The Depositary will issue ADSs if Ordinary Shares have been deposited or evidence of rights to receive Ordinary Shares with the custodian has been received. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, the Depositary will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names requested and will deliver the ADSs at the Depositary office facilities in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, to the persons requested.
Upon written instruction, holders may request that the Ordinary Shares represented by the ADSs be withdraw. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, the Depositary will deliver the underlying Ordinary Shares and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs at the office of the custodian or at the holder’s request, any other place specified in such order.
Voting Rights
As a holder, you generally have the right under the Deposit Agreement to instruct the Depositary to exercise the voting rights for the Ordinary Shares represented by your ADSs.
As soon as practicable after receipt of notice of any meeting or solicitation of consents or proxies of holders of Ordinary Shares, the Depositary will distribute to holders of ADSs notice of the same, together with information explaining how to instruct the Depositary to exercise the voting rights of the Ordinary Shares. If the Depositary receives voting instructions from a holder of ADSs, it will endeavor to vote the Ordinary Shares represented by the holder’s ADSs in accordance with such voting instructions. The Depositary will not vote any Ordinary Shares except in accordance with such instructions.
Fees and Charges
As an ADS holder, you will be required to pay the following service fees to the Depositary, among others:
Service | | Fees |
|
Delivery of Receipts against deposit of Ordinary Shares | | Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS issued | |
Withdrawal of Deposited Securities against surrender of Receipts | | Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS cancelled | |
As an ADS holder you will also be responsible to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by the Depositary and certain taxes and governmental charges such as:
● | fees for the transfer and registration of Ordinary Shares charged by the registrar and transfer agent for the Ordinary Shares in England (i.e., upon deposit and withdrawal of Ordinary Shares); |
● | expenses incurred for converting foreign currency into U.S. dollars; |
● | expenses for the cable, telex and fax transmissions for delivery of securities; |
● | taxes and duties upon the transfer of securities (i.e., when Ordinary Shares are deposited or withdrawn from deposit); and |
● | fees and expenses incurred in connection with the delivery or servicing of Ordinary Shares on deposit. |
We have agreed to pay certain other charges and expenses of the Depositary. Note that the fees and charges you may be required to pay may vary over time and may be changed by us and by the Depositary. You will receive prior notice of such changes.
Amendments and Termination
We may agree with the Depositary to amend the Deposit Agreement and the ADSs for any reason without the consent of the holders party thereto. If the amendment adds or increases fees or charges (except for taxes and other governmental charges, transfer or registration fees or certain expenses of the Depositary), or prejudices an important right of ADS holders, it will not become effective until three months after the Depositary notifies the holders of ADSs of such amendment.
No amendment will impair a holder’s right request that the Ordinary Shares represented by the ADSs be withdrawn. If a governmental body adopts new laws or rules that require the Deposit Agreement or ADSs to be amended, we and the Depositary may make the necessary amendments, which could take effect before a holder receives notice thereof.
A holder of ADSs will be bound by the modifications to the Deposit Agreement if such holder continues to hold ADSs after the modifications to the Deposit Agreement become effective.
We have the right to direct the Depositary to terminate the Deposit Agreement. Similarly, the Depositary may in certain circumstances on its own initiative terminate the Deposit Agreement. In either case, the Depositary must give notice to the holders at least 30 days before termination. As soon as practicable after the expiration of six months from the date of termination of the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary will sell the Ordinary Shares and any other the securities held on deposit. The Depositary will hold the proceeds from such sale and any other funds then held for the holders of ADSs for the pro rata benefit of the holders of ADSs. At that point, the Depositary will have no further obligations to holders of ADSs other than to account for the funds then held for the holders of ADSs still outstanding.
Limitations on Obligations and Liabilities
The Deposit Agreement expressly limits our and the Depositary’s obligations and liabilities. Under the Deposit Agreement, we and the Depositary:
● | are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the Deposit Agreement without gross negligence or bad faith; |
● | are not liable if either of them is prevented, forbidden, subject to civil or criminal penalty on account of, or delayed by law or circumstances beyond its control from performing its respective obligations under the Deposit Agreement; |
● | are not liable if either of them exercises discretion permitted under the Deposit Agreement; |
● | have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the ADSs or the Deposit Agreement on a holder’s behalf or on behalf of another party unless satisfactory indemnification is furnished; |
● | may rely upon any documents they believe to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party; and |
● | will not be liable for any action or inaction while relying on advice or information from legal counsel or certain other advisers, any holder or anyone else competent to give advice or information. |
In addition, a holder may request the Depositary to cause its nominee to take certain actions as a shareholder on your behalf. For actions other than voting, a holder must indemnify the Depositary for any resulting losses, pay the expenses associated with such request and comply with certain other conditions. The Depositary will not, if acting in good faith, be responsible for failing to carry out instructions to vote the ADSs or for the manner in which the ADSs are voted or the effect of the vote.
Pre-Release Transactions
The Depositary may, in certain circumstances, issue ADSs before receiving a deposit of Ordinary Shares or release Ordinary Shares before receiving ADSs for cancellation. These transactions are commonly referred to as “pre-release transactions.” The Deposit Agreement limits the aggregate size of pre-release transactions and imposes a number of conditions on such transactions (i.e., the need to receive collateral, the type of collateral required, the representations required from brokers, etc.). The Depositary may retain the compensation received from the pre-release transactions.
Taxes
Holders of ADSs will be responsible for the taxes and other governmental charges payable on the ADSs and the securities represented by the ADSs. We, the Depositary and the custodian may deduct from any distribution the taxes and governmental charges payable by holders and may sell any and all property on deposit to pay the taxes and governmental charges payable by holders. Holders of ADSs will be liable for any deficiency if the sale proceeds do not cover the taxes that are due.
The Depositary may refuse to issue ADSs, to deliver, transfer, split and combine ADRs or to release securities on deposit until all taxes and charges are paid by the applicable holder. The Depositary and the custodian may take reasonable administrative actions to obtain tax refunds and reduced tax withholding for any distributions on a holder’s behalf. However, a holder may be required to provide to the Depositary and to the custodian proof of taxpayer status and residence and such other information as the Depositary and the custodian may require to fulfill legal obligations. Holders are required to indemnify us, the Depositary and the custodian for any claims with respect to taxes based on any tax benefit obtained for such holder.
DESCRIPTION OF THE SENIOR DEBT SECURITIES
Our senior debt securities have been and will be issued under and governed by a document called a senior indenture, which we entered into on 14 April 2020 with Citibank, N.A., as senior trustee. The senior trustee has two main roles:
● | first, the senior trustee can enforce the rights of holders of the senior debt securities against us if we default, subject to certain limitations on the extent to which the senior trustee acts on behalf of holders of the senior debt securities; and |
● | second, the senior trustee performs administrative duties for us, such as sending interest payments and notices to the holders of the senior debt securities. |
As of 31 December 2021 we have issued one series of senior debt securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act – the 2020 Notes. The 2020 Notes were issued pursuant to the senior indenture, as supplemented by the first supplemental indenture dated as of 14 April 2020.
The senor indenture and its associated documents, including any supplemental indenture relating to a particular series of senior debt securities and the senior debt securities themselves, contain the full text of the matters summarized herein. The following description of the 2020 Notes is a summary and does not purport to be complete. This description is qualified in its entirety by reference, as applicable, to the senior indenture as so supplemented.
General
The senior indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of senior debt securities that we may issue thereunder. We may issue such securities under the senior indenture from time to time in one or more series. All senior debt securities of any one series need not be issued at the same time.
We issued $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 2020 Notes on 14 April 2020. The 2020 Notes mature on 14 April 2030 and bear interest at a rate of 3.125% per annum. Interest on the 2020 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on 14 April and 14 October of each year, with such interest payments having commenced on 14 October 2020. As of 17 March 2022, $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 2020 Notes was outstanding.
The Senior Trustee
Citibank, N.A. is senior trustee under the senior indenture. We and certain of our subsidiaries maintain deposit accounts and conduct other banking transactions with Citibank, N.A. in the ordinary course of our business.
Status of the 2020 Notes
The 2020 Notes constitute our direct unsubordinated and unsecured obligations, without any preference among themselves and will rank at least equally with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated obligations. This ranking is subject to such exceptions as are from time to time applicable under the laws of the United Kingdom and to laws or legal procedures of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.
So long as the 2020 Notes remain outstanding, we will not create or permit to exist any mortgage or charge upon the whole or any part of our undertaking or assets (other than assets representing the fund or funds we maintain in respect of long-term business (as defined in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 of the United Kingdom)), present or future, to secure payment of any of our or our subsidiaries’ present or future relevant indebtedness, or to secure any guarantee or indemnity in respect thereof, without at the same time securing the 2020 Notes and all amounts payable under the senior indenture in respect thereof equally and ratably with the same security as is created or subsisting to secure any such relevant indebtedness, guarantee or indemnity, or such other security as shall be approved by the holders of at least 75% in principal amount of the outstanding 2020 Notes.
Defaults, Remedies and Waivers of Default
Defaults and Remedies
An “event of default” with respect to the 2020 Notes shall result if:
1. | we do not pay any principal (or premium, if any) on the 2020 Notes on the due date for payment, or default is made on the payment of interest, and, in each case, such default continues for a period of 14 days from the due date for payment; |
2. | any covenant or warranty in the senior indenture (other than as stated above with respect to payments when due) has been breached in any material respect and that breach has not been remedied within 30 days of receipt by us of a written notice from the senior trustee, or receipt by us and the senior trustee of written notice of such breach from holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2020 Notes, requiring that the breach be remedied; |
3. | either a court of competent jurisdiction issues an order that is not successfully appealed within 30 days, or an effective shareholders’ resolution is validly adopted, for our winding up; |
4. | we stop or threaten to stop payments to creditors generally or we cease or threaten to cease to carry on our business or substantially the whole of our business (except for the purposes of, or in connection with, a reconstruction or amalgamation the terms of which have previously been approved in writing by the holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2020 Notes); |
5. | an encumbrancer takes possession or an administrative or other receiver or an administrator is appointed of the whole or any substantial part of our undertaking, property and assets, or if a distress or execution is levied or enforced upon or sued out against the whole or any substantial part of our chattels and, in the case of any of the foregoing events, is not discharged within 60 days; |
6. | we are unable to pay debts within the meaning of Section 123(2) of the Insolvency Act 1986 of the United Kingdom; or |
7. | our indebtedness for moneys borrowed (as defined below), which indebtedness in respect of any single company has an outstanding aggregate principal amount of at least £30,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) is not paid on its due date as extended by any applicable grace period and following a demand therefor, or is declared to be or automatically becomes, due and payable prior to its stated maturity by reason of default or if any guarantee or indemnity in respect of indebtedness for moneys borrowed of any third party that we have given (having in respect of any single company an outstanding aggregate principal amount as aforesaid) is not honored when due and called upon and, in any such case, our liability to make payment is not being contested in good faith. |
“Indebtedness for moneys borrowed” means the principal amount of (i) all moneys borrowed and (ii) all debentures (together in each case with any fixed or minimum premium payable on final redemption or repayment) that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries beneficially owns for the time being.
If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the senior trustee or the holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2020 Notes may declare by a notice in writing to us (and to the senior trustee if given by the holders of the 2020 Notes):
● | the entire principal amount of (including premium, if any, on) of all such 2020 Notes; and |
● | any accrued but unpaid interest payments thereon, to be due and payable immediately. This is called an acceleration of the maturity. If the maturity of the 2020 Notes has been accelerated, but a judgment for payment has not yet been obtained, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2020 Notes may, under certain circumstances, cancel the acceleration. |
If an event of default occurs, the senior trustee will have certain additional duties. In that situation, the senior trustee will be obligated to use its rights and powers under the senior indenture, and to use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise of the rights and powers vested in it by the senior indenture, as a prudent person would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
The senior trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the senior indenture at the request of any holder of 2020 Notes, unless such holder shall have offered to the senior trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to the senior trustee against any loss, liability or expense, and then only to the extent required by the terms of the senior indenture. Subject to these senior indenture provisions for the indemnification of the senior trustee, the holder(s) of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2020 Notes will, subject to certain limitations, have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding seeking any remedy available to the senior trustee.
Before holders are allowed to bypass the senior trustee and bring their own lawsuit or other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce their rights or protect their interests relating to the 2020 Notes, all of the following must generally occur:
● | such holders must give the senior trustee written notice that an event of default has occurred, and the event of default must not have been cured or waived; |
● | holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2020 Notes must make a written request that the senior trustee take action because of the event of default, and they or other holders must offer to the senior trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to the senior trustee against the cost and other liabilities of taking that action; |
● | the senior trustee must not have taken action for 60 days after the above steps have been taken; and |
● | during those 60 days, the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2020 Notes must not have given the senior trustee directions that are inconsistent with the written request of the holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2020 Notes. |
Notwithstanding these limitations, nothing will impair the right of a holder of the 2020 Notes to institute suit for the enforcement of payment of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest, if any, on the 2020 Notes on or after its stated maturity.
The senior trustee will, within 90 days of a default with respect to the 2020 Notes, give to each holder notice of any default it knows about, unless the default has been cured or waived. However, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any), or interest, if any, on the 2020 Notes, the senior trustee will be entitled to withhold such notice if it determines in good faith that withholding of the notice is in the interest of the holder(s) of the 2020 Notes.
We Will Give the Senior Trustee Information about Defaults Annually
We will furnish the senior trustee with an annual certificate of certain of our officers certifying, to the best of their knowledge, whether we are, or have been, in default and specifying the nature and status of any such default. In addition, we are required to provide the senior trustee with written notice within five days of our becoming aware of any event of default, or event that could mature into an event of default, under the senior indenture.
Waivers of Certain Defaults
The holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2020 Notes may generally also waive any events of default. If this happens, the relevant event of default will be treated as if it had not occurred. No one, however, can waive defaults by us in the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest, if any, on the 2020 Notes or in respect of a covenant or a provision that under the senior indenture (together with any related amendments or supplements thereto) cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each holder of the 2020 Notes.
Consolidation, Merger and Sale or Lease of Assets
We may, without the consent of the holders of the 2020 Notes, consolidate with or merge into or transfer or lease our properties and assets substantially as an entirety, provided that any successor corporation formed by any such consolidation or merger or any such transferee or lessee of our assets is a corporation or other person organized
and validly existing under the laws of a member country of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development that assumes our obligations on the 2020 Notes and the senior indenture, and a number of other conditions are met.
Note that any such conditions will apply only if we wish to merge or consolidate with another entity or sell our assets substantially as an entirety to another entity. We will not need to satisfy these conditions if we enter into other types of transactions, including any transaction in which we acquire the securities or assets or another entity, any transaction that involves a change of control of Prudential but in which we do not merge or consolidate, and any transaction in which we sell less than substantially all our assets.
Modifications
Under certain circumstances, we can make changes to the senior indenture and the 2020 Notes. The following three types of changes are possible.
Changes Requiring Approval by each Holder
The first type of change comprises changes that cannot be made without the specific approval of each holder of the 2020 Notes. These include changes that:
● | change the stated maturity of the principal, any installment of principal or any interest on the 2020 Notes; |
● | reduce the rate or amount of any interest; |
● | reduce the principal or any premium payable on redemption; |
● | change the place of payment; |
● | change the right of holders to waive an existing default by majority vote; |
● | impair the right to sue for payment; |
● | reduce the percentage of holders who must consent to a waiver or amendment of the senior indenture or the waiver of defaults; and |
● | make any change to the list of changes that requires the approval of each holder, including the foregoing. |
Changes Requiring Majority Approval
The second type of change comprises changes that require approval by the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2020 Notes. Most changes fall into this category, except for those described under “Changes Requiring Approval by each Holder” above and “Changes Not Requiring Approval” below.
Changes Not Requiring Approval
The third type of change does not require any approval by holders of the 2020 Notes. This type is limited to clarifications and other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the 2020 Notes in any material respect.
Waivers of Certain Covenants
Our obligations to comply with certain restrictive covenants in the senior indenture pertaining to corporate existence and maintenance of certain agencies or as pertain to the negative pledge covenant described above may be waived by holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2020 Notes.
Notices
Notices to holders of the 2020 Notes in registered form will be given by mail to the addresses of such holders as they appear in the security register, or, in the case of the 2020 Notes held by a depositary, in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary.
Consent to Service; Jurisdiction
We have appointed Jackson National Life Insurance Company at 1 Corporate Way, Lansing, Michigan 48951, as our authorized agent for service of process in any suit or proceeding to which we are party arising out of or relating to the 2020 Notes or the senior indenture that may be instituted in any federal or state court in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City and have submitted to the jurisdiction of those courts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, actions relating to the 2020 Notes or the senior indenture may (subject to certain limitations) be instituted by the holder of the 2020 Notes in any competent court in England and Wales.
Legal Ownership and Form
The 2020 Notes are represented by one or more permanent global securities in fully registered form (the “Global Notes”). The Global Notes have been deposited with DTC, and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC in the form of a global certificate.
The Global Notes
DTC has advised us that pursuant to procedures established by it (i) DTC or its custodian has credited, on its internal system, the principal amount at maturity of the individual beneficial interests represented by such Global Notes to the respective accounts of persons who have accounts with such depositary and (ii) ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Notes are shown on, and the transfer of such ownership will be effected only
through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect to interests of participants) and the records of participants (with respect to interests of persons other than participants). Ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC (“participants”) or persons who hold interests through participants. Holders may hold their interests in the Global Notes directly through DTC if they are participants in such system, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in such system.
So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of the 2020 Notes, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the 2020 Notes represented by such Global Notes for all purposes under the senior indenture governing. No beneficial owner of an interest in the Global Notes will be able to transfer that interest except in accordance with DTC’s procedures, in addition to those provided for under the senior indenture.
Payments of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Global Notes will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner of the Global Notes. None of we, the trustee or any paying agent under the senior indenture will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interest.
DTC’s present practice is, upon receipt of any payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Global Notes, to credit immediately participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the Global Notes as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practice, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such participants.
Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way through DTC’s same-day funds system in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same-day funds. If a holder requires physical delivery of a certificated security for any reason, including to sell notes to persons in states which require physical delivery of the notes, or to pledge such securities, such holder must transfer its interest in a Global Note in accordance with the normal procedures of DTC and with the procedures set forth in the indenture governing the 2020 Notes.
DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes, including the presentation of notes for exchange as described below, only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the DTC interests in the Global Notes are credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an event of default under the indenture governing the notes, DTC will exchange the Global Notes for certificated securities, which it will distribute to its participants.
Certificated Securities
A Global Note is exchangeable for certificated securities if: DTC (i) notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes or (ii) has ceased to be a Clearing Agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor depositary is not appointed by us within 120 days.
In addition, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for certificated securities upon prior written notice given to the trustee by or on behalf of DTC in accordance with the senior indenture. In all cases, certificated securities delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests in Global Notes will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures).
Governing Law
The senior indenture and the 2020 Notes are be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Exhibit 4.1
PRUDENTIAL PLC
RULES OF THE PRUDENTIAL DEFERRED ANNUAL INCENTIVE
PLAN
2013
As approved by the Remuneration Committee of the board of directors of the Company on 30
September 2013 and as amended by the Remuneration Committee on 27 June 2017, 26 June 2018
14 May 2019, 27 February 2020 and 28 February 2022
560325860
Table of Contents
Contents | Page | |
| | |
1 | Interpretation and definitions | 2 |
| | |
2 | Eligibility | 3 |
| | |
3 | Terms of Awards | 4 |
| | |
4 | Granting Awards | 4 |
| | |
5 | No transfer of Awards and Awards not pensionable | 5 |
| | |
6 | Rights issues and variations of capital | 5 |
| | |
7 | Vesting | 5 |
| | |
8 | Adjustment and Clawback of Awards | 6 |
| | |
9 | Exercise and lapse of Nil-Cost Options | 8 |
| | |
10 | Leaving employment, death and other lapse | 8 |
| | |
11 | Sale of employer and takeover of Prudential | 9 |
| | |
12 | Demergers and significant distributions | 10 |
| | |
13 | Tax | 10 |
| | |
14 | General | 11 |
| | |
15 | Changing the Plan | 14 |
| | |
16 | Governing law and jurisdiction | 14 |
| | |
SCHEDULE 1 | 15 | |
| | |
SCHEDULE 2 United States | 17 |
i
1 | Interpretation and definitions |
1.1 | Definitions |
In these rules (including in any Schedule to these rules, unless the same term is defined in the Schedule):
“Award” means a right to acquire Shares (which can take the form of a Conditional Award or a Nil-Cost Option or a Restricted Share Award) granted under the Plan;
“Bonus” means in respect of an Award, the amount of a Participant’s annual bonus for the financial year by reference to which the Award is granted;
“Cause” means termination of employment in circumstances which entitle a Participant’s employer to dismiss him summarily under the terms of his employment contract or under the law of the jurisdiction applicable to the Participant’s employment at the time of such termination;
“Company” means Prudential plc;
“Conditional Award’ means a right to acquire Shares for free on Vesting;
“Control” means, in relation to a body corporate, the power of a person to secure:
(a) | by means of the holding of shares or the possession of voting power in or in relation to that or any other body corporate; or |
(b) | by virtue of any powers conferred by the articles of association or other document regulating that or any other body corporate |
that the affairs of the first-mentioned body corporate are conducted in accordance with the wishes of that person and Controlled will be construed accordingly;
“Date of Grant” means, in respect of an Award, the date confirmed as the date of grant in accordance with rule 3.1 of the Plan;
“Dealing Restrictions” means any restrictions imposed by statute, order, regulation or Government directive, or by any code adopted by the Company based on the Model Code of the UK Listing Authority for transactions in securities by directors, certain employees and persons connected with them;
“Dividend Equivalent” means a right to have the number of Shares subject to an Award increased on Vesting as described in rule 7.5;
“Exchange Rate” means, for any day, the average exchange rate between any two currencies quoted in the Financial Times for the period of 30 consecutive days ending with the day before that day;
“Grantor” means the Member of the Group or the trustee of any employee trust who has agreed before the Date of Grant to be the Grantor in relation to an Award or, if no company or trust has so agreed, the Company;
“Group Remuneration Committee” or “Remuneration Committee” means the Remuneration Committee of the board of directors of the Company or any other duly authorised committee or other body of persons to whom the Group Remuneration Committee delegates some or all of its functions or, where a discretion is to be exercised
2
under rule 11, those people who were the Group Remuneration Committee immediately before the event by virtue of which that rule applies or will apply;
“Hong Kong Stock Exchange” means the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited or any successor entity;
“London Stock Exchange” means London Stock Exchange plc;
“Market Value” means, on any day, the average of the middle market closing quotation of a Share as derived from the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange (or from any other stock exchange on which Shares are listed) over the period of 3 consecutive trading days immediately preceding that day or, at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee, either (a) the middle market quotation of the closing price for a Share as so derived for the immediately preceding day or on the day itself or (b) any such quotation or price on such other trading day or trading days as the Remuneration Committee considers to be appropriate in the circumstances;
“Member of the Group” means:
(i) | the Company; and |
(ii) | its Subsidiaries from time to time; and |
“Nil-Cost Option” means a right to acquire Shares at the option price specified at the Date of Grant (which could be a nominal price);
“Participant” means a person holding an Award or his personal representatives;
“Plan” means these rules known as the “Prudential Group Deferred Annual Incentive Plan 2013” as changed from time to time;
“Release Date” is the date or dates on which Shares are transferred to a Participant in satisfaction of an Award;
“Relevant Employee Share Plan” means an employee share plan operated by a Member of the Group, other than an employee share plan which has been registered with HM Revenue & Customs for the purposes of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;
“Restricted Share Award” means a right to Restricted Shares;
“Restricted Shares” means Shares granted under Schedule 1 to the Plan;
“Shares” means fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of the Company or American Depositary Receipts in respect of one or more such shares;
“Subsidiary” means a company which is a subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of Section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006;
“Vesting” means, in the case of a Conditional Award, a Participant’s right to Shares becoming unconditional and, in the case, of a Nil-Cost Option, the Nil-Cost Option becoming exercisable, each as described in rule 7;
“Vesting Date” is the date or dates on which an Award will normally Vest which will be determined for each Award as described in rule 3.1.2.
3
1.2 | Schedules |
In the event of any conflict between a Schedule to these rules applicable to any Award and the rest of these rules, the Schedule will prevail.
2 | Eligibility |
The Remuneration Committee may select any employee of a Member of the Group who has been awarded a Bonus to participate in the Plan.
3 | Terms of Awards |
3.1 | Terms to be set at grant |
On or before the grant of an Award or the payment of a Bonus, the Remuneration Committee will determine:
3.1.1 | the amount or percentage of the Bonus which would otherwise be payable to the Participant which will be paid to him in the form of an Award; |
3.1.2 | the Vesting Date or Vesting Dates of the Award to be made; |
3.1.3 | whether the Award will take the form of a Nil-Cost Option or a Conditional Award or a Restricted Share Award (and, if it does not, the Award will take the form of a Conditional Award) provided that the form which the Award takes may be changed prior to its Vesting, if the Company and the Participant agree, to be a Nil-Cost Option, a Conditional Award or a Restricted Share Award, as the case may be; |
3.1.4 | whether the Award will carry Dividend Equivalents in accordance with rule 7.5 (and it will, unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise); |
3.1.5 | the Date of Grant (or if it does not, the Date of Grant will be confirmed when the Award is communicated to the Participant); |
3.1.6 | whether the Award is subject to clawback provisions in accordance with Rule 8.4; |
3.1.7 | which Schedules will apply to the Award (in addition to any which apply by virtue of rule 3.2); and |
3.1.8 | any other terms or conditions to be applicable to the Award, at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. |
3.2 | Application of Schedules |
Schedule 1 will apply to Awards which take the form of Restricted Shares. Schedule 2 will apply to Awards made to a Participant who is subject to taxation under the laws of the United States of America.
3.3 | Number of Shares subject to Award |
The number of Shares subject to each Award will be the amount of the Bonus which would otherwise be payable to the Participant which is to be paid in the form of an Award (see rule 3.1.1) divided by the Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, rounded down to the nearest whole Share.
4
The Bonus shall be converted into the currency in which Shares are traded (if different to that in which the Bonus is to be paid) using the Exchange Rate.
4 | Granting Awards |
4.1 | Documentation of Awards |
Awards will be granted by deed. Each Participant will be sent an award certificate and/or an award letter on or as soon as practicable after the Date of Grant (and the award certificate may be the deed granting the Award or another document). The certificate and/or the award letter will summarise the terms which have been set in relation to the Award under rule 3.1.
The deed and certificate will be sent on such basis as may be determined by the Share Plan Committee (not inconsistent with these rules and the decisions made under rule 3) and will be issued in relation to any Award, only with the approval of that committee. The ‘Share Plan Committee’ is the committee established by the board of the Company to administer the Plan.
4.2 | Time when Awards may be granted |
As soon as reasonably practicable after the announcement of the Group’s annual results for the financial year when the number of Shares subject to the Award can be determined (having regard to any Dealing Restrictions), the Company will grant to each Participant an Award over the number of Shares determined under rule 3.3. An Award may be granted at any other time, subject to any Dealing Restrictions, if the Remuneration Committee determines that this is appropriate.
5 | No transfer of Awards and Awards not pensionable |
A Participant may not transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of an Award or any rights in respect of it. If, in breach of this rule, a Participant transfers, assigns or disposes of an Award or rights, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the relevant Award will immediately lapse. This rule 5 does not apply to the transmission of an Award on the death of a Participant to his personal representatives.
Neither an Award nor any benefit in respect of the Plan is pensionable.
6 | Rights issues and variations of capital |
If there is a variation in the equity share capital of the Company, including a capitalisation, sub-division, consolidation or reduction of share capital or if there is a rights issue, demerger (in whatever form), special dividend or exempt distribution for tax purposes or other distribution in specie, the number of Shares and/or the kind of securities comprised in each Award may be adjusted in any way (including retrospective adjustments) which the Group Remuneration Committee considers appropriate to take account of the effect of the transaction on the value of Awards.
5
7 | Vesting |
7.1 | Normal Vesting |
Subject to the rest of these rules, an Award will Vest on each Vesting Date as to the relevant number of Shares (increased as described in rule 7.5 if applicable).
Unless the Vesting of an Award on each Vesting Date and the subsequent delivery of Shares in respect of it do not give rise to any dealing which would be a Dealing Restriction, the Award will Vest as soon as is practicable after the Dealing Restriction no longer applies.
7.2 | Consequences of Vesting for Conditional Awards |
Subject to the rest of this rule 7 and to rule 13, to the extent a Conditional Award Vests, the Grantor will procure that the relevant number of Shares is transferred to or to the order of the Participant within 30 calendar days of the date on which it Vests.
7.3 | Consequences of Vesting for Nil-Cost Options |
7.3.1 | Subject to Rule 7.1 and Rule 8, the Participant may exercise a Nil-Cost Option from the date on which it Vests. He may exercise it only in respect of the number of Shares in respect of which it has Vested. |
7.3.2 | Subject to the rest of this rule 7 and to rule 13, the Grantor will procure that the relevant number of Shares are transferred to or to the order of the Participant within 30 calendar days of the date on which it is validly exercised. |
7.4 | Cash equivalent |
The Remuneration Committee may decide, if it is appropriate for legal, regulatory or tax reasons, to make a cash payment to a Participant, in lieu of delivering Shares, of an equivalent value to the Shares on the date of Vesting (or the date of exercise in the case of a Nil-Cost Option), including any additional Shares under rule 7.5.but subject to any necessary deductions required by law.
7.5 | Dividend equivalents |
If an Award carries Dividend Equivalents, the number of Shares subject to it will be enhanced on the basis determined by the Remuneration Committee, which may be by increasing the number of Shares comprised in the Award (including any additional Shares previously added to it under this rule 7.5) by an additional number of Shares having a Market Value on the record date of the dividend or when it is paid (or on such other date as the Remuneration Committee may determine) equivalent to the gross or net amount of the dividend to take account of all dividends the record date for which falls between the Date of Grant and the Release Date.
The number shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share and for the purpose of this rule 7.5, dividends means ordinary dividends paid in respect of Shares, unless the Remuneration Committee determines otherwise in any particular case. It will not include any distribution in respect of which an adjustment is made under rule 6.
6
The Participant’s entitlement to an increased number of Shares under his Award under this rule 7.5 may, at the Remuneration Committee’s discretion, be satisfied with a cash payment of an equivalent value to those additional Shares but subject to any necessary deductions required by law, notwithstanding that the remainder of the Award is satisfied with Shares.
8 | Adjustment and Clawback of Awards |
8.1 | Review of Awards |
8.1.1 | Prior to an Award Vesting, the Group Remuneration Committee may, in its absolute discretion, determine that an Award should be adjusted if it decides that: |
(i) | a business decision taken after the start of the financial year to which the Bonus relates by the business unit in which the Participant works at the time of the decision has resulted in a material breach of any law, regulation, code of practice or other instrument which applies to companies or individuals within the business unit; |
(ii) | there is a materially adverse restatement of the accounts for the year to which the Bonus relates: |
(a) | of the business unit in which the Participant worked at any time in that year; and/or |
(b) | of any Member of the Group which is attributable to incorrect information about the affairs of that business; |
(iii) | in respect of any Award granted on or after 27 February 2020, the calculation of the Bonus in respect of which an Award was granted or of the number of Shares subject to an Award was based on erroneous or misleading data or was otherwise incorrect; or |
(iv) | in respect of any Award granted on or after 27 February 2020, the Participant's personal conduct during either such years or the period between the Date of Grant and the Vesting Date has: |
(a) | resulted in the Company, or any Member of the Group, suffering significant reputational or financial damage; |
(b) | the potential to cause significant reputational or financial damage to the Company or any Member of the Group; and/or |
(c) | resulted in the material breach of a Member of the Group's business code of conduct or law. |
8.1.2 | If rule 8.1.1 applies, the Group Remuneration Committee will make the same decision in respect of all Participants who work for the same business unit at the time of the decision. |
8.2 | Postponement of Vesting Date |
Where the Committee considers that there are circumstances that require further investigation or review which may, following such investigation or review, lead to a
7
determination that an Award should be adjusted under Rule 8.1, the Committee may postpone the Vesting Date applicable to the whole or part of that Award (at its discretion) to such later date as the Committee determines. If the Committee determines to postpone the Vesting Date of an Award then the Committee will notify the affected Participant(s) of that postponement and of the estimated date by which such further investigation or review will be concluded. Following completion of such further investigation or review the Committee will, subject to any adjustment to be made under Rule 8.1, determine the revised Vesting Date for that Award.
8.3 | Adjustment of Awards |
Following any review under Rule 8.1, the Group Remuneration Committee may determine that any Award which has not yet Vested be adjusted, by reducing the number of Shares in respect of that Award as the Group Remuneration Committee believes to be appropriate (including to zero). The Shares which may be adjusted may include any Shares which represent any dividends in accordance with Rule 7.5. Any Participant affected by an adjustment will be notified of this in writing as soon as practicable.
8.4 | Clawback |
Unless the Remuneration Committee determines otherwise at the time an Award is made, the Remuneration Committee may exercise its powers under this Rule 8.4 in respect of any Award made on or after 1 January 2015 to a Participant who is a member of the Group Executive Committee.
This Rule 8.4 applies in circumstances where at any time before the fifth anniversary of the end of the relevant financial year or other period in respect of which the relevant Bonus was payable the Remuneration Committee determines in its absolute discretion that:
(i) | there is a materially adverse restatement of the Company’s published accounts in respect of any financial year by reference to which (in whole or part) the Bonus was calculated; |
(ii) | it becomes apparent that a material breach of a law or regulation took place during either such years or the period between the Date of Grant and the Vesting Date which resulted in significant harm to the Company or its reputation; |
(iii) | in respect of any Award granted on or after 27 February 2020, the calculation of the Bonus in respect of which an Award was granted or of the number of Shares subject to an Award was based on erroneous or misleading data or was otherwise incorrect; or |
(iv) | in respect of any Award granted on or after 27 February 2020, the Participant’s personal conduct during either such years or the period between the Date of Grant and the Vesting Date has: |
(a) | resulted in the Company, or any Member of the Group, suffering significant reputational or financial damage; |
(b) | the potential to cause significant reputational or financial damage to the Company or any Member of the Group; and/or |
8
(c) | resulted in the material breach of a Member of the Group’s business code of conduct or law. |
If, in respect of any Award granted on or after 27 February 2020, an investigation into the conduct or actions of any Participant or any Member of the Group has started before, but has not been completed by, the fifth anniversary of the end of the relevant financial year or other period in respect of which the relevant Bonus was payable, the Remuneration Committee may, in its absolute discretion, determine that the provisions of this Rule 8.4 may be applied to that Award until such later date as the Remuneration Committee may determine to allow that investigation to be completed and the Remuneration Committee to consider the outcome of the investigation.
If this Rule 8.4 applies then the Remuneration Committee may, to the extent that it considers appropriate, taking account (in the case of (i) and (ii) above) of the extent of each Participants’ responsibility for the relevant restatement or breach, determine in its absolute discretion:
(a) | in respect of Awards granted prior to 27 February 2020: |
(i) | in respect of any Conditional Awards which have vested or Nil-Cost Options that have been exercised that the relevant Participant must repay to the Company by way of clawback an amount in cash up to the net value of the Shares he received at the date the Award vested or was exercised (as the case may be) (based on the share price at that date) after deductions were made for tax and employee social security contributions. Following any such determination the Participant shall make payment of the relevant amount within 28 days of the Participant being given notice of such determination. |
If a Participant should fail to make payment within that period then, without prejudice to any other remedies which the Company may have, the Remuneration Committee may make a reduction of an equivalent amount to (i) any unvested Awards which the Participant may have under the Plan or any other employee share scheme operated by the Company and/or (ii) any future bonus payment which would otherwise have been payable, and/or (iii) any salary payments or other remuneration which are due or would otherwise have been payable, in each case, to the extent permitted under applicable law; and
(iii) | in respect of any Nil-Cost Options that have not been exercised, to reduce the number of Shares subject to the Nil-Cost Option or to cancel the Nil-Cost Option in its entirety; or |
(b) | in respect of Awards granted on or after 27 February 2020, in place of requiring the Participant to take the action referred to in the first paragraph of (a)(i) above (which it may still do, in its discretion): |
(i) | reduce the amount of any future payments made on or after 27 February 2020 in connection with the Plan or under any other discretionary bonus or incentive arrangements; |
9
(ii) | reduce the number of Shares that would become available to the Participant upon the vesting of any unvested share award granted under any Relevant Employee Share Plan on or after 27 February 2020 and held by the Participant; and/or |
(iii) | reduce the number of shares over which a vested but unexercised share award granted under any Relevant Employee Share Plan on or after 27 February 2020 and held by the relevant Participant may be exercised |
on such basis that the Remuneration Committee considers in its absolute discretion to be fair, reasonable and proportionate (which may include the recovery of the pre-tax value of the Shares that the Remuneration Committee determines should be recovered).
The Remuneration Committee may take any action referred to in paragraphs (b)(i) to (iii) above to give effect to the operation of any withholding or recovery provisions similar to this rule 8.4 in any Relevant Employee Share Plan, discretionary bonus plan or other incentive arrangement operated by a Member of the Group.
9 | Exercise and lapse of Nil-Cost Options |
A Nil-Cost Option can be exercised for the period of six months from the date it Vests at the end of which it will lapse.
A Nil-Cost Option can only be exercised by written notice to the Company or the Grantor in such form (including electronic form) as the Share Plan Committee or the Remuneration Committee may specify and on payment of the specified option price (if any). The date of exercise of the Nil-Cost Option will be the date of actual receipt of the notice.
10 | Leaving employment, death and other lapse |
10.1 | Ceasing to be an employee other than as set out in Rule 10.2 and Rule 10.3 |
Except where rule 10.2 or rule 10.3 applies or where the Participant’s employer is sold (see rule 11), if a Participant ceases to be an employee of a Member of the Group, his Award will continue in effect, subject to the rules of the Plan, unless the Remuneration Committee determines that it may Vest on or soon after the date the employment ceases, on such basis as the Remuneration Committee may specify. If, in accordance with Rule 3.1.7, an Award was granted on the basis that it will lapse on specified cessation of employment circumstances, it shall lapse in accordance with those circumstances.
10.2 | Cause |
An Award which has not Vested will immediately lapse if:
10.2.1 | the Participant ceases to be an employee for Cause; or |
10.2.2 | after he has ceased to be an employee, facts emerge which, if known at the time of cessation, would have amounted to Cause. |
10
10.3 | Death |
If a Participant dies, the Award will Vest in full on the date of death.
11 | Sale of employer and takeover of Prudential |
11.1 | Exchange or Vesting on a Takeover or sale of employer |
If there is a Takeover or if the Participant’s employer is sold, the Group Remuneration Committee, in its absolute discretion, will decide whether an Award will:
11.1.1 | Vest in part or in full on the Takeover or sale becoming effective (and if the Award is a Nil-Cost Option, when it will lapse to the extent not exercised); and/or |
11.1.2 | continue in accordance with the rules of the Plan; and/or |
11.1.3 | lapse and, in exchange, the Participant will be granted an award under any other share or cash incentive plan which the Group Remuneration Committee, in its absolute discretion, considers to be broadly equivalent to the Award; and/or |
11.1.4 | be exchanged in accordance with rule 11.2. |
Alternatively, the Group Remuneration Committee may allow the Participant to choose from two or more of the choices above.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Group Remuneration Committee need not make the same decision in relation to all affected Awards.
There is a “Takeover” if:
11.1.5 | a person (or a group of persons acting in concert) obtains Control of the Company as a result of making an offer to acquire Shares; or |
11.1.6 | a court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 895 of the Companies Act 2006 in connection with the acquisition of Shares. |
A Participant’s employer is sold if:
11.1.7 | the Participant’s employing company ceases to be under the Control of the Company; |
11.1.8 | there is a transfer of the undertaking, or the part of the undertaking, in which the Participant works to a person which is neither under the Control of the Company nor a Member of the Group nor any other company which is designated by the Group Remuneration Committee to be an associated company. |
11.2 | Exchange of Awards |
If an Award is to be exchanged, the following provisions will apply:
11.2.1 | The new award will be in respect of shares in any body corporate determined by the company offering the exchange. |
11.2.2 | The new award shall have equivalent terms as the Award that was exchanged. |
11.2.3 | The new award will be treated as having been acquired at the same time as the Award that was exchanged and will Vest in the same manner and at the same time. |
11
11.2.4 | The new award will be subject to the rules as they last had effect in relation to the Award that was exchanged. |
11.2.5 | With effect from the exchange, the rules will be construed in relation to the new award as if references to Shares were references to the shares over which the new award is granted and references to the Company were references to the body corporate determined under rule 11.2.1. |
12 | Demergers and significant distributions |
If the Group Remuneration Committee becomes aware that the Company is or is expected to be affected by any demerger, dividend in specie, super dividend or other transaction not falling within rule 11 (takeovers) which, in the opinion of the Group Remuneration Committee, would affect the current or future value of any Award, the Group Remuneration Committee, may, acting fairly, reasonably and objectively, in their discretion, allow some or all Awards to Vest wholly or in part.
The Group Remuneration Committee will notify any Participant who is affected by its exercising its discretion under this rule.
13 | Tax |
The Participant will be responsible for all taxes, social security contributions or other levies arising in connection with the grant, Vesting, exercise, surrender or transfer of any Award and the transfer of Shares in connection with it or the payment or deferral of any Bonus. Notwithstanding anything else in these rules, the Company, any employing company or the trustee of any employee benefit trust from which Shares may be provided may make such arrangements as it considers necessary to recover the amount of any such liability from the Participant. These arrangements may include:
(i) | selling sufficient Shares on behalf of the Participant and retaining the proceeds; or (ii) reducing the number of Shares to be transferred to the Participant under the Plan; or |
(iii) | deducting any amount from any cash payment due to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise. |
14 | General |
14.1 | Rights attaching to Shares |
The Participant will be entitled to all rights attaching to the Shares by reference to a record date on or after the date of transfer. He will not be entitled to rights before that date.
14.2 | Shares to be listed |
If and so long as Shares are listed on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and traded on the London Stock Exchange (or, if the Remuneration Committee so determines, the Hong Kong Stock Exchange), the Company will apply for listing of any Shares issued (on the London Stock Exchange or, if the Remuneration Committee so determines, the Hong Kong Stock Exchange) under the Plan as soon as practicable after their allotment.
12
14.3 | Consents |
All allotments, issues and transfers of Shares will be subject to any necessary consents under any relevant enactments or regulations for the time being in force anywhere in the world. The Participant will be responsible for complying with any requirements he needs to fulfil in order to obtain or avoid the necessity for any such consent.
14.4 | Articles of association |
Any Shares acquired pursuant to Awards are subject to the articles of association of the Company from time to time in force.
14.5 | Documents sent to shareholders |
The Company need not send to Participants copies of any documents or notices normally sent to the holders of its Shares.
14.6 | Committee’s decisions final and binding |
The decision of the Group Remuneration Committee on the interpretation of the rules or in any dispute relating to Bonuses or Awards or any other matter relating to the Plan will be final and conclusive.
14.7 | Costs |
Each employing company will, if requested by the Company, reimburse the Company for any costs incurred in connection with Bonuses or Awards made to employees of that company.
14.8 | Relationship of the Plan to the Participant’s employment |
14.8.1 | For the purposes of this rule, “Employee” means any Participant, any person who is eligible to become a Participant or any other person. |
14.8.2 | This rule applies: |
(i) | whether the Company has full discretion in the operation of the Plan, or whether the Company could be regarded as being subject to any obligations in the operation of the Plan; |
(ii) | during an Employee’s employment or employment relationship; and |
(iii) | after the termination of an Employee’s employment or employment relationship, whether the termination is lawful or unlawful. |
14.8.3 | Nothing in the rules or the operation of the Plan forms part of the contract of employment or employment relationship of an Employee. The rights and obligations arising from the employment relationship between the Employee and his employer are separate from, and are not affected by, the Plan. Participation in the Plan does not create any right to, or expectation of, continued employment or a continued employment relationship. |
13
14.8.4 | The grant of Bonuses or Awards on a particular basis in any year does not imply any right to or expectation of the grant of Bonuses or Awards on the same basis, or at all, in any future year. |
14.8.5 | No Employee is entitled to participate in the Plan, or be considered for participation in it, at a particular level or at all. |
14.8.6 | Without prejudice to an Employee’s right to acquire Shares on the Vesting of an Award and subject to and in accordance with the express terms of the rules and any performance condition, no Employee has any rights in respect of the exercise or omission to exercise any discretion, or the making or omission to make any decision, relating to a Bonus or an Award. Any and all discretions, decisions or omissions relating to the Award may operate to the disadvantage of the Employee, even if this could be regarded as capricious or unreasonable, or could be regarded as in breach of any implied term between the Employee and his employer, including any implied duty of trust and confidence. Any such implied term is excluded and overridden by this rule. |
14.8.7 | No Employee has any right to compensation for any loss in relation to the Plan, including: |
(i) | any loss or reduction of any rights or expectations under the Plan in any circumstances or for any reason (including lawful or unlawful termination of employment or the employment relationship); |
(ii) | any exercise of a discretion or a decision taken in relation to a Bonus Award or an Award or to the Plan, or any failure to exercise a discretion or take a decision; |
(iii) | the operation, suspension, termination or amendment of the Plan. |
14.8.8 | The grant or Vesting of an Award is permitted only on the basis that the Participant accepts all the provisions of the rules, including in particular this rule. By participating in the Plan, an Employee waives all rights in relation to the Award, other than the right to acquire Shares on the Vesting of the Award subject to and in accordance with the express terms of the rules and any performance condition, in consideration for, and as a condition of, the grant of a Bonus or an Award under the Plan. |
14.8.9 | Nothing in this Plan confers any benefit, right or expectation on a person who is not an Employee. No such third party has any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Plan. This does not affect any other right or remedy of a third party. |
14.8.10 | Each of the provisions of this rule 14.8 is entirely separate and independent from each of the other provisions. If any provision is found to be invalid then it will be deemed never to have been part of these rules and to the extent that it is possible to do so, this will not affect the validity or enforceability of any of the remaining provisions. |
14.9 | Employee trust |
The Company and any Member of the Group may provide money to the trustee of any trust or any other person to enable them or him to acquire shares to be held for the purposes of
14
the Plan, or enter into any guarantee or indemnity for those purposes, to the extent permitted by Section 682 of the Companies Act 2006.
14.10 | Data protection |
By participating in the Plan, the Participant consents to the holding and processing of personal data provided by the Participant to the Company for all purposes relating to the operation of the Plan. These include, but are not limited to:
14.10.1 | administering and maintaining Participant records; |
14.10.2 | providing information to trustees of any employee benefit trust, registrars, brokers or third party administrators of the Plan; |
14.10.3 | providing information to future purchasers of the Company or the business in which the Participant works; |
14.10.4 | transferring information about the Participant to any country. |
14.11 | Notices |
Any notice or other document which has to be given to a Participant or prospective Participant under or in connection with the Plan may be:
14.11.1 | delivered or sent by post to him at his home address according to the records of his employing company; or |
14.11.2 | sent by e-mail or fax to any e-mail address or fax number which according to the records of his employing company is used by him; |
or in either case such other address which the Company considers appropriate.
Any notice or other document which has to be given to the Company or other duly appointed agent under or in connection with the Plan may be delivered or sent by post to it at its respective registered office (or such other place as the Remuneration Committee or duly appointed agent may from time to time decide and notify to Participants) sent by e-mail or fax to any e-mail address or fax number notified to the sender.
Notices sent by post will be deemed to have been given on the second day after the date of posting. However, notices sent by or to a Participant in a different country to that from which the notice was sent will be deemed to have been given on the seventh day after the date of posting.
Notices sent by e-mail or fax, in the absence of evidence of non-delivery, will be deemed to have been received on the day after sending.
15 | Changing the Plan |
The Group Remuneration Committee may at any time change the Plan in any way (including changes to Awards already granted) and may add new Schedules to the rules.
15
16 | Governing law and jurisdiction |
English law governs the Plan and all Awards and their construction. The English Courts have non-exclusive jurisdiction in respect of disputes arising under or in connection with the Plan, or any Bonus or any Award.
16
SCHEDULE 1
Restricted Share Awards
This Schedule 1 shall apply to any Award which takes the form of Restricted Shares. Restricted Shares may be granted to a Participant who has elected to pay income tax in respect of their Awards prior to the date of Vesting.
1 | Definitions |
1.1 | The meaning of words used for Awards will apply to Restricted Share Awards unless stated otherwise and unless the context otherwise requires. |
1.2 | The rules applying to Awards will apply to Restricted Share Awards, except as set out below or as the context requires, as if references to Awards were references to Restricted Share Awards. |
1.3 | Restricted Shares are the Shares comprised in a Restricted Share Award. |
2 | Restricted Share Agreement |
A Participant who is to be made a Restricted Share Award must enter into an agreement prior to the Restricted Share Award being made (“Restricted Share Agreement”) which provides that:
2.1 | The Participant will waive any rights to dividends and voting rights until the date of Vesting; |
2.2 | The Participant will enter into a tax election under Section 431 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 no later than 14 days after the date of grant of the Restricted Share Award; |
2.3 | The Participant will not (except for transfer on death to their personal representatives or the sale of Shares to pay tax or the sale of some rights under a rights issue or similar transaction to enable the balance of such rights to be exercised) transfer or assign his Restricted Share Award or any Restricted Shares comprised in it before the Vesting Date and if he does the Restricted Share Award will lapse and the Restricted Shares will immediately be forfeit (meaning that the Restricted Shares will be transferred, with no consideration or compensation payable to the Participant, as the Company may direct); |
2.4 | The Participant will sign any document requested by Company to enforce these rules and any terms of the Restricted Share Agreement; |
3 | Award |
As soon as practicable after a Restricted Share Award has been made, the Company will procure that the relevant number of Restricted Shares are transferred to the Participant or another person to be held for the benefit of the Participant.
4 | Tax |
The Company may arrange for the sale of such number of Restricted Shares to meet any income tax or social security charges of the Participant. Such sale may take place prior to the date of Vesting.
17
5 | Rights in respect of Restricted Shares |
5.1 | Except to the extent set out in the Restricted Share Agreement, a Participant shall have all the same rights as any other shareholder from the date of grant of the Restricted Share Award in respect of the Restricted Shares until the date the Restricted Share Award lapses and the Restricted Shares are forfeit, including any rights arising in the event of a variation in share capital. |
5.2 | Any shares, securities, cash or other rights allotted to Participants in respect of Restricted Shares for no consideration, or with the proceeds of sale of such shares, securities, cash or rights (but not new consideration provided by the Participant) as a result of a variation in share capital, demerger, rights issue, special dividend or similar transaction shall be treated as if they were awarded to the Participant at the same time as the Restricted Shares in respect of which such shares, securities or rights were conferred and subject to the rules of the Plan and the terms of the Restricted Share Agreement as if they were Restricted Shares. The Company may require any cash held on this basis to be used to acquire other shares or securities which will be held on the same basis. |
6 | Date of Vesting |
On the date of Vesting the restrictions set out in these rules and the Restricted Share Agreement shall cease to apply to the Restricted Shares. If the Restricted Shares are held by a person for the benefit of the Participant (for example by the trustees of an employee benefit trust) then that person shall transfer the Restricted Shares to the Participant or as they may order.
7 | Dividend Equivalents |
As soon as practicable after the date of Vesting the Participant will receive additional Shares equivalent in value to dividends otherwise payable between the Date of Grant and the date of Vesting of the Restricted Share Award on the number of Shares released but for the avoidance of doubt not in respect of any Shares sold to pay income tax on the making of the Restricted Share Award. Any fractions will be aggregated and rounded down to the nearest whole Share.
18
SCHEDULE 2 United States
This Schedule 2 shall apply to an Award to the extent that it is (to such extent, a “US Award”): (i) subject to the tax laws of the United States of America (the “US”), or (ii) reasonably expected to become or becomes subject to the tax laws of the US. To take account of the tax laws of the US, the rules of this Schedule 2 shall override the rules of the Plan and any other Schedule to the extent that they are inconsistent with the rules of this Schedule 2, except that the rules of this Schedule shall not override any requirement under UK company law or the rules of the London or Hong Kong Stock Exchanges necessary for the lawful operation of the Plan in accordance with such law or rules. For the avoidance of doubt, this Schedule 2 only applies to US Awards, and rule 8 of the Plan as modified by this Schedule 2 applies to all US Awards.
1 | Intention of this Schedule 2 |
This Schedule 2 is intended to ensure that each US Award to which it applies complies with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended from time to time and including regulations and other guidance that are issued with respect thereto (“Section 409A”), and shall override the rules of the Plan and any other Schedule. The rules of the Plan and this Schedule 2 shall, with respect to a US Award, be interpreted and administered in a manner that complies with the Internal Revenue Code, as amended from time to time (the “Code”), including Section 409A, and the other applicable laws of the United States of America.
2 | Granting of US Awards |
Section 409A requires that deferrals of compensation, including a grant of a US Award that defers a Bonus, be made in advance pursuant to certain rules and exceptions. Therefore, notwithstanding any other rules of the Plan, the following rules apply to the granting of US Awards.
2.1 | In General |
All US Awards will be Conditional Awards. The trustee of any employee trust shall not be the Grantor of a US Award, nor shall a US taxpayer have any interest whatsoever with respect to a US Award in any Shares or cash held by such a trustee or any such trust involved in the administration of the Plan.
2.2 | New Participant |
For the year in which a Participant is first selected to participate in the Plan pursuant to rule 2 of the Plan, the Participant will be granted a US Award in accordance with the terms of an Award certificate that is provided to the Participant not later than thirty calendar days following the date on which the Participant is first selected to participate in the Plan. That Award certificate must set forth at least the Date of Grant and the other terms described in rule 3.1 of the Plan, as well as any other terms required by this Schedule or Section 409A. A US Award granted under this paragraph 2.2 shall not be in respect of any Bonus earned for services performed prior to the date on which the relevant Award certificate becomes irrevocable pursuant to paragraph 2.5 of this Schedule 2.
19
2.3 | US Awards Relating to Performance Pay |
Except as provided in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 2, the Participant will be granted a US Award with respect to a Bonus that qualifies as Performance Pay, as defined below, in accordance with the terms of an Award certificate provided to the Participant not later than June 30th of the calendar year during which the Participant performs the services that earn such Bonus. That Award certificate must set forth at least the Date of Grant and the other terms described in rule 3.1 of the Plan, as well as any other terms required by this Schedule or Section 409A. To be granted a US Award under this paragraph 2.3, the Participant must have performed services continuously from the later of the beginning of the applicable performance period or the date the performance criteria were established, through to the date on which the relevant Award certificate becomes irrevocable pursuant to paragraph 2.5 of this Schedule 2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may a US Award be granted under this paragraph 2.3 to defer a Bonus the amount of which becomes readily ascertainable, (within the meaning of US Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(a)(8)) on or before June 30th of the calendar year during which the Participant performs the services that earn such Bonus.
For purposes of this Schedule 2, "Performance Pay" means compensation the amount of which, or the entitlement to which, is contingent on the satisfaction of pre-established organisational or individual performance criteria relating to a performance period of at least twelve consecutive months. Performance criteria shall be considered "pre-established" only if they are irrevocably established in writing not later than ninety days after the commencement of the period of service to which the criteria relate and the outcome is substantially uncertain at the time the criteria are established. Performance criteria may be subjective criteria, as opposed to objective criteria, if:
(i) | the subjective performance criteria are bona fide and relate to the performance of the Participant, a group of employees that includes the Participant, or a business unit for which the Participant provides services; and |
(ii) | the determination that any subjective performance criteria have been met is not made by the Participant or a family member of the Participant (within the meaning of Section 267(c)(4) of the Code, applied as if the family of an individual includes the spouse of any member of the family), or a person under the effective control of the Participant or such a family member, and no amount of compensation of the person making such determination is effectively controlled in whole or in part by the Participant or such a family member. |
In all respects, the term Performance Pay as used herein shall be interpreted in accordance with US Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(e).
2.4 | US Awards Relating to Non-Performance Pay |
Except as provided in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 2, the Participant will be granted a US Award with respect to a Bonus that does not qualify as Performance Pay, as defined above, in accordance with the terms of an Award certificate provided
20
to the Participant not later than December 31st of the calendar year that immediately precedes the calendar year during which the Participant will perform the services that earn such Bonus. That Award certificate must set forth at least the Date of Grant and the other terms described in rule 3.1 of the Plan, as well as any other terms required by this Schedule or Section 409A.
2.5 | Irrevocability |
As required by Section 409A, the terms set forth in a US Award certificate shall become irrevocable as of the last day on which the US Award certificate is required to be provided to the Participant pursuant to this paragraph 2; provided, however, that if a Participant is not entitled to receive the Bonus to which a US Award relates, the Participant shall not be entitled to receive the US Award to the same extent.
The terms set forth in a US Award certificate shall not set forth any provision that grants any Member of the Group or the Participant the ability to affect the time or form of payment of the US Award, or the amount of the US Award, except to the extent specifically permitted under Section 409A.
The Group Remuneration Committee's authority to amend the Plan or to change a US Award already granted pursuant to rule 15 of the Plan or otherwise shall not be exercised in a manner that would cause the Plan to fail to comply with the requirements of Section 409A with respect to the US Award.
2.6 | Form of US Award |
A US Award that is granted to a Participant shall take the form of a Conditional Award and shall not take the form of a Nil-Cost Option or a Restricted Share Award.
3 | Variations |
If a US Award is to be adjusted pursuant to Rule 6 of the Plan, such adjustment shall be made in a manner that results in the US Award, as adjusted, complying with Section 409A.
4 | Dealing Restriction |
A Dealing Restriction will postpone the Vesting of a US Award under rule 7.1 of the Plan only to the extent that the postponement is permitted by Section 409A and, to the extent that rule 7.1 of the Plan would postpone Vesting beyond the date permitted by Section 409A, such US Award will lapse and be forfeited.
5 | Review of US Awards |
A US Award’s Vesting Date shall be postponed under rule 8.2 of the Plan only to the extent that the postponement is permitted by Section 409A and, to the extent that rule 8.2 of the Plan would postpone the Vesting Date beyond the date permitted by Section 409A, such US Award will lapse and be forfeited.
21
6 | Ceasing to be an Employee |
The Remuneration Committee will not exercise its discretion under rule 10.1 of the Plan to Vest a US Award in connection with the cessation of the Participant’s employment, unless the Remuneration Committee does so on or before the last day on which the US Award’s certificate is required to be provided to the Participant pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 2. A US Award may not be released, transferred or paid on account of the cessation of employment of the Participant unless (1) the cessation qualifies as a “separation from service” (within the meaning that such phrase has for the purposes of Section 409A), and (2) if the Participant is a “specified employee” (within the meaning that such phrase has for the purposes of Section 409A), until six months after the specified employee’s separation from service or, if earlier, death. The rules of 10.1 of the Plan will otherwise apply to a US Award.
7 | Change in Control |
7.1 | A US Award shall not be subject to rules 11 or 12 of the Plan. Instead, the US Award shall Vest automatically in full upon a Change in Control, as defined below, that affects: |
(i)the company for whom the Participant is performing services at the time of the Change in Control;
(ii)a company that is liable for the payment of the US Award, but only if the US Award is attributable to services performed for such company or there is a bona fide business purpose for such liability and, in either case, no significant purpose of making such company liable for such payment is the avoidance of US income tax;
(iii)a Member of the Group that owns more than fifty percent of a company described in (i) or (ii) above; or
(iv)a Member of the Group that is in a chain of companies in which each company owns more than fifty percent of another company in the chain, ending in a company described in (i) or (ii) above (companies described in (i) through (iv) shall be referred to as an "Affected Company").
For purposes of this Schedule 2, a "Change in Control" means a change in the ownership or effective control of an Affected Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of an Affected Company, as those respective changes are defined in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) and US Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5).
7.2 | This paragraph 7 of this Schedule 2 shall apply to determine the extent to which a US Award granted to a Participant Vests upon any event that affects the ownership or control of any company or its assets, notwithstanding any plan, policy or other arrangement the rules of which would require the Vesting of a US Award upon terms other than those described in this paragraph 7. A Participant's right to a US Award and the Bonus to which it relates shall, in accordance with rule 14.8.8 of the Plan, be conditioned on the Participant consenting to the application of this paragraph 7 and the |
22
other provisions of this Schedule, notwithstanding the terms of any other plan, policy or other arrangement, which consent is deemed to have been given by the Participant accepting such right and not objecting in advance and in writing.
8 | Tax |
Any deduction from or disposal of a US Award or related Shares under rule 13 of the Plan is permitted only to the extent that the deduction or disposal is permitted under Section 409A.
NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR ANY OTHER MEMBER OF THE GROUP MAKES REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES REGARDING THE TAXATION OF US AWARDS, BONUSES, SHARES OR ANY OTHER BENEFITS UNDER THE PLAN, INCLUDING THEIR TAX-DEFERRED NATURE OR COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE LAW. NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR ANY OTHER MEMBER OF THE GROUP IS LIABLE TO A PARTICIPANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR ANY TAXES, PENALTIES, INTEREST OR OTHER DAMAGES INCURRED AS A RESULT OF ANY FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY APPLICABLE TAX OR OTHER LAW, INCLUDING SECTION 409A, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE FAILURE WAS INADVERTENT OR INTENTIONAL.
9 | Trust |
9.1 | Nothing in the Plan or this Schedule 2 requires the Company or any other Member of the Group to make any contributions or create any fund, or to otherwise segregate assets, with respect to a US Award. A Participant’s interest in a US Award shall be notional only, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Participant shall have no interest whatsoever in any Shares or cash held by any trust involved in the administration of the Plan. US Awards, Shares, and cash amounts shall be and remain subject to the claims of the Grantor’s general creditors until the settlement of the US Award. |
9.2 | Any money, shares or other assets that are held in trust pursuant to rule 14.9 of the Plan shall not be used to satisfy the obligations of the Company or any Member of the Group to a Participant with respect to a US Award, except to the extent that: |
(i) | such trust and such money, shares or other assets held by such trust are located within the jurisdiction of the United States of America, and |
(ii) | the assets of the trust remain subject to the claims of the Company's and the Members of the Group's creditors in the event of insolvency. |
10 | Discretion |
The Remuneration Committee shall not exercise any discretion under the Plan with respect to a US Award without determining that such exercise of discretion is permitted under Section 409A. In no event will a Participant have the right to designate the year in which Shares are transferred to the Participant in satisfaction of any US Award.
23
11 | Claims Procedure |
Claims with respect to US Awards shall be submitted to the Remuneration Committee. The Remuneration Committee shall make each claim determination with respect to a US Award in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner within 90 days (in the case of a claim for disability benefits, within 45 days) after the Remuneration Committee receives the claim for benefits. The Remuneration Committee shall during that period grant the claim, deny the claim, or notify the claimant that special circumstances require an extension of time for the processing of the claim and the extended date by which a decision will be rendered. Any such extension shall not exceed 180 days from the original notice; provided that, in the case of a claim for disability benefits, any such extension shall not exceed 75 days from the original notice and must be necessary due to matters beyond the Remuneration Committee’s control. The Remuneration Committee may further extend the time for the processing of a claim for disability benefits for up to an additional 30 days, provided that (a) due to matters beyond the Remuneration Committee’s control a decision cannot be rendered during such 75-day period, and (b) the Remuneration Committee notifies the claimant, prior to the expiration of such 75-day period, that special circumstances require such an extension of time for the processing of the claim and of the extended date by which a decision will be rendered. A notice of the extension of time for the processing of a claim for disability benefits shall specifically explain the standard on which entitlement to the benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim, and the additional information needed to resolve those issues, and the claimant shall be afforded at least 45 days within which to provide the specified information.
During the applicable claims review period (including permitted extensions), the Remuneration Committee shall give the claimant notice of any whole or partial denial of the claimant’s claim for benefits, as well as of any other adverse benefit determination. The notice shall set forth the specific reasons for the adverse benefit determination, shall reference to the specific Plan provisions on which the determination is based, shall describe any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect his or her claim and why such material or information is necessary, shall advise the claimant that he or she may submit an appeal of the determination to the Remuneration Committee within 180 days after receipt of such notice, and shall include a statement of any right that the claimant has to bring a civil action under Section 502 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, following an adverse benefit determination on review. In addition, a notice of an adverse determination with respect to a claim for disability benefits shall be provided in a culturally and linguistically appropriate manner and shall set forth: (1) a discussion of the decision, including an explanation of the basis for disagreeing with or not following (a) the views presented by the claimant of health care professionals treating the claimant and vocational professionals who evaluated the claimant, (b) the views of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with a claimant's adverse benefit determination, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (c) a disability determination regarding the claimant presented by the claimant to the plan made by the Social Security Administration; (2) if the adverse benefit determination is based on a medical necessity or experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit, either an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the plan to the claimant's medical circumstances, or a statement that such explanation will be provided free of change upon request; (3) either the specific internal
24
rules, guidelines, protocols, standards or other similar criteria of the plan relied upon in making the adverse determination or, alternatively, a statement that such rules, guidelines, protocols, standards or other similar criteria of the plan do not exist; and (4) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant's claim for benefits.
The claimant may submit an appeal of a benefit claim determination to the Remuneration Committee within 180 days after the claimant’s receipt of the notice of the determination. Failure of the individual to file an appeal with the Remuneration Committee within the allowable 180-day period will constitute an irrevocable consent by the individual to the Remuneration Committee’s decision, and the Remuneration Committee’s notice described above shall so state.
The appeal shall provide a full and fair review of the claimant’s claim for benefits and the adverse benefit determination that takes into account all comments, documents , records, and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The claimant may submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits in connection with the appeal. The claimant will also be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits, both in connection with the appeal and any adverse benefit determination. The appeal shall be reviewed by an individual who was not a party who made the initial adverse benefit determination nor a subordinate of such a party. The review will not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and shall take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the claimant, without regard to whether such information was previously submitted or relied upon in the initial determination. The determination on appeal shall identify the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the plan in connection with any adverse benefit determination, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit determination.
Before issuing an adverse benefit determination on appeal relating to a disability benefit claim, the Remuneration Committee shall provide the claimant, free of charge, with any new or additional evidence considered, relied upon, or generated on behalf of or at the direction of the individual making the benefit determination in connection with the claim. Such evidence must be provided as soon as possible and sufficiently in advance of the date on which the notice of adverse benefit determination on appeal is required to be provided to give the claimant a reasonable opportunity to respond prior to that date. In addition, before issuing an adverse benefit determination on appeal relating to a disability benefit claim based on a new or additional rationale, the Remuneration Committee shall provide the claimant, free of charge, with the new or additional rationale as soon as possible and sufficiently in advance of the date on which the notice of adverse benefit determination on review is required to be provided to give the claimant a reasonable opportunity to respond prior to that date.
Within 60 days (in the case of a claim for disability benefits, within 45 days) after receipt of the request for review, the Remuneration Committee shall notify the claimant either as to
25
the decision on the appeal or that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If the Remuneration Committee determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the termination of the initial 60-day (in the case of a claim for disability benefits, 45-day) period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 60 days (in the case of a claim for disability benefits, 45 days) from the end of the initial period. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the plan expects to render the determination on review.
Notwithstanding the prior paragraph, if the Remuneration Committee holds regularly scheduled meetings at least quarterly, then with respect to benefit claims other than claims for disability benefits: (a) the notice required by the prior paragraph shall instead be provided no later than the date of the meeting of the Remuneration Committee that immediately follows the receipt of a request for review, unless the request for review is filed within 30 days preceding the date of such meeting; (b) if the request for review is filed within 30 days preceding the date of such meeting, such notice may be provided by no later than the date of the second meeting following the receipt of the request for review; and (c) if special circumstances require a further extension of time for processing such a claim, the notice shall be provided not later than the third meeting following receipt of the request for review. If such an extension of time for review is required because of special circumstances, the Remuneration Committee shall provide the claimant with written notice of the extension, describing the special circumstances and the date as of which the benefit determination will be made, prior to the commencement of the extension.
During the applicable review period on appeal (including permitted extensions), the Remuneration Committee shall give the claimant notice of the benefit determination on review. The notice shall set forth the specific reasons for the determination, shall reference to the specific Plan provisions on which the determination is based, shall state that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and shall include a statement of any right that the claimant has to bring a civil action under Section 502 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. In addition, a notice of an adverse determination with respect to a claim for disability benefits shall be provided in a culturally and linguistically appropriate manner and shall set forth: (1) a discussion of the decision, including an explanation of the basis for disagreeing with or not following (a) the views presented by the claimant of health care professionals treating the claimant and vocational professionals who evaluated the claimant, (b) the views of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with a claimant's adverse benefit determination, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (c) a disability determination regarding the claimant presented by the claimant to the plan made by the Social Security Administration; (2) if the adverse benefit determination is based on a medical necessity or experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit, either an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the plan to the claimant's medical circumstances, or a statement that such explanation will be provided free of change upon request; and (3) either the specific internal rules, guidelines, protocols, standards or other similar criteria of the plan relied upon in making the adverse determination or, alternatively, a statement that such rules, guidelines, protocols, standards or other similar criteria of the plan do not exist.
26
A notice of benefit determination, whether initial or on review, shall in any event be provided as soon as possible, but not later than the date required by this claims procedure.
27
PRUDENTIAL PLC
THE PRUDENTIAL LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
Approved by the Company in general
meeting on 16 May 2013 and adopted by the
Remuneration Committee on 16 May 2013.
As amended 27 June 2017, 26 June 2018, 14 May 2019, 27 February 2020 and
28 February 2022
560575272
CONTENTS | | |
| | |
CLAUSE | PAGE | |
| | |
1. | DEFINITIONS | 3 |
| | |
2. | GRANT OF AWARDS | 6 |
| | |
3. | PERFORMANCE AND OTHER CONDITIONS | 7 |
| | |
4. | PLAN LIMITS | 8 |
| | |
5. | INDIVIDUAL LIMITS | 9 |
| | |
6. | REPLACEMENT AWARDS ON RECRUITMENT | 9 |
| | |
7. | DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS | 10 |
| | |
8. | ADJUSTMENT AND CLAWBACK OF AWARDS | 10 |
| | |
9. | VESTING OF AWARDS | 12 |
| | |
10. | CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT | 13 |
| | |
11. | VESTING OF AN AWARD: GENERALLY | 15 |
| | |
12. | LAPSE OF AWARDS | 17 |
| | |
13. | CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS | 17 |
| | |
14. | DETERMINATION OF VESTING LEVEL | 18 |
| | |
15. | EXCHANGE OF AWARDS | 19 |
| | |
16. | ADJUSTMENT OF AN AWARD ON A VARIATION | 19 |
| | |
17. | RIGHTS ATTACHING TO SHARES ISSUED OR TRANSFERRED PURSUANT TO AWARDS | 19 |
| | |
18. | AVAILABILITY OF SHARES AND LISTING | 19 |
| | |
19. | ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT | 20 |
| | |
20. | GENERAL | 21 |
| | |
SCHEDULE 1 United States | 23 |
2
THE PRUDENTIAL LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
1. | DEFINITIONS |
1.1 | In this Plan, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings: |
Approval Date means the date of the approval of the Plan by the Company in general meeting;
Award means a Conditional Award or a Restricted Award granted under the Plan;
Award Letter means, in respect of an Award, the document setting out the rights and obligations attaching to the Award subject to the Rules;
Cause means termination of employment in circumstances which entitle a Participant’s employer to dismiss him summarily under the terms of his employment contract or under the law of the jurisdiction applicable to the Participant’s employment at the time of such termination;
Close Period means, in relation to a Participant, a period when dealings in Shares are prohibited under any applicable statute, regulation, or order to which the Company is subject;
the Committee means the remuneration committee of the board of directors of the Company or any other duly authorised committee;
the Company means Prudential pIc;
Conditional Award means a conditional right to acquire Shares under the Plan;
Control means, in relation to a body corporate, the power of a person to secure:
(a) | by means of the holding of shares or the possession of voting power in or in relation to that or any other body corporate; or |
(b) | by virtue of any powers conferred by the articles of association or other document regulating that or any other body corporate |
that the affairs of the first-mentioned body corporate are conducted in accordance with the wishes of that person and Controlled will be construed accordingly;
Date of Grant means, in respect of an Award, the date on which it is granted;
Dealing Day means any day on which the London Stock Exchange (or, if the Committee so determines, the Hong Kong Stock Exchange) is open for business;
Eligible Employee means any person who, at the Date of Grant, is an employee of the Group (including any executive director of the Company);
3
Employees’ Share Plan means any employee share scheme of the Company as defined in section 1166 Companies Act 2006;
Financial Year means the financial year of the Company from time to time;
Grant Period means the period of 42 days commencing on any of the following:
(a) | the day immediately following the Approval Date; |
(b) | the day after the date on which the Company makes an announcement of its results for the last preceding Financial Year, half year, quarter or other period; |
(c) | any day on which the Committee resolves that exceptional circumstances exist which justify the grant of Awards and for the avoidance of doubt the hire of a new Eligible Employee may fall to be treated as such an exceptional circumstance; or |
(d) | the day following the lifting of any applicable restrictions imposed by statute, order or regulation. |
the Group means the Company and the Subsidiaries and member of the Group shall be construed accordingly;
Holding Period means in relation to an Award or any part of it, such period (if any) starting on the Vesting Date as the Committee may, in accordance with Rule 3.3, specify when the Award is granted during which, subject to Rules 8, 10, 11 and 13, the Participant is not entitled to dispose of the Shares subject to his Award. The Committee may specify different periods in relation to different parts of an Award.
ITEPA means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;
Market Value means, in relation to a Share on any Dealing Day, the average of the middle market closing quotation of a Share as derived from the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange (or from any other stock exchange on which Shares are listed) over the period of three consecutive Dealing Days immediately preceding that Dealing Day or, at the discretion of the Committee, either (a) the middle market quotation or the closing price for a Share as so derived for the immediately preceding Dealing Day or on the day itself or (b) any such quotation or price on such other Dealing Day or Dealing Days as the Committee considers to be appropriate in the circumstances;
Participant means any individual who holds a subsisting Award (including, where the context permits, the legal personal representative of a deceased Participant);
Performance Conditions mean, in respect of an Award, the conditions specified by the Committee at the Date of Grant in relation to the Award, as amended from time to time;
Performance Period means, in respect of an Award, unless foreshortened in accordance with the Rules, a period of three years commencing on the Start Date (or such other period in accordance with Rule 6.3) during which the Performance Condition
4
is to be satisfied or such longer period as the Committee may specify for specific Participants;
the Plan means the Prudential Long Term Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the Rules;
Relevant Employee Share Plan means an employee share plan operated by a member of the Group, other than an employee share plan which has been registered with HM Revenue & Customs for the purposes of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;
Restricted Award means an appropriation of Shares to a Participant subject to such restrictions as shall be specified at the Date of Grant but which shall be consistent with the conditions applicable to a Conditional Award in accordance with the Rules;
Rules means the rules of the Plan as may be amended from time to time;
Share Plan Committee means the committee established by the board of directors of the Company to administer the Plan;
Shares means fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of the Company or American Depositary Receipts (or shares or American Depositary Receipts representing either of these following any reorganisation of the share capital of the Company);
Start Date means, in respect of an Award, the beginning of the Financial Year in which the Award is granted or such later date as may be specified by the Committee on the Date of Grant;
Subsidiary means any subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of section 1159 Companies Act 2006 over which the Company has Control;
Trustee means the trustee from time to time of any employee trust which the Committee selects to grant and/or satisfy Awards;
Variation means in relation to the equity share capital of the Company, a capitalisation issue, an offer or invitation made by way of rights, a sub-division, a consolidation or reduction or any other variation in the equity share capital of the Company;
Vesting means in relation to a Conditional Award, a Participant becoming entitled to have the Shares transferred to him and in relation to a Restricted Award, means the Shares in respect of these ceasing to be subject to the restrictions specified at the Date of Grant, in each case in accordance with the Rules and to the extent determined by the Committee in accordance with the Rules and Vest shall be construed accordingly.
Vesting Date means, in respect of an Award, the date on which the Award will normally Vest being the third anniversary of the Date of Grant (or such other anniversary in accordance with Rule 6.3), or such later anniversary as may be specified by the Committee at the Date of Grant or such other date as determined in accordance with the Rules, provided that any such anniversary or other date cannot be later than the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant of the Award.
5
1.2 | Where the context permits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine shall include the feminine. Headings shall be ignored in construing the Plan. |
1.3 | References to any act of Parliament shall include any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment thereof. |
2. | GRANT OF AWARDS |
2.1 | Eligible Employee |
An Eligible Employee may be recommended from time to time for the grant of an Award and the Committee will determine whether or not an Eligible Employee should be granted an Award and if so, on what basis. The grant of an Award to an Eligible Employee on a particular basis does not create the right or expectation of the grant of an Award on the same basis, or at all, in the future.
2.2 | How Awards are granted |
The Committee may, in its absolute discretion, determine that an Award be granted as a Conditional Award or a Restricted Award. An Award may be granted either by the Company, or the Company may request the Trustee to grant the Award, in accordance with the Rules. An Award shall be granted so that it constitutes a binding agreement between the Company or the Trustee (as the case may be) and the Participant. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. There will be no payment for the grant of an Award.
2.3 | When Awards can be granted |
Awards may only be granted during a Grant Period. No Award may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the Approval Date.
2.4 | Approvals, consents and conditions |
The grant of an Award will be subject to obtaining any necessary approval or consent required under any applicable regulations or legislation. The grant of an Award and/or the delivery of Shares in respect of a Vested Award shall also be conditional on:
(a) | any arrangements specified by the Company for the payment of taxation and any social security contributions in respect of the Award (including without limitation the right of the Company to arrange the sale on his behalf of sufficient Shares to satisfy any taxation or social security liability on his part which the Company or his employing company may be liable to withhold); and |
(b) | any other terms specified by the Company in the Award Letter. |
2.5 | Notification of the grant of an Award |
6
As soon as practicable after the Date of Grant, the Company shall procure the issue to a Participant of an Award Letter in respect of the Award. The Award Letter shall include the following information:
(a) | whether the Award is a Conditional Award or a Restricted Award; |
(b) | the dates on which the relevant Performance Period shall start and end and the Date of Grant; |
(c) | the details of the Performance Conditions imposed in accordance with Rule 3.1 and the extent to which the Performance Conditions will determine the number of Shares that may be acquired on Vesting of the Award; |
(d) | whether an Award shall be enhanced in accordance with Rule 7; |
(e) | whether the Award, or any part of the Award, is subject to one or more Holding Periods and, if so, the length of such Holding Period(s) in accordance with Rule 3.3; |
(f) | whether the Award is subject to any other condition imposed in accordance with Rule 2.4(b); and |
(g) | whether the Award is subject to clawback provisions in accordance with Rule 8.4. |
2.6 | Awards personal to Participants |
An Award may not, nor may any rights in respect of it, be transferred, assigned, charged or otherwise disposed of to any person except that, on the death of a Participant, an Award may be transmitted to the Participant’s personal representatives. Any transfer or exercise otherwise than as permitted under this Rule 2.6 shall cause the Award to lapse.
2.7 | Beneficial rights |
To the extent that an Award is not granted as a Restricted Award, a Participant shall not have any beneficial ownership of the Shares which are the subject of an Award granted to him, and accordingly shall not have any right to any dividends or voting rights attaching to the Shares. To the extent that an Award is granted as a Restricted Award, any voting or dividend rights will be specified to the Participant in the Award Letter.
2.8 | Awards not pensionable |
Neither an Award nor any benefit in respect of the Plan shall be pensionable.
3. | PERFORMANCE AND OTHER CONDITIONS |
3.1 | Each Award shall be subject to one or more Performance Conditions which will determine the number of Shares which the Participant will be entitled to acquire following the Vesting of the Award, subject to any other adjustments which may be |
7
made in accordance with the Rules. The Committee may impose different Performance Conditions for Awards granted to different Participants in the same Financial Year and to Awards granted in different Financial Years.
3.2 | The Performance Conditions may be amended after the Date of Grant at the discretion of the Committee if: |
(a) | those circumstances which prevailed at the Date of Grant and which were relevant to the Performance Conditions when they were originally imposed have subsequently changed; and |
(b) | the Committee is satisfied that any such amended Performance Conditions would be a fairer measure of performance and the Committee reasonably considers that such amended Performance Conditions are consistent with and no more or less demanding to satisfy than the original Performance Conditions. |
3.3 | The Committee may, on the Date of Grant, determine that an Award, or one or more parts of an Award, will be subject to one or more Holding Periods. |
4. | PLAN LIMITS |
4.1 | The 10 per cent. limit over 10 years |
The number of Shares that may be allocated under the Plan on any day cannot, when added to the aggregate of the number of Shares allocated in the previous 10 years under the Plan and any other Employees' Share Plan adopted by the Company, exceed the number of Shares that is equal to 10 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue on the last Dealing Day before that day.
4.2 | The 5 per cent. limit over 10 years |
The number of Shares that may be allocated under the Plan on any day cannot, when added to the aggregate of the number of Shares allocated in the previous 10 years under the Plan and any other discretionary share plan adopted by the Company, exceed the number of Shares that is equal to 5 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue on the last Dealing Day before that day.
4.3 | Exclusions from the limits in Rules 4.1and 4.2 |
In calculating the limits in Rules 4.1and 4.2, any Shares where the right to acquire them was released or lapsed without Vesting or being exercised will be disregarded. Partnership shares under any Share Incentive Plan operated by the Company will also be disregarded.
4.4 | Meaning of allocation |
References in Rules 4.1and 4.2 to the allocation of Shares mean, in the case of a share award or option plan, the placing of unissued Shares or treasury Shares under award or option and, in relation to other types of Employees' Share Plan, mean the issue and allotment of Shares or the transfer of Shares out of treasury.
8
4.5 | Adjustment to Shares to be taken into account |
Where Shares issued under the Plan or any other Employees' Share Plan of the Company are to be taken into account for the purposes of the limits in this Rule 4 and a Variation has taken place between the date of issue of those Shares and the date on which the limit is to be calculated, then the number of Shares taken into account for the purposes of the limit will be adjusted in the manner the Board considers appropriate to take account of the Variation.
5. | INDIVIDUAL LIMITS |
5.1 | Subject to Rule 5.3, an Award shall not be granted to an Eligible Employee if such grant would cause the total Market Value of the maximum number of Shares that may be acquired following the Vesting of the Award (as measured at the Date of Grant) when aggregated with the total Market Value of the maximum number of Shares that may be acquired pursuant to any other Award granted to the Eligible Employee under the Plan (as measured at the Date of Grant of that Award) in the same Financial Year, to exceed 4 times the Eligible Employee's annual basic salary in respect of his employment with the Group as at the Date of Grant. |
5.2 | Subject to Rule 5.3, in the case of an Eligible Employee who is working and based in the United States or such other jurisdiction as the Committee determines at the Date of Grant, the limit referred to in Rule 5.1 above shall be 5.5 times the Eligible Employee's annual basic salary in respect of his employment with the Group as at the Date of Grant. |
5.3 | For the avoidance of doubt, the individual limit in respect of Rule 5 cannot exceed the individual limit specified from time to time in the listing rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, for as long as the Shares are listed on that exchange. |
6. | REPLACEMENT AWARDS ON RECRUITMENT |
6.1 | Forfeited incentive awards |
Where an Eligible Employee has, as a result of accepting employment with a member of the Group, forfeited incentive awards made by his previous employer, the Committee will have the discretion to grant an Award to that Eligible Employee subject to Rule 6.2, to replicate, as far as possible, the terms of any forfeited incentive award (the "Forfeited Award").
6.2 | Individual limit |
The Market Value of the Shares the subject of an Award granted in accordance with Rule 6 shall not exceed:
(a) | the value of the Forfeited Award as determined by the Committee on the appointment of the Eligible Employee; nor |
9
(b) | the applicable limit in Rule 5 (taking into account the aggregate Market Value of Shares the subject of any other Award granted in the same Financial Year as the Award replacing the Forfeited Award). |
6.3 | Performance Conditions and Vesting Date |
The Committee will determine in respect of any Award granted in accordance with Rule 6:
(a) | the Performance Condition by reference to performance indicators appropriate to the Group and referable over such Performance Period as the Committee may determine, having regard to the performance period applicable to the Forfeited Award; |
(b) | the Vesting Date, having regard to the vesting date applicable to the Forfeited Award; |
(c) | any Holding Period(s) to which the Award, or part of the Award, may be subject, having regard to any holding period applicable to the Forfeited Award in accordance with Rule 3.3; and |
(c) | the period for which any clawback in accordance with Rule 8.4 will apply. |
7. | DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS |
7.1 | If a dividend is payable on Shares between the Date of Grant and the Vesting Date and the Committee has so determined at the Date of Grant of an Award, the Award shall be enhanced by increasing the number of Shares comprised in the Award by an additional number of Shares having a Market Value at the time the dividend is paid or declared equivalent to the gross or net of tax value of the dividend. The number shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share and for the purpose of this Rule 6, dividends means ordinary dividends paid in respect of Shares, unless the Committee determines otherwise in any particular case. It will not include any distribution in respect of which an adjustment is made under Rule 16. The enhanced Award shall be subject to the Rules on the same basis as the original Award, unless the Committee has determined otherwise at the Date of Grant. Any such enhancement shall not be effected until the Award Vests. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Award, or part of the Award, is subject to one or more Holding Period(s), the additional Shares representing such enhancement will similarly be subject to one or more Holding Period(s) determined by the Committee, unless the Committee determines otherwise. |
7.2 | The Participant’s entitlement to an increased number of Shares under his Award under this Rule 7 may, at the Committee’s discretion, be satisfied with a cash payment of an equivalent value to the Shares but subject to any necessary deductions required by law, notwithstanding that the remainder of the Award is satisfied with Shares. |
8. | ADJUSTMENT AND CLAWBACK OF AWARDS |
8.1 | Review of Awards |
10
8.1.1 | Prior to an Award Vesting, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, determine that an Award should be adjusted if it decides that: |
(i) | a business decision taken during the Performance Period in respect of that Award by the business in which the Participant works at the time of the decision has resulted in a material breach of any law, regulation, code of practice or other instrument which applies to companies or individuals within the business; |
(ii) | there is a materially adverse restatement of the accounts for any year during the Performance Period in respect of that Award: |
(a) | of the business unit in which the Participant worked at any time in that year; and/or |
(b) | of any member of the Group which is attributable to incorrect information about the affairs of that business unit; |
(iii) | any matter arises which the Committee believes affects or may affect the reputation of the Company or any member of the Group; |
(iv) | in respect of any Award granted on or after 27 February 2020, the Participant’s personal conduct during the relevant Performance Period in respect of that Award has: |
(a) | resulted in the Company, or any member of the Group, suffering significant reputational or financial damage; |
(b) | the potential to cause significant reputational or financial damage to the Company or any member of the Group; and/or |
(c) | resulted in the material breach of the Group’s business code of conduct or law; and/or |
(v) | in respect of any Award granted on or after 27 February 2020, it becomes apparent that the calculation of the number of Shares subject to an Award or of the extent to which any Performance Conditions imposed under Rule 3 or Rule 6 have been satisfied or the Committee‘s determination of the extent to which an Award Vests was based on erroneous or misleading data or otherwise incorrect. |
8.1.2 | If rule 8.1.1 applies, the Committee will make the same decision in respect of all Participants who work for the same business unit at the time of the decision. |
8.2 | Postponement of Vesting Date |
Where the Committee considers that there are circumstances that require further investigation or review which may, following such investigation or review, lead to a determination that an Award should be adjusted under Rule 8.1, the Committee may postpone the Vesting Date applicable to the whole or part of that Award (at its
11
discretion) to such later date as the Committee determines. If the Committee determines to postpone the Vesting Date of an Award then the Committee will notify the affected Participant(s) of that postponement and of the estimated date by which such further investigation or review will be concluded. Following completion of such further investigation or review the Committee will, subject to any adjustment to be made under Rule 8.1, determine the revised Vesting Date for that Award.
8.3 | Adjustment of Awards |
Following any review under Rule 8.1, the Committee may determine that any Award which has not yet Vested be adjusted, by reducing the number of Shares in respect of that Award as the Committee believes to be appropriate (including to zero). The Shares which may be adjusted may include any Shares which represent any dividends in accordance with Rule 7. Any Participant affected by an adjustment will be notified of this in writing as soon as practicable.
8.4 | Clawback |
Unless the Committee determines otherwise at the time an Award is made, the Committee may exercise its powers under this Rule 8.4 in respect of any Award made on or after 1 January 2015 to a Participant who is a member of the Group Executive Committee.
This Rule 8.4 applies in circumstances where at any time before the fifth anniversary of the start of the Performance Period applicable to the Award (or, in respect of any Award granted on or after 27 February 2020, the fifth anniversary of the Date of Grant), the Committee determines in its absolute discretion that:
(i) | there is a materially adverse restatement of the Company’s published accounts in respect of any Financial Year which (in whole or part) comprised part of the Performance Period; |
(ii) | it becomes apparent that a material breach of a law or regulation took place during the Performance Period which resulted in significant harm to the Company or its reputation; |
(iii) | in respect of any Award granted on or after 27 February 2020, the calculation of the number of Shares subject to an Award or of the extent to which any Performance Conditions imposed under Rule 3 or Rule 6 have been satisfied or the Committee‘s determination of the extent to which an Award Vests was based on erroneous or misleading data or was otherwise incorrect; or |
(iv) | in respect of any Award granted on or after 27 February 2020, the Participant’s personal conduct during the relevant Performance Period in respect of that Award has: |
(a) | resulted in the Company, or any member of the Group, suffering significant reputational or financial damage; |
12
(b) | the potential to cause significant reputational or financial damage to the Company or any member of the Group; and/or |
(c) | resulted in the material breach of the Group’s business code of conduct or law. |
If, in respect of any Award granted on or after 27 February 2020, an investigation into the conduct or actions of any Participant or any member of the Group has started before, but has not been completed by, the fifth anniversary of the Date of Grant, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, determine that the provisions of this Rule 8.4 may be applied to that Award until such later date as the Committee may determine to allow that investigation to be completed and the Committee to consider the outcome of the investigation.
If this Rule 8.4 applies then the Committee may, to the extent that it considers appropriate, taking account (in the case of (i) and (ii) above) of the extent of each Participant’s responsibility for the relevant restatement or breach, determine in its absolute discretion in respect of any Awards which have vested that:
(A) | in respect of Awards granted prior to 27 February 2020, the relevant Participant must repay to the Company by way of clawback an amount in cash up to the net value of the Shares he received at the date the Award vested (based on the share price at that date) after deductions were made for tax and employee social security contributions; or |
(B) | in respect of Awards granted on or after 27 February 2020, in place of requiring the Participant to take the action referred to in paragraph (A) above (which it may still do, in its discretion): |
(i) | reduce the amount of any future payments made on or after 27 February 2020 in connection with the Plan or under any other discretionary bonus or incentive arrangements; |
(ii) | reduce the number of Shares that would become available to the Participant upon the vesting of any unvested share award granted under any Relevant Employee Share Plan on or after 27 February 2020 and held by the Participant; and/or |
(iii) | reduce the number of shares over which a vested but unexercised share award granted under any Relevant Employee Share Plan on or after 27 February 2020 and held by the relevant Participant may be exercised |
on such basis that the Committee considers in its absolute discretion to be fair, reasonable and proportionate (which may include the recovery of the pre-tax value of the Shares that the Committee determines should be recovered).
The Committee may take any action referred to in paragraphs (B)(i) to (iii) above to give effect to the operation of any withholding or recovery provisions
13
similar to this rule 8.4 in any Relevant Employee Share Plan, discretionary bonus plan or other incentive arrangement operated by a member of the Group.
Following any such determination under paragraphs (A) or (B) above the Participant shall make payment of the relevant amount within 28 days of the Participant being given notice of such determination.
If a Participant should fail to make payment within that period then, without prejudice to any other remedies which the Company may have (including any remedies set out under (B) above in respect of Awards granted on or after 27 February 2020), the Committee may make a reduction of an equivalent amount to (i) any unvested Awards which the Participant may have under the Plan or any other employee share scheme operated by the Company and/or (ii) any future bonus payment which would otherwise have been payable, and/or (iii) any salary payments or other remuneration which are due or would otherwise have been payable, in each case, to the extent permitted under applicable law.
9. | VESTING OF AWARDS |
9.1 | General Rule for Vesting |
Except as otherwise provided in the Rules, an Award shall not Vest prior to the Vesting Date specified at the Date of Grant and shall Vest only:
(i) | if the Participant remains an employee of a member of the Group until the Vesting Date; |
(ii) | in respect of any Award granted before 27 February 2020, to the extent that the Committee is satisfied that the Performance Conditions imposed under Rule 3.1 or Rule 6 have been satisfied; |
(iii) | in respect of any Award granted before 27 February 2020, if the Committee is satisfied that the underlying financial performance of the Company during the Performance Period is such as to justify the Vesting of the Award, to the extent that the Committee determines that it is necessary to take the underlying financial performance into account; |
(iv) | in respect of any Award granted on or after 27 February 2020, to the extent determined by the Committee, having regard to: (1) the extent to which the Committee is satisfied that the Performance Conditions imposed under Rule 3 or Rule 6 have been satisfied, (2) the underlying financial or non-financial performance of the Company or any member of the Group during the Performance Period and (3) any other matter the Committee considers relevant and appropriate (including, without limitation, the personal conduct and performance of the Participant, or circumstances that were unexpected or unforeseen at the Date of Grant); and |
(v) | where the Committee requires, if the Participant has entered into or agreed to enter into, on or before the Vesting Date, a valid election under Part 7 of ITEPA (Employment income: income and exemptions relating to securities) in respect |
14
of any Shares he may acquire pursuant to an Award, or any similar arrangement in any overseas jurisdiction.
9.2 | Vesting in a Close Period |
Unless the Vesting of an Award and the subsequent delivery of Shares in respect of it do not give rise to any dealings which would be prohibited under any applicable statute, order or regulation, an Award shall not Vest on any day which is a Close Period. If an Award would, but for this Rule 9.2, have Vested on a day which is in a Close Period, the day on which the Award Vests will be the first Dealing Day following the end of the Close Period.
10. | CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT |
10.1 | Cessation before the Vesting Date: general provision |
Except as otherwise provided below in this Rule 10, if a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee before the Vesting Date, the Award shall lapse on the date of such cessation.
10.2 | Cessation before the Vesting Date of an Award: good leavers |
If a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee before the Vesting Date by reason of:
(a) | injury or disability (as determined by the Committee); |
(b) | retirement with the approval of his employing company; |
(c) | his employing company ceasing to be a member of the Group; or |
(d) | the business (or part of the business) in which he is employed being transferred to a transferee which is not a member of the Group |
the relevant Award shall, subject to Rule 10.3, not lapse but shall continue to be subject to the Rules and will only Vest on its Vesting Date to the extent determined:
(i) | in accordance with Rules 9.1(ii), (iii) and (iv) (as appropriate); and |
(ii) | by applying a pro rata reduction to reflect the number of complete months that have elapsed between the Date of Grant and the date of the cessation of employment as a proportion of the Performance Period |
unless the Committee determines otherwise. If the Committee does determine otherwise and determines that the Award should Vest on or sometime after the date of the cessation of employment but before its Vesting Date, it shall have discretion to determine at the relevant time the extent to which it shall Vest and have regard to:
(i) | the extent to which, at the relevant time, it determines that the relevant Performance Conditions and/or, as the Committee considers appropriate, the performance of the Company have been satisfied; |
15
(ii) | the number of complete months that have elapsed between the Date of Grant and the date of cessation of employment as a proportion of the Performance Period; and |
(iii) | in respect of any Awards granted on or after 27 February 2020, any other matter which the Committee considers relevant and appropriate (including, without limitation, the personal conduct and performance of the Participant). |
In respect of any Award granted on or after 27 February 2020, if a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee before the Vesting Date, and the relevant Award does not lapse by the operation of this Rule 10.2, on the basis that the Committee has judged that the Participant is retiring from their professional executive career, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, determine that any relevant Award which has not yet Vested be adjusted by reducing the number of Shares in respect of that Award to zero, if the Committee determines that the Participant has, within five years of ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, secured paid executive employment with a company outside of the Group.
10.3 | Substitution of Award |
Where the cessation of employment falls under Rule 10.2(c) or (d), the Company may determine that the Award (the Original Award) will be substituted for another award (the Substituted Award). The Substituted Award shall have such value at the date of the sale or transfer as is equal to the Market Value of the Shares the subject of the Original Award on that date. The Substituted Award shall be subject to the same terms as the Original Award as set out in the Rules, except as regards references to the Company (which shall be substituted by references to the company over whose shares the Substituted Award is made) and the applicable Performance Conditions, which may be amended by such company as is appropriate.
10.4 | Cessation before the Vesting Date of an Award: reason other than one in Rule 10.2 |
If a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee before the Vesting Date for any other reason (other than death or Cause), the Committee may determine in its discretion that it shall not lapse on the cessation of employment. If it does so determine, it shall determine when and the extent to which the Award may Vest, having regard to the same matters as in Rule 9.1(ii), (iii) and (iv) (as appropriate) or Rule 10.2 (as applicable).
In respect of any Award granted on or after 27 February 2020, if a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee before the Vesting Date, and the relevant Award does not lapse by the operation of this Rule 10.4, on the basis that the Committee has judged that the Participant will not be seeking to secure alternative employment with a company outside of the Group (i) which has, in the Committee’s opinion, a size comparable to that of the Company, or (ii) which operates within the financial services sector, as determined the Committee, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, determine that any relevant Award which has not yet Vested be adjusted by reducing the number of Shares in respect of that Award to zero, if the Committee determines that
16
the Participant has, within five years of ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, secured paid employment with such a company.
10.5 | Cessation before the Vesting Date of an Award: death |
If a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee because of his death before the Vesting Date, the Award shall Vest on the date on which the Committee has been notified of the death and determined the extent to which the Award should Vest, having regard to:
(i) | the extent to which, at the relevant time, it determines that the Performance Conditions and/or, as the Committee considers appropriate, the performance of the Company have been satisfied; |
(ii) | the number of complete months that have elapsed between the Date of Grant and the date of death as a proportion of the Performance Period; and |
(iii) | in respect of any Award granted on or after 27 February 2020, any other matter the Committee considers relevant and appropriate (including, without limitation, the personal conduct and performance of the Participant). |
Any Holding Period(s) applicable to any part of the Award shall cease to apply on such date.
10.6 | Cessation before or after the Vesting Date: Cause |
If a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee for Cause, his Awards shall lapse on the date of such cessation.
10.7 | Cessation after Award has Vested but before end of Holding Period |
(i) | If a Participant holds an Award that has Vested and such Participant dies before the end of a Holding Period applicable to his Award (or the relevant part of it), then notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Rules, the Holding Period shall be deemed to have ended on the date on which the Committee has been notified of the death. |
(ii) | If a Participant holds an Award that has Vested and such Participant ceases to be an employee of the Group before the end of a Holding Period applicable to his Award (or the relevant part of it) for any reason other than death, the Holding Period shall continue in force as though the Participant remained an Eligible Employee unless the Committee decides otherwise. |
11. | VESTING OF AN AWARD: GENERALLY |
11.1 | Timing of transfer of Shares |
17
Except as otherwise provided in the Rules, and subject to any necessary consents and to compliance by the Participant with the terms of this Plan, the Award shall Vest on the Vesting Date in respect of such number of Shares as determined in accordance with the Rules. The Participant shall be entitled to and the Company shall procure within 30 days after the Vesting of the Award the issue or transfer to the Participant (or to his nominee) of the full legal and beneficial ownership of the Shares to which he is entitled free from any liens, charges or encumbrances. The Company shall (unless the Shares are to be issued in uncertificated form) as soon as practicable deliver or procure the delivery to the Participant (or his nominee) of a definitive share certificate or other evidence of title in respect of such Shares.
11.2 | Legal and other requirements |
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Participant shall not be entitled and the Company shall not be obliged to issue or procure the transfer of Shares in connection with a Award or take any other action under the Plan unless and until the Company is satisfied that any applicable securities law, any requirement under any listing agreement between the Company and any securities exchange, automated quotation system or any regulatory body or any other law, regulation or contractual obligation of the Company can be and have been complied with in full. The Company may require any Participant to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issue or transfer of Shares under this Plan. Certificates representing Shares will be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as may be applicable under such laws, regulations and other obligations of the Company, and a legend or legends may be placed thereon to reflect such restrictions.
11.3 | Cash payments |
The Company may decide, if it is appropriate for legal, regulatory or tax reasons, to make a cash payment to a Participant, in lieu of delivering Shares, of an equivalent value to the Shares but subject to any necessary deductions required by law. If the Company does so decide, the Company shall notify the Participant on or as soon as reasonably practicable following the Vesting Date that it has made such determination. The Company will not be required to pay the cash to the Participant until the end of the Holding Period(s) that would have applied to the Shares had the Award been satisfied in Shares (or on such earlier date as it may determine).
11.4 | Tax |
Notwithstanding the application of any Holding Period, any member of the Group, the employing company of the Participant or the Trustee may withhold such amounts and/or make such arrangements as it considers necessary to meet any liability to taxation or social security contributions for which it or any member of the Group or the Trustee is liable to account for in connection with the Vesting or exercise of an Award, including:
(i) | the sale of Shares on behalf of a Participant, unless the Participant discharges the liability; or |
18
(ii) | reducing the number of Shares to be issued or transferred to the Participant under the Plan; or |
(iii) | deducting any amount from any cash payment due to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise. |
11.5 | Holding Period |
Following the Vesting of an Award, during any Holding Period, the Participant may not transfer, assign, charge or otherwise dispose of the beneficial interest in the Shares resulting from the Vesting of the part of the Award applicable to that Holding Period except:
(i) | with the permission of the Committee; |
(ii) | in order to raise sufficient funds to pay any liability to taxation or social security contributions for which the Participant or any member of the Group is liable to account for in connection with the Vesting of an Award; |
(iii) | if the Remuneration Committee so determines in accordance with Rule 13.4, on and from the date the Remuneration Committee determines that any Holding Period(s) will end following the occurrence of any event set out in Rule 13.1 or Rule 13.3. |
12. | LAPSE OF AWARDS |
For the avoidance of doubt, an Award shall lapse automatically on the earliest of:
(a) | the Participant being declared bankrupt or entering into any general composition with or for the benefit of his creditors, including any voluntary arrangement; |
(b) | the date on which the Participant is dismissed for Cause; |
(c) | the date on which the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee for any reason where the Committee has not exercised its discretion under Rule 9 to allow the Award to Vest or to continue subject to the Rules, unless and to the extent that the Award does not lapse on the Participant ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, in accordance with Rule 10; |
(d) | the date on which the Committee has made any adjustment to an Award under Rule 8.1, to the extent of such adjustment; |
(e) | the date on which the Committee determines, in accordance with the Rules, that an Award will not Vest in accordance with any of Rules 9, 10 and 14, to the extent of that determination; and |
(f) | at the end of any period specified in Rule 13. |
19
13. | CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS |
13.1 | Subject to Rule 12, Rule 13.2, Rule 14 and Rule 15, an Award will Vest on the date: |
(a) | Takeover: on which an offeror (together with others, if any, acting in concert with the offeror) obtains Control of the Company as a result of making a general offer to acquire all of the issued ordinary shares of the Company or all of the shares of the Company which are of the same class as the Shares and which, in either case, are not at the time owned by the offeror or any company Controlled by the offeror and/or persons acting in concert with the offeror; |
(b) | Section 979 notice: a person first becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares under sections 979 to 982 of the Companies Act 2006, or would be so entitled but for the fact that there were no dissenting shareholders; and |
(c) | Compromise or arrangement under section 899: when the court sanctions a compromise or arrangement between the Company and its shareholders under section 899 of the Companies Act 2006. |
13.2 | Reorganisation or merger |
If a company (the Successor Company) has obtained Control of the Company, and either (i) the shareholders of the Successor Company immediately after it has obtained Control are substantially the same as the shareholders of the Company immediately before that event; or (ii) the remuneration committee of the board of directors of the Company (the Remuneration Committee) (as constituted before the relevant event) decides and the Successor Company consents to the exchange of Awards under this Rule, Awards will not Vest pursuant to Rule 13.1 but will be exchanged for equivalent Awards (as determined by the Remuneration Committee as constituted before the relevant event) in respect of shares in the Successor Company or another company within the Successor Company's group.
13.3 | Winding up |
Subject to Rule 12, Rule 14 and Rule 15, an Award will Vest:
(a) | immediately before the passing of a resolution for the voluntary winding-up of the Company; or |
(b) | on the Court making an order for the winding-up of the Company. |
13.4 | To the extent an Award Vests under this Rule 13, notwithstanding any other provision in these Rules, the Remuneration Committee may, in its discretion, determine that any Holding Period(s) applicable to such Award or any part of that Award shall cease to apply on the date the Award Vests or on such later date as it may decide. |
20
14. | DETERMINATION OF VESTING LEVEL |
Where an Award Vests before the expiry of the relevant Performance Period under Rule 13, the number of Shares in respect of which the Award shall Vest shall be such number as is determined by the Remuneration Committee (as defined in Rule 13) in its discretion having regard to: (i) the performance of the Company (including, without limitation, the extent to which the Performance Conditions have been or are likely to be achieved as at the date of the relevant event to which Rule 13 refers) and (ii) the time elapsed between the Date of Grant and the relevant event to which Rule 13 refers, and (iii) any other matter which the Remuneration Committee considers relevant or appropriate (including, without limitation, the personal conduct and performance of the Participant).
15. | EXCHANGE OF AWARDS |
Where an Award is to be exchanged under this Rule, any Award (the Old Right) may (if, under the Rules, the exchange is voluntary) or shall if, under the Rules, the exchange is automatic) be surrendered by the Participant in consideration of the grant to the Participant of a new award (the New Right) which, in the opinion of the Committee, is equivalent to the Old Right but relates to shares in a different company. The provisions of the Plan shall be construed in relation to the New Right as if:
(a) | the New Right were a Award granted under the Plan at the same time as the Old Right; |
(b) | references to the Performance Conditions were references to such new performance conditions relating to the business or shares of the company whose shares are subject to the New Right (or any member of its group) as the Committee may consider appropriate in the circumstances; |
(c) | references to the Company and the Group were references to the company whose shares are subject to the New Right and its group; and |
(d) | references to Shares were references to shares in the new grantor. |
16. | ADJUSTMENT OF AN AWARD ON A VARIATION |
If there is a Variation, the number and/or the class of the Shares over which an Award has been granted may be adjusted in such manner as the remuneration committee of the board of directors of the Company determines to be appropriate taking into account any economic impact of the Variation on the Award. Any adjustment under this Rule shall be notified to the affected Participants as soon as reasonably practicable.
17. | RIGHTS ATTACHING TO SHARES ISSUED OR TRANSFERRED PURSUANT TO AWARDS |
Subject to Rule 11.5 above, all Shares issued or transferred pursuant to a Award shall be of equal rank in all respects with the Shares in issue at the date of transfer or issue except as regards any rights attaching to such Shares by reference to a record date
21
prior to the date of transfer or issue. Any Shares acquired pursuant to a Award shall be subject to the articles of association of the Company from time to time.
18. | AVAILABILITY OF SHARES AND LISTING |
The Company shall at all times keep available for issue sufficient authorised but unissued Shares to satisfy all Awards under which Shares may be allotted or shall otherwise procure that Shares or Treasury Shares are available for transfer in satisfaction of Awards. If and so long as the Shares are listed on The Official List of the UK Listing Authority and admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange, the Company shall either:
(a) | make application to the UK Listing Authority and to the London Stock Exchange for any Shares allotted pursuant to an Award to become admitted to such listing on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and to trading on the London Stock Exchange; or |
(b) | if and so long as the Shares are listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, make an application to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange for the listing of, and permission to deal in, any Shares allotted pursuant to an Award. |
19. | ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT |
19.1 | Committee approval |
The policies in respect of which Awards may be granted in accordance with the Rules shall be determined by the remuneration committee of the board of directors of the Company (the Remuneration Committee). Subject to Rules 19.2 and 19.3, the decision of the Remuneration Committee shall be final and binding in all matters relating to the Plan including any interpretation of the Rules and whether references to Committee in the Rules are to the Remuneration Committee. The Remuneration Committee may at any time discontinue the grant of further Awards or amend any of the provisions of the Plan in any way it thinks fit. Any reference in the Rules to the exercise of any discretion shall mean the absolute discretion of the Committee.
19.2 | Shareholder approval |
Subject to Rule 19.4, no amendment can be made to the advantage of Participants or Eligible Employees to the:
(a) | persons to whom Awards may be granted; |
(b) | limit on the number of Shares which may be allocated under the Plan; |
(c) | maximum entitlement for individual Participants; |
(d) | rights attaching to Awards and Shares; |
(e) | rights of Participants in the event of a Variation; or |
22
(f) | terms of this Rule 19.2, |
without prior approval by ordinary resolution of the members of the Company in general meeting.
19.3 | Participants' approval |
No amendment will be made under Rule 19.1 which would abrogate or materially affect adversely the subsisting rights of a Participant unless it is made:
(a) | with the written consent of Participants who hold Awards under the Plan to acquire 75 per cent. of the Shares which would be delivered if all of the Awards granted and subsisting under the Plan vested and/or were exercised; or |
(b) | by a resolution of a meeting of Participants passed by not less than 75 per cent. of the Participants who attend and vote either in person or by proxy, |
and, for the purposes of this Rule 19.3, the provisions of the articles of association of the Company and of the Companies Act 2006 relating to shareholder meetings will apply with the necessary changes.
19.4 | Permitted amendments |
Rule 19.2 will not apply to any amendment which is:
(a) | minor and to benefit the administration of the Plan; |
(b) | to take account of any changes in legislation; or |
(c) | to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for the Company, any member of the Group or any present or future Participant. |
19.5 | Notice of amendments |
Participants will be given written notice of any material amendments to the Plan made under Rule 19 which affect them as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been made.
20. | GENERAL |
20.1 | The Plan is an employees’ share scheme |
The Plan constitutes an employees’ share scheme for the purposes of section 1166 of the Companies Act 2006 (being a scheme for encouraging or facilitating the holding of Shares). Any member of the Group may provide money to the Trustee or any other person to enable them or him to acquire Shares to be held for the purposes of the Plan.
20.2 | Rights of Participants and Eligible Employees |
23
Nothing in the Plan will give any officer or employee of any member of the Group any right to participate in the Plan. Participation in one grant does not imply a right to participate or be considered for participation in a later grant. The rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with a member of the Group will not be affected by his participation in the Plan nor any right which he may have to participate under it. A Participant holding an Award will not have any rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to that Award or the Shares subject to it, unless specified in the case of a Restricted Award.
20.3 | No rights to compensation or damages |
A Participant waives all and any rights to compensation or damages for the termination of his office or employment with a member of the Group for any reason whatsoever (including unlawful termination of employment) insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under the Plan as a result of that termination or from the loss or diminution in value of such rights or entitlements. Nothing in the Plan or in any document executed under it will give any person any right to continue in employment or will affect the right of any member of the Group to terminate the employment of any Participant or Eligible Employee or any other person without liability at any time, with or without Cause, or will impose on the Company, any member of the Group, the Board or the Trustee or their respective agents and employees any liability in connection with the loss of a Participant's benefits or rights under the Plan or as a result of the exercise of a discretion under the Plan for any reason as a result of the termination of his employment.
20.4 | The benefits of Rules 20.2 and 20.3 |
The benefit of Rules 20.2 and 20.3 is given for the Company, for itself and as trustee and agent of all the members of the Group. The Company will hold the benefit of these Rules on trust and as agent for each of them and may assign the benefit of this Rule 20.4 to any of them.
20.5 | Notices |
Any notice or other document required to be given under or in connection with the Plan may be given to a Participant electronically, delivered to a Participant or sent by post to him at his home address according to the records of his employing company or such other address as may appear to the Company to be appropriate. Any notice or other document required to be given to the Company under or in connection with the Plan may be given to the Company electronically, delivered or sent by post to it at its registered office (or such other place or places as the Committee may from time to time determine and notify to Participants). Notices sent by post shall be deemed to have been given on the day following the date of posting.
20.6 | Stamp duty |
The Company, or where the Committee so directs any Subsidiary, shall pay the appropriate stamp duty on behalf of Participants in respect of any transfer of Shares on the exercise of Awards.
24
20.7 | Severability |
The invalidity or non-enforceability of one or more provisions of the Plan will not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of the Plan.
20.8 | Third parties |
The Plan confers no benefit, right or expectation on an individual who is not a Participant. No third party has any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Plan. Any other right or remedy which a third party may have is unaffected by this Rule 20.8.
20.9 | Data protection |
All Eligible Employees agree, as a condition of their participation in the Plan, that any personal data in relation to them may be held by a member of the Group and/or the Trustee and passed on to a third party broker, registrar, administrator and/or future purchaser of the Company for all purposes relating to the operation or administration of the Plan, including to countries or territories outside the European Economic Area.
20.10 | Governing Law |
These Rules will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England. All Participants, the Company and any other member of the Group will submit to the jurisdiction of the English courts in relation to any dispute arising under the Plan.
25
SCHEDULE 1
United States
This Schedule 1 shall apply to an Award to the extent that it is (to such extent, a “US Award”):
(i) subject to the tax laws of the United States of America (the “US”), or (ii) reasonably expected to become or becomes subject to the tax laws of the US. To take account of the tax laws of the US, the Rules of this Schedule 1 shall override the Rules of the Plan and any other Schedule to the extent that they are inconsistent with the Rules of this Schedule 1, except that the Rules of this Schedule 1 shall not override the provisions of Rule 4 and Rule 5 of the Plan nor any requirement under UK company law or the rules of the London or Hong Kong Stock Exchanges necessary for the lawful operation of the Plan in accordance with such law or rules. US Awards made under this US Schedule will be treated as counting against the limits under Rules 4 and 5 of the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, this Schedule 1 only applies to US Awards, and Rule 8 of the Plan as modified by this Schedule 1 applies to all US Awards.
1 | US Awards that are Conditional Awards are intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code, as amended from time to time and including regulations and other guidance that is issued with respect thereto (“Section 409A”), pursuant to the “short term deferral” exemption that is set forth in US Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4). US Awards that are Restricted Awards are intended to be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to the exemption for “restricted property” that is set forth in US Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(6). The Plan and the terms of US Awards shall be interpreted and administered in a manner that ensures that they are exempt from Section 409A, except as otherwise expressly determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of a Deferred US Award will become subject to Section 409A to the extent of a deferral election that is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Schedule 1. Therefore, Section 2 of this Schedule 1 shall apply to the value of such a Deferred US Award in connection with and after such a deferral election. |
2 | To the extent that the Plan, a US Award, or the settlement or deferral of a US Award is subject to Section 409A notwithstanding Section 1 of this Schedule 1, the Plan, that US Award, and the settlement or deferral of that US Award shall be interpreted and administered in a manner that ensures that each complies with Section 409A. In particular, a US Award that is subject to Section 409A may not be settled on account of the “separation from service” of a “specified employee” (each within the meaning of Section 409A) until six months after the specified employee’s separation from service or, if earlier, death. To the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A, the Committee shall timely amend the Plan and the terms of an affected US Award to the maximum extent permissible under Section 409A. Such an amendment shall be deemed to be a permitted amendment under Rule 19.4 of the Plan and as a consequence the shareholder approval requirements of Rule 19.2 of the Plan shall not apply. Rule 19.3 of the Plan is amended so far as it applies to US Awards so that no Participant consent shall be required for any such amendment. Any such amendment may be made on a retroactive basis to the extent that such retroactive amendment does not itself cause a violation of Section 409A. The Committee may seek safe harbour relief for a failure to comply with Section 409A pursuant to guidance that is issued by the US Internal Revenue Service from time to time. |
3 | US Awards that are Restricted Awards are generally exempt from Section 409A pursuant to the “restricted property” exemption, and are generally subject to the rules of Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended from time to time and including |
26
regulations and other guidance that is issued with respect thereto (“Section 83”). Accordingly, US Awards that are Restricted Awards are generally taxable to the Participant upon becoming transferable or upon the lapse of the US Award’s “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Section 83, and a Participant may generally make an election under Section 83(b) to be taxed with respect to a US Award that is a Restricted Award as of the Date of Grant of the Restricted Award. US Awards that are Restricted Awards shall be interpreted and administered in a manner that ensures that they comply with Section 83. In particular, the Vesting provisions of the Plan and of each US Award that is a Restricted Award are intended to subject such a US Award to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Section 83 until the US Award Vests on the Vesting Date. The application of a Holding Period to such a US Award is intended to delay the transferability of the Shares subject to the US Award, as provided in the Plan, but is not intended to delay the US Award's Vesting or Vesting Date. The Plan and each US Award that is a Restricted Award shall be interpreted and administered accordingly, except as otherwise expressly determined by the Committee or provided in the US Award.
4 | The Vesting provisions of the Plan and of each US Award are intended to subject US Awards to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of US Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(d) until Vesting on the Vesting Date. The application of a Holding Period to such a US Award is intended to delay the transferability of the Shares subject to the US Award, as provided in the Plan, but is not intended to delay the US Award's Vesting or Vesting Date. The Plan and each US Award shall be interpreted and administered accordingly, except as otherwise expressly determined by the Committee or provided in the US Award. The Committee shall not exercise any discretion under the Plan, including under Rules 3.2, 8.2, 8.4, 9.1(iv), 10.2, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5, 10.7, 11.5, 13, 14, 15, 16, or 17 of the Plan, with respect to a US Award without either: (i) determining that such exercise of discretion will not cause the US Award to cease to be subject to such a “substantial risk of forfeiture”; or (ii) expressly determining to exercise such discretion notwithstanding that it will cause the US Award to cease to be subject to such a “substantial risk of forfeiture,”. and expressly determining that such exercise of discretion does not and will not result in a failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A. |
5 | If a US Award is to be granted in exchange for another award, whether pursuant to Rules 6, 10.3, or 15 of the Plan or otherwise, the Committee shall ensure that the grant is either exempt from Section 409A or complies with the requirements of Section 409A, including the substitution rules at US Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(f). |
6 | An enhancement of a US Award pursuant to Rule 7 of the Plan shall be deemed to be the grant of a new “legally binding right” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a US Award, to the extent of the enhancement. |
7 | If (i) a US Award that is a Conditional Award is otherwise exempt from Section 409A; (ii) the Committee determines that it is necessary to delay the issuance or transfer of Shares with respect to that US Award pursuant to Rule 11.2 of the Plan or otherwise until after two and one half months after the end of the calendar year in which the relevant US Award Vests (the “Short-Term Deferral Date”); and (iii) such delay would cause the US Award to become subject to Section 409A, then on or before the Short-Term Deferral Date the Company shall (except as prohibited by Section 8 of this Schedule 1 or as otherwise expressly determined by the Committee) make a cash payment to the Participant pursuant to Rule 11.3 of the Plan (in lieu of delivering Shares) |
27
of an equivalent value to the Shares but subject to any necessary deductions required by law. If (i) a US Award that is a Conditional Award is or becomes subject to Section 409A (including because a cash payment is not made according to the first sentence of this Section 7), and (ii) the Committee determines that it is necessary to delay the issuance or transfer of Shares with respect to that US Award pursuant to Rule 11.2 of the Plan or otherwise, then any such delay shall comply with the requirements of Section 409A.
8 | The cash payment of a US Award that is subject to a Holding Period may be delayed under Rule 11.3 of the Plan only if such delay complies with the requirements of Section 409A. |
9 | To the extent that a US Award is subject to, and not exempt from, Section 409A, the occurrence of an event that is described in Rule 13 of the Plan shall not accelerate the time of settlement of such US Award unless either: (i) such event is also a “change in ownership”, a “change in effective control” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A, or (ii) the Committee determines that any such acceleration otherwise complies with Section 409A. |
10 | If a US Award is adjusted as a result of a Variation pursuant to Rule 16 of the Plan, such adjustment shall be made in a manner that either: (i) results in the US Award, as adjusted, continuing to be exempt from Section 409A, or (ii) results in the US Award, as adjusted, complying with Section 409A. |
11 | In no event will a Participant have the right to designate the year of settlement of any US Award. |
12 | DEFERRAL OF US AWARDS |
12.1 | The Committee may, in its sole discretion, allow a Participant to defer voluntarily the settlement of a US Award that is a Conditional Award in accordance with the terms and conditions of a deferred compensation plan in which the Participant participates that is maintained by the Company or any member of the Group (a “Deferred Compensation Plan”), subject to the conditions of this Section 12. |
12.1.1 | The settlement of a US Award may be deferred only to the extent that the US Award is Vested as of the date on which the deferral is to occur, which is the date on which the Company would have settled the US Award had the Participant not elected to defer its settlement (the “Deferral Date”). |
12.1.2 | If the US Award is a Performance Award (as defined in Section 12.2 of this Schedule 1), then: |
(i) | the Participant must submit an irrevocable, written election to defer the settlement of the US Award pursuant to this Section 12 on or before the date that is six months before the end of the Performance Period; |
(ii) | the Participant must have performed services continuously from the later of the beginning of the Performance Period or the date the Performance Conditions were established, through the date the election is made pursuant to this Section 12; and |
(iii) | in no event may an election be made pursuant to this Section 12 with respect to the US Award that is a Performance Award after the amount |
28
that is payable upon the settlement of the US Award becomes readily ascertainable, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(8).
12.1.3 | If the US Award is not a Performance Award but is exempt from Section 409A pursuant to the “short term deferral” exemption that is set forth in US Treasury |
Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), then:
(i) | the Participant must submit an irrevocable, written election to defer the settlement of the US Award pursuant to this Section 12 at least 12 months before the Vesting Date; |
(ii) | the election may not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the election is made; and |
(iii) | the settlement of the US Award must be deferred for a period of at least 5 years from the Vesting Date; provided that the 5-year mandatory deferral period in this Section 12.1.3(iii) shall not apply to the extent that the deferred US Award is settled upon a “change in ownership”, a “change in effective control,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company, each within the meaning of Section 409A. |
12.1.4 | If the US Award is not a Performance Award and is not exempt from Section 409A pursuant to the “short term deferral” exemption that is set forth in US Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), then the Participant must submit an irrevocable, written election to defer the settlement of the US Award pursuant to this Section 12 not later than December 31 of the year preceding the year that includes the first day of the Performance Period. |
12.1.5 | Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any deferral election pursuant to this Section 12 is a subsequent deferral election within the meaning of Section 409A, then such subsequent deferral election must: (a) be made at least 12 months prior to the earliest settlement date under the Plan; (b) must not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the election is made; and (c) must postpone the settlement date for a period of not less than five years from the date settlement would otherwise have occurred (except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A). |
12.1.6 | A Participant may not make a deferral election pursuant to this Section 12 to defer the settlement of a US Award to a Deferred Compensation Plan unless the election complies with the rules of this Section 12, the rules of that Deferred Compensation Plan, and the rules of Section 409A. |
12.1.7 | Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may not defer voluntarily the settlement of an Award that is subject to a Holding Period. |
12.2 | A US Award is a “Performance Award” for purposes of this Schedule 1 if the Performance Conditions cause the US Award to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of US Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(e). |
12.3 | A Participant who has deferred the settlement of a US Award pursuant to this Section 12 (to the extent of the deferral, a “Deferred US Award”) shall, after the end of the relevant Performance Period, receive notice of the number of Shares or cash amount that would |
29
have been released to him or her had he or she not deferred receipt of the Shares or cash amounts with respect to the Deferred US Award.
12.4 | A Deferred US Award will remain subject to the Rules of the Plan, including this Schedule 1, through to the Deferred US Award’s Deferral Date. A Participant’s election to defer the settlement of a Deferred US Award pursuant to this Section 12 constitutes the Participant’s irrevocable waiver and release of all of the Participant’s rights under the Plan with respect to the Deferred US Award, effective as of the Deferral Date. In lieu of releasing the deferred Shares or cash under this Plan with respect to a Deferred US Award, the Committee will inform the sponsor of the Deferred Compensation Plan to which settlement of the Deferred US Award is deferred of the deferred value of the Deferred US Award, and the sponsor of the Deferred Compensation Plan will be responsible for crediting such deferred value to that Deferred Compensation Plan on the Participant’s behalf, subject to applicable law (including Section 409A) and any applicable payroll and other tax withholding. After the Deferral Date, the Company will have no liability to the Participant with respect to the Deferred US Award, and the sponsor of the Deferred Compensation Plan to which settlement of the Deferred US Award is deferred will be exclusively liable to the Participant with respect to the deferred value of such Deferred US Award, in accordance with the rules of that Deferred Compensation Plan. |
12.5 | After the Deferral Date, a Deferred US Award and all of the Participant’s rights with respect thereto will be governed exclusively by the rules of the Deferred Compensation Plan to which settlement is deferred, except that: |
12.5.1 | Rule 8.4 of the Plan is deemed to be incorporated into that Deferred Compensation Plan with respect to, and will continue to apply to, the Deferred US Award after its deferral; and |
12.5.2 | the Committee may, in its sole discretion, implement a clawback under Rule 8.4 with respect to the Deferred US Award by requiring that the sponsor of that Deferred Compensation Plan effect a forfeiture of the Participant’s unpaid benefits under the Deferred Compensation Plan to the extent that such benefits derive from the Deferred US Award that is subject to the clawback, after adjustment for any deemed investment earnings and losses thereon under the rules of the Deferred Compensation Plan. The Participant will remain liable for the cash repayment of any deficiency remaining with respect to a clawback amount after offset by the amount of such forfeited benefits. |
13 | Nothing in the Plan or this Schedule 1 requires the Company to make any contributions or create any fund, or to otherwise segregate assets, with respect to a US Award, including a Deferred US Award. A Participant’s interest in a US Award shall be notional only, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a US Participant shall have no interest whatsoever in any Shares or cash held by any trust involved in the administration of the Plan. US Awards, Shares, and cash amounts shall be and remain subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors until the settlement of the US Award or deferral of the Deferred US Award. A Participant’s rights under a Deferred Compensation Plan shall be and remain subject to the general creditors of the member of the Group that sponsors the Deferred Compensation Plan, except as that Deferred Compensation Plan otherwise provides. |
14 | NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR ANY OTHER MEMBER OF THE GROUP MAKES REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES REGARDING THE TAXATION OF US |
30
AWARDS, SHARES OR ANY OTHER BENEFITS UNDER THE PLAN, INCLUDING THEIR TAX-DEFERRED NATURE OR COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 83, SECTION 409A OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE LAW. NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR ANY OTHER MEMBER OF THE GROUP IS LIABLE TO A PARTICIPANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR ANY TAXES, PENALTIES, INTEREST OR OTHER DAMAGES INCURRED AS A RESULT OF ANY FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY APPLICABLE TAX OR OTHER LAW, INCLUDING SECTION 83 OR SECTION 409A, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE FAILURE WAS INADVERTENT OR INTENTIONAL.
15 | Claims with respect to US Awards shall be submitted to the Committee . The Committee shall make each claim determination with respect to a benefit in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner within 90 days (in the case of a claim for disability benefits, within 45 days) after the Committee receives the claim for benefits. The Committee shall during that period grant the claim, deny the claim, or notify the claimant that special circumstances require an extension of time for the processing of the claim and the extended date by which a decision will be rendered. Any such extension shall not exceed 180 days from the initial notice; provided that, in the case of a claim for disability benefits, any such extension shall not exceed 75 days from the initial notice and must be necessary due to matters beyond the Committee’s control. The Committee may further extend the time for the processing of a claim for disability benefits for up to an additional 30 days, provided that: (a) due to matters beyond the Committee’s control a decision cannot be rendered during such 75-day period, and (b) the Committee notifies the claimant, prior to the expiration of such 75-day period, that special circumstances require such an extension of time for the processing of the claim and of the extended date by which a decision will be rendered. A notice of the extension of time for the processing of a claim for disability benefits shall specifically explain the standard on which entitlement to the benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim, and the additional information needed to resolve those issues. The claimant shall be afforded at least 45 days within which to provide the specified information. |
During the applicable claims review period (including permitted extensions), the Committee shall give the claimant notice of any whole or partial denial of the claimant’s claim for benefits, as well as of any other adverse benefit determination. The notice shall set forth the specific reasons for the adverse benefit determination, shall reference to the specific Plan provisions on which the determination is based, shall describe any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect his claim and why such material or information is necessary, shall advise the claimant that he may submit an appeal of the determination to the Committee within 180 days after receipt of such notice, and shall include a statement of any right that the claimant has to bring a civil action under Section 502 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, following an adverse benefit determination on review. In addition, a notice of an adverse determination with respect to a claim for disability benefits shall be provided in a culturally and linguistically appropriate manner and shall set forth: (a) a discussion of the decision, including an explanation of the basis for disagreeing with or not following: (i) the views presented by the claimant of health care professionals treating the claimant and vocational professionals who evaluated the claimant, (ii) the views of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with a claimant's adverse benefit determination, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (iii) a disability determination regarding the claimant presented by the claimant to the plan made by the
31
Social Security Administration; (b) if the adverse benefit determination is based on a medical necessity or experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit, either an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the plan to the claimant's medical circumstances, or a statement that such explanation will be provided free of change upon request; (c) either the specific internal rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the plan relied upon in making the adverse determination or, alternatively, a statement that such rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the plan do not exist; and (d) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant's claim for benefits.
The claimant may submit an appeal of a benefit claim determination to the Committee within 180 days after the claimant’s receipt of the notice of the determination. Failure of the individual to file an appeal with the Committee within the allowable 180-day period will constitute an irrevocable consent by the individual to the Committee’s decision, and the Committee’s notice described above shall so state.
The appeal shall provide a full and fair review of the claimant’s claim for benefits and the adverse benefit determination that takes into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The claimant may submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits in connection with the appeal. The claimant will also be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits, both in connection with the appeal and any adverse benefit determination. The appeal shall be reviewed by an individual who was neither a party who made the initial adverse benefit determination nor a subordinate of such a party. The review will not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and shall take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant, without regard to whether such information was previously submitted or relied upon in the initial determination. The determination on appeal shall identify the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the plan in connection with any adverse benefit determination, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit determination.
Before issuing an adverse benefit determination on appeal relating to a disability benefit claim, the Committee shall provide the claimant, free of charge, with any new or additional evidence considered, relied upon, or generated on behalf of or at the direction of the individual making the benefit determination in connection with the claim. Such evidence must be provided as soon as possible and sufficiently in advance of the date on which the notice of adverse benefit determination on appeal is required to be provided to give the claimant a reasonable opportunity to respond prior to that date. In addition, before issuing an adverse benefit determination on appeal relating to a disability benefit claim based on a new or additional rationale, the Committee shall provide the claimant, free of charge, with the new or additional rationale as soon as possible and sufficiently in advance of the date on which the notice of adverse benefit determination on review is required to be provided to give the claimant a reasonable opportunity to respond prior to that date.
32
Within 60 days (in the case of a claim for disability benefits, within 45 days) after receipt of the request for review, the Committee shall notify the claimant either as to the decision on the appeal or that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If the Committee determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the termination of the initial 60-day (in the case of a claim for disability benefits, 45-day) period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 60 days (in the case of a claim for disability benefits, 45 days) from the end of the initial period. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the plan expects to render the determination on review.
Notwithstanding the prior paragraph, if the Committee holds regularly scheduled meetings at least quarterly, then with respect to benefit claims other than claims for disability benefits: (a) the notice required by the prior paragraph shall instead be provided no later than the date of the meeting of the Committee that immediately follows the receipt of a request for review, unless the request for review is filed within 30 days preceding the date of such meeting; (b) if the request for review is filed within 30 days preceding the date of such meeting, such notice may be provided by no later than the date of the second meeting following the receipt of the request for review; and (c) if special circumstances require a further extension of time for processing such a claim, the notice shall be provided not later than the third meeting following receipt of the request for review. If such an extension of time for review is required because of special circumstances, the Committee shall provide the claimant with written notice of the extension, describing the special circumstances and the date as of which the benefit determination will be made, prior to the commencement of the extension.
During the applicable review period on appeal (including permitted extensions), the Committee shall give the claimant notice of the benefit determination on review. The notice shall set forth the specific reasons for the determination, shall reference to the specific Plan provisions on which the determination is based, shall state that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and shall include a statement of any right that the claimant has to bring a civil action under Section 502 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. In addition, a notice of an adverse determination with respect to a claim for disability benefits shall be provided in a culturally and linguistically appropriate manner and shall set forth: (a) a discussion of the decision, including an explanation of the basis for disagreeing with or not following: (i) the views presented by the claimant of health care professionals treating the claimant and vocational professionals who evaluated the claimant, (ii) the views of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with a claimant's adverse benefit determination, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit determination, and (iii) a disability determination regarding the claimant presented by the claimant made by the Social Security Administration; (b) if the adverse benefit determination is based on a medical necessity or experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit, either an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the Plan to the claimant's medical circumstances, or a statement that such explanation will be provided free of change upon request; and (c) either the specific internal rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Plan relied upon in making the adverse determination or,
33
alternatively, a statement that such rules, guidelines, protocols, standards, or other similar criteria of the Plan do not exist.
A notice of benefit determination, whether initial or on review, shall in any event be provided as soon as possible, but not later than the date required by this claims procedure.
34
Exhibit 4.6
Execution version
Dated 6 August 2021
PRUDENTIAL PLC
and
JACKSON FINANCIAL INC.
DEMERGER AGREEMENT
Slaughter and May
One Bunhill Row
London EC1Y 8YY
(RJYT/NLZC/RQD/OXH)
Contents | Page | |
1. | Interpretation | 4 |
2. | Conditions Precedent | 14 |
3. | Pre-Completion Obligations | 15 |
4. | Transfer of Relevant Jackson Shares | 17 |
5. | Completion Obligations | 17 |
6. | Separation Committee | 18 |
7. | Separation of Businesses | 19 |
8. | Guarantees and Undertakings | 19 |
9. | Contractual Arrangements and Dealings with Third Parties | 20 |
10. | Access to Corporate Data or corporate personal data | 23 |
11. | Access to Personal Data | 25 |
12. | Deletion of Confidential Data | 27 |
13. | Pre-Completion Reorganisation | 28 |
14. | Share Schemes | 29 |
15. | Insurance | 29 |
16. | Wrong Pockets | 30 |
17. | Dispute Resolution | 31 |
18. | Costs and Expenses | 32 |
19. | Confidentiality | 32 |
20. | Announcements | 34 |
21. | Payments | 34 |
22. | Tax Matters | 34 |
23. | Intellectual Property | 35 |
24. | Further Assurance and Cooperation | 35 |
25. | Notices | 36 |
26. | Entire Agreement | 37 |
27. | Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 | 38 |
28. | Miscellaneous | 38 |
29. | Governing Law and Service of Process | 39 |
Schedule 1 Costs | 41 |
Schedule 2 Mutual Indemnities | 42 |
Schedule 3 Provisions on Claims under the Mutual Indemnities | 45 |
Schedule 4 Access to Personal Data | 51 |
Schedule 5 Employee Share Schemes | 64 |
Schedule 6 Insurance | 64 |
Schedule 7 Tax Matters | 71 |
3
This Agreement is made as a deed on 6 August 2021:
BETWEEN:
1.PRUDENTIAL PLC, a company incorporated in England with number 1397169, having its registered office at 1 Angel Court, London EC2R 7AG (“Prudential”); and
2.JACKSON FINANCIAL INC., a Delaware corporation having its registered office at 1 Corporate Way, Lansing, Michigan, United States (“Jackson”).
WHEREAS:
(A)Jackson is currently an indirect majority-owned subsidiary of Prudential and the holding company of the Jackson Business and the Jackson Group Companies. PUSH holds 90.1 per cent. of the combined voting power of Jackson’s common stock. Athene holds the remaining 9.9 per cent. of the combined voting power.
(B)Prudential intends to demerge approximately 69.2 per cent. of Jackson’s total common stock and approximately 70.1 per cent. of the combined voting power of Jackson’s common stock, on a pro rata basis to shareholders of Prudential on the record date for the distribution by way of a direct dividend demerger. Following the completion of the Demerger, Prudential intends to retain outstanding Jackson Shares representing approximately 19.7 per cent. of Jackson’s total common stock and approximately 19.9 per cent. of the combined voting power of Jackson’s common stock.
(C)Prudential and Jackson have conditionally agreed on the terms of this Agreement that Prudential will, pursuant to the Demerger Resolution, pay the Demerger Dividend to Qualifying Prudential Shareholders. The Demerger is expected to be implemented on 13 September 2021.
(D)Prudential intends to implement a Pre-Completion Reorganisation whereby all of the shares in Jackson currently held by PUSH will be transferred to PCAL, and then distributed from PCAL to Prudential to ensure that, immediately prior to Completion, Jackson is a direct majority-owned subsidiary of Prudential.
(E)This Agreement, which is a deed, sets out the terms on which the Demerger is intended to be effected and certain terms on which the relations between Prudential and Jackson will be governed following Completion.
THIS DEED PROVIDES as follows:
1.INTERPRETATION
1.1In this Agreement and the schedules:
“Athene” | means Athene Life Re Ltd or its successors or assigns; |
4
5
6
7
“HMRC” | means HM Revenue & Customs; |
| |
“Indemnified Party” | has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 3 (Provisions on Claims under the Mutual Indemnities); |
| |
“Indemnifying Party” | has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 3 (Provisions on Claims under the Mutual Indemnities); |
| |
“Insurance Date” | has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 3 (Provisions on Claims under the Mutual Indemnities); |
| |
“Intellectual Property Rights” | means all patents, trade and service marks, trade and service names, logos, copyrights (including, without limitation, rights in computer software), rights in designs and rights in databases (whether or not any of these is registered and including any applications for registration of any such thing) and all other intellectual property rights or forms of protection of a similar nature or having equivalent or similar effect to any of the foregoing, which subsist anywhere in the world; |
| |
“Long Stop Date” | has the meaning given to that term in clause 2.1; |
| |
“Jackson Board” | means the board of Jackson Directors and any duly authorised committee of that board, from time to time; |
| |
“Jackson Business” | means the business operated from time to time by the Jackson Group, which is described in the Form 10; |
| |
“Jackson Business Liabilities” | has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 2 ( Mutual Indemnities); |
| |
“Jackson Directors” | means the directors of Jackson, from time to time; |
| |
“Jackson Group” | means Jackson and its subsidiaries from Completion; |
| |
“Jackson Group Companies” | means any member of the Jackson Group from time to time, and “Jackson Group Company” shall be construed accordingly; |
| |
“Jackson Group Company Guarantee” | means any guarantee, indemnity, bond, warranty, covenant, security or collateral obligations given by any Jackson Group Company in respect of any Prudential Group Company or any liabilities or obligations of any Prudential Group Company or the Prudential Business; |
| |
“Jackson Transfer Agent” | means Equiniti Limited; |
8
9
10
“Prudential Sponsor’s Agreement” | means the sponsor’s agreement entered into between Goldman Sachs International and Prudential dated on or about the date of this Agreement in connection with the Circular; |
| |
“PRUDENTIAL/PRU Names and Marks” | means any Name or Mark consisting of or including the elements “PRUDENTIAL”, “PRUDENCE” and/or “PRU” and the Face of Prudence Device; |
| |
“PUSH” | means Prudential (US Holdco 1) Limited; |
| |
“Qualifying Prudential Shareholders” | means the Prudential Shareholders on the register of members of Prudential at the Demerger Record Time; |
| |
“Relevant Jackson Shares” | means such number of Jackson Shares held by Prudential representing approximately 70.1 per cent. of the total voting interests in Jackson; |
| |
“Relief” | means any loss, relief, allowance or credit in respect of any Tax and any deduction in computing income, profits or gains for the purposes of any Tax, and any repayment of Tax; |
| |
“Requesting Party” | has the meaning given to that term in clause 10.1; |
| |
“SEC” | means the US Securities and Exchange Commission; |
| |
“SGX” | means the Singapore Exchange Limited; |
| |
“Share Sale Option” | has the meaning given to it in the Circular; |
| |
“Small Shareholders” | has the meaning given to it in the Circular; |
| |
“Stockholders’ Agreement” | has the meaning given to that term in clause 13.1; |
| |
“Tax” | means all taxes, levies, duties and imposts and any charges, deductions or withholdings in the nature of tax, including taxes on gross or net income, profits or gains and taxes on receipts, sales, use, occupation, development, franchise, employment, value added and personal property, whether of the United Kingdom, the United States or elsewhere, together with all penalties, charges and interest relating to any of them or to any failure to file any return required for the purposes of any of them, but not including rates in respect of business premises or utilities, or other items generally treated as revenue expenditure; |
11
1.2 | In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified: |
(A) | references to clauses, sub-clauses, paragraphs, sub-paragraphs, and schedules are to clauses, sub-clauses, paragraphs, sub-paragraphs of, and schedules to, this Agreement; |
(B) | use of any gender includes the other genders; |
(C) | references to a “company” shall be construed so as to include any corporation or other body corporate, wherever and however incorporated or established; |
(D) | references to a “person” shall be construed so as to include any individual, firm, company, corporation, body corporate, government, state or agency of a state, local or municipal authority or government body or any joint venture, association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality); |
12
(E) | references to a “holding company” or a “subsidiary” shall be construed as a holding company or subsidiary (as the case may be) as defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006; |
(F) | a reference to any statute or statutory provision shall be construed as a reference to the same as it may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, modified or re-enacted and shall include any subordinate legislation made from time to time under that statute or statutory provision, except to the extent that any amendment or modification made after the date of this Agreement would increase or alter the liability of Prudential or Jackson under this Agreement; |
(G) | any reference to a “day” (including within the phrase “Business Day”) shall mean a period of 24 hours running from midnight to midnight; |
(H) | references to “indemnify” and “indemnifying” any person against any circumstance include indemnifying and keeping the person harmless on an after-Tax basis from all actions, claims and proceedings from time to time made against that person and all loss or damage and all payments, costs or expenses made or incurred by that person as a consequence of or which would not have arisen but for that circumstance; |
(I) | any indemnity or obligation to pay (the “Payment Obligation”) being given or assumed on an “after-Tax basis” or expressed to be “calculated on an after-Tax basis” means that the amount payable pursuant to such Payment Obligation (the “Payment”) shall be calculated in such a manner as will ensure that, after taking into account: |
(i) | any Tax required to be deducted or withheld from the Payment; |
(ii) | the amount and timing of any additional Tax which becomes payable as a result of the Payment’s being subject to Tax; and |
(iii) | the amount and timing of any Tax benefit which is obtained, to the extent that such Tax benefit is attributable to the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation, |
the recipient of the Payment is in the same position as that in which it would have been if the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation had not occurred (or, in the case of a Payment Obligation arising by reference to a matter affecting a person other than the recipient of the Payment, the recipient of the Payment and that other person are, taken together, in the same position as that in which they would have been had the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation not occurred), provided that the amount of the Payment shall not exceed that which it would have been if it had been regarded for all Tax purposes as received solely by the recipient and not any other person;
(J) | the formulation “to the extent that” shall be read as meaning “if, but only to the extent that”; and |
13
(K) | the rule known as the ejusdem generis rule shall not apply and accordingly: |
(i) | general words introduced by the word “other” shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are preceded by words indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things; and |
(ii) | general words shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are followed by particular examples intended to be embraced by the general words. |
1.3 | In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified: |
(A) | all headings and titles are inserted for convenience only and are to be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement; and |
(B) | the schedules form part of this Agreement and shall have the same force and effect as if expressly set out in the body of this Agreement, and any reference to this Agreement shall include the schedules. |
2. | CONDITIONS PRECEDENT |
2.1 | The provisions of this Agreement, other than those arising under clause 1 (Interpretation), clause 2 ( Conditions Precedent), clause 3 ( Pre-Completion Obligations), clause 4 ( Transfer of Relevant Jackson Shares), clause 19 ( Confidentiality), clause 24 ( Further Assurance and Cooperation) and clause 25 ( Notices) to clause 29 ( Governing Law and Service of Process) (inclusive), shall be conditional upon all of the following: |
(A) | the approval of the Demerger Resolution by a majority of Prudential Shareholders at the general meeting of Prudential Shareholders; |
(B) | completion of the Pre-Completion Reorganisation, as contemplated in clause 13 (Pre-Completion Reorganisation); |
(C) | completion of the Jackson Stock Split; |
(D) | the approval of the Demerger Dividend by the Prudential Board; |
(E) | the Form 10 being declared effective by the SEC, with no stop order in effect with respect thereto; |
(F) | the Prudential Sponsor’s Agreement not having terminated in accordance with its terms; |
(G) | acceptance of Jackson’s common stock for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance (and such acceptance not having been withdrawn); |
(H) | any regulatory approvals that have been obtained and which are required for the implementation of the Demerger not having been withdrawn, revoked or rescinded (and such regulatory approvals not having lapsed); and |
14
(I) | the no-objection confirmation letter issued by the HKEx in relation to the Demerger pursuant to Practice Note 15 of the Hong Kong Listing Rules not having been withdrawn. |
Subject to clause 2.2 each of Prudential and Jackson shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure fulfilment of the Conditions Precedent. Prudential may waive in writing in whole or in part the Conditions Precedent in sub-clauses 2.1(A) and 2.1(B).
2.2 | If the Conditions Precedent are not satisfied or, where permissible, waived by 8.00 a.m. on 7 February 2022 (or such other time and/or date as Prudential and Jackson may agree) (the “Long Stop Date”), this Agreement shall automatically terminate and neither Prudential nor Jackson shall have any claim of any nature whatsoever against the other under this Agreement. Each of Prudential and Jackson undertakes to the other to disclose anything which will or may prevent or delay any of the Conditions Precedent from being satisfied immediately after it comes to the notice of that party. |
2.3 | Each of Prudential and Jackson will procure, to the extent it is able, that, between the time of this Agreement and Completion, the Jackson Business will be carried on in the ordinary course subject only to: |
(A) | implementation of any remaining steps to be undertaken pursuant to the Demerger or this Agreement, or any further steps required to be taken in consequence of taking such remaining steps; |
(B) | actions undertaken in the course of implementing operational separation of the Jackson Business from the Prudential Business in preparation for the Demerger; |
(C) | any matter undertaken as a requirement of law or applicable regulation or as a requirement of any contract, arrangement or commitment relating to the Jackson Business in place prior to the date of this Agreement; and |
(D) | immediate or prompt steps undertaken to the extent required to prevent (so far as possible) or remedy or limit the consequences of any matter having a material and adverse effect on the ongoing operations of the Jackson Business (which matter shall be promptly notified by the discovering party to the other party if reasonably practicable prior to taking such steps (and if not, as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter)). The discovering party shall consult with and give reasonable consideration to any reasonable corrective or remedial action proposed by the other party in respect of such matter. |
3. | PRE-COMPLETION OBLIGATIONS |
3.1 | On the Posting Date: |
(A) | subject to the prior approval of the Circular by the Prudential Board, the FCA and the HKEx, Prudential shall procure the despatch or publication of the Circular to all of the Prudential Shareholders; and |
15
(B) | Jackson shall procure that the Form 10 is declared effective by the SEC, and Prudential shall procure that the Notice of Internet Availability is mailed to all Prudential Shareholders and that the Form 10 is made available to all Prudential Shareholders in accordance with the Notice of Internet Availability. |
3.2 | Each of Prudential and Jackson undertakes to the other that if, at any time after the Posting Date and before the commencement of regular-way trading in the Jackson Shares, it comes to the notice of either of them that: |
(A) | any statement contained in the Circular or the Form 10 has become or been discovered to be untrue, incorrect or misleading in any material respect; |
(B) | either the Circular or the Form 10 does not contain a statement that it should contain in order to comply with any applicable law or the rules of any relevant regulatory authority and that omission is or may be material; |
(C) | there has been a significant change affecting any matter contained in the Circular or the Form 10 which would have been required to be disclosed in any such document had it occurred before the Posting Date; or |
(D) | a significant new matter has arisen, the inclusion of information in respect of which would have been required in the Circular or in the Form 10 had it arisen before the Posting Date, |
then that party shall immediately notify the other party of the same in writing, save that no such obligation shall arise where sub-clauses (A) – (D) are true by reason of the release of Prudential’s half-year interim results for the six month period ended 30 June 2021.
3.3 | Each of Prudential and Jackson undertakes: |
(A) | to procure that, prior to Completion, except as required by law, the FCA, the SEC, the NYSE, the HKEx or the SGX and without prejudice to clause 28.9, no action will be taken by it which is inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or Completion; |
(B) | that it will comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements in relation to the Demerger, the Circular and the Form 10 and the matters and transactions contemplated thereby and by this Agreement; |
(C) | to consult with the other party before taking any action as a consequence of any matter referred to in clause 3.2, except to the extent that this undertaking to consult with the other party inhibits either party from complying with any of its legal, regulatory or fiduciary obligations; |
(D) | that, prior to Completion, it shall take all necessary actions to effect the Jackson Stock Split, including the passing (or procuring the passing) of any required consents of the Jackson Board and the stockholders of Jackson and filing an amendment or amendment and restatement to Jackson’s Certificate of Incorporation; and |
16
(E) | that, at or prior to Completion, it shall take all necessary actions to cause the individuals identified in the Form 10 as Jackson Directors to be appointed to the Jackson Board. |
4. | TRANSFER OF RELEVANT JACKSON SHARES |
4.1 | Subject to the passing of the Demerger Resolution and the Prudential Board determining, in its absolute discretion, that the Demerger continues to be in the best interests of Prudential and the Prudential Shareholders, Prudential agrees to declare the Demerger Dividend in accordance with the Demerger Resolution and resolve to transfer, with full title guarantee and free from all security interests, options, claims, or encumbrances whatsoever, the Relevant Jackson Shares to the Qualifying Prudential Shareholders on the basis of one Jackson Share per 40 Prudential Shares held by such Qualifying Prudential Shareholder. |
4.2 | Prudential shall make available to Jackson and Equiniti Trust Company the registered names, addresses and shareholdings of the Qualifying Prudential Shareholders. |
5. | COMPLETION OBLIGATIONS |
5.1 | Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the Conditions Precedent (except for any Condition Precedent which will be satisfied only upon Completion), Completion of this Agreement shall take place on 13 September 2021, or on such other date as Prudential and Jackson shall agree. |
5.2 | At Completion, the following business shall be transacted: |
(A) | Prudential shall deliver to the Jackson Transfer Agent duly executed transfers of the Relevant Jackson Shares in favour of the Qualifying Prudential Shareholders; and |
(B) | Jackson shall procure that, except for Relevant Jackson Shares in respect of which Qualifying Prudential Shareholders elected to exercise the Share Sale Option, the names of the Qualifying Prudential Shareholders or Cede & Co, for delivery in DTCC to the relevant Euroclear UK & Ireland DTC account delivery of CREST Depository Interests (“CDIs”) to CREST shareholders and relevant eligible holders who are to have their entitlement to Jackson shares held through Equiniti Corporate Nominees Limited in such form, to whom the Relevant Jackson Shares have been transferred are recorded in the register of stockholders of Jackson as the holders of such Relevant Jackson Shares. |
5.3 | Any amounts outstanding at Completion between any Prudential Group Company and any Jackson Group Company shall, to the extent not already settled (and unless otherwise agreed between Prudential and Jackson): |
(A) | be settled by payment to the relevant Prudential Group Company or Jackson Group Company (as appropriate) in the normal course in accordance with this Agreement or any other pre-existing arrangements; or |
17
(B) | in the case of amounts which relate to intra-group financing or similar arrangements, or in respect of which no payment terms have previously been agreed, be repaid or settled on or as soon as reasonably practicable after Completion or on such date as the parties may agree, |
and each of Prudential and Jackson agree to procure compliance by members of their respective Groups with the provisions of this clause 5.
5.4 | Prudential undertakes with effect from Completion: |
(A) | to hold the Relevant Jackson Shares upon trust for the Qualifying Prudential Shareholders as beneficial owners; |
(B) | to account to the Qualifying Prudential Shareholders for any dividends, interest, bonuses, in specie or other distributions or payments of whatever nature paid or made to Prudential in respect of the Relevant Jackson Shares; |
(C) | not to exercise any rights, powers or privileges attaching to the Relevant Jackson Shares or exercisable in the capacity of registered holder of the Relevant Jackson Shares without the prior written consent of the relevant Qualifying Prudential Shareholders; and |
(D) | promptly on receipt to deliver to the Qualifying Prudential Shareholders any notice, letter or other document of any nature relating to the Relevant Jackson Shares which Prudential receives after the date of this Agreement. |
5.5 | The undertakings given in clause 5.4 above shall be irrevocable but shall automatically terminate on the date on which the Qualifying Prudential Shareholders are entered in the register of stockholders of Jackson as the holder of the Relevant Jackson Shares. |
5.6 | Following Completion, Prudential and Jackson each undertake to co-operate and use, and to procure that each Group Company shall use, reasonable endeavours to obtain or renew (as the case may be) any regulatory approvals or consents required in respect of any disposal, sale or transfer of Jackson Shares by any Prudential Group Company in connection with the Demerger Dividend, including without limitation promptly making all necessary applications, notifications, submissions and filings required, promptly informing the other of the status thereof. |
6. | SEPARATION COMMITTEE |
6.1 | Prudential and Jackson shall establish a separation committee to review and assist in the implementation of this Agreement after Completion, to consider any additional issues arising from the implementation of the Demerger and to determine any disputes which may arise between members of the Prudential Group and of the Jackson Group (“Separation Committee”). |
6.2 | The Separation Committee shall meet from time to time as agreed by Prudential and Jackson. |
18
6.3 | The members of the Separation Committee shall be the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of Prudential and the Chief Financial Officer of Jackson and any other person of senior management of each of Prudential and Jackson as their respective Chief Financial Officer and Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer (as the case may be) shall nominate. The members of the Separation Committee shall be entitled to invite such other persons as they may determine to attend particular meetings of the Separation Committee. |
6.4 | Subject to clause 17.2, the Separation Committee shall determine its own remit and procedures. |
7. | SEPARATION OF BUSINESSES |
7.1 | It is the intention of Prudential and Jackson that, as between Prudential and Jackson, and save as specifically provided in this Agreement, Prudential shall be responsible for all matters relating to the Prudential Business and Jackson shall be responsible for all matters relating to the Jackson Business. Accordingly, without prejudice to the specific provisions of this Agreement, Prudential and Jackson have agreed to the undertakings set out in Schedule 2 (Mutual Indemnities). |
7.2 | The provisions of Schedule 3 ( Provisions on Claims under the Mutual Indemnities) shall apply in relation to the making of any claim under Schedule 2 (Mutual Indemnities). |
8. | GUARANTEES AND UNDERTAKINGS |
8.1 | Jackson undertakes to Prudential at any time and from time to time on or after Completion to execute and deliver (or procure the execution and delivery by another Jackson Group Company of) all such instruments of assumption and acknowledgement or take such other action as Prudential may reasonably request in order to effect the release and discharge in full of each Prudential Group Company from any Prudential Group Company Guarantee to which it is a party. |
8.2 | For so long as and to the extent that any release from a Prudential Group Company Guarantee has not been obtained, Jackson shall: |
(A) | ensure that no Jackson Group Company shall enter into any further commitment or obligation, other than in respect of existing contractual arrangements or pursuant to applicable law, which would increase any Prudential Group Company’s actual or contingent liability under any such Prudential Group Company Guarantee without the consent of Prudential; |
(B) | use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that no third party or Jackson Group Company shall have recourse to any such Prudential Group Company Guarantee; and |
(C) | indemnify any Prudential Group Company on an after-Tax basis from and against any and all liabilities and Costs arising in respect of any event or circumstance either before, on or after Completion under or by reason of that Prudential Group Company Guarantee (whether as a result of any breach by |
19
any Jackson Group Company of its obligations to which such Prudential Group Company Guarantee relates or otherwise).
8.3 | Prudential undertakes to Jackson at any time and from time to time on or after Completion to execute and deliver (or procure the execution and delivery by another Prudential Group Company of) all such instruments of assumption and acknowledgement or take such other action as Jackson may reasonably request in order to effect the release and discharge in full of each Jackson Group Company from any Jackson Group Company Guarantee to which it is a party. |
8.4 | For so long as and to the extent that any release from a Jackson Group Company Guarantee has not been obtained, Prudential shall: |
(A) | ensure that no Prudential Group Company shall enter into any further commitment or obligation, other than in respect of existing contractual arrangements or pursuant to applicable law, which would increase any Jackson Group Company’s actual or contingent liability under any such Jackson Group Company Guarantee without the consent of Jackson; |
(B) | use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that no third party or Prudential Group Company shall have recourse to any such Jackson Group Company Guarantee; and |
(C) | indemnify any Jackson Group Company on an after-Tax basis from and against any and all liabilities and Costs arising in respect of any event or circumstance either before, on or after Completion under or by reason of that Jackson Group Company Guarantee (whether as a result of any breach by any Prudential Group Company of its obligations to which such Jackson Group Company Guarantee relates or otherwise). |
8.5 | The provisions of Schedule 3 ( Provisions on Claims under the Mutual Indemnities) shall apply in relation to the making of any claim under clause 8.2(C) and clause 8.4(C). |
9. | CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS AND DEALINGS WITH THIRD PARTIES |
9.1 | In relation to any existing intra-group agreement between any Prudential Group Company and any Jackson Group Company which has not been taken into account within the provisions of this Agreement (including pursuant to clause 23.3) or otherwise prior to Completion, Prudential and Jackson agree to use the Separation Committee to consult one another about the relevant actions to take in relation to such agreements. |
9.2 | If, following Completion, there are any agreements or contractual arrangements with third parties which, prior to the Demerger, have been entered into: (i) by any Prudential Group Company in relation to matters exclusively relating to the Jackson Business or the business of any Jackson Group Company; or (ii) by any Jackson Group Company in relation to matters exclusively relating to the Prudential Business or the business of any Prudential Group Company, and which in either case remain wholly or partly unperformed (“Outstanding Agreements”), Prudential and Jackson will use all reasonable endeavours to procure the entering into of a novation agreement on terms to be agreed with the relevant third party in relation to each of the Outstanding |
20
Agreements, and each of Prudential and Jackson shall procure that any of their respective Group Companies which is a party to any such Outstanding Agreement will join the relevant novation agreement, provided that such reasonable endeavours:
(A) | on the part of the transferring company, shall in no event require it to do more than: |
(i) | agreeing (acting reasonably) and entering into the novation agreement; |
(ii) | procuring that any relevant Group Company does likewise; and |
(iii) | bearing its own Costs and the Costs of any Group Company in connection with such novation; and |
(B) | on the part of the receiving company, shall in no event require it to do more than: |
(i) | paying or performing any accrued liability or obligation which is properly required to be paid or performed as a condition of such novation / under the Outstanding Agreement; |
(ii) | agreeing (acting reasonably) and entering into the novation agreement (including giving any new guarantee reasonably required in respect thereof); |
(iii) | procuring that any relevant Group Company does likewise; and |
(iv) | bearing its own Costs and the Costs of any Group Company, and the reasonable Costs of any relevant third party, in connection with such novation. |
9.3 | In relation to each Outstanding Agreement, pending the entering into of a novation agreement in respect of it: |
(A) | the transferring company shall hold the benefit of such Outstanding Agreement (excluding Outstanding Agreements relating to Intellectual Property Rights or know-how) on trust for the receiving company absolutely; |
(B) | the transferring company shall, if so required by the receiving company in writing, assign the benefit of the Outstanding Agreement to the receiving company in so far as it is able to do so; |
(C) | to the extent the transferring company is not able to assign the benefit of an Outstanding Agreement under clause 9.3(B) and such Outstanding Agreement is a licence of Intellectual Property Rights or know-how pursuant to which the transferring company is entitled to sub-license to the receiving company, the transferring company shall, if so required by the receiving company in writing, sub-license to the receiving company under that Outstanding Agreement to the extent it is able so to do; |
21
(D) | unless and until any assignment or sub-licence pursuant to clause 9.3(B) or clause 9.3(C) above has taken place, the transferring company shall take such action as the receiving company may reasonably require in writing to enforce for the benefit of the receiving company such Outstanding Agreement against the other parties to it or to defend or settle for the benefit of the receiving company any action or claim brought or made by any person entitled to the benefit of such Outstanding Agreement; and |
(E) | save as is otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement in relation to Costs, Prudential or Jackson (as the case may be, being either itself, or the parent of, the receiving company) covenants to pay the other party or the relevant member of that party’s Group on an after-Tax basis an amount equal to any losses, liabilities and Costs suffered or incurred by the transferring company or any other member of that party’s Group in pursuance of this clause 9.3 or otherwise in relation to such Outstanding Agreement. |
9.4 | If following Completion there are any agreements or contractual arrangements with third parties which have been entered into by any Prudential Group Company or by any Jackson Group Company in relation to matters which relate to both the Prudential Business and the Jackson Business, then Prudential and Jackson shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure, so far as is practicable or desirable to both, either that: |
(A) | subject to clause 15 ( Insurance), such agreements or contractual arrangements are terminated as soon as possible and replaced by such separate agreements or contractual arrangements as may be considered necessary or appropriate between such third parties on the one hand and the relevant Prudential Group Company and Jackson Group Company on the other hand; or |
(B) | to the extent possible, appropriate sharing arrangements are entered into between the relevant Prudential Group Company and the relevant Jackson Group Company in relation to such agreements or contractual arrangements. |
9.5 | Save as is otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement in relation to Costs, each of Prudential and Jackson (as the case may be) shall pay to and indemnify the other, on an after-Tax basis, against all claims, demands, actions, losses, Costs and liabilities which that other company or any Prudential Group Company or Jackson Group Company (as the case may be) suffers or incurs in relation to those agreements or contractual arrangements referred to in clause 9.4 which properly relate to the business of the other company or to any other Prudential Group Company or Jackson Group Company (as the case may be). Pending the replacement of any such agreements or contractual arrangements by separate agreements or contractual arrangements, the relevant Prudential Group Company or Jackson Group Company (as the case may be) shall hold the benefit of such agreements or contractual arrangements on trust for itself (and any other Prudential Group Company or any other Jackson Group Company as the case may be) and (except to the extent that such benefit comprises a licence of any Intellectual Property Rights or know-how) for the other company (and any other Jackson Group Company or any other Prudential Group Company as the case may be). |
22
9.6 | For the avoidance of doubt, clause 9.2 to clause 9.5 (inclusive) shall not apply to matters in connection with clause 8 ( Guarantees and Undertakings), which shall be dealt with in accordance with Schedule 3 ( Provisions on Claims under the Mutual Indemnities). |
9.7 | Each of Prudential and Jackson shall use their reasonable endeavours in co-operation with each other to obtain all Third Party Consents on or prior to Completion and to ensure that the Costs associated with the acquisition of any such Third Party Consents (including, without limitation, any sums paid or payable to third parties in connection therewith) are minimised to the fullest extent practicable. |
9.8 | Each party shall bear its own internal Costs, and any Costs incurred by such party to third parties, in the performance of clause 9. |
10. | ACCESS TO CORPORATE DATA OR CORPORATE PERSONAL DATA |
10.1 | Subject to the other provisions of this clause 10 (Access to Corporate Data or Corporate Personal Data) each party (the “Providing Party”) shall, for a period of 7 years from Completion in respect of Corporate Data, and for a period of 5 years from Completion in respect of Corporate Personal Data, provide reasonable access (or procure the provision of) to the other party (the “Requesting Party”) and, to the extent reasonably necessary, the Requesting Party’s professional advisers, auditors and bankers (provided, in each case, that they have a duty to keep such information confidential), upon reasonable request (which shall include specifying the purpose of such request): |
(A) | Corporate Data or Corporate Personal Data; or |
(B) | reasonable access during the normal business hours in the time zone of the Providing Party (unless otherwise agreed) to, and the right to copy, Corporate Data or Corporate Personal Data and the right to make reasonable enquiries of employees of the Providing Party in relation to such Corporate Data or Corporate Personal Data. |
10.2 | A Providing Party shall only be required to comply with a request for Corporate Data or Corporate Personal Data pursuant to clause 10.1, if such Corporate Data or Corporate Personal Data is being requested: |
(A) | for the purpose of complying with statutory obligations, an order of any court of competent jurisdiction binding on the Requesting Party or a member of its Group or any requirement or request of a regulator to which a member of its group is subject; |
(B) | for the purpose of defending legal proceedings brought against any member of the Requesting Party’s Group, except for legal proceedings brought by Prudential, Jackson or a member of its Group, on one hand, against Jackson, Prudential or a member of its Group, on the other, in which case any data shall be requested through that legal proceeding; |
(C) | for the purpose of responding to any request from any insurance regulatory authority; |
23
(D) | for the purpose of preparing the Requesting Party’s financial reports and accounts or its management or regulatory accounts; |
(E) | for the purpose of preparing the Requesting Party’s non-financial reporting disclosures and reports, including, without limitation, the environment, social and governance report; |
(F) | for the purpose of preparing any information or documentation reasonably required pursuant to applicable law and regulation in connection with or otherwise reasonably necessary or desirable for the purposes of a proposed corporate action, or equity or debt transaction of the Requesting Party or its respective Group; |
(G) | for the purpose of making any insurance claims under any insurance arrangements in place before Completion; |
(H) | for the purpose of preparing the Group RemCo Deliverables; |
(I) | for the purpose of complying with any Tax related obligations; or |
(J) | for any other purpose, to the extent the Requesting Party has a reasonable requirement for such access or questioning and the Providing Party gives its consent to such access or questioning (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), |
except to the extent such access or questioning:
(K) | is restricted by any applicable law (including for the avoidance of doubt any DP Laws as defined in Schedule 4) or the terms of any agreement or subject to a claim for legal privilege pursuant to the governing law of the applicable jurisdiction; and in all events, the production of Corporate Data and Corporate Personal Data under this clause 10 shall not be deemed a waiver of any attorney-client privilege or other legal protections that may exist with respect to the information and documents and Providing Party retains ownership of and the sole right and discretion to waive such privilege or protection. Further, to the extent privileged or protected Corporate Data or Corporate Personal Data of Jackson, Prudential or their respective Group Companies exists in the Other Group’s possession post Completion, each Party agrees that such information shall be afforded the highest level of confidentiality to preserve the privilege, including without limitation, information maintained from the Legal Tracker and Navex reporting systems; or |
(L) | is in respect of information which relates to the period after Completion (save to the extent that the information directly relates to the Prudential Group’s retained shareholding in Jackson). |
10.3 | The Providing Party shall provide any such Corporate Data or Corporate Personal Data to the Requesting Party pursuant to a request under clause 10.1 in a manner consistent with, and to a standard, scope and timescale which are in all material respects |
24
equivalent to, those which the Providing Party would apply to an equivalent request from its own Group.
10.4 | The Requesting Party shall reimburse to the Providing Party such reasonable Costs as the Providing Party may incur in relation to the exercise of the rights in clause 10.1 by the Requesting Party. |
10.5 | The Providing Party shall provide the Requesting Party with a written estimate of any such Costs where these Costs are likely to be substantial and/or the Providing Party is likely to incur substantial Costs to any third party in fulfilling the request made pursuant to clause 10.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the same time as it submits a request pursuant to clause 10.1 a Requesting Party may reasonably request that the Providing Party provide it with a written estimate of any such Costs, in which case the Providing Party shall provide such estimate prior to fulfilling the request. The Requesting Party’s failure to object to such estimate within five (5) Business Days of the written estimate being sent shall constitute a waiver of any objection to such Costs. |
10.6 | The Requesting Party shall not use any Corporate Data or Corporate Personal Data for any purpose (including, but not limited to, any competitive or commercial purpose) other than in connection with the purpose for which it was requested pursuant to clause 10.1. |
10.7 | Notwithstanding clause 10.1, each party is only required to retain Corporate Data or Corporate Personal Data as required pursuant to the governing law of its applicable jurisdiction or as otherwise required under any applicable law (including for the avoidance of doubt any DP Laws as defined in Schedule 4) and in compliance with the terms of its own Group’s data retention policies, as compliant with applicable laws and regulations and as amended from time to time. |
10.8 | Any request made pursuant to clause 10.1 shall be submitted by the Requesting Party, and handled and processed by the Providing Party, in compliance with processes and procedures as may be agreed between the parties from time to time. |
10.9 | Each party acknowledges that no responsibility is accepted, and no representation, undertaking or warranty is made or given, in either case expressly or impliedly, by the other party as to the accuracy or completeness of the Corporate Data, Corporate Personal Data or any other information supplied by it or as to the reasonableness of any assumptions on which any of the same is based or the use of any of the same. |
10.10 | Each party shall consider in good faith any request for Corporate Data or Corporate Personal Data which would have fallen within the scope of clause 10.1 but for the fact that the request was made more than 7 years after Completion, in the case of Corporate Data, or more than 5 years after Completion, in the case of Corporate Personal Data. |
11. | ACCESS TO PERSONAL DATA |
11.1 | Subject to the other provisions of this clause 11 ( Access to Personal Data), each party (the “Personal Data Provider”) shall, for a period of 5 years from Completion, provide (or procure the provision of) to the other party (the “Personal Data Requester”), upon reasonable request (which shall include specifying the purpose of such request), reasonable access during the normal business hours in the time zone of the Personal |
25
Data Provider (unless otherwise agreed) to, and the right to copy, such Personal Data as may reasonably be required by the Personal Data Requester, in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 4 ( Access to Personal Data). A request shall be deemed to be reasonable to the extent it is made for purposes including (but not limited to) the following:
(A) | for the purpose of complying with statutory obligations, an order of any court of competent jurisdiction binding on the Personal Data Requester or a member of its Group or any requirement or request of a regulator to which a member of its Group is subject; |
(B) | for the purpose of defending legal proceedings brought against any member of the Personal Data Requester’s Group, except for legal proceedings brought by Prudential, Jackson or a member of its Group, on one hand, against Jackson, Prudential or a member of its Group, on the other, in which case any data shall be requested through that legal proceeding; or |
(C) | for the purpose of responding to any request from any insurance regulatory authority. |
11.2 | The Personal Data Provider shall provide any such Personal Data to the Personal Data Requester pursuant to a request under clause 11.1 in a manner consistent with, and to a standard, scope and timescale which are in all material respects equivalent to, those which the Personal Data Provider would apply to an equivalent request from its own Group. |
11.3 | The Personal Data Requester shall reimburse to the Personal Data Provider such reasonable Costs as the Personal Data Provider may incur in relation to the exercise of the rights in clause 11.1 by the Personal Data Requester. |
11.4 | The Personal Data Provider shall provide the Personal Data Requester with a written estimate of any such Costs where these Costs are likely to be substantial and/or the Personal Data Provider is likely to incur substantial Costs to any third party in fulfilling the request made pursuant to clause 11.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the same time as it submits a request pursuant to clause 11.1 a Personal Data Requester may reasonably request that the Personal Data Provider provide it with a written estimate of any such Costs, in which case the Personal Data Provider shall provide such estimate prior to fulfilling the request. The Personal Data Requester’s failure to object to such estimate within five (5) Business Days of the written estimate being sent shall constitute a waiver of any objection to such Costs. |
11.5 | From Completion, each party shall, and shall procure that each Group Company shall, to the extent compliant with applicable law (including for the avoidance of doubt any DP Laws as defined in Schedule 4): (i) take reasonable steps to locate any Personal Data relating to the Other Group in its possession; and, (ii) where such Personal Data of the Other Group is in the possession of a party, (y) cease to use the Personal Data and return the Personal Data to the Other Group or (z) if a party is not able to return such Personal Data to the Other Party, delete or destroy such Personal Data, save in either case that any Personal Data held as part of routine electronic back up procedures |
26
(provided that such Personal Data is not accessible in day to day business) may be retained in accordance with clause 11.7.
11.6 | The Personal Data Requester shall not retain, use, or disclose any Personal Data for any purpose (including, but not limited to, any competitive or commercial purpose) other than in connection with the purpose for which it was requested pursuant to clause 11.1. |
11.7 | Notwithstanding clause 11.1, each party is only required to retain Personal Data as required pursuant to the governing law of its applicable jurisdiction or as otherwise required under any applicable law (including for the avoidance of doubt any DP Laws as defined in Schedule 4) and in compliance with the terms of its own Group’s data retention policies, as compliant with applicable laws and regulations and as amended from time to time. |
11.8 | Any request made pursuant to clause 11.1 shall be submitted by the Personal Data Requester, and handled and processed by the Personal Data Provider, in compliance with processes and procedures as may be agreed between the parties from time to time. |
12. | DELETION OF CONFIDENTIAL DATA |
12.1 | Subject to the other provisions of this clause 12 ( Deletion of Confidential Data), for a period of two years from Completion, if a Change of Control of either party (the “CoC Party”) is announced, the other party (the “Non-CoC Party”) may request, by written notice, that: |
(A) | the CoC Party delete any Confidential Data in accordance with the provisions of this clause 12 (such request not to be unreasonably denied by the CoC Party); and |
(B) | the CoC Party certify the same in writing. |
12.2 | Any request by the Non-CoC Party pursuant to clause 12.1 shall contain specific details of the Confidential Data that the CoC Party is being requested to delete. |
12.3 | Subject to clause 12.1, the CoC Party shall use all reasonable endeavours to keep the Confidential Data confidential prior to deletion and to delete the Confidential Data as soon as reasonably practical, and in any event prior to the Change of Control becoming effective. |
12.4 | Notwithstanding clause 12.1 and other relevant clauses of the Agreement, in the event the CoC Party is not technically able to delete the Confidential Information due to system restraints for whatever reason, the CoC Party shall (i) delete as much of the Confidential Information as it is able, (ii) notify the Non-CoC party as soon as practicable that it is unable to delete all Confidential Information (including identification of what cannot be deleted), and (iii) shall continue to be bound by its obligations of confidentiality with regard to the Confidential Information it is not able to delete (including ensuring that its new controlling party is bound by such obligations of |
27
confidentiality and does not share such Confidential Information with its affiliates or otherwise in violation of such obligations of confidentiality).
12.5 | Notwithstanding clause 12.1, each party is only required to retain Confidential Information as required under any law applicable to it and in compliance with the terms of its own Group’s data retention policies, as compliant with applicable laws and regulations and as amended from time to time. |
12.6 | The Non-CoC Party shall reimburse to the CoC Party such reasonable Costs as the CoC Party may incur in relation to the exercise of the rights in clause 12.1 by the Non-CoC Party. |
12.7 | The CoC Party shall provide the Non-CoC Party with a written estimate of any such Costs where these Costs are likely to be substantial and/or the Non-CoC Party is likely to incur substantial Costs in fulfilling the request made pursuant to clause 12.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the same time as it submits a request pursuant to clause 12.1 a Non-CoC Party may reasonably request that the CoC Party provide it with a written estimate of any such Costs, in which case the CoC Party shall provide such estimate prior to fulfilling the request. The Non-CoC Party’s failure to object to such estimate within five (5) Business Days of the written estimate being sent shall constitute a waiver of any objection to such Costs. |
12.8 | Subject to clause 12.1, each party shall consider in good faith any request for the deletion of Confidential Data which falls outside the scope of clause 12.1. |
13. | PRE-COMPLETION REORGANISATION |
13.1 | Each of Prudential and Jackson shall use reasonable endeavours to effect, or procure that members of their Group effect, the following steps prior to Completion (the “Pre-Completion Reorganisation”): |
(A) | the transfer from PUSH to PCAL of the Jackson Shares, by way of a declaration by the board of directors of PUSH of an interim distribution in specie of certain Jackson Shares with a carrying value approximately equal to PUSH’s current distributable profits, and the sale of the remaining Jackson Shares currently held by PUSH from PUSH to PCAL, the consideration in respect of such sale being left outstanding as an intercompany receivable owing from PCAL to PUSH; |
(B) | the transfer of the Jackson Shares referred to in step (A) above from PUSH to PCAL pursuant to a valid instrument of transfer and the entry of PCAL into Jackson’s register of stockholders as holder of those Jackson Shares which transfer shall be of Jackson Shares in uncertificated form; |
(C) | to the extent required, the entry by PCAL into a joinder agreement to the Stockholders Agreement dated 17 July 2020 between PUSH and Athene (the “Stockholders Agreement”), in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Jackson, in which PCAL agrees to be subject to all covenants and agreements of PUSH under the Stockholders Agreement, and the execution of all other |
28
agreements in effect immediately prior to step (A) above which are binding on PUSH in its capacity as stockholder of Jackson;
(D) | the declaration by the board of directors of PCAL of an interim distribution in specie of 800 Jackson Shares to Prudential; |
(E) | the transfer of the Jackson Shares referred to in step (D) above from PCAL to Prudential pursuant to a valid instrument of transfer and the entry of Prudential into Jackson’s register of stockholders as holder of those Jackson Shares, which transfer shall be of Jackson Shares in uncertificated form; |
(F) | the entry by Prudential into a joinder agreement to the Stockholders Agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Jackson, in which Prudential agrees to be subject to all covenants and agreements of PCAL under the Stockholders Agreement, and the execution of all other agreements in effect immediately prior to step (D) above which are binding on PCAL in its capacity as stockholder of Jackson; |
(G) | the obtaining of any relevant corporate authorisations in order to effect the steps completed by the Pre-Completion Reorganisation (including any required board or shareholder resolutions); and |
(H) | any other steps as Prudential and Jackson agree are reasonably required to be taken. |
14. | SHARE SCHEMES |
The provisions of Schedule 5 ( Employee Share Schemes) set out the arrangements proposed in relation to the Prudential Incentive Plans.
15. | INSURANCE |
15.1 | Without prejudice to any entitlement of a Jackson Group Company arising under insurance arrangements in place before Completion, each of Jackson and Prudential confirms to the other that it shall put in place or maintain (as applicable) separate arrangements for the insurance that such Group deems appropriate, with effect as of the date of Completion. |
15.2 | Jackson shall ensure that: |
(A) | a customary directors’ and officers’ insurance policy (“D&O Policy”) is in place and shall be maintained with the effect that any directors or officers that have been at any point before Completion appointed onto the board of a Jackson Group Company by a Prudential Group Company (or who are otherwise employees of a Prudential Group Company during their time in office) (“Prudential JGC Directors”) shall be adequately covered for any liabilities incurred in their capacity as a director or officer of a Jackson Group Company (including in respect of any claims arising after they cease to be a director or officer) for a minimum of 6 years following the date of Completion; and |
29
(B) | such D&O Policy shall, in addition, also include adequate insurance coverage for any liabilities incurred by each of the Prudential JGC Directors in relation to or arising out of the Demerger. |
15.3 | The provisions in Schedule 6 ( Insurance) set out the arrangements in relation to insurance claims notified in respect of: |
(A) | insurance policies issued to the Pre-Demerger Group up to but excluding the date of Completion; and |
(B) | occurrence or discovery insurance policies issued to the benefit of Prudential or Jackson in respect of claims arising from pre-Completion events. |
15.4 | Promptly upon Completion, Prudential shall use all reasonable endeavours to obtain from its insurance providers an amount equal to the proportion of the annual premium paid in advance by the Jackson Group Companies for the insurance arrangements existing prior to Completion where the Jackson Group Companies will, following Completion, lose the benefit of those insurance arrangements in respect of any occurrence, claim or circumstance that arises in part or in whole after Completion. Prudential will reimburse any such amount received from its insurance providers, less any Tax thereon (or any Tax which would have been chargeable but for a Relief), to Jackson within 30 days of Prudential’s receipt thereof. |
15.5 | Any steps that the parties take under clause 9.4(A) shall be without prejudice to any rights arising, or which may arise under insurance arrangements with third parties in place before the date of Completion in respect of any occurrence, claim or circumstance that arises in part or in whole before the date of Completion. |
16. | WRONG POCKETS |
16.1 | Subject to clauses 9 and 23.3 after Completion, if a party notifies the other party that any property, business or other asset (whether tangible or intangible, and including rights pursuant to any contracts, arrangements and undertakings, but excluding rights to PRUDENTIAL/PRU Names and Marks) or rights in Business Information, which were either: (i) used prior to Completion exclusively by any Jackson Group Company in the Jackson Business; or (ii) properly should be regarded as part of the Jackson Business, are owned or possessed by any Prudential Group Company, then: |
(A) | Prudential or such other Prudential Group Company shall immediately procure that the relevant interest in such property, business, asset or right in Business Information is preserved and not exploited pending transfer pursuant to sub-clause (B); and |
(B) | Prudential shall transfer or assign, or procure that any other Prudential Group Company shall transfer or assign, its interest in such property, business, asset or right in Business Information to Jackson, or such other Jackson Group Company as Jackson shall nominate, for no consideration. |
If the relevant property, business, asset or right in Business Information was not used prior to Completion exclusively by a Jackson Group Company in the Jackson Business
30
but was also used in part by a Prudential Group Company in the Prudential Business, then this clause 16.1 shall apply but shall be modified as appropriate so as to transfer and assign only the relevant part of the property, business, asset or right in Business Information to the relevant Jackson Group Company by severance or some other appropriate means (including, without limitation, by way of a licence).
16.2 | Subject to clauses 9 and 23.3, if after Completion, a party notifies the other party that any property, business or other asset (whether tangible or intangible, and including rights pursuant to any contracts, arrangements and undertakings) or rights in Business Information, which were either: (i) used prior to Completion exclusively by any Prudential Group Company in the Prudential Business; or (ii) properly should be regarded as part of the Prudential Business (which shall include all rights to PRUDENTIAL/PRU Names and Marks), are owned or possessed by any Jackson Group Company, then: |
(A) | Jackson or such other Jackson Group Company shall immediately procure that the relevant interest in such property, business, asset or right in Business Information is preserved and not exploited pending transfer pursuant to sub-clause (B); and |
(B) | Jackson shall transfer or assign, or procure that any other Jackson Group Company shall transfer or assign, its interest in such property, business, asset or right in Business Information to Prudential, or such other Prudential Group Company as Prudential shall nominate, for no consideration. |
Save with respect to any rights in the PRUDENTIAL/PRU Names and Marks, if the relevant property, business, asset or right in Business Information was not used prior to Completion exclusively by a Prudential Group Company in the Prudential Business but was also used in part by a Jackson Group Company in the Jackson Business, then this clause 16.2 shall apply but shall be modified as appropriate so as to transfer and assign only the relevant part of the property, business, asset or right in Business Information to the relevant Prudential Group Company by severance or some other appropriate means (including, without limitation, by way of a licence).
17.DISPUTE RESOLUTION
17.1 | When either party considers that a dispute arising in connection with this Agreement (“Dispute”) has arisen, it may give a dispute notice to the other party (a “Dispute Notice”). The Dispute Notice must be in writing and must set out reasonable particulars of the matter in Dispute, including all relief sought. |
17.2 | Upon a Dispute Notice being given, the Dispute shall be resolved as follows: |
(A) | the other party shall within 20 days of its receipt of the Dispute Notice provide a notice in writing to the Separation Committee setting out its response to the Dispute Notice, including reasonable particulars of any objections to the Dispute Notice (the “Response Notice”). The Separation Committee shall consider the Dispute Notice and the Response Notice reasonably and in good faith in order to seek to resolve the Dispute; |
31
(B) | if the Dispute remains unresolved within 40 days of the Response Notice having been received by the Separation Committee (or, in the event that no Response Notice is received, within 60 days of the Dispute Notice being given), or such other period as the parties may mutually agree in writing, then the parties shall refer the Dispute to the CEO of each of Prudential and Jackson, who shall each use their respective best endeavours to resolve the Dispute in accordance with the intentions behind this Agreement; and |
(C) | if after the expiry of 30 days, or such other period as the parties may mutually agree in writing, from such referral under sub-clause (B) the Dispute remains unresolved, the relevant party shall then be entitled to bring legal proceedings. |
18. | COSTS AND EXPENSES |
18.1 | Each of Prudential and Jackson agree that (i) they are responsible for their own Costs in relation to the Demerger and (ii) they are estimated to incur the Costs as set out in Schedule 1 (Costs) as a result of, or incidental to the Demerger. |
18.2 | In relation to any Costs not addressed by clause 18.1, except as otherwise set out in this Agreement or agreed in writing between the parties, each party shall pay its own Costs incurred in relation to the negotiation, preparation, execution and carrying into effect of this Agreement and all other agreements forming part of the Demerger. |
19. | CONFIDENTIALITY |
19.1 | Subject to clause 19.2, each party shall treat as confidential all information (i) shared by the Other Group prior to Completion for the purpose of providing groupwide services or aggregating groupwide information and retained after Completion, (ii) obtained as a result of entering into or performing this Agreement, or (iii) obtained pursuant to this Agreement, and which relates to: |
(A) | the provisions of this Agreement, any of the other documents referred to herein as being entered into pursuant to this Agreement and the terms of the Demerger; |
(B) | the negotiations relating to this Agreement, any of the other documents referred to herein as being entered into pursuant to this Agreement and the Demerger; and |
(C) | the other party or members of their respective Groups and the business carried on by such parties and other member of their Groups, |
in each case including for the avoidance of doubt any information that is subject to a claim for legal privilege pursuant to the governing law of the applicable jurisdiction.
19.2 | Each party acknowledges that this Agreement and its terms are required to be disclosed as part of the Form 10 and the Circular, and agrees that such disclosure shall not constitute a breach of clause 19.1. |
32
19.3 | Without limiting clause 19.1, on and from Completion, Prudential shall treat as confidential all information relating to the Jackson Group and Jackson shall treat as confidential all information relating to the Prudential Group. |
19.4 | Each party shall: |
(A) | not disclose any such confidential information to any person other than any of its directors or employees who need to know such information in order to discharge his or her duties; and |
(B) | procure that any person to whom any such confidential information is disclosed by it complies with the restrictions contained in this clause 19 as if such person were a party to this Agreement. |
19.5 | Notwithstanding the other provisions of this clause 19 either party may disclose any such confidential information: |
(A) | to the extent required by law or for the purpose of any judicial proceedings, suits or actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement; |
(B) | to the extent requested and/or required by any securities exchange or regulatory or governmental body or any Tax Authority to which that party or another member of its group is subject, wherever situated, including as required under the listing rules of any securities exchange of a jurisdiction in which either party has or will have a listing on, whether or not the requirement for information has the force of law; |
(C) | to the extent required to vest the full benefit of this Agreement in that party; |
(D) | to its professional advisers, auditors and bankers to the extent necessary to provide these services, and provided they have a duty to keep such information confidential (with the disclosing party being responsible for any breach of confidentiality by them); |
(E) | for the purpose of complying with any Tax related obligations; |
(F) | to the extent the information has come into the public domain through no fault of that party; or |
(G) | to the extent the other party has given prior written consent to the disclosure, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed (for the avoidance of doubt, it being reasonable to withhold consent where the disclosure of such information would or would be reasonably likely to constitute a waiver of legal privilege in respect of such information). |
The parties shall use reasonable endeavours to resist the disclosure of any information to be disclosed pursuant to sub-clauses (A) and (B). Any information to be disclosed pursuant to sub-clauses (A), (B), (C) or (E) shall be disclosed only after, to the extent permitted by law, consultation with the other party and reasonable endeavours are made to protect the confidential nature of the information upon production to the
33
receiving party including, but not limited to, seeking a protective order that limits the use and review of the confidential information to only those who have a need to review the confidential information (e.g. in camera review or attorneys-eyes-only) or otherwise ensuring that the person to whom any such confidential information is disclosed complies with the restrictions contained in this clause 19 as if such person were a party to this Agreement.
19.6 | The restrictions contained in this clause 19 shall continue to apply after Completion or the termination of this Agreement without limit in time. |
20. | ANNOUNCEMENTS |
20.1 | Subject to clause 20.2, no announcement concerning the transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any ancillary matter shall be made by either party without the prior written approval of the other. |
20.2 | Either party may make an announcement concerning the transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any ancillary matter if required by: |
(A) | any applicable law or regulation; or |
(B) | any securities exchange or regulatory or governmental body or any Tax Authority to which that party is subject, wherever situated, including as required under the listing rules of any securities exchange of a jurisdiction in which either party has or will have a listing on, whether or not the requirement has the force of law, |
provided that, unless consultation is prohibited by applicable law or regulation, or is not reasonably practicable in the circumstances, it is made by the party only after consultation with the other party.
20.3 | For the avoidance of doubt, neither party shall breach clause 20.2 by the disclosure of any information contained in the Circular or the Form 10. |
20.4 | The restrictions contained in this clause 20 shall continue to apply after Completion or the termination of this Agreement without limit in time. |
21. | PAYMENTS |
Payment due to be made under this Agreement shall be free and clear of all deductions, withholdings, set-offs, or counterclaims whatsoever, except as may be required by law. If any deductions or withholdings are required by law, the paying party shall be obliged to pay such sum as will, after such deductions or withholdings have been made, leave the receiving party with the same amount as it would have been entitled to receive in the absence of any such requirement to make such deductions or withholdings.
22. | TAX MATTERS |
The provisions of Schedule 7 ( Tax Matters) shall apply in relation to certain arrangements between the parties in respect of Tax.
34
23.INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
23.1 | As between the Parties, the Prudential Group Companies shall retain ownership of and the exclusive worldwide right to the use and registration of the PRUDENTIAL/PRU Names and Marks and all rights that flow therefrom (including all associated goodwill). Subject to clause 23.2, without prejudice to or any limitation on the trade mark rights of the Prudential Group Companies, Jackson shall not (and shall procure that no Jackson Group Company shall) for: |
(A) | a minimum period of five (5) years following Completion; and |
(B) | thereafter for so long as any Prudential Group Company continues to retain an interest in the Prudential PRU/Names and Marks, |
use or register any PRUDENTIAL/PRU Names and Marks or any confusingly similar Names or Marks in relation to the foregoing, in any territory.
23.2 | To the extent relevant, Jackson shall, and shall procure that the Jackson Group Companies shall, as soon as reasonably practicable following Completion, destroy or delete from existing stocks, sales literature, stationery, buildings, signage and vehicles of Jackson, any PRUDENTIAL/PRU Names and Marks and any confusingly similar Names or Marks in relation to the foregoing. |
23.3 | Each of (i) Prudential and (ii) Jackson shall procure the termination (effective from Completion) of all licences of any Intellectual Property Rights or rights in Business Information between (A) any Prudential Group Company and (B) any Jackson Group Company, save as expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement. |
23.4 | The Parties acknowledge that certain registered Marks consisting of or including the elements “PPM” or “PPM Worldwide” that are owned or possessed by a Prudential Group Company are used exclusively by Jackson Group Companies in the Jackson Business or should be properly regarded as part of the Jackson Business (the “PPM Marks”). Prudential shall assign, or procure that any other Prudential Group Company shall assign, all of its rights, title, property and interests in the relevant PPM Mark to Jackson, or such other Jackson Group Company as Jackson nominate, such assignment to be in a form agreed between the Parties. If, for whatever reason, a PPM Mark is not assigned to Jackson or a Jackson Group Company pursuant to this Clause 23.4, Prudential shall: (i) procure that no Prudential Group Company uses the relevant PPM Mark until expiry of the relevant registration of the PPM Mark; and (ii) shall not renew the registration of the relevant PPM Mark following its expiry. |
24. | FURTHER ASSURANCE AND COOPERATION |
24.1 | Prudential and Jackson shall each act in good faith to procure the due performance of the obligations of the members of their respective Groups under any agreements entered into or to be entered into by them in connection with the Demerger. |
24.2 | From the date of this Agreement, the parties undertake to co-operate in good faith to: |
35
(A) | ensure they and their respective Groups do such acts and things as may be required; and |
(B) | take immediate or prompt steps to the extent required to prevent (so far as possible) or remedy or limit the consequences of any matter having a material and adverse effect, |
for the purpose of giving to Prudential and Jackson and their respective Groups the full benefit of the provisions of, and to implement all actions required by, this Agreement and all other agreements entered into in connection with the Demerger.
24.3 | From the date of this Agreement: |
(A) | the parties shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that, and to procure that the members of their respective Groups use all reasonable endeavours to procure that, any necessary third party execute such documents and do such acts and things as may be reasonably required for the purpose of giving to Prudential and Jackson the full benefit of all relevant provisions of this Agreement; and |
(B) | without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement, Prudential and Jackson undertake to use all reasonable endeavours to co-operate and to ensure their respective Groups co-operate with each other in relation to the conduct of litigation, inquiries from government or regulatory bodies (including any Tax Authority), investigations or other proceedings of a like nature (each an “Investigation”) where: |
(i) | they have a mutual interest in the Investigation; and |
(ii) | co-operating in such manner would not materially adversely affect any material interest of either of them (with each party bearing its own Costs in respect of such co-operation, save as otherwise agreed). |
25.NOTICES
25.1 | A notice under this Agreement shall be given or made in writing in the English language. The use of e-mail is permitted. |
25.2 | Notices under this Agreement shall be sent to a party at its address and for the attention of the individual set out below (or to such other address or for the attention of such other individual as a party may have notified to the other party): |
Prudential | |
| |
Address: | 1 Angel Court, London EC2R 7AG |
| |
For the attention of: | Company Secretary |
| |
Jackson | |
36
Address: | 1 Corporate Way, Lansing, Michigan 48951 |
| |
For the attention of: | General Counsel |
25.3 | Any notice given under this Agreement shall, in the absence of earlier receipt, be deemed to have been duly given as follows: |
(A) | if delivered personally, on delivery; |
(B) | if sent by first class inland post, two clear Business Days after the date of posting; |
(C) | if sent by airmail, six clear Business Days after the date of posting; and |
(D) | if sent by e-mail, when the communication enters the relevant information system. |
25.4 | Any notice given under this Agreement outside Working Hours in the place to which it is addressed shall be deemed not to have been given until the start of the next period of Working Hours in such place. |
25.5 | A notice under or in connection with this Agreement shall not be invalid by reason of any mistake or typographical error or if the contents are incomplete, provided it should have been reasonably clear to the recipient what the correct or missing particulars should have been. |
25.6 | The provisions of this clause 25 shall not apply in relation to the service of any proceedings or other documents in any legal action nor, for the avoidance of doubt, communications relating to day-to-day business necessary between the parties in performance of their obligations under this Agreement. |
26.ENTIRE AGREEMENT
26.1 | This Agreement and the other documents referred to herein as being entered into pursuant to this Agreement constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement (“Entire Agreement Documents”) and supersede any prior drafts, agreements, undertakings, representations, warranties and arrangements of any kind, whether or not in writing, regarding the same. |
26.2 | Each party acknowledges that in entering into the Entire Agreement Documents, it is not relying upon, and has not been induced to enter into the Entire Agreement Documents by, any pre-contractual statement other than as expressly set out in the Entire Agreement Documents. |
26.3 | Except in the case of fraud, no party shall have any right of action against any other party to this Agreement arising out of or in connection with any pre-contractual statement except to the extent that it is repeated in the Entire Agreement Documents. |
37
26.4 | For the purposes of this clause, “pre-contractual statement” means any draft, agreement, undertaking, representation, warranty, promise, assurance or arrangement of any nature whatsoever, whether or not in writing, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement made or given by any person at any time prior to this Agreement becoming legally binding. |
26.5 | This Agreement may only be varied in writing signed by each of the parties. |
27.CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999
27.1 | This Agreement confers a benefit on the Prudential Group Companies and the Jackson Group Companies (each for the purposes of this clause a “Group Third Party”) and, subject to the remaining provisions of this clause, is intended to be enforceable by each Group Third Party by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999. |
27.2 | Save as provided in sub-clause 27.1, the parties to this Agreement do not intend that any term of this Agreement should be enforceable, by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, by any person who is not a party to this Agreement. |
27.3 | Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-clause 27.1, this Agreement may be varied in any way and at any time by the parties to this Agreement without the consent of any Group Third Party. |
28. | MISCELLANEOUS |
Assignment
28.1 | No party shall assign or purport to assign all or any part of the benefit of, or its rights or benefits under, this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party. |
No waiver
28.2 | No failure or delay on the part of any person in exercising any right or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement (and any other agreement referred to herein) shall operate as a waiver or variation of it, or preclude its exercise at any subsequent time. |
28.3 | No clause or right under the Agreement may be waived except by written instrument signed by the party against which the waiver is to be effective. |
28.4 | A waiver by any person of a breach of or default under this Agreement (and any other agreement referred to herein) shall not constitute a waiver of any other breach or default and shall not affect the other terms of this Agreement (and any other agreement referred to herein) or the rights of any other person thereto. |
Variation
28.5 | No variation of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is agreed in writing and signed by or on behalf of each of the parties. |
38
No partnership or agency
28.6 | Nothing in this Agreement (or in any other arrangements contemplated hereby) shall constitute a partnership between the parties or any of them, nor constitute any party the agent of any other party for any purpose. |
Severance
28.7 | If any term or provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, unenforceable or illegal, in whole or in part, under the laws of any jurisdiction, such term or provision shall to that extent be deemed not to form part of this Agreement, but the validity, enforceability or legality of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be impaired. |
Continuing effect
28.8 | Each provision of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect after Completion, unless such provision has been fully performed on or before Completion. |
Rights not exclusive
28.9 | The rights and remedies of each party under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies of that party under the general law. Each party may exercise each of its rights as often as it thinks necessary. |
Termination
28.10 | Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Prudential may in its absolute discretion by notice in writing to Jackson at any time prior to Completion terminate this Agreement, whereupon no party shall have any claim against any other party for compensation, Costs, damages or otherwise, except as otherwise provided for herein, and this Agreement shall be of no further force or effect. |
28.11 | Subject to clause 28.10, no party shall be entitled to rescind or terminate this Agreement or any part of this Agreement after Completion for any reason whatsoever, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall continue notwithstanding Completion. |
Counterparts
28.12 | This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the parties on separate counterparts, but shall not be effective until each party has executed at least one counterpart. |
28.13 | Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this Agreement, but all the counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. |
29.GOVERNING LAW AND SERVICE OF PROCESS
39
29.1 | Except as expressly set forth herein, this Agreement is to be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. Any matter, claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, whether contractual or non-contractual, is to be governed by and determined in accordance with English law, except as expressly set forth herein. |
29.2 | Without limiting clause 17 ( Dispute Resolution), the courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute, whether contractual or non-contractual, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. Any proceedings, suits or actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in English courts. |
29.3 | Jackson irrevocably appoints CT Corporation c/o TRIDENT COMPANY SERVICES (UK) LIMITED of 54 Portland Place, London, W1B 1DY to be its agent for service of process and agrees that any document may be effectively served on it in connection with proceedings in England and Wales by service on its agent effected in any manner permitted by the Civil Procedure Rules. A copy will be delivered to Jackson in accordance with clause 25 ( Notices), provided that this requirement does not affect the validity of the appointment of Jackson’s agent for service of process or the validity of service on that agent. |
29.4 | If the agent at any time ceases for any reason to act as such, Jackson shall appoint a replacement agent having an address for service in England or Wales and shall notify Prudential of the name and address of the replacement agent. Failing such appointment and notification, Prudential shall be entitled by notice to Jackson to appoint a replacement agent to act on behalf of Jackson. The provisions of this clause 29 applying to service on an agent apply equally to service on a replacement agent. |
40
SCHEDULE 1
COSTS
The parties agree that the following principles shall be adhered to in respect of payment of certain Costs.
1. | Prudential estimates that it shall incur $50 million of Costs (including VAT) as a result of, or incidental to, the Demerger. Jackson estimates that it shall incur $75 million of Costs (including VAT) as a result of, or incidental to, the Demerger. |
2. | No member of the Jackson Group may seek reimbursement from Prudential (or any Prudential Group Company) in respect of any Costs attributable to work commissioned by any Jackson Group Company (or director or officer thereof) in connection with the Demerger except as agreed in writing between the parties. Any such Costs will remain the responsibility of the relevant Jackson Group Company (even if the relevant invoice is addressed to a Prudential Group Company) unless agreed in writing with Prudential prior to the date of this Agreement or agreed by the Separation Committee subsequently to the date of this Agreement. |
SCHEDULE 2
MUTUAL INDEMNITIES
1. | Subject to paragraph 5, Prudential covenants to pay any Jackson Group Company on an after-Tax basis an amount equal to any losses, Costs, damages and expenses whatsoever, suffered or arising directly or indirectly from or in consequence of any of the Prudential Business Liabilities. |
2. | Subject to paragraph 6, Jackson covenants to pay any Prudential Group Company on an after-Tax basis an amount equal to any losses, Costs, damages and expenses whatsoever, suffered or arising directly or indirectly from or in consequence of any of the Jackson Business Liabilities. |
3. | For the purpose of this Schedule 2 ( Mutual Indemnities), the following are “Prudential Business Liabilities”: |
(A) | any and all obligations, claims, liabilities and expenses of or incurred by any Jackson Group Company to the extent relating to the Prudential Business or a breach of clause 19 of this Agreement by a Prudential Group Company, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed, known or unknown, and whether arising out of circumstances existing prior to, on or subsequent to Completion, regardless of where or against whom such obligations, claims, liabilities and expenses are asserted or determined or whether asserted or determined prior to, on or subsequent to Completion (but excluding any obligation, claim, liability and expense which has been met, settled or paid on or before Completion with evidence of the same provided in writing to Jackson); and |
(B) | any and all obligations, claims, liabilities and expenses of or incurred by any Jackson Group Company arising: |
(i) | under any agreement for the acquisition, sale or other disposal of any company, business or asset where such agreement was entered into prior to Completion and such company, business or asset related to or formed part of the Prudential Business and/or such obligation, claim, liability or expense was assumed prior to the date hereof by a Prudential Group Company; and |
(ii) | under any agreements containing covenants to pay amounts in respect of Tax or Tax indemnities required to be entered into pursuant to any agreement within sub-paragraph (i), |
and, for the avoidance of doubt, where such agreement or deed relates to a number of companies, businesses and/or assets some of which related to the Prudential Business and others of which related to the Jackson Business, includes only those obligations, claims, liabilities and expenses so arising which related to the Prudential Business.
4. | For the purpose of this Schedule 2 ( Mutual Indemnities), the following are “Jackson Business Liabilities”: |
(A) | any and all obligations, claims, liabilities and expenses of or incurred by any Prudential Group Company to the extent relating to the Jackson Business or a breach of clause 19 of this Agreement by a Jackson Group Company, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed, known or unknown, and whether arising out of circumstances existing prior to, on or subsequent to Completion, regardless of where or against whom such obligations, claims, liabilities and expenses are asserted or determined or whether asserted or determined prior to, on or subsequent to Completion (but excluding any obligation, claim, liability and expense which has been met, settled or paid on or before Completion with evidence of the same provided in writing to Prudential); and |
(B) | any and all obligations, claims, liabilities and expenses of or incurred by any Prudential Group Company arising: |
(i) | under any agreement for the acquisition, sale or other disposal of any company, business or asset where such agreement was entered into prior to Completion and such company, business or asset related to or formed part of the Jackson Business and/or such obligation, claim, liability or expense was assumed prior to the date hereof by a Jackson Group Company; and |
(ii) | under any agreements containing covenants to pay amounts in respect of Tax or Tax indemnities required to be entered into pursuant to any agreement within sub-paragraph (i), |
and, for the avoidance of doubt, where such agreement or deed relates to a number of companies, businesses and/or assets some of which related to the Jackson Business and others of which related to the Prudential Business, includes only those obligations, claims, liabilities and expenses so arising which related to the Jackson Business.
5. | The Prudential Business Liabilities shall not include: |
(A) | such other obligations, claims, liabilities or expenses of or incurred by a Jackson Group Company as may be agreed in writing between Prudential and Jackson (each such obligation, claim, liability or expense, an “Excluded Prudential Business Liability”); or |
(B) | such other obligation, claim, liability or expense of or incurred by a Jackson Group Company which is provided for under any written agreement between a Jackson Group Company and a Prudential Group Company or which otherwise arises from any such agreement. |
6. | The Jackson Business Liabilities shall not include: |
(A) | such other obligations, claims, liabilities or expenses of or incurred by a Prudential Group Company as may be agreed in writing between Prudential and Jackson (each such obligation, claim, liability or expense, an “Excluded Jackson Business Liability”); or |
(B) | such other obligation, claim, liability or expense of or incurred by a Prudential Group Company which is provided for under any written agreement between a Jackson Group Company and a Prudential Group Company or which otherwise arises from any such agreement. |
SCHEDULE 3
PROVISIONS ON CLAIMS UNDER THE MUTUAL INDEMNITIES
It is agreed between Prudential and Jackson that, if either Prudential or Jackson (or any of their respective Group Companies) (each, an “Indemnified Party”) gives notice to another such party (the “Indemnifying Party”) of any claim against the Indemnifying Party under the Mutual Indemnities or any Indemnified Party becomes aware of any claim against it or any other fact or circumstance which, if substantiated, will or might give rise to a claim against the Indemnifying Party under the Mutual Indemnities, then the following provisions of this Schedule 3 shall apply:
1. | The Indemnified Party shall as soon as reasonably practicable (and in any event within 20 Business Days of the Indemnified Party first becoming aware that a matter constitutes a claim against the Indemnifying Party) give notice and available details thereof to the Indemnifying Party and shall consult with the Indemnifying Party with respect thereto. If any Indemnified Party fails to give notice promptly as required, any claim by the Indemnified Party hereunder shall be reduced to the extent that such failure can be shown to have increased the liability of the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party or to any other person. |
2. | Any notice given by an Indemnified Party pursuant to paragraph 1 shall be in writing and shall specify in reasonable detail: |
(A) | the basis upon which it is considered there is an entitlement to indemnification; |
(B) | the members of the Indemnified Party’s Group considered to have suffered or incurred losses; |
(C) | the identity of any third parties involved; and |
(D) | insofar as it is reasonably practicable to determine the same (but without prejudice to the final determination of the amount to be indemnified in respect thereof), an estimate of the monetary amount of the losses which the Indemnified Party reasonably expects to be suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Party or any member of its Group and in respect of which it is considered such Indemnified Party is or will be entitled to indemnification. |
3. | Prudential and Jackson shall endeavour to agree within 60 days of receipt of a notice pursuant to paragraph 1: |
(A) | the basis upon which there is or may be an entitlement to indemnification; and |
(B) | to the extent practicable the quantification or the basis of quantification of the indemnification in respect of losses identified in the notice referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2; |
and if they cannot so agree any entitlement to indemnification shall be determined pursuant to clause 17 (Dispute Resolution).
4. | Notwithstanding the provisions of this Schedule 3, the Indemnified Party shall provide and shall procure that each of its subsidiary undertakings shall provide to the Indemnifying Party |
and its professional advisers and agents reasonable access to premises and personnel and to any relevant documents and records within its possession or control (with the right to copy the same at the Indemnifying Party’s own expense) save for any documents or records which are the subject of legal or professional privilege, for the purpose of investigating such claim or potential claim or enabling the Indemnifying Party to remedy or avert such breach or matter or to avoid, dispute, resist, appeal, compromise, defend, mitigate or determine the amount of any such claim, subject to the Indemnifying Party procuring that it and its professional advisers and agents keep such information confidential and subject to applicable DP Laws (save for the purposes of, and to the extent necessary for, defending or contesting the matter which is the subject of the relevant indemnity claim).
5. | The Indemnified Party shall and shall procure that each of its subsidiary undertakings shall take such action as the Indemnifying Party may reasonably request to allow the Indemnifying Party the opportunity to remedy or avert such breach or matter or to avoid, dispute, resist, appeal, compromise, defend or mitigate any claim which would or might give rise to a claim against the Indemnifying Party under the relevant Mutual Indemnities or any matter which would or might give rise to such a claim or matter and shall, in connection with any proceedings related to any such claim or matter, use professional advisers nominated by the Indemnifying Party in relation thereto or, if the Indemnifying Party so requests, allow the Indemnifying Party the exclusive conduct thereof, in each case on the basis that the Indemnified Party shall be fully indemnified by the Indemnifying Party for all liabilities, obligations and Costs reasonably incurred as a result of any such request by the Indemnifying Party and on the basis that the Indemnifying Party shall keep the Indemnified Party reasonably informed on matters relating to the proceedings. |
6. | The Indemnified Party shall not, and shall procure that none of its subsidiary undertakings shall, make an admission of liability, agreement, compromise or settle any claim or matter which would or might give rise to a claim against the Indemnifying Party under the Mutual Indemnities without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party. |
7. | Prudential and Jackson may enter into agreements or other arrangements providing for the set-off of payments due to be made by way of indemnification by both Prudential and Jackson. The obligations of either party in respect of any particular losses indemnified under the Mutual Indemnities shall be deemed to have been fully discharged where the amount agreed by the parties to be payable in respect of such loss is paid or taken into account in arriving at any net amount payable by or on behalf of one to the other. For the purpose of this paragraph 7, the amount payable in respect of a loss under the Mutual Indemnities shall be taken to be agreed if it has been determined in accordance with the provisions of clause 17 (Dispute Resolution). |
8. | Without prejudice to the provisions of any applicable insurance policies, Prudential and Jackson shall each take all reasonable steps to mitigate any losses of any of the members of their respective Group which might give rise to a claim to be entitled to indemnification under the Mutual Indemnities. |
9. | Without prejudice to any recourse which either party may have against any member of the Other Group (including without limitation any entitlement it may have to be indemnified under the Mutual Indemnities), each of the parties hereby waives any claim (arising before Completion) which it may have against any employee or former employee who is or was |
employed by any company in the Other Group or who is or was employed by a body corporate which is not a member of the Other Group but who is or was employed in the conduct of the Prudential Business or the Jackson Business (as applicable) arising out of their employment save insofar as such claim relates to allegations of fraud on the part of such employee or former employee and save in the context of a claim by or on behalf of that employee against that party (or a member of that party’s Group) or the trustees or managers of a retirement benefits scheme of that party (or of a member of that party’s Group).
10. | Limitations on liability |
10.1 | Time limits |
No liability shall arise in respect of any claim or claims under this Schedule 3 unless the Indemnified Party has notified the Indemnifying Party of the relevant claim, stating in reasonable detail the nature of the claim and, so far as reasonably practicable, an estimate of the amount claimed:
(A) | in respect of any claim or claims related to Tax, on or before the date falling 7 years after the date of Completion; and |
(B) | in respect of any other claim or claims, on or before the date falling 6 years after the date of Completion. |
(C) | Monetary limits |
(D) | No liability shall arise in respect of any claim or claims under this Schedule 3: |
(i) | in respect of any individual claim (or series of related claims with respect to related facts or circumstances) for less than $100,000; and |
(ii) | unless and until the aggregate of all claims (disregarding any claims excluded by paragraph 10.1(D)(i) above) for which the Indemnifying Party is liable under this Schedule 3 exceed $1,000,000, but once the aggregate amount of all such claims has exceeded such sum, the Indemnifying Party shall be liable in respect of the full amount of such claims and not the amount by which such sum is exceeded. |
(E) | Any amounts for which a party is liable to the other party under this Schedule 3 shall be recorded under the name of the claiming party on a list agreed between Prudential and Jackson. At the end of each six month period, the aggregate amounts for which the respective parties are liable shall be set off against each other and an adjusting payment shall be made to the party who retains a positive balance of losses. Each of Prudential and Jackson shall then begin the next six month period with a zero balance of losses for the purposes of the above procedure. |
10.2 | Insured claims |
(A) | Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement (but subject to sub-paragraph (B) below), where any Indemnified Party or any member of such Indemnified Party’s |
Group has insurance cover in respect of any losses it may suffer or incur, the Mutual Indemnities shall apply only to the extent that the losses so suffered or incurred exceed, and shall not include, the amount which the relevant Indemnified Party or any member of such Indemnified Party’s Group is entitled to recover from the relevant insurer or insurers. However, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this sub-paragraph (A), any losses recovered or recoverable from the relevant insurer or insurers shall count towards the calculation of the amounts referred to in sub-paragraph (B).
(B) | Notwithstanding sub-paragraph (A), if the relevant Indemnified Party or any member of such Indemnified Party’s Group has not actually received from the relevant insurer or insurers the full amount of its losses, or such part thereof as is within the limits of the relevant insurances, within 12 months of the Insurance Date, the Mutual Indemnities will extend to cover indemnification in respect of the losses in question or such part thereof as is within the limits of the relevant insurances. Such extension of the Mutual Indemnities is conditional on that Indemnified Party, at the option of the Indemnifying Party, either (a) diligently undertaking and pursuing proceedings against the relevant insurer or insurers at the reasonable direction and expense of the Indemnifying Party and accounting to the Indemnifying Party for the net amount recovered, after deducting reasonable Costs of recovery, or (b) assigning or causing there to be assigned to the Indemnifying Party all the rights and claims against the relevant insurer or insurers of the Indemnified Party and the members of its Group. |
In this sub-paragraph (B), “Insurance Date” means the later of (i) the giving of a claims notice relating to the relevant losses, (ii) the final calculation of the amount of the relevant losses or part thereof, and (iii) the date of payment to a third party by an Indemnified Party.
11. | Recovery from third parties |
(A) | Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-paragraphs (B) and (C), but subject to sub-paragraphs (D) and (E) of this paragraph 11, where an Indemnified Party has, or in the reasonable opinion of the Indemnifying Party may have, any claim against any third party in relation to any matter in respect of which it is or may be entitled to indemnification under the Mutual Indemnities, such Indemnified Party agrees, at the option of the Indemnifying Party, either: |
(i) | to assign to the Indemnifying Party the conduct of such claim; or |
(ii) | to: |
(a) | take all reasonable steps to enforce such claim against such third party; and |
(b) | reimburse to the Indemnifying Party the net amount, after deducting Costs of recovery and any Tax thereon (or any Tax which would have been chargeable thereon but for a Relief), recovered from such third party in respect of such claim to the extent that such Indemnifying |
Party has paid an amount in relation to such indemnity to such Indemnified Party in respect of the matters the subject of such claim.
(B) | The Costs of the Indemnified Party incurred in enforcing any claim against any third party as is referred to in sub-paragraph (A) shall form a part of the entitlement to be indemnified. |
(C) | In any event, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled at any stage and at its sole discretion to settle any such third party assessment or claim. The Parties agree to take into consideration the terms and conditions of any relevant insurance policy. |
(D) | The provisions of this paragraph 11 shall only apply in respect of a claim or series of connected claims if the aggregate amount claimed by the Indemnified Party in respect of such claim or series of connected claims is greater than $1,000,000. |
(E) | Neither Prudential nor Jackson shall be required under this paragraph 11 to take any steps in relation to any claim or possible claim against any third party if it reasonably considers that the taking of such steps would or would be reasonably likely to cause material damage to any business relationship it has with that third party or with any other person. |
12. | Effect of waiver, release, etc. |
Any obligation or liability of an Indemnifying Party in respect of any claim of an Indemnified Party to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement may in whole or in part be released, compounded or compromised, by time or indulgence given by an Indemnified Party in its absolute discretion without in any way prejudicing or affecting its rights under this Agreement in relation to any other claim or matter or any other rights it may have.
13. | No liability if loss is otherwise compensated for |
(A) | The Indemnified Party and those deriving title from the Indemnified Party on or after Completion shall not be entitled to recover damages or otherwise obtain reimbursement or restitution more than once between them in respect of any individual claim under the Mutual Indemnities. |
(B) | The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any claim under the Mutual Indemnities to the extent that the subject of the claim has been or is made good or is otherwise compensated for without cost to the Indemnified Party. |
14. | Acts of the Indemnified Party |
(A) | No claim shall lie against the Indemnifying Party under the Mutual Indemnities to the extent that such claim is wholly or partly attributable to: |
(i) | any voluntary act, omission, transaction or arrangement carried out by the Indemnified Party or on its behalf or by persons deriving title from the Indemnified Party on or after Completion; or |
(ii) | any admission of liability made after the date hereof by the Indemnified Party or on its behalf or by persons deriving title from the Indemnified party on or after Completion. |
(B) | The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any claims under the Mutual Indemnities which would not have arisen but for any reorganisation or change in ownership of the Indemnified Party’s Group after Completion or any changes in the accounting basis on which any of the companies in the Indemnified Party’s Group values its assets or any other change in accounting policy or practice of any member of the Indemnified Party’s Group after Completion. |
15. | Allowance, provision or reserve in the accounts |
No matter shall be the subject of a claim under the Mutual Indemnities by Prudential or Jackson (as the case may be) to the extent that allowance, provision or reserve in respect of such matter shall have been made in the accounts of a company within the Group of the claiming party as at the date of this Agreement or has been included in calculating creditors or deducted in calculating debtors in the accounts of a company within the Group of the claiming party and (in the case of creditors or debtors) is identified in the records of the relevant Group or shall have been otherwise taken account of or reflected in the financial information contained in the Form 10 or the Circular, as the case may be.
16. | Future legislation |
Save in the case of any legislation having retrospective effect to a date prior to the date of this Agreement, no liability shall arise in respect of any claim under the Mutual Indemnities if and to the extent that liability occurs or is increased wholly or partly as a result of any legislation not in force at the date of this Agreement.
17. | Loss of goodwill or business |
No claim shall lie against the Indemnified Party under the Mutual Indemnities to the extent that the subject of the claim relates to the fact that the relevant Group has lost goodwill or possible business.
18. | Fraud |
No liability shall attach to the Indemnifying Party in respect of claims under the Mutual Indemnities in the case of any fraud or dishonesty on the part of the Indemnified Party.
SCHEDULE 4
ACCESS TO PERSONAL DATA
1.Definitions
“Adequacy Decision” |
| means an adequacy decision (in whatever form that may take, including the statement regarding transfers to the EEA in the “Using Personal Data After Brexit” guidance issued by the UK Government on 6 February 2019 and the “Guidance on Amendments to UK Data Protection Law in the Event the UK Leaves the EU Without a Deal”, as updated by the UK Government on 23 April 2019) covering an International Transfer issued by the UK government in relation to the data protection regime of one or more specified non-UK countries or territories; |
| | |
“Applicable Law” | | means any and all: |
| | |
| | (i) legislation (including statutes, statutory instruments, treaties, regulations, orders, directives, by-laws, and decrees); and |
| | |
| | (ii) judgments, resolutions, decisions, orders, notices or demands of a competent court, tribunal, regulatory body or governmental authority in each case having the force of binding law or by which either party is bound, |
| | |
| | in each case in any jurisdiction relevant to either party; |
| | |
“Binding Corporate Rules” | | means personal data protection policies adhered to by a Controller or Processor for transfers or a set of transfers of personal data to a controller or processor as approved by the relevant data protection authority in accordance with DP Law; |
| | |
“Controller” | | means Jackson or Prudential acting as an independent controller (the term “controller” being as defined under the GDPR); |
| | |
“Data Breach” | | means any accidental or unlawful destruction, loss (including any temporary or permanent loss of access), alteration, unauthorised disclosure of, or access to the Personal Data or any unauthorised or unlawful processing of the Personal Data; |
| | |
“DP Law” | | means all Applicable Law from time to time relating to the processing of Personal Data and privacy including (where applicable) including: |
| | |
| | (i) the GDPR; |
| | |
| | (ii) any other data protection and privacy laws, regulations and other similar instruments in any other jurisdiction to which it is subject; and |
| | |
| | (iii) any judicial or administrative interpretation of any of the above, and any mandatory guidance, guidelines, codes of practice, approved codes of conduct or approved certification mechanisms issued by any relevant data protection supervisory authority; |
| | |
“Data Subject” | | has the meaning given in the GDPR; |
| | |
“EEA” | | means the European Economic Area; |
| | |
“International Transfer” | | means (i) a transfer of, or access to, Personal Data from one party in the UK to or by the other party in any country or territory outside the UK; and (ii) any onward transfer from, or access to, a country or territory outside the UK; |
| | |
“Notify” | | means sending a notice, notification or other written communication via email (a “Notice” or “Notification”) in accordance with paragraph 3.11 and/or paragraph 3.12 to SIRT@jackson.com for Notices sent to Jackson acting as Controller and to GHO.dataprotection@prudentialplc.com for Notices sent to Prudential acting as Controller; |
| | |
“Objection Notice” | | has the meaning given to that term in paragraph 3.6; |
| | |
“Personnel” | | means all or any of: |
| | |
| | (i) directors, officers, employees and/or agents of a party; |
| | |
| | (ii) the directors, officers, employees and/or agents of any sub-contractors; and |
| | |
| | (iii) any other individuals engaged by or on behalf of a party or any sub-contractor in the performance of any part of the party’s obligations under this Agreement; |
| | |
“processing” | | has the meaning given to that term in the GDPR, and “process” and “processed” shall have a corresponding meaning; |
| | |
“Processor” | | means Prudential or Jackson acting as a separate processor (as defined under the GDPR); |
| | |
“Regulator” | | means any regulatory, administrative, supervisory or governmental agency, body or authority (whether regional, national or supranational) to whose rules, regulations or guidance any party (or any assets, resources or business of such party) is, from time to time, subject or submits, or which otherwise relate to the processing under this Agreement; |
| | |
“Standard Contractual Controller Clauses” “SCCCs” | or | means the standard contractual clauses for the transfer of such Personal Data from a controller in the UK to a controller outside of the UK as approved by the UK government and/or the UK Regulator for data protection (or such other relevant authority of the UK); |
| | |
“Standard Contractual Processor Clauses” “SCPCs” | or | means the standard contractual clauses for the transfer of such Personal Data from a controller in the UK to a processor outside of the UK as approved by the UK government and/or the UK Regulator for data protection (or such other relevant authority of the UK); and |
| | |
“Sub-Processor” | | has the meaning given to that term in paragraph 3.5 |
2. | Interpretation |
2.1 | Terms and expressions used in the Agreement shall have the same meaning in this Schedule 4, unless otherwise defined herein, and terms and expressions used in this Schedule 4 and not defined in the Agreement and this Schedule 4 shall have the meaning assigned to them in DP Law. |
3. | Controller to Processor Provisions |
3.1 | The parties acknowledge and agree that in respect of the processing described in: |
(A) | Appendix 1 and in accordance with clause 11 of the Agreement, Prudential appoints Jackson as Processor and Jackson shall process the Personal Data described in Appendix 1 on behalf of Prudential only for the purposes of performing its obligations under the Agreement (which includes the purposes described in Appendix 1); and |
(B) | Appendix 2 and in accordance with clause 11 of the Agreement, Jackson appoints Prudential as Processor and Prudential shall process the Personal Data described in Appendix 2 on behalf of Jackson only for the purposes of performing its obligations under the Agreement (which includes the purposes described in Appendix 2). |
3.2 | Jackson and Prudential each shall, when acting as a Processor, comply with the terms of this paragraph 3. |
3.3 | A description of the duration, nature and purpose of the processing carried out by each Processor under this Schedule, and the type of Personal Data and categories of Data Subjects contained in the Personal Data is set out in Appendix 1 and Appendix 2. The parties shall keep this information up-to-date during the term of the Agreement and shall agree any necessary variations in accordance with clause 28.5 of the Agreement. |
General obligations of a Processor
3.4 | A Processor shall: |
(A) | comply with its obligations under DP Law; |
(B) | process the Personal Data only on documented instructions from a Controller, unless the Processor is legally required to process the Personal Data for another purpose by UK law to which the Processor is subject and provided it informs the Controller of that legal requirement and the proposed processing before such processing takes place (unless that law prohibits such information being disclosed on important grounds of public interest); |
(C) | ensure that the Personal Data shall only be accessible by its Personnel to the extent necessary to properly perform their duties in relation to this Agreement, who are informed of its confidential nature and the security procedures relating to it, and who are contractually bound to maintain its confidentiality; and |
(D) | take all measures required by DP Law, including implementing appropriate technical and organisational measures to ensure a level of security appropriate to the risk (taking into account the state of the art, the costs of implementation and the nature, scope, context and purposes of processing as well as the risks for the rights and freedoms of natural persons) presented by processing, in particular from accidental or unlawful destruction, loss, alteration, unauthorised disclosure of, or access to Personal Data transmitted, stored or otherwise processed. Such measures shall include (as appropriate): |
(i) | pseudonymising and encrypting Personal Data; |
(ii) | ensuring the ongoing confidentiality, integrity, availability and resilience of processing systems and services; |
(iii) | restoring the availability and access to Personal Data in a timely manner in the event of a physical or technical incident; |
(iv) | regularly testing, assessing and evaluating the effectiveness of technical and organisational measures for ensuring the security of the processing (and having suitable process to do so); |
(v) | complying with any security provisions in this Schedule; and |
(vi) | putting in place processes to be able to: |
(a) | detect and promptly contain a Data Breach; and |
(b) | reasonably assist the Controller (following a Data Breach) to assess the risk to individuals and determine whether Data Breach notifications and/or breach communications are required. |
Sub-Processing
3.5 | Subject to paragraph 3.7, a Processor shall have general authorisation to engage another data processor to process Personal Data (a “Sub-Processor”) provided that it: |
(A) | notifies the Controller 30 Business Days in advance of any new or replacement Sub-Processor it wishes to engage and such Notice shall include documentation that will allow the Controller to understand the security profile of the proposed Sub-Processor, including the results of any due diligence that the Processor has undertaken in relation to the proposed Sub-Processor’s procedures and mechanisms in accordance with Article 32 of the GDPR (or the equivalent provision of any other piece of Applicable Law); and |
(B) | complies with its obligations in paragraph 3.6, paragraph 3.7 and paragraphs 3.10 to 3.18. |
3.6 | Within 10 Business Days of having been Notified of the addition or replacement of any Sub-Processor, the Controller shall Notify the Processor either: (i) of its acceptance of the addition or replacement; or (ii) of its objections to the addition or replacement (an “Objection Notice”) and such Objection Notice shall contain clear supporting reasons and/or supporting evidence explaining why the appointment has been objected to. The parties agree they shall have discussions in good faith to try to resolve the issue or concerns identified by the Controller in its Objection Notice. If the objections are not withdrawn or if no agreement is reached on this within 10 Business Days, either Party shall have the right to terminate the provisions of this Schedule 4 (to the extent that those provisions relate to Personal Data that is the subject of an objection) before the Personal Data is communicated to the new Sub-Processor. |
3.7 | Notwithstanding paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 above, a Processor shall hereby have general authorisation to appoint any member of its Group as Sub-Processor. |
3.8 | If, at any time, a Sub-Processor is engaged, the Processor shall ensure that such Sub-Processor is bound by the terms of a contract which imposes on such Sub-Processor data protection obligations that are similar and no less onerous that those set out in this Schedule 4 and, in particular, the Processor shall obtain sufficient guarantees from the Sub-Processor that it shall implement appropriate technical and organisational measures in such a manner that the processing shall meet the requirements of DP Law. |
3.9 | A Processor shall not be relieved of any of its obligations under this Schedule 4, and shall remain fully liable to the Controller for the performance of the Sub-Processor’s obligations and for its acts and omissions. |
Assistance by the Processor
3.10 | A Processor shall: |
(A) | taking into account the nature of the processing assist (at the Controller’s cost) the Controller by appropriate technical and organisational measures as far as this is reasonably possible for the fulfilment of the Controller’s obligation to respond to requests for exercising the Data Subject’s rights under DP Law; |
(B) | promptly provide to the Controller (at the Controller’s cost) such assistance as the Controller may from time to time reasonably require to enable it to comply with its security, data breach notification, impact assessment, prior consultation, record keeping and audit responsibilities under DP Law, |
and each party shall be permitted, for the purposes of this paragraph 3.10, to act in accordance with its own relevant internal policies, which shall include for the avoidance of doubt any “data request process document” (however so called) drafted jointly by the parties to govern the sharing of Personal Data pursuant to this Agreement, in each case as amended from time-to-time and solely to the extent that any such policies are compliant with DP Law.
Processor Data Breaches and interactions with Regulators
3.11 | In the event of a Data Breach, a Processor shall Notify the Controller promptly (and in any event within 36 hours) of identifying such Data Breach, and together with such notice, provide: |
(A) | a point of contact within the Processor who shall liaise with and, as soon as it becomes available, provide further information to, the Controller; |
(B) | a written description of the nature of, and facts known relating to, the Data Breach, including details of the: |
(i) | categories and approximate numbers of the Data Subjects (and identities of Data Subjects if known), categories of Personal Data and Personal Data records concerned; |
(ii) | likely causes, effects and consequences of the Data Breach and details of whether any Personal Data was encrypted; and |
(iii) | measures taken or proposed to be taken to address the Data Breach including any measures to mitigate any possible adverse effects; |
and where, but only in so far as, it is not possible to provide the information referred to in this sub-paragraph (B) at the same time as the Notification, such information shall be provided as soon as that information becomes available (and in such a manner as to enable the Controller to make any Data Breach notification and to meet its documentation obligations).
3.12 | Following the Processor becoming aware of any Data Breach it shall: |
(A) | take such steps, on an ongoing basis, as are reasonably necessary to provide the Controller with the information necessary for it to comply with its Data Breach notification, data communication and documentation obligations; |
(B) | not disclose any information about the Data Breach (including to any Regulator or to any of the Controller’s affected Data Subjects) without the Controller’s prior written consent, except: |
(i) | where it is required to do so by Applicable Law but always subject to Notifying the Controller in advance and taking on board reasonable requests from the Controller, unless that Applicable Law prohibits such notification on important grounds of public interest); or |
(ii) | to its own customers to the extent the Data Breach affects them. |
(C) | provide reasonable assistance to the Controller with the implementation of its contingency plans and other mitigation activities relating to such Data Breach and (unless otherwise agreed with Controller) take prompt action to stop the Data Breach, recover any Personal Data or other information and fix any vulnerabilities to prevent further Data Breaches. |
3.13 | The Processor shall provide reasonable assistance to the Controller with making any mandatory notifications to Regulators and/or affected Data Subjects in the event of a Data Breach. |
Data retention, compliance and audits of a Processor
3.14 | A Processor shall: |
(A) | following the termination or expiry of the Agreement (or relevant part thereof), at the Controller’s discretion, either promptly return to the Controller all of the Personal Data (or relevant part thereof, including all existing copies), delete all of the Personal Data (or relevant part thereof, including all existing copies), or put beyond use all of the Personal Data (or relevant part thereof, including all existing copies) and certify the same in writing, unless such Personal Data is required to be retained by the Processor under any applicable law or in compliance with the terms of the Processor’s own data retention policies; |
(B) | make available to the Controller all reasonable information necessary to demonstrate compliance with this paragraph 3; |
(C) | subject to paragraph 3.15, allow for and contribute to audits and inspections conducted by the Controller, its representatives or other auditors mandated by the Controller, during Working Hours in the place of the Processor and no more than once per calendar year, and subject to compliance with all the Processor’s reasonable requests in relation to security and confidentiality, with any such audit or inspection being carried out at the sole expense of the Controller and conducted remotely unless absolutely necessary, and only on providing four weeks’ prior Notice to the Processor; and |
(D) | with regard to sub-paragraph (B) and (C), promptly inform the Controller if, in its opinion, an instruction from the Controller infringes DP Law. |
3.15 | The Processor shall allow for and contribute to audits and inspections more frequently than once per calendar year if requested by the Controller in connection with a: |
(A) | Data Breach affecting Personal Data held by the Processor; |
(B) | breach of this Schedule 4 by the Processor; |
(C) | requirement from a Regulator; or |
(D) | requirement under the terms of any other Applicable Law, |
and, in any such circumstance, the audit shall be carried out at the sole expense of the Processor for an audit under paragraph 3.15(A) (which the Data Breach is attributable to the Processor) or 3.15(B), and at the sole expense of the Controller for an audit under paragraph 3.15(A) (where the Data Breach is attributable to the Controller), 3.15(C) or 3.15(D).
International transfers by a Processor
3.16 | A Processor shall only make an onward International Transfer in compliance with: |
(A) | the Controller’s documented instructions, unless the transfer is required by UK law to which the Processor is subject and provided it Notifies the Controller of that legal requirement and the proposed transfer before such transfer takes place (unless that law prohibits such information being disclosed on important grounds of public interest); |
(B) | the provisions of this Schedule, including in relation to sub-processing; and |
(C) | DP Law. |
3.17 | Prior to an International Transfer, unless a relevant Adequacy Decision or Binding Corporate Rules are in place, the relevant party agrees to enter into appropriate SCPCs to ensure the relevant International Transfer is permitted under the GDPR, and that party will review the contents of the Annex to all relevant SCPCs to ensure that they remain correct (and otherwise update the Annex to those SCPCs in accordance with clause 28.5 of the Agreement). |
3.18 | The parties agree to annually review the Annex of the relevant SCPCs to ensure their contents remain correct and otherwise ensure the Annexes are kept up to date in accordance with clause 28.5 of the Agreement. |
3.19 | To the extent there is a conflict between the terms of the relevant SCPCs and any other terms of this Agreement, the terms of the relevant SCPCs shall prevail. |
4. | Controller to Controller Provisions |
4.1 | The parties agree that the terms of this paragraph 4 shall apply to any processing undertaken by either party as described in sub-paragraph 4.2, below. |
4.2 | Each party acknowledges and agrees that any Personal Data it holds which relates to the other party, which is required by that other party (the “Receiving Controller”) for the purposes of its legal or regulatory obligations, shall be provided by the party holding the Personal Data (the “Providing Controller”) on the basis of a controller to controller transfer, and each party shall act as an independent Controller of the relevant Personal Data. |
4.3 | A Receiving Controller shall: |
(A) | comply with its obligations under DP Law; |
(B) | ensure that Personal Data it receives shall only be accessible by its Personnel to the extent necessary to properly perform their duties in relation to this Agreement, who |
are informed of its confidential nature and the security procedures relating to it, and who are contractually bound to maintain its confidentiality; and
(C) | take all measures required by DP Law, including implementing appropriate technical and organisational measures to ensure a level of security appropriate to the risk (taking into account the state of the art, the costs of implementation and the nature, scope, context and purposes of processing as well as the risks for the rights and freedoms of natural persons) presented by processing, in particular from accidental or unlawful destruction, loss, alteration, unauthorised disclosure of, or access to Personal Data transmitted, stored or otherwise processed. Such measures shall include (as appropriate): |
(i) | pseudonymising and encrypting Personal Data; |
(ii) | ensuring the ongoing confidentiality, integrity, availability and resilience of processing systems and services; |
(iii) | restoring the availability and access to Personal Data in a timely manner in the event of a physical or technical incident; |
(iv) | regularly testing, assessing and evaluating the effectiveness of technical and organisational measures for ensuring the security of the processing (and having suitable process to do so); |
(v) | complying with any security provisions in this Schedule; and |
(vi) | putting in place processes to be able to: |
(a) | detect and promptly contain a Data Breach; and |
(b) | reasonably assist the other Controller (following a Data Breach) to assess the risk to individuals and determine whether Data Breach notifications and/or breach communications are required. |
Assistance and data access rights
4.4 | If either party receives a request from an individual regarding the Personal Data it holds about that individual in connection with the Agreement or to otherwise exercise their Data Subject rights under DP Law, it shall promptly provide to the other party (at that party’s cost) such assistance as that party may from time to time reasonably require to enable it to comply with its obligations and responsibilities under DP Law. |
Data Breaches and interactions with Regulators
4.5 | The Receiving Controller will notify the other party, without undue delay (and in any event within 36 hours), if it becomes aware of any unauthorised or unlawful processing, loss, corruption or destruction of, or damage to, a material amount of the Personal Data it processes in connection with the Agreement that, in its view, may result in a risk to the rights and freedoms of individuals. |
4.6 | If either party receives any complaint, notice or communication from a Regulator which relates directly or indirectly to the other party’s: (i) processing of Personal Data; or (ii) a potential failure to comply with DP Law, the recipient of such complaint, notice or communication shall, to the extent permitted by law, promptly forward the complaint, notice or communication to the other party and provide the other party with reasonable co-operation and assistance in relation to the same. |
Data retention and audits
4.7 | The Receiving Controller shall retain Personal Data received from the Providing Controller for a period which is no longer than it is reasonably required to hold such data, having regard to the purposes for which such data is processed or to be processed. |
4.8 | Subject to sub-paragraph 4.9, the Receiving Controller shall allow for and contribute to audits and inspections conducted by the Providing Controller, its representatives or other auditors mandated by the Providing Controller, during Working Hours in the place of the Receiving Controller and no more than once per calendar year, and subject to compliance with all the Receiving Controller’s reasonable requests in relation to security and confidentiality, with any such audit or inspection being carried out at the sole expense of the Providing Controller and conducted remotely unless absolutely necessary, and only on providing four weeks’ prior Notice to the Receiving Controller. |
4.9 | The Receiving Controller shall allow for and contribute to audits and inspections more frequently than once per calendar year if requested by the Providing Controller in connection with a: |
(A) | Data Breach affecting Personal Data held by the Receiving Controller; |
(B) | breach of this Schedule 4 by the Receiving Controller; |
(C) | requirement from a Regulator; or |
(D) | requirement under the terms of any other Applicable Law, |
and, in any such circumstance, the audit shall be carried out at the sole expense of the Receiving Controller for an audit under paragraph 4.9(A) (where the Data Breach is attributable to the Receiving Controller) or 4.9(B), and at the sole expense of the Providing Controller for an audit under paragraph 4.9(A) (where the Data Breach is attributable to the Providing Controller), 4.9(C) or 4.9(D)
International transfers by a Controller
4.10 | Prior to an International Transfer, unless a relevant Adequacy Decision exists or Binding Corporate Rules are in place, the transferring Controller agrees to enter into appropriate SCCCs or SCPCs (as applicable) to ensure that the International Transfer is permitted under DP Law, and that party will review the contents of the Annex to all relevant SCCCs or SCPCs (as applicable) to ensure that they remain correct (and otherwise update the Annex to those SCCCs or SCPCs in accordance with clause 28.5 of the Agreement). |
4.11 | The parties agree to annually review the Annex of the relevant SCCCs or SCPCs (as applicable) to ensure that their contents remain correct and otherwise ensure the Annexes are kept up to date in accordance with clause 28.4 of the Agreement. |
4.12 | To the extent there is a conflict between the terms of the relevant SCCCs or SCPCs (as applicable) and any other terms of the Agreement, the terms of the relevant SCCCs or SCPCs shall prevail. |
Appendix 1
Types of Personal Data to | Nature and purpose | Categories of data | Subject matter | Duration of |
be processed | of processing | subjects | of processing | processing |
The Personal Data processed comprises the following categories of data: ● Names ● Title (including job title) ● Contact details (telephone numbers and email addresses) ● Location ● Addresses ● Date of Birth ● ID documentation ● Details of Shares or Units held ● Banking information ● IP addresses ● Family and dependant information ● Employment records ● Health and bio-metric information ● Photographs and image data ● KYC and due diligence related information | In order to give effect to the agreed data-sharing arrangements, Jackson may act in the capacity of data processor for Prudential. The parties may in addition, from time to time, also act in the capacity of as data controllers. | The Personal Data processed relates to the following categories of Data Subjects: ● Directors, agents, contractors, employees and prospective employees of the parties; ● Customers, clients and third-party contacts of the parties (including investors); and ● Prospective customers, clients and third-party contacts of the parties (including investors) | Pursuant to clause 11 of the Agreement, Jackson will continue to hold co-mingled Personal Data. relating to both parties. Personal Data processing arrangements to allow, amongst other things, access to the co-mingled Personal Data, of the parties are required. Jackson will retain and allow access to Personal Data residing within certain electronic, hard copy, archive, file stores and applications. | The parties will continue to process the Personal Data for as long as the agreed data-sharing arrangement is required or until deletion of Personal Data is possible in accordance with the relevant data retention policies. |
Appendix 2
Types of Personal Data to | Nature and purpose | Categories of data | Subject matter | Duration of |
be processed | of processing | subjects | of processing | processing |
The Personal Data processed comprises the following categories of data: ● Names ● Title (including job title) ● Contact details (telephone numbers and email addresses) ● Location ● Addresses ● Date of Birth ● ID documentation ● National Insurance details ● Details of Shares or Units held ● Banking information ● IP addresses ● Family and dependant information ● Employment records ● Health and bio-metric information ● Photographs and image data ● KYC and due diligence related information | In order to give effect to the agreed data-sharing arrangements, Prudential may act in the capacity of data processor for Jackson. The parties may in addition, from time to time, also act in the capacity of data controllers. | The Personal Data processed relates to the following categories of Data Subjects: ● Directors, agents, contractors, employees and prospective employees of the parties; ● Customers, clients and third-party contacts of the parties (including investors); and ● Prospective customers, clients and third-party contacts of the parties (including investors) | Pursuant to clause 11 of the Agreement, Prudential will continue to hold co-mingled Personal Data relating to both parties. Personal Data processing arrangements to allow, amongst other things, access to the co-mingled Personal Data, of the parties are required. Prudential will retain and allow access to Personal Data residing within certain electronic, hard copy, archive, file stores and applications. | The parties will continue to process the Personal Data for as long as the agreed data-sharing arrangement is required or until deletion of Personal Data is possible in accordance with the relevant data retention policies. |
SCHEDULE 5
EMPLOYEE SHARE SCHEMES
Prudential and Jackson agree that, as a consequence of the Demerger, participants in the Prudential Incentive Plans who are employed by the Jackson Group as at Completion (or previous employees of the Jackson Group who retain rights under the Prudential Incentive Plans at this date) will, with effect from and conditional upon completion of the Demerger, be entitled to receive the rights granted under the relevant Prudential Incentive Plan in accordance with the rules of the relevant Prudential Incentive Plan. These rights can be summarised as follows:
1. | General |
For the purposes of this Schedule 5:
“ADR” means an American depositary share representing two Prudential Shares, evidenced by an American depositary receipt; and
“NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange.
2. | Prudential Incentive Plans |
Awards held by any current or past employees of the Jackson Group under the following Prudential Incentive Plans will not vest on the Demerger but will be automatically exchanged for an equivalent award granted by Jackson:
(A) | Prudential Long Term Incentive Plan 2013 (the “PLTIP”) |
(B) | Prudential Group Deferred Bonus Plan 2010 (the “GDBP”) |
(C) | Prudential Deferred Annual Incentive Plan 2013 (the “DAIP”) and |
(D) | Prudential Restricted Stock Plan 2015 (the “RSP”). |
Jackson Group employees participating in the Prudential Group Share Incentive Plan (the “Group SIP”) will be treated as good leavers under the Group SIP rules and their Prudential Shares will be transferred to them following Demerger. Jackson Group employees will not be able to acquire any further Prudential Shares under the Group SIP following Demerger.
Jackson employees participating in the Prudential Savings-Related Share Option Scheme (the “SAYE”) will be treated as good leavers and may exercise their option(s) until the end of their original exercise period. To the extent not exercised at the end of that period, options will lapse.
Where any current or former employee of the Jackson Group is or becomes entitled to receive a cash amount on a deferred basis (whether from a member of the Prudential Group or from a member of the Jackson Group) (a “Deferred Cash Award”) which is outstanding on, or relates to service before, the Demerger, that Deferred Cash Award will continue to subsist on its original terms and will be settled by Jackson on the original payment timetable. Where an award was originally granted subject to malus and clawback provisions, it will continue to be
subject to those malus and clawback provisions, except that any post-demerger exercise of those malus and clawback provisions will fall exclusively in the authority of the Compensation Committee of Jackson.
3. | Exchange ratios |
Where in this Schedule 5 reference is made to a current or past employee of the Jackson Group (a “Jackson Participant”) being granted an equivalent award over Jackson Shares (the “New Award”) in exchange for an existing award over Prudential Shares or ADRs (the “Old Award”):
(A) | the number of Jackson Shares over which a New Award is granted in respect of any Old Award granted under the PLTIP will be calculated by reference to the average mid-market closing prices over: |
(i) | in relation to a Prudential ADR, the last ten dealing days when the Prudential ADR retained the right to receive the Demerger Dividend; and |
(ii) | in relation to a Jackson Share, the first ten dealing days following the start of regular trading of the Jackson Shares on the NYSE, |
or on such other basis as is permitted by the PLTIP rules;
(B) | any New Award calculated in accordance with (A) will be granted subject to the terms of the PLTIP rules, except that references in those terms to the “Company” will be to Jackson and references to “Shares” will be to Jackson Shares (meaning that, following the Demerger, references to the “Committee” and the “Share Plan Committee” will be construed as references to the Compensation Committee of Jackson); |
(C) | the number of Jackson Shares over which a New Award is granted in respect of any Old Award granted under the GDBP, DAIP or RSP will be calculated as the sum of: |
(i) | the number of Jackson Shares which the Jackson Participant would have received if the Jackson Participant had been the beneficial owner of the Prudential ADRs subject to the Jackson Participant’s Old Award at the Demerger Record Time; and |
(ii) | an additional number of Jackson Shares calculated by dividing (a) the total value of the Prudential ADRs subject to the Old Award (measured as the number of such ADRs multiplied by the mean of the mid-market closing values of a Prudential ADR for the first 10 dealing days following the start of regular trading of the Jackson Shares on the NYSE), divided by (b) the mean mid-market closing value of a Jackson Share for the same period or |
on such other basis as is permitted by the rules of the relevant plan(s);
(D) | Jackson will take appropriate steps to give legal effect to the New Awards as soon as reasonably practicable following the Demerger; |
(E) | New Awards will, so far as practicable, be granted on the same terms as, (in the case of Old Awards granted under the PLTIP) and on broadly equivalent terms to, (in the case of Old Awards granted under the GDBP, DAIP or RSP) the Old Award, including the terms relating to vesting and holding periods and the application of malus and/or clawback. |
(F) | Where performance conditions apply to the Old Award, the performance conditions applied to the New Award will be such as to be, in the reasonable opinion of the Compensation Committee of Jackson, no more and no less difficult to achieve than those applicable to the Old Award would have been, had the Demerger not taken place. |
4. | Jackson Share Scheme |
Jackson Group employees will not be eligible to be granted any further share options or awards under the Prudential Incentive Plans. The Compensation Committee of Jackson may determine future eligibility for Jackson Group employees under any Jackson incentive plans including share schemes and may delegate authority to others for these purposes.
Awards granted under the PPM America, Inc. Performance Incentive Award Plan (the “PIAP”) will not vest on the Demerger, will not be exchanged and will continue on their original terms including the terms relating to performance conditions, vesting and holding periods and the application of malus and/or clawback.
5. | Conduct issues |
In the event that a party to this Agreement becomes aware after the Demerger but before the fifth anniversary of the grant date of an Old Award by reference to which a New Award was granted of:
(i) | a significant conduct/culture/governance issue that results in a significant capital add-on or material fine or similar sanction; or |
(ii) | any circumstances which the board of directors of that party reasonably believes might give rise to the malus or clawback provisions of any outstanding New Award being invoked; |
which occurred before the Demerger (a “Conduct Issue”), then:
(A) | that party will, within 14 days of becoming aware of the Conduct Issue, notify the other party to this Agreement of the nature of the Conduct Issue; |
(B) | The Remuneration Committee of Prudential and the Compensation Committee of Jackson will share such information in a timely fashion in good faith as might be required by the other to make decisions about the implications of the Conduct Issue for the relevant award(s) held by the employees of the Prudential Group and the employees of the Jackson Group respectively. Specifically, this flow of information will facilitate decisions in relation to: |
(i) | the assessment of conduct performance targets attached to the Old Award and the New Award made in place of the Old Award; |
(ii) | the operation of malus and clawback powers; and |
(iii) | any other use of discretion which either Committee deems appropriate. |
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, any post-demerger exercise of malus and/or clawback powers or any other use of discretion that may impact the outstanding New Awards and entitlements of employees of the Jackson Group will fall exclusively in the authority of the Compensation Committee of Jackson.
6. | Dividend equivalent payment |
Awards held by any current or former employees of the Jackson Group under the Prudential Incentive Plans which are released before Completion may attract a dividend equivalent payment payable after Completion. In this circumstance:
(i) | the trustee (Sanne Group) will receive the dividend equivalent payment on behalf of current or former employees of the Jackson Group, in the normal way; |
(ii) | the trustee will remit these funds in US dollars to the Jackson Group within three days of receipt; |
(iii) | the trustee will provide the Jackson Group with details of the amounts payable to each current or former employee of the Jackson Group; and |
(iv) | the Jackson Group will transfer the funds to current or former employee of the Jackson Group within 30 days of receipt, in line with the information provided by the trustee. |
7. | Tax |
The Prudential Group and the Jackson Group will respond in good faith and share information as might be required by the other in order to comply with specific requests or enquiries made by relevant Tax Authorities in relation to awards or compensation delivered via any Prudential Incentive Plan or Jackson Share Scheme and received by Jackson Group employees or current or former Prudential employees within the scope of U.S. income tax and/or social security regulations.
SCHEDULE 6
INSURANCE
1. | Each party shall provide to the other party, upon reasonable request, access to all insurance policies that have: |
(A) | been issued to the Pre-Demerger Group, up to but excluding the date of Completion; and |
(B) | been issued on an occurrence or discovery basis to the benefit of Prudential and Jackson in respect of claims arising from pre-Completion events. |
2. | Subject to paragraph 3, Prudential and Jackson shall, from Completion, provide such reasonable assistance for the purpose of making and pursuing claims under any such policies as any member of the Other Group may reasonably request (the “Insurance Administration Services”) in respect of any occurrence, claim or circumstance that: |
(A) | arises in part or in whole prior to the date of Completion; and/or |
(B) | falls within the scope of cover of any relevant policy in place in respect of such period; and |
(i) | in relation to occurrence-based policies, was notified prior to the date of Completion (under any relevant policy) or was incurred, in part or in whole, prior to the date of Completion but not reported prior to the date of Completion; or |
(ii) | in relation to claims-made policies, was notified, or any circumstances which, in the liable party’s reasonable discretion, may lead to a claim, were notified, prior to the date of Completion or, where relevant, within any discovery period applicable to such claims-made policies, |
provided whichever party is making the claim shall have responsibility for pursuing any such claim.
3. | Prudential and Jackson shall only provide assistance to any Other Group company in respect of making any claim referred in paragraph 2 to the extent that such assistance from such party would not, in the reasonable opinion of such party, constitute a regulated activity for the purposes of FSMA and any related legislation or would otherwise constitute a regulated or unlawful activity under applicable law. |
4. | Prudential shall bear or shall procure that the relevant Prudential Group Company shall bear the excess of the amount insured in respect of any such claim of a Prudential Group Company as referred to in paragraph 2, and Jackson shall bear or shall procure that the relevant Jackson Group Company shall bear the excess of the amount insured in respect of any such claim of a Jackson Group Company as referred to in paragraph 2. |
5. | Prudential and Jackson shall from Completion cooperate and use reasonable endeavours to procure that the proceeds payable with respect to a claim covered by this Schedule 6 be paid |
directly to the relevant Group Company that incurred the loss or liability, unless doing so would adversely affect any Prudential Group Company or Jackson Group Company. In the event such direct payment cannot be made, (i) Prudential shall procure that the proceeds which it receives (less an amount equal to any Tax thereon (or any Tax which would have been chargeable thereon but for a Relief)) in connection with a claim covered by this Schedule 6 brought by or relating to any Jackson Group Company shall be paid promptly to the relevant Jackson Group Company that suffered the loss or liability underlying such proceeds and, pending such payment, such proceeds shall be held on trust for the relevant Jackson Group Company and (ii) Jackson shall procure that the proceeds which it receives (less an amount equal to any Tax thereon (or any Tax which would have been chargeable thereon but for a Relief)) in connection with a claim covered by this Schedule 6 brought by or relating to any Prudential Group Company shall be paid promptly to the relevant Prudential Group Company that suffered the loss or liability underlying such proceeds and, pending such payment, such proceeds shall be held on trust for the relevant Prudential Group Company.
6. | Prudential and Jackson will consult each other where access to the other party’s knowledge and resource is reasonably necessary for the proper operation of the Insurance Administration Services. |
7. | Where a director or officer of the Prudential Group or the Jackson Group has a deed poll of indemnity, Prudential agrees that it will comply with its obligations to indemnify those persons who were directors and officers of the Jackson Group Companies immediately prior to Completion in accordance with the terms of any such deed poll of indemnity. |
8. | Prudential and Jackson shall procure that all claims and known incidents occurring prior to the date of Completion which could result in a claim after Completion have been or will be notified to the relevant insurers prior to the date of Completion, pursuant to the notice requirements of the applicable insurance policies, and each party shall promptly notify the other party of any claim so notified, in the case of a notification made to Jackson, to the attention of Corporate Insurance and, in the case of a notification made to Prudential, in accordance with clause 25 (Notices) of the Agreement. |
9. | Where an insurance policy is insufficient to pay all covered liabilities of the Jackson Group and the Prudential Group, the provisions of the relevant insurance policies control. Both Jackson and Prudential undertake not to take any act or make any omission with the intention of altering the order and amounts in which insurers make pay-outs which would unfairly prejudice the ability of the other party to receive payments under the relevant policies. |
10. | Without prejudice to paragraph 8 above, each party agrees that following Completion it will notify the other party of any claims made by any Group Company under policies that, prior to Completion, covered both Prudential and Jackson and their respective Group Companies. Such notifications shall be made within a reasonable time period of that party making the claim with the relevant insurer and in any event within 40 Business Days. Each party further agrees that following a claim, it shall: (i) keep the other party promptly informed of any material changes in relation to that claim; and (ii) update the other party as to the progress of any such claim(s) when requested, on at least a bi-annual basis. Responses to requests for information will be sent within 30 Business Days from the initial request. Notifications and requests for information under this paragraph 10 shall be sent, in the case of notifications sent |
to Jackson, to the attention of Corporate Insurance and, in the case of notifications sent to Prudential, in accordance with clause 25 (Notices) of the Agreement.
SCHEDULE 7
TAX MATTERS
1. | INTERPRETATION |
In this Schedule:
1.1 | the following expressions shall have the following meanings: |
“Joint Issue” | means any matter or issue which is likely to affect the Tax position of both a Jackson Demerging Company and a Prudential Demerging Company; |
| |
“Jackson Demerging Companies” | means Jackson and its subsidiary undertakings immediately after Completion and “Jackson Demerging Company” means any of them; |
| |
“Prudential Demerging Companies” | means Prudential and its subsidiary undertakings immediately after Completion and “Prudential Demerging Company” means any of them; |
| |
“Tax” | means all taxes, levies, duties and imposts and any charges, deductions or withholdings in the nature of tax, including taxes on gross or net income, profits or gains and taxes on receipts, sales, use, occupation, development, franchise, employment, value added and personal property, whether of the United Kingdom, the United States or elsewhere, together with all penalties, charges and interest relating to any of them or to any failure to file any return required for the purposes of any of them; |
| |
“Tax Authority” | means any authority responsible for the collection or management of any Tax; |
| |
“Tax Counsel” | means a senior Tax barrister of at least fifteen years’ standing with the relevant expertise to advise or make a determination (as applicable) on the relevant matter; and |
| |
“Tax Period” | means an accounting period or any other period in respect of which a Tax return is required to be submitted to any Tax Authority; and |
1.2 | unless otherwise specified, references to “period” are to a period of time and not to an accounting period unless the phrase “accounting period” is used. |
2. | TAX RETURNS, TAX DISPUTES AND JOINT ISSUES |
2.1 | Prudential shall prepare the Tax returns of the Prudential Demerging Companies for all Tax Periods. |
2.2 | Jackson shall prepare the Tax returns of the Jackson Demerging Companies for all Tax Periods. |
2.3 | Prudential shall procure that the Prudential Demerging Companies shall afford such access to their books, accounts and records as is necessary and reasonable to enable Jackson to exercise its rights and obligations under this paragraph 2. |
2.4 | Jackson shall procure that the Jackson Demerging Companies shall afford such access to their books, accounts and records as is necessary and reasonable to enable Prudential to exercise its rights and obligations under this paragraph 2. |
2.5 | Prudential shall, in addition to complying with its obligations pursuant to sub-paragraph 2.3, at the request of Jackson, co-operate with Jackson in the preparation of Tax returns in respect of any Tax Period beginning on or before Completion (and, in particular, provide any information reasonably requested by Jackson in respect of the preparation of Tax returns that must be filed on an annual basis at least 30 Business Days before the relevant filing date for such returns) except (where the matter in question is not a Joint Issue) to the extent that such co-operation might prejudice the interests of a Prudential Demerging Company or would otherwise be onerous or unreasonable. |
2.6 | Jackson shall, in addition to complying with its obligations pursuant to sub-paragraph 2.4 at the request of Prudential, co-operate with Prudential in the preparation of Tax returns in respect of any Tax Period beginning on or before Completion (and, in particular, provide any information reasonably requested by Prudential in respect of the preparation of Tax returns that must be filed on an annual basis at least 30 Business Days before the relevant filing date for such returns) except (where the matter in question is not a Joint Issue) to the extent that such co-operation might prejudice the interests of a Jackson Demerging Company or would otherwise be onerous or unreasonable. |
2.7 | To the extent that a Prudential Demerging Company comes into possession of any notice, letter or other document (by or on behalf of any Tax Authority or otherwise) which is addressed to, or otherwise solely relates to the Tax affairs of a Jackson Demerging Company, Prudential shall, or shall procure, that such notice, letter or document is sent as soon as practicably possible to the relevant Jackson Demerging Company. |
2.8 | To the extent that a Jackson Demerging Company comes into possession of any notice, letter or other document (by or on behalf of any Tax Authority or otherwise) which is addressed to, or otherwise solely relates to the Tax affairs of a Prudential Demerging Company, Jackson shall, or shall procure, that such notice, letter or document is sent as soon as practicably possible to the relevant Prudential Demerging Company. |
2.9 | Prudential shall, at the request of Jackson, co-operate with Jackson in connection with the determination of any liability to Tax or other matter relating to a Jackson Demerging Company which is disputed by any Tax Authority where the liability to Tax or other matter relates to a period before Completion or to assets which were owned by a Jackson Demerging Company at Completion except (where the matter in question is not a Joint Issue) to the extent that such co-operation might prejudice the interests of a Prudential Demerging Company or would otherwise be onerous or unreasonable. |
2.10 | Jackson shall, at the request of Prudential, co-operate with Prudential in connection with the determination of any liability to Tax or other matter relating to a Prudential Demerging Company which is disputed by any Tax Authority where the liability to Tax or other matter relates to a period before Completion or to assets which were owned by an Prudential Demerging Company at Completion except (where the matter in question is not a Joint Issue) to the extent that such co-operation might prejudice the interests of a Jackson Demerging Company or would otherwise be onerous or unreasonable. |
2.11 | Where the matter referred to at 2.5, 2.6, 2.9 or 2.10 above is a Joint Issue, each party shall keep the other party fully informed and the party shall co-operate (including as to how any associated costs should be borne by the parties) with the aim of ensuring that a coherent approach is taken by them in respect of the Joint Issue and it is resolved in a manner which strikes a fair and reasonable balance between the legitimate interests of the two parties. |
3. | TRANSFER PRICING INCLUDING TRANSFER PRICING DOCUMENTATION |
Prudential plc Group Master File for 2021 Accounting Period
3.1 | The parties agree and acknowledge that: |
(A) | a transfer pricing master file in respect of the Prudential group for the accounting period year ended 31 December 2021 (the “Master File”) needs to be completed by 31 March 2022; and |
(B) | Prudential shall be responsible for preparing the Master File but Jackson shall be responsible for preparing any country appendices to the extent that they relate to any Jackson Business. |
3.2 | Jackson shall co-operate with Prudential in the preparation of the Master File and, in particular, promptly provide any information reasonably requested by Prudential (including the country appendices to the extent that they relate to any Jackson Business as referred to in sub-paragraph 3.1(B)) in sufficient time to enable the Master File to be completed before the relevant deadline. |
3.3 | Nothing in this Schedule or in the Agreement shall be construed as preventing or otherwise restricting either party from disclosing the Master File: |
(A) | to its subsidiaries, associates, and other persons with which it has a relevant connection for the purposes of applicable transfer pricing legislation where such persons are legally required to retain the Master File or information contained therein or to provide it to any Tax Authority; and |
(B) | to its professional advisors provided that, prior to receipt of the Master File, such advisors have entered into a non-disclosure agreement with Prudential restricting them from disclosing the contents of the Master File to any person other than the relevant Tax Authority or otherwise as required by law. |
Prudential plc CbCR for 2020 Accounting Period
3.4 | The parties agree and acknowledge that: |
(A) | a country-by-country report in respect of the Prudential group for the accounting period year ended 31 December 2020 (the “2020 CbCR”) is required to be submitted to HMRC on or before 31 December 2021; and |
(B) | Prudential shall be responsible for preparing the 2020 CbCR. |
3.5 | Jackson shall co-operate with Prudential in the preparation of the 2020 CbCR and, in particular, promptly provide any information reasonably requested by Prudential in sufficient time to enable the 2020 CbCR to be filed before the relevant deadline. |
Prudential plc CbCR for 2021 Accounting Period
3.6 | The parties agree and acknowledge that: |
(A) | a country-by-country report in respect of the Prudential group for the accounting period year ended 31 December 2021 (the “2021 CbCR”) is required to be submitted to HMRC on or before 31 December 2022; and |
(B) | Prudential shall be responsible for preparing the 2021 CbCR. |
3.7 | Jackson shall co-operate with Prudential in the preparation of the 2021 CbCR and, in particular, promptly provide any information reasonably requested by Prudential in sufficient time to enable the 2021 CbCR to be filed before the relevant deadline. |
CbCR local notifications
3.8 | Subject to sub-paragraph 3.9, the parties agree and acknowledge that Prudential is responsible for preparing and filing all local notifications in respect of country-by-country-reporting for the Prudential Demerging Companies and Jackson is responsible for preparing and filing all local notifications in respect of country-by-country-reporting for the Jackson Demerging Companies. |
3.9 | Where a notification in respect of country-by-country-reporting is required to be filed in a jurisdiction other than the UK or the US and such notification covers both Prudential Demerging Companies and Jackson Demerging Companies (a “Single Notification”), Prudential shall be responsible for preparing and filing the Single Notification. Jackson shall provide any information reasonably requested by Prudential in respect of the preparation of the Single Notification in sufficient time to enable the Single Notification to be filed before the relevant deadline. |
4. | WITHHOLDING TAX |
In the event that the US Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) asserts that US withholding tax was required to have been accounted to the IRS but was not so accounted (or that the amount accounted was incorrect) with respect to any dividends paid by a Jackson Demerging Company to the Prudential Demerging Companies (or amounts treated as dividends under US tax law) in Tax Periods preceding Completion, Prudential shall reimburse Jackson for an amount equal to the amount which the
Jackson Demerging Company was required to account to the IRS as a result of such assertion, together with any applicable interest and penalties. The parties shall discuss in good faith how to deal with the IRS’s assertion (including whether it should be appealed) and Jackson shall ensure that Prudential is promptly and fully informed of any correspondence or communication from the IRS in respect of such assertion (including by providing copies of any correspondence or communication to Prudential where relevant). The management and conduct of any proceeding in connection with the foregoing shall be controlled by Prudential.
5. | COMPETENT AUTHORITY CLAIM |
5.1 | The parties note that Prudential has made a request, on behalf of PUSH, for a discretionary limitation of benefits determination with respect to paragraph 3(a)(iii) of Article 10 of the UK-US Double Tax Convention (the “Competent Authority Claim”). |
5.2 | Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Schedule, the parties agree and acknowledge that: |
(A) | the management and conduct of the Competent Authority Claim, and all matters in respect of the Competent Authority Claim, remains the sole responsibility of Prudential (including any correspondence with the IRS and HMRC in respect of the Competent Authority Claim), save that Prudential shall keep Jackson informed of any material developments in respect of the Competent Authority Claim; and |
(B) | Jackson shall promptly provide such access to information and personnel and such other documents or assistance as is reasonably requested by Prudential in respect of the Competent Authority Claim. |
6. | DISPUTE RESOLUTION |
6.1 | All claims, disputes and differences between the parties arising in connection with this Schedule shall be governed by the provisions of clause 17 of the Agreement subject as set out above. |
6.2 | Failing resolution of any such claims, disputes and differences between the parties arising in connection with this Schedule in accordance with clause 17.2(A) and 17.2(B) of the Agreement as an alternative to bringing legal proceedings pursuant to clause 17.2(B) of the Agreement, either party may refer the matter to an Independent Expert. |
6.3 | For the purposes of this paragraph 6, “Independent Expert” shall mean a Tax Counsel or any other third party as is agreed between the parties or, failing agreement within 14 days, as chosen by the President of the Chartered Institute of Taxation on the application of either party. |
6.4 | The Independent Expert shall be and remain independent and impartial of each party, and shall have experience relevant to the matter in dispute. The Independent Expert shall determine the resolution of any matter which the parties are unable to resolve. The parties shall co-operate in providing such information and assistance as the Independent Expert may reasonably request in order to make such determination and shall share the costs of the reference equally unless the Independent Expert directs otherwise. The Independent Expert |
shall be deemed to act as expert and not as arbitrator in determining the claims, disputes and differences between the parties arising in connection with this Schedule. In the absence of manifest error or bad faith, the Independent Expert’s determination shall be conclusive and binding.
7. | COMPLIANCE |
Without prejudice to any other remedy available pursuant to this Schedule or otherwise, if:
(A) | there is a requirement on one party (the “first party”) under this Schedule to provide information or assistance to the other party (the “second party”); and |
(B) | the first party fails to provide such information or assistance to the second party in accordance with the terms of this Schedule or provides inaccurate or false information to the second party; |
the first party shall indemnify the second party on an after-Tax basis for any losses suffered by the second party (including any interest or penalties imposed by a Tax Authority) which would not have arisen but for such failure or the provision of such inaccurate or false information.
8. | NOTICES |
Any communications or notices to be sent by a party pursuant to this Schedule shall only be effective if in writing (including e-mail) and shall be sent to the other party at both its physical address(es) and e-mail address(es) and for the attention of the individuals set out below:
Party |
| Physical Address |
| For the attention of |
| E-mail address |
| | | | | | |
Prudential | | Its registered office from time to time | | Kieran Devlin, | | kieran.devlin@prudentialplc.com |
| | | | Group Tax | | |
| | | | | | |
Jackson | | Its registered office from time to time | | Aaron Maguire, | | aaron.maguire@jackson.com |
| | | | Jackson Tax | | |
| | | | | | |
provided that a party may change the above details by giving notice to the other party of the change in accordance with this paragraph 8.
IN WITNESS of which this document has been executed as a deed on the date which appears on page 1 above.
Executed as a deed by | ) | |
PRUDENTIAL PLC acting by: | ) | Director |
| ) | |
| ) | |
| ) | Director / Company Secretary |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Executed as a deed by | ) | |
JACKSON FINANCIAL INC. acting by: | ) | Authorised signatory |
| ) | |
| ) | |
| ) | Authorised signatory |
who, in accordance with the laws of the territory | | |
in which JACKSON FINANCIAL INC. is | | |
incorporated, are acting under the authority of | | |
JACKSON FINANCIAL INC. | | |
Exhibit 12.1
Section 302 Certification for Group Chief Executive
I, Mike Wells, certify that:
1. | I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Prudential plc; |
2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
4. | The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a- 15(f) and 15d- 15(f)) for the Company and have: |
(a) | Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
(b) | Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
(c) | Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
(d) | Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. | The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
(a) | All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
(b) | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: 17 March 2022 | |
| |
/s/ Mike Wells | |
Name: Mike Wells | |
Title: Group Chief Executive | |
Exhibit 12.2
Section 302 Certification for Chief Financial Officer
I, Mark FitzPatrick, certify that:
1. | I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Prudential plc; |
2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
4. | The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a- 15(f) and 15d- 15(f)) for the Company and have: |
(a) | Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
(b) | Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
(c) | Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
(d) | Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. | The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
(a) | All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
(b) | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: 17 March 2022 | |
| |
/s/ Mark FitzPatrick | |
Name: Mark FitzPatrick | |
Title: Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer | |
Exhibit 13.1
Annual Certification
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of Prudential plc (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s knowledge, that:
The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2021 of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
17 March 2022 | By: | /s/ Mike Wells |
| Name: | Mike Wells |
| Title: | Group Chief Executive |
| | |
17 March 2022 | By: | /s/ Mark FitzPatrick |
| Name: | Mark FitzPatrick |
| Title: | Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer |
Exhibit 14.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Prudential plc:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 333-244226) on Form F-3 and the registration statements (No. 333-213731 and 333-228081) on Form S-8 of Prudential plc of our report dated 17 March 2022, with respect to the consolidated statements of financial position of Prudential plc as of 31 December 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2021, and the related notes, and the disclosures marked “audited” within the Risk Review section on pages 53 to 71 of the 2021 Form 20-F of Prudential plc, and the condensed financial statement Schedule II (collectively, the “consolidated financial statements”), and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2021, which report appears in the 31 December 2021 annual report on Form 20-F of Prudential plc.
/s/ KPMG LLP | |
KPMG LLP | |
| |
London, UK | |
17 March 2022 | |
Exhibit 15.1
Group Code of Business Conduct
Our purpose is to help people get the most out of life. We make healthcare affordable and accessible, we protect people’s wealth and grow their assets, and we empower our customers to save for their goals.
We have always thought very carefully about how best to behave towards each other and towards our customers. Every time we sell an insurance policy, mutual fund or annuity, we are asking a customer to let us look after their hard-earned money now and, in return, at some time in the future we will help them to meet an important financial need or life goal.
With every transaction, with every promise, we are saying: “Trust us.” Customers give us their trust only if they believe we operate in the right way. That’s why our founders named his company after the human quality that was the most important to them: “Prudence”.
Over the years, many things have evolved: the markets where we do business, the technology available to us, and the way we use language. What has not changed is the need for an organisation like ours to have a strong moral compass.
To fulfil our purpose and deliver benefits to our customers, we adhere to the highest professional and ethical standards of conduct. Our standards in five key areas – financial crime, conflicts of interest, information & dealing, communication, and people – form part of this Code of Business Conduct, and all our employees are required to confirm that they both understand and adhere to those standards. It is vital that all of us uphold these standards, and if employees believe colleagues are not meeting the standards set out in this Code, they should not hesitate to speak up.
Putting yourself in the customer’s shoes is the best possible discipline for any business. Our businesses are committed to treating customers fairly; providing and promoting products and services that meet customers’ needs, are clearly explained and deliver real value; maintaining the confidentiality of customer information, ensuring the personal financial or investment interests of employees do not compete, conflict or detract from the interests of customers; providing and promoting high standards of customer service; and acting fairly to address customer complaints and any errors we find.
We need to act with integrity in everything we do. Integrity is doing the right thing, even when no one’s watching. To ensure that we’re always doing the right thing for our customers, our people, our business and our communities, and constantly innovating to improve, we have defined a core set of values – a high-level guide to how we should behave:
1. | Courageous |
We need to have the fortitude to do the right thing, even when we might be under pressure, from ourselves or others, to take the easy way out. We need to speak up and innovate by feeling safe to take calculated risks even when they don’t work out as planned, to have honest and open conversations, and to provide two-way feedback that is transparent, constructive and respectful.
Page 1 of 4
2. | Empathetic |
Listening to and learning about others is important for success. We need to listen proactively and attentively, and seek diverse perspectives and the opinions of diverse people when faced with challenging decisions. We should listen to others without judgement, and try to see things from their point of view.
3. | Curious |
In this fast-changing world, curiosity is more important than ever, including being curious about each other. Experimenting and becoming comfortable with failure enable creativity. We need to take the initiative, drive our own learning and development, and learn continuously.
4. | Nimble |
Being nimble is about aligning change to purpose, learning from experimenting and pushing beyond our comfort zones. We need to reflect on our own failures and challenges to foster resilience and self-improvement. This is how we will create the future capabilities that will help us extend our leadership positions.
5. | Ambitious |
Ambition is about always striving for new, better and sometimes surprising ways of serving customers. Individuals and teams need to have clear targets, and those targets should be aligned with those of the organisation. We need to have a strong focus on understanding and responding to customer needs, and to take responsibility for what we do.
These values are all fundamental. Each one applies equally to each of us. Through these values, we will continue to deliver for our customers, our investors and the communities in which we work, to improve our business and to achieve strong and lasting satisfaction in what we do.
Mike Wells | |
Group Chief Executive | |
Prudential plc | |
| |
December 2020 | |
Page 2 of 4
Standards of Business Conduct
The following standards present a consolidated view of Group Governance Manual requirements applicable to all employees. They are subject to personal attestation each year.
Standard 1 – Financial Crime
Protecting the business against financial crime is the responsibility of us all. Employees must complete training on financial crime topics (i.e. anti-bribery & corruption, anti-money laundering & sanctions and fraud prevention). Failure of employees to meet their requirements outlined in the training or policies (e.g. declaration of gifts and hospitality, offering or accepting a bribe) may result in disciplinary action or even dismissal.
Employees who know of or suspect money laundering or terrorist financing activities must inform the Business Unit (BU) Money Laundering Reporting Officer (MLRO); for bribery or corruption matters they must inform the BU Anti-Bribery and Corruption Officer (ABCO); or for fraud matters they must inform the BU Fraud Prevention Manager or local Financial Crime Team.
Employees must protect the business against tax crimes, such as the facilitation of UK tax evasion.
Standard 2 – Conflicts of Interest
Employees must seek to identify and where possible avoid situations that could result in apparent, potential or actual conflicts of interest, which are situations where the Group, or a BU or an employee has a vested interest which could be seen as having inappropriate influence over decision making.
Employees are required to complete relevant training on conflicts of interest, notifying their line manager or other relevant parties if they identify a potential conflict so that steps can be taken to manage the situation.
Standard 3 – Information & Dealing
Employees must adhere to any restrictions imposed upon their securities dealing activities.
Employees who wish to deal in Prudential securities must follow the Securities Dealing Rules.
Financial Reporting Employees cannot deal in a closed period. Restricted Employees cannot deal in a closed period and must obtain permission to deal in an open period.
Employees who believe that they may be in possession of inside information or that there has been a breach relating to information barriers or inside information procedures must escalate this to BU CEOs in the case of BUs and to Heads of Department or GEC members responsible for a department in the case of Head Office, who in turn must escalate immediately to the Group Legal Director or Group Company Secretary where relevant.
Employees must adhere to the Group Information Security Policy. This will help safeguard the information used in all aspects of our business operations, defend the Group from potential impacts and liabilities resulting from unauthorised activity and protect our customer and fellow employees by preventing others from inappropriately accessing and misusing their personal information.
Page 3 of 4
Standard 4 – Communication
Employees must obtain permission from the relevant communications team before communicating externally on business matters or in any professional capacity through any public medium, including social media channels, and before accepting invitations to speak at conferences or other speaker events. Any form of media enquiry must be immediately referred to the relevant communications team.
The Group’s policy is not to provide endorsement to any third party, and any such requests must be referred to the relevant communications function.
Employees must not issue internal communications unless authorised by the relevant internal communications function.
Social media – If you discover any inaccurate, accusatory or negative comments about the Group online, do not respond or engage in the conversation, but report those comments to the relevant communications function.
Employees must not communicate with City institutions and investors regarding the Group, and any contact from them must be referred immediately to the Director of Investor Relations.
Employees must not share confidential or competitively sensitive information about the Group, its customers or suppliers with our peers or competitors. If you receive competitively sensitive information about our peers or competitors (other than for legitimate purposes), you must immediately tell your Legal team.
Standard 5 – People
We expect our people to treat each other respectfully and with empathy. The Group prohibits and will not tolerate any form of discrimination, harassment, bullying and other behaviours which are contrary to our values and standards. To ensure diversity and inclusion are embedded in the culture of the workplace, employees are expected to provide equality of opportunity for all fellow employees, irrespective of their gender, ethnicity, disability status, age, religion, caring responsibilities or sexual orientation. A diversity of skillsets and backgrounds enriches the organisation and we believe that diversity of experience, thought and background is vital to success, both today and in the future.
Speak Out
Employees have an individual responsibility to promote appropriate behaviour and corporate values in the workplace. If employees believe colleagues are not meeting the standards set out in this Code, they should not hesitate to speak up. We also have available our Speak Out confidential reporting facility, training for which is mandatory. Employees can raise potential concerns with the knowledge that such matters will be treated in confidence. The Group has zero tolerance for any retaliation made against those who report concerns through Speak Out.
Page 4 of 4